+++ /dev/null
-2011-02-08 Andreas Tobler <andreast@fgznet.ch>
-
- * testsuite/lib/libffi.exp: Tweak for stand-alone mode.
-
-2009-12-25 Samuli Suominen <ssuominen@gentoo.org>
-
- * configure.ac: Undefine _AC_ARG_VAR_PRECIOUS for autoconf 2.64.
- * configure: Rebuilt.
- * fficonfig.h.in: Rebuilt.
-
-2009-06-16 Andrew Haley <aph@redhat.com>
-
- * testsuite/libffi.call/cls_align_sint64.c,
- testsuite/libffi.call/cls_align_uint64.c,
- testsuite/libffi.call/cls_longdouble_va.c,
- testsuite/libffi.call/cls_ulonglong.c,
- testsuite/libffi.call/return_ll1.c,
- testsuite/libffi.call/stret_medium2.c: Fix printf format
- specifiers.
- * testsuite/libffi.call/huge_struct.c: Ad x86 XFAILs.
- * testsuite/libffi.call/float2.c: Fix dg-excess-errors.
- * testsuite/libffi.call/ffitest.h,
- testsuite/libffi.special/ffitestcxx.h (PRIdLL, PRIuLL): Define.
-
-2009-06-12 Andrew Haley <aph@redhat.com>
-
- * testsuite/libffi.call/cls_align_sint64.c,
- testsuite/libffi.call/cls_align_uint64.c,
- testsuite/libffi.call/cls_ulonglong.c,
- testsuite/libffi.call/return_ll1.c,
- testsuite/libffi.call/stret_medium2.c: Fix printf format
- specifiers.
- testsuite/libffi.special/unwindtest.cc: include stdint.h.
-
-2009-06-11 Timothy Wall <twall@users.sf.net>
-
- * Makefile.am,
- configure.ac,
- include/ffi.h.in,
- include/ffi_common.h,
- src/closures.c,
- src/dlmalloc.c,
- src/x86/ffi.c,
- src/x86/ffitarget.h,
- src/x86/win64.S (new),
- README: Added win64 support (mingw or MSVC)
- * Makefile.in,
- include/Makefile.in,
- man/Makefile.in,
- testsuite/Makefile.in,
- configure,
- aclocal.m4: Regenerated
- * ltcf-c.sh: properly escape cygwin/w32 path
- * man/ffi_call.3: Clarify size requirements for return value.
- * src/x86/ffi64.c: Fix filename in comment.
- * src/x86/win32.S: Remove unused extern.
-
- * testsuite/libffi.call/closure_fn0.c,
- testsuite/libffi.call/closure_fn1.c,
- testsuite/libffi.call/closure_fn2.c,
- testsuite/libffi.call/closure_fn3.c,
- testsuite/libffi.call/closure_fn4.c,
- testsuite/libffi.call/closure_fn5.c,
- testsuite/libffi.call/closure_fn6.c,
- testsuite/libffi.call/closure_stdcall.c,
- testsuite/libffi.call/cls_12byte.c,
- testsuite/libffi.call/cls_16byte.c,
- testsuite/libffi.call/cls_18byte.c,
- testsuite/libffi.call/cls_19byte.c,
- testsuite/libffi.call/cls_1_1byte.c,
- testsuite/libffi.call/cls_20byte.c,
- testsuite/libffi.call/cls_20byte1.c,
- testsuite/libffi.call/cls_24byte.c,
- testsuite/libffi.call/cls_2byte.c,
- testsuite/libffi.call/cls_3_1byte.c,
- testsuite/libffi.call/cls_3byte1.c,
- testsuite/libffi.call/cls_3byte2.c,
- testsuite/libffi.call/cls_4_1byte.c,
- testsuite/libffi.call/cls_4byte.c,
- testsuite/libffi.call/cls_5_1_byte.c,
- testsuite/libffi.call/cls_5byte.c,
- testsuite/libffi.call/cls_64byte.c,
- testsuite/libffi.call/cls_6_1_byte.c,
- testsuite/libffi.call/cls_6byte.c,
- testsuite/libffi.call/cls_7_1_byte.c,
- testsuite/libffi.call/cls_7byte.c,
- testsuite/libffi.call/cls_8byte.c,
- testsuite/libffi.call/cls_9byte1.c,
- testsuite/libffi.call/cls_9byte2.c,
- testsuite/libffi.call/cls_align_double.c,
- testsuite/libffi.call/cls_align_float.c,
- testsuite/libffi.call/cls_align_longdouble.c,
- testsuite/libffi.call/cls_align_longdouble_split.c,
- testsuite/libffi.call/cls_align_longdouble_split2.c,
- testsuite/libffi.call/cls_align_pointer.c,
- testsuite/libffi.call/cls_align_sint16.c,
- testsuite/libffi.call/cls_align_sint32.c,
- testsuite/libffi.call/cls_align_sint64.c,
- testsuite/libffi.call/cls_align_uint16.c,
- testsuite/libffi.call/cls_align_uint32.c,
- testsuite/libffi.call/cls_align_uint64.c,
- testsuite/libffi.call/cls_dbls_struct.c,
- testsuite/libffi.call/cls_double.c,
- testsuite/libffi.call/cls_double_va.c,
- testsuite/libffi.call/cls_float.c,
- testsuite/libffi.call/cls_longdouble.c,
- testsuite/libffi.call/cls_longdouble_va.c,
- testsuite/libffi.call/cls_multi_schar.c,
- testsuite/libffi.call/cls_multi_sshort.c,
- testsuite/libffi.call/cls_multi_sshortchar.c,
- testsuite/libffi.call/cls_multi_uchar.c,
- testsuite/libffi.call/cls_multi_ushort.c,
- testsuite/libffi.call/cls_multi_ushortchar.c,
- testsuite/libffi.call/cls_pointer.c,
- testsuite/libffi.call/cls_pointer_stack.c,
- testsuite/libffi.call/cls_schar.c,
- testsuite/libffi.call/cls_sint.c,
- testsuite/libffi.call/cls_sshort.c,
- testsuite/libffi.call/cls_uchar.c,
- testsuite/libffi.call/cls_uint.c,
- testsuite/libffi.call/cls_ulonglong.c,
- testsuite/libffi.call/cls_ushort.c,
- testsuite/libffi.call/err_bad_abi.c,
- testsuite/libffi.call/err_bad_typedef.c,
- testsuite/libffi.call/float2.c,
- testsuite/libffi.call/huge_struct.c,
- testsuite/libffi.call/nested_struct.c,
- testsuite/libffi.call/nested_struct1.c,
- testsuite/libffi.call/nested_struct10.c,
- testsuite/libffi.call/nested_struct2.c,
- testsuite/libffi.call/nested_struct3.c,
- testsuite/libffi.call/nested_struct4.c,
- testsuite/libffi.call/nested_struct5.c,
- testsuite/libffi.call/nested_struct6.c,
- testsuite/libffi.call/nested_struct7.c,
- testsuite/libffi.call/nested_struct8.c,
- testsuite/libffi.call/nested_struct9.c,
- testsuite/libffi.call/problem1.c,
- testsuite/libffi.call/return_ldl.c,
- testsuite/libffi.call/return_ll1.c,
- testsuite/libffi.call/stret_large.c,
- testsuite/libffi.call/stret_large2.c,
- testsuite/libffi.call/stret_medium.c,
- testsuite/libffi.call/stret_medium2.c,
- testsuite/libffi.special/unwindtest.cc: use ffi_closure_alloc instead
- of checking for MMAP. Use intptr_t instead of long casts.
-
-2009-06-04 Andrew Haley <aph@redhat.com>
-
- * src/powerpc/ffitarget.h: Fix misapplied merge from gcc.
-
-2009-06-04 Andrew Haley <aph@redhat.com>
-
- * src/mips/o32.S,
- src/mips/n32.S: Fix licence formatting.
-
-2009-06-04 Andrew Haley <aph@redhat.com>
-
- * src/x86/darwin.S: Fix licence formatting.
- src/x86/win32.S: Likewise.
- src/sh64/sysv.S: Likewise.
- src/sh/sysv.S: Likewise.
-
-2009-06-04 Andrew Haley <aph@redhat.com>
-
- * src/sh64/ffi.c: Remove lint directives. Was missing from merge
- of Andreas Tobler's patch from 2006-04-22.
-
-2009-06-04 Andrew Haley <aph@redhat.com>
-
- * src/sh/ffi.c: Apply missing hunk from Alexandre Oliva's patch of
- 2007-03-07.
-
-2008-12-26 Timothy Wall <twall@users.sf.net>
-
- * testsuite/libffi.call/cls_longdouble.c,
- testsuite/libffi.call/cls_longdouble_va.c,
- testsuite/libffi.call/cls_align_longdouble.c,
- testsuite/libffi.call/cls_align_longdouble_split.c,
- testsuite/libffi.call/cls_align_longdouble_split2.c: mark expected
- failures on x86_64 cygwin/mingw.
-
-2008-12-22 Timothy Wall <twall@users.sf.net>
-
- * testsuite/libffi.call/closure_fn0.c,
- testsuite/libffi.call/closure_fn1.c,
- testsuite/libffi.call/closure_fn2.c,
- testsuite/libffi.call/closure_fn3.c,
- testsuite/libffi.call/closure_fn4.c,
- testsuite/libffi.call/closure_fn5.c,
- testsuite/libffi.call/closure_fn6.c,
- testsuite/libffi.call/closure_loc_fn0.c,
- testsuite/libffi.call/closure_stdcall.c,
- testsuite/libffi.call/cls_align_pointer.c,
- testsuite/libffi.call/cls_pointer.c,
- testsuite/libffi.call/cls_pointer_stack.c: use portable cast from
- pointer to integer (intptr_t).
- * testsuite/libffi.call/cls_longdouble.c: disable for win64.
-
-2008-12-19 Anthony Green <green@redhat.com>
-
- * configure.ac: Bump version to 3.0.8.
- * configure, doc/stamp-vti, doc/version.texi: Rebuilt.
- * libtool-version: Increment revision.
- * README: Update for new release.
-
-2008-11-11 Anthony Green <green@redhat.com>
-
- * configure.ac: Bump version to 3.0.7.
- * configure, doc/stamp-vti, doc/version.texi: Rebuilt.
- * libtool-version: Increment revision.
- * README: Update for new release.
-
-2008-08-25 Andreas Tobler <a.tobler@schweiz.org>
-
- * src/powerpc/ffitarget.h (ffi_abi): Add FFI_LINUX and
- FFI_LINUX_SOFT_FLOAT to the POWERPC_FREEBSD enum.
- Add note about flag bits used for FFI_SYSV_TYPE_SMALL_STRUCT.
- Adjust copyright notice.
- * src/powerpc/ffi.c: Add two new flags to indicate if we have one
- register or two register to use for FFI_SYSV structs.
- (ffi_prep_cif_machdep): Pass the right register flag introduced above.
- (ffi_closure_helper_SYSV): Fix the return type for
- FFI_SYSV_TYPE_SMALL_STRUCT. Comment.
- Adjust copyright notice.
-
-2008-07-24 Anthony Green <green@redhat.com>
-
- * testsuite/libffi.call/cls_dbls_struct.c,
- testsuite/libffi.call/cls_double_va.c,
- testsuite/libffi.call/cls_longdouble.c,
- testsuite/libffi.call/cls_longdouble_va.c,
- testsuite/libffi.call/cls_pointer.c,
- testsuite/libffi.call/cls_pointer_stack.c,
- testsuite/libffi.call/err_bad_abi.c: Clean up failures from
- compiler warnings.
-
-2008-07-17 Anthony Green <green@redhat.com>
-
- * configure.ac: Bump version to 3.0.6.
- * configure, doc/stamp-vti, doc/version.texi: Rebuilt.
- * libtool-version: Increment revision. Add documentation.
- * README: Update for new release.
-
-2008-07-16 Kaz Kojima <kkojima@gcc.gnu.org>
-
- * src/sh/ffi.c (ffi_prep_closure_loc): Turn INSN into an unsigned
- int.
-
-2008-07-16 Kaz Kojima <kkojima@gcc.gnu.org>
-
- * src/sh/sysv.S: Add .note.GNU-stack on Linux.
- * src/sh64/sysv.S: Likewise.
-
-2008-04-03 Anthony Green <green@redhat.com>
-
- * libffi.pc.in (Libs): Add -L${libdir}.
- * configure.ac: Bump version to 3.0.5.
- * configure, doc/stamp-vti, doc/version.texi: Rebuilt.
- * libtool-version: Increment revision.
- * README: Update for new release.
-
-2008-04-03 Anthony Green <green@redhat.com>
- Xerces Ranby <xerxes@zafena.se>
-
- * include/ffi.h.in: Wrap definition of target architecture to
- protect from double definitions.
-
-2008-03-22 Moriyoshi Koizumi <moriyoshi@gmail.com>
-
- * src/x86/ffi.c (ffi_prep_closure_loc): Fix for bug revealed in
- closure_loc_fn0.c.
- * testsuite/libffi.call/closure_loc_fn0.c (closure_loc_test_fn0):
- New test.
-
-2008-03-04 Anthony Green <green@redhat.com>
- Blake Chaffin
- hos@tamanegi.org
-
- * testsuite/libffi.call/cls_align_longdouble_split2.c
- testsuite/libffi.call/cls_align_longdouble_split.c
- testsuite/libffi.call/cls_dbls_struct.c
- testsuite/libffi.call/cls_double_va.c
- testsuite/libffi.call/cls_longdouble.c
- testsuite/libffi.call/cls_longdouble_va.c
- testsuite/libffi.call/cls_pointer.c
- testsuite/libffi.call/cls_pointer_stack.c
- testsuite/libffi.call/err_bad_abi.c
- testsuite/libffi.call/err_bad_typedef.c
- testsuite/libffi.call/huge_struct.c
- testsuite/libffi.call/stret_large2.c
- testsuite/libffi.call/stret_large.c
- testsuite/libffi.call/stret_medium2.c
- testsuite/libffi.call/stret_medium.c: New tests from Apple.
-
-2008-02-26 Jakub Jelinek <jakub@redhat.com>
- Anthony Green <green@redhat.com>
-
- * src/alpha/osf.S: Add .note.GNU-stack on Linux.
- * src/s390/sysv.S: Likewise.
- * src/powerpc/linux64.S: Likewise.
- * src/powerpc/linux64_closure.S: Likewise.
- * src/powerpc/ppc_closure.S: Likewise.
- * src/powerpc/sysv.S: Likewise.
- * src/x86/unix64.S: Likewise.
- * src/x86/sysv.S: Likewise.
- * src/sparc/v8.S: Likewise.
- * src/sparc/v9.S: Likewise.
- * src/m68k/sysv.S: Likewise.
- * src/ia64/unix.S: Likewise.
- * src/arm/sysv.S: Likewise.
-
-2008-02-26 Anthony Green <green@redhat.com>
- Thomas Heller <theller@ctypes.org>
-
- * src/x86/ffi.c (ffi_closure_SYSV_inner): Change C++ comment to C
- comment.
-
-2008-02-26 Anthony Green <green@redhat.org>
- Thomas Heller <theller@ctypes.org>
-
- * include/ffi.h.in: Change void (*)() to void (*)(void).
-
-2008-02-26 Anthony Green <green@redhat.org>
- Thomas Heller <theller@ctypes.org>
-
- * src/alpha/ffi.c: Change void (*)() to void (*)(void).
- src/alpha/osf.S, src/arm/ffi.c, src/frv/ffi.c, src/ia64/ffi.c,
- src/ia64/unix.S, src/java_raw_api.c, src/m32r/ffi.c,
- src/mips/ffi.c, src/pa/ffi.c, src/pa/hpux32.S, src/pa/linux.S,
- src/powerpc/ffi.c, src/powerpc/ffi_darwin.c, src/raw_api.c,
- src/s390/ffi.c, src/sh/ffi.c, src/sh64/ffi.c, src/sparc/ffi.c,
- src/x86/ffi.c, src/x86/unix64.S, src/x86/darwin64.S,
- src/x86/ffi64.c: Ditto.
-
-2008-02-24 Anthony Green <green@redhat.org>
-
- * configure.ac: Accept openbsd*, not just openbsd.
- Bump version to 3.0.4.
- * configure, doc/stamp-vti, doc/version.texi: Rebuilt.
- * libtool-version: Increment revision.
- * README: Update for new release.
-
-2008-02-22 Anthony Green <green@redhat.com>
-
- * README: Clean up list of tested platforms.
-
-2008-02-22 Anthony Green <green@redhat.com>
-
- * configure.ac: Bump version to 3.0.3.
- * configure, doc/stamp-vti, doc/version.texi: Rebuilt.
- * libtool-version: Increment revision.
- * README: Update for new release. Clean up test docs.
-
-2008-02-22 Bjoern Koenig <bkoenig@alpha-tierchen.de>
- Andreas Tobler <a.tobler@schweiz.org>
-
- * configure.ac: Add amd64-*-freebsd* target.
- * configure: Regenerate.
-
-2008-02-22 Thomas Heller <theller@ctypes.org>
-
- * configure.ac: Add x86 OpenBSD support.
- * configure: Rebuilt.
-
-2008-02-21 Thomas Heller <theller@ctypes.org>
-
- * README: Change "make test" to "make check".
-
-2008-02-21 Anthony Green <green@redhat.com>
-
- * configure.ac: Bump version to 3.0.2.
- * configure, doc/stamp-vti, doc/version.texi: Rebuilt.
- * libtool-version: Increment revision.
- * README: Update for new release.
-
-2008-02-21 Björn König <bkoenig@alpha-tierchen.de>
-
- * src/x86/freebsd.S: New file.
- * configure.ac: Add x86 FreeBSD support.
- * Makefile.am: Ditto.
-
-2008-02-15 Anthony Green <green@redhat.com>
-
- * configure.ac: Bump version to 3.0.1.
- * configure, doc/stamp-vti, doc/version.texi: Rebuilt.
- * libtool-version: Increment revision.
- * README: Update for new release.
-
-2008-02-15 David Daney <ddaney@avtrex.com>
-
- * src/mips/ffi.c: Remove extra '>' from include directive.
- (ffi_prep_closure_loc): Use clear_location instead of tramp.
-
-2008-02-15 Anthony Green <green@redhat.com>
-
- * configure.ac: Bump version to 3.0.0.
- * configure, doc/stamp-vti, doc/version.texi: Rebuilt.
-
-2008-02-15 David Daney <ddaney@avtrex.com>
-
- * src/mips/ffi.c (USE__BUILTIN___CLEAR_CACHE):
- Define (conditionally), and use it to include cachectl.h.
- (ffi_prep_closure_loc): Fix cache flushing.
- * src/mips/ffitarget.h (_ABIN32, _ABI64, _ABIO32): Define.
-
-2008-02-15 Anthony Green <green@redhat.com>
-
- * man/ffi_call.3, man/ffi_prep_cif.3, man/ffi.3:
- Update dates and remove all references to ffi_prep_closure.
- * configure.ac: Bump version to 2.99.9.
- * configure, doc/stamp-vti, doc/version.texi: Rebuilt.
-
-2008-02-15 Anthony Green <green@redhat.com>
-
- * man/ffi_prep_closure.3: Delete.
- * man/Makefile.am (EXTRA_DIST): Remove ffi_prep_closure.3.
- (man_MANS): Ditto.
- * man/Makefile.in: Rebuilt.
- * configure.ac: Bump version to 2.99.8.
- * configure, doc/stamp-vti, doc/version.texi: Rebuilt.
-
-2008-02-14 Anthony Green <green@redhat.com>
-
- * configure.ac: Bump version to 2.99.7.
- * configure, doc/stamp-vti, doc/version.texi: Rebuilt.
- * include/ffi.h.in LICENSE src/debug.c src/closures.c
- src/ffitest.c src/s390/sysv.S src/s390/ffitarget.h
- src/types.c src/m68k/ffitarget.h src/raw_api.c src/frv/ffi.c
- src/frv/ffitarget.h src/sh/ffi.c src/sh/sysv.S
- src/sh/ffitarget.h src/powerpc/ffitarget.h src/pa/ffi.c
- src/pa/ffitarget.h src/pa/linux.S src/java_raw_api.c
- src/cris/ffitarget.h src/x86/ffi.c src/x86/sysv.S
- src/x86/unix64.S src/x86/win32.S src/x86/ffitarget.h
- src/x86/ffi64.c src/x86/darwin.S src/ia64/ffi.c
- src/ia64/ffitarget.h src/ia64/ia64_flags.h src/ia64/unix.S
- src/sparc/ffi.c src/sparc/v9.S src/sparc/ffitarget.h
- src/sparc/v8.S src/alpha/ffi.c src/alpha/ffitarget.h
- src/alpha/osf.S src/sh64/ffi.c src/sh64/sysv.S
- src/sh64/ffitarget.h src/mips/ffi.c src/mips/ffitarget.h
- src/mips/n32.S src/mips/o32.S src/arm/ffi.c src/arm/sysv.S
- src/arm/ffitarget.h src/prep_cif.c: Update license text.
-
-2008-02-14 Anthony Green <green@redhat.com>
-
- * README: Update tested platforms.
- * configure.ac: Bump version to 2.99.6.
- * configure: Rebuilt.
-
-2008-02-14 Anthony Green <green@redhat.com>
-
- * configure.ac: Bump version to 2.99.5.
- * configure: Rebuilt.
- * Makefile.am (EXTRA_DIST): Add darwin64.S
- * Makefile.in: Rebuilt.
- * testsuite/lib/libffi-dg.exp: Remove libstdc++ bits from GCC tree.
- * LICENSE: Update WARRANTY.
-
-2008-02-14 Anthony Green <green@redhat.com>
-
- * libffi.pc.in (libdir): Fix libdir definition.
- * configure.ac: Bump version to 2.99.4.
- * configure: Rebuilt.
-
-2008-02-14 Anthony Green <green@redhat.com>
-
- * README: Update.
- * libffi.info: New file.
- * doc/stamp-vti: New file.
- * configure.ac: Bump version to 2.99.3.
- * configure: Rebuilt.
-
-2008-02-14 Anthony Green <green@redhat.com>
-
- * Makefile.am (SUBDIRS): Add man dir.
- * Makefile.in: Rebuilt.
- * configure.ac: Create Makefile.
- * configure: Rebuilt.
- * man/ffi_call.3 man/ffi_prep_cif.3 man/ffi_prep_closure.3
- man/Makefile.am man/Makefile.in: New files.
-
-2008-02-14 Tom Tromey <tromey@redhat.com>
-
- * aclocal.m4, Makefile.in, configure, fficonfig.h.in: Rebuilt.
- * mdate-sh, texinfo.tex: New files.
- * Makefile.am (info_TEXINFOS): New variable.
- * doc/libffi.texi: New file.
- * doc/version.texi: Likewise.
-
-2008-02-14 Anthony Green <green@redhat.com>
-
- * Makefile.am (AM_CFLAGS): Don't compile with -D$(TARGET).
- (lib_LTLIBRARIES): Define.
- (toolexeclib_LIBRARIES): Undefine.
- * Makefile.in: Rebuilt.
- * configure.ac: Reset version to 2.99.1.
- * configure.in: Rebuilt.
-
-2008-02-14 Anthony Green <green@redhat.com>
-
- * libffi.pc.in: Use @PACKAGE_NAME@ and @PACKAGE_VERSION@.
- * configure.ac: Reset version to 2.99.1.
- * configure.in: Rebuilt.
- * Makefile.am (EXTRA_DIST): Add ChangeLog.libffi.
- * Makefile.in: Rebuilt.
- * LICENSE: Update copyright notice.
-
-2008-02-14 Anthony Green <green@redhat.com>
-
- * include/Makefile.am (nodist_includes_HEADERS): Define. Don't
- distribute ffitarget.h or ffi.h from the build include dir.
- * Makefile.in: Rebuilt.
-
-2008-02-14 Anthony Green <green@redhat.com>
-
- * include/Makefile.am (includesdir): Install headers under libdir.
- (pkgconfigdir): Define. Install libffi.pc.
- * include/Makefile.in: Rebuilt.
- * libffi.pc.in: Create.
- * libtool-version: Increment CURRENT
- * configure.ac: Add libffi.pc.in
- * configure: Rebuilt.
-
-2008-02-03 Anthony Green <green@redhat.com>
-
- * include/Makefile.am (includesdir): Fix header install with
- DESTDIR.
- * include/Makefile.in: Rebuilt.
-
-2008-02-03 Timothy Wall <twall@users.sf.net>
-
- * src/x86/ffi.c (FFI_INIT_TRAMPOLINE_STDCALL): Calculate jump return
- offset based on code pointer, not data pointer.
-
-2008-02-01 Anthony Green <green@redhat.com>
-
- * include/Makefile.am: Fix header installs.
- * Makefile.am: Ditto.
- * include/Makefile.in: Rebuilt.
- * Makefile.in: Ditto.
-
-2008-02-01 Anthony Green <green@redhat.com>
-
- * src/x86/ffi.c (FFI_INIT_TRAMPOLINE_STDCALL,
- FFI_INIT_TRAMPOLINE): Revert my broken changes to twall's last
- patch.
-
-2008-01-31 Anthony Green <green@redhat.com>
-
- * Makefile.am (EXTRA_DIST): Add missing files.
- * testsuite/Makefile.am: Ditto.
- * Makefile.in, testsuite/Makefile.in: Rebuilt.
-
-2008-01-31 Timothy Wall <twall@users.sf.net>
-
- * testsuite/libffi.call/closure_stdcall.c: Add test for stdcall
- closures.
- * src/x86/ffitarget.h: Increase size of trampoline for stdcall
- closures.
- * src/x86/win32.S: Add assembly for stdcall closure.
- * src/x86/ffi.c: Initialize stdcall closure trampoline.
-
-2008-01-30 H.J. Lu <hongjiu.lu@intel.com>
-
- PR libffi/34612
- * src/x86/sysv.S (ffi_closure_SYSV): Pop 4 byte from stack when
- returning struct.
-
- * testsuite/libffi.call/call.exp: Add "-O2 -fomit-frame-pointer"
- tests.
-
-2008-01-30 Anthony Green <green@redhat.com>
-
- * Makefile.am, include/Makefile.am: Move headers to
- libffi_la_SOURCES for new automake.
- * Makefile.in, include/Makefile.in: Rebuilt.
-
- * testsuite/lib/wrapper.exp: Copied from gcc tree to allow for
- execution outside of gcc tree.
- * testsuite/lib/target-libpath.exp: Ditto.
-
- * testsuite/lib/libffi-dg.exp: Many changes to allow for execution
- outside of gcc tree.
-
+++ /dev/null
-2004-01-14 Kelley Cook <kcook@gcc.gnu.org>
-
- * configure.in: Add in AC_PREREQ(2.13)
-
-2003-02-20 Alexandre Oliva <aoliva@redhat.com>
-
- * configure.in: Propagate ORIGINAL_LD_FOR_MULTILIBS to
- config.status.
- * configure: Rebuilt.
-
-2002-01-27 Alexandre Oliva <aoliva@redhat.com>
-
- * configure.in (toolexecdir, toolexeclibdir): Set and AC_SUBST.
- Remove USE_LIBDIR conditional.
- * Makefile.am (toolexecdir, toolexeclibdir): Don't override.
- * Makefile.in, configure: Rebuilt.
-
-Mon Aug 9 18:33:38 1999 Rainer Orth <ro@TechFak.Uni-Bielefeld.DE>
-
- * include/Makefile.in: Rebuilt.
- * Makefile.in: Rebuilt
- * Makefile.am (toolexeclibdir): Add $(MULTISUBDIR) even for native
- builds.
- Use USE_LIBDIR.
-
- * configure: Rebuilt.
- * configure.in (USE_LIBDIR): Define for native builds.
- Use lowercase in configure --help explanations.
-
-1999-08-08 Anthony Green <green@cygnus.com>
-
- * include/ffi.h.in (FFI_FN): Remove `...'.
-
-1999-08-08 Anthony Green <green@cygnus.com>
-
- * Makefile.in: Rebuilt.
- * Makefile.am (AM_CFLAGS): Compile with -fexceptions.
-
- * src/x86/sysv.S: Add exception handling metadata.
-
+++ /dev/null
-The libffi version 1 ChangeLog archive.
-
-Version 1 of libffi had per-directory ChangeLogs. Current and future
-versions have a single ChangeLog file in the root directory. The
-version 1 ChangeLogs have all been concatonated into this file for
-future reference only.
-
---- libffi ----------------------------------------------------------------
-
-Mon Oct 5 02:17:50 1998 Anthony Green <green@cygnus.com>
-
- * configure.in: Boosted rev.
- * configure, Makefile.in, aclocal.m4: Rebuilt.
- * README: Boosted rev and updated release notes.
-
-Mon Oct 5 01:03:03 1998 Anthony Green <green@cygnus.com>
-
- * configure.in: Boosted rev.
- * configure, Makefile.in, aclocal.m4: Rebuilt.
- * README: Boosted rev and updated release notes.
-
-1998-07-25 Andreas Schwab <schwab@issan.informatik.uni-dortmund.de>
-
- * m68k/ffi.c (ffi_prep_cif_machdep): Use bitmask for cif->flags.
- Correctly handle small structures.
- (ffi_prep_args): Also handle small structures.
- (ffi_call): Pass size of return type to ffi_call_SYSV.
- * m68k/sysv.S: Adjust for above changes. Correctly align small
- structures in the return value.
-
- * types.c (uint64, sint64) [M68K]: Change alignment to 4.
-
-Fri Apr 17 17:26:58 1998 Anthony Green <green@hoser.cygnus.com>
-
- * configure.in: Boosted rev.
- * configure,Makefile.in,aclocal.m4: Rebuilt.
- * README: Boosted rev and added release notes.
-
-Sun Feb 22 00:50:41 1998 Geoff Keating <geoffk@ozemail.com.au>
-
- * configure.in: Add PowerPC config bits.
-
-1998-02-14 Andreas Schwab <schwab@issan.informatik.uni-dortmund.de>
-
- * configure.in: Add m68k config bits. Change AC_CANONICAL_SYSTEM
- to AC_CANONICAL_HOST, this is not a compiler. Use $host instead
- of $target. Remove AC_CHECK_SIZEOF(char), we already know the
- result. Fix argument of AC_ARG_ENABLE.
- * configure, fficonfig.h.in: Rebuilt.
-
-Tue Feb 10 20:53:40 1998 Richard Henderson <rth@cygnus.com>
-
- * configure.in: Add Alpha config bits.
-
-Tue May 13 13:39:20 1997 Anthony Green <green@hoser.cygnus.com>
-
- * README: Updated dates and reworded Irix comments.
-
- * configure.in: Removed AC_PROG_RANLIB.
-
- * Makefile.in, aclocal.m4, config.guess, config.sub, configure,
- ltmain.sh, */Makefile.in: libtoolized again and rebuilt with
- automake and autoconf.
-
-Sat May 10 18:44:50 1997 Tom Tromey <tromey@cygnus.com>
-
- * configure, aclocal.m4: Rebuilt.
- * configure.in: Don't compute EXTRADIST; now handled in
- src/Makefile.in. Removed macros implied by AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE.
- Don't run AM_MAINTAINER_MODE.
-
-Thu May 8 14:34:05 1997 Anthony Green <green@hoser.cygnus.com>
-
- * missing, ltmain.sh, ltconfig.sh: Created. These are new files
- required by automake and libtool.
-
- * README: Boosted rev to 1.14. Added notes.
-
- * acconfig.h: Moved PACKAGE and VERSION for new automake.
-
- * configure.in: Changes for libtool.
-
- * Makefile.am (check): make test now make check. Uses libtool now.
-
- * Makefile.in, configure.in, aclocal.h, fficonfig.h.in: Rebuilt.
-
-Thu May 1 16:27:07 1997 Anthony Green <green@hoser.cygnus.com>
-
- * missing: Added file required by new automake.
-
-Tue Nov 26 14:10:42 1996 Anthony Green <green@csk3.cygnus.com>
-
- * acconfig.h: Added USING_PURIFY flag. This is defined when
- --enable-purify-safety was used at configure time.
-
- * configure.in (allsources): Added --enable-purify-safety switch.
- (VERSION): Boosted rev to 1.13.
- * configure: Rebuilt.
-
-Fri Nov 22 06:46:12 1996 Anthony Green <green@rtl.cygnus.com>
-
- * configure.in (VERSION): Boosted rev to 1.12.
- Removed special CFLAGS hack for gcc.
- * configure: Rebuilt.
-
- * README: Boosted rev to 1.12. Added notes.
-
- * Many files: Cygnus Support changed to Cygnus Solutions.
-
-Wed Oct 30 11:15:25 1996 Anthony Green <green@rtl.cygnus.com>
-
- * configure.in (VERSION): Boosted rev to 1.11.
- * configure: Rebuilt.
-
- * README: Boosted rev to 1.11. Added notes about GNU make.
-
-Tue Oct 29 12:25:12 1996 Anthony Green <green@rtl.cygnus.com>
-
- * configure.in: Fixed -Wall trick.
- (VERSION): Boosted rev.
- * configure: Rebuilt
-
- * acconfig.h: Needed for --enable-debug configure switch.
-
- * README: Boosted rev to 1.09. Added more notes on building
- libffi, and LCLint.
-
- * configure.in: Added --enable-debug switch. Boosted rev to
- 1.09.
- * configure: Rebuilt
-
-Tue Oct 15 13:11:28 1996 Anthony Green <green@hoser.cygnus.com>
-
- * configure.in (VERSION): Boosted rev to 1.08
- * configure: Rebuilt.
-
- * README: Added n32 bug fix notes.
-
- * Makefile.am: Added "make lint" production.
- * Makefile.in: Rebuilt.
-
-Mon Oct 14 10:54:46 1996 Anthony Green <green@rtl.cygnus.com>
-
- * README: Added web page reference.
-
- * configure.in, README: Boosted rev to 1.05
- * configure: Rebuilt.
-
- * README: Fixed n32 sample code.
-
-Fri Oct 11 17:09:28 1996 Anthony Green <green@rtl.cygnus.com>
-
- * README: Added sparc notes.
-
- * configure.in, README: Boosted rev to 1.04.
- * configure: Rebuilt.
-
-Thu Oct 10 10:31:03 1996 Anthony Green <green@rtl.cygnus.com>
-
- * configure.in, README: Boosted rev to 1.03.
- * configure: Rebuilt.
-
- * README: Added struct notes.
-
- * Makefile.am (EXTRA_DIST): Added LICENSE to distribution.
- * Makefile.in: Rebuilt.
-
- * README: Removed Linux section. No special notes now
- because aggregates arg/return types work.
-
-Wed Oct 9 16:16:42 1996 Anthony Green <green@rtl.cygnus.com>
-
- * README, configure.in (VERSION): Boosted rev to 1.02
- * configure: Rebuilt.
-
-Tue Oct 8 11:56:33 1996 Anthony Green <green@rtl.cygnus.com>
-
- * README (NOTE): Added n32 notes.
-
- * Makefile.am: Added test production.
- * Makefile: Rebuilt
-
- * README: spell checked!
-
- * configure.in (VERSION): Boosted rev to 1.01
- * configure: Rebuilt.
-
-Mon Oct 7 15:50:22 1996 Anthony Green <green@rtl.cygnus.com>
-
- * configure.in: Added nasty bit to support SGI tools.
- * configure: Rebuilt.
-
- * README: Added SGI notes. Added note about automake bug.
-
-Mon Oct 7 11:00:28 1996 Anthony Green <green@hoser.cygnus.com>
-
- * README: Rewrote intro, and fixed examples.
-
-Fri Oct 4 10:19:55 1996 Anthony Green <green@hoser.cygnus.com>
-
- * configure.in: -D$TARGET is no longer used as a compiler switch.
- It is now inserted into ffi.h at configure time.
- * configure: Rebuilt.
-
- * FFI_ABI and FFI_STATUS are now ffi_abi and ffi_status.
-
-Thu Oct 3 13:47:34 1996 Anthony Green <green@hoser.cygnus.com>
-
- * README, LICENSE: Created. Wrote some docs.
-
- * configure.in: Don't barf on i586-unknown-linuxaout.
- Added EXTRADIST code for "make dist".
- * configure: Rebuilt.
-
- * */Makefile.in: Rebuilt with patched automake.
-
-Tue Oct 1 17:12:25 1996 Anthony Green <green@rtl.cygnus.com>
-
- * Makefile.am, aclocal.m4, config.guess, config.sub,
- configure.in, fficonfig.h.in, install-sh, mkinstalldirs,
- stamp-h.in: Created
- * Makefile.in, configure: Generated
-
---- libffi/include --------------------------------------------------------
-
-Tue Feb 24 13:09:36 1998 Anthony Green <green@gerbil.cygnus.com>
-
- * ffi_mips.h: Updated FFI_TYPE_STRUCT_* values based on
- ffi.h.in changes. This is a work-around for SGI's "simple"
- assembler.
-
-Sun Feb 22 00:51:55 1998 Geoff Keating <geoffk@ozemail.com.au>
-
- * ffi.h.in: PowerPC support.
-
-1998-02-14 Andreas Schwab <schwab@issan.informatik.uni-dortmund.de>
-
- * ffi.h.in: Add m68k support.
- (FFI_TYPE_LONGDOUBLE): Make it a separate value.
-
-Tue Feb 10 20:55:16 1998 Richard Henderson <rth@cygnus.com>
-
- * ffi.h.in (SIZEOF_ARG): Use a pointer type by default.
-
- * ffi.h.in: Alpha support.
-
-Fri Nov 22 06:48:45 1996 Anthony Green <green@rtl.cygnus.com>
-
- * ffi.h.in, ffi_common.h: Cygnus Support -> Cygnus Solutions.
-
-Wed Nov 20 22:31:01 1996 Anthony Green <green@hoser.cygnus.com>
-
- * ffi.h.in: Added ffi_type_void definition.
-
-Tue Oct 29 12:22:40 1996 Anthony Green <green@rtl.cygnus.com>
-
- * Makefile.am (hack_DATA): Always install ffi_mips.h.
-
- * ffi.h.in: Removed FFI_DEBUG. It's now in the correct
- place (acconfig.h).
- Added #include <stddef.h> for size_t definition.
-
-Tue Oct 15 17:23:35 1996 Anthony Green <green@hoser.cygnus.com>
-
- * ffi.h.in, ffi_common.h, ffi_mips.h: More clean up.
- Commented out #define of FFI_DEBUG.
-
-Tue Oct 15 13:01:06 1996 Anthony Green <green@rtl.cygnus.com>
-
- * ffi_common.h: Added bool definition.
-
- * ffi.h.in, ffi_common.h: Clean up based on LCLint output.
- Added funny /*@...@*/ comments to annotate source.
-
-Mon Oct 14 12:29:23 1996 Anthony Green <green@rtl.cygnus.com>
-
- * ffi.h.in: Interface changes based on feedback from Jim
- Blandy.
-
-Fri Oct 11 16:49:35 1996 Anthony Green <green@rtl.cygnus.com>
-
- * ffi.h.in: Small change for sparc support.
-
-Thu Oct 10 14:53:37 1996 Anthony Green <green@rtl.cygnus.com>
-
- * ffi_mips.h: Added FFI_TYPE_STRUCT_* definitions for
- special structure return types.
-
-Wed Oct 9 13:55:57 1996 Anthony Green <green@rtl.cygnus.com>
-
- * ffi.h.in: Added SIZEOF_ARG definition for X86
-
-Tue Oct 8 11:40:36 1996 Anthony Green <green@rtl.cygnus.com>
-
- * ffi.h.in (FFI_FN): Added macro for eliminating compiler warnings.
- Use it to case your function pointers to the proper type.
-
- * ffi_mips.h (SIZEOF_ARG): Added magic to fix type promotion bug.
-
- * Makefile.am (EXTRA_DIST): Added ffi_mips.h to EXTRA_DIST.
- * Makefile: Rebuilt.
-
- * ffi_mips.h: Created. Moved all common mips definitions here.
-
-Mon Oct 7 10:58:12 1996 Anthony Green <green@hoser.cygnus.com>
-
- * ffi.h.in: The SGI assember is very picky about parens. Redefined
- some macros to avoid problems.
-
- * ffi.h.in: Added FFI_DEFAULT_ABI definitions. Also added
- externs for pointer, and 64bit integral ffi_types.
-
-Fri Oct 4 09:51:37 1996 Anthony Green <green@hoser.cygnus.com>
-
- * ffi.h.in: Added FFI_ABI member to ffi_cif and changed
- function prototypes accordingly.
- Added #define @TARGET@. Now programs including ffi.h don't
- have to specify this themselves.
-
-Thu Oct 3 15:36:44 1996 Anthony Green <green@hoser.cygnus.com>
-
- * ffi.h.in: Changed ffi_prep_cif's values from void* to void**
-
- * Makefile.am (EXTRA_DIST): Added EXTRA_DIST for "make dist"
- to work.
- * Makefile.in: Regenerated.
-
-Wed Oct 2 10:16:59 1996 Anthony Green <green@hoser.cygnus.com>
-
- * Makefile.am: Created
- * Makefile.in: Generated
-
- * ffi_common.h: Added rcsid comment
-
-Tue Oct 1 17:13:51 1996 Anthony Green <green@rtl.cygnus.com>
-
- * ffi.h.in, ffi_common.h: Created
-
---- libffi/src ------------------------------------------------------------
-
-Mon Oct 5 02:17:50 1998 Anthony Green <green@cygnus.com>
-
- * arm/ffi.c, arm/sysv.S: Created.
-
- * Makefile.am: Added arm files.
- * Makefile.in: Rebuilt.
-
-Mon Oct 5 01:41:38 1998 Anthony Green <green@rtl.cygnus.com>
-
- * Makefile.am (libffi_la_LDFLAGS): Incremented revision.
-
-Sun Oct 4 16:27:17 1998 Anthony Green <green@cygnus.com>
-
- * alpha/osf.S (ffi_call_osf): Patch for DU assembler.
-
- * ffitest.c (main): long long and long double return values work
- for x86.
-
-Fri Apr 17 11:50:58 1998 Anthony Green <green@hoser.cygnus.com>
-
- * Makefile.in: Rebuilt.
-
- * ffitest.c (main): Floating point tests not executed for systems
- with broken lond double (SunOS 4 w/ GCC).
-
- * types.c: Fixed x86 alignment info for long long types.
-
-Thu Apr 16 07:15:28 1998 Anthony Green <green@ada.cygnus.com>
-
- * ffitest.c: Added more notes about GCC bugs under Irix 6.
-
-Wed Apr 15 08:42:22 1998 Anthony Green <green@hoser.cygnus.com>
-
- * ffitest.c (struct5): New test function.
- (main): New test with struct5.
-
-Thu Mar 5 10:48:11 1998 Anthony Green <green@tootie.to.cygnus.com>
-
- * prep_cif.c (initialize_aggregate): Fix assertion for
- nested structures.
-
-Tue Feb 24 16:33:41 1998 Anthony Green <green@hoser.cygnus.com>
-
- * prep_cif.c (ffi_prep_cif): Added long double support for sparc.
-
-Sun Feb 22 00:52:18 1998 Geoff Keating <geoffk@ozemail.com.au>
-
- * powerpc/asm.h: New file.
- * powerpc/ffi.c: New file.
- * powerpc/sysv.S: New file.
- * Makefile.am: PowerPC port.
- * ffitest.c (main): Allow all tests to run even in presence of gcc
- bug on PowerPC.
-
-1998-02-17 Anthony Green <green@hoser.cygnus.com>
-
- * mips/ffi.c: Fixed comment typo.
-
- * x86/ffi.c (ffi_prep_cif_machdep), x86/sysv.S (retfloat):
- Fixed x86 long double return handling.
-
- * types.c: Fixed x86 long double alignment info.
-
-1998-02-14 Andreas Schwab <schwab@issan.informatik.uni-dortmund.de>
-
- * types.c: Add m68k support.
-
- * ffitest.c (floating): Add long double parameter.
- (return_ll, ldblit): New functions to test long long and long
- double return value.
- (main): Fix type error in assignment of ts[1-4]_type.elements.
- Add tests for long long and long double arguments and return
- values.
-
- * prep_cif.c (ffi_prep_cif) [M68K]: Don't allocate argument for
- struct value pointer.
-
- * m68k/ffi.c, m68k/sysv.S: New files.
- * Makefile.am: Add bits for m68k port. Add kludge to work around
- automake deficiency.
- (test): Don't require "." in $PATH.
- * Makefile.in: Rebuilt.
-
-Wed Feb 11 07:36:50 1998 Anthony Green <green@hoser.cygnus.com>
-
- * Makefile.in: Rebuilt.
-
-Tue Feb 10 20:56:00 1998 Richard Henderson <rth@cygnus.com>
-
- * alpha/ffi.c, alpha/osf.S: New files.
- * Makefile.am: Alpha port.
-
-Tue Nov 18 14:12:07 1997 Anthony Green <green@hoser.cygnus.com>
-
- * mips/ffi.c (ffi_prep_cif_machdep): Initialize rstruct_flag
- for n32.
-
-Tue Jun 3 17:18:20 1997 Anthony Green <green@hoser.cygnus.com>
-
- * ffitest.c (main): Added hack to get structure tests working
- correctly.
-
-Sat May 10 19:06:42 1997 Tom Tromey <tromey@cygnus.com>
-
- * Makefile.in: Rebuilt.
- * Makefile.am (EXTRA_DIST): Explicitly list all distributable
- files in subdirs.
- (VERSION, CC): Removed.
-
-Thu May 8 17:19:01 1997 Anthony Green <green@hoser.cygnus.com>
-
- * Makefile.am: Many changes for new automake and libtool.
- * Makefile.in: Rebuilt.
-
-Fri Nov 22 06:57:56 1996 Anthony Green <green@rtl.cygnus.com>
-
- * ffitest.c (main): Fixed test case for non mips machines.
-
-Wed Nov 20 22:31:59 1996 Anthony Green <green@hoser.cygnus.com>
-
- * types.c: Added ffi_type_void declaration.
-
-Tue Oct 29 13:07:19 1996 Anthony Green <green@rtl.cygnus.com>
-
- * ffitest.c (main): Fixed character constants.
- (main): Emit warning for structure test 3 failure on Sun.
-
- * Makefile.am (VPATH): Fixed VPATH def'n so automake won't
- strip it out.
- Moved distdir hack from libffi to automake.
- (ffitest): Added missing -c for $(COMPILE) (change in automake).
- * Makefile.in: Rebuilt.
-
-Tue Oct 15 13:08:20 1996 Anthony Green <green@hoser.cygnus.com>
-
- * Makefile.am: Added "make lint" production.
- * Makefile.in: Rebuilt.
-
- * prep_cif.c (STACK_ARG_SIZE): Improved STACK_ARG_SIZE macro.
- Clean up based on LCLint output. Added funny /*@...@*/ comments to
- annotate source.
-
- * ffitest.c, debug.c: Cleaned up code.
-
-Mon Oct 14 12:26:56 1996 Anthony Green <green@rtl.cygnus.com>
-
- * ffitest.c: Changes based on interface changes.
-
- * prep_cif.c (ffi_prep_cif): Cleaned up interface based on
- feedback from Jim Blandy.
-
-Fri Oct 11 15:53:18 1996 Anthony Green <green@rtl.cygnus.com>
-
- * ffitest.c: Reordered tests while porting to sparc.
- Made changes to handle lame structure passing for sparc.
- Removed calls to fflush().
-
- * prep_cif.c (ffi_prep_cif): Added special case for sparc
- aggregate type arguments.
-
-Thu Oct 10 09:56:51 1996 Anthony Green <green@rtl.cygnus.com>
-
- * ffitest.c (main): Added structure passing/returning tests.
-
- * prep_cif.c (ffi_prep_cif): Perform proper initialization
- of structure return types if needed.
- (initialize_aggregate): Bug fix
-
-Wed Oct 9 16:04:20 1996 Anthony Green <green@rtl.cygnus.com>
-
- * types.c: Added special definitions for x86 (double doesn't
- need double word alignment).
-
- * ffitest.c: Added many tests
-
-Tue Oct 8 09:19:22 1996 Anthony Green <green@rtl.cygnus.com>
-
- * prep_cif.c (ffi_prep_cif): Fixed assertion.
-
- * debug.c (ffi_assert): Must return a non void now.
-
- * Makefile.am: Added test production.
- * Makefile: Rebuilt.
-
- * ffitest.c (main): Created.
-
- * types.c: Created. Stripped common code out of */ffi.c.
-
- * prep_cif.c: Added missing stdlib.h include.
-
- * debug.c (ffi_type_test): Used "a" to eliminate compiler
- warnings in non-debug builds. Included ffi_common.h.
-
-Mon Oct 7 15:36:42 1996 Anthony Green <green@rtl.cygnus.com>
-
- * Makefile.am: Added a rule for .s -> .o
- This is required by the SGI compiler.
- * Makefile: Rebuilt.
-
-Fri Oct 4 09:51:08 1996 Anthony Green <green@hoser.cygnus.com>
-
- * prep_cif.c (initialize_aggregate): Moved abi specification
- to ffi_prep_cif().
-
-Thu Oct 3 15:37:37 1996 Anthony Green <green@hoser.cygnus.com>
-
- * prep_cif.c (ffi_prep_cif): Changed values from void* to void**.
- (initialize_aggregate): Fixed aggregate type initialization.
-
- * Makefile.am (EXTRA_DIST): Added support code for "make dist".
- * Makefile.in: Regenerated.
-
-Wed Oct 2 11:41:57 1996 Anthony Green <green@hoser.cygnus.com>
-
- * debug.c, prep_cif: Created.
-
- * Makefile.am: Added debug.o and prep_cif.o to OBJ.
- * Makefile.in: Regenerated.
-
- * Makefile.am (INCLUDES): Added missing -I../include
- * Makefile.in: Regenerated.
-
-Tue Oct 1 17:11:51 1996 Anthony Green <green@rtl.cygnus.com>
-
- * error.c, Makefile.am: Created.
- * Makefile.in: Generated.
-
---- libffi/src/x86 --------------------------------------------------------
-
-Sun Oct 4 16:27:17 1998 Anthony Green <green@cygnus.com>
-
- * sysv.S (retlongdouble): Fixed long long return value support.
- * ffi.c (ffi_prep_cif_machdep): Ditto.
-
-Wed May 13 04:30:33 1998 Anthony Green <green@raft.ppp.tsoft.net>
-
- * ffi.c (ffi_prep_cif_machdep): Fixed long double return value
- support.
-
-Wed Apr 15 08:43:20 1998 Anthony Green <green@hoser.cygnus.com>
-
- * ffi.c (ffi_prep_args): small struct support was missing.
-
-Thu May 8 16:53:58 1997 Anthony Green <green@hoser.cygnus.com>
-
- * objects.mak: Removed.
-
-Mon Dec 2 15:12:58 1996 Tom Tromey <tromey@cygnus.com>
-
- * sysv.S: Use .balign, for a.out Linux boxes.
-
-Tue Oct 15 13:06:50 1996 Anthony Green <green@hoser.cygnus.com>
-
- * ffi.c: Clean up based on LCLint output.
- Added funny /*@...@*/ comments to annotate source.
-
-Fri Oct 11 16:43:38 1996 Anthony Green <green@rtl.cygnus.com>
-
- * ffi.c (ffi_call): Added assertion for bad ABIs.
-
-Wed Oct 9 13:57:27 1996 Anthony Green <green@rtl.cygnus.com>
-
- * sysv.S (retdouble): Fixed double return problems.
-
- * ffi.c (ffi_call): Corrected fn arg definition.
- (ffi_prep_cif_machdep): Fixed double return problems
-
-Tue Oct 8 12:12:49 1996 Anthony Green <green@rtl.cygnus.com>
-
- * ffi.c: Moved ffi_type definitions to types.c.
- (ffi_prep_args): Fixed type promotion bug.
-
-Mon Oct 7 15:53:06 1996 Anthony Green <green@rtl.cygnus.com>
-
- * ffi.c (FFI_*_TYPEDEF): Removed redundant ';'
-
-Fri Oct 4 09:54:53 1996 Anthony Green <green@hoser.cygnus.com>
-
- * ffi.c (ffi_call): Removed FFI_ABI arg, and swapped
- remaining args.
-
-Wed Oct 2 10:07:05 1996 Anthony Green <green@hoser.cygnus.com>
-
- * ffi.c, sysv.S, objects.mak: Created.
- (ffi_prep_cif): cif->rvalue no longer initialized to NULL.
- (ffi_prep_cif_machdep): Moved machine independent cif processing
- to src/prep_cif.c. Introduced ffi_prep_cif_machdep().
-
---- libffi/src/mips -------------------------------------------------------
-
-Tue Feb 17 17:18:07 1998 Anthony Green <green@hoser.cygnus.com>
-
- * o32.S: Fixed typo in comment.
-
- * ffi.c (ffi_prep_cif_machdep): Fixed argument processing.
-
-Thu May 8 16:53:58 1997 Anthony Green <green@hoser.cygnus.com>
-
- * o32.s, n32.s: Wrappers for SGI tool support.
-
- * objects.mak: Removed.
-
-Tue Oct 29 14:37:45 1996 Anthony Green <green@rtl.cygnus.com>
-
- * ffi.c (ffi_prep_args): Changed int z to size_t z.
-
-Tue Oct 15 13:17:25 1996 Anthony Green <green@hoser.cygnus.com>
-
- * n32.S: Fixed bad stack munging.
-
- * ffi.c: Moved prototypes for ffi_call_?32() to here from
- ffi_mips.h because extended_cif is not defined in ffi_mips.h.
-
-Mon Oct 14 12:42:02 1996 Anthony Green <green@rtl.cygnus.com>
-
- * ffi.c: Interface changes based on feedback from Jim Blandy.
-
-Thu Oct 10 11:22:16 1996 Anthony Green <green@rtl.cygnus.com>
-
- * n32.S, ffi.c: Lots of changes to support passing and
- returning structures with the n32 calling convention.
-
- * n32.S: Fixed fn pointer bug.
-
- * ffi.c (ffi_prep_cif_machdep): Fix for o32 structure
- return values.
- (ffi_prep_args): Fixed n32 structure passing when structures
- partially fit in registers.
-
-Wed Oct 9 13:49:25 1996 Anthony Green <green@rtl.cygnus.com>
-
- * objects.mak: Added n32.o.
-
- * n32.S: Created.
-
- * ffi.c (ffi_prep_args): Added magic to support proper
- n32 processing.
-
-Tue Oct 8 10:37:35 1996 Anthony Green <green@rtl.cygnus.com>
-
- * ffi.c: Moved ffi_type definitions to types.c.
- (ffi_prep_args): Fixed type promotion bug.
-
- * o32.S: This code is only built for o32 compiles.
- A lot of the #define cruft has moved to ffi_mips.h.
-
- * ffi.c (ffi_prep_cif_machdep): Fixed arg flags. Second arg
- is only processed if the first is either a float or double.
-
-Mon Oct 7 15:33:59 1996 Anthony Green <green@rtl.cygnus.com>
-
- * o32.S: Modified to compile under each of o32, n32 and n64.
-
- * ffi.c (FFI_*_TYPEDEF): Removed redundant ';'
-
-Fri Oct 4 09:53:25 1996 Anthony Green <green@hoser.cygnus.com>
-
- * ffi.c (ffi_call): Removed FFI_ABI arg, and swapped
- remaining args.
-
-Wed Oct 2 17:41:22 1996 Anthony Green <green@rtl.cygnus.com>
-
- * o32.S: Removed crufty definitions.
-
-Wed Oct 2 12:53:42 1996 Anthony Green <green@hoser.cygnus.com>
-
- * ffi.c (ffi_prep_cif): cif->rvalue no longer initialized to NULL.
- (ffi_prep_cif_machdep): Moved all machine independent cif processing
- to src/prep_cif.c. Introduced ffi_prep_cif_machdep. Return types
- of FFI_TYPE_STRUCT are no different than FFI_TYPE_INT.
-
-Tue Oct 1 17:11:02 1996 Anthony Green <green@rtl.cygnus.com>
-
- * ffi.c, o32.S, object.mak: Created
-
---- libffi/src/sparc ------------------------------------------------------
-
-Tue Feb 24 16:33:18 1998 Anthony Green <green@hoser.cygnus.com>
-
- * ffi.c (ffi_prep_args): Added long double support.
-
-Thu May 8 16:53:58 1997 Anthony Green <green@hoser.cygnus.com>
-
- * objects.mak: Removed.
-
-Thu May 1 16:07:56 1997 Anthony Green <green@hoser.cygnus.com>
-
- * v8.S: Fixed minor portability problem reported by
- Russ McManus <mcmanr@eq.gs.com>.
-
-Tue Nov 26 14:12:43 1996 Anthony Green <green@csk3.cygnus.com>
-
- * v8.S: Used STACKFRAME define elsewhere.
-
- * ffi.c (ffi_prep_args): Zero out space when USING_PURIFY
- is set.
- (ffi_prep_cif_machdep): Allocate the correct stack frame
- space for functions with < 6 args.
-
-Tue Oct 29 15:08:55 1996 Anthony Green <green@rtl.cygnus.com>
-
- * ffi.c (ffi_prep_args): int z is now size_t z.
-
-Mon Oct 14 13:31:24 1996 Anthony Green <green@rtl.cygnus.com>
-
- * v8.S (ffi_call_V8): Gordon rewrites this again. It looks
- great now.
-
- * ffi.c (ffi_call): The comment about hijacked registers
- is no longer valid after gordoni hacked v8.S.
-
- * v8.S (ffi_call_V8): Rewrote with gordoni. Much simpler.
-
- * v8.S, ffi.c: ffi_call() had changed to accept more than
- two args, so v8.S had to change (because it hijacks incoming
- arg registers).
-
- * ffi.c: Interface changes based on feedback from Jim Blandy.
-
-Thu Oct 10 17:48:16 1996 Anthony Green <green@rtl.cygnus.com>
-
- * ffi.c, v8.S, objects.mak: Created.
-
-
+++ /dev/null
-libffi - Copyright (c) 1996-2011 Anthony Green, Red Hat, Inc and others.
-See source files for details.
-
-Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
-a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
-``Software''), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
-without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
-distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
-permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
-the following conditions:
-
-The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
-included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
-
-THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED ``AS IS'', WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
-EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
-MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.
-IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY
-CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT,
-TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE
-SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+++ /dev/null
-# mmap(2) blacklisting. Some platforms provide the mmap library routine
-# but don't support all of the features we need from it.
-AC_DEFUN([AC_FUNC_MMAP_BLACKLIST],
-[
-AC_CHECK_HEADER([sys/mman.h],
- [libffi_header_sys_mman_h=yes], [libffi_header_sys_mman_h=no])
-AC_CHECK_FUNC([mmap], [libffi_func_mmap=yes], [libffi_func_mmap=no])
-if test "$libffi_header_sys_mman_h" != yes \
- || test "$libffi_func_mmap" != yes; then
- ac_cv_func_mmap_file=no
- ac_cv_func_mmap_dev_zero=no
- ac_cv_func_mmap_anon=no
-else
- AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether read-only mmap of a plain file works],
- ac_cv_func_mmap_file,
- [# Add a system to this blacklist if
- # mmap(0, stat_size, PROT_READ, MAP_PRIVATE, fd, 0) doesn't return a
- # memory area containing the same data that you'd get if you applied
- # read() to the same fd. The only system known to have a problem here
- # is VMS, where text files have record structure.
- case "$host_os" in
- vms* | ultrix*)
- ac_cv_func_mmap_file=no ;;
- *)
- ac_cv_func_mmap_file=yes;;
- esac])
- AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether mmap from /dev/zero works],
- ac_cv_func_mmap_dev_zero,
- [# Add a system to this blacklist if it has mmap() but /dev/zero
- # does not exist, or if mmapping /dev/zero does not give anonymous
- # zeroed pages with both the following properties:
- # 1. If you map N consecutive pages in with one call, and then
- # unmap any subset of those pages, the pages that were not
- # explicitly unmapped remain accessible.
- # 2. If you map two adjacent blocks of memory and then unmap them
- # both at once, they must both go away.
- # Systems known to be in this category are Windows (all variants),
- # VMS, and Darwin.
- case "$host_os" in
- vms* | cygwin* | pe | mingw* | darwin* | ultrix* | hpux10* | hpux11.00)
- ac_cv_func_mmap_dev_zero=no ;;
- *)
- ac_cv_func_mmap_dev_zero=yes;;
- esac])
-
- # Unlike /dev/zero, the MAP_ANON(YMOUS) defines can be probed for.
- AC_CACHE_CHECK([for MAP_ANON(YMOUS)], ac_cv_decl_map_anon,
- [AC_TRY_COMPILE(
-[#include <sys/types.h>
-#include <sys/mman.h>
-#include <unistd.h>
-
-#ifndef MAP_ANONYMOUS
-#define MAP_ANONYMOUS MAP_ANON
-#endif
-],
-[int n = MAP_ANONYMOUS;],
- ac_cv_decl_map_anon=yes,
- ac_cv_decl_map_anon=no)])
-
- if test $ac_cv_decl_map_anon = no; then
- ac_cv_func_mmap_anon=no
- else
- AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether mmap with MAP_ANON(YMOUS) works],
- ac_cv_func_mmap_anon,
- [# Add a system to this blacklist if it has mmap() and MAP_ANON or
- # MAP_ANONYMOUS, but using mmap(..., MAP_PRIVATE|MAP_ANONYMOUS, -1, 0)
- # doesn't give anonymous zeroed pages with the same properties listed
- # above for use of /dev/zero.
- # Systems known to be in this category are Windows, VMS, and SCO Unix.
- case "$host_os" in
- vms* | cygwin* | pe | mingw* | sco* | udk* )
- ac_cv_func_mmap_anon=no ;;
- *)
- ac_cv_func_mmap_anon=yes;;
- esac])
- fi
-fi
-
-if test $ac_cv_func_mmap_file = yes; then
- AC_DEFINE(HAVE_MMAP_FILE, 1,
- [Define if read-only mmap of a plain file works.])
-fi
-if test $ac_cv_func_mmap_dev_zero = yes; then
- AC_DEFINE(HAVE_MMAP_DEV_ZERO, 1,
- [Define if mmap of /dev/zero works.])
-fi
-if test $ac_cv_func_mmap_anon = yes; then
- AC_DEFINE(HAVE_MMAP_ANON, 1,
- [Define if mmap with MAP_ANON(YMOUS) works.])
-fi
-])
+++ /dev/null
-# generated automatically by aclocal 1.11.1 -*- Autoconf -*-
-
-# Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004,
-# 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
-# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
-# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
-
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without
-# even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A
-# PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
-
-m4_ifndef([AC_AUTOCONF_VERSION],
- [m4_copy([m4_PACKAGE_VERSION], [AC_AUTOCONF_VERSION])])dnl
-m4_if(m4_defn([AC_AUTOCONF_VERSION]), [2.63],,
-[m4_warning([this file was generated for autoconf 2.63.
-You have another version of autoconf. It may work, but is not guaranteed to.
-If you have problems, you may need to regenerate the build system entirely.
-To do so, use the procedure documented by the package, typically `autoreconf'.])])
-
-# ltdl.m4 - Configure ltdl for the target system. -*-Autoconf-*-
-#
-# Copyright (C) 1999-2006, 2007, 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-# Written by Thomas Tanner, 1999
-#
-# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation gives
-# unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, with or without
-# modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
-
-# serial 17 LTDL_INIT
-
-# LT_CONFIG_LTDL_DIR(DIRECTORY, [LTDL-MODE])
-# ------------------------------------------
-# DIRECTORY contains the libltdl sources. It is okay to call this
-# function multiple times, as long as the same DIRECTORY is always given.
-AC_DEFUN([LT_CONFIG_LTDL_DIR],
-[AC_BEFORE([$0], [LTDL_INIT])
-_$0($*)
-])# LT_CONFIG_LTDL_DIR
-
-# We break this out into a separate macro, so that we can call it safely
-# internally without being caught accidentally by the sed scan in libtoolize.
-m4_defun([_LT_CONFIG_LTDL_DIR],
-[dnl remove trailing slashes
-m4_pushdef([_ARG_DIR], m4_bpatsubst([$1], [/*$]))
-m4_case(_LTDL_DIR,
- [], [dnl only set lt_ltdl_dir if _ARG_DIR is not simply `.'
- m4_if(_ARG_DIR, [.],
- [],
- [m4_define([_LTDL_DIR], _ARG_DIR)
- _LT_SHELL_INIT([lt_ltdl_dir=']_ARG_DIR['])])],
- [m4_if(_ARG_DIR, _LTDL_DIR,
- [],
- [m4_fatal([multiple libltdl directories: `]_LTDL_DIR[', `]_ARG_DIR['])])])
-m4_popdef([_ARG_DIR])
-])# _LT_CONFIG_LTDL_DIR
-
-# Initialise:
-m4_define([_LTDL_DIR], [])
-
-
-# _LT_BUILD_PREFIX
-# ----------------
-# If Autoconf is new enough, expand to `${top_build_prefix}', otherwise
-# to `${top_builddir}/'.
-m4_define([_LT_BUILD_PREFIX],
-[m4_ifdef([AC_AUTOCONF_VERSION],
- [m4_if(m4_version_compare(m4_defn([AC_AUTOCONF_VERSION]), [2.62]),
- [-1], [m4_ifdef([_AC_HAVE_TOP_BUILD_PREFIX],
- [${top_build_prefix}],
- [${top_builddir}/])],
- [${top_build_prefix}])],
- [${top_builddir}/])[]dnl
-])
-
-
-# LTDL_CONVENIENCE
-# ----------------
-# sets LIBLTDL to the link flags for the libltdl convenience library and
-# LTDLINCL to the include flags for the libltdl header and adds
-# --enable-ltdl-convenience to the configure arguments. Note that
-# AC_CONFIG_SUBDIRS is not called here. LIBLTDL will be prefixed with
-# '${top_build_prefix}' if available, otherwise with '${top_builddir}/',
-# and LTDLINCL will be prefixed with '${top_srcdir}/' (note the single
-# quotes!). If your package is not flat and you're not using automake,
-# define top_build_prefix, top_builddir, and top_srcdir appropriately
-# in your Makefiles.
-AC_DEFUN([LTDL_CONVENIENCE],
-[AC_BEFORE([$0], [LTDL_INIT])dnl
-dnl Although the argument is deprecated and no longer documented,
-dnl LTDL_CONVENIENCE used to take a DIRECTORY orgument, if we have one
-dnl here make sure it is the same as any other declaration of libltdl's
-dnl location! This also ensures lt_ltdl_dir is set when configure.ac is
-dnl not yet using an explicit LT_CONFIG_LTDL_DIR.
-m4_ifval([$1], [_LT_CONFIG_LTDL_DIR([$1])])dnl
-_$0()
-])# LTDL_CONVENIENCE
-
-# AC_LIBLTDL_CONVENIENCE accepted a directory argument in older libtools,
-# now we have LT_CONFIG_LTDL_DIR:
-AU_DEFUN([AC_LIBLTDL_CONVENIENCE],
-[_LT_CONFIG_LTDL_DIR([m4_default([$1], [libltdl])])
-_LTDL_CONVENIENCE])
-
-dnl aclocal-1.4 backwards compatibility:
-dnl AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBLTDL_CONVENIENCE], [])
-
-
-# _LTDL_CONVENIENCE
-# -----------------
-# Code shared by LTDL_CONVENIENCE and LTDL_INIT([convenience]).
-m4_defun([_LTDL_CONVENIENCE],
-[case $enable_ltdl_convenience in
- no) AC_MSG_ERROR([this package needs a convenience libltdl]) ;;
- "") enable_ltdl_convenience=yes
- ac_configure_args="$ac_configure_args --enable-ltdl-convenience" ;;
-esac
-LIBLTDL='_LT_BUILD_PREFIX'"${lt_ltdl_dir+$lt_ltdl_dir/}libltdlc.la"
-LTDLDEPS=$LIBLTDL
-LTDLINCL='-I${top_srcdir}'"${lt_ltdl_dir+/$lt_ltdl_dir}"
-
-AC_SUBST([LIBLTDL])
-AC_SUBST([LTDLDEPS])
-AC_SUBST([LTDLINCL])
-
-# For backwards non-gettext consistent compatibility...
-INCLTDL="$LTDLINCL"
-AC_SUBST([INCLTDL])
-])# _LTDL_CONVENIENCE
-
-
-# LTDL_INSTALLABLE
-# ----------------
-# sets LIBLTDL to the link flags for the libltdl installable library
-# and LTDLINCL to the include flags for the libltdl header and adds
-# --enable-ltdl-install to the configure arguments. Note that
-# AC_CONFIG_SUBDIRS is not called from here. If an installed libltdl
-# is not found, LIBLTDL will be prefixed with '${top_build_prefix}' if
-# available, otherwise with '${top_builddir}/', and LTDLINCL will be
-# prefixed with '${top_srcdir}/' (note the single quotes!). If your
-# package is not flat and you're not using automake, define top_build_prefix,
-# top_builddir, and top_srcdir appropriately in your Makefiles.
-# In the future, this macro may have to be called after LT_INIT.
-AC_DEFUN([LTDL_INSTALLABLE],
-[AC_BEFORE([$0], [LTDL_INIT])dnl
-dnl Although the argument is deprecated and no longer documented,
-dnl LTDL_INSTALLABLE used to take a DIRECTORY orgument, if we have one
-dnl here make sure it is the same as any other declaration of libltdl's
-dnl location! This also ensures lt_ltdl_dir is set when configure.ac is
-dnl not yet using an explicit LT_CONFIG_LTDL_DIR.
-m4_ifval([$1], [_LT_CONFIG_LTDL_DIR([$1])])dnl
-_$0()
-])# LTDL_INSTALLABLE
-
-# AC_LIBLTDL_INSTALLABLE accepted a directory argument in older libtools,
-# now we have LT_CONFIG_LTDL_DIR:
-AU_DEFUN([AC_LIBLTDL_INSTALLABLE],
-[_LT_CONFIG_LTDL_DIR([m4_default([$1], [libltdl])])
-_LTDL_INSTALLABLE])
-
-dnl aclocal-1.4 backwards compatibility:
-dnl AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBLTDL_INSTALLABLE], [])
-
-
-# _LTDL_INSTALLABLE
-# -----------------
-# Code shared by LTDL_INSTALLABLE and LTDL_INIT([installable]).
-m4_defun([_LTDL_INSTALLABLE],
-[if test -f $prefix/lib/libltdl.la; then
- lt_save_LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS"
- LDFLAGS="-L$prefix/lib $LDFLAGS"
- AC_CHECK_LIB([ltdl], [lt_dlinit], [lt_lib_ltdl=yes])
- LDFLAGS="$lt_save_LDFLAGS"
- if test x"${lt_lib_ltdl-no}" = xyes; then
- if test x"$enable_ltdl_install" != xyes; then
- # Don't overwrite $prefix/lib/libltdl.la without --enable-ltdl-install
- AC_MSG_WARN([not overwriting libltdl at $prefix, force with `--enable-ltdl-install'])
- enable_ltdl_install=no
- fi
- elif test x"$enable_ltdl_install" = xno; then
- AC_MSG_WARN([libltdl not installed, but installation disabled])
- fi
-fi
-
-# If configure.ac declared an installable ltdl, and the user didn't override
-# with --disable-ltdl-install, we will install the shipped libltdl.
-case $enable_ltdl_install in
- no) ac_configure_args="$ac_configure_args --enable-ltdl-install=no"
- LIBLTDL="-lltdl"
- LTDLDEPS=
- LTDLINCL=
- ;;
- *) enable_ltdl_install=yes
- ac_configure_args="$ac_configure_args --enable-ltdl-install"
- LIBLTDL='_LT_BUILD_PREFIX'"${lt_ltdl_dir+$lt_ltdl_dir/}libltdl.la"
- LTDLDEPS=$LIBLTDL
- LTDLINCL='-I${top_srcdir}'"${lt_ltdl_dir+/$lt_ltdl_dir}"
- ;;
-esac
-
-AC_SUBST([LIBLTDL])
-AC_SUBST([LTDLDEPS])
-AC_SUBST([LTDLINCL])
-
-# For backwards non-gettext consistent compatibility...
-INCLTDL="$LTDLINCL"
-AC_SUBST([INCLTDL])
-])# LTDL_INSTALLABLE
-
-
-# _LTDL_MODE_DISPATCH
-# -------------------
-m4_define([_LTDL_MODE_DISPATCH],
-[dnl If _LTDL_DIR is `.', then we are configuring libltdl itself:
-m4_if(_LTDL_DIR, [],
- [],
- dnl if _LTDL_MODE was not set already, the default value is `subproject':
- [m4_case(m4_default(_LTDL_MODE, [subproject]),
- [subproject], [AC_CONFIG_SUBDIRS(_LTDL_DIR)
- _LT_SHELL_INIT([lt_dlopen_dir="$lt_ltdl_dir"])],
- [nonrecursive], [_LT_SHELL_INIT([lt_dlopen_dir="$lt_ltdl_dir"; lt_libobj_prefix="$lt_ltdl_dir/"])],
- [recursive], [],
- [m4_fatal([unknown libltdl mode: ]_LTDL_MODE)])])dnl
-dnl Be careful not to expand twice:
-m4_define([$0], [])
-])# _LTDL_MODE_DISPATCH
-
-
-# _LT_LIBOBJ(MODULE_NAME)
-# -----------------------
-# Like AC_LIBOBJ, except that MODULE_NAME goes into _LT_LIBOBJS instead
-# of into LIBOBJS.
-AC_DEFUN([_LT_LIBOBJ], [
- m4_pattern_allow([^_LT_LIBOBJS$])
- _LT_LIBOBJS="$_LT_LIBOBJS $1.$ac_objext"
-])# _LT_LIBOBJS
-
-
-# LTDL_INIT([OPTIONS])
-# --------------------
-# Clients of libltdl can use this macro to allow the installer to
-# choose between a shipped copy of the ltdl sources or a preinstalled
-# version of the library. If the shipped ltdl sources are not in a
-# subdirectory named libltdl, the directory name must be given by
-# LT_CONFIG_LTDL_DIR.
-AC_DEFUN([LTDL_INIT],
-[dnl Parse OPTIONS
-_LT_SET_OPTIONS([$0], [$1])
-
-dnl We need to keep our own list of libobjs separate from our parent project,
-dnl and the easiest way to do that is redefine the AC_LIBOBJs macro while
-dnl we look for our own LIBOBJs.
-m4_pushdef([AC_LIBOBJ], m4_defn([_LT_LIBOBJ]))
-m4_pushdef([AC_LIBSOURCES])
-
-dnl If not otherwise defined, default to the 1.5.x compatible subproject mode:
-m4_if(_LTDL_MODE, [],
- [m4_define([_LTDL_MODE], m4_default([$2], [subproject]))
- m4_if([-1], [m4_bregexp(_LTDL_MODE, [\(subproject\|\(non\)?recursive\)])],
- [m4_fatal([unknown libltdl mode: ]_LTDL_MODE)])])
-
-AC_ARG_WITH([included_ltdl],
- [AS_HELP_STRING([--with-included-ltdl],
- [use the GNU ltdl sources included here])])
-
-if test "x$with_included_ltdl" != xyes; then
- # We are not being forced to use the included libltdl sources, so
- # decide whether there is a useful installed version we can use.
- AC_CHECK_HEADER([ltdl.h],
- [AC_CHECK_DECL([lt_dlinterface_register],
- [AC_CHECK_LIB([ltdl], [lt_dladvise_preload],
- [with_included_ltdl=no],
- [with_included_ltdl=yes])],
- [with_included_ltdl=yes],
- [AC_INCLUDES_DEFAULT
- #include <ltdl.h>])],
- [with_included_ltdl=yes],
- [AC_INCLUDES_DEFAULT]
- )
-fi
-
-dnl If neither LT_CONFIG_LTDL_DIR, LTDL_CONVENIENCE nor LTDL_INSTALLABLE
-dnl was called yet, then for old times' sake, we assume libltdl is in an
-dnl eponymous directory:
-AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE([LT_CONFIG_LTDL_DIR], [], [_LT_CONFIG_LTDL_DIR([libltdl])])
-
-AC_ARG_WITH([ltdl_include],
- [AS_HELP_STRING([--with-ltdl-include=DIR],
- [use the ltdl headers installed in DIR])])
-
-if test -n "$with_ltdl_include"; then
- if test -f "$with_ltdl_include/ltdl.h"; then :
- else
- AC_MSG_ERROR([invalid ltdl include directory: `$with_ltdl_include'])
- fi
-else
- with_ltdl_include=no
-fi
-
-AC_ARG_WITH([ltdl_lib],
- [AS_HELP_STRING([--with-ltdl-lib=DIR],
- [use the libltdl.la installed in DIR])])
-
-if test -n "$with_ltdl_lib"; then
- if test -f "$with_ltdl_lib/libltdl.la"; then :
- else
- AC_MSG_ERROR([invalid ltdl library directory: `$with_ltdl_lib'])
- fi
-else
- with_ltdl_lib=no
-fi
-
-case ,$with_included_ltdl,$with_ltdl_include,$with_ltdl_lib, in
- ,yes,no,no,)
- m4_case(m4_default(_LTDL_TYPE, [convenience]),
- [convenience], [_LTDL_CONVENIENCE],
- [installable], [_LTDL_INSTALLABLE],
- [m4_fatal([unknown libltdl build type: ]_LTDL_TYPE)])
- ;;
- ,no,no,no,)
- # If the included ltdl is not to be used, then use the
- # preinstalled libltdl we found.
- AC_DEFINE([HAVE_LTDL], [1],
- [Define this if a modern libltdl is already installed])
- LIBLTDL=-lltdl
- LTDLDEPS=
- LTDLINCL=
- ;;
- ,no*,no,*)
- AC_MSG_ERROR([`--with-ltdl-include' and `--with-ltdl-lib' options must be used together])
- ;;
- *) with_included_ltdl=no
- LIBLTDL="-L$with_ltdl_lib -lltdl"
- LTDLDEPS=
- LTDLINCL="-I$with_ltdl_include"
- ;;
-esac
-INCLTDL="$LTDLINCL"
-
-# Report our decision...
-AC_MSG_CHECKING([where to find libltdl headers])
-AC_MSG_RESULT([$LTDLINCL])
-AC_MSG_CHECKING([where to find libltdl library])
-AC_MSG_RESULT([$LIBLTDL])
-
-_LTDL_SETUP
-
-dnl restore autoconf definition.
-m4_popdef([AC_LIBOBJ])
-m4_popdef([AC_LIBSOURCES])
-
-AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS_PRE([
- _ltdl_libobjs=
- _ltdl_ltlibobjs=
- if test -n "$_LT_LIBOBJS"; then
- # Remove the extension.
- _lt_sed_drop_objext='s/\.o$//;s/\.obj$//'
- for i in `for i in $_LT_LIBOBJS; do echo "$i"; done | sed "$_lt_sed_drop_objext" | sort -u`; do
- _ltdl_libobjs="$_ltdl_libobjs $lt_libobj_prefix$i.$ac_objext"
- _ltdl_ltlibobjs="$_ltdl_ltlibobjs $lt_libobj_prefix$i.lo"
- done
- fi
- AC_SUBST([ltdl_LIBOBJS], [$_ltdl_libobjs])
- AC_SUBST([ltdl_LTLIBOBJS], [$_ltdl_ltlibobjs])
-])
-
-# Only expand once:
-m4_define([LTDL_INIT])
-])# LTDL_INIT
-
-# Old names:
-AU_DEFUN([AC_LIB_LTDL], [LTDL_INIT($@)])
-AU_DEFUN([AC_WITH_LTDL], [LTDL_INIT($@)])
-AU_DEFUN([LT_WITH_LTDL], [LTDL_INIT($@)])
-dnl aclocal-1.4 backwards compatibility:
-dnl AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_LTDL], [])
-dnl AC_DEFUN([AC_WITH_LTDL], [])
-dnl AC_DEFUN([LT_WITH_LTDL], [])
-
-
-# _LTDL_SETUP
-# -----------
-# Perform all the checks necessary for compilation of the ltdl objects
-# -- including compiler checks and header checks. This is a public
-# interface mainly for the benefit of libltdl's own configure.ac, most
-# other users should call LTDL_INIT instead.
-AC_DEFUN([_LTDL_SETUP],
-[AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC])dnl
-AC_REQUIRE([LT_SYS_MODULE_EXT])dnl
-AC_REQUIRE([LT_SYS_MODULE_PATH])dnl
-AC_REQUIRE([LT_SYS_DLSEARCH_PATH])dnl
-AC_REQUIRE([LT_LIB_DLLOAD])dnl
-AC_REQUIRE([LT_SYS_SYMBOL_USCORE])dnl
-AC_REQUIRE([LT_FUNC_DLSYM_USCORE])dnl
-AC_REQUIRE([LT_SYS_DLOPEN_DEPLIBS])dnl
-AC_REQUIRE([gl_FUNC_ARGZ])dnl
-
-m4_require([_LT_CHECK_OBJDIR])dnl
-m4_require([_LT_HEADER_DLFCN])dnl
-m4_require([_LT_CHECK_DLPREOPEN])dnl
-m4_require([_LT_DECL_SED])dnl
-
-dnl Don't require this, or it will be expanded earlier than the code
-dnl that sets the variables it relies on:
-_LT_ENABLE_INSTALL
-
-dnl _LTDL_MODE specific code must be called at least once:
-_LTDL_MODE_DISPATCH
-
-# In order that ltdl.c can compile, find out the first AC_CONFIG_HEADERS
-# the user used. This is so that ltdl.h can pick up the parent projects
-# config.h file, The first file in AC_CONFIG_HEADERS must contain the
-# definitions required by ltdl.c.
-# FIXME: Remove use of undocumented AC_LIST_HEADERS (2.59 compatibility).
-AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS_PRE([dnl
-m4_pattern_allow([^LT_CONFIG_H$])dnl
-m4_ifset([AH_HEADER],
- [LT_CONFIG_H=AH_HEADER],
- [m4_ifset([AC_LIST_HEADERS],
- [LT_CONFIG_H=`echo "AC_LIST_HEADERS" | $SED 's,^[[ ]]*,,;s,[[ :]].*$,,'`],
- [])])])
-AC_SUBST([LT_CONFIG_H])
-
-AC_CHECK_HEADERS([unistd.h dl.h sys/dl.h dld.h mach-o/dyld.h dirent.h],
- [], [], [AC_INCLUDES_DEFAULT])
-
-AC_CHECK_FUNCS([closedir opendir readdir], [], [AC_LIBOBJ([lt__dirent])])
-AC_CHECK_FUNCS([strlcat strlcpy], [], [AC_LIBOBJ([lt__strl])])
-
-AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([LT_LIBEXT],["$libext"],[The archive extension])
-
-name=ltdl
-LTDLOPEN=`eval "\\$ECHO \"$libname_spec\""`
-AC_SUBST([LTDLOPEN])
-])# _LTDL_SETUP
-
-
-# _LT_ENABLE_INSTALL
-# ------------------
-m4_define([_LT_ENABLE_INSTALL],
-[AC_ARG_ENABLE([ltdl-install],
- [AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-ltdl-install], [install libltdl])])
-
-case ,${enable_ltdl_install},${enable_ltdl_convenience} in
- *yes*) ;;
- *) enable_ltdl_convenience=yes ;;
-esac
-
-m4_ifdef([AM_CONDITIONAL],
-[AM_CONDITIONAL(INSTALL_LTDL, test x"${enable_ltdl_install-no}" != xno)
- AM_CONDITIONAL(CONVENIENCE_LTDL, test x"${enable_ltdl_convenience-no}" != xno)])
-])# _LT_ENABLE_INSTALL
-
-
-# LT_SYS_DLOPEN_DEPLIBS
-# ---------------------
-AC_DEFUN([LT_SYS_DLOPEN_DEPLIBS],
-[AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST])dnl
-AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether deplibs are loaded by dlopen],
- [lt_cv_sys_dlopen_deplibs],
- [# PORTME does your system automatically load deplibs for dlopen?
- # or its logical equivalent (e.g. shl_load for HP-UX < 11)
- # For now, we just catch OSes we know something about -- in the
- # future, we'll try test this programmatically.
- lt_cv_sys_dlopen_deplibs=unknown
- case $host_os in
- aix3*|aix4.1.*|aix4.2.*)
- # Unknown whether this is true for these versions of AIX, but
- # we want this `case' here to explicitly catch those versions.
- lt_cv_sys_dlopen_deplibs=unknown
- ;;
- aix[[4-9]]*)
- lt_cv_sys_dlopen_deplibs=yes
- ;;
- amigaos*)
- case $host_cpu in
- powerpc)
- lt_cv_sys_dlopen_deplibs=no
- ;;
- esac
- ;;
- darwin*)
- # Assuming the user has installed a libdl from somewhere, this is true
- # If you are looking for one http://www.opendarwin.org/projects/dlcompat
- lt_cv_sys_dlopen_deplibs=yes
- ;;
- freebsd* | dragonfly*)
- lt_cv_sys_dlopen_deplibs=yes
- ;;
- gnu* | linux* | k*bsd*-gnu)
- # GNU and its variants, using gnu ld.so (Glibc)
- lt_cv_sys_dlopen_deplibs=yes
- ;;
- hpux10*|hpux11*)
- lt_cv_sys_dlopen_deplibs=yes
- ;;
- interix*)
- lt_cv_sys_dlopen_deplibs=yes
- ;;
- irix[[12345]]*|irix6.[[01]]*)
- # Catch all versions of IRIX before 6.2, and indicate that we don't
- # know how it worked for any of those versions.
- lt_cv_sys_dlopen_deplibs=unknown
- ;;
- irix*)
- # The case above catches anything before 6.2, and it's known that
- # at 6.2 and later dlopen does load deplibs.
- lt_cv_sys_dlopen_deplibs=yes
- ;;
- netbsd*)
- lt_cv_sys_dlopen_deplibs=yes
- ;;
- openbsd*)
- lt_cv_sys_dlopen_deplibs=yes
- ;;
- osf[[1234]]*)
- # dlopen did load deplibs (at least at 4.x), but until the 5.x series,
- # it did *not* use an RPATH in a shared library to find objects the
- # library depends on, so we explicitly say `no'.
- lt_cv_sys_dlopen_deplibs=no
- ;;
- osf5.0|osf5.0a|osf5.1)
- # dlopen *does* load deplibs and with the right loader patch applied
- # it even uses RPATH in a shared library to search for shared objects
- # that the library depends on, but there's no easy way to know if that
- # patch is installed. Since this is the case, all we can really
- # say is unknown -- it depends on the patch being installed. If
- # it is, this changes to `yes'. Without it, it would be `no'.
- lt_cv_sys_dlopen_deplibs=unknown
- ;;
- osf*)
- # the two cases above should catch all versions of osf <= 5.1. Read
- # the comments above for what we know about them.
- # At > 5.1, deplibs are loaded *and* any RPATH in a shared library
- # is used to find them so we can finally say `yes'.
- lt_cv_sys_dlopen_deplibs=yes
- ;;
- qnx*)
- lt_cv_sys_dlopen_deplibs=yes
- ;;
- solaris*)
- lt_cv_sys_dlopen_deplibs=yes
- ;;
- sysv5* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6* | unixware* | OpenUNIX* | sysv4*uw2*)
- libltdl_cv_sys_dlopen_deplibs=yes
- ;;
- esac
- ])
-if test "$lt_cv_sys_dlopen_deplibs" != yes; then
- AC_DEFINE([LTDL_DLOPEN_DEPLIBS], [1],
- [Define if the OS needs help to load dependent libraries for dlopen().])
-fi
-])# LT_SYS_DLOPEN_DEPLIBS
-
-# Old name:
-AU_ALIAS([AC_LTDL_SYS_DLOPEN_DEPLIBS], [LT_SYS_DLOPEN_DEPLIBS])
-dnl aclocal-1.4 backwards compatibility:
-dnl AC_DEFUN([AC_LTDL_SYS_DLOPEN_DEPLIBS], [])
-
-
-# LT_SYS_MODULE_EXT
-# -----------------
-AC_DEFUN([LT_SYS_MODULE_EXT],
-[m4_require([_LT_SYS_DYNAMIC_LINKER])dnl
-AC_CACHE_CHECK([which extension is used for runtime loadable modules],
- [libltdl_cv_shlibext],
-[
-module=yes
-eval libltdl_cv_shlibext=$shrext_cmds
- ])
-if test -n "$libltdl_cv_shlibext"; then
- m4_pattern_allow([LT_MODULE_EXT])dnl
- AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([LT_MODULE_EXT], ["$libltdl_cv_shlibext"],
- [Define to the extension used for runtime loadable modules, say, ".so".])
-fi
-])# LT_SYS_MODULE_EXT
-
-# Old name:
-AU_ALIAS([AC_LTDL_SHLIBEXT], [LT_SYS_MODULE_EXT])
-dnl aclocal-1.4 backwards compatibility:
-dnl AC_DEFUN([AC_LTDL_SHLIBEXT], [])
-
-
-# LT_SYS_MODULE_PATH
-# ------------------
-AC_DEFUN([LT_SYS_MODULE_PATH],
-[m4_require([_LT_SYS_DYNAMIC_LINKER])dnl
-AC_CACHE_CHECK([which variable specifies run-time module search path],
- [lt_cv_module_path_var], [lt_cv_module_path_var="$shlibpath_var"])
-if test -n "$lt_cv_module_path_var"; then
- m4_pattern_allow([LT_MODULE_PATH_VAR])dnl
- AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([LT_MODULE_PATH_VAR], ["$lt_cv_module_path_var"],
- [Define to the name of the environment variable that determines the run-time module search path.])
-fi
-])# LT_SYS_MODULE_PATH
-
-# Old name:
-AU_ALIAS([AC_LTDL_SHLIBPATH], [LT_SYS_MODULE_PATH])
-dnl aclocal-1.4 backwards compatibility:
-dnl AC_DEFUN([AC_LTDL_SHLIBPATH], [])
-
-
-# LT_SYS_DLSEARCH_PATH
-# --------------------
-AC_DEFUN([LT_SYS_DLSEARCH_PATH],
-[m4_require([_LT_SYS_DYNAMIC_LINKER])dnl
-AC_CACHE_CHECK([for the default library search path],
- [lt_cv_sys_dlsearch_path],
- [lt_cv_sys_dlsearch_path="$sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec"])
-if test -n "$lt_cv_sys_dlsearch_path"; then
- sys_dlsearch_path=
- for dir in $lt_cv_sys_dlsearch_path; do
- if test -z "$sys_dlsearch_path"; then
- sys_dlsearch_path="$dir"
- else
- sys_dlsearch_path="$sys_dlsearch_path$PATH_SEPARATOR$dir"
- fi
- done
- m4_pattern_allow([LT_DLSEARCH_PATH])dnl
- AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([LT_DLSEARCH_PATH], ["$sys_dlsearch_path"],
- [Define to the system default library search path.])
-fi
-])# LT_SYS_DLSEARCH_PATH
-
-# Old name:
-AU_ALIAS([AC_LTDL_SYSSEARCHPATH], [LT_SYS_DLSEARCH_PATH])
-dnl aclocal-1.4 backwards compatibility:
-dnl AC_DEFUN([AC_LTDL_SYSSEARCHPATH], [])
-
-
-# _LT_CHECK_DLPREOPEN
-# -------------------
-m4_defun([_LT_CHECK_DLPREOPEN],
-[m4_require([_LT_CMD_GLOBAL_SYMBOLS])dnl
-AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether libtool supports -dlopen/-dlpreopen],
- [libltdl_cv_preloaded_symbols],
- [if test -n "$lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe"; then
- libltdl_cv_preloaded_symbols=yes
- else
- libltdl_cv_preloaded_symbols=no
- fi
- ])
-if test x"$libltdl_cv_preloaded_symbols" = xyes; then
- AC_DEFINE([HAVE_PRELOADED_SYMBOLS], [1],
- [Define if libtool can extract symbol lists from object files.])
-fi
-])# _LT_CHECK_DLPREOPEN
-
-
-# LT_LIB_DLLOAD
-# -------------
-AC_DEFUN([LT_LIB_DLLOAD],
-[m4_pattern_allow([^LT_DLLOADERS$])
-LT_DLLOADERS=
-AC_SUBST([LT_DLLOADERS])
-
-AC_LANG_PUSH([C])
-
-LIBADD_DLOPEN=
-AC_SEARCH_LIBS([dlopen], [dl],
- [AC_DEFINE([HAVE_LIBDL], [1],
- [Define if you have the libdl library or equivalent.])
- if test "$ac_cv_search_dlopen" != "none required" ; then
- LIBADD_DLOPEN="-ldl"
- fi
- libltdl_cv_lib_dl_dlopen="yes"
- LT_DLLOADERS="$LT_DLLOADERS ${lt_dlopen_dir+$lt_dlopen_dir/}dlopen.la"],
- [AC_LINK_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([[#if HAVE_DLFCN_H
-# include <dlfcn.h>
-#endif
- ]], [[dlopen(0, 0);]])],
- [AC_DEFINE([HAVE_LIBDL], [1],
- [Define if you have the libdl library or equivalent.])
- libltdl_cv_func_dlopen="yes"
- LT_DLLOADERS="$LT_DLLOADERS ${lt_dlopen_dir+$lt_dlopen_dir/}dlopen.la"],
- [AC_CHECK_LIB([svld], [dlopen],
- [AC_DEFINE([HAVE_LIBDL], [1],
- [Define if you have the libdl library or equivalent.])
- LIBADD_DLOPEN="-lsvld" libltdl_cv_func_dlopen="yes"
- LT_DLLOADERS="$LT_DLLOADERS ${lt_dlopen_dir+$lt_dlopen_dir/}dlopen.la"])])])
-if test x"$libltdl_cv_func_dlopen" = xyes || test x"$libltdl_cv_lib_dl_dlopen" = xyes
-then
- lt_save_LIBS="$LIBS"
- LIBS="$LIBS $LIBADD_DLOPEN"
- AC_CHECK_FUNCS([dlerror])
- LIBS="$lt_save_LIBS"
-fi
-AC_SUBST([LIBADD_DLOPEN])
-
-LIBADD_SHL_LOAD=
-AC_CHECK_FUNC([shl_load],
- [AC_DEFINE([HAVE_SHL_LOAD], [1],
- [Define if you have the shl_load function.])
- LT_DLLOADERS="$LT_DLLOADERS ${lt_dlopen_dir+$lt_dlopen_dir/}shl_load.la"],
- [AC_CHECK_LIB([dld], [shl_load],
- [AC_DEFINE([HAVE_SHL_LOAD], [1],
- [Define if you have the shl_load function.])
- LT_DLLOADERS="$LT_DLLOADERS ${lt_dlopen_dir+$lt_dlopen_dir/}shl_load.la"
- LIBADD_SHL_LOAD="-ldld"])])
-AC_SUBST([LIBADD_SHL_LOAD])
-
-case $host_os in
-darwin[[1567]].*)
-# We only want this for pre-Mac OS X 10.4.
- AC_CHECK_FUNC([_dyld_func_lookup],
- [AC_DEFINE([HAVE_DYLD], [1],
- [Define if you have the _dyld_func_lookup function.])
- LT_DLLOADERS="$LT_DLLOADERS ${lt_dlopen_dir+$lt_dlopen_dir/}dyld.la"])
- ;;
-beos*)
- LT_DLLOADERS="$LT_DLLOADERS ${lt_dlopen_dir+$lt_dlopen_dir/}load_add_on.la"
- ;;
-cygwin* | mingw* | os2* | pw32*)
- AC_CHECK_DECLS([cygwin_conv_path], [], [], [[#include <sys/cygwin.h>]])
- LT_DLLOADERS="$LT_DLLOADERS ${lt_dlopen_dir+$lt_dlopen_dir/}loadlibrary.la"
- ;;
-esac
-
-AC_CHECK_LIB([dld], [dld_link],
- [AC_DEFINE([HAVE_DLD], [1],
- [Define if you have the GNU dld library.])
- LT_DLLOADERS="$LT_DLLOADERS ${lt_dlopen_dir+$lt_dlopen_dir/}dld_link.la"])
-AC_SUBST([LIBADD_DLD_LINK])
-
-m4_pattern_allow([^LT_DLPREOPEN$])
-LT_DLPREOPEN=
-if test -n "$LT_DLLOADERS"
-then
- for lt_loader in $LT_DLLOADERS; do
- LT_DLPREOPEN="$LT_DLPREOPEN-dlpreopen $lt_loader "
- done
- AC_DEFINE([HAVE_LIBDLLOADER], [1],
- [Define if libdlloader will be built on this platform])
-fi
-AC_SUBST([LT_DLPREOPEN])
-
-dnl This isn't used anymore, but set it for backwards compatibility
-LIBADD_DL="$LIBADD_DLOPEN $LIBADD_SHL_LOAD"
-AC_SUBST([LIBADD_DL])
-
-AC_LANG_POP
-])# LT_LIB_DLLOAD
-
-# Old name:
-AU_ALIAS([AC_LTDL_DLLIB], [LT_LIB_DLLOAD])
-dnl aclocal-1.4 backwards compatibility:
-dnl AC_DEFUN([AC_LTDL_DLLIB], [])
-
-
-# LT_SYS_SYMBOL_USCORE
-# --------------------
-# does the compiler prefix global symbols with an underscore?
-AC_DEFUN([LT_SYS_SYMBOL_USCORE],
-[m4_require([_LT_CMD_GLOBAL_SYMBOLS])dnl
-AC_CACHE_CHECK([for _ prefix in compiled symbols],
- [lt_cv_sys_symbol_underscore],
- [lt_cv_sys_symbol_underscore=no
- cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<_LT_EOF
-void nm_test_func(){}
-int main(){nm_test_func;return 0;}
-_LT_EOF
- if AC_TRY_EVAL(ac_compile); then
- # Now try to grab the symbols.
- ac_nlist=conftest.nm
- if AC_TRY_EVAL(NM conftest.$ac_objext \| $lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe \> $ac_nlist) && test -s "$ac_nlist"; then
- # See whether the symbols have a leading underscore.
- if grep '^. _nm_test_func' "$ac_nlist" >/dev/null; then
- lt_cv_sys_symbol_underscore=yes
- else
- if grep '^. nm_test_func ' "$ac_nlist" >/dev/null; then
- :
- else
- echo "configure: cannot find nm_test_func in $ac_nlist" >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD
- fi
- fi
- else
- echo "configure: cannot run $lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe" >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD
- fi
- else
- echo "configure: failed program was:" >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD
- cat conftest.c >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD
- fi
- rm -rf conftest*
- ])
- sys_symbol_underscore=$lt_cv_sys_symbol_underscore
- AC_SUBST([sys_symbol_underscore])
-])# LT_SYS_SYMBOL_USCORE
-
-# Old name:
-AU_ALIAS([AC_LTDL_SYMBOL_USCORE], [LT_SYS_SYMBOL_USCORE])
-dnl aclocal-1.4 backwards compatibility:
-dnl AC_DEFUN([AC_LTDL_SYMBOL_USCORE], [])
-
-
-# LT_FUNC_DLSYM_USCORE
-# --------------------
-AC_DEFUN([LT_FUNC_DLSYM_USCORE],
-[AC_REQUIRE([LT_SYS_SYMBOL_USCORE])dnl
-if test x"$lt_cv_sys_symbol_underscore" = xyes; then
- if test x"$libltdl_cv_func_dlopen" = xyes ||
- test x"$libltdl_cv_lib_dl_dlopen" = xyes ; then
- AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether we have to add an underscore for dlsym],
- [libltdl_cv_need_uscore],
- [libltdl_cv_need_uscore=unknown
- save_LIBS="$LIBS"
- LIBS="$LIBS $LIBADD_DLOPEN"
- _LT_TRY_DLOPEN_SELF(
- [libltdl_cv_need_uscore=no], [libltdl_cv_need_uscore=yes],
- [], [libltdl_cv_need_uscore=cross])
- LIBS="$save_LIBS"
- ])
- fi
-fi
-
-if test x"$libltdl_cv_need_uscore" = xyes; then
- AC_DEFINE([NEED_USCORE], [1],
- [Define if dlsym() requires a leading underscore in symbol names.])
-fi
-])# LT_FUNC_DLSYM_USCORE
-
-# Old name:
-AU_ALIAS([AC_LTDL_DLSYM_USCORE], [LT_FUNC_DLSYM_USCORE])
-dnl aclocal-1.4 backwards compatibility:
-dnl AC_DEFUN([AC_LTDL_DLSYM_USCORE], [])
-
-# Copyright (C) 2002, 2003, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-#
-# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
-# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
-# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
-
-# AM_AUTOMAKE_VERSION(VERSION)
-# ----------------------------
-# Automake X.Y traces this macro to ensure aclocal.m4 has been
-# generated from the m4 files accompanying Automake X.Y.
-# (This private macro should not be called outside this file.)
-AC_DEFUN([AM_AUTOMAKE_VERSION],
-[am__api_version='1.11'
-dnl Some users find AM_AUTOMAKE_VERSION and mistake it for a way to
-dnl require some minimum version. Point them to the right macro.
-m4_if([$1], [1.11.1], [],
- [AC_FATAL([Do not call $0, use AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE([$1]).])])dnl
-])
-
-# _AM_AUTOCONF_VERSION(VERSION)
-# -----------------------------
-# aclocal traces this macro to find the Autoconf version.
-# This is a private macro too. Using m4_define simplifies
-# the logic in aclocal, which can simply ignore this definition.
-m4_define([_AM_AUTOCONF_VERSION], [])
-
-# AM_SET_CURRENT_AUTOMAKE_VERSION
-# -------------------------------
-# Call AM_AUTOMAKE_VERSION and AM_AUTOMAKE_VERSION so they can be traced.
-# This function is AC_REQUIREd by AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE.
-AC_DEFUN([AM_SET_CURRENT_AUTOMAKE_VERSION],
-[AM_AUTOMAKE_VERSION([1.11.1])dnl
-m4_ifndef([AC_AUTOCONF_VERSION],
- [m4_copy([m4_PACKAGE_VERSION], [AC_AUTOCONF_VERSION])])dnl
-_AM_AUTOCONF_VERSION(m4_defn([AC_AUTOCONF_VERSION]))])
-
-# Figure out how to run the assembler. -*- Autoconf -*-
-
-# Copyright (C) 2001, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-#
-# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
-# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
-# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
-
-# serial 5
-
-# AM_PROG_AS
-# ----------
-AC_DEFUN([AM_PROG_AS],
-[# By default we simply use the C compiler to build assembly code.
-AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC])
-test "${CCAS+set}" = set || CCAS=$CC
-test "${CCASFLAGS+set}" = set || CCASFLAGS=$CFLAGS
-AC_ARG_VAR([CCAS], [assembler compiler command (defaults to CC)])
-AC_ARG_VAR([CCASFLAGS], [assembler compiler flags (defaults to CFLAGS)])
-_AM_IF_OPTION([no-dependencies],, [_AM_DEPENDENCIES([CCAS])])dnl
-])
-
-# AM_AUX_DIR_EXPAND -*- Autoconf -*-
-
-# Copyright (C) 2001, 2003, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-#
-# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
-# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
-# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
-
-# For projects using AC_CONFIG_AUX_DIR([foo]), Autoconf sets
-# $ac_aux_dir to `$srcdir/foo'. In other projects, it is set to
-# `$srcdir', `$srcdir/..', or `$srcdir/../..'.
-#
-# Of course, Automake must honor this variable whenever it calls a
-# tool from the auxiliary directory. The problem is that $srcdir (and
-# therefore $ac_aux_dir as well) can be either absolute or relative,
-# depending on how configure is run. This is pretty annoying, since
-# it makes $ac_aux_dir quite unusable in subdirectories: in the top
-# source directory, any form will work fine, but in subdirectories a
-# relative path needs to be adjusted first.
-#
-# $ac_aux_dir/missing
-# fails when called from a subdirectory if $ac_aux_dir is relative
-# $top_srcdir/$ac_aux_dir/missing
-# fails if $ac_aux_dir is absolute,
-# fails when called from a subdirectory in a VPATH build with
-# a relative $ac_aux_dir
-#
-# The reason of the latter failure is that $top_srcdir and $ac_aux_dir
-# are both prefixed by $srcdir. In an in-source build this is usually
-# harmless because $srcdir is `.', but things will broke when you
-# start a VPATH build or use an absolute $srcdir.
-#
-# So we could use something similar to $top_srcdir/$ac_aux_dir/missing,
-# iff we strip the leading $srcdir from $ac_aux_dir. That would be:
-# am_aux_dir='\$(top_srcdir)/'`expr "$ac_aux_dir" : "$srcdir//*\(.*\)"`
-# and then we would define $MISSING as
-# MISSING="\${SHELL} $am_aux_dir/missing"
-# This will work as long as MISSING is not called from configure, because
-# unfortunately $(top_srcdir) has no meaning in configure.
-# However there are other variables, like CC, which are often used in
-# configure, and could therefore not use this "fixed" $ac_aux_dir.
-#
-# Another solution, used here, is to always expand $ac_aux_dir to an
-# absolute PATH. The drawback is that using absolute paths prevent a
-# configured tree to be moved without reconfiguration.
-
-AC_DEFUN([AM_AUX_DIR_EXPAND],
-[dnl Rely on autoconf to set up CDPATH properly.
-AC_PREREQ([2.50])dnl
-# expand $ac_aux_dir to an absolute path
-am_aux_dir=`cd $ac_aux_dir && pwd`
-])
-
-# AM_CONDITIONAL -*- Autoconf -*-
-
-# Copyright (C) 1997, 2000, 2001, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2008
-# Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-#
-# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
-# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
-# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
-
-# serial 9
-
-# AM_CONDITIONAL(NAME, SHELL-CONDITION)
-# -------------------------------------
-# Define a conditional.
-AC_DEFUN([AM_CONDITIONAL],
-[AC_PREREQ(2.52)dnl
- ifelse([$1], [TRUE], [AC_FATAL([$0: invalid condition: $1])],
- [$1], [FALSE], [AC_FATAL([$0: invalid condition: $1])])dnl
-AC_SUBST([$1_TRUE])dnl
-AC_SUBST([$1_FALSE])dnl
-_AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE([$1_TRUE])dnl
-_AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE([$1_FALSE])dnl
-m4_define([_AM_COND_VALUE_$1], [$2])dnl
-if $2; then
- $1_TRUE=
- $1_FALSE='#'
-else
- $1_TRUE='#'
- $1_FALSE=
-fi
-AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS_PRE(
-[if test -z "${$1_TRUE}" && test -z "${$1_FALSE}"; then
- AC_MSG_ERROR([[conditional "$1" was never defined.
-Usually this means the macro was only invoked conditionally.]])
-fi])])
-
-# Copyright (C) 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2009
-# Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-#
-# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
-# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
-# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
-
-# serial 10
-
-# There are a few dirty hacks below to avoid letting `AC_PROG_CC' be
-# written in clear, in which case automake, when reading aclocal.m4,
-# will think it sees a *use*, and therefore will trigger all it's
-# C support machinery. Also note that it means that autoscan, seeing
-# CC etc. in the Makefile, will ask for an AC_PROG_CC use...
-
-
-# _AM_DEPENDENCIES(NAME)
-# ----------------------
-# See how the compiler implements dependency checking.
-# NAME is "CC", "CXX", "GCJ", or "OBJC".
-# We try a few techniques and use that to set a single cache variable.
-#
-# We don't AC_REQUIRE the corresponding AC_PROG_CC since the latter was
-# modified to invoke _AM_DEPENDENCIES(CC); we would have a circular
-# dependency, and given that the user is not expected to run this macro,
-# just rely on AC_PROG_CC.
-AC_DEFUN([_AM_DEPENDENCIES],
-[AC_REQUIRE([AM_SET_DEPDIR])dnl
-AC_REQUIRE([AM_OUTPUT_DEPENDENCY_COMMANDS])dnl
-AC_REQUIRE([AM_MAKE_INCLUDE])dnl
-AC_REQUIRE([AM_DEP_TRACK])dnl
-
-ifelse([$1], CC, [depcc="$CC" am_compiler_list=],
- [$1], CXX, [depcc="$CXX" am_compiler_list=],
- [$1], OBJC, [depcc="$OBJC" am_compiler_list='gcc3 gcc'],
- [$1], UPC, [depcc="$UPC" am_compiler_list=],
- [$1], GCJ, [depcc="$GCJ" am_compiler_list='gcc3 gcc'],
- [depcc="$$1" am_compiler_list=])
-
-AC_CACHE_CHECK([dependency style of $depcc],
- [am_cv_$1_dependencies_compiler_type],
-[if test -z "$AMDEP_TRUE" && test -f "$am_depcomp"; then
- # We make a subdir and do the tests there. Otherwise we can end up
- # making bogus files that we don't know about and never remove. For
- # instance it was reported that on HP-UX the gcc test will end up
- # making a dummy file named `D' -- because `-MD' means `put the output
- # in D'.
- mkdir conftest.dir
- # Copy depcomp to subdir because otherwise we won't find it if we're
- # using a relative directory.
- cp "$am_depcomp" conftest.dir
- cd conftest.dir
- # We will build objects and dependencies in a subdirectory because
- # it helps to detect inapplicable dependency modes. For instance
- # both Tru64's cc and ICC support -MD to output dependencies as a
- # side effect of compilation, but ICC will put the dependencies in
- # the current directory while Tru64 will put them in the object
- # directory.
- mkdir sub
-
- am_cv_$1_dependencies_compiler_type=none
- if test "$am_compiler_list" = ""; then
- am_compiler_list=`sed -n ['s/^#*\([a-zA-Z0-9]*\))$/\1/p'] < ./depcomp`
- fi
- am__universal=false
- m4_case([$1], [CC],
- [case " $depcc " in #(
- *\ -arch\ *\ -arch\ *) am__universal=true ;;
- esac],
- [CXX],
- [case " $depcc " in #(
- *\ -arch\ *\ -arch\ *) am__universal=true ;;
- esac])
-
- for depmode in $am_compiler_list; do
- # Setup a source with many dependencies, because some compilers
- # like to wrap large dependency lists on column 80 (with \), and
- # we should not choose a depcomp mode which is confused by this.
- #
- # We need to recreate these files for each test, as the compiler may
- # overwrite some of them when testing with obscure command lines.
- # This happens at least with the AIX C compiler.
- : > sub/conftest.c
- for i in 1 2 3 4 5 6; do
- echo '#include "conftst'$i'.h"' >> sub/conftest.c
- # Using `: > sub/conftst$i.h' creates only sub/conftst1.h with
- # Solaris 8's {/usr,}/bin/sh.
- touch sub/conftst$i.h
- done
- echo "${am__include} ${am__quote}sub/conftest.Po${am__quote}" > confmf
-
- # We check with `-c' and `-o' for the sake of the "dashmstdout"
- # mode. It turns out that the SunPro C++ compiler does not properly
- # handle `-M -o', and we need to detect this. Also, some Intel
- # versions had trouble with output in subdirs
- am__obj=sub/conftest.${OBJEXT-o}
- am__minus_obj="-o $am__obj"
- case $depmode in
- gcc)
- # This depmode causes a compiler race in universal mode.
- test "$am__universal" = false || continue
- ;;
- nosideeffect)
- # after this tag, mechanisms are not by side-effect, so they'll
- # only be used when explicitly requested
- if test "x$enable_dependency_tracking" = xyes; then
- continue
- else
- break
- fi
- ;;
- msvisualcpp | msvcmsys)
- # This compiler won't grok `-c -o', but also, the minuso test has
- # not run yet. These depmodes are late enough in the game, and
- # so weak that their functioning should not be impacted.
- am__obj=conftest.${OBJEXT-o}
- am__minus_obj=
- ;;
- none) break ;;
- esac
- if depmode=$depmode \
- source=sub/conftest.c object=$am__obj \
- depfile=sub/conftest.Po tmpdepfile=sub/conftest.TPo \
- $SHELL ./depcomp $depcc -c $am__minus_obj sub/conftest.c \
- >/dev/null 2>conftest.err &&
- grep sub/conftst1.h sub/conftest.Po > /dev/null 2>&1 &&
- grep sub/conftst6.h sub/conftest.Po > /dev/null 2>&1 &&
- grep $am__obj sub/conftest.Po > /dev/null 2>&1 &&
- ${MAKE-make} -s -f confmf > /dev/null 2>&1; then
- # icc doesn't choke on unknown options, it will just issue warnings
- # or remarks (even with -Werror). So we grep stderr for any message
- # that says an option was ignored or not supported.
- # When given -MP, icc 7.0 and 7.1 complain thusly:
- # icc: Command line warning: ignoring option '-M'; no argument required
- # The diagnosis changed in icc 8.0:
- # icc: Command line remark: option '-MP' not supported
- if (grep 'ignoring option' conftest.err ||
- grep 'not supported' conftest.err) >/dev/null 2>&1; then :; else
- am_cv_$1_dependencies_compiler_type=$depmode
- break
- fi
- fi
- done
-
- cd ..
- rm -rf conftest.dir
-else
- am_cv_$1_dependencies_compiler_type=none
-fi
-])
-AC_SUBST([$1DEPMODE], [depmode=$am_cv_$1_dependencies_compiler_type])
-AM_CONDITIONAL([am__fastdep$1], [
- test "x$enable_dependency_tracking" != xno \
- && test "$am_cv_$1_dependencies_compiler_type" = gcc3])
-])
-
-
-# AM_SET_DEPDIR
-# -------------
-# Choose a directory name for dependency files.
-# This macro is AC_REQUIREd in _AM_DEPENDENCIES
-AC_DEFUN([AM_SET_DEPDIR],
-[AC_REQUIRE([AM_SET_LEADING_DOT])dnl
-AC_SUBST([DEPDIR], ["${am__leading_dot}deps"])dnl
-])
-
-
-# AM_DEP_TRACK
-# ------------
-AC_DEFUN([AM_DEP_TRACK],
-[AC_ARG_ENABLE(dependency-tracking,
-[ --disable-dependency-tracking speeds up one-time build
- --enable-dependency-tracking do not reject slow dependency extractors])
-if test "x$enable_dependency_tracking" != xno; then
- am_depcomp="$ac_aux_dir/depcomp"
- AMDEPBACKSLASH='\'
-fi
-AM_CONDITIONAL([AMDEP], [test "x$enable_dependency_tracking" != xno])
-AC_SUBST([AMDEPBACKSLASH])dnl
-_AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE([AMDEPBACKSLASH])dnl
-])
-
-# Generate code to set up dependency tracking. -*- Autoconf -*-
-
-# Copyright (C) 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2008
-# Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-#
-# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
-# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
-# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
-
-#serial 5
-
-# _AM_OUTPUT_DEPENDENCY_COMMANDS
-# ------------------------------
-AC_DEFUN([_AM_OUTPUT_DEPENDENCY_COMMANDS],
-[{
- # Autoconf 2.62 quotes --file arguments for eval, but not when files
- # are listed without --file. Let's play safe and only enable the eval
- # if we detect the quoting.
- case $CONFIG_FILES in
- *\'*) eval set x "$CONFIG_FILES" ;;
- *) set x $CONFIG_FILES ;;
- esac
- shift
- for mf
- do
- # Strip MF so we end up with the name of the file.
- mf=`echo "$mf" | sed -e 's/:.*$//'`
- # Check whether this is an Automake generated Makefile or not.
- # We used to match only the files named `Makefile.in', but
- # some people rename them; so instead we look at the file content.
- # Grep'ing the first line is not enough: some people post-process
- # each Makefile.in and add a new line on top of each file to say so.
- # Grep'ing the whole file is not good either: AIX grep has a line
- # limit of 2048, but all sed's we know have understand at least 4000.
- if sed -n 's,^#.*generated by automake.*,X,p' "$mf" | grep X >/dev/null 2>&1; then
- dirpart=`AS_DIRNAME("$mf")`
- else
- continue
- fi
- # Extract the definition of DEPDIR, am__include, and am__quote
- # from the Makefile without running `make'.
- DEPDIR=`sed -n 's/^DEPDIR = //p' < "$mf"`
- test -z "$DEPDIR" && continue
- am__include=`sed -n 's/^am__include = //p' < "$mf"`
- test -z "am__include" && continue
- am__quote=`sed -n 's/^am__quote = //p' < "$mf"`
- # When using ansi2knr, U may be empty or an underscore; expand it
- U=`sed -n 's/^U = //p' < "$mf"`
- # Find all dependency output files, they are included files with
- # $(DEPDIR) in their names. We invoke sed twice because it is the
- # simplest approach to changing $(DEPDIR) to its actual value in the
- # expansion.
- for file in `sed -n "
- s/^$am__include $am__quote\(.*(DEPDIR).*\)$am__quote"'$/\1/p' <"$mf" | \
- sed -e 's/\$(DEPDIR)/'"$DEPDIR"'/g' -e 's/\$U/'"$U"'/g'`; do
- # Make sure the directory exists.
- test -f "$dirpart/$file" && continue
- fdir=`AS_DIRNAME(["$file"])`
- AS_MKDIR_P([$dirpart/$fdir])
- # echo "creating $dirpart/$file"
- echo '# dummy' > "$dirpart/$file"
- done
- done
-}
-])# _AM_OUTPUT_DEPENDENCY_COMMANDS
-
-
-# AM_OUTPUT_DEPENDENCY_COMMANDS
-# -----------------------------
-# This macro should only be invoked once -- use via AC_REQUIRE.
-#
-# This code is only required when automatic dependency tracking
-# is enabled. FIXME. This creates each `.P' file that we will
-# need in order to bootstrap the dependency handling code.
-AC_DEFUN([AM_OUTPUT_DEPENDENCY_COMMANDS],
-[AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS([depfiles],
- [test x"$AMDEP_TRUE" != x"" || _AM_OUTPUT_DEPENDENCY_COMMANDS],
- [AMDEP_TRUE="$AMDEP_TRUE" ac_aux_dir="$ac_aux_dir"])
-])
-
-# Do all the work for Automake. -*- Autoconf -*-
-
-# Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004,
-# 2005, 2006, 2008, 2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-#
-# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
-# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
-# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
-
-# serial 16
-
-# This macro actually does too much. Some checks are only needed if
-# your package does certain things. But this isn't really a big deal.
-
-# AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE(PACKAGE, VERSION, [NO-DEFINE])
-# AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE([OPTIONS])
-# -----------------------------------------------
-# The call with PACKAGE and VERSION arguments is the old style
-# call (pre autoconf-2.50), which is being phased out. PACKAGE
-# and VERSION should now be passed to AC_INIT and removed from
-# the call to AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE.
-# We support both call styles for the transition. After
-# the next Automake release, Autoconf can make the AC_INIT
-# arguments mandatory, and then we can depend on a new Autoconf
-# release and drop the old call support.
-AC_DEFUN([AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE],
-[AC_PREREQ([2.62])dnl
-dnl Autoconf wants to disallow AM_ names. We explicitly allow
-dnl the ones we care about.
-m4_pattern_allow([^AM_[A-Z]+FLAGS$])dnl
-AC_REQUIRE([AM_SET_CURRENT_AUTOMAKE_VERSION])dnl
-AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_INSTALL])dnl
-if test "`cd $srcdir && pwd`" != "`pwd`"; then
- # Use -I$(srcdir) only when $(srcdir) != ., so that make's output
- # is not polluted with repeated "-I."
- AC_SUBST([am__isrc], [' -I$(srcdir)'])_AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE([am__isrc])dnl
- # test to see if srcdir already configured
- if test -f $srcdir/config.status; then
- AC_MSG_ERROR([source directory already configured; run "make distclean" there first])
- fi
-fi
-
-# test whether we have cygpath
-if test -z "$CYGPATH_W"; then
- if (cygpath --version) >/dev/null 2>/dev/null; then
- CYGPATH_W='cygpath -w'
- else
- CYGPATH_W=echo
- fi
-fi
-AC_SUBST([CYGPATH_W])
-
-# Define the identity of the package.
-dnl Distinguish between old-style and new-style calls.
-m4_ifval([$2],
-[m4_ifval([$3], [_AM_SET_OPTION([no-define])])dnl
- AC_SUBST([PACKAGE], [$1])dnl
- AC_SUBST([VERSION], [$2])],
-[_AM_SET_OPTIONS([$1])dnl
-dnl Diagnose old-style AC_INIT with new-style AM_AUTOMAKE_INIT.
-m4_if(m4_ifdef([AC_PACKAGE_NAME], 1)m4_ifdef([AC_PACKAGE_VERSION], 1), 11,,
- [m4_fatal([AC_INIT should be called with package and version arguments])])dnl
- AC_SUBST([PACKAGE], ['AC_PACKAGE_TARNAME'])dnl
- AC_SUBST([VERSION], ['AC_PACKAGE_VERSION'])])dnl
-
-_AM_IF_OPTION([no-define],,
-[AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(PACKAGE, "$PACKAGE", [Name of package])
- AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(VERSION, "$VERSION", [Version number of package])])dnl
-
-# Some tools Automake needs.
-AC_REQUIRE([AM_SANITY_CHECK])dnl
-AC_REQUIRE([AC_ARG_PROGRAM])dnl
-AM_MISSING_PROG(ACLOCAL, aclocal-${am__api_version})
-AM_MISSING_PROG(AUTOCONF, autoconf)
-AM_MISSING_PROG(AUTOMAKE, automake-${am__api_version})
-AM_MISSING_PROG(AUTOHEADER, autoheader)
-AM_MISSING_PROG(MAKEINFO, makeinfo)
-AC_REQUIRE([AM_PROG_INSTALL_SH])dnl
-AC_REQUIRE([AM_PROG_INSTALL_STRIP])dnl
-AC_REQUIRE([AM_PROG_MKDIR_P])dnl
-# We need awk for the "check" target. The system "awk" is bad on
-# some platforms.
-AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_AWK])dnl
-AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_MAKE_SET])dnl
-AC_REQUIRE([AM_SET_LEADING_DOT])dnl
-_AM_IF_OPTION([tar-ustar], [_AM_PROG_TAR([ustar])],
- [_AM_IF_OPTION([tar-pax], [_AM_PROG_TAR([pax])],
- [_AM_PROG_TAR([v7])])])
-_AM_IF_OPTION([no-dependencies],,
-[AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE([AC_PROG_CC],
- [_AM_DEPENDENCIES(CC)],
- [define([AC_PROG_CC],
- defn([AC_PROG_CC])[_AM_DEPENDENCIES(CC)])])dnl
-AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE([AC_PROG_CXX],
- [_AM_DEPENDENCIES(CXX)],
- [define([AC_PROG_CXX],
- defn([AC_PROG_CXX])[_AM_DEPENDENCIES(CXX)])])dnl
-AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE([AC_PROG_OBJC],
- [_AM_DEPENDENCIES(OBJC)],
- [define([AC_PROG_OBJC],
- defn([AC_PROG_OBJC])[_AM_DEPENDENCIES(OBJC)])])dnl
-])
-_AM_IF_OPTION([silent-rules], [AC_REQUIRE([AM_SILENT_RULES])])dnl
-dnl The `parallel-tests' driver may need to know about EXEEXT, so add the
-dnl `am__EXEEXT' conditional if _AM_COMPILER_EXEEXT was seen. This macro
-dnl is hooked onto _AC_COMPILER_EXEEXT early, see below.
-AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS_PRE(dnl
-[m4_provide_if([_AM_COMPILER_EXEEXT],
- [AM_CONDITIONAL([am__EXEEXT], [test -n "$EXEEXT"])])])dnl
-])
-
-dnl Hook into `_AC_COMPILER_EXEEXT' early to learn its expansion. Do not
-dnl add the conditional right here, as _AC_COMPILER_EXEEXT may be further
-dnl mangled by Autoconf and run in a shell conditional statement.
-m4_define([_AC_COMPILER_EXEEXT],
-m4_defn([_AC_COMPILER_EXEEXT])[m4_provide([_AM_COMPILER_EXEEXT])])
-
-
-# When config.status generates a header, we must update the stamp-h file.
-# This file resides in the same directory as the config header
-# that is generated. The stamp files are numbered to have different names.
-
-# Autoconf calls _AC_AM_CONFIG_HEADER_HOOK (when defined) in the
-# loop where config.status creates the headers, so we can generate
-# our stamp files there.
-AC_DEFUN([_AC_AM_CONFIG_HEADER_HOOK],
-[# Compute $1's index in $config_headers.
-_am_arg=$1
-_am_stamp_count=1
-for _am_header in $config_headers :; do
- case $_am_header in
- $_am_arg | $_am_arg:* )
- break ;;
- * )
- _am_stamp_count=`expr $_am_stamp_count + 1` ;;
- esac
-done
-echo "timestamp for $_am_arg" >`AS_DIRNAME(["$_am_arg"])`/stamp-h[]$_am_stamp_count])
-
-# Copyright (C) 2001, 2003, 2005, 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-#
-# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
-# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
-# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
-
-# AM_PROG_INSTALL_SH
-# ------------------
-# Define $install_sh.
-AC_DEFUN([AM_PROG_INSTALL_SH],
-[AC_REQUIRE([AM_AUX_DIR_EXPAND])dnl
-if test x"${install_sh}" != xset; then
- case $am_aux_dir in
- *\ * | *\ *)
- install_sh="\${SHELL} '$am_aux_dir/install-sh'" ;;
- *)
- install_sh="\${SHELL} $am_aux_dir/install-sh"
- esac
-fi
-AC_SUBST(install_sh)])
-
-# Copyright (C) 2003, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-#
-# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
-# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
-# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
-
-# serial 2
-
-# Check whether the underlying file-system supports filenames
-# with a leading dot. For instance MS-DOS doesn't.
-AC_DEFUN([AM_SET_LEADING_DOT],
-[rm -rf .tst 2>/dev/null
-mkdir .tst 2>/dev/null
-if test -d .tst; then
- am__leading_dot=.
-else
- am__leading_dot=_
-fi
-rmdir .tst 2>/dev/null
-AC_SUBST([am__leading_dot])])
-
-# Add --enable-maintainer-mode option to configure. -*- Autoconf -*-
-# From Jim Meyering
-
-# Copyright (C) 1996, 1998, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2008
-# Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-#
-# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
-# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
-# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
-
-# serial 5
-
-# AM_MAINTAINER_MODE([DEFAULT-MODE])
-# ----------------------------------
-# Control maintainer-specific portions of Makefiles.
-# Default is to disable them, unless `enable' is passed literally.
-# For symmetry, `disable' may be passed as well. Anyway, the user
-# can override the default with the --enable/--disable switch.
-AC_DEFUN([AM_MAINTAINER_MODE],
-[m4_case(m4_default([$1], [disable]),
- [enable], [m4_define([am_maintainer_other], [disable])],
- [disable], [m4_define([am_maintainer_other], [enable])],
- [m4_define([am_maintainer_other], [enable])
- m4_warn([syntax], [unexpected argument to AM@&t@_MAINTAINER_MODE: $1])])
-AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to am_maintainer_other maintainer-specific portions of Makefiles])
- dnl maintainer-mode's default is 'disable' unless 'enable' is passed
- AC_ARG_ENABLE([maintainer-mode],
-[ --][am_maintainer_other][-maintainer-mode am_maintainer_other make rules and dependencies not useful
- (and sometimes confusing) to the casual installer],
- [USE_MAINTAINER_MODE=$enableval],
- [USE_MAINTAINER_MODE=]m4_if(am_maintainer_other, [enable], [no], [yes]))
- AC_MSG_RESULT([$USE_MAINTAINER_MODE])
- AM_CONDITIONAL([MAINTAINER_MODE], [test $USE_MAINTAINER_MODE = yes])
- MAINT=$MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE
- AC_SUBST([MAINT])dnl
-]
-)
-
-AU_DEFUN([jm_MAINTAINER_MODE], [AM_MAINTAINER_MODE])
-
-# Check to see how 'make' treats includes. -*- Autoconf -*-
-
-# Copyright (C) 2001, 2002, 2003, 2005, 2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-#
-# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
-# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
-# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
-
-# serial 4
-
-# AM_MAKE_INCLUDE()
-# -----------------
-# Check to see how make treats includes.
-AC_DEFUN([AM_MAKE_INCLUDE],
-[am_make=${MAKE-make}
-cat > confinc << 'END'
-am__doit:
- @echo this is the am__doit target
-.PHONY: am__doit
-END
-# If we don't find an include directive, just comment out the code.
-AC_MSG_CHECKING([for style of include used by $am_make])
-am__include="#"
-am__quote=
-_am_result=none
-# First try GNU make style include.
-echo "include confinc" > confmf
-# Ignore all kinds of additional output from `make'.
-case `$am_make -s -f confmf 2> /dev/null` in #(
-*the\ am__doit\ target*)
- am__include=include
- am__quote=
- _am_result=GNU
- ;;
-esac
-# Now try BSD make style include.
-if test "$am__include" = "#"; then
- echo '.include "confinc"' > confmf
- case `$am_make -s -f confmf 2> /dev/null` in #(
- *the\ am__doit\ target*)
- am__include=.include
- am__quote="\""
- _am_result=BSD
- ;;
- esac
-fi
-AC_SUBST([am__include])
-AC_SUBST([am__quote])
-AC_MSG_RESULT([$_am_result])
-rm -f confinc confmf
-])
-
-# Copyright (C) 1999, 2000, 2001, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2008
-# Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-#
-# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
-# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
-# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
-
-# serial 6
-
-# AM_PROG_CC_C_O
-# --------------
-# Like AC_PROG_CC_C_O, but changed for automake.
-AC_DEFUN([AM_PROG_CC_C_O],
-[AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC_C_O])dnl
-AC_REQUIRE([AM_AUX_DIR_EXPAND])dnl
-AC_REQUIRE_AUX_FILE([compile])dnl
-# FIXME: we rely on the cache variable name because
-# there is no other way.
-set dummy $CC
-am_cc=`echo $[2] | sed ['s/[^a-zA-Z0-9_]/_/g;s/^[0-9]/_/']`
-eval am_t=\$ac_cv_prog_cc_${am_cc}_c_o
-if test "$am_t" != yes; then
- # Losing compiler, so override with the script.
- # FIXME: It is wrong to rewrite CC.
- # But if we don't then we get into trouble of one sort or another.
- # A longer-term fix would be to have automake use am__CC in this case,
- # and then we could set am__CC="\$(top_srcdir)/compile \$(CC)"
- CC="$am_aux_dir/compile $CC"
-fi
-dnl Make sure AC_PROG_CC is never called again, or it will override our
-dnl setting of CC.
-m4_define([AC_PROG_CC],
- [m4_fatal([AC_PROG_CC cannot be called after AM_PROG_CC_C_O])])
-])
-
-# Fake the existence of programs that GNU maintainers use. -*- Autoconf -*-
-
-# Copyright (C) 1997, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2008
-# Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-#
-# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
-# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
-# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
-
-# serial 6
-
-# AM_MISSING_PROG(NAME, PROGRAM)
-# ------------------------------
-AC_DEFUN([AM_MISSING_PROG],
-[AC_REQUIRE([AM_MISSING_HAS_RUN])
-$1=${$1-"${am_missing_run}$2"}
-AC_SUBST($1)])
-
-
-# AM_MISSING_HAS_RUN
-# ------------------
-# Define MISSING if not defined so far and test if it supports --run.
-# If it does, set am_missing_run to use it, otherwise, to nothing.
-AC_DEFUN([AM_MISSING_HAS_RUN],
-[AC_REQUIRE([AM_AUX_DIR_EXPAND])dnl
-AC_REQUIRE_AUX_FILE([missing])dnl
-if test x"${MISSING+set}" != xset; then
- case $am_aux_dir in
- *\ * | *\ *)
- MISSING="\${SHELL} \"$am_aux_dir/missing\"" ;;
- *)
- MISSING="\${SHELL} $am_aux_dir/missing" ;;
- esac
-fi
-# Use eval to expand $SHELL
-if eval "$MISSING --run true"; then
- am_missing_run="$MISSING --run "
-else
- am_missing_run=
- AC_MSG_WARN([`missing' script is too old or missing])
-fi
-])
-
-# Copyright (C) 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-#
-# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
-# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
-# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
-
-# AM_PROG_MKDIR_P
-# ---------------
-# Check for `mkdir -p'.
-AC_DEFUN([AM_PROG_MKDIR_P],
-[AC_PREREQ([2.60])dnl
-AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_MKDIR_P])dnl
-dnl Automake 1.8 to 1.9.6 used to define mkdir_p. We now use MKDIR_P,
-dnl while keeping a definition of mkdir_p for backward compatibility.
-dnl @MKDIR_P@ is magic: AC_OUTPUT adjusts its value for each Makefile.
-dnl However we cannot define mkdir_p as $(MKDIR_P) for the sake of
-dnl Makefile.ins that do not define MKDIR_P, so we do our own
-dnl adjustment using top_builddir (which is defined more often than
-dnl MKDIR_P).
-AC_SUBST([mkdir_p], ["$MKDIR_P"])dnl
-case $mkdir_p in
- [[\\/$]]* | ?:[[\\/]]*) ;;
- */*) mkdir_p="\$(top_builddir)/$mkdir_p" ;;
-esac
-])
-
-# Helper functions for option handling. -*- Autoconf -*-
-
-# Copyright (C) 2001, 2002, 2003, 2005, 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-#
-# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
-# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
-# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
-
-# serial 4
-
-# _AM_MANGLE_OPTION(NAME)
-# -----------------------
-AC_DEFUN([_AM_MANGLE_OPTION],
-[[_AM_OPTION_]m4_bpatsubst($1, [[^a-zA-Z0-9_]], [_])])
-
-# _AM_SET_OPTION(NAME)
-# ------------------------------
-# Set option NAME. Presently that only means defining a flag for this option.
-AC_DEFUN([_AM_SET_OPTION],
-[m4_define(_AM_MANGLE_OPTION([$1]), 1)])
-
-# _AM_SET_OPTIONS(OPTIONS)
-# ----------------------------------
-# OPTIONS is a space-separated list of Automake options.
-AC_DEFUN([_AM_SET_OPTIONS],
-[m4_foreach_w([_AM_Option], [$1], [_AM_SET_OPTION(_AM_Option)])])
-
-# _AM_IF_OPTION(OPTION, IF-SET, [IF-NOT-SET])
-# -------------------------------------------
-# Execute IF-SET if OPTION is set, IF-NOT-SET otherwise.
-AC_DEFUN([_AM_IF_OPTION],
-[m4_ifset(_AM_MANGLE_OPTION([$1]), [$2], [$3])])
-
-# Check to make sure that the build environment is sane. -*- Autoconf -*-
-
-# Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 2000, 2001, 2003, 2005, 2008
-# Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-#
-# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
-# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
-# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
-
-# serial 5
-
-# AM_SANITY_CHECK
-# ---------------
-AC_DEFUN([AM_SANITY_CHECK],
-[AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether build environment is sane])
-# Just in case
-sleep 1
-echo timestamp > conftest.file
-# Reject unsafe characters in $srcdir or the absolute working directory
-# name. Accept space and tab only in the latter.
-am_lf='
-'
-case `pwd` in
- *[[\\\"\#\$\&\'\`$am_lf]]*)
- AC_MSG_ERROR([unsafe absolute working directory name]);;
-esac
-case $srcdir in
- *[[\\\"\#\$\&\'\`$am_lf\ \ ]]*)
- AC_MSG_ERROR([unsafe srcdir value: `$srcdir']);;
-esac
-
-# Do `set' in a subshell so we don't clobber the current shell's
-# arguments. Must try -L first in case configure is actually a
-# symlink; some systems play weird games with the mod time of symlinks
-# (eg FreeBSD returns the mod time of the symlink's containing
-# directory).
-if (
- set X `ls -Lt "$srcdir/configure" conftest.file 2> /dev/null`
- if test "$[*]" = "X"; then
- # -L didn't work.
- set X `ls -t "$srcdir/configure" conftest.file`
- fi
- rm -f conftest.file
- if test "$[*]" != "X $srcdir/configure conftest.file" \
- && test "$[*]" != "X conftest.file $srcdir/configure"; then
-
- # If neither matched, then we have a broken ls. This can happen
- # if, for instance, CONFIG_SHELL is bash and it inherits a
- # broken ls alias from the environment. This has actually
- # happened. Such a system could not be considered "sane".
- AC_MSG_ERROR([ls -t appears to fail. Make sure there is not a broken
-alias in your environment])
- fi
-
- test "$[2]" = conftest.file
- )
-then
- # Ok.
- :
-else
- AC_MSG_ERROR([newly created file is older than distributed files!
-Check your system clock])
-fi
-AC_MSG_RESULT(yes)])
-
-# Copyright (C) 2001, 2003, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-#
-# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
-# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
-# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
-
-# AM_PROG_INSTALL_STRIP
-# ---------------------
-# One issue with vendor `install' (even GNU) is that you can't
-# specify the program used to strip binaries. This is especially
-# annoying in cross-compiling environments, where the build's strip
-# is unlikely to handle the host's binaries.
-# Fortunately install-sh will honor a STRIPPROG variable, so we
-# always use install-sh in `make install-strip', and initialize
-# STRIPPROG with the value of the STRIP variable (set by the user).
-AC_DEFUN([AM_PROG_INSTALL_STRIP],
-[AC_REQUIRE([AM_PROG_INSTALL_SH])dnl
-# Installed binaries are usually stripped using `strip' when the user
-# run `make install-strip'. However `strip' might not be the right
-# tool to use in cross-compilation environments, therefore Automake
-# will honor the `STRIP' environment variable to overrule this program.
-dnl Don't test for $cross_compiling = yes, because it might be `maybe'.
-if test "$cross_compiling" != no; then
- AC_CHECK_TOOL([STRIP], [strip], :)
-fi
-INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM="\$(install_sh) -c -s"
-AC_SUBST([INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM])])
-
-# Copyright (C) 2006, 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-#
-# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
-# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
-# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
-
-# serial 2
-
-# _AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE(VARIABLE)
-# ---------------------------
-# Prevent Automake from outputting VARIABLE = @VARIABLE@ in Makefile.in.
-# This macro is traced by Automake.
-AC_DEFUN([_AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE])
-
-# AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE(VARIABLE)
-# ---------------------------
-# Public sister of _AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE.
-AC_DEFUN([AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE], [_AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE($@)])
-
-# Check how to create a tarball. -*- Autoconf -*-
-
-# Copyright (C) 2004, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-#
-# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
-# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
-# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
-
-# serial 2
-
-# _AM_PROG_TAR(FORMAT)
-# --------------------
-# Check how to create a tarball in format FORMAT.
-# FORMAT should be one of `v7', `ustar', or `pax'.
-#
-# Substitute a variable $(am__tar) that is a command
-# writing to stdout a FORMAT-tarball containing the directory
-# $tardir.
-# tardir=directory && $(am__tar) > result.tar
-#
-# Substitute a variable $(am__untar) that extract such
-# a tarball read from stdin.
-# $(am__untar) < result.tar
-AC_DEFUN([_AM_PROG_TAR],
-[# Always define AMTAR for backward compatibility.
-AM_MISSING_PROG([AMTAR], [tar])
-m4_if([$1], [v7],
- [am__tar='${AMTAR} chof - "$$tardir"'; am__untar='${AMTAR} xf -'],
- [m4_case([$1], [ustar],, [pax],,
- [m4_fatal([Unknown tar format])])
-AC_MSG_CHECKING([how to create a $1 tar archive])
-# Loop over all known methods to create a tar archive until one works.
-_am_tools='gnutar m4_if([$1], [ustar], [plaintar]) pax cpio none'
-_am_tools=${am_cv_prog_tar_$1-$_am_tools}
-# Do not fold the above two line into one, because Tru64 sh and
-# Solaris sh will not grok spaces in the rhs of `-'.
-for _am_tool in $_am_tools
-do
- case $_am_tool in
- gnutar)
- for _am_tar in tar gnutar gtar;
- do
- AM_RUN_LOG([$_am_tar --version]) && break
- done
- am__tar="$_am_tar --format=m4_if([$1], [pax], [posix], [$1]) -chf - "'"$$tardir"'
- am__tar_="$_am_tar --format=m4_if([$1], [pax], [posix], [$1]) -chf - "'"$tardir"'
- am__untar="$_am_tar -xf -"
- ;;
- plaintar)
- # Must skip GNU tar: if it does not support --format= it doesn't create
- # ustar tarball either.
- (tar --version) >/dev/null 2>&1 && continue
- am__tar='tar chf - "$$tardir"'
- am__tar_='tar chf - "$tardir"'
- am__untar='tar xf -'
- ;;
- pax)
- am__tar='pax -L -x $1 -w "$$tardir"'
- am__tar_='pax -L -x $1 -w "$tardir"'
- am__untar='pax -r'
- ;;
- cpio)
- am__tar='find "$$tardir" -print | cpio -o -H $1 -L'
- am__tar_='find "$tardir" -print | cpio -o -H $1 -L'
- am__untar='cpio -i -H $1 -d'
- ;;
- none)
- am__tar=false
- am__tar_=false
- am__untar=false
- ;;
- esac
-
- # If the value was cached, stop now. We just wanted to have am__tar
- # and am__untar set.
- test -n "${am_cv_prog_tar_$1}" && break
-
- # tar/untar a dummy directory, and stop if the command works
- rm -rf conftest.dir
- mkdir conftest.dir
- echo GrepMe > conftest.dir/file
- AM_RUN_LOG([tardir=conftest.dir && eval $am__tar_ >conftest.tar])
- rm -rf conftest.dir
- if test -s conftest.tar; then
- AM_RUN_LOG([$am__untar <conftest.tar])
- grep GrepMe conftest.dir/file >/dev/null 2>&1 && break
- fi
-done
-rm -rf conftest.dir
-
-AC_CACHE_VAL([am_cv_prog_tar_$1], [am_cv_prog_tar_$1=$_am_tool])
-AC_MSG_RESULT([$am_cv_prog_tar_$1])])
-AC_SUBST([am__tar])
-AC_SUBST([am__untar])
-]) # _AM_PROG_TAR
-
-m4_include([m4/libtool.m4])
-m4_include([m4/ltoptions.m4])
-m4_include([m4/ltsugar.m4])
-m4_include([m4/ltversion.m4])
-m4_include([m4/lt~obsolete.m4])
-m4_include([acinclude.m4])
+++ /dev/null
-#! /bin/sh
-# Wrapper for compilers which do not understand `-c -o'.
-
-scriptversion=2005-05-14.22
-
-# Copyright (C) 1999, 2000, 2003, 2004, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-# Written by Tom Tromey <tromey@cygnus.com>.
-#
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-# any later version.
-#
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
-# GNU General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
-
-# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you
-# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a
-# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under
-# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program.
-
-# This file is maintained in Automake, please report
-# bugs to <bug-automake@gnu.org> or send patches to
-# <automake-patches@gnu.org>.
-
-case $1 in
- '')
- echo "$0: No command. Try \`$0 --help' for more information." 1>&2
- exit 1;
- ;;
- -h | --h*)
- cat <<\EOF
-Usage: compile [--help] [--version] PROGRAM [ARGS]
-
-Wrapper for compilers which do not understand `-c -o'.
-Remove `-o dest.o' from ARGS, run PROGRAM with the remaining
-arguments, and rename the output as expected.
-
-If you are trying to build a whole package this is not the
-right script to run: please start by reading the file `INSTALL'.
-
-Report bugs to <bug-automake@gnu.org>.
-EOF
- exit $?
- ;;
- -v | --v*)
- echo "compile $scriptversion"
- exit $?
- ;;
-esac
-
-ofile=
-cfile=
-eat=
-
-for arg
-do
- if test -n "$eat"; then
- eat=
- else
- case $1 in
- -o)
- # configure might choose to run compile as `compile cc -o foo foo.c'.
- # So we strip `-o arg' only if arg is an object.
- eat=1
- case $2 in
- *.o | *.obj)
- ofile=$2
- ;;
- *)
- set x "$@" -o "$2"
- shift
- ;;
- esac
- ;;
- *.c)
- cfile=$1
- set x "$@" "$1"
- shift
- ;;
- *)
- set x "$@" "$1"
- shift
- ;;
- esac
- fi
- shift
-done
-
-if test -z "$ofile" || test -z "$cfile"; then
- # If no `-o' option was seen then we might have been invoked from a
- # pattern rule where we don't need one. That is ok -- this is a
- # normal compilation that the losing compiler can handle. If no
- # `.c' file was seen then we are probably linking. That is also
- # ok.
- exec "$@"
-fi
-
-# Name of file we expect compiler to create.
-cofile=`echo "$cfile" | sed -e 's|^.*/||' -e 's/\.c$/.o/'`
-
-# Create the lock directory.
-# Note: use `[/.-]' here to ensure that we don't use the same name
-# that we are using for the .o file. Also, base the name on the expected
-# object file name, since that is what matters with a parallel build.
-lockdir=`echo "$cofile" | sed -e 's|[/.-]|_|g'`.d
-while true; do
- if mkdir "$lockdir" >/dev/null 2>&1; then
- break
- fi
- sleep 1
-done
-# FIXME: race condition here if user kills between mkdir and trap.
-trap "rmdir '$lockdir'; exit 1" 1 2 15
-
-# Run the compile.
-"$@"
-ret=$?
-
-if test -f "$cofile"; then
- mv "$cofile" "$ofile"
-elif test -f "${cofile}bj"; then
- mv "${cofile}bj" "$ofile"
-fi
-
-rmdir "$lockdir"
-exit $ret
-
-# Local Variables:
-# mode: shell-script
-# sh-indentation: 2
-# eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
-# time-stamp-start: "scriptversion="
-# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H"
-# time-stamp-end: "$"
-# End:
+++ /dev/null
-#! /bin/sh
-# Attempt to guess a canonical system name.
-# Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999,
-# 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009
-# Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-timestamp='2009-11-20'
-
-# This file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-# under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
-# (at your option) any later version.
-#
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
-# General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
-# 02110-1301, USA.
-#
-# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you
-# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a
-# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under
-# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program.
-
-
-# Originally written by Per Bothner. Please send patches (context
-# diff format) to <config-patches@gnu.org> and include a ChangeLog
-# entry.
-#
-# This script attempts to guess a canonical system name similar to
-# config.sub. If it succeeds, it prints the system name on stdout, and
-# exits with 0. Otherwise, it exits with 1.
-#
-# You can get the latest version of this script from:
-# http://git.savannah.gnu.org/gitweb/?p=config.git;a=blob_plain;f=config.guess;hb=HEAD
-
-me=`echo "$0" | sed -e 's,.*/,,'`
-
-usage="\
-Usage: $0 [OPTION]
-
-Output the configuration name of the system \`$me' is run on.
-
-Operation modes:
- -h, --help print this help, then exit
- -t, --time-stamp print date of last modification, then exit
- -v, --version print version number, then exit
-
-Report bugs and patches to <config-patches@gnu.org>."
-
-version="\
-GNU config.guess ($timestamp)
-
-Originally written by Per Bothner.
-Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001,
-2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-This is free software; see the source for copying conditions. There is NO
-warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE."
-
-help="
-Try \`$me --help' for more information."
-
-# Parse command line
-while test $# -gt 0 ; do
- case $1 in
- --time-stamp | --time* | -t )
- echo "$timestamp" ; exit ;;
- --version | -v )
- echo "$version" ; exit ;;
- --help | --h* | -h )
- echo "$usage"; exit ;;
- -- ) # Stop option processing
- shift; break ;;
- - ) # Use stdin as input.
- break ;;
- -* )
- echo "$me: invalid option $1$help" >&2
- exit 1 ;;
- * )
- break ;;
- esac
-done
-
-if test $# != 0; then
- echo "$me: too many arguments$help" >&2
- exit 1
-fi
-
-trap 'exit 1' 1 2 15
-
-# CC_FOR_BUILD -- compiler used by this script. Note that the use of a
-# compiler to aid in system detection is discouraged as it requires
-# temporary files to be created and, as you can see below, it is a
-# headache to deal with in a portable fashion.
-
-# Historically, `CC_FOR_BUILD' used to be named `HOST_CC'. We still
-# use `HOST_CC' if defined, but it is deprecated.
-
-# Portable tmp directory creation inspired by the Autoconf team.
-
-set_cc_for_build='
-trap "exitcode=\$?; (rm -f \$tmpfiles 2>/dev/null; rmdir \$tmp 2>/dev/null) && exit \$exitcode" 0 ;
-trap "rm -f \$tmpfiles 2>/dev/null; rmdir \$tmp 2>/dev/null; exit 1" 1 2 13 15 ;
-: ${TMPDIR=/tmp} ;
- { tmp=`(umask 077 && mktemp -d "$TMPDIR/cgXXXXXX") 2>/dev/null` && test -n "$tmp" && test -d "$tmp" ; } ||
- { test -n "$RANDOM" && tmp=$TMPDIR/cg$$-$RANDOM && (umask 077 && mkdir $tmp) ; } ||
- { tmp=$TMPDIR/cg-$$ && (umask 077 && mkdir $tmp) && echo "Warning: creating insecure temp directory" >&2 ; } ||
- { echo "$me: cannot create a temporary directory in $TMPDIR" >&2 ; exit 1 ; } ;
-dummy=$tmp/dummy ;
-tmpfiles="$dummy.c $dummy.o $dummy.rel $dummy" ;
-case $CC_FOR_BUILD,$HOST_CC,$CC in
- ,,) echo "int x;" > $dummy.c ;
- for c in cc gcc c89 c99 ; do
- if ($c -c -o $dummy.o $dummy.c) >/dev/null 2>&1 ; then
- CC_FOR_BUILD="$c"; break ;
- fi ;
- done ;
- if test x"$CC_FOR_BUILD" = x ; then
- CC_FOR_BUILD=no_compiler_found ;
- fi
- ;;
- ,,*) CC_FOR_BUILD=$CC ;;
- ,*,*) CC_FOR_BUILD=$HOST_CC ;;
-esac ; set_cc_for_build= ;'
-
-# This is needed to find uname on a Pyramid OSx when run in the BSD universe.
-# (ghazi@noc.rutgers.edu 1994-08-24)
-if (test -f /.attbin/uname) >/dev/null 2>&1 ; then
- PATH=$PATH:/.attbin ; export PATH
-fi
-
-UNAME_MACHINE=`(uname -m) 2>/dev/null` || UNAME_MACHINE=unknown
-UNAME_RELEASE=`(uname -r) 2>/dev/null` || UNAME_RELEASE=unknown
-UNAME_SYSTEM=`(uname -s) 2>/dev/null` || UNAME_SYSTEM=unknown
-UNAME_VERSION=`(uname -v) 2>/dev/null` || UNAME_VERSION=unknown
-
-# Note: order is significant - the case branches are not exclusive.
-
-case "${UNAME_MACHINE}:${UNAME_SYSTEM}:${UNAME_RELEASE}:${UNAME_VERSION}" in
- *:NetBSD:*:*)
- # NetBSD (nbsd) targets should (where applicable) match one or
- # more of the tupples: *-*-netbsdelf*, *-*-netbsdaout*,
- # *-*-netbsdecoff* and *-*-netbsd*. For targets that recently
- # switched to ELF, *-*-netbsd* would select the old
- # object file format. This provides both forward
- # compatibility and a consistent mechanism for selecting the
- # object file format.
- #
- # Note: NetBSD doesn't particularly care about the vendor
- # portion of the name. We always set it to "unknown".
- sysctl="sysctl -n hw.machine_arch"
- UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH=`(/sbin/$sysctl 2>/dev/null || \
- /usr/sbin/$sysctl 2>/dev/null || echo unknown)`
- case "${UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH}" in
- armeb) machine=armeb-unknown ;;
- arm*) machine=arm-unknown ;;
- sh3el) machine=shl-unknown ;;
- sh3eb) machine=sh-unknown ;;
- sh5el) machine=sh5le-unknown ;;
- *) machine=${UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH}-unknown ;;
- esac
- # The Operating System including object format, if it has switched
- # to ELF recently, or will in the future.
- case "${UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH}" in
- arm*|i386|m68k|ns32k|sh3*|sparc|vax)
- eval $set_cc_for_build
- if echo __ELF__ | $CC_FOR_BUILD -E - 2>/dev/null \
- | grep -q __ELF__
- then
- # Once all utilities can be ECOFF (netbsdecoff) or a.out (netbsdaout).
- # Return netbsd for either. FIX?
- os=netbsd
- else
- os=netbsdelf
- fi
- ;;
- *)
- os=netbsd
- ;;
- esac
- # The OS release
- # Debian GNU/NetBSD machines have a different userland, and
- # thus, need a distinct triplet. However, they do not need
- # kernel version information, so it can be replaced with a
- # suitable tag, in the style of linux-gnu.
- case "${UNAME_VERSION}" in
- Debian*)
- release='-gnu'
- ;;
- *)
- release=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-_].*/\./'`
- ;;
- esac
- # Since CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-KERNEL-OPERATING_SYSTEM:
- # contains redundant information, the shorter form:
- # CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-OPERATING_SYSTEM is used.
- echo "${machine}-${os}${release}"
- exit ;;
- *:OpenBSD:*:*)
- UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH=`arch | sed 's/OpenBSD.//'`
- echo ${UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH}-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE}
- exit ;;
- *:ekkoBSD:*:*)
- echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-ekkobsd${UNAME_RELEASE}
- exit ;;
- *:SolidBSD:*:*)
- echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-solidbsd${UNAME_RELEASE}
- exit ;;
- macppc:MirBSD:*:*)
- echo powerpc-unknown-mirbsd${UNAME_RELEASE}
- exit ;;
- *:MirBSD:*:*)
- echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-mirbsd${UNAME_RELEASE}
- exit ;;
- alpha:OSF1:*:*)
- case $UNAME_RELEASE in
- *4.0)
- UNAME_RELEASE=`/usr/sbin/sizer -v | awk '{print $3}'`
- ;;
- *5.*)
- UNAME_RELEASE=`/usr/sbin/sizer -v | awk '{print $4}'`
- ;;
- esac
- # According to Compaq, /usr/sbin/psrinfo has been available on
- # OSF/1 and Tru64 systems produced since 1995. I hope that
- # covers most systems running today. This code pipes the CPU
- # types through head -n 1, so we only detect the type of CPU 0.
- ALPHA_CPU_TYPE=`/usr/sbin/psrinfo -v | sed -n -e 's/^ The alpha \(.*\) processor.*$/\1/p' | head -n 1`
- case "$ALPHA_CPU_TYPE" in
- "EV4 (21064)")
- UNAME_MACHINE="alpha" ;;
- "EV4.5 (21064)")
- UNAME_MACHINE="alpha" ;;
- "LCA4 (21066/21068)")
- UNAME_MACHINE="alpha" ;;
- "EV5 (21164)")
- UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev5" ;;
- "EV5.6 (21164A)")
- UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev56" ;;
- "EV5.6 (21164PC)")
- UNAME_MACHINE="alphapca56" ;;
- "EV5.7 (21164PC)")
- UNAME_MACHINE="alphapca57" ;;
- "EV6 (21264)")
- UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev6" ;;
- "EV6.7 (21264A)")
- UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev67" ;;
- "EV6.8CB (21264C)")
- UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev68" ;;
- "EV6.8AL (21264B)")
- UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev68" ;;
- "EV6.8CX (21264D)")
- UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev68" ;;
- "EV6.9A (21264/EV69A)")
- UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev69" ;;
- "EV7 (21364)")
- UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev7" ;;
- "EV7.9 (21364A)")
- UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev79" ;;
- esac
- # A Pn.n version is a patched version.
- # A Vn.n version is a released version.
- # A Tn.n version is a released field test version.
- # A Xn.n version is an unreleased experimental baselevel.
- # 1.2 uses "1.2" for uname -r.
- echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-dec-osf`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/^[PVTX]//' | tr 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz'`
- exit ;;
- Alpha\ *:Windows_NT*:*)
- # How do we know it's Interix rather than the generic POSIX subsystem?
- # Should we change UNAME_MACHINE based on the output of uname instead
- # of the specific Alpha model?
- echo alpha-pc-interix
- exit ;;
- 21064:Windows_NT:50:3)
- echo alpha-dec-winnt3.5
- exit ;;
- Amiga*:UNIX_System_V:4.0:*)
- echo m68k-unknown-sysv4
- exit ;;
- *:[Aa]miga[Oo][Ss]:*:*)
- echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-amigaos
- exit ;;
- *:[Mm]orph[Oo][Ss]:*:*)
- echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-morphos
- exit ;;
- *:OS/390:*:*)
- echo i370-ibm-openedition
- exit ;;
- *:z/VM:*:*)
- echo s390-ibm-zvmoe
- exit ;;
- *:OS400:*:*)
- echo powerpc-ibm-os400
- exit ;;
- arm:RISC*:1.[012]*:*|arm:riscix:1.[012]*:*)
- echo arm-acorn-riscix${UNAME_RELEASE}
- exit ;;
- arm:riscos:*:*|arm:RISCOS:*:*)
- echo arm-unknown-riscos
- exit ;;
- SR2?01:HI-UX/MPP:*:* | SR8000:HI-UX/MPP:*:*)
- echo hppa1.1-hitachi-hiuxmpp
- exit ;;
- Pyramid*:OSx*:*:* | MIS*:OSx*:*:* | MIS*:SMP_DC-OSx*:*:*)
- # akee@wpdis03.wpafb.af.mil (Earle F. Ake) contributed MIS and NILE.
- if test "`(/bin/universe) 2>/dev/null`" = att ; then
- echo pyramid-pyramid-sysv3
- else
- echo pyramid-pyramid-bsd
- fi
- exit ;;
- NILE*:*:*:dcosx)
- echo pyramid-pyramid-svr4
- exit ;;
- DRS?6000:unix:4.0:6*)
- echo sparc-icl-nx6
- exit ;;
- DRS?6000:UNIX_SV:4.2*:7* | DRS?6000:isis:4.2*:7*)
- case `/usr/bin/uname -p` in
- sparc) echo sparc-icl-nx7; exit ;;
- esac ;;
- s390x:SunOS:*:*)
- echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-ibm-solaris2`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*//'`
- exit ;;
- sun4H:SunOS:5.*:*)
- echo sparc-hal-solaris2`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*//'`
- exit ;;
- sun4*:SunOS:5.*:* | tadpole*:SunOS:5.*:*)
- echo sparc-sun-solaris2`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*//'`
- exit ;;
- i86pc:AuroraUX:5.*:* | i86xen:AuroraUX:5.*:*)
- echo i386-pc-auroraux${UNAME_RELEASE}
- exit ;;
- i86pc:SunOS:5.*:* | i86xen:SunOS:5.*:*)
- eval $set_cc_for_build
- SUN_ARCH="i386"
- # If there is a compiler, see if it is configured for 64-bit objects.
- # Note that the Sun cc does not turn __LP64__ into 1 like gcc does.
- # This test works for both compilers.
- if [ "$CC_FOR_BUILD" != 'no_compiler_found' ]; then
- if (echo '#ifdef __amd64'; echo IS_64BIT_ARCH; echo '#endif') | \
- (CCOPTS= $CC_FOR_BUILD -E - 2>/dev/null) | \
- grep IS_64BIT_ARCH >/dev/null
- then
- SUN_ARCH="x86_64"
- fi
- fi
- echo ${SUN_ARCH}-pc-solaris2`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*//'`
- exit ;;
- sun4*:SunOS:6*:*)
- # According to config.sub, this is the proper way to canonicalize
- # SunOS6. Hard to guess exactly what SunOS6 will be like, but
- # it's likely to be more like Solaris than SunOS4.
- echo sparc-sun-solaris3`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*//'`
- exit ;;
- sun4*:SunOS:*:*)
- case "`/usr/bin/arch -k`" in
- Series*|S4*)
- UNAME_RELEASE=`uname -v`
- ;;
- esac
- # Japanese Language versions have a version number like `4.1.3-JL'.
- echo sparc-sun-sunos`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/-/_/'`
- exit ;;
- sun3*:SunOS:*:*)
- echo m68k-sun-sunos${UNAME_RELEASE}
- exit ;;
- sun*:*:4.2BSD:*)
- UNAME_RELEASE=`(sed 1q /etc/motd | awk '{print substr($5,1,3)}') 2>/dev/null`
- test "x${UNAME_RELEASE}" = "x" && UNAME_RELEASE=3
- case "`/bin/arch`" in
- sun3)
- echo m68k-sun-sunos${UNAME_RELEASE}
- ;;
- sun4)
- echo sparc-sun-sunos${UNAME_RELEASE}
- ;;
- esac
- exit ;;
- aushp:SunOS:*:*)
- echo sparc-auspex-sunos${UNAME_RELEASE}
- exit ;;
- # The situation for MiNT is a little confusing. The machine name
- # can be virtually everything (everything which is not
- # "atarist" or "atariste" at least should have a processor
- # > m68000). The system name ranges from "MiNT" over "FreeMiNT"
- # to the lowercase version "mint" (or "freemint"). Finally
- # the system name "TOS" denotes a system which is actually not
- # MiNT. But MiNT is downward compatible to TOS, so this should
- # be no problem.
- atarist[e]:*MiNT:*:* | atarist[e]:*mint:*:* | atarist[e]:*TOS:*:*)
- echo m68k-atari-mint${UNAME_RELEASE}
- exit ;;
- atari*:*MiNT:*:* | atari*:*mint:*:* | atarist[e]:*TOS:*:*)
- echo m68k-atari-mint${UNAME_RELEASE}
- exit ;;
- *falcon*:*MiNT:*:* | *falcon*:*mint:*:* | *falcon*:*TOS:*:*)
- echo m68k-atari-mint${UNAME_RELEASE}
- exit ;;
- milan*:*MiNT:*:* | milan*:*mint:*:* | *milan*:*TOS:*:*)
- echo m68k-milan-mint${UNAME_RELEASE}
- exit ;;
- hades*:*MiNT:*:* | hades*:*mint:*:* | *hades*:*TOS:*:*)
- echo m68k-hades-mint${UNAME_RELEASE}
- exit ;;
- *:*MiNT:*:* | *:*mint:*:* | *:*TOS:*:*)
- echo m68k-unknown-mint${UNAME_RELEASE}
- exit ;;
- m68k:machten:*:*)
- echo m68k-apple-machten${UNAME_RELEASE}
- exit ;;
- powerpc:machten:*:*)
- echo powerpc-apple-machten${UNAME_RELEASE}
- exit ;;
- RISC*:Mach:*:*)
- echo mips-dec-mach_bsd4.3
- exit ;;
- RISC*:ULTRIX:*:*)
- echo mips-dec-ultrix${UNAME_RELEASE}
- exit ;;
- VAX*:ULTRIX*:*:*)
- echo vax-dec-ultrix${UNAME_RELEASE}
- exit ;;
- 2020:CLIX:*:* | 2430:CLIX:*:*)
- echo clipper-intergraph-clix${UNAME_RELEASE}
- exit ;;
- mips:*:*:UMIPS | mips:*:*:RISCos)
- eval $set_cc_for_build
- sed 's/^ //' << EOF >$dummy.c
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-#include <stdio.h> /* for printf() prototype */
- int main (int argc, char *argv[]) {
-#else
- int main (argc, argv) int argc; char *argv[]; {
-#endif
- #if defined (host_mips) && defined (MIPSEB)
- #if defined (SYSTYPE_SYSV)
- printf ("mips-mips-riscos%ssysv\n", argv[1]); exit (0);
- #endif
- #if defined (SYSTYPE_SVR4)
- printf ("mips-mips-riscos%ssvr4\n", argv[1]); exit (0);
- #endif
- #if defined (SYSTYPE_BSD43) || defined(SYSTYPE_BSD)
- printf ("mips-mips-riscos%sbsd\n", argv[1]); exit (0);
- #endif
- #endif
- exit (-1);
- }
-EOF
- $CC_FOR_BUILD -o $dummy $dummy.c &&
- dummyarg=`echo "${UNAME_RELEASE}" | sed -n 's/\([0-9]*\).*/\1/p'` &&
- SYSTEM_NAME=`$dummy $dummyarg` &&
- { echo "$SYSTEM_NAME"; exit; }
- echo mips-mips-riscos${UNAME_RELEASE}
- exit ;;
- Motorola:PowerMAX_OS:*:*)
- echo powerpc-motorola-powermax
- exit ;;
- Motorola:*:4.3:PL8-*)
- echo powerpc-harris-powermax
- exit ;;
- Night_Hawk:*:*:PowerMAX_OS | Synergy:PowerMAX_OS:*:*)
- echo powerpc-harris-powermax
- exit ;;
- Night_Hawk:Power_UNIX:*:*)
- echo powerpc-harris-powerunix
- exit ;;
- m88k:CX/UX:7*:*)
- echo m88k-harris-cxux7
- exit ;;
- m88k:*:4*:R4*)
- echo m88k-motorola-sysv4
- exit ;;
- m88k:*:3*:R3*)
- echo m88k-motorola-sysv3
- exit ;;
- AViiON:dgux:*:*)
- # DG/UX returns AViiON for all architectures
- UNAME_PROCESSOR=`/usr/bin/uname -p`
- if [ $UNAME_PROCESSOR = mc88100 ] || [ $UNAME_PROCESSOR = mc88110 ]
- then
- if [ ${TARGET_BINARY_INTERFACE}x = m88kdguxelfx ] || \
- [ ${TARGET_BINARY_INTERFACE}x = x ]
- then
- echo m88k-dg-dgux${UNAME_RELEASE}
- else
- echo m88k-dg-dguxbcs${UNAME_RELEASE}
- fi
- else
- echo i586-dg-dgux${UNAME_RELEASE}
- fi
- exit ;;
- M88*:DolphinOS:*:*) # DolphinOS (SVR3)
- echo m88k-dolphin-sysv3
- exit ;;
- M88*:*:R3*:*)
- # Delta 88k system running SVR3
- echo m88k-motorola-sysv3
- exit ;;
- XD88*:*:*:*) # Tektronix XD88 system running UTekV (SVR3)
- echo m88k-tektronix-sysv3
- exit ;;
- Tek43[0-9][0-9]:UTek:*:*) # Tektronix 4300 system running UTek (BSD)
- echo m68k-tektronix-bsd
- exit ;;
- *:IRIX*:*:*)
- echo mips-sgi-irix`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/-/_/g'`
- exit ;;
- ????????:AIX?:[12].1:2) # AIX 2.2.1 or AIX 2.1.1 is RT/PC AIX.
- echo romp-ibm-aix # uname -m gives an 8 hex-code CPU id
- exit ;; # Note that: echo "'`uname -s`'" gives 'AIX '
- i*86:AIX:*:*)
- echo i386-ibm-aix
- exit ;;
- ia64:AIX:*:*)
- if [ -x /usr/bin/oslevel ] ; then
- IBM_REV=`/usr/bin/oslevel`
- else
- IBM_REV=${UNAME_VERSION}.${UNAME_RELEASE}
- fi
- echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-ibm-aix${IBM_REV}
- exit ;;
- *:AIX:2:3)
- if grep bos325 /usr/include/stdio.h >/dev/null 2>&1; then
- eval $set_cc_for_build
- sed 's/^ //' << EOF >$dummy.c
- #include <sys/systemcfg.h>
-
- main()
- {
- if (!__power_pc())
- exit(1);
- puts("powerpc-ibm-aix3.2.5");
- exit(0);
- }
-EOF
- if $CC_FOR_BUILD -o $dummy $dummy.c && SYSTEM_NAME=`$dummy`
- then
- echo "$SYSTEM_NAME"
- else
- echo rs6000-ibm-aix3.2.5
- fi
- elif grep bos324 /usr/include/stdio.h >/dev/null 2>&1; then
- echo rs6000-ibm-aix3.2.4
- else
- echo rs6000-ibm-aix3.2
- fi
- exit ;;
- *:AIX:*:[456])
- IBM_CPU_ID=`/usr/sbin/lsdev -C -c processor -S available | sed 1q | awk '{ print $1 }'`
- if /usr/sbin/lsattr -El ${IBM_CPU_ID} | grep ' POWER' >/dev/null 2>&1; then
- IBM_ARCH=rs6000
- else
- IBM_ARCH=powerpc
- fi
- if [ -x /usr/bin/oslevel ] ; then
- IBM_REV=`/usr/bin/oslevel`
- else
- IBM_REV=${UNAME_VERSION}.${UNAME_RELEASE}
- fi
- echo ${IBM_ARCH}-ibm-aix${IBM_REV}
- exit ;;
- *:AIX:*:*)
- echo rs6000-ibm-aix
- exit ;;
- ibmrt:4.4BSD:*|romp-ibm:BSD:*)
- echo romp-ibm-bsd4.4
- exit ;;
- ibmrt:*BSD:*|romp-ibm:BSD:*) # covers RT/PC BSD and
- echo romp-ibm-bsd${UNAME_RELEASE} # 4.3 with uname added to
- exit ;; # report: romp-ibm BSD 4.3
- *:BOSX:*:*)
- echo rs6000-bull-bosx
- exit ;;
- DPX/2?00:B.O.S.:*:*)
- echo m68k-bull-sysv3
- exit ;;
- 9000/[34]??:4.3bsd:1.*:*)
- echo m68k-hp-bsd
- exit ;;
- hp300:4.4BSD:*:* | 9000/[34]??:4.3bsd:2.*:*)
- echo m68k-hp-bsd4.4
- exit ;;
- 9000/[34678]??:HP-UX:*:*)
- HPUX_REV=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*.[0B]*//'`
- case "${UNAME_MACHINE}" in
- 9000/31? ) HP_ARCH=m68000 ;;
- 9000/[34]?? ) HP_ARCH=m68k ;;
- 9000/[678][0-9][0-9])
- if [ -x /usr/bin/getconf ]; then
- sc_cpu_version=`/usr/bin/getconf SC_CPU_VERSION 2>/dev/null`
- sc_kernel_bits=`/usr/bin/getconf SC_KERNEL_BITS 2>/dev/null`
- case "${sc_cpu_version}" in
- 523) HP_ARCH="hppa1.0" ;; # CPU_PA_RISC1_0
- 528) HP_ARCH="hppa1.1" ;; # CPU_PA_RISC1_1
- 532) # CPU_PA_RISC2_0
- case "${sc_kernel_bits}" in
- 32) HP_ARCH="hppa2.0n" ;;
- 64) HP_ARCH="hppa2.0w" ;;
- '') HP_ARCH="hppa2.0" ;; # HP-UX 10.20
- esac ;;
- esac
- fi
- if [ "${HP_ARCH}" = "" ]; then
- eval $set_cc_for_build
- sed 's/^ //' << EOF >$dummy.c
-
- #define _HPUX_SOURCE
- #include <stdlib.h>
- #include <unistd.h>
-
- int main ()
- {
- #if defined(_SC_KERNEL_BITS)
- long bits = sysconf(_SC_KERNEL_BITS);
- #endif
- long cpu = sysconf (_SC_CPU_VERSION);
-
- switch (cpu)
- {
- case CPU_PA_RISC1_0: puts ("hppa1.0"); break;
- case CPU_PA_RISC1_1: puts ("hppa1.1"); break;
- case CPU_PA_RISC2_0:
- #if defined(_SC_KERNEL_BITS)
- switch (bits)
- {
- case 64: puts ("hppa2.0w"); break;
- case 32: puts ("hppa2.0n"); break;
- default: puts ("hppa2.0"); break;
- } break;
- #else /* !defined(_SC_KERNEL_BITS) */
- puts ("hppa2.0"); break;
- #endif
- default: puts ("hppa1.0"); break;
- }
- exit (0);
- }
-EOF
- (CCOPTS= $CC_FOR_BUILD -o $dummy $dummy.c 2>/dev/null) && HP_ARCH=`$dummy`
- test -z "$HP_ARCH" && HP_ARCH=hppa
- fi ;;
- esac
- if [ ${HP_ARCH} = "hppa2.0w" ]
- then
- eval $set_cc_for_build
-
- # hppa2.0w-hp-hpux* has a 64-bit kernel and a compiler generating
- # 32-bit code. hppa64-hp-hpux* has the same kernel and a compiler
- # generating 64-bit code. GNU and HP use different nomenclature:
- #
- # $ CC_FOR_BUILD=cc ./config.guess
- # => hppa2.0w-hp-hpux11.23
- # $ CC_FOR_BUILD="cc +DA2.0w" ./config.guess
- # => hppa64-hp-hpux11.23
-
- if echo __LP64__ | (CCOPTS= $CC_FOR_BUILD -E - 2>/dev/null) |
- grep -q __LP64__
- then
- HP_ARCH="hppa2.0w"
- else
- HP_ARCH="hppa64"
- fi
- fi
- echo ${HP_ARCH}-hp-hpux${HPUX_REV}
- exit ;;
- ia64:HP-UX:*:*)
- HPUX_REV=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*.[0B]*//'`
- echo ia64-hp-hpux${HPUX_REV}
- exit ;;
- 3050*:HI-UX:*:*)
- eval $set_cc_for_build
- sed 's/^ //' << EOF >$dummy.c
- #include <unistd.h>
- int
- main ()
- {
- long cpu = sysconf (_SC_CPU_VERSION);
- /* The order matters, because CPU_IS_HP_MC68K erroneously returns
- true for CPU_PA_RISC1_0. CPU_IS_PA_RISC returns correct
- results, however. */
- if (CPU_IS_PA_RISC (cpu))
- {
- switch (cpu)
- {
- case CPU_PA_RISC1_0: puts ("hppa1.0-hitachi-hiuxwe2"); break;
- case CPU_PA_RISC1_1: puts ("hppa1.1-hitachi-hiuxwe2"); break;
- case CPU_PA_RISC2_0: puts ("hppa2.0-hitachi-hiuxwe2"); break;
- default: puts ("hppa-hitachi-hiuxwe2"); break;
- }
- }
- else if (CPU_IS_HP_MC68K (cpu))
- puts ("m68k-hitachi-hiuxwe2");
- else puts ("unknown-hitachi-hiuxwe2");
- exit (0);
- }
-EOF
- $CC_FOR_BUILD -o $dummy $dummy.c && SYSTEM_NAME=`$dummy` &&
- { echo "$SYSTEM_NAME"; exit; }
- echo unknown-hitachi-hiuxwe2
- exit ;;
- 9000/7??:4.3bsd:*:* | 9000/8?[79]:4.3bsd:*:* )
- echo hppa1.1-hp-bsd
- exit ;;
- 9000/8??:4.3bsd:*:*)
- echo hppa1.0-hp-bsd
- exit ;;
- *9??*:MPE/iX:*:* | *3000*:MPE/iX:*:*)
- echo hppa1.0-hp-mpeix
- exit ;;
- hp7??:OSF1:*:* | hp8?[79]:OSF1:*:* )
- echo hppa1.1-hp-osf
- exit ;;
- hp8??:OSF1:*:*)
- echo hppa1.0-hp-osf
- exit ;;
- i*86:OSF1:*:*)
- if [ -x /usr/sbin/sysversion ] ; then
- echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-osf1mk
- else
- echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-osf1
- fi
- exit ;;
- parisc*:Lites*:*:*)
- echo hppa1.1-hp-lites
- exit ;;
- C1*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C1*:*)
- echo c1-convex-bsd
- exit ;;
- C2*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C2*:*)
- if getsysinfo -f scalar_acc
- then echo c32-convex-bsd
- else echo c2-convex-bsd
- fi
- exit ;;
- C34*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C34*:*)
- echo c34-convex-bsd
- exit ;;
- C38*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C38*:*)
- echo c38-convex-bsd
- exit ;;
- C4*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C4*:*)
- echo c4-convex-bsd
- exit ;;
- CRAY*Y-MP:*:*:*)
- echo ymp-cray-unicos${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/'
- exit ;;
- CRAY*[A-Z]90:*:*:*)
- echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-cray-unicos${UNAME_RELEASE} \
- | sed -e 's/CRAY.*\([A-Z]90\)/\1/' \
- -e y/ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ/abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz/ \
- -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/'
- exit ;;
- CRAY*TS:*:*:*)
- echo t90-cray-unicos${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/'
- exit ;;
- CRAY*T3E:*:*:*)
- echo alphaev5-cray-unicosmk${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/'
- exit ;;
- CRAY*SV1:*:*:*)
- echo sv1-cray-unicos${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/'
- exit ;;
- *:UNICOS/mp:*:*)
- echo craynv-cray-unicosmp${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/'
- exit ;;
- F30[01]:UNIX_System_V:*:* | F700:UNIX_System_V:*:*)
- FUJITSU_PROC=`uname -m | tr 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz'`
- FUJITSU_SYS=`uname -p | tr 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz' | sed -e 's/\///'`
- FUJITSU_REL=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/ /_/'`
- echo "${FUJITSU_PROC}-fujitsu-${FUJITSU_SYS}${FUJITSU_REL}"
- exit ;;
- 5000:UNIX_System_V:4.*:*)
- FUJITSU_SYS=`uname -p | tr 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz' | sed -e 's/\///'`
- FUJITSU_REL=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE} | tr 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz' | sed -e 's/ /_/'`
- echo "sparc-fujitsu-${FUJITSU_SYS}${FUJITSU_REL}"
- exit ;;
- i*86:BSD/386:*:* | i*86:BSD/OS:*:* | *:Ascend\ Embedded/OS:*:*)
- echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-bsdi${UNAME_RELEASE}
- exit ;;
- sparc*:BSD/OS:*:*)
- echo sparc-unknown-bsdi${UNAME_RELEASE}
- exit ;;
- *:BSD/OS:*:*)
- echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-bsdi${UNAME_RELEASE}
- exit ;;
- *:FreeBSD:*:*)
- case ${UNAME_MACHINE} in
- pc98)
- echo i386-unknown-freebsd`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-(].*//'` ;;
- amd64)
- echo x86_64-unknown-freebsd`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-(].*//'` ;;
- *)
- echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-freebsd`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-(].*//'` ;;
- esac
- exit ;;
- i*:CYGWIN*:*)
- echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-cygwin
- exit ;;
- *:MINGW*:*)
- echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-mingw32
- exit ;;
- i*:windows32*:*)
- # uname -m includes "-pc" on this system.
- echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-mingw32
- exit ;;
- i*:PW*:*)
- echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-pw32
- exit ;;
- *:Interix*:*)
- case ${UNAME_MACHINE} in
- x86)
- echo i586-pc-interix${UNAME_RELEASE}
- exit ;;
- authenticamd | genuineintel | EM64T)
- echo x86_64-unknown-interix${UNAME_RELEASE}
- exit ;;
- IA64)
- echo ia64-unknown-interix${UNAME_RELEASE}
- exit ;;
- esac ;;
- [345]86:Windows_95:* | [345]86:Windows_98:* | [345]86:Windows_NT:*)
- echo i${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-mks
- exit ;;
- 8664:Windows_NT:*)
- echo x86_64-pc-mks
- exit ;;
- i*:Windows_NT*:* | Pentium*:Windows_NT*:*)
- # How do we know it's Interix rather than the generic POSIX subsystem?
- # It also conflicts with pre-2.0 versions of AT&T UWIN. Should we
- # UNAME_MACHINE based on the output of uname instead of i386?
- echo i586-pc-interix
- exit ;;
- i*:UWIN*:*)
- echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-uwin
- exit ;;
- amd64:CYGWIN*:*:* | x86_64:CYGWIN*:*:*)
- echo x86_64-unknown-cygwin
- exit ;;
- p*:CYGWIN*:*)
- echo powerpcle-unknown-cygwin
- exit ;;
- prep*:SunOS:5.*:*)
- echo powerpcle-unknown-solaris2`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*//'`
- exit ;;
- *:GNU:*:*)
- # the GNU system
- echo `echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}|sed -e 's,[-/].*$,,'`-unknown-gnu`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's,/.*$,,'`
- exit ;;
- *:GNU/*:*:*)
- # other systems with GNU libc and userland
- echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-`echo ${UNAME_SYSTEM} | sed 's,^[^/]*/,,' | tr '[A-Z]' '[a-z]'``echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-(].*//'`-gnu
- exit ;;
- i*86:Minix:*:*)
- echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-minix
- exit ;;
- alpha:Linux:*:*)
- case `sed -n '/^cpu model/s/^.*: \(.*\)/\1/p' < /proc/cpuinfo` in
- EV5) UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev5 ;;
- EV56) UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev56 ;;
- PCA56) UNAME_MACHINE=alphapca56 ;;
- PCA57) UNAME_MACHINE=alphapca56 ;;
- EV6) UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev6 ;;
- EV67) UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev67 ;;
- EV68*) UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev68 ;;
- esac
- objdump --private-headers /bin/sh | grep -q ld.so.1
- if test "$?" = 0 ; then LIBC="libc1" ; else LIBC="" ; fi
- echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu${LIBC}
- exit ;;
- arm*:Linux:*:*)
- eval $set_cc_for_build
- if echo __ARM_EABI__ | $CC_FOR_BUILD -E - 2>/dev/null \
- | grep -q __ARM_EABI__
- then
- echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu
- else
- echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnueabi
- fi
- exit ;;
- avr32*:Linux:*:*)
- echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu
- exit ;;
- cris:Linux:*:*)
- echo cris-axis-linux-gnu
- exit ;;
- crisv32:Linux:*:*)
- echo crisv32-axis-linux-gnu
- exit ;;
- frv:Linux:*:*)
- echo frv-unknown-linux-gnu
- exit ;;
- i*86:Linux:*:*)
- LIBC=gnu
- eval $set_cc_for_build
- sed 's/^ //' << EOF >$dummy.c
- #ifdef __dietlibc__
- LIBC=dietlibc
- #endif
-EOF
- eval `$CC_FOR_BUILD -E $dummy.c 2>/dev/null | grep '^LIBC'`
- echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-linux-${LIBC}"
- exit ;;
- ia64:Linux:*:*)
- echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu
- exit ;;
- m32r*:Linux:*:*)
- echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu
- exit ;;
- m68*:Linux:*:*)
- echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu
- exit ;;
- mips:Linux:*:* | mips64:Linux:*:*)
- eval $set_cc_for_build
- sed 's/^ //' << EOF >$dummy.c
- #undef CPU
- #undef ${UNAME_MACHINE}
- #undef ${UNAME_MACHINE}el
- #if defined(__MIPSEL__) || defined(__MIPSEL) || defined(_MIPSEL) || defined(MIPSEL)
- CPU=${UNAME_MACHINE}el
- #else
- #if defined(__MIPSEB__) || defined(__MIPSEB) || defined(_MIPSEB) || defined(MIPSEB)
- CPU=${UNAME_MACHINE}
- #else
- CPU=
- #endif
- #endif
-EOF
- eval `$CC_FOR_BUILD -E $dummy.c 2>/dev/null | grep '^CPU'`
- test x"${CPU}" != x && { echo "${CPU}-unknown-linux-gnu"; exit; }
- ;;
- or32:Linux:*:*)
- echo or32-unknown-linux-gnu
- exit ;;
- padre:Linux:*:*)
- echo sparc-unknown-linux-gnu
- exit ;;
- parisc64:Linux:*:* | hppa64:Linux:*:*)
- echo hppa64-unknown-linux-gnu
- exit ;;
- parisc:Linux:*:* | hppa:Linux:*:*)
- # Look for CPU level
- case `grep '^cpu[^a-z]*:' /proc/cpuinfo 2>/dev/null | cut -d' ' -f2` in
- PA7*) echo hppa1.1-unknown-linux-gnu ;;
- PA8*) echo hppa2.0-unknown-linux-gnu ;;
- *) echo hppa-unknown-linux-gnu ;;
- esac
- exit ;;
- ppc64:Linux:*:*)
- echo powerpc64-unknown-linux-gnu
- exit ;;
- ppc:Linux:*:*)
- echo powerpc-unknown-linux-gnu
- exit ;;
- s390:Linux:*:* | s390x:Linux:*:*)
- echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-ibm-linux
- exit ;;
- sh64*:Linux:*:*)
- echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu
- exit ;;
- sh*:Linux:*:*)
- echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu
- exit ;;
- sparc:Linux:*:* | sparc64:Linux:*:*)
- echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu
- exit ;;
- vax:Linux:*:*)
- echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-dec-linux-gnu
- exit ;;
- x86_64:Linux:*:*)
- echo x86_64-unknown-linux-gnu
- exit ;;
- xtensa*:Linux:*:*)
- echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu
- exit ;;
- i*86:DYNIX/ptx:4*:*)
- # ptx 4.0 does uname -s correctly, with DYNIX/ptx in there.
- # earlier versions are messed up and put the nodename in both
- # sysname and nodename.
- echo i386-sequent-sysv4
- exit ;;
- i*86:UNIX_SV:4.2MP:2.*)
- # Unixware is an offshoot of SVR4, but it has its own version
- # number series starting with 2...
- # I am not positive that other SVR4 systems won't match this,
- # I just have to hope. -- rms.
- # Use sysv4.2uw... so that sysv4* matches it.
- echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-sysv4.2uw${UNAME_VERSION}
- exit ;;
- i*86:OS/2:*:*)
- # If we were able to find `uname', then EMX Unix compatibility
- # is probably installed.
- echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-os2-emx
- exit ;;
- i*86:XTS-300:*:STOP)
- echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-stop
- exit ;;
- i*86:atheos:*:*)
- echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-atheos
- exit ;;
- i*86:syllable:*:*)
- echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-syllable
- exit ;;
- i*86:LynxOS:2.*:* | i*86:LynxOS:3.[01]*:* | i*86:LynxOS:4.[02]*:*)
- echo i386-unknown-lynxos${UNAME_RELEASE}
- exit ;;
- i*86:*DOS:*:*)
- echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-msdosdjgpp
- exit ;;
- i*86:*:4.*:* | i*86:SYSTEM_V:4.*:*)
- UNAME_REL=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed 's/\/MP$//'`
- if grep Novell /usr/include/link.h >/dev/null 2>/dev/null; then
- echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-univel-sysv${UNAME_REL}
- else
- echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-sysv${UNAME_REL}
- fi
- exit ;;
- i*86:*:5:[678]*)
- # UnixWare 7.x, OpenUNIX and OpenServer 6.
- case `/bin/uname -X | grep "^Machine"` in
- *486*) UNAME_MACHINE=i486 ;;
- *Pentium) UNAME_MACHINE=i586 ;;
- *Pent*|*Celeron) UNAME_MACHINE=i686 ;;
- esac
- echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE}${UNAME_SYSTEM}${UNAME_VERSION}
- exit ;;
- i*86:*:3.2:*)
- if test -f /usr/options/cb.name; then
- UNAME_REL=`sed -n 's/.*Version //p' </usr/options/cb.name`
- echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-isc$UNAME_REL
- elif /bin/uname -X 2>/dev/null >/dev/null ; then
- UNAME_REL=`(/bin/uname -X|grep Release|sed -e 's/.*= //')`
- (/bin/uname -X|grep i80486 >/dev/null) && UNAME_MACHINE=i486
- (/bin/uname -X|grep '^Machine.*Pentium' >/dev/null) \
- && UNAME_MACHINE=i586
- (/bin/uname -X|grep '^Machine.*Pent *II' >/dev/null) \
- && UNAME_MACHINE=i686
- (/bin/uname -X|grep '^Machine.*Pentium Pro' >/dev/null) \
- && UNAME_MACHINE=i686
- echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-sco$UNAME_REL
- else
- echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-sysv32
- fi
- exit ;;
- pc:*:*:*)
- # Left here for compatibility:
- # uname -m prints for DJGPP always 'pc', but it prints nothing about
- # the processor, so we play safe by assuming i586.
- # Note: whatever this is, it MUST be the same as what config.sub
- # prints for the "djgpp" host, or else GDB configury will decide that
- # this is a cross-build.
- echo i586-pc-msdosdjgpp
- exit ;;
- Intel:Mach:3*:*)
- echo i386-pc-mach3
- exit ;;
- paragon:*:*:*)
- echo i860-intel-osf1
- exit ;;
- i860:*:4.*:*) # i860-SVR4
- if grep Stardent /usr/include/sys/uadmin.h >/dev/null 2>&1 ; then
- echo i860-stardent-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE} # Stardent Vistra i860-SVR4
- else # Add other i860-SVR4 vendors below as they are discovered.
- echo i860-unknown-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE} # Unknown i860-SVR4
- fi
- exit ;;
- mini*:CTIX:SYS*5:*)
- # "miniframe"
- echo m68010-convergent-sysv
- exit ;;
- mc68k:UNIX:SYSTEM5:3.51m)
- echo m68k-convergent-sysv
- exit ;;
- M680?0:D-NIX:5.3:*)
- echo m68k-diab-dnix
- exit ;;
- M68*:*:R3V[5678]*:*)
- test -r /sysV68 && { echo 'm68k-motorola-sysv'; exit; } ;;
- 3[345]??:*:4.0:3.0 | 3[34]??A:*:4.0:3.0 | 3[34]??,*:*:4.0:3.0 | 3[34]??/*:*:4.0:3.0 | 4400:*:4.0:3.0 | 4850:*:4.0:3.0 | SKA40:*:4.0:3.0 | SDS2:*:4.0:3.0 | SHG2:*:4.0:3.0 | S7501*:*:4.0:3.0)
- OS_REL=''
- test -r /etc/.relid \
- && OS_REL=.`sed -n 's/[^ ]* [^ ]* \([0-9][0-9]\).*/\1/p' < /etc/.relid`
- /bin/uname -p 2>/dev/null | grep 86 >/dev/null \
- && { echo i486-ncr-sysv4.3${OS_REL}; exit; }
- /bin/uname -p 2>/dev/null | /bin/grep entium >/dev/null \
- && { echo i586-ncr-sysv4.3${OS_REL}; exit; } ;;
- 3[34]??:*:4.0:* | 3[34]??,*:*:4.0:*)
- /bin/uname -p 2>/dev/null | grep 86 >/dev/null \
- && { echo i486-ncr-sysv4; exit; } ;;
- NCR*:*:4.2:* | MPRAS*:*:4.2:*)
- OS_REL='.3'
- test -r /etc/.relid \
- && OS_REL=.`sed -n 's/[^ ]* [^ ]* \([0-9][0-9]\).*/\1/p' < /etc/.relid`
- /bin/uname -p 2>/dev/null | grep 86 >/dev/null \
- && { echo i486-ncr-sysv4.3${OS_REL}; exit; }
- /bin/uname -p 2>/dev/null | /bin/grep entium >/dev/null \
- && { echo i586-ncr-sysv4.3${OS_REL}; exit; }
- /bin/uname -p 2>/dev/null | /bin/grep pteron >/dev/null \
- && { echo i586-ncr-sysv4.3${OS_REL}; exit; } ;;
- m68*:LynxOS:2.*:* | m68*:LynxOS:3.0*:*)
- echo m68k-unknown-lynxos${UNAME_RELEASE}
- exit ;;
- mc68030:UNIX_System_V:4.*:*)
- echo m68k-atari-sysv4
- exit ;;
- TSUNAMI:LynxOS:2.*:*)
- echo sparc-unknown-lynxos${UNAME_RELEASE}
- exit ;;
- rs6000:LynxOS:2.*:*)
- echo rs6000-unknown-lynxos${UNAME_RELEASE}
- exit ;;
- PowerPC:LynxOS:2.*:* | PowerPC:LynxOS:3.[01]*:* | PowerPC:LynxOS:4.[02]*:*)
- echo powerpc-unknown-lynxos${UNAME_RELEASE}
- exit ;;
- SM[BE]S:UNIX_SV:*:*)
- echo mips-dde-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE}
- exit ;;
- RM*:ReliantUNIX-*:*:*)
- echo mips-sni-sysv4
- exit ;;
- RM*:SINIX-*:*:*)
- echo mips-sni-sysv4
- exit ;;
- *:SINIX-*:*:*)
- if uname -p 2>/dev/null >/dev/null ; then
- UNAME_MACHINE=`(uname -p) 2>/dev/null`
- echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-sni-sysv4
- else
- echo ns32k-sni-sysv
- fi
- exit ;;
- PENTIUM:*:4.0*:*) # Unisys `ClearPath HMP IX 4000' SVR4/MP effort
- # says <Richard.M.Bartel@ccMail.Census.GOV>
- echo i586-unisys-sysv4
- exit ;;
- *:UNIX_System_V:4*:FTX*)
- # From Gerald Hewes <hewes@openmarket.com>.
- # How about differentiating between stratus architectures? -djm
- echo hppa1.1-stratus-sysv4
- exit ;;
- *:*:*:FTX*)
- # From seanf@swdc.stratus.com.
- echo i860-stratus-sysv4
- exit ;;
- i*86:VOS:*:*)
- # From Paul.Green@stratus.com.
- echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-stratus-vos
- exit ;;
- *:VOS:*:*)
- # From Paul.Green@stratus.com.
- echo hppa1.1-stratus-vos
- exit ;;
- mc68*:A/UX:*:*)
- echo m68k-apple-aux${UNAME_RELEASE}
- exit ;;
- news*:NEWS-OS:6*:*)
- echo mips-sony-newsos6
- exit ;;
- R[34]000:*System_V*:*:* | R4000:UNIX_SYSV:*:* | R*000:UNIX_SV:*:*)
- if [ -d /usr/nec ]; then
- echo mips-nec-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE}
- else
- echo mips-unknown-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE}
- fi
- exit ;;
- BeBox:BeOS:*:*) # BeOS running on hardware made by Be, PPC only.
- echo powerpc-be-beos
- exit ;;
- BeMac:BeOS:*:*) # BeOS running on Mac or Mac clone, PPC only.
- echo powerpc-apple-beos
- exit ;;
- BePC:BeOS:*:*) # BeOS running on Intel PC compatible.
- echo i586-pc-beos
- exit ;;
- BePC:Haiku:*:*) # Haiku running on Intel PC compatible.
- echo i586-pc-haiku
- exit ;;
- SX-4:SUPER-UX:*:*)
- echo sx4-nec-superux${UNAME_RELEASE}
- exit ;;
- SX-5:SUPER-UX:*:*)
- echo sx5-nec-superux${UNAME_RELEASE}
- exit ;;
- SX-6:SUPER-UX:*:*)
- echo sx6-nec-superux${UNAME_RELEASE}
- exit ;;
- SX-7:SUPER-UX:*:*)
- echo sx7-nec-superux${UNAME_RELEASE}
- exit ;;
- SX-8:SUPER-UX:*:*)
- echo sx8-nec-superux${UNAME_RELEASE}
- exit ;;
- SX-8R:SUPER-UX:*:*)
- echo sx8r-nec-superux${UNAME_RELEASE}
- exit ;;
- Power*:Rhapsody:*:*)
- echo powerpc-apple-rhapsody${UNAME_RELEASE}
- exit ;;
- *:Rhapsody:*:*)
- echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-apple-rhapsody${UNAME_RELEASE}
- exit ;;
- *:Darwin:*:*)
- UNAME_PROCESSOR=`uname -p` || UNAME_PROCESSOR=unknown
- case $UNAME_PROCESSOR in
- i386)
- eval $set_cc_for_build
- if [ "$CC_FOR_BUILD" != 'no_compiler_found' ]; then
- if (echo '#ifdef __LP64__'; echo IS_64BIT_ARCH; echo '#endif') | \
- (CCOPTS= $CC_FOR_BUILD -E - 2>/dev/null) | \
- grep IS_64BIT_ARCH >/dev/null
- then
- UNAME_PROCESSOR="x86_64"
- fi
- fi ;;
- unknown) UNAME_PROCESSOR=powerpc ;;
- esac
- echo ${UNAME_PROCESSOR}-apple-darwin${UNAME_RELEASE}
- exit ;;
- *:procnto*:*:* | *:QNX:[0123456789]*:*)
- UNAME_PROCESSOR=`uname -p`
- if test "$UNAME_PROCESSOR" = "x86"; then
- UNAME_PROCESSOR=i386
- UNAME_MACHINE=pc
- fi
- echo ${UNAME_PROCESSOR}-${UNAME_MACHINE}-nto-qnx${UNAME_RELEASE}
- exit ;;
- *:QNX:*:4*)
- echo i386-pc-qnx
- exit ;;
- NSE-?:NONSTOP_KERNEL:*:*)
- echo nse-tandem-nsk${UNAME_RELEASE}
- exit ;;
- NSR-?:NONSTOP_KERNEL:*:*)
- echo nsr-tandem-nsk${UNAME_RELEASE}
- exit ;;
- *:NonStop-UX:*:*)
- echo mips-compaq-nonstopux
- exit ;;
- BS2000:POSIX*:*:*)
- echo bs2000-siemens-sysv
- exit ;;
- DS/*:UNIX_System_V:*:*)
- echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-${UNAME_SYSTEM}-${UNAME_RELEASE}
- exit ;;
- *:Plan9:*:*)
- # "uname -m" is not consistent, so use $cputype instead. 386
- # is converted to i386 for consistency with other x86
- # operating systems.
- if test "$cputype" = "386"; then
- UNAME_MACHINE=i386
- else
- UNAME_MACHINE="$cputype"
- fi
- echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-plan9
- exit ;;
- *:TOPS-10:*:*)
- echo pdp10-unknown-tops10
- exit ;;
- *:TENEX:*:*)
- echo pdp10-unknown-tenex
- exit ;;
- KS10:TOPS-20:*:* | KL10:TOPS-20:*:* | TYPE4:TOPS-20:*:*)
- echo pdp10-dec-tops20
- exit ;;
- XKL-1:TOPS-20:*:* | TYPE5:TOPS-20:*:*)
- echo pdp10-xkl-tops20
- exit ;;
- *:TOPS-20:*:*)
- echo pdp10-unknown-tops20
- exit ;;
- *:ITS:*:*)
- echo pdp10-unknown-its
- exit ;;
- SEI:*:*:SEIUX)
- echo mips-sei-seiux${UNAME_RELEASE}
- exit ;;
- *:DragonFly:*:*)
- echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-dragonfly`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-(].*//'`
- exit ;;
- *:*VMS:*:*)
- UNAME_MACHINE=`(uname -p) 2>/dev/null`
- case "${UNAME_MACHINE}" in
- A*) echo alpha-dec-vms ; exit ;;
- I*) echo ia64-dec-vms ; exit ;;
- V*) echo vax-dec-vms ; exit ;;
- esac ;;
- *:XENIX:*:SysV)
- echo i386-pc-xenix
- exit ;;
- i*86:skyos:*:*)
- echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-skyos`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}` | sed -e 's/ .*$//'
- exit ;;
- i*86:rdos:*:*)
- echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-rdos
- exit ;;
- i*86:AROS:*:*)
- echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-aros
- exit ;;
-esac
-
-#echo '(No uname command or uname output not recognized.)' 1>&2
-#echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}:${UNAME_SYSTEM}:${UNAME_RELEASE}:${UNAME_VERSION}" 1>&2
-
-eval $set_cc_for_build
-cat >$dummy.c <<EOF
-#ifdef _SEQUENT_
-# include <sys/types.h>
-# include <sys/utsname.h>
-#endif
-main ()
-{
-#if defined (sony)
-#if defined (MIPSEB)
- /* BFD wants "bsd" instead of "newsos". Perhaps BFD should be changed,
- I don't know.... */
- printf ("mips-sony-bsd\n"); exit (0);
-#else
-#include <sys/param.h>
- printf ("m68k-sony-newsos%s\n",
-#ifdef NEWSOS4
- "4"
-#else
- ""
-#endif
- ); exit (0);
-#endif
-#endif
-
-#if defined (__arm) && defined (__acorn) && defined (__unix)
- printf ("arm-acorn-riscix\n"); exit (0);
-#endif
-
-#if defined (hp300) && !defined (hpux)
- printf ("m68k-hp-bsd\n"); exit (0);
-#endif
-
-#if defined (NeXT)
-#if !defined (__ARCHITECTURE__)
-#define __ARCHITECTURE__ "m68k"
-#endif
- int version;
- version=`(hostinfo | sed -n 's/.*NeXT Mach \([0-9]*\).*/\1/p') 2>/dev/null`;
- if (version < 4)
- printf ("%s-next-nextstep%d\n", __ARCHITECTURE__, version);
- else
- printf ("%s-next-openstep%d\n", __ARCHITECTURE__, version);
- exit (0);
-#endif
-
-#if defined (MULTIMAX) || defined (n16)
-#if defined (UMAXV)
- printf ("ns32k-encore-sysv\n"); exit (0);
-#else
-#if defined (CMU)
- printf ("ns32k-encore-mach\n"); exit (0);
-#else
- printf ("ns32k-encore-bsd\n"); exit (0);
-#endif
-#endif
-#endif
-
-#if defined (__386BSD__)
- printf ("i386-pc-bsd\n"); exit (0);
-#endif
-
-#if defined (sequent)
-#if defined (i386)
- printf ("i386-sequent-dynix\n"); exit (0);
-#endif
-#if defined (ns32000)
- printf ("ns32k-sequent-dynix\n"); exit (0);
-#endif
-#endif
-
-#if defined (_SEQUENT_)
- struct utsname un;
-
- uname(&un);
-
- if (strncmp(un.version, "V2", 2) == 0) {
- printf ("i386-sequent-ptx2\n"); exit (0);
- }
- if (strncmp(un.version, "V1", 2) == 0) { /* XXX is V1 correct? */
- printf ("i386-sequent-ptx1\n"); exit (0);
- }
- printf ("i386-sequent-ptx\n"); exit (0);
-
-#endif
-
-#if defined (vax)
-# if !defined (ultrix)
-# include <sys/param.h>
-# if defined (BSD)
-# if BSD == 43
- printf ("vax-dec-bsd4.3\n"); exit (0);
-# else
-# if BSD == 199006
- printf ("vax-dec-bsd4.3reno\n"); exit (0);
-# else
- printf ("vax-dec-bsd\n"); exit (0);
-# endif
-# endif
-# else
- printf ("vax-dec-bsd\n"); exit (0);
-# endif
-# else
- printf ("vax-dec-ultrix\n"); exit (0);
-# endif
-#endif
-
-#if defined (alliant) && defined (i860)
- printf ("i860-alliant-bsd\n"); exit (0);
-#endif
-
- exit (1);
-}
-EOF
-
-$CC_FOR_BUILD -o $dummy $dummy.c 2>/dev/null && SYSTEM_NAME=`$dummy` &&
- { echo "$SYSTEM_NAME"; exit; }
-
-# Apollos put the system type in the environment.
-
-test -d /usr/apollo && { echo ${ISP}-apollo-${SYSTYPE}; exit; }
-
-# Convex versions that predate uname can use getsysinfo(1)
-
-if [ -x /usr/convex/getsysinfo ]
-then
- case `getsysinfo -f cpu_type` in
- c1*)
- echo c1-convex-bsd
- exit ;;
- c2*)
- if getsysinfo -f scalar_acc
- then echo c32-convex-bsd
- else echo c2-convex-bsd
- fi
- exit ;;
- c34*)
- echo c34-convex-bsd
- exit ;;
- c38*)
- echo c38-convex-bsd
- exit ;;
- c4*)
- echo c4-convex-bsd
- exit ;;
- esac
-fi
-
-cat >&2 <<EOF
-$0: unable to guess system type
-
-This script, last modified $timestamp, has failed to recognize
-the operating system you are using. It is advised that you
-download the most up to date version of the config scripts from
-
- http://git.savannah.gnu.org/gitweb/?p=config.git;a=blob_plain;f=config.guess;hb=HEAD
-and
- http://git.savannah.gnu.org/gitweb/?p=config.git;a=blob_plain;f=config.sub;hb=HEAD
-
-If the version you run ($0) is already up to date, please
-send the following data and any information you think might be
-pertinent to <config-patches@gnu.org> in order to provide the needed
-information to handle your system.
-
-config.guess timestamp = $timestamp
-
-uname -m = `(uname -m) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
-uname -r = `(uname -r) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
-uname -s = `(uname -s) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
-uname -v = `(uname -v) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
-
-/usr/bin/uname -p = `(/usr/bin/uname -p) 2>/dev/null`
-/bin/uname -X = `(/bin/uname -X) 2>/dev/null`
-
-hostinfo = `(hostinfo) 2>/dev/null`
-/bin/universe = `(/bin/universe) 2>/dev/null`
-/usr/bin/arch -k = `(/usr/bin/arch -k) 2>/dev/null`
-/bin/arch = `(/bin/arch) 2>/dev/null`
-/usr/bin/oslevel = `(/usr/bin/oslevel) 2>/dev/null`
-/usr/convex/getsysinfo = `(/usr/convex/getsysinfo) 2>/dev/null`
-
-UNAME_MACHINE = ${UNAME_MACHINE}
-UNAME_RELEASE = ${UNAME_RELEASE}
-UNAME_SYSTEM = ${UNAME_SYSTEM}
-UNAME_VERSION = ${UNAME_VERSION}
-EOF
-
-exit 1
-
-# Local variables:
-# eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
-# time-stamp-start: "timestamp='"
-# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d"
-# time-stamp-end: "'"
-# End:
+++ /dev/null
-#! /bin/sh
-# Configuration validation subroutine script.
-# Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999,
-# 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009
-# Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-timestamp='2009-11-20'
-
-# This file is (in principle) common to ALL GNU software.
-# The presence of a machine in this file suggests that SOME GNU software
-# can handle that machine. It does not imply ALL GNU software can.
-#
-# This file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
-# (at your option) any later version.
-#
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
-# GNU General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
-# 02110-1301, USA.
-#
-# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you
-# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a
-# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under
-# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program.
-
-
-# Please send patches to <config-patches@gnu.org>. Submit a context
-# diff and a properly formatted GNU ChangeLog entry.
-#
-# Configuration subroutine to validate and canonicalize a configuration type.
-# Supply the specified configuration type as an argument.
-# If it is invalid, we print an error message on stderr and exit with code 1.
-# Otherwise, we print the canonical config type on stdout and succeed.
-
-# You can get the latest version of this script from:
-# http://git.savannah.gnu.org/gitweb/?p=config.git;a=blob_plain;f=config.sub;hb=HEAD
-
-# This file is supposed to be the same for all GNU packages
-# and recognize all the CPU types, system types and aliases
-# that are meaningful with *any* GNU software.
-# Each package is responsible for reporting which valid configurations
-# it does not support. The user should be able to distinguish
-# a failure to support a valid configuration from a meaningless
-# configuration.
-
-# The goal of this file is to map all the various variations of a given
-# machine specification into a single specification in the form:
-# CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-OPERATING_SYSTEM
-# or in some cases, the newer four-part form:
-# CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-KERNEL-OPERATING_SYSTEM
-# It is wrong to echo any other type of specification.
-
-me=`echo "$0" | sed -e 's,.*/,,'`
-
-usage="\
-Usage: $0 [OPTION] CPU-MFR-OPSYS
- $0 [OPTION] ALIAS
-
-Canonicalize a configuration name.
-
-Operation modes:
- -h, --help print this help, then exit
- -t, --time-stamp print date of last modification, then exit
- -v, --version print version number, then exit
-
-Report bugs and patches to <config-patches@gnu.org>."
-
-version="\
-GNU config.sub ($timestamp)
-
-Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001,
-2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-This is free software; see the source for copying conditions. There is NO
-warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE."
-
-help="
-Try \`$me --help' for more information."
-
-# Parse command line
-while test $# -gt 0 ; do
- case $1 in
- --time-stamp | --time* | -t )
- echo "$timestamp" ; exit ;;
- --version | -v )
- echo "$version" ; exit ;;
- --help | --h* | -h )
- echo "$usage"; exit ;;
- -- ) # Stop option processing
- shift; break ;;
- - ) # Use stdin as input.
- break ;;
- -* )
- echo "$me: invalid option $1$help"
- exit 1 ;;
-
- *local*)
- # First pass through any local machine types.
- echo $1
- exit ;;
-
- * )
- break ;;
- esac
-done
-
-case $# in
- 0) echo "$me: missing argument$help" >&2
- exit 1;;
- 1) ;;
- *) echo "$me: too many arguments$help" >&2
- exit 1;;
-esac
-
-# Separate what the user gave into CPU-COMPANY and OS or KERNEL-OS (if any).
-# Here we must recognize all the valid KERNEL-OS combinations.
-maybe_os=`echo $1 | sed 's/^\(.*\)-\([^-]*-[^-]*\)$/\2/'`
-case $maybe_os in
- nto-qnx* | linux-gnu* | linux-dietlibc | linux-newlib* | linux-uclibc* | \
- uclinux-uclibc* | uclinux-gnu* | kfreebsd*-gnu* | knetbsd*-gnu* | netbsd*-gnu* | \
- kopensolaris*-gnu* | \
- storm-chaos* | os2-emx* | rtmk-nova*)
- os=-$maybe_os
- basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed 's/^\(.*\)-\([^-]*-[^-]*\)$/\1/'`
- ;;
- *)
- basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed 's/-[^-]*$//'`
- if [ $basic_machine != $1 ]
- then os=`echo $1 | sed 's/.*-/-/'`
- else os=; fi
- ;;
-esac
-
-### Let's recognize common machines as not being operating systems so
-### that things like config.sub decstation-3100 work. We also
-### recognize some manufacturers as not being operating systems, so we
-### can provide default operating systems below.
-case $os in
- -sun*os*)
- # Prevent following clause from handling this invalid input.
- ;;
- -dec* | -mips* | -sequent* | -encore* | -pc532* | -sgi* | -sony* | \
- -att* | -7300* | -3300* | -delta* | -motorola* | -sun[234]* | \
- -unicom* | -ibm* | -next | -hp | -isi* | -apollo | -altos* | \
- -convergent* | -ncr* | -news | -32* | -3600* | -3100* | -hitachi* |\
- -c[123]* | -convex* | -sun | -crds | -omron* | -dg | -ultra | -tti* | \
- -harris | -dolphin | -highlevel | -gould | -cbm | -ns | -masscomp | \
- -apple | -axis | -knuth | -cray | -microblaze)
- os=
- basic_machine=$1
- ;;
- -bluegene*)
- os=-cnk
- ;;
- -sim | -cisco | -oki | -wec | -winbond)
- os=
- basic_machine=$1
- ;;
- -scout)
- ;;
- -wrs)
- os=-vxworks
- basic_machine=$1
- ;;
- -chorusos*)
- os=-chorusos
- basic_machine=$1
- ;;
- -chorusrdb)
- os=-chorusrdb
- basic_machine=$1
- ;;
- -hiux*)
- os=-hiuxwe2
- ;;
- -sco6)
- os=-sco5v6
- basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'`
- ;;
- -sco5)
- os=-sco3.2v5
- basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'`
- ;;
- -sco4)
- os=-sco3.2v4
- basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'`
- ;;
- -sco3.2.[4-9]*)
- os=`echo $os | sed -e 's/sco3.2./sco3.2v/'`
- basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'`
- ;;
- -sco3.2v[4-9]*)
- # Don't forget version if it is 3.2v4 or newer.
- basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'`
- ;;
- -sco5v6*)
- # Don't forget version if it is 3.2v4 or newer.
- basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'`
- ;;
- -sco*)
- os=-sco3.2v2
- basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'`
- ;;
- -udk*)
- basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'`
- ;;
- -isc)
- os=-isc2.2
- basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'`
- ;;
- -clix*)
- basic_machine=clipper-intergraph
- ;;
- -isc*)
- basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'`
- ;;
- -lynx*)
- os=-lynxos
- ;;
- -ptx*)
- basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-sequent/'`
- ;;
- -windowsnt*)
- os=`echo $os | sed -e 's/windowsnt/winnt/'`
- ;;
- -psos*)
- os=-psos
- ;;
- -mint | -mint[0-9]*)
- basic_machine=m68k-atari
- os=-mint
- ;;
-esac
-
-# Decode aliases for certain CPU-COMPANY combinations.
-case $basic_machine in
- # Recognize the basic CPU types without company name.
- # Some are omitted here because they have special meanings below.
- 1750a | 580 \
- | a29k \
- | alpha | alphaev[4-8] | alphaev56 | alphaev6[78] | alphapca5[67] \
- | alpha64 | alpha64ev[4-8] | alpha64ev56 | alpha64ev6[78] | alpha64pca5[67] \
- | am33_2.0 \
- | arc | arm | arm[bl]e | arme[lb] | armv[2345] | armv[345][lb] | avr | avr32 \
- | bfin \
- | c4x | clipper \
- | d10v | d30v | dlx | dsp16xx \
- | fido | fr30 | frv \
- | h8300 | h8500 | hppa | hppa1.[01] | hppa2.0 | hppa2.0[nw] | hppa64 \
- | i370 | i860 | i960 | ia64 \
- | ip2k | iq2000 \
- | lm32 \
- | m32c | m32r | m32rle | m68000 | m68k | m88k \
- | maxq | mb | microblaze | mcore | mep | metag \
- | mips | mipsbe | mipseb | mipsel | mipsle \
- | mips16 \
- | mips64 | mips64el \
- | mips64octeon | mips64octeonel \
- | mips64orion | mips64orionel \
- | mips64r5900 | mips64r5900el \
- | mips64vr | mips64vrel \
- | mips64vr4100 | mips64vr4100el \
- | mips64vr4300 | mips64vr4300el \
- | mips64vr5000 | mips64vr5000el \
- | mips64vr5900 | mips64vr5900el \
- | mipsisa32 | mipsisa32el \
- | mipsisa32r2 | mipsisa32r2el \
- | mipsisa64 | mipsisa64el \
- | mipsisa64r2 | mipsisa64r2el \
- | mipsisa64sb1 | mipsisa64sb1el \
- | mipsisa64sr71k | mipsisa64sr71kel \
- | mipstx39 | mipstx39el \
- | mn10200 | mn10300 \
- | moxie \
- | mt \
- | msp430 \
- | nios | nios2 \
- | ns16k | ns32k \
- | or32 \
- | pdp10 | pdp11 | pj | pjl \
- | powerpc | powerpc64 | powerpc64le | powerpcle | ppcbe \
- | pyramid \
- | rx \
- | score \
- | sh | sh[1234] | sh[24]a | sh[24]aeb | sh[23]e | sh[34]eb | sheb | shbe | shle | sh[1234]le | sh3ele \
- | sh64 | sh64le \
- | sparc | sparc64 | sparc64b | sparc64v | sparc86x | sparclet | sparclite \
- | sparcv8 | sparcv9 | sparcv9b | sparcv9v \
- | spu | strongarm \
- | tahoe | thumb | tic4x | tic80 | tron \
- | ubicom32 \
- | v850 | v850e \
- | we32k \
- | x86 | xc16x | xscale | xscalee[bl] | xstormy16 | xtensa \
- | z8k | z80)
- basic_machine=$basic_machine-unknown
- ;;
- m6811 | m68hc11 | m6812 | m68hc12 | picochip)
- # Motorola 68HC11/12.
- basic_machine=$basic_machine-unknown
- os=-none
- ;;
- m88110 | m680[12346]0 | m683?2 | m68360 | m5200 | v70 | w65 | z8k)
- ;;
- ms1)
- basic_machine=mt-unknown
- ;;
-
- # We use `pc' rather than `unknown'
- # because (1) that's what they normally are, and
- # (2) the word "unknown" tends to confuse beginning users.
- i*86 | x86_64)
- basic_machine=$basic_machine-pc
- ;;
- # Object if more than one company name word.
- *-*-*)
- echo Invalid configuration \`$1\': machine \`$basic_machine\' not recognized 1>&2
- exit 1
- ;;
- # Recognize the basic CPU types with company name.
- 580-* \
- | a29k-* \
- | alpha-* | alphaev[4-8]-* | alphaev56-* | alphaev6[78]-* \
- | alpha64-* | alpha64ev[4-8]-* | alpha64ev56-* | alpha64ev6[78]-* \
- | alphapca5[67]-* | alpha64pca5[67]-* | arc-* \
- | arm-* | armbe-* | armle-* | armeb-* | armv*-* \
- | avr-* | avr32-* \
- | bfin-* | bs2000-* \
- | c[123]* | c30-* | [cjt]90-* | c4x-* | c54x-* | c55x-* | c6x-* \
- | clipper-* | craynv-* | cydra-* \
- | d10v-* | d30v-* | dlx-* \
- | elxsi-* \
- | f30[01]-* | f700-* | fido-* | fr30-* | frv-* | fx80-* \
- | h8300-* | h8500-* \
- | hppa-* | hppa1.[01]-* | hppa2.0-* | hppa2.0[nw]-* | hppa64-* \
- | i*86-* | i860-* | i960-* | ia64-* \
- | ip2k-* | iq2000-* \
- | lm32-* \
- | m32c-* | m32r-* | m32rle-* \
- | m68000-* | m680[012346]0-* | m68360-* | m683?2-* | m68k-* \
- | m88110-* | m88k-* | maxq-* | mcore-* | metag-* | microblaze-* \
- | mips-* | mipsbe-* | mipseb-* | mipsel-* | mipsle-* \
- | mips16-* \
- | mips64-* | mips64el-* \
- | mips64octeon-* | mips64octeonel-* \
- | mips64orion-* | mips64orionel-* \
- | mips64r5900-* | mips64r5900el-* \
- | mips64vr-* | mips64vrel-* \
- | mips64vr4100-* | mips64vr4100el-* \
- | mips64vr4300-* | mips64vr4300el-* \
- | mips64vr5000-* | mips64vr5000el-* \
- | mips64vr5900-* | mips64vr5900el-* \
- | mipsisa32-* | mipsisa32el-* \
- | mipsisa32r2-* | mipsisa32r2el-* \
- | mipsisa64-* | mipsisa64el-* \
- | mipsisa64r2-* | mipsisa64r2el-* \
- | mipsisa64sb1-* | mipsisa64sb1el-* \
- | mipsisa64sr71k-* | mipsisa64sr71kel-* \
- | mipstx39-* | mipstx39el-* \
- | mmix-* \
- | mt-* \
- | msp430-* \
- | nios-* | nios2-* \
- | none-* | np1-* | ns16k-* | ns32k-* \
- | orion-* \
- | pdp10-* | pdp11-* | pj-* | pjl-* | pn-* | power-* \
- | powerpc-* | powerpc64-* | powerpc64le-* | powerpcle-* | ppcbe-* \
- | pyramid-* \
- | romp-* | rs6000-* | rx-* \
- | sh-* | sh[1234]-* | sh[24]a-* | sh[24]aeb-* | sh[23]e-* | sh[34]eb-* | sheb-* | shbe-* \
- | shle-* | sh[1234]le-* | sh3ele-* | sh64-* | sh64le-* \
- | sparc-* | sparc64-* | sparc64b-* | sparc64v-* | sparc86x-* | sparclet-* \
- | sparclite-* \
- | sparcv8-* | sparcv9-* | sparcv9b-* | sparcv9v-* | strongarm-* | sv1-* | sx?-* \
- | tahoe-* | thumb-* \
- | tic30-* | tic4x-* | tic54x-* | tic55x-* | tic6x-* | tic80-* | tile-* \
- | tron-* \
- | ubicom32-* \
- | v850-* | v850e-* | vax-* \
- | we32k-* \
- | x86-* | x86_64-* | xc16x-* | xps100-* | xscale-* | xscalee[bl]-* \
- | xstormy16-* | xtensa*-* \
- | ymp-* \
- | z8k-* | z80-*)
- ;;
- # Recognize the basic CPU types without company name, with glob match.
- xtensa*)
- basic_machine=$basic_machine-unknown
- ;;
- # Recognize the various machine names and aliases which stand
- # for a CPU type and a company and sometimes even an OS.
- 386bsd)
- basic_machine=i386-unknown
- os=-bsd
- ;;
- 3b1 | 7300 | 7300-att | att-7300 | pc7300 | safari | unixpc)
- basic_machine=m68000-att
- ;;
- 3b*)
- basic_machine=we32k-att
- ;;
- a29khif)
- basic_machine=a29k-amd
- os=-udi
- ;;
- abacus)
- basic_machine=abacus-unknown
- ;;
- adobe68k)
- basic_machine=m68010-adobe
- os=-scout
- ;;
- alliant | fx80)
- basic_machine=fx80-alliant
- ;;
- altos | altos3068)
- basic_machine=m68k-altos
- ;;
- am29k)
- basic_machine=a29k-none
- os=-bsd
- ;;
- amd64)
- basic_machine=x86_64-pc
- ;;
- amd64-*)
- basic_machine=x86_64-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
- ;;
- amdahl)
- basic_machine=580-amdahl
- os=-sysv
- ;;
- amiga | amiga-*)
- basic_machine=m68k-unknown
- ;;
- amigaos | amigados)
- basic_machine=m68k-unknown
- os=-amigaos
- ;;
- amigaunix | amix)
- basic_machine=m68k-unknown
- os=-sysv4
- ;;
- apollo68)
- basic_machine=m68k-apollo
- os=-sysv
- ;;
- apollo68bsd)
- basic_machine=m68k-apollo
- os=-bsd
- ;;
- aros)
- basic_machine=i386-pc
- os=-aros
- ;;
- aux)
- basic_machine=m68k-apple
- os=-aux
- ;;
- balance)
- basic_machine=ns32k-sequent
- os=-dynix
- ;;
- blackfin)
- basic_machine=bfin-unknown
- os=-linux
- ;;
- blackfin-*)
- basic_machine=bfin-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
- os=-linux
- ;;
- bluegene*)
- basic_machine=powerpc-ibm
- os=-cnk
- ;;
- c90)
- basic_machine=c90-cray
- os=-unicos
- ;;
- cegcc)
- basic_machine=arm-unknown
- os=-cegcc
- ;;
- convex-c1)
- basic_machine=c1-convex
- os=-bsd
- ;;
- convex-c2)
- basic_machine=c2-convex
- os=-bsd
- ;;
- convex-c32)
- basic_machine=c32-convex
- os=-bsd
- ;;
- convex-c34)
- basic_machine=c34-convex
- os=-bsd
- ;;
- convex-c38)
- basic_machine=c38-convex
- os=-bsd
- ;;
- cray | j90)
- basic_machine=j90-cray
- os=-unicos
- ;;
- craynv)
- basic_machine=craynv-cray
- os=-unicosmp
- ;;
- cr16)
- basic_machine=cr16-unknown
- os=-elf
- ;;
- crds | unos)
- basic_machine=m68k-crds
- ;;
- crisv32 | crisv32-* | etraxfs*)
- basic_machine=crisv32-axis
- ;;
- cris | cris-* | etrax*)
- basic_machine=cris-axis
- ;;
- crx)
- basic_machine=crx-unknown
- os=-elf
- ;;
- da30 | da30-*)
- basic_machine=m68k-da30
- ;;
- decstation | decstation-3100 | pmax | pmax-* | pmin | dec3100 | decstatn)
- basic_machine=mips-dec
- ;;
- decsystem10* | dec10*)
- basic_machine=pdp10-dec
- os=-tops10
- ;;
- decsystem20* | dec20*)
- basic_machine=pdp10-dec
- os=-tops20
- ;;
- delta | 3300 | motorola-3300 | motorola-delta \
- | 3300-motorola | delta-motorola)
- basic_machine=m68k-motorola
- ;;
- delta88)
- basic_machine=m88k-motorola
- os=-sysv3
- ;;
- dicos)
- basic_machine=i686-pc
- os=-dicos
- ;;
- djgpp)
- basic_machine=i586-pc
- os=-msdosdjgpp
- ;;
- dpx20 | dpx20-*)
- basic_machine=rs6000-bull
- os=-bosx
- ;;
- dpx2* | dpx2*-bull)
- basic_machine=m68k-bull
- os=-sysv3
- ;;
- ebmon29k)
- basic_machine=a29k-amd
- os=-ebmon
- ;;
- elxsi)
- basic_machine=elxsi-elxsi
- os=-bsd
- ;;
- encore | umax | mmax)
- basic_machine=ns32k-encore
- ;;
- es1800 | OSE68k | ose68k | ose | OSE)
- basic_machine=m68k-ericsson
- os=-ose
- ;;
- fx2800)
- basic_machine=i860-alliant
- ;;
- genix)
- basic_machine=ns32k-ns
- ;;
- gmicro)
- basic_machine=tron-gmicro
- os=-sysv
- ;;
- go32)
- basic_machine=i386-pc
- os=-go32
- ;;
- h3050r* | hiux*)
- basic_machine=hppa1.1-hitachi
- os=-hiuxwe2
- ;;
- h8300hms)
- basic_machine=h8300-hitachi
- os=-hms
- ;;
- h8300xray)
- basic_machine=h8300-hitachi
- os=-xray
- ;;
- h8500hms)
- basic_machine=h8500-hitachi
- os=-hms
- ;;
- harris)
- basic_machine=m88k-harris
- os=-sysv3
- ;;
- hp300-*)
- basic_machine=m68k-hp
- ;;
- hp300bsd)
- basic_machine=m68k-hp
- os=-bsd
- ;;
- hp300hpux)
- basic_machine=m68k-hp
- os=-hpux
- ;;
- hp3k9[0-9][0-9] | hp9[0-9][0-9])
- basic_machine=hppa1.0-hp
- ;;
- hp9k2[0-9][0-9] | hp9k31[0-9])
- basic_machine=m68000-hp
- ;;
- hp9k3[2-9][0-9])
- basic_machine=m68k-hp
- ;;
- hp9k6[0-9][0-9] | hp6[0-9][0-9])
- basic_machine=hppa1.0-hp
- ;;
- hp9k7[0-79][0-9] | hp7[0-79][0-9])
- basic_machine=hppa1.1-hp
- ;;
- hp9k78[0-9] | hp78[0-9])
- # FIXME: really hppa2.0-hp
- basic_machine=hppa1.1-hp
- ;;
- hp9k8[67]1 | hp8[67]1 | hp9k80[24] | hp80[24] | hp9k8[78]9 | hp8[78]9 | hp9k893 | hp893)
- # FIXME: really hppa2.0-hp
- basic_machine=hppa1.1-hp
- ;;
- hp9k8[0-9][13679] | hp8[0-9][13679])
- basic_machine=hppa1.1-hp
- ;;
- hp9k8[0-9][0-9] | hp8[0-9][0-9])
- basic_machine=hppa1.0-hp
- ;;
- hppa-next)
- os=-nextstep3
- ;;
- hppaosf)
- basic_machine=hppa1.1-hp
- os=-osf
- ;;
- hppro)
- basic_machine=hppa1.1-hp
- os=-proelf
- ;;
- i370-ibm* | ibm*)
- basic_machine=i370-ibm
- ;;
-# I'm not sure what "Sysv32" means. Should this be sysv3.2?
- i*86v32)
- basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86.*/86-pc/'`
- os=-sysv32
- ;;
- i*86v4*)
- basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86.*/86-pc/'`
- os=-sysv4
- ;;
- i*86v)
- basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86.*/86-pc/'`
- os=-sysv
- ;;
- i*86sol2)
- basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86.*/86-pc/'`
- os=-solaris2
- ;;
- i386mach)
- basic_machine=i386-mach
- os=-mach
- ;;
- i386-vsta | vsta)
- basic_machine=i386-unknown
- os=-vsta
- ;;
- iris | iris4d)
- basic_machine=mips-sgi
- case $os in
- -irix*)
- ;;
- *)
- os=-irix4
- ;;
- esac
- ;;
- isi68 | isi)
- basic_machine=m68k-isi
- os=-sysv
- ;;
- m68knommu)
- basic_machine=m68k-unknown
- os=-linux
- ;;
- m68knommu-*)
- basic_machine=m68k-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
- os=-linux
- ;;
- m88k-omron*)
- basic_machine=m88k-omron
- ;;
- magnum | m3230)
- basic_machine=mips-mips
- os=-sysv
- ;;
- merlin)
- basic_machine=ns32k-utek
- os=-sysv
- ;;
- microblaze)
- basic_machine=microblaze-xilinx
- ;;
- mingw32)
- basic_machine=i386-pc
- os=-mingw32
- ;;
- mingw32ce)
- basic_machine=arm-unknown
- os=-mingw32ce
- ;;
- miniframe)
- basic_machine=m68000-convergent
- ;;
- *mint | -mint[0-9]* | *MiNT | *MiNT[0-9]*)
- basic_machine=m68k-atari
- os=-mint
- ;;
- mips3*-*)
- basic_machine=`echo $basic_machine | sed -e 's/mips3/mips64/'`
- ;;
- mips3*)
- basic_machine=`echo $basic_machine | sed -e 's/mips3/mips64/'`-unknown
- ;;
- monitor)
- basic_machine=m68k-rom68k
- os=-coff
- ;;
- morphos)
- basic_machine=powerpc-unknown
- os=-morphos
- ;;
- msdos)
- basic_machine=i386-pc
- os=-msdos
- ;;
- ms1-*)
- basic_machine=`echo $basic_machine | sed -e 's/ms1-/mt-/'`
- ;;
- mvs)
- basic_machine=i370-ibm
- os=-mvs
- ;;
- ncr3000)
- basic_machine=i486-ncr
- os=-sysv4
- ;;
- netbsd386)
- basic_machine=i386-unknown
- os=-netbsd
- ;;
- netwinder)
- basic_machine=armv4l-rebel
- os=-linux
- ;;
- news | news700 | news800 | news900)
- basic_machine=m68k-sony
- os=-newsos
- ;;
- news1000)
- basic_machine=m68030-sony
- os=-newsos
- ;;
- news-3600 | risc-news)
- basic_machine=mips-sony
- os=-newsos
- ;;
- necv70)
- basic_machine=v70-nec
- os=-sysv
- ;;
- next | m*-next )
- basic_machine=m68k-next
- case $os in
- -nextstep* )
- ;;
- -ns2*)
- os=-nextstep2
- ;;
- *)
- os=-nextstep3
- ;;
- esac
- ;;
- nh3000)
- basic_machine=m68k-harris
- os=-cxux
- ;;
- nh[45]000)
- basic_machine=m88k-harris
- os=-cxux
- ;;
- nindy960)
- basic_machine=i960-intel
- os=-nindy
- ;;
- mon960)
- basic_machine=i960-intel
- os=-mon960
- ;;
- nonstopux)
- basic_machine=mips-compaq
- os=-nonstopux
- ;;
- np1)
- basic_machine=np1-gould
- ;;
- nsr-tandem)
- basic_machine=nsr-tandem
- ;;
- op50n-* | op60c-*)
- basic_machine=hppa1.1-oki
- os=-proelf
- ;;
- openrisc | openrisc-*)
- basic_machine=or32-unknown
- ;;
- os400)
- basic_machine=powerpc-ibm
- os=-os400
- ;;
- OSE68000 | ose68000)
- basic_machine=m68000-ericsson
- os=-ose
- ;;
- os68k)
- basic_machine=m68k-none
- os=-os68k
- ;;
- pa-hitachi)
- basic_machine=hppa1.1-hitachi
- os=-hiuxwe2
- ;;
- paragon)
- basic_machine=i860-intel
- os=-osf
- ;;
- parisc)
- basic_machine=hppa-unknown
- os=-linux
- ;;
- parisc-*)
- basic_machine=hppa-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
- os=-linux
- ;;
- pbd)
- basic_machine=sparc-tti
- ;;
- pbb)
- basic_machine=m68k-tti
- ;;
- pc532 | pc532-*)
- basic_machine=ns32k-pc532
- ;;
- pc98)
- basic_machine=i386-pc
- ;;
- pc98-*)
- basic_machine=i386-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
- ;;
- pentium | p5 | k5 | k6 | nexgen | viac3)
- basic_machine=i586-pc
- ;;
- pentiumpro | p6 | 6x86 | athlon | athlon_*)
- basic_machine=i686-pc
- ;;
- pentiumii | pentium2 | pentiumiii | pentium3)
- basic_machine=i686-pc
- ;;
- pentium4)
- basic_machine=i786-pc
- ;;
- pentium-* | p5-* | k5-* | k6-* | nexgen-* | viac3-*)
- basic_machine=i586-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
- ;;
- pentiumpro-* | p6-* | 6x86-* | athlon-*)
- basic_machine=i686-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
- ;;
- pentiumii-* | pentium2-* | pentiumiii-* | pentium3-*)
- basic_machine=i686-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
- ;;
- pentium4-*)
- basic_machine=i786-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
- ;;
- pn)
- basic_machine=pn-gould
- ;;
- power) basic_machine=power-ibm
- ;;
- ppc) basic_machine=powerpc-unknown
- ;;
- ppc-*) basic_machine=powerpc-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
- ;;
- ppcle | powerpclittle | ppc-le | powerpc-little)
- basic_machine=powerpcle-unknown
- ;;
- ppcle-* | powerpclittle-*)
- basic_machine=powerpcle-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
- ;;
- ppc64) basic_machine=powerpc64-unknown
- ;;
- ppc64-*) basic_machine=powerpc64-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
- ;;
- ppc64le | powerpc64little | ppc64-le | powerpc64-little)
- basic_machine=powerpc64le-unknown
- ;;
- ppc64le-* | powerpc64little-*)
- basic_machine=powerpc64le-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
- ;;
- ps2)
- basic_machine=i386-ibm
- ;;
- pw32)
- basic_machine=i586-unknown
- os=-pw32
- ;;
- rdos)
- basic_machine=i386-pc
- os=-rdos
- ;;
- rom68k)
- basic_machine=m68k-rom68k
- os=-coff
- ;;
- rm[46]00)
- basic_machine=mips-siemens
- ;;
- rtpc | rtpc-*)
- basic_machine=romp-ibm
- ;;
- s390 | s390-*)
- basic_machine=s390-ibm
- ;;
- s390x | s390x-*)
- basic_machine=s390x-ibm
- ;;
- sa29200)
- basic_machine=a29k-amd
- os=-udi
- ;;
- sb1)
- basic_machine=mipsisa64sb1-unknown
- ;;
- sb1el)
- basic_machine=mipsisa64sb1el-unknown
- ;;
- sde)
- basic_machine=mipsisa32-sde
- os=-elf
- ;;
- sei)
- basic_machine=mips-sei
- os=-seiux
- ;;
- sequent)
- basic_machine=i386-sequent
- ;;
- sh)
- basic_machine=sh-hitachi
- os=-hms
- ;;
- sh5el)
- basic_machine=sh5le-unknown
- ;;
- sh64)
- basic_machine=sh64-unknown
- ;;
- sparclite-wrs | simso-wrs)
- basic_machine=sparclite-wrs
- os=-vxworks
- ;;
- sps7)
- basic_machine=m68k-bull
- os=-sysv2
- ;;
- spur)
- basic_machine=spur-unknown
- ;;
- st2000)
- basic_machine=m68k-tandem
- ;;
- stratus)
- basic_machine=i860-stratus
- os=-sysv4
- ;;
- sun2)
- basic_machine=m68000-sun
- ;;
- sun2os3)
- basic_machine=m68000-sun
- os=-sunos3
- ;;
- sun2os4)
- basic_machine=m68000-sun
- os=-sunos4
- ;;
- sun3os3)
- basic_machine=m68k-sun
- os=-sunos3
- ;;
- sun3os4)
- basic_machine=m68k-sun
- os=-sunos4
- ;;
- sun4os3)
- basic_machine=sparc-sun
- os=-sunos3
- ;;
- sun4os4)
- basic_machine=sparc-sun
- os=-sunos4
- ;;
- sun4sol2)
- basic_machine=sparc-sun
- os=-solaris2
- ;;
- sun3 | sun3-*)
- basic_machine=m68k-sun
- ;;
- sun4)
- basic_machine=sparc-sun
- ;;
- sun386 | sun386i | roadrunner)
- basic_machine=i386-sun
- ;;
- sv1)
- basic_machine=sv1-cray
- os=-unicos
- ;;
- symmetry)
- basic_machine=i386-sequent
- os=-dynix
- ;;
- t3e)
- basic_machine=alphaev5-cray
- os=-unicos
- ;;
- t90)
- basic_machine=t90-cray
- os=-unicos
- ;;
- tic54x | c54x*)
- basic_machine=tic54x-unknown
- os=-coff
- ;;
- tic55x | c55x*)
- basic_machine=tic55x-unknown
- os=-coff
- ;;
- tic6x | c6x*)
- basic_machine=tic6x-unknown
- os=-coff
- ;;
- tile*)
- basic_machine=tile-unknown
- os=-linux-gnu
- ;;
- tx39)
- basic_machine=mipstx39-unknown
- ;;
- tx39el)
- basic_machine=mipstx39el-unknown
- ;;
- toad1)
- basic_machine=pdp10-xkl
- os=-tops20
- ;;
- tower | tower-32)
- basic_machine=m68k-ncr
- ;;
- tpf)
- basic_machine=s390x-ibm
- os=-tpf
- ;;
- udi29k)
- basic_machine=a29k-amd
- os=-udi
- ;;
- ultra3)
- basic_machine=a29k-nyu
- os=-sym1
- ;;
- v810 | necv810)
- basic_machine=v810-nec
- os=-none
- ;;
- vaxv)
- basic_machine=vax-dec
- os=-sysv
- ;;
- vms)
- basic_machine=vax-dec
- os=-vms
- ;;
- vpp*|vx|vx-*)
- basic_machine=f301-fujitsu
- ;;
- vxworks960)
- basic_machine=i960-wrs
- os=-vxworks
- ;;
- vxworks68)
- basic_machine=m68k-wrs
- os=-vxworks
- ;;
- vxworks29k)
- basic_machine=a29k-wrs
- os=-vxworks
- ;;
- w65*)
- basic_machine=w65-wdc
- os=-none
- ;;
- w89k-*)
- basic_machine=hppa1.1-winbond
- os=-proelf
- ;;
- xbox)
- basic_machine=i686-pc
- os=-mingw32
- ;;
- xps | xps100)
- basic_machine=xps100-honeywell
- ;;
- ymp)
- basic_machine=ymp-cray
- os=-unicos
- ;;
- z8k-*-coff)
- basic_machine=z8k-unknown
- os=-sim
- ;;
- z80-*-coff)
- basic_machine=z80-unknown
- os=-sim
- ;;
- none)
- basic_machine=none-none
- os=-none
- ;;
-
-# Here we handle the default manufacturer of certain CPU types. It is in
-# some cases the only manufacturer, in others, it is the most popular.
- w89k)
- basic_machine=hppa1.1-winbond
- ;;
- op50n)
- basic_machine=hppa1.1-oki
- ;;
- op60c)
- basic_machine=hppa1.1-oki
- ;;
- romp)
- basic_machine=romp-ibm
- ;;
- mmix)
- basic_machine=mmix-knuth
- ;;
- rs6000)
- basic_machine=rs6000-ibm
- ;;
- vax)
- basic_machine=vax-dec
- ;;
- pdp10)
- # there are many clones, so DEC is not a safe bet
- basic_machine=pdp10-unknown
- ;;
- pdp11)
- basic_machine=pdp11-dec
- ;;
- we32k)
- basic_machine=we32k-att
- ;;
- sh[1234] | sh[24]a | sh[24]aeb | sh[34]eb | sh[1234]le | sh[23]ele)
- basic_machine=sh-unknown
- ;;
- sparc | sparcv8 | sparcv9 | sparcv9b | sparcv9v)
- basic_machine=sparc-sun
- ;;
- cydra)
- basic_machine=cydra-cydrome
- ;;
- orion)
- basic_machine=orion-highlevel
- ;;
- orion105)
- basic_machine=clipper-highlevel
- ;;
- mac | mpw | mac-mpw)
- basic_machine=m68k-apple
- ;;
- pmac | pmac-mpw)
- basic_machine=powerpc-apple
- ;;
- *-unknown)
- # Make sure to match an already-canonicalized machine name.
- ;;
- *)
- echo Invalid configuration \`$1\': machine \`$basic_machine\' not recognized 1>&2
- exit 1
- ;;
-esac
-
-# Here we canonicalize certain aliases for manufacturers.
-case $basic_machine in
- *-digital*)
- basic_machine=`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/digital.*/dec/'`
- ;;
- *-commodore*)
- basic_machine=`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/commodore.*/cbm/'`
- ;;
- *)
- ;;
-esac
-
-# Decode manufacturer-specific aliases for certain operating systems.
-
-if [ x"$os" != x"" ]
-then
-case $os in
- # First match some system type aliases
- # that might get confused with valid system types.
- # -solaris* is a basic system type, with this one exception.
- -auroraux)
- os=-auroraux
- ;;
- -solaris1 | -solaris1.*)
- os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|solaris1|sunos4|'`
- ;;
- -solaris)
- os=-solaris2
- ;;
- -svr4*)
- os=-sysv4
- ;;
- -unixware*)
- os=-sysv4.2uw
- ;;
- -gnu/linux*)
- os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|gnu/linux|linux-gnu|'`
- ;;
- # First accept the basic system types.
- # The portable systems comes first.
- # Each alternative MUST END IN A *, to match a version number.
- # -sysv* is not here because it comes later, after sysvr4.
- -gnu* | -bsd* | -mach* | -minix* | -genix* | -ultrix* | -irix* \
- | -*vms* | -sco* | -esix* | -isc* | -aix* | -cnk* | -sunos | -sunos[34]*\
- | -hpux* | -unos* | -osf* | -luna* | -dgux* | -auroraux* | -solaris* \
- | -sym* | -kopensolaris* \
- | -amigaos* | -amigados* | -msdos* | -newsos* | -unicos* | -aof* \
- | -aos* | -aros* \
- | -nindy* | -vxsim* | -vxworks* | -ebmon* | -hms* | -mvs* \
- | -clix* | -riscos* | -uniplus* | -iris* | -rtu* | -xenix* \
- | -hiux* | -386bsd* | -knetbsd* | -mirbsd* | -netbsd* \
- | -openbsd* | -solidbsd* \
- | -ekkobsd* | -kfreebsd* | -freebsd* | -riscix* | -lynxos* \
- | -bosx* | -nextstep* | -cxux* | -aout* | -elf* | -oabi* \
- | -ptx* | -coff* | -ecoff* | -winnt* | -domain* | -vsta* \
- | -udi* | -eabi* | -lites* | -ieee* | -go32* | -aux* \
- | -chorusos* | -chorusrdb* | -cegcc* \
- | -cygwin* | -pe* | -psos* | -moss* | -proelf* | -rtems* \
- | -mingw32* | -linux-gnu* | -linux-newlib* | -linux-uclibc* \
- | -uxpv* | -beos* | -mpeix* | -udk* \
- | -interix* | -uwin* | -mks* | -rhapsody* | -darwin* | -opened* \
- | -openstep* | -oskit* | -conix* | -pw32* | -nonstopux* \
- | -storm-chaos* | -tops10* | -tenex* | -tops20* | -its* \
- | -os2* | -vos* | -palmos* | -uclinux* | -nucleus* \
- | -morphos* | -superux* | -rtmk* | -rtmk-nova* | -windiss* \
- | -powermax* | -dnix* | -nx6 | -nx7 | -sei* | -dragonfly* \
- | -skyos* | -haiku* | -rdos* | -toppers* | -drops* | -es*)
- # Remember, each alternative MUST END IN *, to match a version number.
- ;;
- -qnx*)
- case $basic_machine in
- x86-* | i*86-*)
- ;;
- *)
- os=-nto$os
- ;;
- esac
- ;;
- -nto-qnx*)
- ;;
- -nto*)
- os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|nto|nto-qnx|'`
- ;;
- -sim | -es1800* | -hms* | -xray | -os68k* | -none* | -v88r* \
- | -windows* | -osx | -abug | -netware* | -os9* | -beos* | -haiku* \
- | -macos* | -mpw* | -magic* | -mmixware* | -mon960* | -lnews*)
- ;;
- -mac*)
- os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|mac|macos|'`
- ;;
- -linux-dietlibc)
- os=-linux-dietlibc
- ;;
- -linux*)
- os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|linux|linux-gnu|'`
- ;;
- -sunos5*)
- os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|sunos5|solaris2|'`
- ;;
- -sunos6*)
- os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|sunos6|solaris3|'`
- ;;
- -opened*)
- os=-openedition
- ;;
- -os400*)
- os=-os400
- ;;
- -wince*)
- os=-wince
- ;;
- -osfrose*)
- os=-osfrose
- ;;
- -osf*)
- os=-osf
- ;;
- -utek*)
- os=-bsd
- ;;
- -dynix*)
- os=-bsd
- ;;
- -acis*)
- os=-aos
- ;;
- -atheos*)
- os=-atheos
- ;;
- -syllable*)
- os=-syllable
- ;;
- -386bsd)
- os=-bsd
- ;;
- -ctix* | -uts*)
- os=-sysv
- ;;
- -nova*)
- os=-rtmk-nova
- ;;
- -ns2 )
- os=-nextstep2
- ;;
- -nsk*)
- os=-nsk
- ;;
- # Preserve the version number of sinix5.
- -sinix5.*)
- os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|sinix|sysv|'`
- ;;
- -sinix*)
- os=-sysv4
- ;;
- -tpf*)
- os=-tpf
- ;;
- -triton*)
- os=-sysv3
- ;;
- -oss*)
- os=-sysv3
- ;;
- -svr4)
- os=-sysv4
- ;;
- -svr3)
- os=-sysv3
- ;;
- -sysvr4)
- os=-sysv4
- ;;
- # This must come after -sysvr4.
- -sysv*)
- ;;
- -ose*)
- os=-ose
- ;;
- -es1800*)
- os=-ose
- ;;
- -xenix)
- os=-xenix
- ;;
- -*mint | -mint[0-9]* | -*MiNT | -MiNT[0-9]*)
- os=-mint
- ;;
- -aros*)
- os=-aros
- ;;
- -kaos*)
- os=-kaos
- ;;
- -zvmoe)
- os=-zvmoe
- ;;
- -dicos*)
- os=-dicos
- ;;
- -none)
- ;;
- *)
- # Get rid of the `-' at the beginning of $os.
- os=`echo $os | sed 's/[^-]*-//'`
- echo Invalid configuration \`$1\': system \`$os\' not recognized 1>&2
- exit 1
- ;;
-esac
-else
-
-# Here we handle the default operating systems that come with various machines.
-# The value should be what the vendor currently ships out the door with their
-# machine or put another way, the most popular os provided with the machine.
-
-# Note that if you're going to try to match "-MANUFACTURER" here (say,
-# "-sun"), then you have to tell the case statement up towards the top
-# that MANUFACTURER isn't an operating system. Otherwise, code above
-# will signal an error saying that MANUFACTURER isn't an operating
-# system, and we'll never get to this point.
-
-case $basic_machine in
- score-*)
- os=-elf
- ;;
- spu-*)
- os=-elf
- ;;
- *-acorn)
- os=-riscix1.2
- ;;
- arm*-rebel)
- os=-linux
- ;;
- arm*-semi)
- os=-aout
- ;;
- c4x-* | tic4x-*)
- os=-coff
- ;;
- # This must come before the *-dec entry.
- pdp10-*)
- os=-tops20
- ;;
- pdp11-*)
- os=-none
- ;;
- *-dec | vax-*)
- os=-ultrix4.2
- ;;
- m68*-apollo)
- os=-domain
- ;;
- i386-sun)
- os=-sunos4.0.2
- ;;
- m68000-sun)
- os=-sunos3
- # This also exists in the configure program, but was not the
- # default.
- # os=-sunos4
- ;;
- m68*-cisco)
- os=-aout
- ;;
- mep-*)
- os=-elf
- ;;
- mips*-cisco)
- os=-elf
- ;;
- mips*-*)
- os=-elf
- ;;
- or32-*)
- os=-coff
- ;;
- *-tti) # must be before sparc entry or we get the wrong os.
- os=-sysv3
- ;;
- sparc-* | *-sun)
- os=-sunos4.1.1
- ;;
- *-be)
- os=-beos
- ;;
- *-haiku)
- os=-haiku
- ;;
- *-ibm)
- os=-aix
- ;;
- *-knuth)
- os=-mmixware
- ;;
- *-wec)
- os=-proelf
- ;;
- *-winbond)
- os=-proelf
- ;;
- *-oki)
- os=-proelf
- ;;
- *-hp)
- os=-hpux
- ;;
- *-hitachi)
- os=-hiux
- ;;
- i860-* | *-att | *-ncr | *-altos | *-motorola | *-convergent)
- os=-sysv
- ;;
- *-cbm)
- os=-amigaos
- ;;
- *-dg)
- os=-dgux
- ;;
- *-dolphin)
- os=-sysv3
- ;;
- m68k-ccur)
- os=-rtu
- ;;
- m88k-omron*)
- os=-luna
- ;;
- *-next )
- os=-nextstep
- ;;
- *-sequent)
- os=-ptx
- ;;
- *-crds)
- os=-unos
- ;;
- *-ns)
- os=-genix
- ;;
- i370-*)
- os=-mvs
- ;;
- *-next)
- os=-nextstep3
- ;;
- *-gould)
- os=-sysv
- ;;
- *-highlevel)
- os=-bsd
- ;;
- *-encore)
- os=-bsd
- ;;
- *-sgi)
- os=-irix
- ;;
- *-siemens)
- os=-sysv4
- ;;
- *-masscomp)
- os=-rtu
- ;;
- f30[01]-fujitsu | f700-fujitsu)
- os=-uxpv
- ;;
- *-rom68k)
- os=-coff
- ;;
- *-*bug)
- os=-coff
- ;;
- *-apple)
- os=-macos
- ;;
- *-atari*)
- os=-mint
- ;;
- *)
- os=-none
- ;;
-esac
-fi
-
-# Here we handle the case where we know the os, and the CPU type, but not the
-# manufacturer. We pick the logical manufacturer.
-vendor=unknown
-case $basic_machine in
- *-unknown)
- case $os in
- -riscix*)
- vendor=acorn
- ;;
- -sunos*)
- vendor=sun
- ;;
- -cnk*|-aix*)
- vendor=ibm
- ;;
- -beos*)
- vendor=be
- ;;
- -hpux*)
- vendor=hp
- ;;
- -mpeix*)
- vendor=hp
- ;;
- -hiux*)
- vendor=hitachi
- ;;
- -unos*)
- vendor=crds
- ;;
- -dgux*)
- vendor=dg
- ;;
- -luna*)
- vendor=omron
- ;;
- -genix*)
- vendor=ns
- ;;
- -mvs* | -opened*)
- vendor=ibm
- ;;
- -os400*)
- vendor=ibm
- ;;
- -ptx*)
- vendor=sequent
- ;;
- -tpf*)
- vendor=ibm
- ;;
- -vxsim* | -vxworks* | -windiss*)
- vendor=wrs
- ;;
- -aux*)
- vendor=apple
- ;;
- -hms*)
- vendor=hitachi
- ;;
- -mpw* | -macos*)
- vendor=apple
- ;;
- -*mint | -mint[0-9]* | -*MiNT | -MiNT[0-9]*)
- vendor=atari
- ;;
- -vos*)
- vendor=stratus
- ;;
- esac
- basic_machine=`echo $basic_machine | sed "s/unknown/$vendor/"`
- ;;
-esac
-
-echo $basic_machine$os
-exit
-
-# Local variables:
-# eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
-# time-stamp-start: "timestamp='"
-# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d"
-# time-stamp-end: "'"
-# End:
+++ /dev/null
-# configure.host
-#
-# This shell script handles all host based configuration for libffi.
-#
-
-# THIS TABLE IS SORTED. KEEP IT THAT WAY.
-case "${host}" in
- frv*-elf)
- LDFLAGS=`echo $LDFLAGS | sed "s/\-B[^ ]*libgloss\/frv\///"`\ -B`pwd`/../libgloss/frv/
- ;;
-esac
+++ /dev/null
-#! /bin/sh
-# depcomp - compile a program generating dependencies as side-effects
-
-scriptversion=2006-10-15.18
-
-# Copyright (C) 1999, 2000, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc.
-
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-# any later version.
-
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
-# GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
-# 02110-1301, USA.
-
-# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you
-# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a
-# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under
-# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program.
-
-# Originally written by Alexandre Oliva <oliva@dcc.unicamp.br>.
-
-case $1 in
- '')
- echo "$0: No command. Try \`$0 --help' for more information." 1>&2
- exit 1;
- ;;
- -h | --h*)
- cat <<\EOF
-Usage: depcomp [--help] [--version] PROGRAM [ARGS]
-
-Run PROGRAMS ARGS to compile a file, generating dependencies
-as side-effects.
-
-Environment variables:
- depmode Dependency tracking mode.
- source Source file read by `PROGRAMS ARGS'.
- object Object file output by `PROGRAMS ARGS'.
- DEPDIR directory where to store dependencies.
- depfile Dependency file to output.
- tmpdepfile Temporary file to use when outputing dependencies.
- libtool Whether libtool is used (yes/no).
-
-Report bugs to <bug-automake@gnu.org>.
-EOF
- exit $?
- ;;
- -v | --v*)
- echo "depcomp $scriptversion"
- exit $?
- ;;
-esac
-
-if test -z "$depmode" || test -z "$source" || test -z "$object"; then
- echo "depcomp: Variables source, object and depmode must be set" 1>&2
- exit 1
-fi
-
-# Dependencies for sub/bar.o or sub/bar.obj go into sub/.deps/bar.Po.
-depfile=${depfile-`echo "$object" |
- sed 's|[^\\/]*$|'${DEPDIR-.deps}'/&|;s|\.\([^.]*\)$|.P\1|;s|Pobj$|Po|'`}
-tmpdepfile=${tmpdepfile-`echo "$depfile" | sed 's/\.\([^.]*\)$/.T\1/'`}
-
-rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
-
-# Some modes work just like other modes, but use different flags. We
-# parameterize here, but still list the modes in the big case below,
-# to make depend.m4 easier to write. Note that we *cannot* use a case
-# here, because this file can only contain one case statement.
-if test "$depmode" = hp; then
- # HP compiler uses -M and no extra arg.
- gccflag=-M
- depmode=gcc
-fi
-
-if test "$depmode" = dashXmstdout; then
- # This is just like dashmstdout with a different argument.
- dashmflag=-xM
- depmode=dashmstdout
-fi
-
-case "$depmode" in
-gcc3)
-## gcc 3 implements dependency tracking that does exactly what
-## we want. Yay! Note: for some reason libtool 1.4 doesn't like
-## it if -MD -MP comes after the -MF stuff. Hmm.
-## Unfortunately, FreeBSD c89 acceptance of flags depends upon
-## the command line argument order; so add the flags where they
-## appear in depend2.am. Note that the slowdown incurred here
-## affects only configure: in makefiles, %FASTDEP% shortcuts this.
- for arg
- do
- case $arg in
- -c) set fnord "$@" -MT "$object" -MD -MP -MF "$tmpdepfile" "$arg" ;;
- *) set fnord "$@" "$arg" ;;
- esac
- shift # fnord
- shift # $arg
- done
- "$@"
- stat=$?
- if test $stat -eq 0; then :
- else
- rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
- exit $stat
- fi
- mv "$tmpdepfile" "$depfile"
- ;;
-
-gcc)
-## There are various ways to get dependency output from gcc. Here's
-## why we pick this rather obscure method:
-## - Don't want to use -MD because we'd like the dependencies to end
-## up in a subdir. Having to rename by hand is ugly.
-## (We might end up doing this anyway to support other compilers.)
-## - The DEPENDENCIES_OUTPUT environment variable makes gcc act like
-## -MM, not -M (despite what the docs say).
-## - Using -M directly means running the compiler twice (even worse
-## than renaming).
- if test -z "$gccflag"; then
- gccflag=-MD,
- fi
- "$@" -Wp,"$gccflag$tmpdepfile"
- stat=$?
- if test $stat -eq 0; then :
- else
- rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
- exit $stat
- fi
- rm -f "$depfile"
- echo "$object : \\" > "$depfile"
- alpha=ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZabcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz
-## The second -e expression handles DOS-style file names with drive letters.
- sed -e 's/^[^:]*: / /' \
- -e 's/^['$alpha']:\/[^:]*: / /' < "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile"
-## This next piece of magic avoids the `deleted header file' problem.
-## The problem is that when a header file which appears in a .P file
-## is deleted, the dependency causes make to die (because there is
-## typically no way to rebuild the header). We avoid this by adding
-## dummy dependencies for each header file. Too bad gcc doesn't do
-## this for us directly.
- tr ' ' '
-' < "$tmpdepfile" |
-## Some versions of gcc put a space before the `:'. On the theory
-## that the space means something, we add a space to the output as
-## well.
-## Some versions of the HPUX 10.20 sed can't process this invocation
-## correctly. Breaking it into two sed invocations is a workaround.
- sed -e 's/^\\$//' -e '/^$/d' -e '/:$/d' | sed -e 's/$/ :/' >> "$depfile"
- rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
- ;;
-
-hp)
- # This case exists only to let depend.m4 do its work. It works by
- # looking at the text of this script. This case will never be run,
- # since it is checked for above.
- exit 1
- ;;
-
-sgi)
- if test "$libtool" = yes; then
- "$@" "-Wp,-MDupdate,$tmpdepfile"
- else
- "$@" -MDupdate "$tmpdepfile"
- fi
- stat=$?
- if test $stat -eq 0; then :
- else
- rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
- exit $stat
- fi
- rm -f "$depfile"
-
- if test -f "$tmpdepfile"; then # yes, the sourcefile depend on other files
- echo "$object : \\" > "$depfile"
-
- # Clip off the initial element (the dependent). Don't try to be
- # clever and replace this with sed code, as IRIX sed won't handle
- # lines with more than a fixed number of characters (4096 in
- # IRIX 6.2 sed, 8192 in IRIX 6.5). We also remove comment lines;
- # the IRIX cc adds comments like `#:fec' to the end of the
- # dependency line.
- tr ' ' '
-' < "$tmpdepfile" \
- | sed -e 's/^.*\.o://' -e 's/#.*$//' -e '/^$/ d' | \
- tr '
-' ' ' >> $depfile
- echo >> $depfile
-
- # The second pass generates a dummy entry for each header file.
- tr ' ' '
-' < "$tmpdepfile" \
- | sed -e 's/^.*\.o://' -e 's/#.*$//' -e '/^$/ d' -e 's/$/:/' \
- >> $depfile
- else
- # The sourcefile does not contain any dependencies, so just
- # store a dummy comment line, to avoid errors with the Makefile
- # "include basename.Plo" scheme.
- echo "#dummy" > "$depfile"
- fi
- rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
- ;;
-
-aix)
- # The C for AIX Compiler uses -M and outputs the dependencies
- # in a .u file. In older versions, this file always lives in the
- # current directory. Also, the AIX compiler puts `$object:' at the
- # start of each line; $object doesn't have directory information.
- # Version 6 uses the directory in both cases.
- stripped=`echo "$object" | sed 's/\(.*\)\..*$/\1/'`
- tmpdepfile="$stripped.u"
- if test "$libtool" = yes; then
- "$@" -Wc,-M
- else
- "$@" -M
- fi
- stat=$?
-
- if test -f "$tmpdepfile"; then :
- else
- stripped=`echo "$stripped" | sed 's,^.*/,,'`
- tmpdepfile="$stripped.u"
- fi
-
- if test $stat -eq 0; then :
- else
- rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
- exit $stat
- fi
-
- if test -f "$tmpdepfile"; then
- outname="$stripped.o"
- # Each line is of the form `foo.o: dependent.h'.
- # Do two passes, one to just change these to
- # `$object: dependent.h' and one to simply `dependent.h:'.
- sed -e "s,^$outname:,$object :," < "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile"
- sed -e "s,^$outname: \(.*\)$,\1:," < "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile"
- else
- # The sourcefile does not contain any dependencies, so just
- # store a dummy comment line, to avoid errors with the Makefile
- # "include basename.Plo" scheme.
- echo "#dummy" > "$depfile"
- fi
- rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
- ;;
-
-icc)
- # Intel's C compiler understands `-MD -MF file'. However on
- # icc -MD -MF foo.d -c -o sub/foo.o sub/foo.c
- # ICC 7.0 will fill foo.d with something like
- # foo.o: sub/foo.c
- # foo.o: sub/foo.h
- # which is wrong. We want:
- # sub/foo.o: sub/foo.c
- # sub/foo.o: sub/foo.h
- # sub/foo.c:
- # sub/foo.h:
- # ICC 7.1 will output
- # foo.o: sub/foo.c sub/foo.h
- # and will wrap long lines using \ :
- # foo.o: sub/foo.c ... \
- # sub/foo.h ... \
- # ...
-
- "$@" -MD -MF "$tmpdepfile"
- stat=$?
- if test $stat -eq 0; then :
- else
- rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
- exit $stat
- fi
- rm -f "$depfile"
- # Each line is of the form `foo.o: dependent.h',
- # or `foo.o: dep1.h dep2.h \', or ` dep3.h dep4.h \'.
- # Do two passes, one to just change these to
- # `$object: dependent.h' and one to simply `dependent.h:'.
- sed "s,^[^:]*:,$object :," < "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile"
- # Some versions of the HPUX 10.20 sed can't process this invocation
- # correctly. Breaking it into two sed invocations is a workaround.
- sed 's,^[^:]*: \(.*\)$,\1,;s/^\\$//;/^$/d;/:$/d' < "$tmpdepfile" |
- sed -e 's/$/ :/' >> "$depfile"
- rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
- ;;
-
-hp2)
- # The "hp" stanza above does not work with aCC (C++) and HP's ia64
- # compilers, which have integrated preprocessors. The correct option
- # to use with these is +Maked; it writes dependencies to a file named
- # 'foo.d', which lands next to the object file, wherever that
- # happens to be.
- # Much of this is similar to the tru64 case; see comments there.
- dir=`echo "$object" | sed -e 's|/[^/]*$|/|'`
- test "x$dir" = "x$object" && dir=
- base=`echo "$object" | sed -e 's|^.*/||' -e 's/\.o$//' -e 's/\.lo$//'`
- if test "$libtool" = yes; then
- tmpdepfile1=$dir$base.d
- tmpdepfile2=$dir.libs/$base.d
- "$@" -Wc,+Maked
- else
- tmpdepfile1=$dir$base.d
- tmpdepfile2=$dir$base.d
- "$@" +Maked
- fi
- stat=$?
- if test $stat -eq 0; then :
- else
- rm -f "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2"
- exit $stat
- fi
-
- for tmpdepfile in "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2"
- do
- test -f "$tmpdepfile" && break
- done
- if test -f "$tmpdepfile"; then
- sed -e "s,^.*\.[a-z]*:,$object:," "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile"
- # Add `dependent.h:' lines.
- sed -ne '2,${; s/^ *//; s/ \\*$//; s/$/:/; p;}' "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile"
- else
- echo "#dummy" > "$depfile"
- fi
- rm -f "$tmpdepfile" "$tmpdepfile2"
- ;;
-
-tru64)
- # The Tru64 compiler uses -MD to generate dependencies as a side
- # effect. `cc -MD -o foo.o ...' puts the dependencies into `foo.o.d'.
- # At least on Alpha/Redhat 6.1, Compaq CCC V6.2-504 seems to put
- # dependencies in `foo.d' instead, so we check for that too.
- # Subdirectories are respected.
- dir=`echo "$object" | sed -e 's|/[^/]*$|/|'`
- test "x$dir" = "x$object" && dir=
- base=`echo "$object" | sed -e 's|^.*/||' -e 's/\.o$//' -e 's/\.lo$//'`
-
- if test "$libtool" = yes; then
- # With Tru64 cc, shared objects can also be used to make a
- # static library. This mechanism is used in libtool 1.4 series to
- # handle both shared and static libraries in a single compilation.
- # With libtool 1.4, dependencies were output in $dir.libs/$base.lo.d.
- #
- # With libtool 1.5 this exception was removed, and libtool now
- # generates 2 separate objects for the 2 libraries. These two
- # compilations output dependencies in $dir.libs/$base.o.d and
- # in $dir$base.o.d. We have to check for both files, because
- # one of the two compilations can be disabled. We should prefer
- # $dir$base.o.d over $dir.libs/$base.o.d because the latter is
- # automatically cleaned when .libs/ is deleted, while ignoring
- # the former would cause a distcleancheck panic.
- tmpdepfile1=$dir.libs/$base.lo.d # libtool 1.4
- tmpdepfile2=$dir$base.o.d # libtool 1.5
- tmpdepfile3=$dir.libs/$base.o.d # libtool 1.5
- tmpdepfile4=$dir.libs/$base.d # Compaq CCC V6.2-504
- "$@" -Wc,-MD
- else
- tmpdepfile1=$dir$base.o.d
- tmpdepfile2=$dir$base.d
- tmpdepfile3=$dir$base.d
- tmpdepfile4=$dir$base.d
- "$@" -MD
- fi
-
- stat=$?
- if test $stat -eq 0; then :
- else
- rm -f "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2" "$tmpdepfile3" "$tmpdepfile4"
- exit $stat
- fi
-
- for tmpdepfile in "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2" "$tmpdepfile3" "$tmpdepfile4"
- do
- test -f "$tmpdepfile" && break
- done
- if test -f "$tmpdepfile"; then
- sed -e "s,^.*\.[a-z]*:,$object:," < "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile"
- # That's a tab and a space in the [].
- sed -e 's,^.*\.[a-z]*:[ ]*,,' -e 's,$,:,' < "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile"
- else
- echo "#dummy" > "$depfile"
- fi
- rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
- ;;
-
-#nosideeffect)
- # This comment above is used by automake to tell side-effect
- # dependency tracking mechanisms from slower ones.
-
-dashmstdout)
- # Important note: in order to support this mode, a compiler *must*
- # always write the preprocessed file to stdout, regardless of -o.
- "$@" || exit $?
-
- # Remove the call to Libtool.
- if test "$libtool" = yes; then
- while test $1 != '--mode=compile'; do
- shift
- done
- shift
- fi
-
- # Remove `-o $object'.
- IFS=" "
- for arg
- do
- case $arg in
- -o)
- shift
- ;;
- $object)
- shift
- ;;
- *)
- set fnord "$@" "$arg"
- shift # fnord
- shift # $arg
- ;;
- esac
- done
-
- test -z "$dashmflag" && dashmflag=-M
- # Require at least two characters before searching for `:'
- # in the target name. This is to cope with DOS-style filenames:
- # a dependency such as `c:/foo/bar' could be seen as target `c' otherwise.
- "$@" $dashmflag |
- sed 's:^[ ]*[^: ][^:][^:]*\:[ ]*:'"$object"'\: :' > "$tmpdepfile"
- rm -f "$depfile"
- cat < "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile"
- tr ' ' '
-' < "$tmpdepfile" | \
-## Some versions of the HPUX 10.20 sed can't process this invocation
-## correctly. Breaking it into two sed invocations is a workaround.
- sed -e 's/^\\$//' -e '/^$/d' -e '/:$/d' | sed -e 's/$/ :/' >> "$depfile"
- rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
- ;;
-
-dashXmstdout)
- # This case only exists to satisfy depend.m4. It is never actually
- # run, as this mode is specially recognized in the preamble.
- exit 1
- ;;
-
-makedepend)
- "$@" || exit $?
- # Remove any Libtool call
- if test "$libtool" = yes; then
- while test $1 != '--mode=compile'; do
- shift
- done
- shift
- fi
- # X makedepend
- shift
- cleared=no
- for arg in "$@"; do
- case $cleared in
- no)
- set ""; shift
- cleared=yes ;;
- esac
- case "$arg" in
- -D*|-I*)
- set fnord "$@" "$arg"; shift ;;
- # Strip any option that makedepend may not understand. Remove
- # the object too, otherwise makedepend will parse it as a source file.
- -*|$object)
- ;;
- *)
- set fnord "$@" "$arg"; shift ;;
- esac
- done
- obj_suffix="`echo $object | sed 's/^.*\././'`"
- touch "$tmpdepfile"
- ${MAKEDEPEND-makedepend} -o"$obj_suffix" -f"$tmpdepfile" "$@"
- rm -f "$depfile"
- cat < "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile"
- sed '1,2d' "$tmpdepfile" | tr ' ' '
-' | \
-## Some versions of the HPUX 10.20 sed can't process this invocation
-## correctly. Breaking it into two sed invocations is a workaround.
- sed -e 's/^\\$//' -e '/^$/d' -e '/:$/d' | sed -e 's/$/ :/' >> "$depfile"
- rm -f "$tmpdepfile" "$tmpdepfile".bak
- ;;
-
-cpp)
- # Important note: in order to support this mode, a compiler *must*
- # always write the preprocessed file to stdout.
- "$@" || exit $?
-
- # Remove the call to Libtool.
- if test "$libtool" = yes; then
- while test $1 != '--mode=compile'; do
- shift
- done
- shift
- fi
-
- # Remove `-o $object'.
- IFS=" "
- for arg
- do
- case $arg in
- -o)
- shift
- ;;
- $object)
- shift
- ;;
- *)
- set fnord "$@" "$arg"
- shift # fnord
- shift # $arg
- ;;
- esac
- done
-
- "$@" -E |
- sed -n -e '/^# [0-9][0-9]* "\([^"]*\)".*/ s:: \1 \\:p' \
- -e '/^#line [0-9][0-9]* "\([^"]*\)".*/ s:: \1 \\:p' |
- sed '$ s: \\$::' > "$tmpdepfile"
- rm -f "$depfile"
- echo "$object : \\" > "$depfile"
- cat < "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile"
- sed < "$tmpdepfile" '/^$/d;s/^ //;s/ \\$//;s/$/ :/' >> "$depfile"
- rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
- ;;
-
-msvisualcpp)
- # Important note: in order to support this mode, a compiler *must*
- # always write the preprocessed file to stdout, regardless of -o,
- # because we must use -o when running libtool.
- "$@" || exit $?
- IFS=" "
- for arg
- do
- case "$arg" in
- "-Gm"|"/Gm"|"-Gi"|"/Gi"|"-ZI"|"/ZI")
- set fnord "$@"
- shift
- shift
- ;;
- *)
- set fnord "$@" "$arg"
- shift
- shift
- ;;
- esac
- done
- "$@" -E |
- sed -n '/^#line [0-9][0-9]* "\([^"]*\)"/ s::echo "`cygpath -u \\"\1\\"`":p' | sort | uniq > "$tmpdepfile"
- rm -f "$depfile"
- echo "$object : \\" > "$depfile"
- . "$tmpdepfile" | sed 's% %\\ %g' | sed -n '/^\(.*\)$/ s:: \1 \\:p' >> "$depfile"
- echo " " >> "$depfile"
- . "$tmpdepfile" | sed 's% %\\ %g' | sed -n '/^\(.*\)$/ s::\1\::p' >> "$depfile"
- rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
- ;;
-
-none)
- exec "$@"
- ;;
-
-*)
- echo "Unknown depmode $depmode" 1>&2
- exit 1
- ;;
-esac
-
-exit 0
-
-# Local Variables:
-# mode: shell-script
-# sh-indentation: 2
-# eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
-# time-stamp-start: "scriptversion="
-# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H"
-# time-stamp-end: "$"
-# End:
+++ /dev/null
-#!/bin/sh
-# install - install a program, script, or datafile
-
-scriptversion=2009-04-28.21; # UTC
-
-# This originates from X11R5 (mit/util/scripts/install.sh), which was
-# later released in X11R6 (xc/config/util/install.sh) with the
-# following copyright and license.
-#
-# Copyright (C) 1994 X Consortium
-#
-# Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
-# of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to
-# deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the
-# rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or
-# sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
-# furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
-#
-# The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
-# all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
-#
-# THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
-# IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
-# FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
-# X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
-# AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNEC-
-# TION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
-#
-# Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall not
-# be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other deal-
-# ings in this Software without prior written authorization from the X Consor-
-# tium.
-#
-#
-# FSF changes to this file are in the public domain.
-#
-# Calling this script install-sh is preferred over install.sh, to prevent
-# `make' implicit rules from creating a file called install from it
-# when there is no Makefile.
-#
-# This script is compatible with the BSD install script, but was written
-# from scratch.
-
-nl='
-'
-IFS=" "" $nl"
-
-# set DOITPROG to echo to test this script
-
-# Don't use :- since 4.3BSD and earlier shells don't like it.
-doit=${DOITPROG-}
-if test -z "$doit"; then
- doit_exec=exec
-else
- doit_exec=$doit
-fi
-
-# Put in absolute file names if you don't have them in your path;
-# or use environment vars.
-
-chgrpprog=${CHGRPPROG-chgrp}
-chmodprog=${CHMODPROG-chmod}
-chownprog=${CHOWNPROG-chown}
-cmpprog=${CMPPROG-cmp}
-cpprog=${CPPROG-cp}
-mkdirprog=${MKDIRPROG-mkdir}
-mvprog=${MVPROG-mv}
-rmprog=${RMPROG-rm}
-stripprog=${STRIPPROG-strip}
-
-posix_glob='?'
-initialize_posix_glob='
- test "$posix_glob" != "?" || {
- if (set -f) 2>/dev/null; then
- posix_glob=
- else
- posix_glob=:
- fi
- }
-'
-
-posix_mkdir=
-
-# Desired mode of installed file.
-mode=0755
-
-chgrpcmd=
-chmodcmd=$chmodprog
-chowncmd=
-mvcmd=$mvprog
-rmcmd="$rmprog -f"
-stripcmd=
-
-src=
-dst=
-dir_arg=
-dst_arg=
-
-copy_on_change=false
-no_target_directory=
-
-usage="\
-Usage: $0 [OPTION]... [-T] SRCFILE DSTFILE
- or: $0 [OPTION]... SRCFILES... DIRECTORY
- or: $0 [OPTION]... -t DIRECTORY SRCFILES...
- or: $0 [OPTION]... -d DIRECTORIES...
-
-In the 1st form, copy SRCFILE to DSTFILE.
-In the 2nd and 3rd, copy all SRCFILES to DIRECTORY.
-In the 4th, create DIRECTORIES.
-
-Options:
- --help display this help and exit.
- --version display version info and exit.
-
- -c (ignored)
- -C install only if different (preserve the last data modification time)
- -d create directories instead of installing files.
- -g GROUP $chgrpprog installed files to GROUP.
- -m MODE $chmodprog installed files to MODE.
- -o USER $chownprog installed files to USER.
- -s $stripprog installed files.
- -t DIRECTORY install into DIRECTORY.
- -T report an error if DSTFILE is a directory.
-
-Environment variables override the default commands:
- CHGRPPROG CHMODPROG CHOWNPROG CMPPROG CPPROG MKDIRPROG MVPROG
- RMPROG STRIPPROG
-"
-
-while test $# -ne 0; do
- case $1 in
- -c) ;;
-
- -C) copy_on_change=true;;
-
- -d) dir_arg=true;;
-
- -g) chgrpcmd="$chgrpprog $2"
- shift;;
-
- --help) echo "$usage"; exit $?;;
-
- -m) mode=$2
- case $mode in
- *' '* | *' '* | *'
-'* | *'*'* | *'?'* | *'['*)
- echo "$0: invalid mode: $mode" >&2
- exit 1;;
- esac
- shift;;
-
- -o) chowncmd="$chownprog $2"
- shift;;
-
- -s) stripcmd=$stripprog;;
-
- -t) dst_arg=$2
- shift;;
-
- -T) no_target_directory=true;;
-
- --version) echo "$0 $scriptversion"; exit $?;;
-
- --) shift
- break;;
-
- -*) echo "$0: invalid option: $1" >&2
- exit 1;;
-
- *) break;;
- esac
- shift
-done
-
-if test $# -ne 0 && test -z "$dir_arg$dst_arg"; then
- # When -d is used, all remaining arguments are directories to create.
- # When -t is used, the destination is already specified.
- # Otherwise, the last argument is the destination. Remove it from $@.
- for arg
- do
- if test -n "$dst_arg"; then
- # $@ is not empty: it contains at least $arg.
- set fnord "$@" "$dst_arg"
- shift # fnord
- fi
- shift # arg
- dst_arg=$arg
- done
-fi
-
-if test $# -eq 0; then
- if test -z "$dir_arg"; then
- echo "$0: no input file specified." >&2
- exit 1
- fi
- # It's OK to call `install-sh -d' without argument.
- # This can happen when creating conditional directories.
- exit 0
-fi
-
-if test -z "$dir_arg"; then
- trap '(exit $?); exit' 1 2 13 15
-
- # Set umask so as not to create temps with too-generous modes.
- # However, 'strip' requires both read and write access to temps.
- case $mode in
- # Optimize common cases.
- *644) cp_umask=133;;
- *755) cp_umask=22;;
-
- *[0-7])
- if test -z "$stripcmd"; then
- u_plus_rw=
- else
- u_plus_rw='% 200'
- fi
- cp_umask=`expr '(' 777 - $mode % 1000 ')' $u_plus_rw`;;
- *)
- if test -z "$stripcmd"; then
- u_plus_rw=
- else
- u_plus_rw=,u+rw
- fi
- cp_umask=$mode$u_plus_rw;;
- esac
-fi
-
-for src
-do
- # Protect names starting with `-'.
- case $src in
- -*) src=./$src;;
- esac
-
- if test -n "$dir_arg"; then
- dst=$src
- dstdir=$dst
- test -d "$dstdir"
- dstdir_status=$?
- else
-
- # Waiting for this to be detected by the "$cpprog $src $dsttmp" command
- # might cause directories to be created, which would be especially bad
- # if $src (and thus $dsttmp) contains '*'.
- if test ! -f "$src" && test ! -d "$src"; then
- echo "$0: $src does not exist." >&2
- exit 1
- fi
-
- if test -z "$dst_arg"; then
- echo "$0: no destination specified." >&2
- exit 1
- fi
-
- dst=$dst_arg
- # Protect names starting with `-'.
- case $dst in
- -*) dst=./$dst;;
- esac
-
- # If destination is a directory, append the input filename; won't work
- # if double slashes aren't ignored.
- if test -d "$dst"; then
- if test -n "$no_target_directory"; then
- echo "$0: $dst_arg: Is a directory" >&2
- exit 1
- fi
- dstdir=$dst
- dst=$dstdir/`basename "$src"`
- dstdir_status=0
- else
- # Prefer dirname, but fall back on a substitute if dirname fails.
- dstdir=`
- (dirname "$dst") 2>/dev/null ||
- expr X"$dst" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \
- X"$dst" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \
- X"$dst" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \
- X"$dst" : 'X\(/\)' \| . 2>/dev/null ||
- echo X"$dst" |
- sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{
- s//\1/
- q
- }
- /^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{
- s//\1/
- q
- }
- /^X\(\/\/\)$/{
- s//\1/
- q
- }
- /^X\(\/\).*/{
- s//\1/
- q
- }
- s/.*/./; q'
- `
-
- test -d "$dstdir"
- dstdir_status=$?
- fi
- fi
-
- obsolete_mkdir_used=false
-
- if test $dstdir_status != 0; then
- case $posix_mkdir in
- '')
- # Create intermediate dirs using mode 755 as modified by the umask.
- # This is like FreeBSD 'install' as of 1997-10-28.
- umask=`umask`
- case $stripcmd.$umask in
- # Optimize common cases.
- *[2367][2367]) mkdir_umask=$umask;;
- .*0[02][02] | .[02][02] | .[02]) mkdir_umask=22;;
-
- *[0-7])
- mkdir_umask=`expr $umask + 22 \
- - $umask % 100 % 40 + $umask % 20 \
- - $umask % 10 % 4 + $umask % 2
- `;;
- *) mkdir_umask=$umask,go-w;;
- esac
-
- # With -d, create the new directory with the user-specified mode.
- # Otherwise, rely on $mkdir_umask.
- if test -n "$dir_arg"; then
- mkdir_mode=-m$mode
- else
- mkdir_mode=
- fi
-
- posix_mkdir=false
- case $umask in
- *[123567][0-7][0-7])
- # POSIX mkdir -p sets u+wx bits regardless of umask, which
- # is incompatible with FreeBSD 'install' when (umask & 300) != 0.
- ;;
- *)
- tmpdir=${TMPDIR-/tmp}/ins$RANDOM-$$
- trap 'ret=$?; rmdir "$tmpdir/d" "$tmpdir" 2>/dev/null; exit $ret' 0
-
- if (umask $mkdir_umask &&
- exec $mkdirprog $mkdir_mode -p -- "$tmpdir/d") >/dev/null 2>&1
- then
- if test -z "$dir_arg" || {
- # Check for POSIX incompatibilities with -m.
- # HP-UX 11.23 and IRIX 6.5 mkdir -m -p sets group- or
- # other-writeable bit of parent directory when it shouldn't.
- # FreeBSD 6.1 mkdir -m -p sets mode of existing directory.
- ls_ld_tmpdir=`ls -ld "$tmpdir"`
- case $ls_ld_tmpdir in
- d????-?r-*) different_mode=700;;
- d????-?--*) different_mode=755;;
- *) false;;
- esac &&
- $mkdirprog -m$different_mode -p -- "$tmpdir" && {
- ls_ld_tmpdir_1=`ls -ld "$tmpdir"`
- test "$ls_ld_tmpdir" = "$ls_ld_tmpdir_1"
- }
- }
- then posix_mkdir=:
- fi
- rmdir "$tmpdir/d" "$tmpdir"
- else
- # Remove any dirs left behind by ancient mkdir implementations.
- rmdir ./$mkdir_mode ./-p ./-- 2>/dev/null
- fi
- trap '' 0;;
- esac;;
- esac
-
- if
- $posix_mkdir && (
- umask $mkdir_umask &&
- $doit_exec $mkdirprog $mkdir_mode -p -- "$dstdir"
- )
- then :
- else
-
- # The umask is ridiculous, or mkdir does not conform to POSIX,
- # or it failed possibly due to a race condition. Create the
- # directory the slow way, step by step, checking for races as we go.
-
- case $dstdir in
- /*) prefix='/';;
- -*) prefix='./';;
- *) prefix='';;
- esac
-
- eval "$initialize_posix_glob"
-
- oIFS=$IFS
- IFS=/
- $posix_glob set -f
- set fnord $dstdir
- shift
- $posix_glob set +f
- IFS=$oIFS
-
- prefixes=
-
- for d
- do
- test -z "$d" && continue
-
- prefix=$prefix$d
- if test -d "$prefix"; then
- prefixes=
- else
- if $posix_mkdir; then
- (umask=$mkdir_umask &&
- $doit_exec $mkdirprog $mkdir_mode -p -- "$dstdir") && break
- # Don't fail if two instances are running concurrently.
- test -d "$prefix" || exit 1
- else
- case $prefix in
- *\'*) qprefix=`echo "$prefix" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"`;;
- *) qprefix=$prefix;;
- esac
- prefixes="$prefixes '$qprefix'"
- fi
- fi
- prefix=$prefix/
- done
-
- if test -n "$prefixes"; then
- # Don't fail if two instances are running concurrently.
- (umask $mkdir_umask &&
- eval "\$doit_exec \$mkdirprog $prefixes") ||
- test -d "$dstdir" || exit 1
- obsolete_mkdir_used=true
- fi
- fi
- fi
-
- if test -n "$dir_arg"; then
- { test -z "$chowncmd" || $doit $chowncmd "$dst"; } &&
- { test -z "$chgrpcmd" || $doit $chgrpcmd "$dst"; } &&
- { test "$obsolete_mkdir_used$chowncmd$chgrpcmd" = false ||
- test -z "$chmodcmd" || $doit $chmodcmd $mode "$dst"; } || exit 1
- else
-
- # Make a couple of temp file names in the proper directory.
- dsttmp=$dstdir/_inst.$$_
- rmtmp=$dstdir/_rm.$$_
-
- # Trap to clean up those temp files at exit.
- trap 'ret=$?; rm -f "$dsttmp" "$rmtmp" && exit $ret' 0
-
- # Copy the file name to the temp name.
- (umask $cp_umask && $doit_exec $cpprog "$src" "$dsttmp") &&
-
- # and set any options; do chmod last to preserve setuid bits.
- #
- # If any of these fail, we abort the whole thing. If we want to
- # ignore errors from any of these, just make sure not to ignore
- # errors from the above "$doit $cpprog $src $dsttmp" command.
- #
- { test -z "$chowncmd" || $doit $chowncmd "$dsttmp"; } &&
- { test -z "$chgrpcmd" || $doit $chgrpcmd "$dsttmp"; } &&
- { test -z "$stripcmd" || $doit $stripcmd "$dsttmp"; } &&
- { test -z "$chmodcmd" || $doit $chmodcmd $mode "$dsttmp"; } &&
-
- # If -C, don't bother to copy if it wouldn't change the file.
- if $copy_on_change &&
- old=`LC_ALL=C ls -dlL "$dst" 2>/dev/null` &&
- new=`LC_ALL=C ls -dlL "$dsttmp" 2>/dev/null` &&
-
- eval "$initialize_posix_glob" &&
- $posix_glob set -f &&
- set X $old && old=:$2:$4:$5:$6 &&
- set X $new && new=:$2:$4:$5:$6 &&
- $posix_glob set +f &&
-
- test "$old" = "$new" &&
- $cmpprog "$dst" "$dsttmp" >/dev/null 2>&1
- then
- rm -f "$dsttmp"
- else
- # Rename the file to the real destination.
- $doit $mvcmd -f "$dsttmp" "$dst" 2>/dev/null ||
-
- # The rename failed, perhaps because mv can't rename something else
- # to itself, or perhaps because mv is so ancient that it does not
- # support -f.
- {
- # Now remove or move aside any old file at destination location.
- # We try this two ways since rm can't unlink itself on some
- # systems and the destination file might be busy for other
- # reasons. In this case, the final cleanup might fail but the new
- # file should still install successfully.
- {
- test ! -f "$dst" ||
- $doit $rmcmd -f "$dst" 2>/dev/null ||
- { $doit $mvcmd -f "$dst" "$rmtmp" 2>/dev/null &&
- { $doit $rmcmd -f "$rmtmp" 2>/dev/null; :; }
- } ||
- { echo "$0: cannot unlink or rename $dst" >&2
- (exit 1); exit 1
- }
- } &&
-
- # Now rename the file to the real destination.
- $doit $mvcmd "$dsttmp" "$dst"
- }
- fi || exit 1
-
- trap '' 0
- fi
-done
-
-# Local variables:
-# eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
-# time-stamp-start: "scriptversion="
-# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H"
-# time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC"
-# time-stamp-end: "; # UTC"
-# End:
+++ /dev/null
-prefix=@prefix@
-exec_prefix=@exec_prefix@
-libdir=@libdir@
-includedir=${libdir}/@PACKAGE_NAME@-@PACKAGE_VERSION@/include
-
-Name: @PACKAGE_NAME@
-Description: Library supporting Foreign Function Interfaces
-Version: @PACKAGE_VERSION@
-Libs: -L${libdir} -lffi
-Cflags: -I${includedir}
+++ /dev/null
-# This file is used to maintain libtool version info for libffi. See
-# the libtool manual to understand the meaning of the fields. This is
-# a separate file so that version updates don't involve re-running
-# automake.
-#
-# Here are a set of rules to help you update your library version
-# information:
-#
-# 1. Start with version information of `0:0:0' for each libtool library.
-#
-# 2. Update the version information only immediately before a public
-# release of your software. More frequent updates are unnecessary,
-# and only guarantee that the current interface number gets larger
-# faster.
-#
-# 3. If the library source code has changed at all since the last
-# update, then increment revision (`c:r:a' becomes `c:r+1:a').
-#
-# 4. If any interfaces have been added, removed, or changed since the
-# last update, increment current, and set revision to 0.
-#
-# 5. If any interfaces have been added since the last public release,
-# then increment age.
-#
-# 6. If any interfaces have been removed since the last public
-# release, then set age to 0.
-#
-# CURRENT:REVISION:AGE
-5:10:0
+++ /dev/null
-# Generated from ltmain.m4sh.
-
-# ltmain.sh (GNU libtool) 2.2.6b
-# Written by Gordon Matzigkeit <gord@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, 1996
-
-# Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-# This is free software; see the source for copying conditions. There is NO
-# warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
-
-# GNU Libtool is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
-# (at your option) any later version.
-#
-# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License,
-# if you distribute this file as part of a program or library that
-# is built using GNU Libtool, you may include this file under the
-# same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program.
-#
-# GNU Libtool is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
-# General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with GNU Libtool; see the file COPYING. If not, a copy
-# can be downloaded from http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html,
-# or obtained by writing to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
-# 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
-
-# Usage: $progname [OPTION]... [MODE-ARG]...
-#
-# Provide generalized library-building support services.
-#
-# --config show all configuration variables
-# --debug enable verbose shell tracing
-# -n, --dry-run display commands without modifying any files
-# --features display basic configuration information and exit
-# --mode=MODE use operation mode MODE
-# --preserve-dup-deps don't remove duplicate dependency libraries
-# --quiet, --silent don't print informational messages
-# --tag=TAG use configuration variables from tag TAG
-# -v, --verbose print informational messages (default)
-# --version print version information
-# -h, --help print short or long help message
-#
-# MODE must be one of the following:
-#
-# clean remove files from the build directory
-# compile compile a source file into a libtool object
-# execute automatically set library path, then run a program
-# finish complete the installation of libtool libraries
-# install install libraries or executables
-# link create a library or an executable
-# uninstall remove libraries from an installed directory
-#
-# MODE-ARGS vary depending on the MODE.
-# Try `$progname --help --mode=MODE' for a more detailed description of MODE.
-#
-# When reporting a bug, please describe a test case to reproduce it and
-# include the following information:
-#
-# host-triplet: $host
-# shell: $SHELL
-# compiler: $LTCC
-# compiler flags: $LTCFLAGS
-# linker: $LD (gnu? $with_gnu_ld)
-# $progname: (GNU libtool) 2.2.6b
-# automake: $automake_version
-# autoconf: $autoconf_version
-#
-# Report bugs to <bug-libtool@gnu.org>.
-
-PROGRAM=ltmain.sh
-PACKAGE=libtool
-VERSION=2.2.6b
-TIMESTAMP=""
-package_revision=1.3017
-
-# Be Bourne compatible
-if test -n "${ZSH_VERSION+set}" && (emulate sh) >/dev/null 2>&1; then
- emulate sh
- NULLCMD=:
- # Zsh 3.x and 4.x performs word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which
- # is contrary to our usage. Disable this feature.
- alias -g '${1+"$@"}'='"$@"'
- setopt NO_GLOB_SUBST
-else
- case `(set -o) 2>/dev/null` in *posix*) set -o posix;; esac
-fi
-BIN_SH=xpg4; export BIN_SH # for Tru64
-DUALCASE=1; export DUALCASE # for MKS sh
-
-# NLS nuisances: We save the old values to restore during execute mode.
-# Only set LANG and LC_ALL to C if already set.
-# These must not be set unconditionally because not all systems understand
-# e.g. LANG=C (notably SCO).
-lt_user_locale=
-lt_safe_locale=
-for lt_var in LANG LANGUAGE LC_ALL LC_CTYPE LC_COLLATE LC_MESSAGES
-do
- eval "if test \"\${$lt_var+set}\" = set; then
- save_$lt_var=\$$lt_var
- $lt_var=C
- export $lt_var
- lt_user_locale=\"$lt_var=\\\$save_\$lt_var; \$lt_user_locale\"
- lt_safe_locale=\"$lt_var=C; \$lt_safe_locale\"
- fi"
-done
-
-$lt_unset CDPATH
-
-
-
-
-
-: ${CP="cp -f"}
-: ${ECHO="echo"}
-: ${EGREP="/bin/grep -E"}
-: ${FGREP="/bin/grep -F"}
-: ${GREP="/bin/grep"}
-: ${LN_S="ln -s"}
-: ${MAKE="make"}
-: ${MKDIR="mkdir"}
-: ${MV="mv -f"}
-: ${RM="rm -f"}
-: ${SED="/bin/sed"}
-: ${SHELL="${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh}"}
-: ${Xsed="$SED -e 1s/^X//"}
-
-# Global variables:
-EXIT_SUCCESS=0
-EXIT_FAILURE=1
-EXIT_MISMATCH=63 # $? = 63 is used to indicate version mismatch to missing.
-EXIT_SKIP=77 # $? = 77 is used to indicate a skipped test to automake.
-
-exit_status=$EXIT_SUCCESS
-
-# Make sure IFS has a sensible default
-lt_nl='
-'
-IFS=" $lt_nl"
-
-dirname="s,/[^/]*$,,"
-basename="s,^.*/,,"
-
-# func_dirname_and_basename file append nondir_replacement
-# perform func_basename and func_dirname in a single function
-# call:
-# dirname: Compute the dirname of FILE. If nonempty,
-# add APPEND to the result, otherwise set result
-# to NONDIR_REPLACEMENT.
-# value returned in "$func_dirname_result"
-# basename: Compute filename of FILE.
-# value retuned in "$func_basename_result"
-# Implementation must be kept synchronized with func_dirname
-# and func_basename. For efficiency, we do not delegate to
-# those functions but instead duplicate the functionality here.
-func_dirname_and_basename ()
-{
- # Extract subdirectory from the argument.
- func_dirname_result=`$ECHO "X${1}" | $Xsed -e "$dirname"`
- if test "X$func_dirname_result" = "X${1}"; then
- func_dirname_result="${3}"
- else
- func_dirname_result="$func_dirname_result${2}"
- fi
- func_basename_result=`$ECHO "X${1}" | $Xsed -e "$basename"`
-}
-
-# Generated shell functions inserted here.
-
-# Work around backward compatibility issue on IRIX 6.5. On IRIX 6.4+, sh
-# is ksh but when the shell is invoked as "sh" and the current value of
-# the _XPG environment variable is not equal to 1 (one), the special
-# positional parameter $0, within a function call, is the name of the
-# function.
-progpath="$0"
-
-# The name of this program:
-# In the unlikely event $progname began with a '-', it would play havoc with
-# func_echo (imagine progname=-n), so we prepend ./ in that case:
-func_dirname_and_basename "$progpath"
-progname=$func_basename_result
-case $progname in
- -*) progname=./$progname ;;
-esac
-
-# Make sure we have an absolute path for reexecution:
-case $progpath in
- [\\/]*|[A-Za-z]:\\*) ;;
- *[\\/]*)
- progdir=$func_dirname_result
- progdir=`cd "$progdir" && pwd`
- progpath="$progdir/$progname"
- ;;
- *)
- save_IFS="$IFS"
- IFS=:
- for progdir in $PATH; do
- IFS="$save_IFS"
- test -x "$progdir/$progname" && break
- done
- IFS="$save_IFS"
- test -n "$progdir" || progdir=`pwd`
- progpath="$progdir/$progname"
- ;;
-esac
-
-# Sed substitution that helps us do robust quoting. It backslashifies
-# metacharacters that are still active within double-quoted strings.
-Xsed="${SED}"' -e 1s/^X//'
-sed_quote_subst='s/\([`"$\\]\)/\\\1/g'
-
-# Same as above, but do not quote variable references.
-double_quote_subst='s/\(["`\\]\)/\\\1/g'
-
-# Re-`\' parameter expansions in output of double_quote_subst that were
-# `\'-ed in input to the same. If an odd number of `\' preceded a '$'
-# in input to double_quote_subst, that '$' was protected from expansion.
-# Since each input `\' is now two `\'s, look for any number of runs of
-# four `\'s followed by two `\'s and then a '$'. `\' that '$'.
-bs='\\'
-bs2='\\\\'
-bs4='\\\\\\\\'
-dollar='\$'
-sed_double_backslash="\
- s/$bs4/&\\
-/g
- s/^$bs2$dollar/$bs&/
- s/\\([^$bs]\\)$bs2$dollar/\\1$bs2$bs$dollar/g
- s/\n//g"
-
-# Standard options:
-opt_dry_run=false
-opt_help=false
-opt_quiet=false
-opt_verbose=false
-opt_warning=:
-
-# func_echo arg...
-# Echo program name prefixed message, along with the current mode
-# name if it has been set yet.
-func_echo ()
-{
- $ECHO "$progname${mode+: }$mode: $*"
-}
-
-# func_verbose arg...
-# Echo program name prefixed message in verbose mode only.
-func_verbose ()
-{
- $opt_verbose && func_echo ${1+"$@"}
-
- # A bug in bash halts the script if the last line of a function
- # fails when set -e is in force, so we need another command to
- # work around that:
- :
-}
-
-# func_error arg...
-# Echo program name prefixed message to standard error.
-func_error ()
-{
- $ECHO "$progname${mode+: }$mode: "${1+"$@"} 1>&2
-}
-
-# func_warning arg...
-# Echo program name prefixed warning message to standard error.
-func_warning ()
-{
- $opt_warning && $ECHO "$progname${mode+: }$mode: warning: "${1+"$@"} 1>&2
-
- # bash bug again:
- :
-}
-
-# func_fatal_error arg...
-# Echo program name prefixed message to standard error, and exit.
-func_fatal_error ()
-{
- func_error ${1+"$@"}
- exit $EXIT_FAILURE
-}
-
-# func_fatal_help arg...
-# Echo program name prefixed message to standard error, followed by
-# a help hint, and exit.
-func_fatal_help ()
-{
- func_error ${1+"$@"}
- func_fatal_error "$help"
-}
-help="Try \`$progname --help' for more information." ## default
-
-
-# func_grep expression filename
-# Check whether EXPRESSION matches any line of FILENAME, without output.
-func_grep ()
-{
- $GREP "$1" "$2" >/dev/null 2>&1
-}
-
-
-# func_mkdir_p directory-path
-# Make sure the entire path to DIRECTORY-PATH is available.
-func_mkdir_p ()
-{
- my_directory_path="$1"
- my_dir_list=
-
- if test -n "$my_directory_path" && test "$opt_dry_run" != ":"; then
-
- # Protect directory names starting with `-'
- case $my_directory_path in
- -*) my_directory_path="./$my_directory_path" ;;
- esac
-
- # While some portion of DIR does not yet exist...
- while test ! -d "$my_directory_path"; do
- # ...make a list in topmost first order. Use a colon delimited
- # list incase some portion of path contains whitespace.
- my_dir_list="$my_directory_path:$my_dir_list"
-
- # If the last portion added has no slash in it, the list is done
- case $my_directory_path in */*) ;; *) break ;; esac
-
- # ...otherwise throw away the child directory and loop
- my_directory_path=`$ECHO "X$my_directory_path" | $Xsed -e "$dirname"`
- done
- my_dir_list=`$ECHO "X$my_dir_list" | $Xsed -e 's,:*$,,'`
-
- save_mkdir_p_IFS="$IFS"; IFS=':'
- for my_dir in $my_dir_list; do
- IFS="$save_mkdir_p_IFS"
- # mkdir can fail with a `File exist' error if two processes
- # try to create one of the directories concurrently. Don't
- # stop in that case!
- $MKDIR "$my_dir" 2>/dev/null || :
- done
- IFS="$save_mkdir_p_IFS"
-
- # Bail out if we (or some other process) failed to create a directory.
- test -d "$my_directory_path" || \
- func_fatal_error "Failed to create \`$1'"
- fi
-}
-
-
-# func_mktempdir [string]
-# Make a temporary directory that won't clash with other running
-# libtool processes, and avoids race conditions if possible. If
-# given, STRING is the basename for that directory.
-func_mktempdir ()
-{
- my_template="${TMPDIR-/tmp}/${1-$progname}"
-
- if test "$opt_dry_run" = ":"; then
- # Return a directory name, but don't create it in dry-run mode
- my_tmpdir="${my_template}-$$"
- else
-
- # If mktemp works, use that first and foremost
- my_tmpdir=`mktemp -d "${my_template}-XXXXXXXX" 2>/dev/null`
-
- if test ! -d "$my_tmpdir"; then
- # Failing that, at least try and use $RANDOM to avoid a race
- my_tmpdir="${my_template}-${RANDOM-0}$$"
-
- save_mktempdir_umask=`umask`
- umask 0077
- $MKDIR "$my_tmpdir"
- umask $save_mktempdir_umask
- fi
-
- # If we're not in dry-run mode, bomb out on failure
- test -d "$my_tmpdir" || \
- func_fatal_error "cannot create temporary directory \`$my_tmpdir'"
- fi
-
- $ECHO "X$my_tmpdir" | $Xsed
-}
-
-
-# func_quote_for_eval arg
-# Aesthetically quote ARG to be evaled later.
-# This function returns two values: FUNC_QUOTE_FOR_EVAL_RESULT
-# is double-quoted, suitable for a subsequent eval, whereas
-# FUNC_QUOTE_FOR_EVAL_UNQUOTED_RESULT has merely all characters
-# which are still active within double quotes backslashified.
-func_quote_for_eval ()
-{
- case $1 in
- *[\\\`\"\$]*)
- func_quote_for_eval_unquoted_result=`$ECHO "X$1" | $Xsed -e "$sed_quote_subst"` ;;
- *)
- func_quote_for_eval_unquoted_result="$1" ;;
- esac
-
- case $func_quote_for_eval_unquoted_result in
- # Double-quote args containing shell metacharacters to delay
- # word splitting, command substitution and and variable
- # expansion for a subsequent eval.
- # Many Bourne shells cannot handle close brackets correctly
- # in scan sets, so we specify it separately.
- *[\[\~\#\^\&\*\(\)\{\}\|\;\<\>\?\'\ \ ]*|*]*|"")
- func_quote_for_eval_result="\"$func_quote_for_eval_unquoted_result\""
- ;;
- *)
- func_quote_for_eval_result="$func_quote_for_eval_unquoted_result"
- esac
-}
-
-
-# func_quote_for_expand arg
-# Aesthetically quote ARG to be evaled later; same as above,
-# but do not quote variable references.
-func_quote_for_expand ()
-{
- case $1 in
- *[\\\`\"]*)
- my_arg=`$ECHO "X$1" | $Xsed \
- -e "$double_quote_subst" -e "$sed_double_backslash"` ;;
- *)
- my_arg="$1" ;;
- esac
-
- case $my_arg in
- # Double-quote args containing shell metacharacters to delay
- # word splitting and command substitution for a subsequent eval.
- # Many Bourne shells cannot handle close brackets correctly
- # in scan sets, so we specify it separately.
- *[\[\~\#\^\&\*\(\)\{\}\|\;\<\>\?\'\ \ ]*|*]*|"")
- my_arg="\"$my_arg\""
- ;;
- esac
-
- func_quote_for_expand_result="$my_arg"
-}
-
-
-# func_show_eval cmd [fail_exp]
-# Unless opt_silent is true, then output CMD. Then, if opt_dryrun is
-# not true, evaluate CMD. If the evaluation of CMD fails, and FAIL_EXP
-# is given, then evaluate it.
-func_show_eval ()
-{
- my_cmd="$1"
- my_fail_exp="${2-:}"
-
- ${opt_silent-false} || {
- func_quote_for_expand "$my_cmd"
- eval "func_echo $func_quote_for_expand_result"
- }
-
- if ${opt_dry_run-false}; then :; else
- eval "$my_cmd"
- my_status=$?
- if test "$my_status" -eq 0; then :; else
- eval "(exit $my_status); $my_fail_exp"
- fi
- fi
-}
-
-
-# func_show_eval_locale cmd [fail_exp]
-# Unless opt_silent is true, then output CMD. Then, if opt_dryrun is
-# not true, evaluate CMD. If the evaluation of CMD fails, and FAIL_EXP
-# is given, then evaluate it. Use the saved locale for evaluation.
-func_show_eval_locale ()
-{
- my_cmd="$1"
- my_fail_exp="${2-:}"
-
- ${opt_silent-false} || {
- func_quote_for_expand "$my_cmd"
- eval "func_echo $func_quote_for_expand_result"
- }
-
- if ${opt_dry_run-false}; then :; else
- eval "$lt_user_locale
- $my_cmd"
- my_status=$?
- eval "$lt_safe_locale"
- if test "$my_status" -eq 0; then :; else
- eval "(exit $my_status); $my_fail_exp"
- fi
- fi
-}
-
-
-
-
-
-# func_version
-# Echo version message to standard output and exit.
-func_version ()
-{
- $SED -n '/^# '$PROGRAM' (GNU /,/# warranty; / {
- s/^# //
- s/^# *$//
- s/\((C)\)[ 0-9,-]*\( [1-9][0-9]*\)/\1\2/
- p
- }' < "$progpath"
- exit $?
-}
-
-# func_usage
-# Echo short help message to standard output and exit.
-func_usage ()
-{
- $SED -n '/^# Usage:/,/# -h/ {
- s/^# //
- s/^# *$//
- s/\$progname/'$progname'/
- p
- }' < "$progpath"
- $ECHO
- $ECHO "run \`$progname --help | more' for full usage"
- exit $?
-}
-
-# func_help
-# Echo long help message to standard output and exit.
-func_help ()
-{
- $SED -n '/^# Usage:/,/# Report bugs to/ {
- s/^# //
- s/^# *$//
- s*\$progname*'$progname'*
- s*\$host*'"$host"'*
- s*\$SHELL*'"$SHELL"'*
- s*\$LTCC*'"$LTCC"'*
- s*\$LTCFLAGS*'"$LTCFLAGS"'*
- s*\$LD*'"$LD"'*
- s/\$with_gnu_ld/'"$with_gnu_ld"'/
- s/\$automake_version/'"`(automake --version) 2>/dev/null |$SED 1q`"'/
- s/\$autoconf_version/'"`(autoconf --version) 2>/dev/null |$SED 1q`"'/
- p
- }' < "$progpath"
- exit $?
-}
-
-# func_missing_arg argname
-# Echo program name prefixed message to standard error and set global
-# exit_cmd.
-func_missing_arg ()
-{
- func_error "missing argument for $1"
- exit_cmd=exit
-}
-
-exit_cmd=:
-
-
-
-
-
-# Check that we have a working $ECHO.
-if test "X$1" = X--no-reexec; then
- # Discard the --no-reexec flag, and continue.
- shift
-elif test "X$1" = X--fallback-echo; then
- # Avoid inline document here, it may be left over
- :
-elif test "X`{ $ECHO '\t'; } 2>/dev/null`" = 'X\t'; then
- # Yippee, $ECHO works!
- :
-else
- # Restart under the correct shell, and then maybe $ECHO will work.
- exec $SHELL "$progpath" --no-reexec ${1+"$@"}
-fi
-
-if test "X$1" = X--fallback-echo; then
- # used as fallback echo
- shift
- cat <<EOF
-$*
-EOF
- exit $EXIT_SUCCESS
-fi
-
-magic="%%%MAGIC variable%%%"
-magic_exe="%%%MAGIC EXE variable%%%"
-
-# Global variables.
-# $mode is unset
-nonopt=
-execute_dlfiles=
-preserve_args=
-lo2o="s/\\.lo\$/.${objext}/"
-o2lo="s/\\.${objext}\$/.lo/"
-extracted_archives=
-extracted_serial=0
-
-opt_dry_run=false
-opt_duplicate_deps=false
-opt_silent=false
-opt_debug=:
-
-# If this variable is set in any of the actions, the command in it
-# will be execed at the end. This prevents here-documents from being
-# left over by shells.
-exec_cmd=
-
-# func_fatal_configuration arg...
-# Echo program name prefixed message to standard error, followed by
-# a configuration failure hint, and exit.
-func_fatal_configuration ()
-{
- func_error ${1+"$@"}
- func_error "See the $PACKAGE documentation for more information."
- func_fatal_error "Fatal configuration error."
-}
-
-
-# func_config
-# Display the configuration for all the tags in this script.
-func_config ()
-{
- re_begincf='^# ### BEGIN LIBTOOL'
- re_endcf='^# ### END LIBTOOL'
-
- # Default configuration.
- $SED "1,/$re_begincf CONFIG/d;/$re_endcf CONFIG/,\$d" < "$progpath"
-
- # Now print the configurations for the tags.
- for tagname in $taglist; do
- $SED -n "/$re_begincf TAG CONFIG: $tagname\$/,/$re_endcf TAG CONFIG: $tagname\$/p" < "$progpath"
- done
-
- exit $?
-}
-
-# func_features
-# Display the features supported by this script.
-func_features ()
-{
- $ECHO "host: $host"
- if test "$build_libtool_libs" = yes; then
- $ECHO "enable shared libraries"
- else
- $ECHO "disable shared libraries"
- fi
- if test "$build_old_libs" = yes; then
- $ECHO "enable static libraries"
- else
- $ECHO "disable static libraries"
- fi
-
- exit $?
-}
-
-# func_enable_tag tagname
-# Verify that TAGNAME is valid, and either flag an error and exit, or
-# enable the TAGNAME tag. We also add TAGNAME to the global $taglist
-# variable here.
-func_enable_tag ()
-{
- # Global variable:
- tagname="$1"
-
- re_begincf="^# ### BEGIN LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: $tagname\$"
- re_endcf="^# ### END LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: $tagname\$"
- sed_extractcf="/$re_begincf/,/$re_endcf/p"
-
- # Validate tagname.
- case $tagname in
- *[!-_A-Za-z0-9,/]*)
- func_fatal_error "invalid tag name: $tagname"
- ;;
- esac
-
- # Don't test for the "default" C tag, as we know it's
- # there but not specially marked.
- case $tagname in
- CC) ;;
- *)
- if $GREP "$re_begincf" "$progpath" >/dev/null 2>&1; then
- taglist="$taglist $tagname"
-
- # Evaluate the configuration. Be careful to quote the path
- # and the sed script, to avoid splitting on whitespace, but
- # also don't use non-portable quotes within backquotes within
- # quotes we have to do it in 2 steps:
- extractedcf=`$SED -n -e "$sed_extractcf" < "$progpath"`
- eval "$extractedcf"
- else
- func_error "ignoring unknown tag $tagname"
- fi
- ;;
- esac
-}
-
-# Parse options once, thoroughly. This comes as soon as possible in
-# the script to make things like `libtool --version' happen quickly.
-{
-
- # Shorthand for --mode=foo, only valid as the first argument
- case $1 in
- clean|clea|cle|cl)
- shift; set dummy --mode clean ${1+"$@"}; shift
- ;;
- compile|compil|compi|comp|com|co|c)
- shift; set dummy --mode compile ${1+"$@"}; shift
- ;;
- execute|execut|execu|exec|exe|ex|e)
- shift; set dummy --mode execute ${1+"$@"}; shift
- ;;
- finish|finis|fini|fin|fi|f)
- shift; set dummy --mode finish ${1+"$@"}; shift
- ;;
- install|instal|insta|inst|ins|in|i)
- shift; set dummy --mode install ${1+"$@"}; shift
- ;;
- link|lin|li|l)
- shift; set dummy --mode link ${1+"$@"}; shift
- ;;
- uninstall|uninstal|uninsta|uninst|unins|unin|uni|un|u)
- shift; set dummy --mode uninstall ${1+"$@"}; shift
- ;;
- esac
-
- # Parse non-mode specific arguments:
- while test "$#" -gt 0; do
- opt="$1"
- shift
-
- case $opt in
- --config) func_config ;;
-
- --debug) preserve_args="$preserve_args $opt"
- func_echo "enabling shell trace mode"
- opt_debug='set -x'
- $opt_debug
- ;;
-
- -dlopen) test "$#" -eq 0 && func_missing_arg "$opt" && break
- execute_dlfiles="$execute_dlfiles $1"
- shift
- ;;
-
- --dry-run | -n) opt_dry_run=: ;;
- --features) func_features ;;
- --finish) mode="finish" ;;
-
- --mode) test "$#" -eq 0 && func_missing_arg "$opt" && break
- case $1 in
- # Valid mode arguments:
- clean) ;;
- compile) ;;
- execute) ;;
- finish) ;;
- install) ;;
- link) ;;
- relink) ;;
- uninstall) ;;
-
- # Catch anything else as an error
- *) func_error "invalid argument for $opt"
- exit_cmd=exit
- break
- ;;
- esac
-
- mode="$1"
- shift
- ;;
-
- --preserve-dup-deps)
- opt_duplicate_deps=: ;;
-
- --quiet|--silent) preserve_args="$preserve_args $opt"
- opt_silent=:
- ;;
-
- --verbose| -v) preserve_args="$preserve_args $opt"
- opt_silent=false
- ;;
-
- --tag) test "$#" -eq 0 && func_missing_arg "$opt" && break
- preserve_args="$preserve_args $opt $1"
- func_enable_tag "$1" # tagname is set here
- shift
- ;;
-
- # Separate optargs to long options:
- -dlopen=*|--mode=*|--tag=*)
- func_opt_split "$opt"
- set dummy "$func_opt_split_opt" "$func_opt_split_arg" ${1+"$@"}
- shift
- ;;
-
- -\?|-h) func_usage ;;
- --help) opt_help=: ;;
- --version) func_version ;;
-
- -*) func_fatal_help "unrecognized option \`$opt'" ;;
-
- *) nonopt="$opt"
- break
- ;;
- esac
- done
-
-
- case $host in
- *cygwin* | *mingw* | *pw32* | *cegcc*)
- # don't eliminate duplications in $postdeps and $predeps
- opt_duplicate_compiler_generated_deps=:
- ;;
- *)
- opt_duplicate_compiler_generated_deps=$opt_duplicate_deps
- ;;
- esac
-
- # Having warned about all mis-specified options, bail out if
- # anything was wrong.
- $exit_cmd $EXIT_FAILURE
-}
-
-# func_check_version_match
-# Ensure that we are using m4 macros, and libtool script from the same
-# release of libtool.
-func_check_version_match ()
-{
- if test "$package_revision" != "$macro_revision"; then
- if test "$VERSION" != "$macro_version"; then
- if test -z "$macro_version"; then
- cat >&2 <<_LT_EOF
-$progname: Version mismatch error. This is $PACKAGE $VERSION, but the
-$progname: definition of this LT_INIT comes from an older release.
-$progname: You should recreate aclocal.m4 with macros from $PACKAGE $VERSION
-$progname: and run autoconf again.
-_LT_EOF
- else
- cat >&2 <<_LT_EOF
-$progname: Version mismatch error. This is $PACKAGE $VERSION, but the
-$progname: definition of this LT_INIT comes from $PACKAGE $macro_version.
-$progname: You should recreate aclocal.m4 with macros from $PACKAGE $VERSION
-$progname: and run autoconf again.
-_LT_EOF
- fi
- else
- cat >&2 <<_LT_EOF
-$progname: Version mismatch error. This is $PACKAGE $VERSION, revision $package_revision,
-$progname: but the definition of this LT_INIT comes from revision $macro_revision.
-$progname: You should recreate aclocal.m4 with macros from revision $package_revision
-$progname: of $PACKAGE $VERSION and run autoconf again.
-_LT_EOF
- fi
-
- exit $EXIT_MISMATCH
- fi
-}
-
-
-## ----------- ##
-## Main. ##
-## ----------- ##
-
-$opt_help || {
- # Sanity checks first:
- func_check_version_match
-
- if test "$build_libtool_libs" != yes && test "$build_old_libs" != yes; then
- func_fatal_configuration "not configured to build any kind of library"
- fi
-
- test -z "$mode" && func_fatal_error "error: you must specify a MODE."
-
-
- # Darwin sucks
- eval std_shrext=\"$shrext_cmds\"
-
-
- # Only execute mode is allowed to have -dlopen flags.
- if test -n "$execute_dlfiles" && test "$mode" != execute; then
- func_error "unrecognized option \`-dlopen'"
- $ECHO "$help" 1>&2
- exit $EXIT_FAILURE
- fi
-
- # Change the help message to a mode-specific one.
- generic_help="$help"
- help="Try \`$progname --help --mode=$mode' for more information."
-}
-
-
-# func_lalib_p file
-# True iff FILE is a libtool `.la' library or `.lo' object file.
-# This function is only a basic sanity check; it will hardly flush out
-# determined imposters.
-func_lalib_p ()
-{
- test -f "$1" &&
- $SED -e 4q "$1" 2>/dev/null \
- | $GREP "^# Generated by .*$PACKAGE" > /dev/null 2>&1
-}
-
-# func_lalib_unsafe_p file
-# True iff FILE is a libtool `.la' library or `.lo' object file.
-# This function implements the same check as func_lalib_p without
-# resorting to external programs. To this end, it redirects stdin and
-# closes it afterwards, without saving the original file descriptor.
-# As a safety measure, use it only where a negative result would be
-# fatal anyway. Works if `file' does not exist.
-func_lalib_unsafe_p ()
-{
- lalib_p=no
- if test -f "$1" && test -r "$1" && exec 5<&0 <"$1"; then
- for lalib_p_l in 1 2 3 4
- do
- read lalib_p_line
- case "$lalib_p_line" in
- \#\ Generated\ by\ *$PACKAGE* ) lalib_p=yes; break;;
- esac
- done
- exec 0<&5 5<&-
- fi
- test "$lalib_p" = yes
-}
-
-# func_ltwrapper_script_p file
-# True iff FILE is a libtool wrapper script
-# This function is only a basic sanity check; it will hardly flush out
-# determined imposters.
-func_ltwrapper_script_p ()
-{
- func_lalib_p "$1"
-}
-
-# func_ltwrapper_executable_p file
-# True iff FILE is a libtool wrapper executable
-# This function is only a basic sanity check; it will hardly flush out
-# determined imposters.
-func_ltwrapper_executable_p ()
-{
- func_ltwrapper_exec_suffix=
- case $1 in
- *.exe) ;;
- *) func_ltwrapper_exec_suffix=.exe ;;
- esac
- $GREP "$magic_exe" "$1$func_ltwrapper_exec_suffix" >/dev/null 2>&1
-}
-
-# func_ltwrapper_scriptname file
-# Assumes file is an ltwrapper_executable
-# uses $file to determine the appropriate filename for a
-# temporary ltwrapper_script.
-func_ltwrapper_scriptname ()
-{
- func_ltwrapper_scriptname_result=""
- if func_ltwrapper_executable_p "$1"; then
- func_dirname_and_basename "$1" "" "."
- func_stripname '' '.exe' "$func_basename_result"
- func_ltwrapper_scriptname_result="$func_dirname_result/$objdir/${func_stripname_result}_ltshwrapper"
- fi
-}
-
-# func_ltwrapper_p file
-# True iff FILE is a libtool wrapper script or wrapper executable
-# This function is only a basic sanity check; it will hardly flush out
-# determined imposters.
-func_ltwrapper_p ()
-{
- func_ltwrapper_script_p "$1" || func_ltwrapper_executable_p "$1"
-}
-
-
-# func_execute_cmds commands fail_cmd
-# Execute tilde-delimited COMMANDS.
-# If FAIL_CMD is given, eval that upon failure.
-# FAIL_CMD may read-access the current command in variable CMD!
-func_execute_cmds ()
-{
- $opt_debug
- save_ifs=$IFS; IFS='~'
- for cmd in $1; do
- IFS=$save_ifs
- eval cmd=\"$cmd\"
- func_show_eval "$cmd" "${2-:}"
- done
- IFS=$save_ifs
-}
-
-
-# func_source file
-# Source FILE, adding directory component if necessary.
-# Note that it is not necessary on cygwin/mingw to append a dot to
-# FILE even if both FILE and FILE.exe exist: automatic-append-.exe
-# behavior happens only for exec(3), not for open(2)! Also, sourcing
-# `FILE.' does not work on cygwin managed mounts.
-func_source ()
-{
- $opt_debug
- case $1 in
- */* | *\\*) . "$1" ;;
- *) . "./$1" ;;
- esac
-}
-
-
-# func_infer_tag arg
-# Infer tagged configuration to use if any are available and
-# if one wasn't chosen via the "--tag" command line option.
-# Only attempt this if the compiler in the base compile
-# command doesn't match the default compiler.
-# arg is usually of the form 'gcc ...'
-func_infer_tag ()
-{
- $opt_debug
- if test -n "$available_tags" && test -z "$tagname"; then
- CC_quoted=
- for arg in $CC; do
- func_quote_for_eval "$arg"
- CC_quoted="$CC_quoted $func_quote_for_eval_result"
- done
- case $@ in
- # Blanks in the command may have been stripped by the calling shell,
- # but not from the CC environment variable when configure was run.
- " $CC "* | "$CC "* | " `$ECHO $CC` "* | "`$ECHO $CC` "* | " $CC_quoted"* | "$CC_quoted "* | " `$ECHO $CC_quoted` "* | "`$ECHO $CC_quoted` "*) ;;
- # Blanks at the start of $base_compile will cause this to fail
- # if we don't check for them as well.
- *)
- for z in $available_tags; do
- if $GREP "^# ### BEGIN LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: $z$" < "$progpath" > /dev/null; then
- # Evaluate the configuration.
- eval "`${SED} -n -e '/^# ### BEGIN LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: '$z'$/,/^# ### END LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: '$z'$/p' < $progpath`"
- CC_quoted=
- for arg in $CC; do
- # Double-quote args containing other shell metacharacters.
- func_quote_for_eval "$arg"
- CC_quoted="$CC_quoted $func_quote_for_eval_result"
- done
- case "$@ " in
- " $CC "* | "$CC "* | " `$ECHO $CC` "* | "`$ECHO $CC` "* | " $CC_quoted"* | "$CC_quoted "* | " `$ECHO $CC_quoted` "* | "`$ECHO $CC_quoted` "*)
- # The compiler in the base compile command matches
- # the one in the tagged configuration.
- # Assume this is the tagged configuration we want.
- tagname=$z
- break
- ;;
- esac
- fi
- done
- # If $tagname still isn't set, then no tagged configuration
- # was found and let the user know that the "--tag" command
- # line option must be used.
- if test -z "$tagname"; then
- func_echo "unable to infer tagged configuration"
- func_fatal_error "specify a tag with \`--tag'"
-# else
-# func_verbose "using $tagname tagged configuration"
- fi
- ;;
- esac
- fi
-}
-
-
-
-# func_write_libtool_object output_name pic_name nonpic_name
-# Create a libtool object file (analogous to a ".la" file),
-# but don't create it if we're doing a dry run.
-func_write_libtool_object ()
-{
- write_libobj=${1}
- if test "$build_libtool_libs" = yes; then
- write_lobj=\'${2}\'
- else
- write_lobj=none
- fi
-
- if test "$build_old_libs" = yes; then
- write_oldobj=\'${3}\'
- else
- write_oldobj=none
- fi
-
- $opt_dry_run || {
- cat >${write_libobj}T <<EOF
-# $write_libobj - a libtool object file
-# Generated by $PROGRAM (GNU $PACKAGE$TIMESTAMP) $VERSION
-#
-# Please DO NOT delete this file!
-# It is necessary for linking the library.
-
-# Name of the PIC object.
-pic_object=$write_lobj
-
-# Name of the non-PIC object
-non_pic_object=$write_oldobj
-
-EOF
- $MV "${write_libobj}T" "${write_libobj}"
- }
-}
-
-# func_mode_compile arg...
-func_mode_compile ()
-{
- $opt_debug
- # Get the compilation command and the source file.
- base_compile=
- srcfile="$nonopt" # always keep a non-empty value in "srcfile"
- suppress_opt=yes
- suppress_output=
- arg_mode=normal
- libobj=
- later=
- pie_flag=
-
- for arg
- do
- case $arg_mode in
- arg )
- # do not "continue". Instead, add this to base_compile
- lastarg="$arg"
- arg_mode=normal
- ;;
-
- target )
- libobj="$arg"
- arg_mode=normal
- continue
- ;;
-
- normal )
- # Accept any command-line options.
- case $arg in
- -o)
- test -n "$libobj" && \
- func_fatal_error "you cannot specify \`-o' more than once"
- arg_mode=target
- continue
- ;;
-
- -pie | -fpie | -fPIE)
- pie_flag="$pie_flag $arg"
- continue
- ;;
-
- -shared | -static | -prefer-pic | -prefer-non-pic)
- later="$later $arg"
- continue
- ;;
-
- -no-suppress)
- suppress_opt=no
- continue
- ;;
-
- -Xcompiler)
- arg_mode=arg # the next one goes into the "base_compile" arg list
- continue # The current "srcfile" will either be retained or
- ;; # replaced later. I would guess that would be a bug.
-
- -Wc,*)
- func_stripname '-Wc,' '' "$arg"
- args=$func_stripname_result
- lastarg=
- save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=','
- for arg in $args; do
- IFS="$save_ifs"
- func_quote_for_eval "$arg"
- lastarg="$lastarg $func_quote_for_eval_result"
- done
- IFS="$save_ifs"
- func_stripname ' ' '' "$lastarg"
- lastarg=$func_stripname_result
-
- # Add the arguments to base_compile.
- base_compile="$base_compile $lastarg"
- continue
- ;;
-
- *)
- # Accept the current argument as the source file.
- # The previous "srcfile" becomes the current argument.
- #
- lastarg="$srcfile"
- srcfile="$arg"
- ;;
- esac # case $arg
- ;;
- esac # case $arg_mode
-
- # Aesthetically quote the previous argument.
- func_quote_for_eval "$lastarg"
- base_compile="$base_compile $func_quote_for_eval_result"
- done # for arg
-
- case $arg_mode in
- arg)
- func_fatal_error "you must specify an argument for -Xcompile"
- ;;
- target)
- func_fatal_error "you must specify a target with \`-o'"
- ;;
- *)
- # Get the name of the library object.
- test -z "$libobj" && {
- func_basename "$srcfile"
- libobj="$func_basename_result"
- }
- ;;
- esac
-
- # Recognize several different file suffixes.
- # If the user specifies -o file.o, it is replaced with file.lo
- case $libobj in
- *.[cCFSifmso] | \
- *.ada | *.adb | *.ads | *.asm | \
- *.c++ | *.cc | *.ii | *.class | *.cpp | *.cxx | \
- *.[fF][09]? | *.for | *.java | *.obj | *.sx)
- func_xform "$libobj"
- libobj=$func_xform_result
- ;;
- esac
-
- case $libobj in
- *.lo) func_lo2o "$libobj"; obj=$func_lo2o_result ;;
- *)
- func_fatal_error "cannot determine name of library object from \`$libobj'"
- ;;
- esac
-
- func_infer_tag $base_compile
-
- for arg in $later; do
- case $arg in
- -shared)
- test "$build_libtool_libs" != yes && \
- func_fatal_configuration "can not build a shared library"
- build_old_libs=no
- continue
- ;;
-
- -static)
- build_libtool_libs=no
- build_old_libs=yes
- continue
- ;;
-
- -prefer-pic)
- pic_mode=yes
- continue
- ;;
-
- -prefer-non-pic)
- pic_mode=no
- continue
- ;;
- esac
- done
-
- func_quote_for_eval "$libobj"
- test "X$libobj" != "X$func_quote_for_eval_result" \
- && $ECHO "X$libobj" | $GREP '[]~#^*{};<>?"'"'"' &()|`$[]' \
- && func_warning "libobj name \`$libobj' may not contain shell special characters."
- func_dirname_and_basename "$obj" "/" ""
- objname="$func_basename_result"
- xdir="$func_dirname_result"
- lobj=${xdir}$objdir/$objname
-
- test -z "$base_compile" && \
- func_fatal_help "you must specify a compilation command"
-
- # Delete any leftover library objects.
- if test "$build_old_libs" = yes; then
- removelist="$obj $lobj $libobj ${libobj}T"
- else
- removelist="$lobj $libobj ${libobj}T"
- fi
-
- # On Cygwin there's no "real" PIC flag so we must build both object types
- case $host_os in
- cygwin* | mingw* | pw32* | os2* | cegcc*)
- pic_mode=default
- ;;
- esac
- if test "$pic_mode" = no && test "$deplibs_check_method" != pass_all; then
- # non-PIC code in shared libraries is not supported
- pic_mode=default
- fi
-
- # Calculate the filename of the output object if compiler does
- # not support -o with -c
- if test "$compiler_c_o" = no; then
- output_obj=`$ECHO "X$srcfile" | $Xsed -e 's%^.*/%%' -e 's%\.[^.]*$%%'`.${objext}
- lockfile="$output_obj.lock"
- else
- output_obj=
- need_locks=no
- lockfile=
- fi
-
- # Lock this critical section if it is needed
- # We use this script file to make the link, it avoids creating a new file
- if test "$need_locks" = yes; then
- until $opt_dry_run || ln "$progpath" "$lockfile" 2>/dev/null; do
- func_echo "Waiting for $lockfile to be removed"
- sleep 2
- done
- elif test "$need_locks" = warn; then
- if test -f "$lockfile"; then
- $ECHO "\
-*** ERROR, $lockfile exists and contains:
-`cat $lockfile 2>/dev/null`
-
-This indicates that another process is trying to use the same
-temporary object file, and libtool could not work around it because
-your compiler does not support \`-c' and \`-o' together. If you
-repeat this compilation, it may succeed, by chance, but you had better
-avoid parallel builds (make -j) in this platform, or get a better
-compiler."
-
- $opt_dry_run || $RM $removelist
- exit $EXIT_FAILURE
- fi
- removelist="$removelist $output_obj"
- $ECHO "$srcfile" > "$lockfile"
- fi
-
- $opt_dry_run || $RM $removelist
- removelist="$removelist $lockfile"
- trap '$opt_dry_run || $RM $removelist; exit $EXIT_FAILURE' 1 2 15
-
- if test -n "$fix_srcfile_path"; then
- eval srcfile=\"$fix_srcfile_path\"
- fi
- func_quote_for_eval "$srcfile"
- qsrcfile=$func_quote_for_eval_result
-
- # Only build a PIC object if we are building libtool libraries.
- if test "$build_libtool_libs" = yes; then
- # Without this assignment, base_compile gets emptied.
- fbsd_hideous_sh_bug=$base_compile
-
- if test "$pic_mode" != no; then
- command="$base_compile $qsrcfile $pic_flag"
- else
- # Don't build PIC code
- command="$base_compile $qsrcfile"
- fi
-
- func_mkdir_p "$xdir$objdir"
-
- if test -z "$output_obj"; then
- # Place PIC objects in $objdir
- command="$command -o $lobj"
- fi
-
- func_show_eval_locale "$command" \
- 'test -n "$output_obj" && $RM $removelist; exit $EXIT_FAILURE'
-
- if test "$need_locks" = warn &&
- test "X`cat $lockfile 2>/dev/null`" != "X$srcfile"; then
- $ECHO "\
-*** ERROR, $lockfile contains:
-`cat $lockfile 2>/dev/null`
-
-but it should contain:
-$srcfile
-
-This indicates that another process is trying to use the same
-temporary object file, and libtool could not work around it because
-your compiler does not support \`-c' and \`-o' together. If you
-repeat this compilation, it may succeed, by chance, but you had better
-avoid parallel builds (make -j) in this platform, or get a better
-compiler."
-
- $opt_dry_run || $RM $removelist
- exit $EXIT_FAILURE
- fi
-
- # Just move the object if needed, then go on to compile the next one
- if test -n "$output_obj" && test "X$output_obj" != "X$lobj"; then
- func_show_eval '$MV "$output_obj" "$lobj"' \
- 'error=$?; $opt_dry_run || $RM $removelist; exit $error'
- fi
-
- # Allow error messages only from the first compilation.
- if test "$suppress_opt" = yes; then
- suppress_output=' >/dev/null 2>&1'
- fi
- fi
-
- # Only build a position-dependent object if we build old libraries.
- if test "$build_old_libs" = yes; then
- if test "$pic_mode" != yes; then
- # Don't build PIC code
- command="$base_compile $qsrcfile$pie_flag"
- else
- command="$base_compile $qsrcfile $pic_flag"
- fi
- if test "$compiler_c_o" = yes; then
- command="$command -o $obj"
- fi
-
- # Suppress compiler output if we already did a PIC compilation.
- command="$command$suppress_output"
- func_show_eval_locale "$command" \
- '$opt_dry_run || $RM $removelist; exit $EXIT_FAILURE'
-
- if test "$need_locks" = warn &&
- test "X`cat $lockfile 2>/dev/null`" != "X$srcfile"; then
- $ECHO "\
-*** ERROR, $lockfile contains:
-`cat $lockfile 2>/dev/null`
-
-but it should contain:
-$srcfile
-
-This indicates that another process is trying to use the same
-temporary object file, and libtool could not work around it because
-your compiler does not support \`-c' and \`-o' together. If you
-repeat this compilation, it may succeed, by chance, but you had better
-avoid parallel builds (make -j) in this platform, or get a better
-compiler."
-
- $opt_dry_run || $RM $removelist
- exit $EXIT_FAILURE
- fi
-
- # Just move the object if needed
- if test -n "$output_obj" && test "X$output_obj" != "X$obj"; then
- func_show_eval '$MV "$output_obj" "$obj"' \
- 'error=$?; $opt_dry_run || $RM $removelist; exit $error'
- fi
- fi
-
- $opt_dry_run || {
- func_write_libtool_object "$libobj" "$objdir/$objname" "$objname"
-
- # Unlock the critical section if it was locked
- if test "$need_locks" != no; then
- removelist=$lockfile
- $RM "$lockfile"
- fi
- }
-
- exit $EXIT_SUCCESS
-}
-
-$opt_help || {
-test "$mode" = compile && func_mode_compile ${1+"$@"}
-}
-
-func_mode_help ()
-{
- # We need to display help for each of the modes.
- case $mode in
- "")
- # Generic help is extracted from the usage comments
- # at the start of this file.
- func_help
- ;;
-
- clean)
- $ECHO \
-"Usage: $progname [OPTION]... --mode=clean RM [RM-OPTION]... FILE...
-
-Remove files from the build directory.
-
-RM is the name of the program to use to delete files associated with each FILE
-(typically \`/bin/rm'). RM-OPTIONS are options (such as \`-f') to be passed
-to RM.
-
-If FILE is a libtool library, object or program, all the files associated
-with it are deleted. Otherwise, only FILE itself is deleted using RM."
- ;;
-
- compile)
- $ECHO \
-"Usage: $progname [OPTION]... --mode=compile COMPILE-COMMAND... SOURCEFILE
-
-Compile a source file into a libtool library object.
-
-This mode accepts the following additional options:
-
- -o OUTPUT-FILE set the output file name to OUTPUT-FILE
- -no-suppress do not suppress compiler output for multiple passes
- -prefer-pic try to building PIC objects only
- -prefer-non-pic try to building non-PIC objects only
- -shared do not build a \`.o' file suitable for static linking
- -static only build a \`.o' file suitable for static linking
-
-COMPILE-COMMAND is a command to be used in creating a \`standard' object file
-from the given SOURCEFILE.
-
-The output file name is determined by removing the directory component from
-SOURCEFILE, then substituting the C source code suffix \`.c' with the
-library object suffix, \`.lo'."
- ;;
-
- execute)
- $ECHO \
-"Usage: $progname [OPTION]... --mode=execute COMMAND [ARGS]...
-
-Automatically set library path, then run a program.
-
-This mode accepts the following additional options:
-
- -dlopen FILE add the directory containing FILE to the library path
-
-This mode sets the library path environment variable according to \`-dlopen'
-flags.
-
-If any of the ARGS are libtool executable wrappers, then they are translated
-into their corresponding uninstalled binary, and any of their required library
-directories are added to the library path.
-
-Then, COMMAND is executed, with ARGS as arguments."
- ;;
-
- finish)
- $ECHO \
-"Usage: $progname [OPTION]... --mode=finish [LIBDIR]...
-
-Complete the installation of libtool libraries.
-
-Each LIBDIR is a directory that contains libtool libraries.
-
-The commands that this mode executes may require superuser privileges. Use
-the \`--dry-run' option if you just want to see what would be executed."
- ;;
-
- install)
- $ECHO \
-"Usage: $progname [OPTION]... --mode=install INSTALL-COMMAND...
-
-Install executables or libraries.
-
-INSTALL-COMMAND is the installation command. The first component should be
-either the \`install' or \`cp' program.
-
-The following components of INSTALL-COMMAND are treated specially:
-
- -inst-prefix PREFIX-DIR Use PREFIX-DIR as a staging area for installation
-
-The rest of the components are interpreted as arguments to that command (only
-BSD-compatible install options are recognized)."
- ;;
-
- link)
- $ECHO \
-"Usage: $progname [OPTION]... --mode=link LINK-COMMAND...
-
-Link object files or libraries together to form another library, or to
-create an executable program.
-
-LINK-COMMAND is a command using the C compiler that you would use to create
-a program from several object files.
-
-The following components of LINK-COMMAND are treated specially:
-
- -all-static do not do any dynamic linking at all
- -avoid-version do not add a version suffix if possible
- -dlopen FILE \`-dlpreopen' FILE if it cannot be dlopened at runtime
- -dlpreopen FILE link in FILE and add its symbols to lt_preloaded_symbols
- -export-dynamic allow symbols from OUTPUT-FILE to be resolved with dlsym(3)
- -export-symbols SYMFILE
- try to export only the symbols listed in SYMFILE
- -export-symbols-regex REGEX
- try to export only the symbols matching REGEX
- -LLIBDIR search LIBDIR for required installed libraries
- -lNAME OUTPUT-FILE requires the installed library libNAME
- -module build a library that can dlopened
- -no-fast-install disable the fast-install mode
- -no-install link a not-installable executable
- -no-undefined declare that a library does not refer to external symbols
- -o OUTPUT-FILE create OUTPUT-FILE from the specified objects
- -objectlist FILE Use a list of object files found in FILE to specify objects
- -precious-files-regex REGEX
- don't remove output files matching REGEX
- -release RELEASE specify package release information
- -rpath LIBDIR the created library will eventually be installed in LIBDIR
- -R[ ]LIBDIR add LIBDIR to the runtime path of programs and libraries
- -shared only do dynamic linking of libtool libraries
- -shrext SUFFIX override the standard shared library file extension
- -static do not do any dynamic linking of uninstalled libtool libraries
- -static-libtool-libs
- do not do any dynamic linking of libtool libraries
- -version-info CURRENT[:REVISION[:AGE]]
- specify library version info [each variable defaults to 0]
- -weak LIBNAME declare that the target provides the LIBNAME interface
-
-All other options (arguments beginning with \`-') are ignored.
-
-Every other argument is treated as a filename. Files ending in \`.la' are
-treated as uninstalled libtool libraries, other files are standard or library
-object files.
-
-If the OUTPUT-FILE ends in \`.la', then a libtool library is created,
-only library objects (\`.lo' files) may be specified, and \`-rpath' is
-required, except when creating a convenience library.
-
-If OUTPUT-FILE ends in \`.a' or \`.lib', then a standard library is created
-using \`ar' and \`ranlib', or on Windows using \`lib'.
-
-If OUTPUT-FILE ends in \`.lo' or \`.${objext}', then a reloadable object file
-is created, otherwise an executable program is created."
- ;;
-
- uninstall)
- $ECHO \
-"Usage: $progname [OPTION]... --mode=uninstall RM [RM-OPTION]... FILE...
-
-Remove libraries from an installation directory.
-
-RM is the name of the program to use to delete files associated with each FILE
-(typically \`/bin/rm'). RM-OPTIONS are options (such as \`-f') to be passed
-to RM.
-
-If FILE is a libtool library, all the files associated with it are deleted.
-Otherwise, only FILE itself is deleted using RM."
- ;;
-
- *)
- func_fatal_help "invalid operation mode \`$mode'"
- ;;
- esac
-
- $ECHO
- $ECHO "Try \`$progname --help' for more information about other modes."
-
- exit $?
-}
-
- # Now that we've collected a possible --mode arg, show help if necessary
- $opt_help && func_mode_help
-
-
-# func_mode_execute arg...
-func_mode_execute ()
-{
- $opt_debug
- # The first argument is the command name.
- cmd="$nonopt"
- test -z "$cmd" && \
- func_fatal_help "you must specify a COMMAND"
-
- # Handle -dlopen flags immediately.
- for file in $execute_dlfiles; do
- test -f "$file" \
- || func_fatal_help "\`$file' is not a file"
-
- dir=
- case $file in
- *.la)
- # Check to see that this really is a libtool archive.
- func_lalib_unsafe_p "$file" \
- || func_fatal_help "\`$lib' is not a valid libtool archive"
-
- # Read the libtool library.
- dlname=
- library_names=
- func_source "$file"
-
- # Skip this library if it cannot be dlopened.
- if test -z "$dlname"; then
- # Warn if it was a shared library.
- test -n "$library_names" && \
- func_warning "\`$file' was not linked with \`-export-dynamic'"
- continue
- fi
-
- func_dirname "$file" "" "."
- dir="$func_dirname_result"
-
- if test -f "$dir/$objdir/$dlname"; then
- dir="$dir/$objdir"
- else
- if test ! -f "$dir/$dlname"; then
- func_fatal_error "cannot find \`$dlname' in \`$dir' or \`$dir/$objdir'"
- fi
- fi
- ;;
-
- *.lo)
- # Just add the directory containing the .lo file.
- func_dirname "$file" "" "."
- dir="$func_dirname_result"
- ;;
-
- *)
- func_warning "\`-dlopen' is ignored for non-libtool libraries and objects"
- continue
- ;;
- esac
-
- # Get the absolute pathname.
- absdir=`cd "$dir" && pwd`
- test -n "$absdir" && dir="$absdir"
-
- # Now add the directory to shlibpath_var.
- if eval "test -z \"\$$shlibpath_var\""; then
- eval "$shlibpath_var=\"\$dir\""
- else
- eval "$shlibpath_var=\"\$dir:\$$shlibpath_var\""
- fi
- done
-
- # This variable tells wrapper scripts just to set shlibpath_var
- # rather than running their programs.
- libtool_execute_magic="$magic"
-
- # Check if any of the arguments is a wrapper script.
- args=
- for file
- do
- case $file in
- -*) ;;
- *)
- # Do a test to see if this is really a libtool program.
- if func_ltwrapper_script_p "$file"; then
- func_source "$file"
- # Transform arg to wrapped name.
- file="$progdir/$program"
- elif func_ltwrapper_executable_p "$file"; then
- func_ltwrapper_scriptname "$file"
- func_source "$func_ltwrapper_scriptname_result"
- # Transform arg to wrapped name.
- file="$progdir/$program"
- fi
- ;;
- esac
- # Quote arguments (to preserve shell metacharacters).
- func_quote_for_eval "$file"
- args="$args $func_quote_for_eval_result"
- done
-
- if test "X$opt_dry_run" = Xfalse; then
- if test -n "$shlibpath_var"; then
- # Export the shlibpath_var.
- eval "export $shlibpath_var"
- fi
-
- # Restore saved environment variables
- for lt_var in LANG LANGUAGE LC_ALL LC_CTYPE LC_COLLATE LC_MESSAGES
- do
- eval "if test \"\${save_$lt_var+set}\" = set; then
- $lt_var=\$save_$lt_var; export $lt_var
- else
- $lt_unset $lt_var
- fi"
- done
-
- # Now prepare to actually exec the command.
- exec_cmd="\$cmd$args"
- else
- # Display what would be done.
- if test -n "$shlibpath_var"; then
- eval "\$ECHO \"\$shlibpath_var=\$$shlibpath_var\""
- $ECHO "export $shlibpath_var"
- fi
- $ECHO "$cmd$args"
- exit $EXIT_SUCCESS
- fi
-}
-
-test "$mode" = execute && func_mode_execute ${1+"$@"}
-
-
-# func_mode_finish arg...
-func_mode_finish ()
-{
- $opt_debug
- libdirs="$nonopt"
- admincmds=
-
- if test -n "$finish_cmds$finish_eval" && test -n "$libdirs"; then
- for dir
- do
- libdirs="$libdirs $dir"
- done
-
- for libdir in $libdirs; do
- if test -n "$finish_cmds"; then
- # Do each command in the finish commands.
- func_execute_cmds "$finish_cmds" 'admincmds="$admincmds
-'"$cmd"'"'
- fi
- if test -n "$finish_eval"; then
- # Do the single finish_eval.
- eval cmds=\"$finish_eval\"
- $opt_dry_run || eval "$cmds" || admincmds="$admincmds
- $cmds"
- fi
- done
- fi
-
- # Exit here if they wanted silent mode.
- $opt_silent && exit $EXIT_SUCCESS
-
- $ECHO "X----------------------------------------------------------------------" | $Xsed
- $ECHO "Libraries have been installed in:"
- for libdir in $libdirs; do
- $ECHO " $libdir"
- done
- $ECHO
- $ECHO "If you ever happen to want to link against installed libraries"
- $ECHO "in a given directory, LIBDIR, you must either use libtool, and"
- $ECHO "specify the full pathname of the library, or use the \`-LLIBDIR'"
- $ECHO "flag during linking and do at least one of the following:"
- if test -n "$shlibpath_var"; then
- $ECHO " - add LIBDIR to the \`$shlibpath_var' environment variable"
- $ECHO " during execution"
- fi
- if test -n "$runpath_var"; then
- $ECHO " - add LIBDIR to the \`$runpath_var' environment variable"
- $ECHO " during linking"
- fi
- if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec"; then
- libdir=LIBDIR
- eval flag=\"$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\"
-
- $ECHO " - use the \`$flag' linker flag"
- fi
- if test -n "$admincmds"; then
- $ECHO " - have your system administrator run these commands:$admincmds"
- fi
- if test -f /etc/ld.so.conf; then
- $ECHO " - have your system administrator add LIBDIR to \`/etc/ld.so.conf'"
- fi
- $ECHO
-
- $ECHO "See any operating system documentation about shared libraries for"
- case $host in
- solaris2.[6789]|solaris2.1[0-9])
- $ECHO "more information, such as the ld(1), crle(1) and ld.so(8) manual"
- $ECHO "pages."
- ;;
- *)
- $ECHO "more information, such as the ld(1) and ld.so(8) manual pages."
- ;;
- esac
- $ECHO "X----------------------------------------------------------------------" | $Xsed
- exit $EXIT_SUCCESS
-}
-
-test "$mode" = finish && func_mode_finish ${1+"$@"}
-
-
-# func_mode_install arg...
-func_mode_install ()
-{
- $opt_debug
- # There may be an optional sh(1) argument at the beginning of
- # install_prog (especially on Windows NT).
- if test "$nonopt" = "$SHELL" || test "$nonopt" = /bin/sh ||
- # Allow the use of GNU shtool's install command.
- $ECHO "X$nonopt" | $GREP shtool >/dev/null; then
- # Aesthetically quote it.
- func_quote_for_eval "$nonopt"
- install_prog="$func_quote_for_eval_result "
- arg=$1
- shift
- else
- install_prog=
- arg=$nonopt
- fi
-
- # The real first argument should be the name of the installation program.
- # Aesthetically quote it.
- func_quote_for_eval "$arg"
- install_prog="$install_prog$func_quote_for_eval_result"
-
- # We need to accept at least all the BSD install flags.
- dest=
- files=
- opts=
- prev=
- install_type=
- isdir=no
- stripme=
- for arg
- do
- if test -n "$dest"; then
- files="$files $dest"
- dest=$arg
- continue
- fi
-
- case $arg in
- -d) isdir=yes ;;
- -f)
- case " $install_prog " in
- *[\\\ /]cp\ *) ;;
- *) prev=$arg ;;
- esac
- ;;
- -g | -m | -o)
- prev=$arg
- ;;
- -s)
- stripme=" -s"
- continue
- ;;
- -*)
- ;;
- *)
- # If the previous option needed an argument, then skip it.
- if test -n "$prev"; then
- prev=
- else
- dest=$arg
- continue
- fi
- ;;
- esac
-
- # Aesthetically quote the argument.
- func_quote_for_eval "$arg"
- install_prog="$install_prog $func_quote_for_eval_result"
- done
-
- test -z "$install_prog" && \
- func_fatal_help "you must specify an install program"
-
- test -n "$prev" && \
- func_fatal_help "the \`$prev' option requires an argument"
-
- if test -z "$files"; then
- if test -z "$dest"; then
- func_fatal_help "no file or destination specified"
- else
- func_fatal_help "you must specify a destination"
- fi
- fi
-
- # Strip any trailing slash from the destination.
- func_stripname '' '/' "$dest"
- dest=$func_stripname_result
-
- # Check to see that the destination is a directory.
- test -d "$dest" && isdir=yes
- if test "$isdir" = yes; then
- destdir="$dest"
- destname=
- else
- func_dirname_and_basename "$dest" "" "."
- destdir="$func_dirname_result"
- destname="$func_basename_result"
-
- # Not a directory, so check to see that there is only one file specified.
- set dummy $files; shift
- test "$#" -gt 1 && \
- func_fatal_help "\`$dest' is not a directory"
- fi
- case $destdir in
- [\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) ;;
- *)
- for file in $files; do
- case $file in
- *.lo) ;;
- *)
- func_fatal_help "\`$destdir' must be an absolute directory name"
- ;;
- esac
- done
- ;;
- esac
-
- # This variable tells wrapper scripts just to set variables rather
- # than running their programs.
- libtool_install_magic="$magic"
-
- staticlibs=
- future_libdirs=
- current_libdirs=
- for file in $files; do
-
- # Do each installation.
- case $file in
- *.$libext)
- # Do the static libraries later.
- staticlibs="$staticlibs $file"
- ;;
-
- *.la)
- # Check to see that this really is a libtool archive.
- func_lalib_unsafe_p "$file" \
- || func_fatal_help "\`$file' is not a valid libtool archive"
-
- library_names=
- old_library=
- relink_command=
- func_source "$file"
-
- # Add the libdir to current_libdirs if it is the destination.
- if test "X$destdir" = "X$libdir"; then
- case "$current_libdirs " in
- *" $libdir "*) ;;
- *) current_libdirs="$current_libdirs $libdir" ;;
- esac
- else
- # Note the libdir as a future libdir.
- case "$future_libdirs " in
- *" $libdir "*) ;;
- *) future_libdirs="$future_libdirs $libdir" ;;
- esac
- fi
-
- func_dirname "$file" "/" ""
- dir="$func_dirname_result"
- dir="$dir$objdir"
-
- if test -n "$relink_command"; then
- # Determine the prefix the user has applied to our future dir.
- inst_prefix_dir=`$ECHO "X$destdir" | $Xsed -e "s%$libdir\$%%"`
-
- # Don't allow the user to place us outside of our expected
- # location b/c this prevents finding dependent libraries that
- # are installed to the same prefix.
- # At present, this check doesn't affect windows .dll's that
- # are installed into $libdir/../bin (currently, that works fine)
- # but it's something to keep an eye on.
- test "$inst_prefix_dir" = "$destdir" && \
- func_fatal_error "error: cannot install \`$file' to a directory not ending in $libdir"
-
- if test -n "$inst_prefix_dir"; then
- # Stick the inst_prefix_dir data into the link command.
- relink_command=`$ECHO "X$relink_command" | $Xsed -e "s%@inst_prefix_dir@%-inst-prefix-dir $inst_prefix_dir%"`
- else
- relink_command=`$ECHO "X$relink_command" | $Xsed -e "s%@inst_prefix_dir@%%"`
- fi
-
- func_warning "relinking \`$file'"
- func_show_eval "$relink_command" \
- 'func_fatal_error "error: relink \`$file'\'' with the above command before installing it"'
- fi
-
- # See the names of the shared library.
- set dummy $library_names; shift
- if test -n "$1"; then
- realname="$1"
- shift
-
- srcname="$realname"
- test -n "$relink_command" && srcname="$realname"T
-
- # Install the shared library and build the symlinks.
- func_show_eval "$install_prog $dir/$srcname $destdir/$realname" \
- 'exit $?'
- tstripme="$stripme"
- case $host_os in
- cygwin* | mingw* | pw32* | cegcc*)
- case $realname in
- *.dll.a)
- tstripme=""
- ;;
- esac
- ;;
- esac
- if test -n "$tstripme" && test -n "$striplib"; then
- func_show_eval "$striplib $destdir/$realname" 'exit $?'
- fi
-
- if test "$#" -gt 0; then
- # Delete the old symlinks, and create new ones.
- # Try `ln -sf' first, because the `ln' binary might depend on
- # the symlink we replace! Solaris /bin/ln does not understand -f,
- # so we also need to try rm && ln -s.
- for linkname
- do
- test "$linkname" != "$realname" \
- && func_show_eval "(cd $destdir && { $LN_S -f $realname $linkname || { $RM $linkname && $LN_S $realname $linkname; }; })"
- done
- fi
-
- # Do each command in the postinstall commands.
- lib="$destdir/$realname"
- func_execute_cmds "$postinstall_cmds" 'exit $?'
- fi
-
- # Install the pseudo-library for information purposes.
- func_basename "$file"
- name="$func_basename_result"
- instname="$dir/$name"i
- func_show_eval "$install_prog $instname $destdir/$name" 'exit $?'
-
- # Maybe install the static library, too.
- test -n "$old_library" && staticlibs="$staticlibs $dir/$old_library"
- ;;
-
- *.lo)
- # Install (i.e. copy) a libtool object.
-
- # Figure out destination file name, if it wasn't already specified.
- if test -n "$destname"; then
- destfile="$destdir/$destname"
- else
- func_basename "$file"
- destfile="$func_basename_result"
- destfile="$destdir/$destfile"
- fi
-
- # Deduce the name of the destination old-style object file.
- case $destfile in
- *.lo)
- func_lo2o "$destfile"
- staticdest=$func_lo2o_result
- ;;
- *.$objext)
- staticdest="$destfile"
- destfile=
- ;;
- *)
- func_fatal_help "cannot copy a libtool object to \`$destfile'"
- ;;
- esac
-
- # Install the libtool object if requested.
- test -n "$destfile" && \
- func_show_eval "$install_prog $file $destfile" 'exit $?'
-
- # Install the old object if enabled.
- if test "$build_old_libs" = yes; then
- # Deduce the name of the old-style object file.
- func_lo2o "$file"
- staticobj=$func_lo2o_result
- func_show_eval "$install_prog \$staticobj \$staticdest" 'exit $?'
- fi
- exit $EXIT_SUCCESS
- ;;
-
- *)
- # Figure out destination file name, if it wasn't already specified.
- if test -n "$destname"; then
- destfile="$destdir/$destname"
- else
- func_basename "$file"
- destfile="$func_basename_result"
- destfile="$destdir/$destfile"
- fi
-
- # If the file is missing, and there is a .exe on the end, strip it
- # because it is most likely a libtool script we actually want to
- # install
- stripped_ext=""
- case $file in
- *.exe)
- if test ! -f "$file"; then
- func_stripname '' '.exe' "$file"
- file=$func_stripname_result
- stripped_ext=".exe"
- fi
- ;;
- esac
-
- # Do a test to see if this is really a libtool program.
- case $host in
- *cygwin* | *mingw*)
- if func_ltwrapper_executable_p "$file"; then
- func_ltwrapper_scriptname "$file"
- wrapper=$func_ltwrapper_scriptname_result
- else
- func_stripname '' '.exe' "$file"
- wrapper=$func_stripname_result
- fi
- ;;
- *)
- wrapper=$file
- ;;
- esac
- if func_ltwrapper_script_p "$wrapper"; then
- notinst_deplibs=
- relink_command=
-
- func_source "$wrapper"
-
- # Check the variables that should have been set.
- test -z "$generated_by_libtool_version" && \
- func_fatal_error "invalid libtool wrapper script \`$wrapper'"
-
- finalize=yes
- for lib in $notinst_deplibs; do
- # Check to see that each library is installed.
- libdir=
- if test -f "$lib"; then
- func_source "$lib"
- fi
- libfile="$libdir/"`$ECHO "X$lib" | $Xsed -e 's%^.*/%%g'` ### testsuite: skip nested quoting test
- if test -n "$libdir" && test ! -f "$libfile"; then
- func_warning "\`$lib' has not been installed in \`$libdir'"
- finalize=no
- fi
- done
-
- relink_command=
- func_source "$wrapper"
-
- outputname=
- if test "$fast_install" = no && test -n "$relink_command"; then
- $opt_dry_run || {
- if test "$finalize" = yes; then
- tmpdir=`func_mktempdir`
- func_basename "$file$stripped_ext"
- file="$func_basename_result"
- outputname="$tmpdir/$file"
- # Replace the output file specification.
- relink_command=`$ECHO "X$relink_command" | $Xsed -e 's%@OUTPUT@%'"$outputname"'%g'`
-
- $opt_silent || {
- func_quote_for_expand "$relink_command"
- eval "func_echo $func_quote_for_expand_result"
- }
- if eval "$relink_command"; then :
- else
- func_error "error: relink \`$file' with the above command before installing it"
- $opt_dry_run || ${RM}r "$tmpdir"
- continue
- fi
- file="$outputname"
- else
- func_warning "cannot relink \`$file'"
- fi
- }
- else
- # Install the binary that we compiled earlier.
- file=`$ECHO "X$file$stripped_ext" | $Xsed -e "s%\([^/]*\)$%$objdir/\1%"`
- fi
- fi
-
- # remove .exe since cygwin /usr/bin/install will append another
- # one anyway
- case $install_prog,$host in
- */usr/bin/install*,*cygwin*)
- case $file:$destfile in
- *.exe:*.exe)
- # this is ok
- ;;
- *.exe:*)
- destfile=$destfile.exe
- ;;
- *:*.exe)
- func_stripname '' '.exe' "$destfile"
- destfile=$func_stripname_result
- ;;
- esac
- ;;
- esac
- func_show_eval "$install_prog\$stripme \$file \$destfile" 'exit $?'
- $opt_dry_run || if test -n "$outputname"; then
- ${RM}r "$tmpdir"
- fi
- ;;
- esac
- done
-
- for file in $staticlibs; do
- func_basename "$file"
- name="$func_basename_result"
-
- # Set up the ranlib parameters.
- oldlib="$destdir/$name"
-
- func_show_eval "$install_prog \$file \$oldlib" 'exit $?'
-
- if test -n "$stripme" && test -n "$old_striplib"; then
- func_show_eval "$old_striplib $oldlib" 'exit $?'
- fi
-
- # Do each command in the postinstall commands.
- func_execute_cmds "$old_postinstall_cmds" 'exit $?'
- done
-
- test -n "$future_libdirs" && \
- func_warning "remember to run \`$progname --finish$future_libdirs'"
-
- if test -n "$current_libdirs"; then
- # Maybe just do a dry run.
- $opt_dry_run && current_libdirs=" -n$current_libdirs"
- exec_cmd='$SHELL $progpath $preserve_args --finish$current_libdirs'
- else
- exit $EXIT_SUCCESS
- fi
-}
-
-test "$mode" = install && func_mode_install ${1+"$@"}
-
-
-# func_generate_dlsyms outputname originator pic_p
-# Extract symbols from dlprefiles and create ${outputname}S.o with
-# a dlpreopen symbol table.
-func_generate_dlsyms ()
-{
- $opt_debug
- my_outputname="$1"
- my_originator="$2"
- my_pic_p="${3-no}"
- my_prefix=`$ECHO "$my_originator" | sed 's%[^a-zA-Z0-9]%_%g'`
- my_dlsyms=
-
- if test -n "$dlfiles$dlprefiles" || test "$dlself" != no; then
- if test -n "$NM" && test -n "$global_symbol_pipe"; then
- my_dlsyms="${my_outputname}S.c"
- else
- func_error "not configured to extract global symbols from dlpreopened files"
- fi
- fi
-
- if test -n "$my_dlsyms"; then
- case $my_dlsyms in
- "") ;;
- *.c)
- # Discover the nlist of each of the dlfiles.
- nlist="$output_objdir/${my_outputname}.nm"
-
- func_show_eval "$RM $nlist ${nlist}S ${nlist}T"
-
- # Parse the name list into a source file.
- func_verbose "creating $output_objdir/$my_dlsyms"
-
- $opt_dry_run || $ECHO > "$output_objdir/$my_dlsyms" "\
-/* $my_dlsyms - symbol resolution table for \`$my_outputname' dlsym emulation. */
-/* Generated by $PROGRAM (GNU $PACKAGE$TIMESTAMP) $VERSION */
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-extern \"C\" {
-#endif
-
-/* External symbol declarations for the compiler. */\
-"
-
- if test "$dlself" = yes; then
- func_verbose "generating symbol list for \`$output'"
-
- $opt_dry_run || echo ': @PROGRAM@ ' > "$nlist"
-
- # Add our own program objects to the symbol list.
- progfiles=`$ECHO "X$objs$old_deplibs" | $SP2NL | $Xsed -e "$lo2o" | $NL2SP`
- for progfile in $progfiles; do
- func_verbose "extracting global C symbols from \`$progfile'"
- $opt_dry_run || eval "$NM $progfile | $global_symbol_pipe >> '$nlist'"
- done
-
- if test -n "$exclude_expsyms"; then
- $opt_dry_run || {
- eval '$EGREP -v " ($exclude_expsyms)$" "$nlist" > "$nlist"T'
- eval '$MV "$nlist"T "$nlist"'
- }
- fi
-
- if test -n "$export_symbols_regex"; then
- $opt_dry_run || {
- eval '$EGREP -e "$export_symbols_regex" "$nlist" > "$nlist"T'
- eval '$MV "$nlist"T "$nlist"'
- }
- fi
-
- # Prepare the list of exported symbols
- if test -z "$export_symbols"; then
- export_symbols="$output_objdir/$outputname.exp"
- $opt_dry_run || {
- $RM $export_symbols
- eval "${SED} -n -e '/^: @PROGRAM@ $/d' -e 's/^.* \(.*\)$/\1/p' "'< "$nlist" > "$export_symbols"'
- case $host in
- *cygwin* | *mingw* | *cegcc* )
- eval "echo EXPORTS "'> "$output_objdir/$outputname.def"'
- eval 'cat "$export_symbols" >> "$output_objdir/$outputname.def"'
- ;;
- esac
- }
- else
- $opt_dry_run || {
- eval "${SED} -e 's/\([].[*^$]\)/\\\\\1/g' -e 's/^/ /' -e 's/$/$/'"' < "$export_symbols" > "$output_objdir/$outputname.exp"'
- eval '$GREP -f "$output_objdir/$outputname.exp" < "$nlist" > "$nlist"T'
- eval '$MV "$nlist"T "$nlist"'
- case $host in
- *cygwin | *mingw* | *cegcc* )
- eval "echo EXPORTS "'> "$output_objdir/$outputname.def"'
- eval 'cat "$nlist" >> "$output_objdir/$outputname.def"'
- ;;
- esac
- }
- fi
- fi
-
- for dlprefile in $dlprefiles; do
- func_verbose "extracting global C symbols from \`$dlprefile'"
- func_basename "$dlprefile"
- name="$func_basename_result"
- $opt_dry_run || {
- eval '$ECHO ": $name " >> "$nlist"'
- eval "$NM $dlprefile 2>/dev/null | $global_symbol_pipe >> '$nlist'"
- }
- done
-
- $opt_dry_run || {
- # Make sure we have at least an empty file.
- test -f "$nlist" || : > "$nlist"
-
- if test -n "$exclude_expsyms"; then
- $EGREP -v " ($exclude_expsyms)$" "$nlist" > "$nlist"T
- $MV "$nlist"T "$nlist"
- fi
-
- # Try sorting and uniquifying the output.
- if $GREP -v "^: " < "$nlist" |
- if sort -k 3 </dev/null >/dev/null 2>&1; then
- sort -k 3
- else
- sort +2
- fi |
- uniq > "$nlist"S; then
- :
- else
- $GREP -v "^: " < "$nlist" > "$nlist"S
- fi
-
- if test -f "$nlist"S; then
- eval "$global_symbol_to_cdecl"' < "$nlist"S >> "$output_objdir/$my_dlsyms"'
- else
- $ECHO '/* NONE */' >> "$output_objdir/$my_dlsyms"
- fi
-
- $ECHO >> "$output_objdir/$my_dlsyms" "\
-
-/* The mapping between symbol names and symbols. */
-typedef struct {
- const char *name;
- void *address;
-} lt_dlsymlist;
-"
- case $host in
- *cygwin* | *mingw* | *cegcc* )
- $ECHO >> "$output_objdir/$my_dlsyms" "\
-/* DATA imports from DLLs on WIN32 con't be const, because
- runtime relocations are performed -- see ld's documentation
- on pseudo-relocs. */"
- lt_dlsym_const= ;;
- *osf5*)
- echo >> "$output_objdir/$my_dlsyms" "\
-/* This system does not cope well with relocations in const data */"
- lt_dlsym_const= ;;
- *)
- lt_dlsym_const=const ;;
- esac
-
- $ECHO >> "$output_objdir/$my_dlsyms" "\
-extern $lt_dlsym_const lt_dlsymlist
-lt_${my_prefix}_LTX_preloaded_symbols[];
-$lt_dlsym_const lt_dlsymlist
-lt_${my_prefix}_LTX_preloaded_symbols[] =
-{\
- { \"$my_originator\", (void *) 0 },"
-
- case $need_lib_prefix in
- no)
- eval "$global_symbol_to_c_name_address" < "$nlist" >> "$output_objdir/$my_dlsyms"
- ;;
- *)
- eval "$global_symbol_to_c_name_address_lib_prefix" < "$nlist" >> "$output_objdir/$my_dlsyms"
- ;;
- esac
- $ECHO >> "$output_objdir/$my_dlsyms" "\
- {0, (void *) 0}
-};
-
-/* This works around a problem in FreeBSD linker */
-#ifdef FREEBSD_WORKAROUND
-static const void *lt_preloaded_setup() {
- return lt_${my_prefix}_LTX_preloaded_symbols;
-}
-#endif
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-}
-#endif\
-"
- } # !$opt_dry_run
-
- pic_flag_for_symtable=
- case "$compile_command " in
- *" -static "*) ;;
- *)
- case $host in
- # compiling the symbol table file with pic_flag works around
- # a FreeBSD bug that causes programs to crash when -lm is
- # linked before any other PIC object. But we must not use
- # pic_flag when linking with -static. The problem exists in
- # FreeBSD 2.2.6 and is fixed in FreeBSD 3.1.
- *-*-freebsd2*|*-*-freebsd3.0*|*-*-freebsdelf3.0*)
- pic_flag_for_symtable=" $pic_flag -DFREEBSD_WORKAROUND" ;;
- *-*-hpux*)
- pic_flag_for_symtable=" $pic_flag" ;;
- *)
- if test "X$my_pic_p" != Xno; then
- pic_flag_for_symtable=" $pic_flag"
- fi
- ;;
- esac
- ;;
- esac
- symtab_cflags=
- for arg in $LTCFLAGS; do
- case $arg in
- -pie | -fpie | -fPIE) ;;
- *) symtab_cflags="$symtab_cflags $arg" ;;
- esac
- done
-
- # Now compile the dynamic symbol file.
- func_show_eval '(cd $output_objdir && $LTCC$symtab_cflags -c$no_builtin_flag$pic_flag_for_symtable "$my_dlsyms")' 'exit $?'
-
- # Clean up the generated files.
- func_show_eval '$RM "$output_objdir/$my_dlsyms" "$nlist" "${nlist}S" "${nlist}T"'
-
- # Transform the symbol file into the correct name.
- symfileobj="$output_objdir/${my_outputname}S.$objext"
- case $host in
- *cygwin* | *mingw* | *cegcc* )
- if test -f "$output_objdir/$my_outputname.def"; then
- compile_command=`$ECHO "X$compile_command" | $Xsed -e "s%@SYMFILE@%$output_objdir/$my_outputname.def $symfileobj%"`
- finalize_command=`$ECHO "X$finalize_command" | $Xsed -e "s%@SYMFILE@%$output_objdir/$my_outputname.def $symfileobj%"`
- else
- compile_command=`$ECHO "X$compile_command" | $Xsed -e "s%@SYMFILE@%$symfileobj%"`
- finalize_command=`$ECHO "X$finalize_command" | $Xsed -e "s%@SYMFILE@%$symfileobj%"`
- fi
- ;;
- *)
- compile_command=`$ECHO "X$compile_command" | $Xsed -e "s%@SYMFILE@%$symfileobj%"`
- finalize_command=`$ECHO "X$finalize_command" | $Xsed -e "s%@SYMFILE@%$symfileobj%"`
- ;;
- esac
- ;;
- *)
- func_fatal_error "unknown suffix for \`$my_dlsyms'"
- ;;
- esac
- else
- # We keep going just in case the user didn't refer to
- # lt_preloaded_symbols. The linker will fail if global_symbol_pipe
- # really was required.
-
- # Nullify the symbol file.
- compile_command=`$ECHO "X$compile_command" | $Xsed -e "s% @SYMFILE@%%"`
- finalize_command=`$ECHO "X$finalize_command" | $Xsed -e "s% @SYMFILE@%%"`
- fi
-}
-
-# func_win32_libid arg
-# return the library type of file 'arg'
-#
-# Need a lot of goo to handle *both* DLLs and import libs
-# Has to be a shell function in order to 'eat' the argument
-# that is supplied when $file_magic_command is called.
-func_win32_libid ()
-{
- $opt_debug
- win32_libid_type="unknown"
- win32_fileres=`file -L $1 2>/dev/null`
- case $win32_fileres in
- *ar\ archive\ import\ library*) # definitely import
- win32_libid_type="x86 archive import"
- ;;
- *ar\ archive*) # could be an import, or static
- if eval $OBJDUMP -f $1 | $SED -e '10q' 2>/dev/null |
- $EGREP 'file format pe-i386(.*architecture: i386)?' >/dev/null ; then
- win32_nmres=`eval $NM -f posix -A $1 |
- $SED -n -e '
- 1,100{
- / I /{
- s,.*,import,
- p
- q
- }
- }'`
- case $win32_nmres in
- import*) win32_libid_type="x86 archive import";;
- *) win32_libid_type="x86 archive static";;
- esac
- fi
- ;;
- *DLL*)
- win32_libid_type="x86 DLL"
- ;;
- *executable*) # but shell scripts are "executable" too...
- case $win32_fileres in
- *MS\ Windows\ PE\ Intel*)
- win32_libid_type="x86 DLL"
- ;;
- esac
- ;;
- esac
- $ECHO "$win32_libid_type"
-}
-
-
-
-# func_extract_an_archive dir oldlib
-func_extract_an_archive ()
-{
- $opt_debug
- f_ex_an_ar_dir="$1"; shift
- f_ex_an_ar_oldlib="$1"
- func_show_eval "(cd \$f_ex_an_ar_dir && $AR x \"\$f_ex_an_ar_oldlib\")" 'exit $?'
- if ($AR t "$f_ex_an_ar_oldlib" | sort | sort -uc >/dev/null 2>&1); then
- :
- else
- func_fatal_error "object name conflicts in archive: $f_ex_an_ar_dir/$f_ex_an_ar_oldlib"
- fi
-}
-
-
-# func_extract_archives gentop oldlib ...
-func_extract_archives ()
-{
- $opt_debug
- my_gentop="$1"; shift
- my_oldlibs=${1+"$@"}
- my_oldobjs=""
- my_xlib=""
- my_xabs=""
- my_xdir=""
-
- for my_xlib in $my_oldlibs; do
- # Extract the objects.
- case $my_xlib in
- [\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) my_xabs="$my_xlib" ;;
- *) my_xabs=`pwd`"/$my_xlib" ;;
- esac
- func_basename "$my_xlib"
- my_xlib="$func_basename_result"
- my_xlib_u=$my_xlib
- while :; do
- case " $extracted_archives " in
- *" $my_xlib_u "*)
- func_arith $extracted_serial + 1
- extracted_serial=$func_arith_result
- my_xlib_u=lt$extracted_serial-$my_xlib ;;
- *) break ;;
- esac
- done
- extracted_archives="$extracted_archives $my_xlib_u"
- my_xdir="$my_gentop/$my_xlib_u"
-
- func_mkdir_p "$my_xdir"
-
- case $host in
- *-darwin*)
- func_verbose "Extracting $my_xabs"
- # Do not bother doing anything if just a dry run
- $opt_dry_run || {
- darwin_orig_dir=`pwd`
- cd $my_xdir || exit $?
- darwin_archive=$my_xabs
- darwin_curdir=`pwd`
- darwin_base_archive=`basename "$darwin_archive"`
- darwin_arches=`$LIPO -info "$darwin_archive" 2>/dev/null | $GREP Architectures 2>/dev/null || true`
- if test -n "$darwin_arches"; then
- darwin_arches=`$ECHO "$darwin_arches" | $SED -e 's/.*are://'`
- darwin_arch=
- func_verbose "$darwin_base_archive has multiple architectures $darwin_arches"
- for darwin_arch in $darwin_arches ; do
- func_mkdir_p "unfat-$$/${darwin_base_archive}-${darwin_arch}"
- $LIPO -thin $darwin_arch -output "unfat-$$/${darwin_base_archive}-${darwin_arch}/${darwin_base_archive}" "${darwin_archive}"
- cd "unfat-$$/${darwin_base_archive}-${darwin_arch}"
- func_extract_an_archive "`pwd`" "${darwin_base_archive}"
- cd "$darwin_curdir"
- $RM "unfat-$$/${darwin_base_archive}-${darwin_arch}/${darwin_base_archive}"
- done # $darwin_arches
- ## Okay now we've a bunch of thin objects, gotta fatten them up :)
- darwin_filelist=`find unfat-$$ -type f -name \*.o -print -o -name \*.lo -print | $SED -e "$basename" | sort -u`
- darwin_file=
- darwin_files=
- for darwin_file in $darwin_filelist; do
- darwin_files=`find unfat-$$ -name $darwin_file -print | $NL2SP`
- $LIPO -create -output "$darwin_file" $darwin_files
- done # $darwin_filelist
- $RM -rf unfat-$$
- cd "$darwin_orig_dir"
- else
- cd $darwin_orig_dir
- func_extract_an_archive "$my_xdir" "$my_xabs"
- fi # $darwin_arches
- } # !$opt_dry_run
- ;;
- *)
- func_extract_an_archive "$my_xdir" "$my_xabs"
- ;;
- esac
- my_oldobjs="$my_oldobjs "`find $my_xdir -name \*.$objext -print -o -name \*.lo -print | $NL2SP`
- done
-
- func_extract_archives_result="$my_oldobjs"
-}
-
-
-
-# func_emit_wrapper_part1 [arg=no]
-#
-# Emit the first part of a libtool wrapper script on stdout.
-# For more information, see the description associated with
-# func_emit_wrapper(), below.
-func_emit_wrapper_part1 ()
-{
- func_emit_wrapper_part1_arg1=no
- if test -n "$1" ; then
- func_emit_wrapper_part1_arg1=$1
- fi
-
- $ECHO "\
-#! $SHELL
-
-# $output - temporary wrapper script for $objdir/$outputname
-# Generated by $PROGRAM (GNU $PACKAGE$TIMESTAMP) $VERSION
-#
-# The $output program cannot be directly executed until all the libtool
-# libraries that it depends on are installed.
-#
-# This wrapper script should never be moved out of the build directory.
-# If it is, it will not operate correctly.
-
-# Sed substitution that helps us do robust quoting. It backslashifies
-# metacharacters that are still active within double-quoted strings.
-Xsed='${SED} -e 1s/^X//'
-sed_quote_subst='$sed_quote_subst'
-
-# Be Bourne compatible
-if test -n \"\${ZSH_VERSION+set}\" && (emulate sh) >/dev/null 2>&1; then
- emulate sh
- NULLCMD=:
- # Zsh 3.x and 4.x performs word splitting on \${1+\"\$@\"}, which
- # is contrary to our usage. Disable this feature.
- alias -g '\${1+\"\$@\"}'='\"\$@\"'
- setopt NO_GLOB_SUBST
-else
- case \`(set -o) 2>/dev/null\` in *posix*) set -o posix;; esac
-fi
-BIN_SH=xpg4; export BIN_SH # for Tru64
-DUALCASE=1; export DUALCASE # for MKS sh
-
-# The HP-UX ksh and POSIX shell print the target directory to stdout
-# if CDPATH is set.
-(unset CDPATH) >/dev/null 2>&1 && unset CDPATH
-
-relink_command=\"$relink_command\"
-
-# This environment variable determines our operation mode.
-if test \"\$libtool_install_magic\" = \"$magic\"; then
- # install mode needs the following variables:
- generated_by_libtool_version='$macro_version'
- notinst_deplibs='$notinst_deplibs'
-else
- # When we are sourced in execute mode, \$file and \$ECHO are already set.
- if test \"\$libtool_execute_magic\" != \"$magic\"; then
- ECHO=\"$qecho\"
- file=\"\$0\"
- # Make sure echo works.
- if test \"X\$1\" = X--no-reexec; then
- # Discard the --no-reexec flag, and continue.
- shift
- elif test \"X\`{ \$ECHO '\t'; } 2>/dev/null\`\" = 'X\t'; then
- # Yippee, \$ECHO works!
- :
- else
- # Restart under the correct shell, and then maybe \$ECHO will work.
- exec $SHELL \"\$0\" --no-reexec \${1+\"\$@\"}
- fi
- fi\
-"
- $ECHO "\
-
- # Find the directory that this script lives in.
- thisdir=\`\$ECHO \"X\$file\" | \$Xsed -e 's%/[^/]*$%%'\`
- test \"x\$thisdir\" = \"x\$file\" && thisdir=.
-
- # Follow symbolic links until we get to the real thisdir.
- file=\`ls -ld \"\$file\" | ${SED} -n 's/.*-> //p'\`
- while test -n \"\$file\"; do
- destdir=\`\$ECHO \"X\$file\" | \$Xsed -e 's%/[^/]*\$%%'\`
-
- # If there was a directory component, then change thisdir.
- if test \"x\$destdir\" != \"x\$file\"; then
- case \"\$destdir\" in
- [\\\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\\\/]*) thisdir=\"\$destdir\" ;;
- *) thisdir=\"\$thisdir/\$destdir\" ;;
- esac
- fi
-
- file=\`\$ECHO \"X\$file\" | \$Xsed -e 's%^.*/%%'\`
- file=\`ls -ld \"\$thisdir/\$file\" | ${SED} -n 's/.*-> //p'\`
- done
-"
-}
-# end: func_emit_wrapper_part1
-
-# func_emit_wrapper_part2 [arg=no]
-#
-# Emit the second part of a libtool wrapper script on stdout.
-# For more information, see the description associated with
-# func_emit_wrapper(), below.
-func_emit_wrapper_part2 ()
-{
- func_emit_wrapper_part2_arg1=no
- if test -n "$1" ; then
- func_emit_wrapper_part2_arg1=$1
- fi
-
- $ECHO "\
-
- # Usually 'no', except on cygwin/mingw when embedded into
- # the cwrapper.
- WRAPPER_SCRIPT_BELONGS_IN_OBJDIR=$func_emit_wrapper_part2_arg1
- if test \"\$WRAPPER_SCRIPT_BELONGS_IN_OBJDIR\" = \"yes\"; then
- # special case for '.'
- if test \"\$thisdir\" = \".\"; then
- thisdir=\`pwd\`
- fi
- # remove .libs from thisdir
- case \"\$thisdir\" in
- *[\\\\/]$objdir ) thisdir=\`\$ECHO \"X\$thisdir\" | \$Xsed -e 's%[\\\\/][^\\\\/]*$%%'\` ;;
- $objdir ) thisdir=. ;;
- esac
- fi
-
- # Try to get the absolute directory name.
- absdir=\`cd \"\$thisdir\" && pwd\`
- test -n \"\$absdir\" && thisdir=\"\$absdir\"
-"
-
- if test "$fast_install" = yes; then
- $ECHO "\
- program=lt-'$outputname'$exeext
- progdir=\"\$thisdir/$objdir\"
-
- if test ! -f \"\$progdir/\$program\" ||
- { file=\`ls -1dt \"\$progdir/\$program\" \"\$progdir/../\$program\" 2>/dev/null | ${SED} 1q\`; \\
- test \"X\$file\" != \"X\$progdir/\$program\"; }; then
-
- file=\"\$\$-\$program\"
-
- if test ! -d \"\$progdir\"; then
- $MKDIR \"\$progdir\"
- else
- $RM \"\$progdir/\$file\"
- fi"
-
- $ECHO "\
-
- # relink executable if necessary
- if test -n \"\$relink_command\"; then
- if relink_command_output=\`eval \$relink_command 2>&1\`; then :
- else
- $ECHO \"\$relink_command_output\" >&2
- $RM \"\$progdir/\$file\"
- exit 1
- fi
- fi
-
- $MV \"\$progdir/\$file\" \"\$progdir/\$program\" 2>/dev/null ||
- { $RM \"\$progdir/\$program\";
- $MV \"\$progdir/\$file\" \"\$progdir/\$program\"; }
- $RM \"\$progdir/\$file\"
- fi"
- else
- $ECHO "\
- program='$outputname'
- progdir=\"\$thisdir/$objdir\"
-"
- fi
-
- $ECHO "\
-
- if test -f \"\$progdir/\$program\"; then"
-
- # Export our shlibpath_var if we have one.
- if test "$shlibpath_overrides_runpath" = yes && test -n "$shlibpath_var" && test -n "$temp_rpath"; then
- $ECHO "\
- # Add our own library path to $shlibpath_var
- $shlibpath_var=\"$temp_rpath\$$shlibpath_var\"
-
- # Some systems cannot cope with colon-terminated $shlibpath_var
- # The second colon is a workaround for a bug in BeOS R4 sed
- $shlibpath_var=\`\$ECHO \"X\$$shlibpath_var\" | \$Xsed -e 's/::*\$//'\`
-
- export $shlibpath_var
-"
- fi
-
- # fixup the dll searchpath if we need to.
- if test -n "$dllsearchpath"; then
- $ECHO "\
- # Add the dll search path components to the executable PATH
- PATH=$dllsearchpath:\$PATH
-"
- fi
-
- $ECHO "\
- if test \"\$libtool_execute_magic\" != \"$magic\"; then
- # Run the actual program with our arguments.
-"
- case $host in
- # Backslashes separate directories on plain windows
- *-*-mingw | *-*-os2* | *-cegcc*)
- $ECHO "\
- exec \"\$progdir\\\\\$program\" \${1+\"\$@\"}
-"
- ;;
-
- *)
- $ECHO "\
- exec \"\$progdir/\$program\" \${1+\"\$@\"}
-"
- ;;
- esac
- $ECHO "\
- \$ECHO \"\$0: cannot exec \$program \$*\" 1>&2
- exit 1
- fi
- else
- # The program doesn't exist.
- \$ECHO \"\$0: error: \\\`\$progdir/\$program' does not exist\" 1>&2
- \$ECHO \"This script is just a wrapper for \$program.\" 1>&2
- $ECHO \"See the $PACKAGE documentation for more information.\" 1>&2
- exit 1
- fi
-fi\
-"
-}
-# end: func_emit_wrapper_part2
-
-
-# func_emit_wrapper [arg=no]
-#
-# Emit a libtool wrapper script on stdout.
-# Don't directly open a file because we may want to
-# incorporate the script contents within a cygwin/mingw
-# wrapper executable. Must ONLY be called from within
-# func_mode_link because it depends on a number of variables
-# set therein.
-#
-# ARG is the value that the WRAPPER_SCRIPT_BELONGS_IN_OBJDIR
-# variable will take. If 'yes', then the emitted script
-# will assume that the directory in which it is stored is
-# the $objdir directory. This is a cygwin/mingw-specific
-# behavior.
-func_emit_wrapper ()
-{
- func_emit_wrapper_arg1=no
- if test -n "$1" ; then
- func_emit_wrapper_arg1=$1
- fi
-
- # split this up so that func_emit_cwrapperexe_src
- # can call each part independently.
- func_emit_wrapper_part1 "${func_emit_wrapper_arg1}"
- func_emit_wrapper_part2 "${func_emit_wrapper_arg1}"
-}
-
-
-# func_to_host_path arg
-#
-# Convert paths to host format when used with build tools.
-# Intended for use with "native" mingw (where libtool itself
-# is running under the msys shell), or in the following cross-
-# build environments:
-# $build $host
-# mingw (msys) mingw [e.g. native]
-# cygwin mingw
-# *nix + wine mingw
-# where wine is equipped with the `winepath' executable.
-# In the native mingw case, the (msys) shell automatically
-# converts paths for any non-msys applications it launches,
-# but that facility isn't available from inside the cwrapper.
-# Similar accommodations are necessary for $host mingw and
-# $build cygwin. Calling this function does no harm for other
-# $host/$build combinations not listed above.
-#
-# ARG is the path (on $build) that should be converted to
-# the proper representation for $host. The result is stored
-# in $func_to_host_path_result.
-func_to_host_path ()
-{
- func_to_host_path_result="$1"
- if test -n "$1" ; then
- case $host in
- *mingw* )
- lt_sed_naive_backslashify='s|\\\\*|\\|g;s|/|\\|g;s|\\|\\\\|g'
- case $build in
- *mingw* ) # actually, msys
- # awkward: cmd appends spaces to result
- lt_sed_strip_trailing_spaces="s/[ ]*\$//"
- func_to_host_path_tmp1=`( cmd //c echo "$1" |\
- $SED -e "$lt_sed_strip_trailing_spaces" ) 2>/dev/null || echo ""`
- func_to_host_path_result=`echo "$func_to_host_path_tmp1" |\
- $SED -e "$lt_sed_naive_backslashify"`
- ;;
- *cygwin* )
- func_to_host_path_tmp1=`cygpath -w "$1"`
- func_to_host_path_result=`echo "$func_to_host_path_tmp1" |\
- $SED -e "$lt_sed_naive_backslashify"`
- ;;
- * )
- # Unfortunately, winepath does not exit with a non-zero
- # error code, so we are forced to check the contents of
- # stdout. On the other hand, if the command is not
- # found, the shell will set an exit code of 127 and print
- # *an error message* to stdout. So we must check for both
- # error code of zero AND non-empty stdout, which explains
- # the odd construction:
- func_to_host_path_tmp1=`winepath -w "$1" 2>/dev/null`
- if test "$?" -eq 0 && test -n "${func_to_host_path_tmp1}"; then
- func_to_host_path_result=`echo "$func_to_host_path_tmp1" |\
- $SED -e "$lt_sed_naive_backslashify"`
- else
- # Allow warning below.
- func_to_host_path_result=""
- fi
- ;;
- esac
- if test -z "$func_to_host_path_result" ; then
- func_error "Could not determine host path corresponding to"
- func_error " '$1'"
- func_error "Continuing, but uninstalled executables may not work."
- # Fallback:
- func_to_host_path_result="$1"
- fi
- ;;
- esac
- fi
-}
-# end: func_to_host_path
-
-# func_to_host_pathlist arg
-#
-# Convert pathlists to host format when used with build tools.
-# See func_to_host_path(), above. This function supports the
-# following $build/$host combinations (but does no harm for
-# combinations not listed here):
-# $build $host
-# mingw (msys) mingw [e.g. native]
-# cygwin mingw
-# *nix + wine mingw
-#
-# Path separators are also converted from $build format to
-# $host format. If ARG begins or ends with a path separator
-# character, it is preserved (but converted to $host format)
-# on output.
-#
-# ARG is a pathlist (on $build) that should be converted to
-# the proper representation on $host. The result is stored
-# in $func_to_host_pathlist_result.
-func_to_host_pathlist ()
-{
- func_to_host_pathlist_result="$1"
- if test -n "$1" ; then
- case $host in
- *mingw* )
- lt_sed_naive_backslashify='s|\\\\*|\\|g;s|/|\\|g;s|\\|\\\\|g'
- # Remove leading and trailing path separator characters from
- # ARG. msys behavior is inconsistent here, cygpath turns them
- # into '.;' and ';.', and winepath ignores them completely.
- func_to_host_pathlist_tmp2="$1"
- # Once set for this call, this variable should not be
- # reassigned. It is used in tha fallback case.
- func_to_host_pathlist_tmp1=`echo "$func_to_host_pathlist_tmp2" |\
- $SED -e 's|^:*||' -e 's|:*$||'`
- case $build in
- *mingw* ) # Actually, msys.
- # Awkward: cmd appends spaces to result.
- lt_sed_strip_trailing_spaces="s/[ ]*\$//"
- func_to_host_pathlist_tmp2=`( cmd //c echo "$func_to_host_pathlist_tmp1" |\
- $SED -e "$lt_sed_strip_trailing_spaces" ) 2>/dev/null || echo ""`
- func_to_host_pathlist_result=`echo "$func_to_host_pathlist_tmp2" |\
- $SED -e "$lt_sed_naive_backslashify"`
- ;;
- *cygwin* )
- func_to_host_pathlist_tmp2=`cygpath -w -p "$func_to_host_pathlist_tmp1"`
- func_to_host_pathlist_result=`echo "$func_to_host_pathlist_tmp2" |\
- $SED -e "$lt_sed_naive_backslashify"`
- ;;
- * )
- # unfortunately, winepath doesn't convert pathlists
- func_to_host_pathlist_result=""
- func_to_host_pathlist_oldIFS=$IFS
- IFS=:
- for func_to_host_pathlist_f in $func_to_host_pathlist_tmp1 ; do
- IFS=$func_to_host_pathlist_oldIFS
- if test -n "$func_to_host_pathlist_f" ; then
- func_to_host_path "$func_to_host_pathlist_f"
- if test -n "$func_to_host_path_result" ; then
- if test -z "$func_to_host_pathlist_result" ; then
- func_to_host_pathlist_result="$func_to_host_path_result"
- else
- func_to_host_pathlist_result="$func_to_host_pathlist_result;$func_to_host_path_result"
- fi
- fi
- fi
- IFS=:
- done
- IFS=$func_to_host_pathlist_oldIFS
- ;;
- esac
- if test -z "$func_to_host_pathlist_result" ; then
- func_error "Could not determine the host path(s) corresponding to"
- func_error " '$1'"
- func_error "Continuing, but uninstalled executables may not work."
- # Fallback. This may break if $1 contains DOS-style drive
- # specifications. The fix is not to complicate the expression
- # below, but for the user to provide a working wine installation
- # with winepath so that path translation in the cross-to-mingw
- # case works properly.
- lt_replace_pathsep_nix_to_dos="s|:|;|g"
- func_to_host_pathlist_result=`echo "$func_to_host_pathlist_tmp1" |\
- $SED -e "$lt_replace_pathsep_nix_to_dos"`
- fi
- # Now, add the leading and trailing path separators back
- case "$1" in
- :* ) func_to_host_pathlist_result=";$func_to_host_pathlist_result"
- ;;
- esac
- case "$1" in
- *: ) func_to_host_pathlist_result="$func_to_host_pathlist_result;"
- ;;
- esac
- ;;
- esac
- fi
-}
-# end: func_to_host_pathlist
-
-# func_emit_cwrapperexe_src
-# emit the source code for a wrapper executable on stdout
-# Must ONLY be called from within func_mode_link because
-# it depends on a number of variable set therein.
-func_emit_cwrapperexe_src ()
-{
- cat <<EOF
-
-/* $cwrappersource - temporary wrapper executable for $objdir/$outputname
- Generated by $PROGRAM (GNU $PACKAGE$TIMESTAMP) $VERSION
-
- The $output program cannot be directly executed until all the libtool
- libraries that it depends on are installed.
-
- This wrapper executable should never be moved out of the build directory.
- If it is, it will not operate correctly.
-
- Currently, it simply execs the wrapper *script* "$SHELL $output",
- but could eventually absorb all of the scripts functionality and
- exec $objdir/$outputname directly.
-*/
-EOF
- cat <<"EOF"
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#ifdef _MSC_VER
-# include <direct.h>
-# include <process.h>
-# include <io.h>
-# define setmode _setmode
-#else
-# include <unistd.h>
-# include <stdint.h>
-# ifdef __CYGWIN__
-# include <io.h>
-# define HAVE_SETENV
-# ifdef __STRICT_ANSI__
-char *realpath (const char *, char *);
-int putenv (char *);
-int setenv (const char *, const char *, int);
-# endif
-# endif
-#endif
-#include <malloc.h>
-#include <stdarg.h>
-#include <assert.h>
-#include <string.h>
-#include <ctype.h>
-#include <errno.h>
-#include <fcntl.h>
-#include <sys/stat.h>
-
-#if defined(PATH_MAX)
-# define LT_PATHMAX PATH_MAX
-#elif defined(MAXPATHLEN)
-# define LT_PATHMAX MAXPATHLEN
-#else
-# define LT_PATHMAX 1024
-#endif
-
-#ifndef S_IXOTH
-# define S_IXOTH 0
-#endif
-#ifndef S_IXGRP
-# define S_IXGRP 0
-#endif
-
-#ifdef _MSC_VER
-# define S_IXUSR _S_IEXEC
-# define stat _stat
-# ifndef _INTPTR_T_DEFINED
-# define intptr_t int
-# endif
-#endif
-
-#ifndef DIR_SEPARATOR
-# define DIR_SEPARATOR '/'
-# define PATH_SEPARATOR ':'
-#endif
-
-#if defined (_WIN32) || defined (__MSDOS__) || defined (__DJGPP__) || \
- defined (__OS2__)
-# define HAVE_DOS_BASED_FILE_SYSTEM
-# define FOPEN_WB "wb"
-# ifndef DIR_SEPARATOR_2
-# define DIR_SEPARATOR_2 '\\'
-# endif
-# ifndef PATH_SEPARATOR_2
-# define PATH_SEPARATOR_2 ';'
-# endif
-#endif
-
-#ifndef DIR_SEPARATOR_2
-# define IS_DIR_SEPARATOR(ch) ((ch) == DIR_SEPARATOR)
-#else /* DIR_SEPARATOR_2 */
-# define IS_DIR_SEPARATOR(ch) \
- (((ch) == DIR_SEPARATOR) || ((ch) == DIR_SEPARATOR_2))
-#endif /* DIR_SEPARATOR_2 */
-
-#ifndef PATH_SEPARATOR_2
-# define IS_PATH_SEPARATOR(ch) ((ch) == PATH_SEPARATOR)
-#else /* PATH_SEPARATOR_2 */
-# define IS_PATH_SEPARATOR(ch) ((ch) == PATH_SEPARATOR_2)
-#endif /* PATH_SEPARATOR_2 */
-
-#ifdef __CYGWIN__
-# define FOPEN_WB "wb"
-#endif
-
-#ifndef FOPEN_WB
-# define FOPEN_WB "w"
-#endif
-#ifndef _O_BINARY
-# define _O_BINARY 0
-#endif
-
-#define XMALLOC(type, num) ((type *) xmalloc ((num) * sizeof(type)))
-#define XFREE(stale) do { \
- if (stale) { free ((void *) stale); stale = 0; } \
-} while (0)
-
-#undef LTWRAPPER_DEBUGPRINTF
-#if defined DEBUGWRAPPER
-# define LTWRAPPER_DEBUGPRINTF(args) ltwrapper_debugprintf args
-static void
-ltwrapper_debugprintf (const char *fmt, ...)
-{
- va_list args;
- va_start (args, fmt);
- (void) vfprintf (stderr, fmt, args);
- va_end (args);
-}
-#else
-# define LTWRAPPER_DEBUGPRINTF(args)
-#endif
-
-const char *program_name = NULL;
-
-void *xmalloc (size_t num);
-char *xstrdup (const char *string);
-const char *base_name (const char *name);
-char *find_executable (const char *wrapper);
-char *chase_symlinks (const char *pathspec);
-int make_executable (const char *path);
-int check_executable (const char *path);
-char *strendzap (char *str, const char *pat);
-void lt_fatal (const char *message, ...);
-void lt_setenv (const char *name, const char *value);
-char *lt_extend_str (const char *orig_value, const char *add, int to_end);
-void lt_opt_process_env_set (const char *arg);
-void lt_opt_process_env_prepend (const char *arg);
-void lt_opt_process_env_append (const char *arg);
-int lt_split_name_value (const char *arg, char** name, char** value);
-void lt_update_exe_path (const char *name, const char *value);
-void lt_update_lib_path (const char *name, const char *value);
-
-static const char *script_text_part1 =
-EOF
-
- func_emit_wrapper_part1 yes |
- $SED -e 's/\([\\"]\)/\\\1/g' \
- -e 's/^/ "/' -e 's/$/\\n"/'
- echo ";"
- cat <<EOF
-
-static const char *script_text_part2 =
-EOF
- func_emit_wrapper_part2 yes |
- $SED -e 's/\([\\"]\)/\\\1/g' \
- -e 's/^/ "/' -e 's/$/\\n"/'
- echo ";"
-
- cat <<EOF
-const char * MAGIC_EXE = "$magic_exe";
-const char * LIB_PATH_VARNAME = "$shlibpath_var";
-EOF
-
- if test "$shlibpath_overrides_runpath" = yes && test -n "$shlibpath_var" && test -n "$temp_rpath"; then
- func_to_host_pathlist "$temp_rpath"
- cat <<EOF
-const char * LIB_PATH_VALUE = "$func_to_host_pathlist_result";
-EOF
- else
- cat <<"EOF"
-const char * LIB_PATH_VALUE = "";
-EOF
- fi
-
- if test -n "$dllsearchpath"; then
- func_to_host_pathlist "$dllsearchpath:"
- cat <<EOF
-const char * EXE_PATH_VARNAME = "PATH";
-const char * EXE_PATH_VALUE = "$func_to_host_pathlist_result";
-EOF
- else
- cat <<"EOF"
-const char * EXE_PATH_VARNAME = "";
-const char * EXE_PATH_VALUE = "";
-EOF
- fi
-
- if test "$fast_install" = yes; then
- cat <<EOF
-const char * TARGET_PROGRAM_NAME = "lt-$outputname"; /* hopefully, no .exe */
-EOF
- else
- cat <<EOF
-const char * TARGET_PROGRAM_NAME = "$outputname"; /* hopefully, no .exe */
-EOF
- fi
-
-
- cat <<"EOF"
-
-#define LTWRAPPER_OPTION_PREFIX "--lt-"
-#define LTWRAPPER_OPTION_PREFIX_LENGTH 5
-
-static const size_t opt_prefix_len = LTWRAPPER_OPTION_PREFIX_LENGTH;
-static const char *ltwrapper_option_prefix = LTWRAPPER_OPTION_PREFIX;
-
-static const char *dumpscript_opt = LTWRAPPER_OPTION_PREFIX "dump-script";
-
-static const size_t env_set_opt_len = LTWRAPPER_OPTION_PREFIX_LENGTH + 7;
-static const char *env_set_opt = LTWRAPPER_OPTION_PREFIX "env-set";
- /* argument is putenv-style "foo=bar", value of foo is set to bar */
-
-static const size_t env_prepend_opt_len = LTWRAPPER_OPTION_PREFIX_LENGTH + 11;
-static const char *env_prepend_opt = LTWRAPPER_OPTION_PREFIX "env-prepend";
- /* argument is putenv-style "foo=bar", new value of foo is bar${foo} */
-
-static const size_t env_append_opt_len = LTWRAPPER_OPTION_PREFIX_LENGTH + 10;
-static const char *env_append_opt = LTWRAPPER_OPTION_PREFIX "env-append";
- /* argument is putenv-style "foo=bar", new value of foo is ${foo}bar */
-
-int
-main (int argc, char *argv[])
-{
- char **newargz;
- int newargc;
- char *tmp_pathspec;
- char *actual_cwrapper_path;
- char *actual_cwrapper_name;
- char *target_name;
- char *lt_argv_zero;
- intptr_t rval = 127;
-
- int i;
-
- program_name = (char *) xstrdup (base_name (argv[0]));
- LTWRAPPER_DEBUGPRINTF (("(main) argv[0] : %s\n", argv[0]));
- LTWRAPPER_DEBUGPRINTF (("(main) program_name : %s\n", program_name));
-
- /* very simple arg parsing; don't want to rely on getopt */
- for (i = 1; i < argc; i++)
- {
- if (strcmp (argv[i], dumpscript_opt) == 0)
- {
-EOF
- case "$host" in
- *mingw* | *cygwin* )
- # make stdout use "unix" line endings
- echo " setmode(1,_O_BINARY);"
- ;;
- esac
-
- cat <<"EOF"
- printf ("%s", script_text_part1);
- printf ("%s", script_text_part2);
- return 0;
- }
- }
-
- newargz = XMALLOC (char *, argc + 1);
- tmp_pathspec = find_executable (argv[0]);
- if (tmp_pathspec == NULL)
- lt_fatal ("Couldn't find %s", argv[0]);
- LTWRAPPER_DEBUGPRINTF (("(main) found exe (before symlink chase) at : %s\n",
- tmp_pathspec));
-
- actual_cwrapper_path = chase_symlinks (tmp_pathspec);
- LTWRAPPER_DEBUGPRINTF (("(main) found exe (after symlink chase) at : %s\n",
- actual_cwrapper_path));
- XFREE (tmp_pathspec);
-
- actual_cwrapper_name = xstrdup( base_name (actual_cwrapper_path));
- strendzap (actual_cwrapper_path, actual_cwrapper_name);
-
- /* wrapper name transforms */
- strendzap (actual_cwrapper_name, ".exe");
- tmp_pathspec = lt_extend_str (actual_cwrapper_name, ".exe", 1);
- XFREE (actual_cwrapper_name);
- actual_cwrapper_name = tmp_pathspec;
- tmp_pathspec = 0;
-
- /* target_name transforms -- use actual target program name; might have lt- prefix */
- target_name = xstrdup (base_name (TARGET_PROGRAM_NAME));
- strendzap (target_name, ".exe");
- tmp_pathspec = lt_extend_str (target_name, ".exe", 1);
- XFREE (target_name);
- target_name = tmp_pathspec;
- tmp_pathspec = 0;
-
- LTWRAPPER_DEBUGPRINTF (("(main) libtool target name: %s\n",
- target_name));
-EOF
-
- cat <<EOF
- newargz[0] =
- XMALLOC (char, (strlen (actual_cwrapper_path) +
- strlen ("$objdir") + 1 + strlen (actual_cwrapper_name) + 1));
- strcpy (newargz[0], actual_cwrapper_path);
- strcat (newargz[0], "$objdir");
- strcat (newargz[0], "/");
-EOF
-
- cat <<"EOF"
- /* stop here, and copy so we don't have to do this twice */
- tmp_pathspec = xstrdup (newargz[0]);
-
- /* do NOT want the lt- prefix here, so use actual_cwrapper_name */
- strcat (newargz[0], actual_cwrapper_name);
-
- /* DO want the lt- prefix here if it exists, so use target_name */
- lt_argv_zero = lt_extend_str (tmp_pathspec, target_name, 1);
- XFREE (tmp_pathspec);
- tmp_pathspec = NULL;
-EOF
-
- case $host_os in
- mingw*)
- cat <<"EOF"
- {
- char* p;
- while ((p = strchr (newargz[0], '\\')) != NULL)
- {
- *p = '/';
- }
- while ((p = strchr (lt_argv_zero, '\\')) != NULL)
- {
- *p = '/';
- }
- }
-EOF
- ;;
- esac
-
- cat <<"EOF"
- XFREE (target_name);
- XFREE (actual_cwrapper_path);
- XFREE (actual_cwrapper_name);
-
- lt_setenv ("BIN_SH", "xpg4"); /* for Tru64 */
- lt_setenv ("DUALCASE", "1"); /* for MSK sh */
- lt_update_lib_path (LIB_PATH_VARNAME, LIB_PATH_VALUE);
- lt_update_exe_path (EXE_PATH_VARNAME, EXE_PATH_VALUE);
-
- newargc=0;
- for (i = 1; i < argc; i++)
- {
- if (strncmp (argv[i], env_set_opt, env_set_opt_len) == 0)
- {
- if (argv[i][env_set_opt_len] == '=')
- {
- const char *p = argv[i] + env_set_opt_len + 1;
- lt_opt_process_env_set (p);
- }
- else if (argv[i][env_set_opt_len] == '\0' && i + 1 < argc)
- {
- lt_opt_process_env_set (argv[++i]); /* don't copy */
- }
- else
- lt_fatal ("%s missing required argument", env_set_opt);
- continue;
- }
- if (strncmp (argv[i], env_prepend_opt, env_prepend_opt_len) == 0)
- {
- if (argv[i][env_prepend_opt_len] == '=')
- {
- const char *p = argv[i] + env_prepend_opt_len + 1;
- lt_opt_process_env_prepend (p);
- }
- else if (argv[i][env_prepend_opt_len] == '\0' && i + 1 < argc)
- {
- lt_opt_process_env_prepend (argv[++i]); /* don't copy */
- }
- else
- lt_fatal ("%s missing required argument", env_prepend_opt);
- continue;
- }
- if (strncmp (argv[i], env_append_opt, env_append_opt_len) == 0)
- {
- if (argv[i][env_append_opt_len] == '=')
- {
- const char *p = argv[i] + env_append_opt_len + 1;
- lt_opt_process_env_append (p);
- }
- else if (argv[i][env_append_opt_len] == '\0' && i + 1 < argc)
- {
- lt_opt_process_env_append (argv[++i]); /* don't copy */
- }
- else
- lt_fatal ("%s missing required argument", env_append_opt);
- continue;
- }
- if (strncmp (argv[i], ltwrapper_option_prefix, opt_prefix_len) == 0)
- {
- /* however, if there is an option in the LTWRAPPER_OPTION_PREFIX
- namespace, but it is not one of the ones we know about and
- have already dealt with, above (inluding dump-script), then
- report an error. Otherwise, targets might begin to believe
- they are allowed to use options in the LTWRAPPER_OPTION_PREFIX
- namespace. The first time any user complains about this, we'll
- need to make LTWRAPPER_OPTION_PREFIX a configure-time option
- or a configure.ac-settable value.
- */
- lt_fatal ("Unrecognized option in %s namespace: '%s'",
- ltwrapper_option_prefix, argv[i]);
- }
- /* otherwise ... */
- newargz[++newargc] = xstrdup (argv[i]);
- }
- newargz[++newargc] = NULL;
-
- LTWRAPPER_DEBUGPRINTF (("(main) lt_argv_zero : %s\n", (lt_argv_zero ? lt_argv_zero : "<NULL>")));
- for (i = 0; i < newargc; i++)
- {
- LTWRAPPER_DEBUGPRINTF (("(main) newargz[%d] : %s\n", i, (newargz[i] ? newargz[i] : "<NULL>")));
- }
-
-EOF
-
- case $host_os in
- mingw*)
- cat <<"EOF"
- /* execv doesn't actually work on mingw as expected on unix */
- rval = _spawnv (_P_WAIT, lt_argv_zero, (const char * const *) newargz);
- if (rval == -1)
- {
- /* failed to start process */
- LTWRAPPER_DEBUGPRINTF (("(main) failed to launch target \"%s\": errno = %d\n", lt_argv_zero, errno));
- return 127;
- }
- return rval;
-EOF
- ;;
- *)
- cat <<"EOF"
- execv (lt_argv_zero, newargz);
- return rval; /* =127, but avoids unused variable warning */
-EOF
- ;;
- esac
-
- cat <<"EOF"
-}
-
-void *
-xmalloc (size_t num)
-{
- void *p = (void *) malloc (num);
- if (!p)
- lt_fatal ("Memory exhausted");
-
- return p;
-}
-
-char *
-xstrdup (const char *string)
-{
- return string ? strcpy ((char *) xmalloc (strlen (string) + 1),
- string) : NULL;
-}
-
-const char *
-base_name (const char *name)
-{
- const char *base;
-
-#if defined (HAVE_DOS_BASED_FILE_SYSTEM)
- /* Skip over the disk name in MSDOS pathnames. */
- if (isalpha ((unsigned char) name[0]) && name[1] == ':')
- name += 2;
-#endif
-
- for (base = name; *name; name++)
- if (IS_DIR_SEPARATOR (*name))
- base = name + 1;
- return base;
-}
-
-int
-check_executable (const char *path)
-{
- struct stat st;
-
- LTWRAPPER_DEBUGPRINTF (("(check_executable) : %s\n",
- path ? (*path ? path : "EMPTY!") : "NULL!"));
- if ((!path) || (!*path))
- return 0;
-
- if ((stat (path, &st) >= 0)
- && (st.st_mode & (S_IXUSR | S_IXGRP | S_IXOTH)))
- return 1;
- else
- return 0;
-}
-
-int
-make_executable (const char *path)
-{
- int rval = 0;
- struct stat st;
-
- LTWRAPPER_DEBUGPRINTF (("(make_executable) : %s\n",
- path ? (*path ? path : "EMPTY!") : "NULL!"));
- if ((!path) || (!*path))
- return 0;
-
- if (stat (path, &st) >= 0)
- {
- rval = chmod (path, st.st_mode | S_IXOTH | S_IXGRP | S_IXUSR);
- }
- return rval;
-}
-
-/* Searches for the full path of the wrapper. Returns
- newly allocated full path name if found, NULL otherwise
- Does not chase symlinks, even on platforms that support them.
-*/
-char *
-find_executable (const char *wrapper)
-{
- int has_slash = 0;
- const char *p;
- const char *p_next;
- /* static buffer for getcwd */
- char tmp[LT_PATHMAX + 1];
- int tmp_len;
- char *concat_name;
-
- LTWRAPPER_DEBUGPRINTF (("(find_executable) : %s\n",
- wrapper ? (*wrapper ? wrapper : "EMPTY!") : "NULL!"));
-
- if ((wrapper == NULL) || (*wrapper == '\0'))
- return NULL;
-
- /* Absolute path? */
-#if defined (HAVE_DOS_BASED_FILE_SYSTEM)
- if (isalpha ((unsigned char) wrapper[0]) && wrapper[1] == ':')
- {
- concat_name = xstrdup (wrapper);
- if (check_executable (concat_name))
- return concat_name;
- XFREE (concat_name);
- }
- else
- {
-#endif
- if (IS_DIR_SEPARATOR (wrapper[0]))
- {
- concat_name = xstrdup (wrapper);
- if (check_executable (concat_name))
- return concat_name;
- XFREE (concat_name);
- }
-#if defined (HAVE_DOS_BASED_FILE_SYSTEM)
- }
-#endif
-
- for (p = wrapper; *p; p++)
- if (*p == '/')
- {
- has_slash = 1;
- break;
- }
- if (!has_slash)
- {
- /* no slashes; search PATH */
- const char *path = getenv ("PATH");
- if (path != NULL)
- {
- for (p = path; *p; p = p_next)
- {
- const char *q;
- size_t p_len;
- for (q = p; *q; q++)
- if (IS_PATH_SEPARATOR (*q))
- break;
- p_len = q - p;
- p_next = (*q == '\0' ? q : q + 1);
- if (p_len == 0)
- {
- /* empty path: current directory */
- if (getcwd (tmp, LT_PATHMAX) == NULL)
- lt_fatal ("getcwd failed");
- tmp_len = strlen (tmp);
- concat_name =
- XMALLOC (char, tmp_len + 1 + strlen (wrapper) + 1);
- memcpy (concat_name, tmp, tmp_len);
- concat_name[tmp_len] = '/';
- strcpy (concat_name + tmp_len + 1, wrapper);
- }
- else
- {
- concat_name =
- XMALLOC (char, p_len + 1 + strlen (wrapper) + 1);
- memcpy (concat_name, p, p_len);
- concat_name[p_len] = '/';
- strcpy (concat_name + p_len + 1, wrapper);
- }
- if (check_executable (concat_name))
- return concat_name;
- XFREE (concat_name);
- }
- }
- /* not found in PATH; assume curdir */
- }
- /* Relative path | not found in path: prepend cwd */
- if (getcwd (tmp, LT_PATHMAX) == NULL)
- lt_fatal ("getcwd failed");
- tmp_len = strlen (tmp);
- concat_name = XMALLOC (char, tmp_len + 1 + strlen (wrapper) + 1);
- memcpy (concat_name, tmp, tmp_len);
- concat_name[tmp_len] = '/';
- strcpy (concat_name + tmp_len + 1, wrapper);
-
- if (check_executable (concat_name))
- return concat_name;
- XFREE (concat_name);
- return NULL;
-}
-
-char *
-chase_symlinks (const char *pathspec)
-{
-#ifndef S_ISLNK
- return xstrdup (pathspec);
-#else
- char buf[LT_PATHMAX];
- struct stat s;
- char *tmp_pathspec = xstrdup (pathspec);
- char *p;
- int has_symlinks = 0;
- while (strlen (tmp_pathspec) && !has_symlinks)
- {
- LTWRAPPER_DEBUGPRINTF (("checking path component for symlinks: %s\n",
- tmp_pathspec));
- if (lstat (tmp_pathspec, &s) == 0)
- {
- if (S_ISLNK (s.st_mode) != 0)
- {
- has_symlinks = 1;
- break;
- }
-
- /* search backwards for last DIR_SEPARATOR */
- p = tmp_pathspec + strlen (tmp_pathspec) - 1;
- while ((p > tmp_pathspec) && (!IS_DIR_SEPARATOR (*p)))
- p--;
- if ((p == tmp_pathspec) && (!IS_DIR_SEPARATOR (*p)))
- {
- /* no more DIR_SEPARATORS left */
- break;
- }
- *p = '\0';
- }
- else
- {
- char *errstr = strerror (errno);
- lt_fatal ("Error accessing file %s (%s)", tmp_pathspec, errstr);
- }
- }
- XFREE (tmp_pathspec);
-
- if (!has_symlinks)
- {
- return xstrdup (pathspec);
- }
-
- tmp_pathspec = realpath (pathspec, buf);
- if (tmp_pathspec == 0)
- {
- lt_fatal ("Could not follow symlinks for %s", pathspec);
- }
- return xstrdup (tmp_pathspec);
-#endif
-}
-
-char *
-strendzap (char *str, const char *pat)
-{
- size_t len, patlen;
-
- assert (str != NULL);
- assert (pat != NULL);
-
- len = strlen (str);
- patlen = strlen (pat);
-
- if (patlen <= len)
- {
- str += len - patlen;
- if (strcmp (str, pat) == 0)
- *str = '\0';
- }
- return str;
-}
-
-static void
-lt_error_core (int exit_status, const char *mode,
- const char *message, va_list ap)
-{
- fprintf (stderr, "%s: %s: ", program_name, mode);
- vfprintf (stderr, message, ap);
- fprintf (stderr, ".\n");
-
- if (exit_status >= 0)
- exit (exit_status);
-}
-
-void
-lt_fatal (const char *message, ...)
-{
- va_list ap;
- va_start (ap, message);
- lt_error_core (EXIT_FAILURE, "FATAL", message, ap);
- va_end (ap);
-}
-
-void
-lt_setenv (const char *name, const char *value)
-{
- LTWRAPPER_DEBUGPRINTF (("(lt_setenv) setting '%s' to '%s'\n",
- (name ? name : "<NULL>"),
- (value ? value : "<NULL>")));
- {
-#ifdef HAVE_SETENV
- /* always make a copy, for consistency with !HAVE_SETENV */
- char *str = xstrdup (value);
- setenv (name, str, 1);
-#else
- int len = strlen (name) + 1 + strlen (value) + 1;
- char *str = XMALLOC (char, len);
- sprintf (str, "%s=%s", name, value);
- if (putenv (str) != EXIT_SUCCESS)
- {
- XFREE (str);
- }
-#endif
- }
-}
-
-char *
-lt_extend_str (const char *orig_value, const char *add, int to_end)
-{
- char *new_value;
- if (orig_value && *orig_value)
- {
- int orig_value_len = strlen (orig_value);
- int add_len = strlen (add);
- new_value = XMALLOC (char, add_len + orig_value_len + 1);
- if (to_end)
- {
- strcpy (new_value, orig_value);
- strcpy (new_value + orig_value_len, add);
- }
- else
- {
- strcpy (new_value, add);
- strcpy (new_value + add_len, orig_value);
- }
- }
- else
- {
- new_value = xstrdup (add);
- }
- return new_value;
-}
-
-int
-lt_split_name_value (const char *arg, char** name, char** value)
-{
- const char *p;
- int len;
- if (!arg || !*arg)
- return 1;
-
- p = strchr (arg, (int)'=');
-
- if (!p)
- return 1;
-
- *value = xstrdup (++p);
-
- len = strlen (arg) - strlen (*value);
- *name = XMALLOC (char, len);
- strncpy (*name, arg, len-1);
- (*name)[len - 1] = '\0';
-
- return 0;
-}
-
-void
-lt_opt_process_env_set (const char *arg)
-{
- char *name = NULL;
- char *value = NULL;
-
- if (lt_split_name_value (arg, &name, &value) != 0)
- {
- XFREE (name);
- XFREE (value);
- lt_fatal ("bad argument for %s: '%s'", env_set_opt, arg);
- }
-
- lt_setenv (name, value);
- XFREE (name);
- XFREE (value);
-}
-
-void
-lt_opt_process_env_prepend (const char *arg)
-{
- char *name = NULL;
- char *value = NULL;
- char *new_value = NULL;
-
- if (lt_split_name_value (arg, &name, &value) != 0)
- {
- XFREE (name);
- XFREE (value);
- lt_fatal ("bad argument for %s: '%s'", env_prepend_opt, arg);
- }
-
- new_value = lt_extend_str (getenv (name), value, 0);
- lt_setenv (name, new_value);
- XFREE (new_value);
- XFREE (name);
- XFREE (value);
-}
-
-void
-lt_opt_process_env_append (const char *arg)
-{
- char *name = NULL;
- char *value = NULL;
- char *new_value = NULL;
-
- if (lt_split_name_value (arg, &name, &value) != 0)
- {
- XFREE (name);
- XFREE (value);
- lt_fatal ("bad argument for %s: '%s'", env_append_opt, arg);
- }
-
- new_value = lt_extend_str (getenv (name), value, 1);
- lt_setenv (name, new_value);
- XFREE (new_value);
- XFREE (name);
- XFREE (value);
-}
-
-void
-lt_update_exe_path (const char *name, const char *value)
-{
- LTWRAPPER_DEBUGPRINTF (("(lt_update_exe_path) modifying '%s' by prepending '%s'\n",
- (name ? name : "<NULL>"),
- (value ? value : "<NULL>")));
-
- if (name && *name && value && *value)
- {
- char *new_value = lt_extend_str (getenv (name), value, 0);
- /* some systems can't cope with a ':'-terminated path #' */
- int len = strlen (new_value);
- while (((len = strlen (new_value)) > 0) && IS_PATH_SEPARATOR (new_value[len-1]))
- {
- new_value[len-1] = '\0';
- }
- lt_setenv (name, new_value);
- XFREE (new_value);
- }
-}
-
-void
-lt_update_lib_path (const char *name, const char *value)
-{
- LTWRAPPER_DEBUGPRINTF (("(lt_update_lib_path) modifying '%s' by prepending '%s'\n",
- (name ? name : "<NULL>"),
- (value ? value : "<NULL>")));
-
- if (name && *name && value && *value)
- {
- char *new_value = lt_extend_str (getenv (name), value, 0);
- lt_setenv (name, new_value);
- XFREE (new_value);
- }
-}
-
-
-EOF
-}
-# end: func_emit_cwrapperexe_src
-
-# func_mode_link arg...
-func_mode_link ()
-{
- $opt_debug
- case $host in
- *-*-cygwin* | *-*-mingw* | *-*-pw32* | *-*-os2* | *-cegcc*)
- # It is impossible to link a dll without this setting, and
- # we shouldn't force the makefile maintainer to figure out
- # which system we are compiling for in order to pass an extra
- # flag for every libtool invocation.
- # allow_undefined=no
-
- # FIXME: Unfortunately, there are problems with the above when trying
- # to make a dll which has undefined symbols, in which case not
- # even a static library is built. For now, we need to specify
- # -no-undefined on the libtool link line when we can be certain
- # that all symbols are satisfied, otherwise we get a static library.
- allow_undefined=yes
- ;;
- *)
- allow_undefined=yes
- ;;
- esac
- libtool_args=$nonopt
- base_compile="$nonopt $@"
- compile_command=$nonopt
- finalize_command=$nonopt
-
- compile_rpath=
- finalize_rpath=
- compile_shlibpath=
- finalize_shlibpath=
- convenience=
- old_convenience=
- deplibs=
- old_deplibs=
- compiler_flags=
- linker_flags=
- dllsearchpath=
- lib_search_path=`pwd`
- inst_prefix_dir=
- new_inherited_linker_flags=
-
- avoid_version=no
- dlfiles=
- dlprefiles=
- dlself=no
- export_dynamic=no
- export_symbols=
- export_symbols_regex=
- generated=
- libobjs=
- ltlibs=
- module=no
- no_install=no
- objs=
- non_pic_objects=
- precious_files_regex=
- prefer_static_libs=no
- preload=no
- prev=
- prevarg=
- release=
- rpath=
- xrpath=
- perm_rpath=
- temp_rpath=
- thread_safe=no
- vinfo=
- vinfo_number=no
- weak_libs=
- single_module="${wl}-single_module"
- func_infer_tag $base_compile
-
- # We need to know -static, to get the right output filenames.
- for arg
- do
- case $arg in
- -shared)
- test "$build_libtool_libs" != yes && \
- func_fatal_configuration "can not build a shared library"
- build_old_libs=no
- break
- ;;
- -all-static | -static | -static-libtool-libs)
- case $arg in
- -all-static)
- if test "$build_libtool_libs" = yes && test -z "$link_static_flag"; then
- func_warning "complete static linking is impossible in this configuration"
- fi
- if test -n "$link_static_flag"; then
- dlopen_self=$dlopen_self_static
- fi
- prefer_static_libs=yes
- ;;
- -static)
- if test -z "$pic_flag" && test -n "$link_static_flag"; then
- dlopen_self=$dlopen_self_static
- fi
- prefer_static_libs=built
- ;;
- -static-libtool-libs)
- if test -z "$pic_flag" && test -n "$link_static_flag"; then
- dlopen_self=$dlopen_self_static
- fi
- prefer_static_libs=yes
- ;;
- esac
- build_libtool_libs=no
- build_old_libs=yes
- break
- ;;
- esac
- done
-
- # See if our shared archives depend on static archives.
- test -n "$old_archive_from_new_cmds" && build_old_libs=yes
-
- # Go through the arguments, transforming them on the way.
- while test "$#" -gt 0; do
- arg="$1"
- shift
- func_quote_for_eval "$arg"
- qarg=$func_quote_for_eval_unquoted_result
- func_append libtool_args " $func_quote_for_eval_result"
-
- # If the previous option needs an argument, assign it.
- if test -n "$prev"; then
- case $prev in
- output)
- func_append compile_command " @OUTPUT@"
- func_append finalize_command " @OUTPUT@"
- ;;
- esac
-
- case $prev in
- dlfiles|dlprefiles)
- if test "$preload" = no; then
- # Add the symbol object into the linking commands.
- func_append compile_command " @SYMFILE@"
- func_append finalize_command " @SYMFILE@"
- preload=yes
- fi
- case $arg in
- *.la | *.lo) ;; # We handle these cases below.
- force)
- if test "$dlself" = no; then
- dlself=needless
- export_dynamic=yes
- fi
- prev=
- continue
- ;;
- self)
- if test "$prev" = dlprefiles; then
- dlself=yes
- elif test "$prev" = dlfiles && test "$dlopen_self" != yes; then
- dlself=yes
- else
- dlself=needless
- export_dynamic=yes
- fi
- prev=
- continue
- ;;
- *)
- if test "$prev" = dlfiles; then
- dlfiles="$dlfiles $arg"
- else
- dlprefiles="$dlprefiles $arg"
- fi
- prev=
- continue
- ;;
- esac
- ;;
- expsyms)
- export_symbols="$arg"
- test -f "$arg" \
- || func_fatal_error "symbol file \`$arg' does not exist"
- prev=
- continue
- ;;
- expsyms_regex)
- export_symbols_regex="$arg"
- prev=
- continue
- ;;
- framework)
- case $host in
- *-*-darwin*)
- case "$deplibs " in
- *" $qarg.ltframework "*) ;;
- *) deplibs="$deplibs $qarg.ltframework" # this is fixed later
- ;;
- esac
- ;;
- esac
- prev=
- continue
- ;;
- inst_prefix)
- inst_prefix_dir="$arg"
- prev=
- continue
- ;;
- objectlist)
- if test -f "$arg"; then
- save_arg=$arg
- moreargs=
- for fil in `cat "$save_arg"`
- do
-# moreargs="$moreargs $fil"
- arg=$fil
- # A libtool-controlled object.
-
- # Check to see that this really is a libtool object.
- if func_lalib_unsafe_p "$arg"; then
- pic_object=
- non_pic_object=
-
- # Read the .lo file
- func_source "$arg"
-
- if test -z "$pic_object" ||
- test -z "$non_pic_object" ||
- test "$pic_object" = none &&
- test "$non_pic_object" = none; then
- func_fatal_error "cannot find name of object for \`$arg'"
- fi
-
- # Extract subdirectory from the argument.
- func_dirname "$arg" "/" ""
- xdir="$func_dirname_result"
-
- if test "$pic_object" != none; then
- # Prepend the subdirectory the object is found in.
- pic_object="$xdir$pic_object"
-
- if test "$prev" = dlfiles; then
- if test "$build_libtool_libs" = yes && test "$dlopen_support" = yes; then
- dlfiles="$dlfiles $pic_object"
- prev=
- continue
- else
- # If libtool objects are unsupported, then we need to preload.
- prev=dlprefiles
- fi
- fi
-
- # CHECK ME: I think I busted this. -Ossama
- if test "$prev" = dlprefiles; then
- # Preload the old-style object.
- dlprefiles="$dlprefiles $pic_object"
- prev=
- fi
-
- # A PIC object.
- func_append libobjs " $pic_object"
- arg="$pic_object"
- fi
-
- # Non-PIC object.
- if test "$non_pic_object" != none; then
- # Prepend the subdirectory the object is found in.
- non_pic_object="$xdir$non_pic_object"
-
- # A standard non-PIC object
- func_append non_pic_objects " $non_pic_object"
- if test -z "$pic_object" || test "$pic_object" = none ; then
- arg="$non_pic_object"
- fi
- else
- # If the PIC object exists, use it instead.
- # $xdir was prepended to $pic_object above.
- non_pic_object="$pic_object"
- func_append non_pic_objects " $non_pic_object"
- fi
- else
- # Only an error if not doing a dry-run.
- if $opt_dry_run; then
- # Extract subdirectory from the argument.
- func_dirname "$arg" "/" ""
- xdir="$func_dirname_result"
-
- func_lo2o "$arg"
- pic_object=$xdir$objdir/$func_lo2o_result
- non_pic_object=$xdir$func_lo2o_result
- func_append libobjs " $pic_object"
- func_append non_pic_objects " $non_pic_object"
- else
- func_fatal_error "\`$arg' is not a valid libtool object"
- fi
- fi
- done
- else
- func_fatal_error "link input file \`$arg' does not exist"
- fi
- arg=$save_arg
- prev=
- continue
- ;;
- precious_regex)
- precious_files_regex="$arg"
- prev=
- continue
- ;;
- release)
- release="-$arg"
- prev=
- continue
- ;;
- rpath | xrpath)
- # We need an absolute path.
- case $arg in
- [\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) ;;
- *)
- func_fatal_error "only absolute run-paths are allowed"
- ;;
- esac
- if test "$prev" = rpath; then
- case "$rpath " in
- *" $arg "*) ;;
- *) rpath="$rpath $arg" ;;
- esac
- else
- case "$xrpath " in
- *" $arg "*) ;;
- *) xrpath="$xrpath $arg" ;;
- esac
- fi
- prev=
- continue
- ;;
- shrext)
- shrext_cmds="$arg"
- prev=
- continue
- ;;
- weak)
- weak_libs="$weak_libs $arg"
- prev=
- continue
- ;;
- xcclinker)
- linker_flags="$linker_flags $qarg"
- compiler_flags="$compiler_flags $qarg"
- prev=
- func_append compile_command " $qarg"
- func_append finalize_command " $qarg"
- continue
- ;;
- xcompiler)
- compiler_flags="$compiler_flags $qarg"
- prev=
- func_append compile_command " $qarg"
- func_append finalize_command " $qarg"
- continue
- ;;
- xlinker)
- linker_flags="$linker_flags $qarg"
- compiler_flags="$compiler_flags $wl$qarg"
- prev=
- func_append compile_command " $wl$qarg"
- func_append finalize_command " $wl$qarg"
- continue
- ;;
- *)
- eval "$prev=\"\$arg\""
- prev=
- continue
- ;;
- esac
- fi # test -n "$prev"
-
- prevarg="$arg"
-
- case $arg in
- -all-static)
- if test -n "$link_static_flag"; then
- # See comment for -static flag below, for more details.
- func_append compile_command " $link_static_flag"
- func_append finalize_command " $link_static_flag"
- fi
- continue
- ;;
-
- -allow-undefined)
- # FIXME: remove this flag sometime in the future.
- func_fatal_error "\`-allow-undefined' must not be used because it is the default"
- ;;
-
- -avoid-version)
- avoid_version=yes
- continue
- ;;
-
- -dlopen)
- prev=dlfiles
- continue
- ;;
-
- -dlpreopen)
- prev=dlprefiles
- continue
- ;;
-
- -export-dynamic)
- export_dynamic=yes
- continue
- ;;
-
- -export-symbols | -export-symbols-regex)
- if test -n "$export_symbols" || test -n "$export_symbols_regex"; then
- func_fatal_error "more than one -exported-symbols argument is not allowed"
- fi
- if test "X$arg" = "X-export-symbols"; then
- prev=expsyms
- else
- prev=expsyms_regex
- fi
- continue
- ;;
-
- -framework)
- prev=framework
- continue
- ;;
-
- -inst-prefix-dir)
- prev=inst_prefix
- continue
- ;;
-
- # The native IRIX linker understands -LANG:*, -LIST:* and -LNO:*
- # so, if we see these flags be careful not to treat them like -L
- -L[A-Z][A-Z]*:*)
- case $with_gcc/$host in
- no/*-*-irix* | /*-*-irix*)
- func_append compile_command " $arg"
- func_append finalize_command " $arg"
- ;;
- esac
- continue
- ;;
-
- -L*)
- func_stripname '-L' '' "$arg"
- dir=$func_stripname_result
- if test -z "$dir"; then
- if test "$#" -gt 0; then
- func_fatal_error "require no space between \`-L' and \`$1'"
- else
- func_fatal_error "need path for \`-L' option"
- fi
- fi
- # We need an absolute path.
- case $dir in
- [\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) ;;
- *)
- absdir=`cd "$dir" && pwd`
- test -z "$absdir" && \
- func_fatal_error "cannot determine absolute directory name of \`$dir'"
- dir="$absdir"
- ;;
- esac
- case "$deplibs " in
- *" -L$dir "*) ;;
- *)
- deplibs="$deplibs -L$dir"
- lib_search_path="$lib_search_path $dir"
- ;;
- esac
- case $host in
- *-*-cygwin* | *-*-mingw* | *-*-pw32* | *-*-os2* | *-cegcc*)
- testbindir=`$ECHO "X$dir" | $Xsed -e 's*/lib$*/bin*'`
- case :$dllsearchpath: in
- *":$dir:"*) ;;
- ::) dllsearchpath=$dir;;
- *) dllsearchpath="$dllsearchpath:$dir";;
- esac
- case :$dllsearchpath: in
- *":$testbindir:"*) ;;
- ::) dllsearchpath=$testbindir;;
- *) dllsearchpath="$dllsearchpath:$testbindir";;
- esac
- ;;
- esac
- continue
- ;;
-
- -l*)
- if test "X$arg" = "X-lc" || test "X$arg" = "X-lm"; then
- case $host in
- *-*-cygwin* | *-*-mingw* | *-*-pw32* | *-*-beos* | *-cegcc*)
- # These systems don't actually have a C or math library (as such)
- continue
- ;;
- *-*-os2*)
- # These systems don't actually have a C library (as such)
- test "X$arg" = "X-lc" && continue
- ;;
- *-*-openbsd* | *-*-freebsd* | *-*-dragonfly*)
- # Do not include libc due to us having libc/libc_r.
- test "X$arg" = "X-lc" && continue
- ;;
- *-*-rhapsody* | *-*-darwin1.[012])
- # Rhapsody C and math libraries are in the System framework
- deplibs="$deplibs System.ltframework"
- continue
- ;;
- *-*-sco3.2v5* | *-*-sco5v6*)
- # Causes problems with __ctype
- test "X$arg" = "X-lc" && continue
- ;;
- *-*-sysv4.2uw2* | *-*-sysv5* | *-*-unixware* | *-*-OpenUNIX*)
- # Compiler inserts libc in the correct place for threads to work
- test "X$arg" = "X-lc" && continue
- ;;
- esac
- elif test "X$arg" = "X-lc_r"; then
- case $host in
- *-*-openbsd* | *-*-freebsd* | *-*-dragonfly*)
- # Do not include libc_r directly, use -pthread flag.
- continue
- ;;
- esac
- fi
- deplibs="$deplibs $arg"
- continue
- ;;
-
- -module)
- module=yes
- continue
- ;;
-
- # Tru64 UNIX uses -model [arg] to determine the layout of C++
- # classes, name mangling, and exception handling.
- # Darwin uses the -arch flag to determine output architecture.
- -model|-arch|-isysroot)
- compiler_flags="$compiler_flags $arg"
- func_append compile_command " $arg"
- func_append finalize_command " $arg"
- prev=xcompiler
- continue
- ;;
-
- -mt|-mthreads|-kthread|-Kthread|-pthread|-pthreads|--thread-safe|-threads)
- compiler_flags="$compiler_flags $arg"
- func_append compile_command " $arg"
- func_append finalize_command " $arg"
- case "$new_inherited_linker_flags " in
- *" $arg "*) ;;
- * ) new_inherited_linker_flags="$new_inherited_linker_flags $arg" ;;
- esac
- continue
- ;;
-
- -multi_module)
- single_module="${wl}-multi_module"
- continue
- ;;
-
- -no-fast-install)
- fast_install=no
- continue
- ;;
-
- -no-install)
- case $host in
- *-*-cygwin* | *-*-mingw* | *-*-pw32* | *-*-os2* | *-*-darwin* | *-cegcc*)
- # The PATH hackery in wrapper scripts is required on Windows
- # and Darwin in order for the loader to find any dlls it needs.
- func_warning "\`-no-install' is ignored for $host"
- func_warning "assuming \`-no-fast-install' instead"
- fast_install=no
- ;;
- *) no_install=yes ;;
- esac
- continue
- ;;
-
- -no-undefined)
- allow_undefined=no
- continue
- ;;
-
- -objectlist)
- prev=objectlist
- continue
- ;;
-
- -o) prev=output ;;
-
- -precious-files-regex)
- prev=precious_regex
- continue
- ;;
-
- -release)
- prev=release
- continue
- ;;
-
- -rpath)
- prev=rpath
- continue
- ;;
-
- -R)
- prev=xrpath
- continue
- ;;
-
- -R*)
- func_stripname '-R' '' "$arg"
- dir=$func_stripname_result
- # We need an absolute path.
- case $dir in
- [\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) ;;
- *)
- func_fatal_error "only absolute run-paths are allowed"
- ;;
- esac
- case "$xrpath " in
- *" $dir "*) ;;
- *) xrpath="$xrpath $dir" ;;
- esac
- continue
- ;;
-
- -shared)
- # The effects of -shared are defined in a previous loop.
- continue
- ;;
-
- -shrext)
- prev=shrext
- continue
- ;;
-
- -static | -static-libtool-libs)
- # The effects of -static are defined in a previous loop.
- # We used to do the same as -all-static on platforms that
- # didn't have a PIC flag, but the assumption that the effects
- # would be equivalent was wrong. It would break on at least
- # Digital Unix and AIX.
- continue
- ;;
-
- -thread-safe)
- thread_safe=yes
- continue
- ;;
-
- -version-info)
- prev=vinfo
- continue
- ;;
-
- -version-number)
- prev=vinfo
- vinfo_number=yes
- continue
- ;;
-
- -weak)
- prev=weak
- continue
- ;;
-
- -Wc,*)
- func_stripname '-Wc,' '' "$arg"
- args=$func_stripname_result
- arg=
- save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=','
- for flag in $args; do
- IFS="$save_ifs"
- func_quote_for_eval "$flag"
- arg="$arg $wl$func_quote_for_eval_result"
- compiler_flags="$compiler_flags $func_quote_for_eval_result"
- done
- IFS="$save_ifs"
- func_stripname ' ' '' "$arg"
- arg=$func_stripname_result
- ;;
-
- -Wl,*)
- func_stripname '-Wl,' '' "$arg"
- args=$func_stripname_result
- arg=
- save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=','
- for flag in $args; do
- IFS="$save_ifs"
- func_quote_for_eval "$flag"
- arg="$arg $wl$func_quote_for_eval_result"
- compiler_flags="$compiler_flags $wl$func_quote_for_eval_result"
- linker_flags="$linker_flags $func_quote_for_eval_result"
- done
- IFS="$save_ifs"
- func_stripname ' ' '' "$arg"
- arg=$func_stripname_result
- ;;
-
- -Xcompiler)
- prev=xcompiler
- continue
- ;;
-
- -Xlinker)
- prev=xlinker
- continue
- ;;
-
- -XCClinker)
- prev=xcclinker
- continue
- ;;
-
- # -msg_* for osf cc
- -msg_*)
- func_quote_for_eval "$arg"
- arg="$func_quote_for_eval_result"
- ;;
-
- # -64, -mips[0-9] enable 64-bit mode on the SGI compiler
- # -r[0-9][0-9]* specifies the processor on the SGI compiler
- # -xarch=*, -xtarget=* enable 64-bit mode on the Sun compiler
- # +DA*, +DD* enable 64-bit mode on the HP compiler
- # -q* pass through compiler args for the IBM compiler
- # -m*, -t[45]*, -txscale* pass through architecture-specific
- # compiler args for GCC
- # -F/path gives path to uninstalled frameworks, gcc on darwin
- # -p, -pg, --coverage, -fprofile-* pass through profiling flag for GCC
- # @file GCC response files
- -64|-mips[0-9]|-r[0-9][0-9]*|-xarch=*|-xtarget=*|+DA*|+DD*|-q*|-m*| \
- -t[45]*|-txscale*|-p|-pg|--coverage|-fprofile-*|-F*|@*)
- func_quote_for_eval "$arg"
- arg="$func_quote_for_eval_result"
- func_append compile_command " $arg"
- func_append finalize_command " $arg"
- compiler_flags="$compiler_flags $arg"
- continue
- ;;
-
- # Some other compiler flag.
- -* | +*)
- func_quote_for_eval "$arg"
- arg="$func_quote_for_eval_result"
- ;;
-
- *.$objext)
- # A standard object.
- objs="$objs $arg"
- ;;
-
- *.lo)
- # A libtool-controlled object.
-
- # Check to see that this really is a libtool object.
- if func_lalib_unsafe_p "$arg"; then
- pic_object=
- non_pic_object=
-
- # Read the .lo file
- func_source "$arg"
-
- if test -z "$pic_object" ||
- test -z "$non_pic_object" ||
- test "$pic_object" = none &&
- test "$non_pic_object" = none; then
- func_fatal_error "cannot find name of object for \`$arg'"
- fi
-
- # Extract subdirectory from the argument.
- func_dirname "$arg" "/" ""
- xdir="$func_dirname_result"
-
- if test "$pic_object" != none; then
- # Prepend the subdirectory the object is found in.
- pic_object="$xdir$pic_object"
-
- if test "$prev" = dlfiles; then
- if test "$build_libtool_libs" = yes && test "$dlopen_support" = yes; then
- dlfiles="$dlfiles $pic_object"
- prev=
- continue
- else
- # If libtool objects are unsupported, then we need to preload.
- prev=dlprefiles
- fi
- fi
-
- # CHECK ME: I think I busted this. -Ossama
- if test "$prev" = dlprefiles; then
- # Preload the old-style object.
- dlprefiles="$dlprefiles $pic_object"
- prev=
- fi
-
- # A PIC object.
- func_append libobjs " $pic_object"
- arg="$pic_object"
- fi
-
- # Non-PIC object.
- if test "$non_pic_object" != none; then
- # Prepend the subdirectory the object is found in.
- non_pic_object="$xdir$non_pic_object"
-
- # A standard non-PIC object
- func_append non_pic_objects " $non_pic_object"
- if test -z "$pic_object" || test "$pic_object" = none ; then
- arg="$non_pic_object"
- fi
- else
- # If the PIC object exists, use it instead.
- # $xdir was prepended to $pic_object above.
- non_pic_object="$pic_object"
- func_append non_pic_objects " $non_pic_object"
- fi
- else
- # Only an error if not doing a dry-run.
- if $opt_dry_run; then
- # Extract subdirectory from the argument.
- func_dirname "$arg" "/" ""
- xdir="$func_dirname_result"
-
- func_lo2o "$arg"
- pic_object=$xdir$objdir/$func_lo2o_result
- non_pic_object=$xdir$func_lo2o_result
- func_append libobjs " $pic_object"
- func_append non_pic_objects " $non_pic_object"
- else
- func_fatal_error "\`$arg' is not a valid libtool object"
- fi
- fi
- ;;
-
- *.$libext)
- # An archive.
- deplibs="$deplibs $arg"
- old_deplibs="$old_deplibs $arg"
- continue
- ;;
-
- *.la)
- # A libtool-controlled library.
-
- if test "$prev" = dlfiles; then
- # This library was specified with -dlopen.
- dlfiles="$dlfiles $arg"
- prev=
- elif test "$prev" = dlprefiles; then
- # The library was specified with -dlpreopen.
- dlprefiles="$dlprefiles $arg"
- prev=
- else
- deplibs="$deplibs $arg"
- fi
- continue
- ;;
-
- # Some other compiler argument.
- *)
- # Unknown arguments in both finalize_command and compile_command need
- # to be aesthetically quoted because they are evaled later.
- func_quote_for_eval "$arg"
- arg="$func_quote_for_eval_result"
- ;;
- esac # arg
-
- # Now actually substitute the argument into the commands.
- if test -n "$arg"; then
- func_append compile_command " $arg"
- func_append finalize_command " $arg"
- fi
- done # argument parsing loop
-
- test -n "$prev" && \
- func_fatal_help "the \`$prevarg' option requires an argument"
-
- if test "$export_dynamic" = yes && test -n "$export_dynamic_flag_spec"; then
- eval arg=\"$export_dynamic_flag_spec\"
- func_append compile_command " $arg"
- func_append finalize_command " $arg"
- fi
-
- oldlibs=
- # calculate the name of the file, without its directory
- func_basename "$output"
- outputname="$func_basename_result"
- libobjs_save="$libobjs"
-
- if test -n "$shlibpath_var"; then
- # get the directories listed in $shlibpath_var
- eval shlib_search_path=\`\$ECHO \"X\${$shlibpath_var}\" \| \$Xsed -e \'s/:/ /g\'\`
- else
- shlib_search_path=
- fi
- eval sys_lib_search_path=\"$sys_lib_search_path_spec\"
- eval sys_lib_dlsearch_path=\"$sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec\"
-
- func_dirname "$output" "/" ""
- output_objdir="$func_dirname_result$objdir"
- # Create the object directory.
- func_mkdir_p "$output_objdir"
-
- # Determine the type of output
- case $output in
- "")
- func_fatal_help "you must specify an output file"
- ;;
- *.$libext) linkmode=oldlib ;;
- *.lo | *.$objext) linkmode=obj ;;
- *.la) linkmode=lib ;;
- *) linkmode=prog ;; # Anything else should be a program.
- esac
-
- specialdeplibs=
-
- libs=
- # Find all interdependent deplibs by searching for libraries
- # that are linked more than once (e.g. -la -lb -la)
- for deplib in $deplibs; do
- if $opt_duplicate_deps ; then
- case "$libs " in
- *" $deplib "*) specialdeplibs="$specialdeplibs $deplib" ;;
- esac
- fi
- libs="$libs $deplib"
- done
-
- if test "$linkmode" = lib; then
- libs="$predeps $libs $compiler_lib_search_path $postdeps"
-
- # Compute libraries that are listed more than once in $predeps
- # $postdeps and mark them as special (i.e., whose duplicates are
- # not to be eliminated).
- pre_post_deps=
- if $opt_duplicate_compiler_generated_deps; then
- for pre_post_dep in $predeps $postdeps; do
- case "$pre_post_deps " in
- *" $pre_post_dep "*) specialdeplibs="$specialdeplibs $pre_post_deps" ;;
- esac
- pre_post_deps="$pre_post_deps $pre_post_dep"
- done
- fi
- pre_post_deps=
- fi
-
- deplibs=
- newdependency_libs=
- newlib_search_path=
- need_relink=no # whether we're linking any uninstalled libtool libraries
- notinst_deplibs= # not-installed libtool libraries
- notinst_path= # paths that contain not-installed libtool libraries
-
- case $linkmode in
- lib)
- passes="conv dlpreopen link"
- for file in $dlfiles $dlprefiles; do
- case $file in
- *.la) ;;
- *)
- func_fatal_help "libraries can \`-dlopen' only libtool libraries: $file"
- ;;
- esac
- done
- ;;
- prog)
- compile_deplibs=
- finalize_deplibs=
- alldeplibs=no
- newdlfiles=
- newdlprefiles=
- passes="conv scan dlopen dlpreopen link"
- ;;
- *) passes="conv"
- ;;
- esac
-
- for pass in $passes; do
- # The preopen pass in lib mode reverses $deplibs; put it back here
- # so that -L comes before libs that need it for instance...
- if test "$linkmode,$pass" = "lib,link"; then
- ## FIXME: Find the place where the list is rebuilt in the wrong
- ## order, and fix it there properly
- tmp_deplibs=
- for deplib in $deplibs; do
- tmp_deplibs="$deplib $tmp_deplibs"
- done
- deplibs="$tmp_deplibs"
- fi
-
- if test "$linkmode,$pass" = "lib,link" ||
- test "$linkmode,$pass" = "prog,scan"; then
- libs="$deplibs"
- deplibs=
- fi
- if test "$linkmode" = prog; then
- case $pass in
- dlopen) libs="$dlfiles" ;;
- dlpreopen) libs="$dlprefiles" ;;
- link) libs="$deplibs %DEPLIBS% $dependency_libs" ;;
- esac
- fi
- if test "$linkmode,$pass" = "lib,dlpreopen"; then
- # Collect and forward deplibs of preopened libtool libs
- for lib in $dlprefiles; do
- # Ignore non-libtool-libs
- dependency_libs=
- case $lib in
- *.la) func_source "$lib" ;;
- esac
-
- # Collect preopened libtool deplibs, except any this library
- # has declared as weak libs
- for deplib in $dependency_libs; do
- deplib_base=`$ECHO "X$deplib" | $Xsed -e "$basename"`
- case " $weak_libs " in
- *" $deplib_base "*) ;;
- *) deplibs="$deplibs $deplib" ;;
- esac
- done
- done
- libs="$dlprefiles"
- fi
- if test "$pass" = dlopen; then
- # Collect dlpreopened libraries
- save_deplibs="$deplibs"
- deplibs=
- fi
-
- for deplib in $libs; do
- lib=
- found=no
- case $deplib in
- -mt|-mthreads|-kthread|-Kthread|-pthread|-pthreads|--thread-safe|-threads)
- if test "$linkmode,$pass" = "prog,link"; then
- compile_deplibs="$deplib $compile_deplibs"
- finalize_deplibs="$deplib $finalize_deplibs"
- else
- compiler_flags="$compiler_flags $deplib"
- if test "$linkmode" = lib ; then
- case "$new_inherited_linker_flags " in
- *" $deplib "*) ;;
- * ) new_inherited_linker_flags="$new_inherited_linker_flags $deplib" ;;
- esac
- fi
- fi
- continue
- ;;
- -l*)
- if test "$linkmode" != lib && test "$linkmode" != prog; then
- func_warning "\`-l' is ignored for archives/objects"
- continue
- fi
- func_stripname '-l' '' "$deplib"
- name=$func_stripname_result
- if test "$linkmode" = lib; then
- searchdirs="$newlib_search_path $lib_search_path $compiler_lib_search_dirs $sys_lib_search_path $shlib_search_path"
- else
- searchdirs="$newlib_search_path $lib_search_path $sys_lib_search_path $shlib_search_path"
- fi
- for searchdir in $searchdirs; do
- for search_ext in .la $std_shrext .so .a; do
- # Search the libtool library
- lib="$searchdir/lib${name}${search_ext}"
- if test -f "$lib"; then
- if test "$search_ext" = ".la"; then
- found=yes
- else
- found=no
- fi
- break 2
- fi
- done
- done
- if test "$found" != yes; then
- # deplib doesn't seem to be a libtool library
- if test "$linkmode,$pass" = "prog,link"; then
- compile_deplibs="$deplib $compile_deplibs"
- finalize_deplibs="$deplib $finalize_deplibs"
- else
- deplibs="$deplib $deplibs"
- test "$linkmode" = lib && newdependency_libs="$deplib $newdependency_libs"
- fi
- continue
- else # deplib is a libtool library
- # If $allow_libtool_libs_with_static_runtimes && $deplib is a stdlib,
- # We need to do some special things here, and not later.
- if test "X$allow_libtool_libs_with_static_runtimes" = "Xyes" ; then
- case " $predeps $postdeps " in
- *" $deplib "*)
- if func_lalib_p "$lib"; then
- library_names=
- old_library=
- func_source "$lib"
- for l in $old_library $library_names; do
- ll="$l"
- done
- if test "X$ll" = "X$old_library" ; then # only static version available
- found=no
- func_dirname "$lib" "" "."
- ladir="$func_dirname_result"
- lib=$ladir/$old_library
- if test "$linkmode,$pass" = "prog,link"; then
- compile_deplibs="$deplib $compile_deplibs"
- finalize_deplibs="$deplib $finalize_deplibs"
- else
- deplibs="$deplib $deplibs"
- test "$linkmode" = lib && newdependency_libs="$deplib $newdependency_libs"
- fi
- continue
- fi
- fi
- ;;
- *) ;;
- esac
- fi
- fi
- ;; # -l
- *.ltframework)
- if test "$linkmode,$pass" = "prog,link"; then
- compile_deplibs="$deplib $compile_deplibs"
- finalize_deplibs="$deplib $finalize_deplibs"
- else
- deplibs="$deplib $deplibs"
- if test "$linkmode" = lib ; then
- case "$new_inherited_linker_flags " in
- *" $deplib "*) ;;
- * ) new_inherited_linker_flags="$new_inherited_linker_flags $deplib" ;;
- esac
- fi
- fi
- continue
- ;;
- -L*)
- case $linkmode in
- lib)
- deplibs="$deplib $deplibs"
- test "$pass" = conv && continue
- newdependency_libs="$deplib $newdependency_libs"
- func_stripname '-L' '' "$deplib"
- newlib_search_path="$newlib_search_path $func_stripname_result"
- ;;
- prog)
- if test "$pass" = conv; then
- deplibs="$deplib $deplibs"
- continue
- fi
- if test "$pass" = scan; then
- deplibs="$deplib $deplibs"
- else
- compile_deplibs="$deplib $compile_deplibs"
- finalize_deplibs="$deplib $finalize_deplibs"
- fi
- func_stripname '-L' '' "$deplib"
- newlib_search_path="$newlib_search_path $func_stripname_result"
- ;;
- *)
- func_warning "\`-L' is ignored for archives/objects"
- ;;
- esac # linkmode
- continue
- ;; # -L
- -R*)
- if test "$pass" = link; then
- func_stripname '-R' '' "$deplib"
- dir=$func_stripname_result
- # Make sure the xrpath contains only unique directories.
- case "$xrpath " in
- *" $dir "*) ;;
- *) xrpath="$xrpath $dir" ;;
- esac
- fi
- deplibs="$deplib $deplibs"
- continue
- ;;
- *.la) lib="$deplib" ;;
- *.$libext)
- if test "$pass" = conv; then
- deplibs="$deplib $deplibs"
- continue
- fi
- case $linkmode in
- lib)
- # Linking convenience modules into shared libraries is allowed,
- # but linking other static libraries is non-portable.
- case " $dlpreconveniencelibs " in
- *" $deplib "*) ;;
- *)
- valid_a_lib=no
- case $deplibs_check_method in
- match_pattern*)
- set dummy $deplibs_check_method; shift
- match_pattern_regex=`expr "$deplibs_check_method" : "$1 \(.*\)"`
- if eval "\$ECHO \"X$deplib\"" 2>/dev/null | $Xsed -e 10q \
- | $EGREP "$match_pattern_regex" > /dev/null; then
- valid_a_lib=yes
- fi
- ;;
- pass_all)
- valid_a_lib=yes
- ;;
- esac
- if test "$valid_a_lib" != yes; then
- $ECHO
- $ECHO "*** Warning: Trying to link with static lib archive $deplib."
- $ECHO "*** I have the capability to make that library automatically link in when"
- $ECHO "*** you link to this library. But I can only do this if you have a"
- $ECHO "*** shared version of the library, which you do not appear to have"
- $ECHO "*** because the file extensions .$libext of this argument makes me believe"
- $ECHO "*** that it is just a static archive that I should not use here."
- else
- $ECHO
- $ECHO "*** Warning: Linking the shared library $output against the"
- $ECHO "*** static library $deplib is not portable!"
- deplibs="$deplib $deplibs"
- fi
- ;;
- esac
- continue
- ;;
- prog)
- if test "$pass" != link; then
- deplibs="$deplib $deplibs"
- else
- compile_deplibs="$deplib $compile_deplibs"
- finalize_deplibs="$deplib $finalize_deplibs"
- fi
- continue
- ;;
- esac # linkmode
- ;; # *.$libext
- *.lo | *.$objext)
- if test "$pass" = conv; then
- deplibs="$deplib $deplibs"
- elif test "$linkmode" = prog; then
- if test "$pass" = dlpreopen || test "$dlopen_support" != yes || test "$build_libtool_libs" = no; then
- # If there is no dlopen support or we're linking statically,
- # we need to preload.
- newdlprefiles="$newdlprefiles $deplib"
- compile_deplibs="$deplib $compile_deplibs"
- finalize_deplibs="$deplib $finalize_deplibs"
- else
- newdlfiles="$newdlfiles $deplib"
- fi
- fi
- continue
- ;;
- %DEPLIBS%)
- alldeplibs=yes
- continue
- ;;
- esac # case $deplib
-
- if test "$found" = yes || test -f "$lib"; then :
- else
- func_fatal_error "cannot find the library \`$lib' or unhandled argument \`$deplib'"
- fi
-
- # Check to see that this really is a libtool archive.
- func_lalib_unsafe_p "$lib" \
- || func_fatal_error "\`$lib' is not a valid libtool archive"
-
- func_dirname "$lib" "" "."
- ladir="$func_dirname_result"
-
- dlname=
- dlopen=
- dlpreopen=
- libdir=
- library_names=
- old_library=
- inherited_linker_flags=
- # If the library was installed with an old release of libtool,
- # it will not redefine variables installed, or shouldnotlink
- installed=yes
- shouldnotlink=no
- avoidtemprpath=
-
-
- # Read the .la file
- func_source "$lib"
-
- # Convert "-framework foo" to "foo.ltframework"
- if test -n "$inherited_linker_flags"; then
- tmp_inherited_linker_flags=`$ECHO "X$inherited_linker_flags" | $Xsed -e 's/-framework \([^ $]*\)/\1.ltframework/g'`
- for tmp_inherited_linker_flag in $tmp_inherited_linker_flags; do
- case " $new_inherited_linker_flags " in
- *" $tmp_inherited_linker_flag "*) ;;
- *) new_inherited_linker_flags="$new_inherited_linker_flags $tmp_inherited_linker_flag";;
- esac
- done
- fi
- dependency_libs=`$ECHO "X $dependency_libs" | $Xsed -e 's% \([^ $]*\).ltframework% -framework \1%g'`
- if test "$linkmode,$pass" = "lib,link" ||
- test "$linkmode,$pass" = "prog,scan" ||
- { test "$linkmode" != prog && test "$linkmode" != lib; }; then
- test -n "$dlopen" && dlfiles="$dlfiles $dlopen"
- test -n "$dlpreopen" && dlprefiles="$dlprefiles $dlpreopen"
- fi
-
- if test "$pass" = conv; then
- # Only check for convenience libraries
- deplibs="$lib $deplibs"
- if test -z "$libdir"; then
- if test -z "$old_library"; then
- func_fatal_error "cannot find name of link library for \`$lib'"
- fi
- # It is a libtool convenience library, so add in its objects.
- convenience="$convenience $ladir/$objdir/$old_library"
- old_convenience="$old_convenience $ladir/$objdir/$old_library"
- elif test "$linkmode" != prog && test "$linkmode" != lib; then
- func_fatal_error "\`$lib' is not a convenience library"
- fi
- tmp_libs=
- for deplib in $dependency_libs; do
- deplibs="$deplib $deplibs"
- if $opt_duplicate_deps ; then
- case "$tmp_libs " in
- *" $deplib "*) specialdeplibs="$specialdeplibs $deplib" ;;
- esac
- fi
- tmp_libs="$tmp_libs $deplib"
- done
- continue
- fi # $pass = conv
-
-
- # Get the name of the library we link against.
- linklib=
- for l in $old_library $library_names; do
- linklib="$l"
- done
- if test -z "$linklib"; then
- func_fatal_error "cannot find name of link library for \`$lib'"
- fi
-
- # This library was specified with -dlopen.
- if test "$pass" = dlopen; then
- if test -z "$libdir"; then
- func_fatal_error "cannot -dlopen a convenience library: \`$lib'"
- fi
- if test -z "$dlname" ||
- test "$dlopen_support" != yes ||
- test "$build_libtool_libs" = no; then
- # If there is no dlname, no dlopen support or we're linking
- # statically, we need to preload. We also need to preload any
- # dependent libraries so libltdl's deplib preloader doesn't
- # bomb out in the load deplibs phase.
- dlprefiles="$dlprefiles $lib $dependency_libs"
- else
- newdlfiles="$newdlfiles $lib"
- fi
- continue
- fi # $pass = dlopen
-
- # We need an absolute path.
- case $ladir in
- [\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) abs_ladir="$ladir" ;;
- *)
- abs_ladir=`cd "$ladir" && pwd`
- if test -z "$abs_ladir"; then
- func_warning "cannot determine absolute directory name of \`$ladir'"
- func_warning "passing it literally to the linker, although it might fail"
- abs_ladir="$ladir"
- fi
- ;;
- esac
- func_basename "$lib"
- laname="$func_basename_result"
-
- # Find the relevant object directory and library name.
- if test "X$installed" = Xyes; then
- if test ! -f "$libdir/$linklib" && test -f "$abs_ladir/$linklib"; then
- func_warning "library \`$lib' was moved."
- dir="$ladir"
- absdir="$abs_ladir"
- libdir="$abs_ladir"
- else
- dir="$libdir"
- absdir="$libdir"
- fi
- test "X$hardcode_automatic" = Xyes && avoidtemprpath=yes
- else
- if test ! -f "$ladir/$objdir/$linklib" && test -f "$abs_ladir/$linklib"; then
- dir="$ladir"
- absdir="$abs_ladir"
- # Remove this search path later
- notinst_path="$notinst_path $abs_ladir"
- else
- dir="$ladir/$objdir"
- absdir="$abs_ladir/$objdir"
- # Remove this search path later
- notinst_path="$notinst_path $abs_ladir"
- fi
- fi # $installed = yes
- func_stripname 'lib' '.la' "$laname"
- name=$func_stripname_result
-
- # This library was specified with -dlpreopen.
- if test "$pass" = dlpreopen; then
- if test -z "$libdir" && test "$linkmode" = prog; then
- func_fatal_error "only libraries may -dlpreopen a convenience library: \`$lib'"
- fi
- # Prefer using a static library (so that no silly _DYNAMIC symbols
- # are required to link).
- if test -n "$old_library"; then
- newdlprefiles="$newdlprefiles $dir/$old_library"
- # Keep a list of preopened convenience libraries to check
- # that they are being used correctly in the link pass.
- test -z "$libdir" && \
- dlpreconveniencelibs="$dlpreconveniencelibs $dir/$old_library"
- # Otherwise, use the dlname, so that lt_dlopen finds it.
- elif test -n "$dlname"; then
- newdlprefiles="$newdlprefiles $dir/$dlname"
- else
- newdlprefiles="$newdlprefiles $dir/$linklib"
- fi
- fi # $pass = dlpreopen
-
- if test -z "$libdir"; then
- # Link the convenience library
- if test "$linkmode" = lib; then
- deplibs="$dir/$old_library $deplibs"
- elif test "$linkmode,$pass" = "prog,link"; then
- compile_deplibs="$dir/$old_library $compile_deplibs"
- finalize_deplibs="$dir/$old_library $finalize_deplibs"
- else
- deplibs="$lib $deplibs" # used for prog,scan pass
- fi
- continue
- fi
-
-
- if test "$linkmode" = prog && test "$pass" != link; then
- newlib_search_path="$newlib_search_path $ladir"
- deplibs="$lib $deplibs"
-
- linkalldeplibs=no
- if test "$link_all_deplibs" != no || test -z "$library_names" ||
- test "$build_libtool_libs" = no; then
- linkalldeplibs=yes
- fi
-
- tmp_libs=
- for deplib in $dependency_libs; do
- case $deplib in
- -L*) func_stripname '-L' '' "$deplib"
- newlib_search_path="$newlib_search_path $func_stripname_result"
- ;;
- esac
- # Need to link against all dependency_libs?
- if test "$linkalldeplibs" = yes; then
- deplibs="$deplib $deplibs"
- else
- # Need to hardcode shared library paths
- # or/and link against static libraries
- newdependency_libs="$deplib $newdependency_libs"
- fi
- if $opt_duplicate_deps ; then
- case "$tmp_libs " in
- *" $deplib "*) specialdeplibs="$specialdeplibs $deplib" ;;
- esac
- fi
- tmp_libs="$tmp_libs $deplib"
- done # for deplib
- continue
- fi # $linkmode = prog...
-
- if test "$linkmode,$pass" = "prog,link"; then
- if test -n "$library_names" &&
- { { test "$prefer_static_libs" = no ||
- test "$prefer_static_libs,$installed" = "built,yes"; } ||
- test -z "$old_library"; }; then
- # We need to hardcode the library path
- if test -n "$shlibpath_var" && test -z "$avoidtemprpath" ; then
- # Make sure the rpath contains only unique directories.
- case "$temp_rpath:" in
- *"$absdir:"*) ;;
- *) temp_rpath="$temp_rpath$absdir:" ;;
- esac
- fi
-
- # Hardcode the library path.
- # Skip directories that are in the system default run-time
- # search path.
- case " $sys_lib_dlsearch_path " in
- *" $absdir "*) ;;
- *)
- case "$compile_rpath " in
- *" $absdir "*) ;;
- *) compile_rpath="$compile_rpath $absdir"
- esac
- ;;
- esac
- case " $sys_lib_dlsearch_path " in
- *" $libdir "*) ;;
- *)
- case "$finalize_rpath " in
- *" $libdir "*) ;;
- *) finalize_rpath="$finalize_rpath $libdir"
- esac
- ;;
- esac
- fi # $linkmode,$pass = prog,link...
-
- if test "$alldeplibs" = yes &&
- { test "$deplibs_check_method" = pass_all ||
- { test "$build_libtool_libs" = yes &&
- test -n "$library_names"; }; }; then
- # We only need to search for static libraries
- continue
- fi
- fi
-
- link_static=no # Whether the deplib will be linked statically
- use_static_libs=$prefer_static_libs
- if test "$use_static_libs" = built && test "$installed" = yes; then
- use_static_libs=no
- fi
- if test -n "$library_names" &&
- { test "$use_static_libs" = no || test -z "$old_library"; }; then
- case $host in
- *cygwin* | *mingw* | *cegcc*)
- # No point in relinking DLLs because paths are not encoded
- notinst_deplibs="$notinst_deplibs $lib"
- need_relink=no
- ;;
- *)
- if test "$installed" = no; then
- notinst_deplibs="$notinst_deplibs $lib"
- need_relink=yes
- fi
- ;;
- esac
- # This is a shared library
-
- # Warn about portability, can't link against -module's on some
- # systems (darwin). Don't bleat about dlopened modules though!
- dlopenmodule=""
- for dlpremoduletest in $dlprefiles; do
- if test "X$dlpremoduletest" = "X$lib"; then
- dlopenmodule="$dlpremoduletest"
- break
- fi
- done
- if test -z "$dlopenmodule" && test "$shouldnotlink" = yes && test "$pass" = link; then
- $ECHO
- if test "$linkmode" = prog; then
- $ECHO "*** Warning: Linking the executable $output against the loadable module"
- else
- $ECHO "*** Warning: Linking the shared library $output against the loadable module"
- fi
- $ECHO "*** $linklib is not portable!"
- fi
- if test "$linkmode" = lib &&
- test "$hardcode_into_libs" = yes; then
- # Hardcode the library path.
- # Skip directories that are in the system default run-time
- # search path.
- case " $sys_lib_dlsearch_path " in
- *" $absdir "*) ;;
- *)
- case "$compile_rpath " in
- *" $absdir "*) ;;
- *) compile_rpath="$compile_rpath $absdir"
- esac
- ;;
- esac
- case " $sys_lib_dlsearch_path " in
- *" $libdir "*) ;;
- *)
- case "$finalize_rpath " in
- *" $libdir "*) ;;
- *) finalize_rpath="$finalize_rpath $libdir"
- esac
- ;;
- esac
- fi
-
- if test -n "$old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds"; then
- # figure out the soname
- set dummy $library_names
- shift
- realname="$1"
- shift
- libname=`eval "\\$ECHO \"$libname_spec\""`
- # use dlname if we got it. it's perfectly good, no?
- if test -n "$dlname"; then
- soname="$dlname"
- elif test -n "$soname_spec"; then
- # bleh windows
- case $host in
- *cygwin* | mingw* | *cegcc*)
- func_arith $current - $age
- major=$func_arith_result
- versuffix="-$major"
- ;;
- esac
- eval soname=\"$soname_spec\"
- else
- soname="$realname"
- fi
-
- # Make a new name for the extract_expsyms_cmds to use
- soroot="$soname"
- func_basename "$soroot"
- soname="$func_basename_result"
- func_stripname 'lib' '.dll' "$soname"
- newlib=libimp-$func_stripname_result.a
-
- # If the library has no export list, then create one now
- if test -f "$output_objdir/$soname-def"; then :
- else
- func_verbose "extracting exported symbol list from \`$soname'"
- func_execute_cmds "$extract_expsyms_cmds" 'exit $?'
- fi
-
- # Create $newlib
- if test -f "$output_objdir/$newlib"; then :; else
- func_verbose "generating import library for \`$soname'"
- func_execute_cmds "$old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds" 'exit $?'
- fi
- # make sure the library variables are pointing to the new library
- dir=$output_objdir
- linklib=$newlib
- fi # test -n "$old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds"
-
- if test "$linkmode" = prog || test "$mode" != relink; then
- add_shlibpath=
- add_dir=
- add=
- lib_linked=yes
- case $hardcode_action in
- immediate | unsupported)
- if test "$hardcode_direct" = no; then
- add="$dir/$linklib"
- case $host in
- *-*-sco3.2v5.0.[024]*) add_dir="-L$dir" ;;
- *-*-sysv4*uw2*) add_dir="-L$dir" ;;
- *-*-sysv5OpenUNIX* | *-*-sysv5UnixWare7.[01].[10]* | \
- *-*-unixware7*) add_dir="-L$dir" ;;
- *-*-darwin* )
- # if the lib is a (non-dlopened) module then we can not
- # link against it, someone is ignoring the earlier warnings
- if /usr/bin/file -L $add 2> /dev/null |
- $GREP ": [^:]* bundle" >/dev/null ; then
- if test "X$dlopenmodule" != "X$lib"; then
- $ECHO "*** Warning: lib $linklib is a module, not a shared library"
- if test -z "$old_library" ; then
- $ECHO
- $ECHO "*** And there doesn't seem to be a static archive available"
- $ECHO "*** The link will probably fail, sorry"
- else
- add="$dir/$old_library"
- fi
- elif test -n "$old_library"; then
- add="$dir/$old_library"
- fi
- fi
- esac
- elif test "$hardcode_minus_L" = no; then
- case $host in
- *-*-sunos*) add_shlibpath="$dir" ;;
- esac
- add_dir="-L$dir"
- add="-l$name"
- elif test "$hardcode_shlibpath_var" = no; then
- add_shlibpath="$dir"
- add="-l$name"
- else
- lib_linked=no
- fi
- ;;
- relink)
- if test "$hardcode_direct" = yes &&
- test "$hardcode_direct_absolute" = no; then
- add="$dir/$linklib"
- elif test "$hardcode_minus_L" = yes; then
- add_dir="-L$dir"
- # Try looking first in the location we're being installed to.
- if test -n "$inst_prefix_dir"; then
- case $libdir in
- [\\/]*)
- add_dir="$add_dir -L$inst_prefix_dir$libdir"
- ;;
- esac
- fi
- add="-l$name"
- elif test "$hardcode_shlibpath_var" = yes; then
- add_shlibpath="$dir"
- add="-l$name"
- else
- lib_linked=no
- fi
- ;;
- *) lib_linked=no ;;
- esac
-
- if test "$lib_linked" != yes; then
- func_fatal_configuration "unsupported hardcode properties"
- fi
-
- if test -n "$add_shlibpath"; then
- case :$compile_shlibpath: in
- *":$add_shlibpath:"*) ;;
- *) compile_shlibpath="$compile_shlibpath$add_shlibpath:" ;;
- esac
- fi
- if test "$linkmode" = prog; then
- test -n "$add_dir" && compile_deplibs="$add_dir $compile_deplibs"
- test -n "$add" && compile_deplibs="$add $compile_deplibs"
- else
- test -n "$add_dir" && deplibs="$add_dir $deplibs"
- test -n "$add" && deplibs="$add $deplibs"
- if test "$hardcode_direct" != yes &&
- test "$hardcode_minus_L" != yes &&
- test "$hardcode_shlibpath_var" = yes; then
- case :$finalize_shlibpath: in
- *":$libdir:"*) ;;
- *) finalize_shlibpath="$finalize_shlibpath$libdir:" ;;
- esac
- fi
- fi
- fi
-
- if test "$linkmode" = prog || test "$mode" = relink; then
- add_shlibpath=
- add_dir=
- add=
- # Finalize command for both is simple: just hardcode it.
- if test "$hardcode_direct" = yes &&
- test "$hardcode_direct_absolute" = no; then
- add="$libdir/$linklib"
- elif test "$hardcode_minus_L" = yes; then
- add_dir="-L$libdir"
- add="-l$name"
- elif test "$hardcode_shlibpath_var" = yes; then
- case :$finalize_shlibpath: in
- *":$libdir:"*) ;;
- *) finalize_shlibpath="$finalize_shlibpath$libdir:" ;;
- esac
- add="-l$name"
- elif test "$hardcode_automatic" = yes; then
- if test -n "$inst_prefix_dir" &&
- test -f "$inst_prefix_dir$libdir/$linklib" ; then
- add="$inst_prefix_dir$libdir/$linklib"
- else
- add="$libdir/$linklib"
- fi
- else
- # We cannot seem to hardcode it, guess we'll fake it.
- add_dir="-L$libdir"
- # Try looking first in the location we're being installed to.
- if test -n "$inst_prefix_dir"; then
- case $libdir in
- [\\/]*)
- add_dir="$add_dir -L$inst_prefix_dir$libdir"
- ;;
- esac
- fi
- add="-l$name"
- fi
-
- if test "$linkmode" = prog; then
- test -n "$add_dir" && finalize_deplibs="$add_dir $finalize_deplibs"
- test -n "$add" && finalize_deplibs="$add $finalize_deplibs"
- else
- test -n "$add_dir" && deplibs="$add_dir $deplibs"
- test -n "$add" && deplibs="$add $deplibs"
- fi
- fi
- elif test "$linkmode" = prog; then
- # Here we assume that one of hardcode_direct or hardcode_minus_L
- # is not unsupported. This is valid on all known static and
- # shared platforms.
- if test "$hardcode_direct" != unsupported; then
- test -n "$old_library" && linklib="$old_library"
- compile_deplibs="$dir/$linklib $compile_deplibs"
- finalize_deplibs="$dir/$linklib $finalize_deplibs"
- else
- compile_deplibs="-l$name -L$dir $compile_deplibs"
- finalize_deplibs="-l$name -L$dir $finalize_deplibs"
- fi
- elif test "$build_libtool_libs" = yes; then
- # Not a shared library
- if test "$deplibs_check_method" != pass_all; then
- # We're trying link a shared library against a static one
- # but the system doesn't support it.
-
- # Just print a warning and add the library to dependency_libs so
- # that the program can be linked against the static library.
- $ECHO
- $ECHO "*** Warning: This system can not link to static lib archive $lib."
- $ECHO "*** I have the capability to make that library automatically link in when"
- $ECHO "*** you link to this library. But I can only do this if you have a"
- $ECHO "*** shared version of the library, which you do not appear to have."
- if test "$module" = yes; then
- $ECHO "*** But as you try to build a module library, libtool will still create "
- $ECHO "*** a static module, that should work as long as the dlopening application"
- $ECHO "*** is linked with the -dlopen flag to resolve symbols at runtime."
- if test -z "$global_symbol_pipe"; then
- $ECHO
- $ECHO "*** However, this would only work if libtool was able to extract symbol"
- $ECHO "*** lists from a program, using \`nm' or equivalent, but libtool could"
- $ECHO "*** not find such a program. So, this module is probably useless."
- $ECHO "*** \`nm' from GNU binutils and a full rebuild may help."
- fi
- if test "$build_old_libs" = no; then
- build_libtool_libs=module
- build_old_libs=yes
- else
- build_libtool_libs=no
- fi
- fi
- else
- deplibs="$dir/$old_library $deplibs"
- link_static=yes
- fi
- fi # link shared/static library?
-
- if test "$linkmode" = lib; then
- if test -n "$dependency_libs" &&
- { test "$hardcode_into_libs" != yes ||
- test "$build_old_libs" = yes ||
- test "$link_static" = yes; }; then
- # Extract -R from dependency_libs
- temp_deplibs=
- for libdir in $dependency_libs; do
- case $libdir in
- -R*) func_stripname '-R' '' "$libdir"
- temp_xrpath=$func_stripname_result
- case " $xrpath " in
- *" $temp_xrpath "*) ;;
- *) xrpath="$xrpath $temp_xrpath";;
- esac;;
- *) temp_deplibs="$temp_deplibs $libdir";;
- esac
- done
- dependency_libs="$temp_deplibs"
- fi
-
- newlib_search_path="$newlib_search_path $absdir"
- # Link against this library
- test "$link_static" = no && newdependency_libs="$abs_ladir/$laname $newdependency_libs"
- # ... and its dependency_libs
- tmp_libs=
- for deplib in $dependency_libs; do
- newdependency_libs="$deplib $newdependency_libs"
- if $opt_duplicate_deps ; then
- case "$tmp_libs " in
- *" $deplib "*) specialdeplibs="$specialdeplibs $deplib" ;;
- esac
- fi
- tmp_libs="$tmp_libs $deplib"
- done
-
- if test "$link_all_deplibs" != no; then
- # Add the search paths of all dependency libraries
- for deplib in $dependency_libs; do
- case $deplib in
- -L*) path="$deplib" ;;
- *.la)
- func_dirname "$deplib" "" "."
- dir="$func_dirname_result"
- # We need an absolute path.
- case $dir in
- [\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) absdir="$dir" ;;
- *)
- absdir=`cd "$dir" && pwd`
- if test -z "$absdir"; then
- func_warning "cannot determine absolute directory name of \`$dir'"
- absdir="$dir"
- fi
- ;;
- esac
- if $GREP "^installed=no" $deplib > /dev/null; then
- case $host in
- *-*-darwin*)
- depdepl=
- eval deplibrary_names=`${SED} -n -e 's/^library_names=\(.*\)$/\1/p' $deplib`
- if test -n "$deplibrary_names" ; then
- for tmp in $deplibrary_names ; do
- depdepl=$tmp
- done
- if test -f "$absdir/$objdir/$depdepl" ; then
- depdepl="$absdir/$objdir/$depdepl"
- darwin_install_name=`${OTOOL} -L $depdepl | awk '{if (NR == 2) {print $1;exit}}'`
- if test -z "$darwin_install_name"; then
- darwin_install_name=`${OTOOL64} -L $depdepl | awk '{if (NR == 2) {print $1;exit}}'`
- fi
- compiler_flags="$compiler_flags ${wl}-dylib_file ${wl}${darwin_install_name}:${depdepl}"
- linker_flags="$linker_flags -dylib_file ${darwin_install_name}:${depdepl}"
- path=
- fi
- fi
- ;;
- *)
- path="-L$absdir/$objdir"
- ;;
- esac
- else
- eval libdir=`${SED} -n -e 's/^libdir=\(.*\)$/\1/p' $deplib`
- test -z "$libdir" && \
- func_fatal_error "\`$deplib' is not a valid libtool archive"
- test "$absdir" != "$libdir" && \
- func_warning "\`$deplib' seems to be moved"
-
- path="-L$absdir"
- fi
- ;;
- esac
- case " $deplibs " in
- *" $path "*) ;;
- *) deplibs="$path $deplibs" ;;
- esac
- done
- fi # link_all_deplibs != no
- fi # linkmode = lib
- done # for deplib in $libs
- if test "$pass" = link; then
- if test "$linkmode" = "prog"; then
- compile_deplibs="$new_inherited_linker_flags $compile_deplibs"
- finalize_deplibs="$new_inherited_linker_flags $finalize_deplibs"
- else
- compiler_flags="$compiler_flags "`$ECHO "X $new_inherited_linker_flags" | $Xsed -e 's% \([^ $]*\).ltframework% -framework \1%g'`
- fi
- fi
- dependency_libs="$newdependency_libs"
- if test "$pass" = dlpreopen; then
- # Link the dlpreopened libraries before other libraries
- for deplib in $save_deplibs; do
- deplibs="$deplib $deplibs"
- done
- fi
- if test "$pass" != dlopen; then
- if test "$pass" != conv; then
- # Make sure lib_search_path contains only unique directories.
- lib_search_path=
- for dir in $newlib_search_path; do
- case "$lib_search_path " in
- *" $dir "*) ;;
- *) lib_search_path="$lib_search_path $dir" ;;
- esac
- done
- newlib_search_path=
- fi
-
- if test "$linkmode,$pass" != "prog,link"; then
- vars="deplibs"
- else
- vars="compile_deplibs finalize_deplibs"
- fi
- for var in $vars dependency_libs; do
- # Add libraries to $var in reverse order
- eval tmp_libs=\"\$$var\"
- new_libs=
- for deplib in $tmp_libs; do
- # FIXME: Pedantically, this is the right thing to do, so
- # that some nasty dependency loop isn't accidentally
- # broken:
- #new_libs="$deplib $new_libs"
- # Pragmatically, this seems to cause very few problems in
- # practice:
- case $deplib in
- -L*) new_libs="$deplib $new_libs" ;;
- -R*) ;;
- *)
- # And here is the reason: when a library appears more
- # than once as an explicit dependence of a library, or
- # is implicitly linked in more than once by the
- # compiler, it is considered special, and multiple
- # occurrences thereof are not removed. Compare this
- # with having the same library being listed as a
- # dependency of multiple other libraries: in this case,
- # we know (pedantically, we assume) the library does not
- # need to be listed more than once, so we keep only the
- # last copy. This is not always right, but it is rare
- # enough that we require users that really mean to play
- # such unportable linking tricks to link the library
- # using -Wl,-lname, so that libtool does not consider it
- # for duplicate removal.
- case " $specialdeplibs " in
- *" $deplib "*) new_libs="$deplib $new_libs" ;;
- *)
- case " $new_libs " in
- *" $deplib "*) ;;
- *) new_libs="$deplib $new_libs" ;;
- esac
- ;;
- esac
- ;;
- esac
- done
- tmp_libs=
- for deplib in $new_libs; do
- case $deplib in
- -L*)
- case " $tmp_libs " in
- *" $deplib "*) ;;
- *) tmp_libs="$tmp_libs $deplib" ;;
- esac
- ;;
- *) tmp_libs="$tmp_libs $deplib" ;;
- esac
- done
- eval $var=\"$tmp_libs\"
- done # for var
- fi
- # Last step: remove runtime libs from dependency_libs
- # (they stay in deplibs)
- tmp_libs=
- for i in $dependency_libs ; do
- case " $predeps $postdeps $compiler_lib_search_path " in
- *" $i "*)
- i=""
- ;;
- esac
- if test -n "$i" ; then
- tmp_libs="$tmp_libs $i"
- fi
- done
- dependency_libs=$tmp_libs
- done # for pass
- if test "$linkmode" = prog; then
- dlfiles="$newdlfiles"
- fi
- if test "$linkmode" = prog || test "$linkmode" = lib; then
- dlprefiles="$newdlprefiles"
- fi
-
- case $linkmode in
- oldlib)
- if test -n "$dlfiles$dlprefiles" || test "$dlself" != no; then
- func_warning "\`-dlopen' is ignored for archives"
- fi
-
- case " $deplibs" in
- *\ -l* | *\ -L*)
- func_warning "\`-l' and \`-L' are ignored for archives" ;;
- esac
-
- test -n "$rpath" && \
- func_warning "\`-rpath' is ignored for archives"
-
- test -n "$xrpath" && \
- func_warning "\`-R' is ignored for archives"
-
- test -n "$vinfo" && \
- func_warning "\`-version-info/-version-number' is ignored for archives"
-
- test -n "$release" && \
- func_warning "\`-release' is ignored for archives"
-
- test -n "$export_symbols$export_symbols_regex" && \
- func_warning "\`-export-symbols' is ignored for archives"
-
- # Now set the variables for building old libraries.
- build_libtool_libs=no
- oldlibs="$output"
- objs="$objs$old_deplibs"
- ;;
-
- lib)
- # Make sure we only generate libraries of the form `libNAME.la'.
- case $outputname in
- lib*)
- func_stripname 'lib' '.la' "$outputname"
- name=$func_stripname_result
- eval shared_ext=\"$shrext_cmds\"
- eval libname=\"$libname_spec\"
- ;;
- *)
- test "$module" = no && \
- func_fatal_help "libtool library \`$output' must begin with \`lib'"
-
- if test "$need_lib_prefix" != no; then
- # Add the "lib" prefix for modules if required
- func_stripname '' '.la' "$outputname"
- name=$func_stripname_result
- eval shared_ext=\"$shrext_cmds\"
- eval libname=\"$libname_spec\"
- else
- func_stripname '' '.la' "$outputname"
- libname=$func_stripname_result
- fi
- ;;
- esac
-
- if test -n "$objs"; then
- if test "$deplibs_check_method" != pass_all; then
- func_fatal_error "cannot build libtool library \`$output' from non-libtool objects on this host:$objs"
- else
- $ECHO
- $ECHO "*** Warning: Linking the shared library $output against the non-libtool"
- $ECHO "*** objects $objs is not portable!"
- libobjs="$libobjs $objs"
- fi
- fi
-
- test "$dlself" != no && \
- func_warning "\`-dlopen self' is ignored for libtool libraries"
-
- set dummy $rpath
- shift
- test "$#" -gt 1 && \
- func_warning "ignoring multiple \`-rpath's for a libtool library"
-
- install_libdir="$1"
-
- oldlibs=
- if test -z "$rpath"; then
- if test "$build_libtool_libs" = yes; then
- # Building a libtool convenience library.
- # Some compilers have problems with a `.al' extension so
- # convenience libraries should have the same extension an
- # archive normally would.
- oldlibs="$output_objdir/$libname.$libext $oldlibs"
- build_libtool_libs=convenience
- build_old_libs=yes
- fi
-
- test -n "$vinfo" && \
- func_warning "\`-version-info/-version-number' is ignored for convenience libraries"
-
- test -n "$release" && \
- func_warning "\`-release' is ignored for convenience libraries"
- else
-
- # Parse the version information argument.
- save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=':'
- set dummy $vinfo 0 0 0
- shift
- IFS="$save_ifs"
-
- test -n "$7" && \
- func_fatal_help "too many parameters to \`-version-info'"
-
- # convert absolute version numbers to libtool ages
- # this retains compatibility with .la files and attempts
- # to make the code below a bit more comprehensible
-
- case $vinfo_number in
- yes)
- number_major="$1"
- number_minor="$2"
- number_revision="$3"
- #
- # There are really only two kinds -- those that
- # use the current revision as the major version
- # and those that subtract age and use age as
- # a minor version. But, then there is irix
- # which has an extra 1 added just for fun
- #
- case $version_type in
- darwin|linux|osf|windows|none)
- func_arith $number_major + $number_minor
- current=$func_arith_result
- age="$number_minor"
- revision="$number_revision"
- ;;
- freebsd-aout|freebsd-elf|sunos)
- current="$number_major"
- revision="$number_minor"
- age="0"
- ;;
- irix|nonstopux)
- func_arith $number_major + $number_minor
- current=$func_arith_result
- age="$number_minor"
- revision="$number_minor"
- lt_irix_increment=no
- ;;
- esac
- ;;
- no)
- current="$1"
- revision="$2"
- age="$3"
- ;;
- esac
-
- # Check that each of the things are valid numbers.
- case $current in
- 0|[1-9]|[1-9][0-9]|[1-9][0-9][0-9]|[1-9][0-9][0-9][0-9]|[1-9][0-9][0-9][0-9][0-9]) ;;
- *)
- func_error "CURRENT \`$current' must be a nonnegative integer"
- func_fatal_error "\`$vinfo' is not valid version information"
- ;;
- esac
-
- case $revision in
- 0|[1-9]|[1-9][0-9]|[1-9][0-9][0-9]|[1-9][0-9][0-9][0-9]|[1-9][0-9][0-9][0-9][0-9]) ;;
- *)
- func_error "REVISION \`$revision' must be a nonnegative integer"
- func_fatal_error "\`$vinfo' is not valid version information"
- ;;
- esac
-
- case $age in
- 0|[1-9]|[1-9][0-9]|[1-9][0-9][0-9]|[1-9][0-9][0-9][0-9]|[1-9][0-9][0-9][0-9][0-9]) ;;
- *)
- func_error "AGE \`$age' must be a nonnegative integer"
- func_fatal_error "\`$vinfo' is not valid version information"
- ;;
- esac
-
- if test "$age" -gt "$current"; then
- func_error "AGE \`$age' is greater than the current interface number \`$current'"
- func_fatal_error "\`$vinfo' is not valid version information"
- fi
-
- # Calculate the version variables.
- major=
- versuffix=
- verstring=
- case $version_type in
- none) ;;
-
- darwin)
- # Like Linux, but with the current version available in
- # verstring for coding it into the library header
- func_arith $current - $age
- major=.$func_arith_result
- versuffix="$major.$age.$revision"
- # Darwin ld doesn't like 0 for these options...
- func_arith $current + 1
- minor_current=$func_arith_result
- xlcverstring="${wl}-compatibility_version ${wl}$minor_current ${wl}-current_version ${wl}$minor_current.$revision"
- verstring="-compatibility_version $minor_current -current_version $minor_current.$revision"
- ;;
-
- freebsd-aout)
- major=".$current"
- versuffix=".$current.$revision";
- ;;
-
- freebsd-elf)
- major=".$current"
- versuffix=".$current"
- ;;
-
- irix | nonstopux)
- if test "X$lt_irix_increment" = "Xno"; then
- func_arith $current - $age
- else
- func_arith $current - $age + 1
- fi
- major=$func_arith_result
-
- case $version_type in
- nonstopux) verstring_prefix=nonstopux ;;
- *) verstring_prefix=sgi ;;
- esac
- verstring="$verstring_prefix$major.$revision"
-
- # Add in all the interfaces that we are compatible with.
- loop=$revision
- while test "$loop" -ne 0; do
- func_arith $revision - $loop
- iface=$func_arith_result
- func_arith $loop - 1
- loop=$func_arith_result
- verstring="$verstring_prefix$major.$iface:$verstring"
- done
-
- # Before this point, $major must not contain `.'.
- major=.$major
- versuffix="$major.$revision"
- ;;
-
- linux)
- func_arith $current - $age
- major=.$func_arith_result
- versuffix="$major.$age.$revision"
- ;;
-
- osf)
- func_arith $current - $age
- major=.$func_arith_result
- versuffix=".$current.$age.$revision"
- verstring="$current.$age.$revision"
-
- # Add in all the interfaces that we are compatible with.
- loop=$age
- while test "$loop" -ne 0; do
- func_arith $current - $loop
- iface=$func_arith_result
- func_arith $loop - 1
- loop=$func_arith_result
- verstring="$verstring:${iface}.0"
- done
-
- # Make executables depend on our current version.
- verstring="$verstring:${current}.0"
- ;;
-
- qnx)
- major=".$current"
- versuffix=".$current"
- ;;
-
- sunos)
- major=".$current"
- versuffix=".$current.$revision"
- ;;
-
- windows)
- # Use '-' rather than '.', since we only want one
- # extension on DOS 8.3 filesystems.
- func_arith $current - $age
- major=$func_arith_result
- versuffix="-$major"
- ;;
-
- *)
- func_fatal_configuration "unknown library version type \`$version_type'"
- ;;
- esac
-
- # Clear the version info if we defaulted, and they specified a release.
- if test -z "$vinfo" && test -n "$release"; then
- major=
- case $version_type in
- darwin)
- # we can't check for "0.0" in archive_cmds due to quoting
- # problems, so we reset it completely
- verstring=
- ;;
- *)
- verstring="0.0"
- ;;
- esac
- if test "$need_version" = no; then
- versuffix=
- else
- versuffix=".0.0"
- fi
- fi
-
- # Remove version info from name if versioning should be avoided
- if test "$avoid_version" = yes && test "$need_version" = no; then
- major=
- versuffix=
- verstring=""
- fi
-
- # Check to see if the archive will have undefined symbols.
- if test "$allow_undefined" = yes; then
- if test "$allow_undefined_flag" = unsupported; then
- func_warning "undefined symbols not allowed in $host shared libraries"
- build_libtool_libs=no
- build_old_libs=yes
- fi
- else
- # Don't allow undefined symbols.
- allow_undefined_flag="$no_undefined_flag"
- fi
-
- fi
-
- func_generate_dlsyms "$libname" "$libname" "yes"
- libobjs="$libobjs $symfileobj"
- test "X$libobjs" = "X " && libobjs=
-
- if test "$mode" != relink; then
- # Remove our outputs, but don't remove object files since they
- # may have been created when compiling PIC objects.
- removelist=
- tempremovelist=`$ECHO "$output_objdir/*"`
- for p in $tempremovelist; do
- case $p in
- *.$objext | *.gcno)
- ;;
- $output_objdir/$outputname | $output_objdir/$libname.* | $output_objdir/${libname}${release}.*)
- if test "X$precious_files_regex" != "X"; then
- if $ECHO "$p" | $EGREP -e "$precious_files_regex" >/dev/null 2>&1
- then
- continue
- fi
- fi
- removelist="$removelist $p"
- ;;
- *) ;;
- esac
- done
- test -n "$removelist" && \
- func_show_eval "${RM}r \$removelist"
- fi
-
- # Now set the variables for building old libraries.
- if test "$build_old_libs" = yes && test "$build_libtool_libs" != convenience ; then
- oldlibs="$oldlibs $output_objdir/$libname.$libext"
-
- # Transform .lo files to .o files.
- oldobjs="$objs "`$ECHO "X$libobjs" | $SP2NL | $Xsed -e '/\.'${libext}'$/d' -e "$lo2o" | $NL2SP`
- fi
-
- # Eliminate all temporary directories.
- #for path in $notinst_path; do
- # lib_search_path=`$ECHO "X$lib_search_path " | $Xsed -e "s% $path % %g"`
- # deplibs=`$ECHO "X$deplibs " | $Xsed -e "s% -L$path % %g"`
- # dependency_libs=`$ECHO "X$dependency_libs " | $Xsed -e "s% -L$path % %g"`
- #done
-
- if test -n "$xrpath"; then
- # If the user specified any rpath flags, then add them.
- temp_xrpath=
- for libdir in $xrpath; do
- temp_xrpath="$temp_xrpath -R$libdir"
- case "$finalize_rpath " in
- *" $libdir "*) ;;
- *) finalize_rpath="$finalize_rpath $libdir" ;;
- esac
- done
- if test "$hardcode_into_libs" != yes || test "$build_old_libs" = yes; then
- dependency_libs="$temp_xrpath $dependency_libs"
- fi
- fi
-
- # Make sure dlfiles contains only unique files that won't be dlpreopened
- old_dlfiles="$dlfiles"
- dlfiles=
- for lib in $old_dlfiles; do
- case " $dlprefiles $dlfiles " in
- *" $lib "*) ;;
- *) dlfiles="$dlfiles $lib" ;;
- esac
- done
-
- # Make sure dlprefiles contains only unique files
- old_dlprefiles="$dlprefiles"
- dlprefiles=
- for lib in $old_dlprefiles; do
- case "$dlprefiles " in
- *" $lib "*) ;;
- *) dlprefiles="$dlprefiles $lib" ;;
- esac
- done
-
- if test "$build_libtool_libs" = yes; then
- if test -n "$rpath"; then
- case $host in
- *-*-cygwin* | *-*-mingw* | *-*-pw32* | *-*-os2* | *-*-beos* | *-cegcc*)
- # these systems don't actually have a c library (as such)!
- ;;
- *-*-rhapsody* | *-*-darwin1.[012])
- # Rhapsody C library is in the System framework
- deplibs="$deplibs System.ltframework"
- ;;
- *-*-netbsd*)
- # Don't link with libc until the a.out ld.so is fixed.
- ;;
- *-*-openbsd* | *-*-freebsd* | *-*-dragonfly*)
- # Do not include libc due to us having libc/libc_r.
- ;;
- *-*-sco3.2v5* | *-*-sco5v6*)
- # Causes problems with __ctype
- ;;
- *-*-sysv4.2uw2* | *-*-sysv5* | *-*-unixware* | *-*-OpenUNIX*)
- # Compiler inserts libc in the correct place for threads to work
- ;;
- *)
- # Add libc to deplibs on all other systems if necessary.
- if test "$build_libtool_need_lc" = "yes"; then
- deplibs="$deplibs -lc"
- fi
- ;;
- esac
- fi
-
- # Transform deplibs into only deplibs that can be linked in shared.
- name_save=$name
- libname_save=$libname
- release_save=$release
- versuffix_save=$versuffix
- major_save=$major
- # I'm not sure if I'm treating the release correctly. I think
- # release should show up in the -l (ie -lgmp5) so we don't want to
- # add it in twice. Is that correct?
- release=""
- versuffix=""
- major=""
- newdeplibs=
- droppeddeps=no
- case $deplibs_check_method in
- pass_all)
- # Don't check for shared/static. Everything works.
- # This might be a little naive. We might want to check
- # whether the library exists or not. But this is on
- # osf3 & osf4 and I'm not really sure... Just
- # implementing what was already the behavior.
- newdeplibs=$deplibs
- ;;
- test_compile)
- # This code stresses the "libraries are programs" paradigm to its
- # limits. Maybe even breaks it. We compile a program, linking it
- # against the deplibs as a proxy for the library. Then we can check
- # whether they linked in statically or dynamically with ldd.
- $opt_dry_run || $RM conftest.c
- cat > conftest.c <<EOF
- int main() { return 0; }
-EOF
- $opt_dry_run || $RM conftest
- if $LTCC $LTCFLAGS -o conftest conftest.c $deplibs; then
- ldd_output=`ldd conftest`
- for i in $deplibs; do
- case $i in
- -l*)
- func_stripname -l '' "$i"
- name=$func_stripname_result
- if test "X$allow_libtool_libs_with_static_runtimes" = "Xyes" ; then
- case " $predeps $postdeps " in
- *" $i "*)
- newdeplibs="$newdeplibs $i"
- i=""
- ;;
- esac
- fi
- if test -n "$i" ; then
- libname=`eval "\\$ECHO \"$libname_spec\""`
- deplib_matches=`eval "\\$ECHO \"$library_names_spec\""`
- set dummy $deplib_matches; shift
- deplib_match=$1
- if test `expr "$ldd_output" : ".*$deplib_match"` -ne 0 ; then
- newdeplibs="$newdeplibs $i"
- else
- droppeddeps=yes
- $ECHO
- $ECHO "*** Warning: dynamic linker does not accept needed library $i."
- $ECHO "*** I have the capability to make that library automatically link in when"
- $ECHO "*** you link to this library. But I can only do this if you have a"
- $ECHO "*** shared version of the library, which I believe you do not have"
- $ECHO "*** because a test_compile did reveal that the linker did not use it for"
- $ECHO "*** its dynamic dependency list that programs get resolved with at runtime."
- fi
- fi
- ;;
- *)
- newdeplibs="$newdeplibs $i"
- ;;
- esac
- done
- else
- # Error occurred in the first compile. Let's try to salvage
- # the situation: Compile a separate program for each library.
- for i in $deplibs; do
- case $i in
- -l*)
- func_stripname -l '' "$i"
- name=$func_stripname_result
- $opt_dry_run || $RM conftest
- if $LTCC $LTCFLAGS -o conftest conftest.c $i; then
- ldd_output=`ldd conftest`
- if test "X$allow_libtool_libs_with_static_runtimes" = "Xyes" ; then
- case " $predeps $postdeps " in
- *" $i "*)
- newdeplibs="$newdeplibs $i"
- i=""
- ;;
- esac
- fi
- if test -n "$i" ; then
- libname=`eval "\\$ECHO \"$libname_spec\""`
- deplib_matches=`eval "\\$ECHO \"$library_names_spec\""`
- set dummy $deplib_matches; shift
- deplib_match=$1
- if test `expr "$ldd_output" : ".*$deplib_match"` -ne 0 ; then
- newdeplibs="$newdeplibs $i"
- else
- droppeddeps=yes
- $ECHO
- $ECHO "*** Warning: dynamic linker does not accept needed library $i."
- $ECHO "*** I have the capability to make that library automatically link in when"
- $ECHO "*** you link to this library. But I can only do this if you have a"
- $ECHO "*** shared version of the library, which you do not appear to have"
- $ECHO "*** because a test_compile did reveal that the linker did not use this one"
- $ECHO "*** as a dynamic dependency that programs can get resolved with at runtime."
- fi
- fi
- else
- droppeddeps=yes
- $ECHO
- $ECHO "*** Warning! Library $i is needed by this library but I was not able to"
- $ECHO "*** make it link in! You will probably need to install it or some"
- $ECHO "*** library that it depends on before this library will be fully"
- $ECHO "*** functional. Installing it before continuing would be even better."
- fi
- ;;
- *)
- newdeplibs="$newdeplibs $i"
- ;;
- esac
- done
- fi
- ;;
- file_magic*)
- set dummy $deplibs_check_method; shift
- file_magic_regex=`expr "$deplibs_check_method" : "$1 \(.*\)"`
- for a_deplib in $deplibs; do
- case $a_deplib in
- -l*)
- func_stripname -l '' "$a_deplib"
- name=$func_stripname_result
- if test "X$allow_libtool_libs_with_static_runtimes" = "Xyes" ; then
- case " $predeps $postdeps " in
- *" $a_deplib "*)
- newdeplibs="$newdeplibs $a_deplib"
- a_deplib=""
- ;;
- esac
- fi
- if test -n "$a_deplib" ; then
- libname=`eval "\\$ECHO \"$libname_spec\""`
- for i in $lib_search_path $sys_lib_search_path $shlib_search_path; do
- potential_libs=`ls $i/$libname[.-]* 2>/dev/null`
- for potent_lib in $potential_libs; do
- # Follow soft links.
- if ls -lLd "$potent_lib" 2>/dev/null |
- $GREP " -> " >/dev/null; then
- continue
- fi
- # The statement above tries to avoid entering an
- # endless loop below, in case of cyclic links.
- # We might still enter an endless loop, since a link
- # loop can be closed while we follow links,
- # but so what?
- potlib="$potent_lib"
- while test -h "$potlib" 2>/dev/null; do
- potliblink=`ls -ld $potlib | ${SED} 's/.* -> //'`
- case $potliblink in
- [\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) potlib="$potliblink";;
- *) potlib=`$ECHO "X$potlib" | $Xsed -e 's,[^/]*$,,'`"$potliblink";;
- esac
- done
- if eval $file_magic_cmd \"\$potlib\" 2>/dev/null |
- $SED -e 10q |
- $EGREP "$file_magic_regex" > /dev/null; then
- newdeplibs="$newdeplibs $a_deplib"
- a_deplib=""
- break 2
- fi
- done
- done
- fi
- if test -n "$a_deplib" ; then
- droppeddeps=yes
- $ECHO
- $ECHO "*** Warning: linker path does not have real file for library $a_deplib."
- $ECHO "*** I have the capability to make that library automatically link in when"
- $ECHO "*** you link to this library. But I can only do this if you have a"
- $ECHO "*** shared version of the library, which you do not appear to have"
- $ECHO "*** because I did check the linker path looking for a file starting"
- if test -z "$potlib" ; then
- $ECHO "*** with $libname but no candidates were found. (...for file magic test)"
- else
- $ECHO "*** with $libname and none of the candidates passed a file format test"
- $ECHO "*** using a file magic. Last file checked: $potlib"
- fi
- fi
- ;;
- *)
- # Add a -L argument.
- newdeplibs="$newdeplibs $a_deplib"
- ;;
- esac
- done # Gone through all deplibs.
- ;;
- match_pattern*)
- set dummy $deplibs_check_method; shift
- match_pattern_regex=`expr "$deplibs_check_method" : "$1 \(.*\)"`
- for a_deplib in $deplibs; do
- case $a_deplib in
- -l*)
- func_stripname -l '' "$a_deplib"
- name=$func_stripname_result
- if test "X$allow_libtool_libs_with_static_runtimes" = "Xyes" ; then
- case " $predeps $postdeps " in
- *" $a_deplib "*)
- newdeplibs="$newdeplibs $a_deplib"
- a_deplib=""
- ;;
- esac
- fi
- if test -n "$a_deplib" ; then
- libname=`eval "\\$ECHO \"$libname_spec\""`
- for i in $lib_search_path $sys_lib_search_path $shlib_search_path; do
- potential_libs=`ls $i/$libname[.-]* 2>/dev/null`
- for potent_lib in $potential_libs; do
- potlib="$potent_lib" # see symlink-check above in file_magic test
- if eval "\$ECHO \"X$potent_lib\"" 2>/dev/null | $Xsed -e 10q | \
- $EGREP "$match_pattern_regex" > /dev/null; then
- newdeplibs="$newdeplibs $a_deplib"
- a_deplib=""
- break 2
- fi
- done
- done
- fi
- if test -n "$a_deplib" ; then
- droppeddeps=yes
- $ECHO
- $ECHO "*** Warning: linker path does not have real file for library $a_deplib."
- $ECHO "*** I have the capability to make that library automatically link in when"
- $ECHO "*** you link to this library. But I can only do this if you have a"
- $ECHO "*** shared version of the library, which you do not appear to have"
- $ECHO "*** because I did check the linker path looking for a file starting"
- if test -z "$potlib" ; then
- $ECHO "*** with $libname but no candidates were found. (...for regex pattern test)"
- else
- $ECHO "*** with $libname and none of the candidates passed a file format test"
- $ECHO "*** using a regex pattern. Last file checked: $potlib"
- fi
- fi
- ;;
- *)
- # Add a -L argument.
- newdeplibs="$newdeplibs $a_deplib"
- ;;
- esac
- done # Gone through all deplibs.
- ;;
- none | unknown | *)
- newdeplibs=""
- tmp_deplibs=`$ECHO "X $deplibs" | $Xsed \
- -e 's/ -lc$//' -e 's/ -[LR][^ ]*//g'`
- if test "X$allow_libtool_libs_with_static_runtimes" = "Xyes" ; then
- for i in $predeps $postdeps ; do
- # can't use Xsed below, because $i might contain '/'
- tmp_deplibs=`$ECHO "X $tmp_deplibs" | $Xsed -e "s,$i,,"`
- done
- fi
- if $ECHO "X $tmp_deplibs" | $Xsed -e 's/[ ]//g' |
- $GREP . >/dev/null; then
- $ECHO
- if test "X$deplibs_check_method" = "Xnone"; then
- $ECHO "*** Warning: inter-library dependencies are not supported in this platform."
- else
- $ECHO "*** Warning: inter-library dependencies are not known to be supported."
- fi
- $ECHO "*** All declared inter-library dependencies are being dropped."
- droppeddeps=yes
- fi
- ;;
- esac
- versuffix=$versuffix_save
- major=$major_save
- release=$release_save
- libname=$libname_save
- name=$name_save
-
- case $host in
- *-*-rhapsody* | *-*-darwin1.[012])
- # On Rhapsody replace the C library with the System framework
- newdeplibs=`$ECHO "X $newdeplibs" | $Xsed -e 's/ -lc / System.ltframework /'`
- ;;
- esac
-
- if test "$droppeddeps" = yes; then
- if test "$module" = yes; then
- $ECHO
- $ECHO "*** Warning: libtool could not satisfy all declared inter-library"
- $ECHO "*** dependencies of module $libname. Therefore, libtool will create"
- $ECHO "*** a static module, that should work as long as the dlopening"
- $ECHO "*** application is linked with the -dlopen flag."
- if test -z "$global_symbol_pipe"; then
- $ECHO
- $ECHO "*** However, this would only work if libtool was able to extract symbol"
- $ECHO "*** lists from a program, using \`nm' or equivalent, but libtool could"
- $ECHO "*** not find such a program. So, this module is probably useless."
- $ECHO "*** \`nm' from GNU binutils and a full rebuild may help."
- fi
- if test "$build_old_libs" = no; then
- oldlibs="$output_objdir/$libname.$libext"
- build_libtool_libs=module
- build_old_libs=yes
- else
- build_libtool_libs=no
- fi
- else
- $ECHO "*** The inter-library dependencies that have been dropped here will be"
- $ECHO "*** automatically added whenever a program is linked with this library"
- $ECHO "*** or is declared to -dlopen it."
-
- if test "$allow_undefined" = no; then
- $ECHO
- $ECHO "*** Since this library must not contain undefined symbols,"
- $ECHO "*** because either the platform does not support them or"
- $ECHO "*** it was explicitly requested with -no-undefined,"
- $ECHO "*** libtool will only create a static version of it."
- if test "$build_old_libs" = no; then
- oldlibs="$output_objdir/$libname.$libext"
- build_libtool_libs=module
- build_old_libs=yes
- else
- build_libtool_libs=no
- fi
- fi
- fi
- fi
- # Done checking deplibs!
- deplibs=$newdeplibs
- fi
- # Time to change all our "foo.ltframework" stuff back to "-framework foo"
- case $host in
- *-*-darwin*)
- newdeplibs=`$ECHO "X $newdeplibs" | $Xsed -e 's% \([^ $]*\).ltframework% -framework \1%g'`
- new_inherited_linker_flags=`$ECHO "X $new_inherited_linker_flags" | $Xsed -e 's% \([^ $]*\).ltframework% -framework \1%g'`
- deplibs=`$ECHO "X $deplibs" | $Xsed -e 's% \([^ $]*\).ltframework% -framework \1%g'`
- ;;
- esac
-
- # move library search paths that coincide with paths to not yet
- # installed libraries to the beginning of the library search list
- new_libs=
- for path in $notinst_path; do
- case " $new_libs " in
- *" -L$path/$objdir "*) ;;
- *)
- case " $deplibs " in
- *" -L$path/$objdir "*)
- new_libs="$new_libs -L$path/$objdir" ;;
- esac
- ;;
- esac
- done
- for deplib in $deplibs; do
- case $deplib in
- -L*)
- case " $new_libs " in
- *" $deplib "*) ;;
- *) new_libs="$new_libs $deplib" ;;
- esac
- ;;
- *) new_libs="$new_libs $deplib" ;;
- esac
- done
- deplibs="$new_libs"
-
- # All the library-specific variables (install_libdir is set above).
- library_names=
- old_library=
- dlname=
-
- # Test again, we may have decided not to build it any more
- if test "$build_libtool_libs" = yes; then
- if test "$hardcode_into_libs" = yes; then
- # Hardcode the library paths
- hardcode_libdirs=
- dep_rpath=
- rpath="$finalize_rpath"
- test "$mode" != relink && rpath="$compile_rpath$rpath"
- for libdir in $rpath; do
- if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec"; then
- if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_separator"; then
- if test -z "$hardcode_libdirs"; then
- hardcode_libdirs="$libdir"
- else
- # Just accumulate the unique libdirs.
- case $hardcode_libdir_separator$hardcode_libdirs$hardcode_libdir_separator in
- *"$hardcode_libdir_separator$libdir$hardcode_libdir_separator"*)
- ;;
- *)
- hardcode_libdirs="$hardcode_libdirs$hardcode_libdir_separator$libdir"
- ;;
- esac
- fi
- else
- eval flag=\"$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\"
- dep_rpath="$dep_rpath $flag"
- fi
- elif test -n "$runpath_var"; then
- case "$perm_rpath " in
- *" $libdir "*) ;;
- *) perm_rpath="$perm_rpath $libdir" ;;
- esac
- fi
- done
- # Substitute the hardcoded libdirs into the rpath.
- if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_separator" &&
- test -n "$hardcode_libdirs"; then
- libdir="$hardcode_libdirs"
- if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_ld"; then
- eval dep_rpath=\"$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_ld\"
- else
- eval dep_rpath=\"$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\"
- fi
- fi
- if test -n "$runpath_var" && test -n "$perm_rpath"; then
- # We should set the runpath_var.
- rpath=
- for dir in $perm_rpath; do
- rpath="$rpath$dir:"
- done
- eval "$runpath_var='$rpath\$$runpath_var'; export $runpath_var"
- fi
- test -n "$dep_rpath" && deplibs="$dep_rpath $deplibs"
- fi
-
- shlibpath="$finalize_shlibpath"
- test "$mode" != relink && shlibpath="$compile_shlibpath$shlibpath"
- if test -n "$shlibpath"; then
- eval "$shlibpath_var='$shlibpath\$$shlibpath_var'; export $shlibpath_var"
- fi
-
- # Get the real and link names of the library.
- eval shared_ext=\"$shrext_cmds\"
- eval library_names=\"$library_names_spec\"
- set dummy $library_names
- shift
- realname="$1"
- shift
-
- if test -n "$soname_spec"; then
- eval soname=\"$soname_spec\"
- else
- soname="$realname"
- fi
- if test -z "$dlname"; then
- dlname=$soname
- fi
-
- lib="$output_objdir/$realname"
- linknames=
- for link
- do
- linknames="$linknames $link"
- done
-
- # Use standard objects if they are pic
- test -z "$pic_flag" && libobjs=`$ECHO "X$libobjs" | $SP2NL | $Xsed -e "$lo2o" | $NL2SP`
- test "X$libobjs" = "X " && libobjs=
-
- delfiles=
- if test -n "$export_symbols" && test -n "$include_expsyms"; then
- $opt_dry_run || cp "$export_symbols" "$output_objdir/$libname.uexp"
- export_symbols="$output_objdir/$libname.uexp"
- delfiles="$delfiles $export_symbols"
- fi
-
- orig_export_symbols=
- case $host_os in
- cygwin* | mingw* | cegcc*)
- if test -n "$export_symbols" && test -z "$export_symbols_regex"; then
- # exporting using user supplied symfile
- if test "x`$SED 1q $export_symbols`" != xEXPORTS; then
- # and it's NOT already a .def file. Must figure out
- # which of the given symbols are data symbols and tag
- # them as such. So, trigger use of export_symbols_cmds.
- # export_symbols gets reassigned inside the "prepare
- # the list of exported symbols" if statement, so the
- # include_expsyms logic still works.
- orig_export_symbols="$export_symbols"
- export_symbols=
- always_export_symbols=yes
- fi
- fi
- ;;
- esac
-
- # Prepare the list of exported symbols
- if test -z "$export_symbols"; then
- if test "$always_export_symbols" = yes || test -n "$export_symbols_regex"; then
- func_verbose "generating symbol list for \`$libname.la'"
- export_symbols="$output_objdir/$libname.exp"
- $opt_dry_run || $RM $export_symbols
- cmds=$export_symbols_cmds
- save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS='~'
- for cmd in $cmds; do
- IFS="$save_ifs"
- eval cmd=\"$cmd\"
- func_len " $cmd"
- len=$func_len_result
- if test "$len" -lt "$max_cmd_len" || test "$max_cmd_len" -le -1; then
- func_show_eval "$cmd" 'exit $?'
- skipped_export=false
- else
- # The command line is too long to execute in one step.
- func_verbose "using reloadable object file for export list..."
- skipped_export=:
- # Break out early, otherwise skipped_export may be
- # set to false by a later but shorter cmd.
- break
- fi
- done
- IFS="$save_ifs"
- if test -n "$export_symbols_regex" && test "X$skipped_export" != "X:"; then
- func_show_eval '$EGREP -e "$export_symbols_regex" "$export_symbols" > "${export_symbols}T"'
- func_show_eval '$MV "${export_symbols}T" "$export_symbols"'
- fi
- fi
- fi
-
- if test -n "$export_symbols" && test -n "$include_expsyms"; then
- tmp_export_symbols="$export_symbols"
- test -n "$orig_export_symbols" && tmp_export_symbols="$orig_export_symbols"
- $opt_dry_run || eval '$ECHO "X$include_expsyms" | $Xsed | $SP2NL >> "$tmp_export_symbols"'
- fi
-
- if test "X$skipped_export" != "X:" && test -n "$orig_export_symbols"; then
- # The given exports_symbols file has to be filtered, so filter it.
- func_verbose "filter symbol list for \`$libname.la' to tag DATA exports"
- # FIXME: $output_objdir/$libname.filter potentially contains lots of
- # 's' commands which not all seds can handle. GNU sed should be fine
- # though. Also, the filter scales superlinearly with the number of
- # global variables. join(1) would be nice here, but unfortunately
- # isn't a blessed tool.
- $opt_dry_run || $SED -e '/[ ,]DATA/!d;s,\(.*\)\([ \,].*\),s|^\1$|\1\2|,' < $export_symbols > $output_objdir/$libname.filter
- delfiles="$delfiles $export_symbols $output_objdir/$libname.filter"
- export_symbols=$output_objdir/$libname.def
- $opt_dry_run || $SED -f $output_objdir/$libname.filter < $orig_export_symbols > $export_symbols
- fi
-
- tmp_deplibs=
- for test_deplib in $deplibs; do
- case " $convenience " in
- *" $test_deplib "*) ;;
- *)
- tmp_deplibs="$tmp_deplibs $test_deplib"
- ;;
- esac
- done
- deplibs="$tmp_deplibs"
-
- if test -n "$convenience"; then
- if test -n "$whole_archive_flag_spec" &&
- test "$compiler_needs_object" = yes &&
- test -z "$libobjs"; then
- # extract the archives, so we have objects to list.
- # TODO: could optimize this to just extract one archive.
- whole_archive_flag_spec=
- fi
- if test -n "$whole_archive_flag_spec"; then
- save_libobjs=$libobjs
- eval libobjs=\"\$libobjs $whole_archive_flag_spec\"
- test "X$libobjs" = "X " && libobjs=
- else
- gentop="$output_objdir/${outputname}x"
- generated="$generated $gentop"
-
- func_extract_archives $gentop $convenience
- libobjs="$libobjs $func_extract_archives_result"
- test "X$libobjs" = "X " && libobjs=
- fi
- fi
-
- if test "$thread_safe" = yes && test -n "$thread_safe_flag_spec"; then
- eval flag=\"$thread_safe_flag_spec\"
- linker_flags="$linker_flags $flag"
- fi
-
- # Make a backup of the uninstalled library when relinking
- if test "$mode" = relink; then
- $opt_dry_run || eval '(cd $output_objdir && $RM ${realname}U && $MV $realname ${realname}U)' || exit $?
- fi
-
- # Do each of the archive commands.
- if test "$module" = yes && test -n "$module_cmds" ; then
- if test -n "$export_symbols" && test -n "$module_expsym_cmds"; then
- eval test_cmds=\"$module_expsym_cmds\"
- cmds=$module_expsym_cmds
- else
- eval test_cmds=\"$module_cmds\"
- cmds=$module_cmds
- fi
- else
- if test -n "$export_symbols" && test -n "$archive_expsym_cmds"; then
- eval test_cmds=\"$archive_expsym_cmds\"
- cmds=$archive_expsym_cmds
- else
- eval test_cmds=\"$archive_cmds\"
- cmds=$archive_cmds
- fi
- fi
-
- if test "X$skipped_export" != "X:" &&
- func_len " $test_cmds" &&
- len=$func_len_result &&
- test "$len" -lt "$max_cmd_len" || test "$max_cmd_len" -le -1; then
- :
- else
- # The command line is too long to link in one step, link piecewise
- # or, if using GNU ld and skipped_export is not :, use a linker
- # script.
-
- # Save the value of $output and $libobjs because we want to
- # use them later. If we have whole_archive_flag_spec, we
- # want to use save_libobjs as it was before
- # whole_archive_flag_spec was expanded, because we can't
- # assume the linker understands whole_archive_flag_spec.
- # This may have to be revisited, in case too many
- # convenience libraries get linked in and end up exceeding
- # the spec.
- if test -z "$convenience" || test -z "$whole_archive_flag_spec"; then
- save_libobjs=$libobjs
- fi
- save_output=$output
- output_la=`$ECHO "X$output" | $Xsed -e "$basename"`
-
- # Clear the reloadable object creation command queue and
- # initialize k to one.
- test_cmds=
- concat_cmds=
- objlist=
- last_robj=
- k=1
-
- if test -n "$save_libobjs" && test "X$skipped_export" != "X:" && test "$with_gnu_ld" = yes; then
- output=${output_objdir}/${output_la}.lnkscript
- func_verbose "creating GNU ld script: $output"
- $ECHO 'INPUT (' > $output
- for obj in $save_libobjs
- do
- $ECHO "$obj" >> $output
- done
- $ECHO ')' >> $output
- delfiles="$delfiles $output"
- elif test -n "$save_libobjs" && test "X$skipped_export" != "X:" && test "X$file_list_spec" != X; then
- output=${output_objdir}/${output_la}.lnk
- func_verbose "creating linker input file list: $output"
- : > $output
- set x $save_libobjs
- shift
- firstobj=
- if test "$compiler_needs_object" = yes; then
- firstobj="$1 "
- shift
- fi
- for obj
- do
- $ECHO "$obj" >> $output
- done
- delfiles="$delfiles $output"
- output=$firstobj\"$file_list_spec$output\"
- else
- if test -n "$save_libobjs"; then
- func_verbose "creating reloadable object files..."
- output=$output_objdir/$output_la-${k}.$objext
- eval test_cmds=\"$reload_cmds\"
- func_len " $test_cmds"
- len0=$func_len_result
- len=$len0
-
- # Loop over the list of objects to be linked.
- for obj in $save_libobjs
- do
- func_len " $obj"
- func_arith $len + $func_len_result
- len=$func_arith_result
- if test "X$objlist" = X ||
- test "$len" -lt "$max_cmd_len"; then
- func_append objlist " $obj"
- else
- # The command $test_cmds is almost too long, add a
- # command to the queue.
- if test "$k" -eq 1 ; then
- # The first file doesn't have a previous command to add.
- eval concat_cmds=\"$reload_cmds $objlist $last_robj\"
- else
- # All subsequent reloadable object files will link in
- # the last one created.
- eval concat_cmds=\"\$concat_cmds~$reload_cmds $objlist $last_robj~\$RM $last_robj\"
- fi
- last_robj=$output_objdir/$output_la-${k}.$objext
- func_arith $k + 1
- k=$func_arith_result
- output=$output_objdir/$output_la-${k}.$objext
- objlist=$obj
- func_len " $last_robj"
- func_arith $len0 + $func_len_result
- len=$func_arith_result
- fi
- done
- # Handle the remaining objects by creating one last
- # reloadable object file. All subsequent reloadable object
- # files will link in the last one created.
- test -z "$concat_cmds" || concat_cmds=$concat_cmds~
- eval concat_cmds=\"\${concat_cmds}$reload_cmds $objlist $last_robj\"
- if test -n "$last_robj"; then
- eval concat_cmds=\"\${concat_cmds}~\$RM $last_robj\"
- fi
- delfiles="$delfiles $output"
-
- else
- output=
- fi
-
- if ${skipped_export-false}; then
- func_verbose "generating symbol list for \`$libname.la'"
- export_symbols="$output_objdir/$libname.exp"
- $opt_dry_run || $RM $export_symbols
- libobjs=$output
- # Append the command to create the export file.
- test -z "$concat_cmds" || concat_cmds=$concat_cmds~
- eval concat_cmds=\"\$concat_cmds$export_symbols_cmds\"
- if test -n "$last_robj"; then
- eval concat_cmds=\"\$concat_cmds~\$RM $last_robj\"
- fi
- fi
-
- test -n "$save_libobjs" &&
- func_verbose "creating a temporary reloadable object file: $output"
-
- # Loop through the commands generated above and execute them.
- save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS='~'
- for cmd in $concat_cmds; do
- IFS="$save_ifs"
- $opt_silent || {
- func_quote_for_expand "$cmd"
- eval "func_echo $func_quote_for_expand_result"
- }
- $opt_dry_run || eval "$cmd" || {
- lt_exit=$?
-
- # Restore the uninstalled library and exit
- if test "$mode" = relink; then
- ( cd "$output_objdir" && \
- $RM "${realname}T" && \
- $MV "${realname}U" "$realname" )
- fi
-
- exit $lt_exit
- }
- done
- IFS="$save_ifs"
-
- if test -n "$export_symbols_regex" && ${skipped_export-false}; then
- func_show_eval '$EGREP -e "$export_symbols_regex" "$export_symbols" > "${export_symbols}T"'
- func_show_eval '$MV "${export_symbols}T" "$export_symbols"'
- fi
- fi
-
- if ${skipped_export-false}; then
- if test -n "$export_symbols" && test -n "$include_expsyms"; then
- tmp_export_symbols="$export_symbols"
- test -n "$orig_export_symbols" && tmp_export_symbols="$orig_export_symbols"
- $opt_dry_run || eval '$ECHO "X$include_expsyms" | $Xsed | $SP2NL >> "$tmp_export_symbols"'
- fi
-
- if test -n "$orig_export_symbols"; then
- # The given exports_symbols file has to be filtered, so filter it.
- func_verbose "filter symbol list for \`$libname.la' to tag DATA exports"
- # FIXME: $output_objdir/$libname.filter potentially contains lots of
- # 's' commands which not all seds can handle. GNU sed should be fine
- # though. Also, the filter scales superlinearly with the number of
- # global variables. join(1) would be nice here, but unfortunately
- # isn't a blessed tool.
- $opt_dry_run || $SED -e '/[ ,]DATA/!d;s,\(.*\)\([ \,].*\),s|^\1$|\1\2|,' < $export_symbols > $output_objdir/$libname.filter
- delfiles="$delfiles $export_symbols $output_objdir/$libname.filter"
- export_symbols=$output_objdir/$libname.def
- $opt_dry_run || $SED -f $output_objdir/$libname.filter < $orig_export_symbols > $export_symbols
- fi
- fi
-
- libobjs=$output
- # Restore the value of output.
- output=$save_output
-
- if test -n "$convenience" && test -n "$whole_archive_flag_spec"; then
- eval libobjs=\"\$libobjs $whole_archive_flag_spec\"
- test "X$libobjs" = "X " && libobjs=
- fi
- # Expand the library linking commands again to reset the
- # value of $libobjs for piecewise linking.
-
- # Do each of the archive commands.
- if test "$module" = yes && test -n "$module_cmds" ; then
- if test -n "$export_symbols" && test -n "$module_expsym_cmds"; then
- cmds=$module_expsym_cmds
- else
- cmds=$module_cmds
- fi
- else
- if test -n "$export_symbols" && test -n "$archive_expsym_cmds"; then
- cmds=$archive_expsym_cmds
- else
- cmds=$archive_cmds
- fi
- fi
- fi
-
- if test -n "$delfiles"; then
- # Append the command to remove temporary files to $cmds.
- eval cmds=\"\$cmds~\$RM $delfiles\"
- fi
-
- # Add any objects from preloaded convenience libraries
- if test -n "$dlprefiles"; then
- gentop="$output_objdir/${outputname}x"
- generated="$generated $gentop"
-
- func_extract_archives $gentop $dlprefiles
- libobjs="$libobjs $func_extract_archives_result"
- test "X$libobjs" = "X " && libobjs=
- fi
-
- save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS='~'
- for cmd in $cmds; do
- IFS="$save_ifs"
- eval cmd=\"$cmd\"
- $opt_silent || {
- func_quote_for_expand "$cmd"
- eval "func_echo $func_quote_for_expand_result"
- }
- $opt_dry_run || eval "$cmd" || {
- lt_exit=$?
-
- # Restore the uninstalled library and exit
- if test "$mode" = relink; then
- ( cd "$output_objdir" && \
- $RM "${realname}T" && \
- $MV "${realname}U" "$realname" )
- fi
-
- exit $lt_exit
- }
- done
- IFS="$save_ifs"
-
- # Restore the uninstalled library and exit
- if test "$mode" = relink; then
- $opt_dry_run || eval '(cd $output_objdir && $RM ${realname}T && $MV $realname ${realname}T && $MV ${realname}U $realname)' || exit $?
-
- if test -n "$convenience"; then
- if test -z "$whole_archive_flag_spec"; then
- func_show_eval '${RM}r "$gentop"'
- fi
- fi
-
- exit $EXIT_SUCCESS
- fi
-
- # Create links to the real library.
- for linkname in $linknames; do
- if test "$realname" != "$linkname"; then
- func_show_eval '(cd "$output_objdir" && $RM "$linkname" && $LN_S "$realname" "$linkname")' 'exit $?'
- fi
- done
-
- # If -module or -export-dynamic was specified, set the dlname.
- if test "$module" = yes || test "$export_dynamic" = yes; then
- # On all known operating systems, these are identical.
- dlname="$soname"
- fi
- fi
- ;;
-
- obj)
- if test -n "$dlfiles$dlprefiles" || test "$dlself" != no; then
- func_warning "\`-dlopen' is ignored for objects"
- fi
-
- case " $deplibs" in
- *\ -l* | *\ -L*)
- func_warning "\`-l' and \`-L' are ignored for objects" ;;
- esac
-
- test -n "$rpath" && \
- func_warning "\`-rpath' is ignored for objects"
-
- test -n "$xrpath" && \
- func_warning "\`-R' is ignored for objects"
-
- test -n "$vinfo" && \
- func_warning "\`-version-info' is ignored for objects"
-
- test -n "$release" && \
- func_warning "\`-release' is ignored for objects"
-
- case $output in
- *.lo)
- test -n "$objs$old_deplibs" && \
- func_fatal_error "cannot build library object \`$output' from non-libtool objects"
-
- libobj=$output
- func_lo2o "$libobj"
- obj=$func_lo2o_result
- ;;
- *)
- libobj=
- obj="$output"
- ;;
- esac
-
- # Delete the old objects.
- $opt_dry_run || $RM $obj $libobj
-
- # Objects from convenience libraries. This assumes
- # single-version convenience libraries. Whenever we create
- # different ones for PIC/non-PIC, this we'll have to duplicate
- # the extraction.
- reload_conv_objs=
- gentop=
- # reload_cmds runs $LD directly, so let us get rid of
- # -Wl from whole_archive_flag_spec and hope we can get by with
- # turning comma into space..
- wl=
-
- if test -n "$convenience"; then
- if test -n "$whole_archive_flag_spec"; then
- eval tmp_whole_archive_flags=\"$whole_archive_flag_spec\"
- reload_conv_objs=$reload_objs\ `$ECHO "X$tmp_whole_archive_flags" | $Xsed -e 's|,| |g'`
- else
- gentop="$output_objdir/${obj}x"
- generated="$generated $gentop"
-
- func_extract_archives $gentop $convenience
- reload_conv_objs="$reload_objs $func_extract_archives_result"
- fi
- fi
-
- # Create the old-style object.
- reload_objs="$objs$old_deplibs "`$ECHO "X$libobjs" | $SP2NL | $Xsed -e '/\.'${libext}$'/d' -e '/\.lib$/d' -e "$lo2o" | $NL2SP`" $reload_conv_objs" ### testsuite: skip nested quoting test
-
- output="$obj"
- func_execute_cmds "$reload_cmds" 'exit $?'
-
- # Exit if we aren't doing a library object file.
- if test -z "$libobj"; then
- if test -n "$gentop"; then
- func_show_eval '${RM}r "$gentop"'
- fi
-
- exit $EXIT_SUCCESS
- fi
-
- if test "$build_libtool_libs" != yes; then
- if test -n "$gentop"; then
- func_show_eval '${RM}r "$gentop"'
- fi
-
- # Create an invalid libtool object if no PIC, so that we don't
- # accidentally link it into a program.
- # $show "echo timestamp > $libobj"
- # $opt_dry_run || eval "echo timestamp > $libobj" || exit $?
- exit $EXIT_SUCCESS
- fi
-
- if test -n "$pic_flag" || test "$pic_mode" != default; then
- # Only do commands if we really have different PIC objects.
- reload_objs="$libobjs $reload_conv_objs"
- output="$libobj"
- func_execute_cmds "$reload_cmds" 'exit $?'
- fi
-
- if test -n "$gentop"; then
- func_show_eval '${RM}r "$gentop"'
- fi
-
- exit $EXIT_SUCCESS
- ;;
-
- prog)
- case $host in
- *cygwin*) func_stripname '' '.exe' "$output"
- output=$func_stripname_result.exe;;
- esac
- test -n "$vinfo" && \
- func_warning "\`-version-info' is ignored for programs"
-
- test -n "$release" && \
- func_warning "\`-release' is ignored for programs"
-
- test "$preload" = yes \
- && test "$dlopen_support" = unknown \
- && test "$dlopen_self" = unknown \
- && test "$dlopen_self_static" = unknown && \
- func_warning "\`LT_INIT([dlopen])' not used. Assuming no dlopen support."
-
- case $host in
- *-*-rhapsody* | *-*-darwin1.[012])
- # On Rhapsody replace the C library is the System framework
- compile_deplibs=`$ECHO "X $compile_deplibs" | $Xsed -e 's/ -lc / System.ltframework /'`
- finalize_deplibs=`$ECHO "X $finalize_deplibs" | $Xsed -e 's/ -lc / System.ltframework /'`
- ;;
- esac
-
- case $host in
- *-*-darwin*)
- # Don't allow lazy linking, it breaks C++ global constructors
- # But is supposedly fixed on 10.4 or later (yay!).
- if test "$tagname" = CXX ; then
- case ${MACOSX_DEPLOYMENT_TARGET-10.0} in
- 10.[0123])
- compile_command="$compile_command ${wl}-bind_at_load"
- finalize_command="$finalize_command ${wl}-bind_at_load"
- ;;
- esac
- fi
- # Time to change all our "foo.ltframework" stuff back to "-framework foo"
- compile_deplibs=`$ECHO "X $compile_deplibs" | $Xsed -e 's% \([^ $]*\).ltframework% -framework \1%g'`
- finalize_deplibs=`$ECHO "X $finalize_deplibs" | $Xsed -e 's% \([^ $]*\).ltframework% -framework \1%g'`
- ;;
- esac
-
-
- # move library search paths that coincide with paths to not yet
- # installed libraries to the beginning of the library search list
- new_libs=
- for path in $notinst_path; do
- case " $new_libs " in
- *" -L$path/$objdir "*) ;;
- *)
- case " $compile_deplibs " in
- *" -L$path/$objdir "*)
- new_libs="$new_libs -L$path/$objdir" ;;
- esac
- ;;
- esac
- done
- for deplib in $compile_deplibs; do
- case $deplib in
- -L*)
- case " $new_libs " in
- *" $deplib "*) ;;
- *) new_libs="$new_libs $deplib" ;;
- esac
- ;;
- *) new_libs="$new_libs $deplib" ;;
- esac
- done
- compile_deplibs="$new_libs"
-
-
- compile_command="$compile_command $compile_deplibs"
- finalize_command="$finalize_command $finalize_deplibs"
-
- if test -n "$rpath$xrpath"; then
- # If the user specified any rpath flags, then add them.
- for libdir in $rpath $xrpath; do
- # This is the magic to use -rpath.
- case "$finalize_rpath " in
- *" $libdir "*) ;;
- *) finalize_rpath="$finalize_rpath $libdir" ;;
- esac
- done
- fi
-
- # Now hardcode the library paths
- rpath=
- hardcode_libdirs=
- for libdir in $compile_rpath $finalize_rpath; do
- if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec"; then
- if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_separator"; then
- if test -z "$hardcode_libdirs"; then
- hardcode_libdirs="$libdir"
- else
- # Just accumulate the unique libdirs.
- case $hardcode_libdir_separator$hardcode_libdirs$hardcode_libdir_separator in
- *"$hardcode_libdir_separator$libdir$hardcode_libdir_separator"*)
- ;;
- *)
- hardcode_libdirs="$hardcode_libdirs$hardcode_libdir_separator$libdir"
- ;;
- esac
- fi
- else
- eval flag=\"$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\"
- rpath="$rpath $flag"
- fi
- elif test -n "$runpath_var"; then
- case "$perm_rpath " in
- *" $libdir "*) ;;
- *) perm_rpath="$perm_rpath $libdir" ;;
- esac
- fi
- case $host in
- *-*-cygwin* | *-*-mingw* | *-*-pw32* | *-*-os2* | *-cegcc*)
- testbindir=`${ECHO} "$libdir" | ${SED} -e 's*/lib$*/bin*'`
- case :$dllsearchpath: in
- *":$libdir:"*) ;;
- ::) dllsearchpath=$libdir;;
- *) dllsearchpath="$dllsearchpath:$libdir";;
- esac
- case :$dllsearchpath: in
- *":$testbindir:"*) ;;
- ::) dllsearchpath=$testbindir;;
- *) dllsearchpath="$dllsearchpath:$testbindir";;
- esac
- ;;
- esac
- done
- # Substitute the hardcoded libdirs into the rpath.
- if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_separator" &&
- test -n "$hardcode_libdirs"; then
- libdir="$hardcode_libdirs"
- eval rpath=\" $hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\"
- fi
- compile_rpath="$rpath"
-
- rpath=
- hardcode_libdirs=
- for libdir in $finalize_rpath; do
- if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec"; then
- if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_separator"; then
- if test -z "$hardcode_libdirs"; then
- hardcode_libdirs="$libdir"
- else
- # Just accumulate the unique libdirs.
- case $hardcode_libdir_separator$hardcode_libdirs$hardcode_libdir_separator in
- *"$hardcode_libdir_separator$libdir$hardcode_libdir_separator"*)
- ;;
- *)
- hardcode_libdirs="$hardcode_libdirs$hardcode_libdir_separator$libdir"
- ;;
- esac
- fi
- else
- eval flag=\"$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\"
- rpath="$rpath $flag"
- fi
- elif test -n "$runpath_var"; then
- case "$finalize_perm_rpath " in
- *" $libdir "*) ;;
- *) finalize_perm_rpath="$finalize_perm_rpath $libdir" ;;
- esac
- fi
- done
- # Substitute the hardcoded libdirs into the rpath.
- if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_separator" &&
- test -n "$hardcode_libdirs"; then
- libdir="$hardcode_libdirs"
- eval rpath=\" $hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\"
- fi
- finalize_rpath="$rpath"
-
- if test -n "$libobjs" && test "$build_old_libs" = yes; then
- # Transform all the library objects into standard objects.
- compile_command=`$ECHO "X$compile_command" | $SP2NL | $Xsed -e "$lo2o" | $NL2SP`
- finalize_command=`$ECHO "X$finalize_command" | $SP2NL | $Xsed -e "$lo2o" | $NL2SP`
- fi
-
- func_generate_dlsyms "$outputname" "@PROGRAM@" "no"
-
- # template prelinking step
- if test -n "$prelink_cmds"; then
- func_execute_cmds "$prelink_cmds" 'exit $?'
- fi
-
- wrappers_required=yes
- case $host in
- *cygwin* | *mingw* )
- if test "$build_libtool_libs" != yes; then
- wrappers_required=no
- fi
- ;;
- *cegcc)
- # Disable wrappers for cegcc, we are cross compiling anyway.
- wrappers_required=no
- ;;
- *)
- if test "$need_relink" = no || test "$build_libtool_libs" != yes; then
- wrappers_required=no
- fi
- ;;
- esac
- if test "$wrappers_required" = no; then
- # Replace the output file specification.
- compile_command=`$ECHO "X$compile_command" | $Xsed -e 's%@OUTPUT@%'"$output"'%g'`
- link_command="$compile_command$compile_rpath"
-
- # We have no uninstalled library dependencies, so finalize right now.
- exit_status=0
- func_show_eval "$link_command" 'exit_status=$?'
-
- # Delete the generated files.
- if test -f "$output_objdir/${outputname}S.${objext}"; then
- func_show_eval '$RM "$output_objdir/${outputname}S.${objext}"'
- fi
-
- exit $exit_status
- fi
-
- if test -n "$compile_shlibpath$finalize_shlibpath"; then
- compile_command="$shlibpath_var=\"$compile_shlibpath$finalize_shlibpath\$$shlibpath_var\" $compile_command"
- fi
- if test -n "$finalize_shlibpath"; then
- finalize_command="$shlibpath_var=\"$finalize_shlibpath\$$shlibpath_var\" $finalize_command"
- fi
-
- compile_var=
- finalize_var=
- if test -n "$runpath_var"; then
- if test -n "$perm_rpath"; then
- # We should set the runpath_var.
- rpath=
- for dir in $perm_rpath; do
- rpath="$rpath$dir:"
- done
- compile_var="$runpath_var=\"$rpath\$$runpath_var\" "
- fi
- if test -n "$finalize_perm_rpath"; then
- # We should set the runpath_var.
- rpath=
- for dir in $finalize_perm_rpath; do
- rpath="$rpath$dir:"
- done
- finalize_var="$runpath_var=\"$rpath\$$runpath_var\" "
- fi
- fi
-
- if test "$no_install" = yes; then
- # We don't need to create a wrapper script.
- link_command="$compile_var$compile_command$compile_rpath"
- # Replace the output file specification.
- link_command=`$ECHO "X$link_command" | $Xsed -e 's%@OUTPUT@%'"$output"'%g'`
- # Delete the old output file.
- $opt_dry_run || $RM $output
- # Link the executable and exit
- func_show_eval "$link_command" 'exit $?'
- exit $EXIT_SUCCESS
- fi
-
- if test "$hardcode_action" = relink; then
- # Fast installation is not supported
- link_command="$compile_var$compile_command$compile_rpath"
- relink_command="$finalize_var$finalize_command$finalize_rpath"
-
- func_warning "this platform does not like uninstalled shared libraries"
- func_warning "\`$output' will be relinked during installation"
- else
- if test "$fast_install" != no; then
- link_command="$finalize_var$compile_command$finalize_rpath"
- if test "$fast_install" = yes; then
- relink_command=`$ECHO "X$compile_var$compile_command$compile_rpath" | $Xsed -e 's%@OUTPUT@%\$progdir/\$file%g'`
- else
- # fast_install is set to needless
- relink_command=
- fi
- else
- link_command="$compile_var$compile_command$compile_rpath"
- relink_command="$finalize_var$finalize_command$finalize_rpath"
- fi
- fi
-
- # Replace the output file specification.
- link_command=`$ECHO "X$link_command" | $Xsed -e 's%@OUTPUT@%'"$output_objdir/$outputname"'%g'`
-
- # Delete the old output files.
- $opt_dry_run || $RM $output $output_objdir/$outputname $output_objdir/lt-$outputname
-
- func_show_eval "$link_command" 'exit $?'
-
- # Now create the wrapper script.
- func_verbose "creating $output"
-
- # Quote the relink command for shipping.
- if test -n "$relink_command"; then
- # Preserve any variables that may affect compiler behavior
- for var in $variables_saved_for_relink; do
- if eval test -z \"\${$var+set}\"; then
- relink_command="{ test -z \"\${$var+set}\" || $lt_unset $var || { $var=; export $var; }; }; $relink_command"
- elif eval var_value=\$$var; test -z "$var_value"; then
- relink_command="$var=; export $var; $relink_command"
- else
- func_quote_for_eval "$var_value"
- relink_command="$var=$func_quote_for_eval_result; export $var; $relink_command"
- fi
- done
- relink_command="(cd `pwd`; $relink_command)"
- relink_command=`$ECHO "X$relink_command" | $Xsed -e "$sed_quote_subst"`
- fi
-
- # Quote $ECHO for shipping.
- if test "X$ECHO" = "X$SHELL $progpath --fallback-echo"; then
- case $progpath in
- [\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) qecho="$SHELL $progpath --fallback-echo";;
- *) qecho="$SHELL `pwd`/$progpath --fallback-echo";;
- esac
- qecho=`$ECHO "X$qecho" | $Xsed -e "$sed_quote_subst"`
- else
- qecho=`$ECHO "X$ECHO" | $Xsed -e "$sed_quote_subst"`
- fi
-
- # Only actually do things if not in dry run mode.
- $opt_dry_run || {
- # win32 will think the script is a binary if it has
- # a .exe suffix, so we strip it off here.
- case $output in
- *.exe) func_stripname '' '.exe' "$output"
- output=$func_stripname_result ;;
- esac
- # test for cygwin because mv fails w/o .exe extensions
- case $host in
- *cygwin*)
- exeext=.exe
- func_stripname '' '.exe' "$outputname"
- outputname=$func_stripname_result ;;
- *) exeext= ;;
- esac
- case $host in
- *cygwin* | *mingw* )
- func_dirname_and_basename "$output" "" "."
- output_name=$func_basename_result
- output_path=$func_dirname_result
- cwrappersource="$output_path/$objdir/lt-$output_name.c"
- cwrapper="$output_path/$output_name.exe"
- $RM $cwrappersource $cwrapper
- trap "$RM $cwrappersource $cwrapper; exit $EXIT_FAILURE" 1 2 15
-
- func_emit_cwrapperexe_src > $cwrappersource
-
- # The wrapper executable is built using the $host compiler,
- # because it contains $host paths and files. If cross-
- # compiling, it, like the target executable, must be
- # executed on the $host or under an emulation environment.
- $opt_dry_run || {
- $LTCC $LTCFLAGS -o $cwrapper $cwrappersource
- $STRIP $cwrapper
- }
-
- # Now, create the wrapper script for func_source use:
- func_ltwrapper_scriptname $cwrapper
- $RM $func_ltwrapper_scriptname_result
- trap "$RM $func_ltwrapper_scriptname_result; exit $EXIT_FAILURE" 1 2 15
- $opt_dry_run || {
- # note: this script will not be executed, so do not chmod.
- if test "x$build" = "x$host" ; then
- $cwrapper --lt-dump-script > $func_ltwrapper_scriptname_result
- else
- func_emit_wrapper no > $func_ltwrapper_scriptname_result
- fi
- }
- ;;
- * )
- $RM $output
- trap "$RM $output; exit $EXIT_FAILURE" 1 2 15
-
- func_emit_wrapper no > $output
- chmod +x $output
- ;;
- esac
- }
- exit $EXIT_SUCCESS
- ;;
- esac
-
- # See if we need to build an old-fashioned archive.
- for oldlib in $oldlibs; do
-
- if test "$build_libtool_libs" = convenience; then
- oldobjs="$libobjs_save $symfileobj"
- addlibs="$convenience"
- build_libtool_libs=no
- else
- if test "$build_libtool_libs" = module; then
- oldobjs="$libobjs_save"
- build_libtool_libs=no
- else
- oldobjs="$old_deplibs $non_pic_objects"
- if test "$preload" = yes && test -f "$symfileobj"; then
- oldobjs="$oldobjs $symfileobj"
- fi
- fi
- addlibs="$old_convenience"
- fi
-
- if test -n "$addlibs"; then
- gentop="$output_objdir/${outputname}x"
- generated="$generated $gentop"
-
- func_extract_archives $gentop $addlibs
- oldobjs="$oldobjs $func_extract_archives_result"
- fi
-
- # Do each command in the archive commands.
- if test -n "$old_archive_from_new_cmds" && test "$build_libtool_libs" = yes; then
- cmds=$old_archive_from_new_cmds
- else
-
- # Add any objects from preloaded convenience libraries
- if test -n "$dlprefiles"; then
- gentop="$output_objdir/${outputname}x"
- generated="$generated $gentop"
-
- func_extract_archives $gentop $dlprefiles
- oldobjs="$oldobjs $func_extract_archives_result"
- fi
-
- # POSIX demands no paths to be encoded in archives. We have
- # to avoid creating archives with duplicate basenames if we
- # might have to extract them afterwards, e.g., when creating a
- # static archive out of a convenience library, or when linking
- # the entirety of a libtool archive into another (currently
- # not supported by libtool).
- if (for obj in $oldobjs
- do
- func_basename "$obj"
- $ECHO "$func_basename_result"
- done | sort | sort -uc >/dev/null 2>&1); then
- :
- else
- $ECHO "copying selected object files to avoid basename conflicts..."
- gentop="$output_objdir/${outputname}x"
- generated="$generated $gentop"
- func_mkdir_p "$gentop"
- save_oldobjs=$oldobjs
- oldobjs=
- counter=1
- for obj in $save_oldobjs
- do
- func_basename "$obj"
- objbase="$func_basename_result"
- case " $oldobjs " in
- " ") oldobjs=$obj ;;
- *[\ /]"$objbase "*)
- while :; do
- # Make sure we don't pick an alternate name that also
- # overlaps.
- newobj=lt$counter-$objbase
- func_arith $counter + 1
- counter=$func_arith_result
- case " $oldobjs " in
- *[\ /]"$newobj "*) ;;
- *) if test ! -f "$gentop/$newobj"; then break; fi ;;
- esac
- done
- func_show_eval "ln $obj $gentop/$newobj || cp $obj $gentop/$newobj"
- oldobjs="$oldobjs $gentop/$newobj"
- ;;
- *) oldobjs="$oldobjs $obj" ;;
- esac
- done
- fi
- eval cmds=\"$old_archive_cmds\"
-
- func_len " $cmds"
- len=$func_len_result
- if test "$len" -lt "$max_cmd_len" || test "$max_cmd_len" -le -1; then
- cmds=$old_archive_cmds
- else
- # the command line is too long to link in one step, link in parts
- func_verbose "using piecewise archive linking..."
- save_RANLIB=$RANLIB
- RANLIB=:
- objlist=
- concat_cmds=
- save_oldobjs=$oldobjs
- oldobjs=
- # Is there a better way of finding the last object in the list?
- for obj in $save_oldobjs
- do
- last_oldobj=$obj
- done
- eval test_cmds=\"$old_archive_cmds\"
- func_len " $test_cmds"
- len0=$func_len_result
- len=$len0
- for obj in $save_oldobjs
- do
- func_len " $obj"
- func_arith $len + $func_len_result
- len=$func_arith_result
- func_append objlist " $obj"
- if test "$len" -lt "$max_cmd_len"; then
- :
- else
- # the above command should be used before it gets too long
- oldobjs=$objlist
- if test "$obj" = "$last_oldobj" ; then
- RANLIB=$save_RANLIB
- fi
- test -z "$concat_cmds" || concat_cmds=$concat_cmds~
- eval concat_cmds=\"\${concat_cmds}$old_archive_cmds\"
- objlist=
- len=$len0
- fi
- done
- RANLIB=$save_RANLIB
- oldobjs=$objlist
- if test "X$oldobjs" = "X" ; then
- eval cmds=\"\$concat_cmds\"
- else
- eval cmds=\"\$concat_cmds~\$old_archive_cmds\"
- fi
- fi
- fi
- func_execute_cmds "$cmds" 'exit $?'
- done
-
- test -n "$generated" && \
- func_show_eval "${RM}r$generated"
-
- # Now create the libtool archive.
- case $output in
- *.la)
- old_library=
- test "$build_old_libs" = yes && old_library="$libname.$libext"
- func_verbose "creating $output"
-
- # Preserve any variables that may affect compiler behavior
- for var in $variables_saved_for_relink; do
- if eval test -z \"\${$var+set}\"; then
- relink_command="{ test -z \"\${$var+set}\" || $lt_unset $var || { $var=; export $var; }; }; $relink_command"
- elif eval var_value=\$$var; test -z "$var_value"; then
- relink_command="$var=; export $var; $relink_command"
- else
- func_quote_for_eval "$var_value"
- relink_command="$var=$func_quote_for_eval_result; export $var; $relink_command"
- fi
- done
- # Quote the link command for shipping.
- relink_command="(cd `pwd`; $SHELL $progpath $preserve_args --mode=relink $libtool_args @inst_prefix_dir@)"
- relink_command=`$ECHO "X$relink_command" | $Xsed -e "$sed_quote_subst"`
- if test "$hardcode_automatic" = yes ; then
- relink_command=
- fi
-
- # Only create the output if not a dry run.
- $opt_dry_run || {
- for installed in no yes; do
- if test "$installed" = yes; then
- if test -z "$install_libdir"; then
- break
- fi
- output="$output_objdir/$outputname"i
- # Replace all uninstalled libtool libraries with the installed ones
- newdependency_libs=
- for deplib in $dependency_libs; do
- case $deplib in
- *.la)
- func_basename "$deplib"
- name="$func_basename_result"
- eval libdir=`${SED} -n -e 's/^libdir=\(.*\)$/\1/p' $deplib`
- test -z "$libdir" && \
- func_fatal_error "\`$deplib' is not a valid libtool archive"
- newdependency_libs="$newdependency_libs $libdir/$name"
- ;;
- *) newdependency_libs="$newdependency_libs $deplib" ;;
- esac
- done
- dependency_libs="$newdependency_libs"
- newdlfiles=
-
- for lib in $dlfiles; do
- case $lib in
- *.la)
- func_basename "$lib"
- name="$func_basename_result"
- eval libdir=`${SED} -n -e 's/^libdir=\(.*\)$/\1/p' $lib`
- test -z "$libdir" && \
- func_fatal_error "\`$lib' is not a valid libtool archive"
- newdlfiles="$newdlfiles $libdir/$name"
- ;;
- *) newdlfiles="$newdlfiles $lib" ;;
- esac
- done
- dlfiles="$newdlfiles"
- newdlprefiles=
- for lib in $dlprefiles; do
- case $lib in
- *.la)
- # Only pass preopened files to the pseudo-archive (for
- # eventual linking with the app. that links it) if we
- # didn't already link the preopened objects directly into
- # the library:
- func_basename "$lib"
- name="$func_basename_result"
- eval libdir=`${SED} -n -e 's/^libdir=\(.*\)$/\1/p' $lib`
- test -z "$libdir" && \
- func_fatal_error "\`$lib' is not a valid libtool archive"
- newdlprefiles="$newdlprefiles $libdir/$name"
- ;;
- esac
- done
- dlprefiles="$newdlprefiles"
- else
- newdlfiles=
- for lib in $dlfiles; do
- case $lib in
- [\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) abs="$lib" ;;
- *) abs=`pwd`"/$lib" ;;
- esac
- newdlfiles="$newdlfiles $abs"
- done
- dlfiles="$newdlfiles"
- newdlprefiles=
- for lib in $dlprefiles; do
- case $lib in
- [\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) abs="$lib" ;;
- *) abs=`pwd`"/$lib" ;;
- esac
- newdlprefiles="$newdlprefiles $abs"
- done
- dlprefiles="$newdlprefiles"
- fi
- $RM $output
- # place dlname in correct position for cygwin
- tdlname=$dlname
- case $host,$output,$installed,$module,$dlname in
- *cygwin*,*lai,yes,no,*.dll | *mingw*,*lai,yes,no,*.dll | *cegcc*,*lai,yes,no,*.dll) tdlname=../bin/$dlname ;;
- esac
- $ECHO > $output "\
-# $outputname - a libtool library file
-# Generated by $PROGRAM (GNU $PACKAGE$TIMESTAMP) $VERSION
-#
-# Please DO NOT delete this file!
-# It is necessary for linking the library.
-
-# The name that we can dlopen(3).
-dlname='$tdlname'
-
-# Names of this library.
-library_names='$library_names'
-
-# The name of the static archive.
-old_library='$old_library'
-
-# Linker flags that can not go in dependency_libs.
-inherited_linker_flags='$new_inherited_linker_flags'
-
-# Libraries that this one depends upon.
-dependency_libs='$dependency_libs'
-
-# Names of additional weak libraries provided by this library
-weak_library_names='$weak_libs'
-
-# Version information for $libname.
-current=$current
-age=$age
-revision=$revision
-
-# Is this an already installed library?
-installed=$installed
-
-# Should we warn about portability when linking against -modules?
-shouldnotlink=$module
-
-# Files to dlopen/dlpreopen
-dlopen='$dlfiles'
-dlpreopen='$dlprefiles'
-
-# Directory that this library needs to be installed in:
-libdir='$install_libdir'"
- if test "$installed" = no && test "$need_relink" = yes; then
- $ECHO >> $output "\
-relink_command=\"$relink_command\""
- fi
- done
- }
-
- # Do a symbolic link so that the libtool archive can be found in
- # LD_LIBRARY_PATH before the program is installed.
- func_show_eval '( cd "$output_objdir" && $RM "$outputname" && $LN_S "../$outputname" "$outputname" )' 'exit $?'
- ;;
- esac
- exit $EXIT_SUCCESS
-}
-
-{ test "$mode" = link || test "$mode" = relink; } &&
- func_mode_link ${1+"$@"}
-
-
-# func_mode_uninstall arg...
-func_mode_uninstall ()
-{
- $opt_debug
- RM="$nonopt"
- files=
- rmforce=
- exit_status=0
-
- # This variable tells wrapper scripts just to set variables rather
- # than running their programs.
- libtool_install_magic="$magic"
-
- for arg
- do
- case $arg in
- -f) RM="$RM $arg"; rmforce=yes ;;
- -*) RM="$RM $arg" ;;
- *) files="$files $arg" ;;
- esac
- done
-
- test -z "$RM" && \
- func_fatal_help "you must specify an RM program"
-
- rmdirs=
-
- origobjdir="$objdir"
- for file in $files; do
- func_dirname "$file" "" "."
- dir="$func_dirname_result"
- if test "X$dir" = X.; then
- objdir="$origobjdir"
- else
- objdir="$dir/$origobjdir"
- fi
- func_basename "$file"
- name="$func_basename_result"
- test "$mode" = uninstall && objdir="$dir"
-
- # Remember objdir for removal later, being careful to avoid duplicates
- if test "$mode" = clean; then
- case " $rmdirs " in
- *" $objdir "*) ;;
- *) rmdirs="$rmdirs $objdir" ;;
- esac
- fi
-
- # Don't error if the file doesn't exist and rm -f was used.
- if { test -L "$file"; } >/dev/null 2>&1 ||
- { test -h "$file"; } >/dev/null 2>&1 ||
- test -f "$file"; then
- :
- elif test -d "$file"; then
- exit_status=1
- continue
- elif test "$rmforce" = yes; then
- continue
- fi
-
- rmfiles="$file"
-
- case $name in
- *.la)
- # Possibly a libtool archive, so verify it.
- if func_lalib_p "$file"; then
- func_source $dir/$name
-
- # Delete the libtool libraries and symlinks.
- for n in $library_names; do
- rmfiles="$rmfiles $objdir/$n"
- done
- test -n "$old_library" && rmfiles="$rmfiles $objdir/$old_library"
-
- case "$mode" in
- clean)
- case " $library_names " in
- # " " in the beginning catches empty $dlname
- *" $dlname "*) ;;
- *) rmfiles="$rmfiles $objdir/$dlname" ;;
- esac
- test -n "$libdir" && rmfiles="$rmfiles $objdir/$name $objdir/${name}i"
- ;;
- uninstall)
- if test -n "$library_names"; then
- # Do each command in the postuninstall commands.
- func_execute_cmds "$postuninstall_cmds" 'test "$rmforce" = yes || exit_status=1'
- fi
-
- if test -n "$old_library"; then
- # Do each command in the old_postuninstall commands.
- func_execute_cmds "$old_postuninstall_cmds" 'test "$rmforce" = yes || exit_status=1'
- fi
- # FIXME: should reinstall the best remaining shared library.
- ;;
- esac
- fi
- ;;
-
- *.lo)
- # Possibly a libtool object, so verify it.
- if func_lalib_p "$file"; then
-
- # Read the .lo file
- func_source $dir/$name
-
- # Add PIC object to the list of files to remove.
- if test -n "$pic_object" &&
- test "$pic_object" != none; then
- rmfiles="$rmfiles $dir/$pic_object"
- fi
-
- # Add non-PIC object to the list of files to remove.
- if test -n "$non_pic_object" &&
- test "$non_pic_object" != none; then
- rmfiles="$rmfiles $dir/$non_pic_object"
- fi
- fi
- ;;
-
- *)
- if test "$mode" = clean ; then
- noexename=$name
- case $file in
- *.exe)
- func_stripname '' '.exe' "$file"
- file=$func_stripname_result
- func_stripname '' '.exe' "$name"
- noexename=$func_stripname_result
- # $file with .exe has already been added to rmfiles,
- # add $file without .exe
- rmfiles="$rmfiles $file"
- ;;
- esac
- # Do a test to see if this is a libtool program.
- if func_ltwrapper_p "$file"; then
- if func_ltwrapper_executable_p "$file"; then
- func_ltwrapper_scriptname "$file"
- relink_command=
- func_source $func_ltwrapper_scriptname_result
- rmfiles="$rmfiles $func_ltwrapper_scriptname_result"
- else
- relink_command=
- func_source $dir/$noexename
- fi
-
- # note $name still contains .exe if it was in $file originally
- # as does the version of $file that was added into $rmfiles
- rmfiles="$rmfiles $objdir/$name $objdir/${name}S.${objext}"
- if test "$fast_install" = yes && test -n "$relink_command"; then
- rmfiles="$rmfiles $objdir/lt-$name"
- fi
- if test "X$noexename" != "X$name" ; then
- rmfiles="$rmfiles $objdir/lt-${noexename}.c"
- fi
- fi
- fi
- ;;
- esac
- func_show_eval "$RM $rmfiles" 'exit_status=1'
- done
- objdir="$origobjdir"
-
- # Try to remove the ${objdir}s in the directories where we deleted files
- for dir in $rmdirs; do
- if test -d "$dir"; then
- func_show_eval "rmdir $dir >/dev/null 2>&1"
- fi
- done
-
- exit $exit_status
-}
-
-{ test "$mode" = uninstall || test "$mode" = clean; } &&
- func_mode_uninstall ${1+"$@"}
-
-test -z "$mode" && {
- help="$generic_help"
- func_fatal_help "you must specify a MODE"
-}
-
-test -z "$exec_cmd" && \
- func_fatal_help "invalid operation mode \`$mode'"
-
-if test -n "$exec_cmd"; then
- eval exec "$exec_cmd"
- exit $EXIT_FAILURE
-fi
-
-exit $exit_status
-
-
-# The TAGs below are defined such that we never get into a situation
-# in which we disable both kinds of libraries. Given conflicting
-# choices, we go for a static library, that is the most portable,
-# since we can't tell whether shared libraries were disabled because
-# the user asked for that or because the platform doesn't support
-# them. This is particularly important on AIX, because we don't
-# support having both static and shared libraries enabled at the same
-# time on that platform, so we default to a shared-only configuration.
-# If a disable-shared tag is given, we'll fallback to a static-only
-# configuration. But we'll never go from static-only to shared-only.
-
-# ### BEGIN LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: disable-shared
-build_libtool_libs=no
-build_old_libs=yes
-# ### END LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: disable-shared
-
-# ### BEGIN LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: disable-static
-build_old_libs=`case $build_libtool_libs in yes) echo no;; *) echo yes;; esac`
-# ### END LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: disable-static
-
-# Local Variables:
-# mode:shell-script
-# sh-indentation:2
-# End:
-# vi:sw=2
-
+++ /dev/null
-#!/bin/sh
-# Get modification time of a file or directory and pretty-print it.
-
-scriptversion=2005-06-29.22
-
-# Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997, 2003, 2004, 2005 Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc.
-# written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, June 1995
-#
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-# any later version.
-#
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
-# GNU General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
-# Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
-
-# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you
-# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a
-# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under
-# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program.
-
-# This file is maintained in Automake, please report
-# bugs to <bug-automake@gnu.org> or send patches to
-# <automake-patches@gnu.org>.
-
-case $1 in
- '')
- echo "$0: No file. Try \`$0 --help' for more information." 1>&2
- exit 1;
- ;;
- -h | --h*)
- cat <<\EOF
-Usage: mdate-sh [--help] [--version] FILE
-
-Pretty-print the modification time of FILE.
-
-Report bugs to <bug-automake@gnu.org>.
-EOF
- exit $?
- ;;
- -v | --v*)
- echo "mdate-sh $scriptversion"
- exit $?
- ;;
-esac
-
-# Prevent date giving response in another language.
-LANG=C
-export LANG
-LC_ALL=C
-export LC_ALL
-LC_TIME=C
-export LC_TIME
-
-# GNU ls changes its time format in response to the TIME_STYLE
-# variable. Since we cannot assume `unset' works, revert this
-# variable to its documented default.
-if test "${TIME_STYLE+set}" = set; then
- TIME_STYLE=posix-long-iso
- export TIME_STYLE
-fi
-
-save_arg1=$1
-
-# Find out how to get the extended ls output of a file or directory.
-if ls -L /dev/null 1>/dev/null 2>&1; then
- ls_command='ls -L -l -d'
-else
- ls_command='ls -l -d'
-fi
-
-# A `ls -l' line looks as follows on OS/2.
-# drwxrwx--- 0 Aug 11 2001 foo
-# This differs from Unix, which adds ownership information.
-# drwxrwx--- 2 root root 4096 Aug 11 2001 foo
-#
-# To find the date, we split the line on spaces and iterate on words
-# until we find a month. This cannot work with files whose owner is a
-# user named `Jan', or `Feb', etc. However, it's unlikely that `/'
-# will be owned by a user whose name is a month. So we first look at
-# the extended ls output of the root directory to decide how many
-# words should be skipped to get the date.
-
-# On HPUX /bin/sh, "set" interprets "-rw-r--r--" as options, so the "x" below.
-set x`ls -l -d /`
-
-# Find which argument is the month.
-month=
-command=
-until test $month
-do
- shift
- # Add another shift to the command.
- command="$command shift;"
- case $1 in
- Jan) month=January; nummonth=1;;
- Feb) month=February; nummonth=2;;
- Mar) month=March; nummonth=3;;
- Apr) month=April; nummonth=4;;
- May) month=May; nummonth=5;;
- Jun) month=June; nummonth=6;;
- Jul) month=July; nummonth=7;;
- Aug) month=August; nummonth=8;;
- Sep) month=September; nummonth=9;;
- Oct) month=October; nummonth=10;;
- Nov) month=November; nummonth=11;;
- Dec) month=December; nummonth=12;;
- esac
-done
-
-# Get the extended ls output of the file or directory.
-set dummy x`eval "$ls_command \"\$save_arg1\""`
-
-# Remove all preceding arguments
-eval $command
-
-# Because of the dummy argument above, month is in $2.
-#
-# On a POSIX system, we should have
-#
-# $# = 5
-# $1 = file size
-# $2 = month
-# $3 = day
-# $4 = year or time
-# $5 = filename
-#
-# On Darwin 7.7.0 and 7.6.0, we have
-#
-# $# = 4
-# $1 = day
-# $2 = month
-# $3 = year or time
-# $4 = filename
-
-# Get the month.
-case $2 in
- Jan) month=January; nummonth=1;;
- Feb) month=February; nummonth=2;;
- Mar) month=March; nummonth=3;;
- Apr) month=April; nummonth=4;;
- May) month=May; nummonth=5;;
- Jun) month=June; nummonth=6;;
- Jul) month=July; nummonth=7;;
- Aug) month=August; nummonth=8;;
- Sep) month=September; nummonth=9;;
- Oct) month=October; nummonth=10;;
- Nov) month=November; nummonth=11;;
- Dec) month=December; nummonth=12;;
-esac
-
-case $3 in
- ???*) day=$1;;
- *) day=$3; shift;;
-esac
-
-# Here we have to deal with the problem that the ls output gives either
-# the time of day or the year.
-case $3 in
- *:*) set `date`; eval year=\$$#
- case $2 in
- Jan) nummonthtod=1;;
- Feb) nummonthtod=2;;
- Mar) nummonthtod=3;;
- Apr) nummonthtod=4;;
- May) nummonthtod=5;;
- Jun) nummonthtod=6;;
- Jul) nummonthtod=7;;
- Aug) nummonthtod=8;;
- Sep) nummonthtod=9;;
- Oct) nummonthtod=10;;
- Nov) nummonthtod=11;;
- Dec) nummonthtod=12;;
- esac
- # For the first six month of the year the time notation can also
- # be used for files modified in the last year.
- if (expr $nummonth \> $nummonthtod) > /dev/null;
- then
- year=`expr $year - 1`
- fi;;
- *) year=$3;;
-esac
-
-# The result.
-echo $day $month $year
-
-# Local Variables:
-# mode: shell-script
-# sh-indentation: 2
-# eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
-# time-stamp-start: "scriptversion="
-# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H"
-# time-stamp-end: "$"
-# End:
+++ /dev/null
-#! /bin/sh
-# Common stub for a few missing GNU programs while installing.
-
-scriptversion=2005-06-08.21
-
-# Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 1999, 2000, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005
-# Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-# Originally by Fran,cois Pinard <pinard@iro.umontreal.ca>, 1996.
-
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-# any later version.
-
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
-# GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
-# 02110-1301, USA.
-
-# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you
-# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a
-# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under
-# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program.
-
-if test $# -eq 0; then
- echo 1>&2 "Try \`$0 --help' for more information"
- exit 1
-fi
-
-run=:
-
-# In the cases where this matters, `missing' is being run in the
-# srcdir already.
-if test -f configure.ac; then
- configure_ac=configure.ac
-else
- configure_ac=configure.in
-fi
-
-msg="missing on your system"
-
-case "$1" in
---run)
- # Try to run requested program, and just exit if it succeeds.
- run=
- shift
- "$@" && exit 0
- # Exit code 63 means version mismatch. This often happens
- # when the user try to use an ancient version of a tool on
- # a file that requires a minimum version. In this case we
- # we should proceed has if the program had been absent, or
- # if --run hadn't been passed.
- if test $? = 63; then
- run=:
- msg="probably too old"
- fi
- ;;
-
- -h|--h|--he|--hel|--help)
- echo "\
-$0 [OPTION]... PROGRAM [ARGUMENT]...
-
-Handle \`PROGRAM [ARGUMENT]...' for when PROGRAM is missing, or return an
-error status if there is no known handling for PROGRAM.
-
-Options:
- -h, --help display this help and exit
- -v, --version output version information and exit
- --run try to run the given command, and emulate it if it fails
-
-Supported PROGRAM values:
- aclocal touch file \`aclocal.m4'
- autoconf touch file \`configure'
- autoheader touch file \`config.h.in'
- automake touch all \`Makefile.in' files
- bison create \`y.tab.[ch]', if possible, from existing .[ch]
- flex create \`lex.yy.c', if possible, from existing .c
- help2man touch the output file
- lex create \`lex.yy.c', if possible, from existing .c
- makeinfo touch the output file
- tar try tar, gnutar, gtar, then tar without non-portable flags
- yacc create \`y.tab.[ch]', if possible, from existing .[ch]
-
-Send bug reports to <bug-automake@gnu.org>."
- exit $?
- ;;
-
- -v|--v|--ve|--ver|--vers|--versi|--versio|--version)
- echo "missing $scriptversion (GNU Automake)"
- exit $?
- ;;
-
- -*)
- echo 1>&2 "$0: Unknown \`$1' option"
- echo 1>&2 "Try \`$0 --help' for more information"
- exit 1
- ;;
-
-esac
-
-# Now exit if we have it, but it failed. Also exit now if we
-# don't have it and --version was passed (most likely to detect
-# the program).
-case "$1" in
- lex|yacc)
- # Not GNU programs, they don't have --version.
- ;;
-
- tar)
- if test -n "$run"; then
- echo 1>&2 "ERROR: \`tar' requires --run"
- exit 1
- elif test "x$2" = "x--version" || test "x$2" = "x--help"; then
- exit 1
- fi
- ;;
-
- *)
- if test -z "$run" && ($1 --version) > /dev/null 2>&1; then
- # We have it, but it failed.
- exit 1
- elif test "x$2" = "x--version" || test "x$2" = "x--help"; then
- # Could not run --version or --help. This is probably someone
- # running `$TOOL --version' or `$TOOL --help' to check whether
- # $TOOL exists and not knowing $TOOL uses missing.
- exit 1
- fi
- ;;
-esac
-
-# If it does not exist, or fails to run (possibly an outdated version),
-# try to emulate it.
-case "$1" in
- aclocal*)
- echo 1>&2 "\
-WARNING: \`$1' is $msg. You should only need it if
- you modified \`acinclude.m4' or \`${configure_ac}'. You might want
- to install the \`Automake' and \`Perl' packages. Grab them from
- any GNU archive site."
- touch aclocal.m4
- ;;
-
- autoconf)
- echo 1>&2 "\
-WARNING: \`$1' is $msg. You should only need it if
- you modified \`${configure_ac}'. You might want to install the
- \`Autoconf' and \`GNU m4' packages. Grab them from any GNU
- archive site."
- touch configure
- ;;
-
- autoheader)
- echo 1>&2 "\
-WARNING: \`$1' is $msg. You should only need it if
- you modified \`acconfig.h' or \`${configure_ac}'. You might want
- to install the \`Autoconf' and \`GNU m4' packages. Grab them
- from any GNU archive site."
- files=`sed -n 's/^[ ]*A[CM]_CONFIG_HEADER(\([^)]*\)).*/\1/p' ${configure_ac}`
- test -z "$files" && files="config.h"
- touch_files=
- for f in $files; do
- case "$f" in
- *:*) touch_files="$touch_files "`echo "$f" |
- sed -e 's/^[^:]*://' -e 's/:.*//'`;;
- *) touch_files="$touch_files $f.in";;
- esac
- done
- touch $touch_files
- ;;
-
- automake*)
- echo 1>&2 "\
-WARNING: \`$1' is $msg. You should only need it if
- you modified \`Makefile.am', \`acinclude.m4' or \`${configure_ac}'.
- You might want to install the \`Automake' and \`Perl' packages.
- Grab them from any GNU archive site."
- find . -type f -name Makefile.am -print |
- sed 's/\.am$/.in/' |
- while read f; do touch "$f"; done
- ;;
-
- autom4te)
- echo 1>&2 "\
-WARNING: \`$1' is needed, but is $msg.
- You might have modified some files without having the
- proper tools for further handling them.
- You can get \`$1' as part of \`Autoconf' from any GNU
- archive site."
-
- file=`echo "$*" | sed -n 's/.*--output[ =]*\([^ ]*\).*/\1/p'`
- test -z "$file" && file=`echo "$*" | sed -n 's/.*-o[ ]*\([^ ]*\).*/\1/p'`
- if test -f "$file"; then
- touch $file
- else
- test -z "$file" || exec >$file
- echo "#! /bin/sh"
- echo "# Created by GNU Automake missing as a replacement of"
- echo "# $ $@"
- echo "exit 0"
- chmod +x $file
- exit 1
- fi
- ;;
-
- bison|yacc)
- echo 1>&2 "\
-WARNING: \`$1' $msg. You should only need it if
- you modified a \`.y' file. You may need the \`Bison' package
- in order for those modifications to take effect. You can get
- \`Bison' from any GNU archive site."
- rm -f y.tab.c y.tab.h
- if [ $# -ne 1 ]; then
- eval LASTARG="\${$#}"
- case "$LASTARG" in
- *.y)
- SRCFILE=`echo "$LASTARG" | sed 's/y$/c/'`
- if [ -f "$SRCFILE" ]; then
- cp "$SRCFILE" y.tab.c
- fi
- SRCFILE=`echo "$LASTARG" | sed 's/y$/h/'`
- if [ -f "$SRCFILE" ]; then
- cp "$SRCFILE" y.tab.h
- fi
- ;;
- esac
- fi
- if [ ! -f y.tab.h ]; then
- echo >y.tab.h
- fi
- if [ ! -f y.tab.c ]; then
- echo 'main() { return 0; }' >y.tab.c
- fi
- ;;
-
- lex|flex)
- echo 1>&2 "\
-WARNING: \`$1' is $msg. You should only need it if
- you modified a \`.l' file. You may need the \`Flex' package
- in order for those modifications to take effect. You can get
- \`Flex' from any GNU archive site."
- rm -f lex.yy.c
- if [ $# -ne 1 ]; then
- eval LASTARG="\${$#}"
- case "$LASTARG" in
- *.l)
- SRCFILE=`echo "$LASTARG" | sed 's/l$/c/'`
- if [ -f "$SRCFILE" ]; then
- cp "$SRCFILE" lex.yy.c
- fi
- ;;
- esac
- fi
- if [ ! -f lex.yy.c ]; then
- echo 'main() { return 0; }' >lex.yy.c
- fi
- ;;
-
- help2man)
- echo 1>&2 "\
-WARNING: \`$1' is $msg. You should only need it if
- you modified a dependency of a manual page. You may need the
- \`Help2man' package in order for those modifications to take
- effect. You can get \`Help2man' from any GNU archive site."
-
- file=`echo "$*" | sed -n 's/.*-o \([^ ]*\).*/\1/p'`
- if test -z "$file"; then
- file=`echo "$*" | sed -n 's/.*--output=\([^ ]*\).*/\1/p'`
- fi
- if [ -f "$file" ]; then
- touch $file
- else
- test -z "$file" || exec >$file
- echo ".ab help2man is required to generate this page"
- exit 1
- fi
- ;;
-
- makeinfo)
- echo 1>&2 "\
-WARNING: \`$1' is $msg. You should only need it if
- you modified a \`.texi' or \`.texinfo' file, or any other file
- indirectly affecting the aspect of the manual. The spurious
- call might also be the consequence of using a buggy \`make' (AIX,
- DU, IRIX). You might want to install the \`Texinfo' package or
- the \`GNU make' package. Grab either from any GNU archive site."
- # The file to touch is that specified with -o ...
- file=`echo "$*" | sed -n 's/.*-o \([^ ]*\).*/\1/p'`
- if test -z "$file"; then
- # ... or it is the one specified with @setfilename ...
- infile=`echo "$*" | sed 's/.* \([^ ]*\) *$/\1/'`
- file=`sed -n '/^@setfilename/ { s/.* \([^ ]*\) *$/\1/; p; q; }' $infile`
- # ... or it is derived from the source name (dir/f.texi becomes f.info)
- test -z "$file" && file=`echo "$infile" | sed 's,.*/,,;s,.[^.]*$,,'`.info
- fi
- # If the file does not exist, the user really needs makeinfo;
- # let's fail without touching anything.
- test -f $file || exit 1
- touch $file
- ;;
-
- tar)
- shift
-
- # We have already tried tar in the generic part.
- # Look for gnutar/gtar before invocation to avoid ugly error
- # messages.
- if (gnutar --version > /dev/null 2>&1); then
- gnutar "$@" && exit 0
- fi
- if (gtar --version > /dev/null 2>&1); then
- gtar "$@" && exit 0
- fi
- firstarg="$1"
- if shift; then
- case "$firstarg" in
- *o*)
- firstarg=`echo "$firstarg" | sed s/o//`
- tar "$firstarg" "$@" && exit 0
- ;;
- esac
- case "$firstarg" in
- *h*)
- firstarg=`echo "$firstarg" | sed s/h//`
- tar "$firstarg" "$@" && exit 0
- ;;
- esac
- fi
-
- echo 1>&2 "\
-WARNING: I can't seem to be able to run \`tar' with the given arguments.
- You may want to install GNU tar or Free paxutils, or check the
- command line arguments."
- exit 1
- ;;
-
- *)
- echo 1>&2 "\
-WARNING: \`$1' is needed, and is $msg.
- You might have modified some files without having the
- proper tools for further handling them. Check the \`README' file,
- it often tells you about the needed prerequisites for installing
- this package. You may also peek at any GNU archive site, in case
- some other package would contain this missing \`$1' program."
- exit 1
- ;;
-esac
-
-exit 0
-
-# Local variables:
-# eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
-# time-stamp-start: "scriptversion="
-# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H"
-# time-stamp-end: "$"
-# End:
+++ /dev/null
-#!/bin/sh
-
-# ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
-# Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
-#
-# The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
-# 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
-# the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
-# http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
-#
-# Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
-# WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
-# for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
-# License.
-#
-# The Original Code is the MSVC wrappificator.
-#
-# The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
-# Timothy Wall <twalljava@dev.java.net>.
-# Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 2009
-# the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
-#
-# Contributor(s):
-# Daniel Witte <dwitte@mozilla.com>
-#
-# Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
-# either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
-# the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
-# in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
-# of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
-# under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
-# use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
-# decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
-# and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
-# the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
-# the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
-#
-# ***** END LICENSE BLOCK *****
-
-#
-# GCC-compatible wrapper for cl.exe and ml.exe. Arguments are given in GCC
-# format and translated into something sensible for cl or ml.
-#
-
-args="-nologo -W3"
-md=-MD
-cl="cl"
-ml="ml"
-safeseh="-safeseh"
-output=
-
-while [ $# -gt 0 ]
-do
- case $1
- in
- -fexceptions)
- # Don't enable exceptions for now.
- #args="$args -EHac"
- shift 1
- ;;
- -m32)
- shift 1
- ;;
- -m64)
- cl="cl" # "$MSVC/x86_amd64/cl"
- ml="ml64" # "$MSVC/x86_amd64/ml64"
- safeseh=
- shift 1
- ;;
- -O0)
- args="$args -Od"
- shift 1
- ;;
- -O*)
- # If we're optimizing, make sure we explicitly turn on some optimizations
- # that are implicitly disabled by debug symbols (-Zi).
- args="$args $1 -OPT:REF -OPT:ICF -INCREMENTAL:NO"
- shift 1
- ;;
- -g)
- # Enable debug symbol generation.
- args="$args -Zi -DEBUG"
- shift 1
- ;;
- -DFFI_DEBUG)
- # Link against debug CRT and enable runtime error checks.
- args="$args -RTC1"
- defines="$defines $1"
- md=-MDd
- shift 1
- ;;
- -c)
- args="$args -c"
- args="$(echo $args | sed 's%/Fe%/Fo%g')"
- single="-c"
- shift 1
- ;;
- -D*=*)
- name="$(echo $1|sed 's/-D\([^=][^=]*\)=.*/\1/g')"
- value="$(echo $1|sed 's/-D[^=][^=]*=//g')"
- args="$args -D${name}='$value'"
- defines="$defines -D${name}='$value'"
- shift 1
- ;;
- -D*)
- args="$args $1"
- defines="$defines $1"
- shift 1
- ;;
- -I)
- args="$args -I$2"
- includes="$includes -I$2"
- shift 2
- ;;
- -I*)
- args="$args $1"
- includes="$includes $1"
- shift 1
- ;;
- -W|-Wextra)
- # TODO map extra warnings
- shift 1
- ;;
- -Wall)
- # -Wall on MSVC is overzealous, and we already build with -W3. Nothing
- # to do here.
- shift 1
- ;;
- -Werror)
- args="$args -WX"
- shift 1
- ;;
- -W*)
- # TODO map specific warnings
- shift 1
- ;;
- -S)
- args="$args -FAs"
- shift 1
- ;;
- -o)
- outdir="$(dirname $2)"
- base="$(basename $2|sed 's/\.[^.]*//g')"
- if [ -n "$single" ]; then
- output="-Fo$2"
- else
- output="-Fe$2"
- fi
- if [ -n "$assembly" ]; then
- args="$args $output"
- else
- args="$args $output -Fd$outdir/$base -Fp$outdir/$base -Fa$outdir/$base"
- fi
- shift 2
- ;;
- *.S)
- src=$1
- assembly="true"
- shift 1
- ;;
- *.c)
- args="$args $1"
- shift 1
- ;;
- *)
- # Assume it's an MSVC argument, and pass it through.
- args="$args $1"
- shift 1
- ;;
- esac
-done
-
-if [ -n "$assembly" ]; then
- if [ -z "$outdir" ]; then
- outdir="."
- fi
- ppsrc="$outdir/$(basename $src|sed 's/.S$/.asm/g')"
- echo "$cl -nologo -EP $includes $defines $src > $ppsrc"
- "$cl" -nologo -EP $includes $defines $src > $ppsrc || exit $?
- output="$(echo $output | sed 's%/F[dpa][^ ]*%%g')"
- args="-nologo $safeseh $single $output $ppsrc"
-
- echo "$ml $args"
- eval "\"$ml\" $args"
- result=$?
-
- # required to fix ml64 broken output?
- #mv *.obj $outdir
-else
- args="$md $args"
- echo "$cl $args"
- eval "\"$cl\" $args"
- result=$?
-fi
-
-exit $result
-
+++ /dev/null
-/* -----------------------------------------------------------------*-C-*-
- ffitarget.h - Copyright (c) 1996-2003 Red Hat, Inc.
- Copyright (c) 2010 CodeSourcery
-
- Target configuration macros for ARM.
-
- Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
- a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
- ``Software''), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
- without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
- distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
- permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
- the following conditions:
-
- The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included
- in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
-
- THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED ``AS IS'', WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
- EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
- MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
- NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT
- HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
- WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
- OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
- DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
-
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------- */
-
-#ifndef LIBFFI_TARGET_H
-#define LIBFFI_TARGET_H
-
-#ifndef LIBFFI_ASM
-typedef unsigned long ffi_arg;
-typedef signed long ffi_sarg;
-
-typedef enum ffi_abi {
- FFI_FIRST_ABI = 0,
- FFI_SYSV,
- FFI_VFP,
- FFI_LAST_ABI,
-#ifdef __ARM_PCS_VFP
- FFI_DEFAULT_ABI = FFI_VFP,
-#else
- FFI_DEFAULT_ABI = FFI_SYSV,
-#endif
-} ffi_abi;
-#endif
-
-#define FFI_EXTRA_CIF_FIELDS \
- int vfp_used; \
- short vfp_reg_free, vfp_nargs; \
- signed char vfp_args[16] \
-
-/* Internally used. */
-#define FFI_TYPE_STRUCT_VFP_FLOAT (FFI_TYPE_LAST + 1)
-#define FFI_TYPE_STRUCT_VFP_DOUBLE (FFI_TYPE_LAST + 2)
-
-/* ---- Definitions for closures ----------------------------------------- */
-
-#define FFI_CLOSURES 1
-#define FFI_TRAMPOLINE_SIZE 20
-#define FFI_NATIVE_RAW_API 0
-
-#endif
-
+++ /dev/null
-/* -----------------------------------------------------------------------
- debug.c - Copyright (c) 1996 Red Hat, Inc.
-
- Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
- a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
- ``Software''), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
- without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
- distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
- permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
- the following conditions:
-
- The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included
- in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
-
- THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED ``AS IS'', WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
- EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
- MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
- NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT
- HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
- WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
- OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
- DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------- */
-
-#include <ffi.h>
-#include <ffi_common.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-
-/* General debugging routines */
-
-void ffi_stop_here(void)
-{
- /* This function is only useful for debugging purposes.
- Place a breakpoint on ffi_stop_here to be notified of
- significant events. */
-}
-
-/* This function should only be called via the FFI_ASSERT() macro */
-
-void ffi_assert(char *expr, char *file, int line)
-{
- fprintf(stderr, "ASSERTION FAILURE: %s at %s:%d\n", expr, file, line);
- ffi_stop_here();
- abort();
-}
-
-/* Perform a sanity check on an ffi_type structure */
-
-void ffi_type_test(ffi_type *a, char *file, int line)
-{
- FFI_ASSERT_AT(a != NULL, file, line);
-
- FFI_ASSERT_AT(a->type <= FFI_TYPE_LAST, file, line);
- FFI_ASSERT_AT(a->type == FFI_TYPE_VOID || a->size > 0, file, line);
- FFI_ASSERT_AT(a->type == FFI_TYPE_VOID || a->alignment > 0, file, line);
- FFI_ASSERT_AT(a->type != FFI_TYPE_STRUCT || a->elements != NULL, file, line);
-
-}
+++ /dev/null
-/*
- This is a version (aka dlmalloc) of malloc/free/realloc written by
- Doug Lea and released to the public domain, as explained at
- http://creativecommons.org/licenses/publicdomain. Send questions,
- comments, complaints, performance data, etc to dl@cs.oswego.edu
-
-* Version 2.8.3 Thu Sep 22 11:16:15 2005 Doug Lea (dl at gee)
-
- Note: There may be an updated version of this malloc obtainable at
- ftp://gee.cs.oswego.edu/pub/misc/malloc.c
- Check before installing!
-
-* Quickstart
-
- This library is all in one file to simplify the most common usage:
- ftp it, compile it (-O3), and link it into another program. All of
- the compile-time options default to reasonable values for use on
- most platforms. You might later want to step through various
- compile-time and dynamic tuning options.
-
- For convenience, an include file for code using this malloc is at:
- ftp://gee.cs.oswego.edu/pub/misc/malloc-2.8.3.h
- You don't really need this .h file unless you call functions not
- defined in your system include files. The .h file contains only the
- excerpts from this file needed for using this malloc on ANSI C/C++
- systems, so long as you haven't changed compile-time options about
- naming and tuning parameters. If you do, then you can create your
- own malloc.h that does include all settings by cutting at the point
- indicated below. Note that you may already by default be using a C
- library containing a malloc that is based on some version of this
- malloc (for example in linux). You might still want to use the one
- in this file to customize settings or to avoid overheads associated
- with library versions.
-
-* Vital statistics:
-
- Supported pointer/size_t representation: 4 or 8 bytes
- size_t MUST be an unsigned type of the same width as
- pointers. (If you are using an ancient system that declares
- size_t as a signed type, or need it to be a different width
- than pointers, you can use a previous release of this malloc
- (e.g. 2.7.2) supporting these.)
-
- Alignment: 8 bytes (default)
- This suffices for nearly all current machines and C compilers.
- However, you can define MALLOC_ALIGNMENT to be wider than this
- if necessary (up to 128bytes), at the expense of using more space.
-
- Minimum overhead per allocated chunk: 4 or 8 bytes (if 4byte sizes)
- 8 or 16 bytes (if 8byte sizes)
- Each malloced chunk has a hidden word of overhead holding size
- and status information, and additional cross-check word
- if FOOTERS is defined.
-
- Minimum allocated size: 4-byte ptrs: 16 bytes (including overhead)
- 8-byte ptrs: 32 bytes (including overhead)
-
- Even a request for zero bytes (i.e., malloc(0)) returns a
- pointer to something of the minimum allocatable size.
- The maximum overhead wastage (i.e., number of extra bytes
- allocated than were requested in malloc) is less than or equal
- to the minimum size, except for requests >= mmap_threshold that
- are serviced via mmap(), where the worst case wastage is about
- 32 bytes plus the remainder from a system page (the minimal
- mmap unit); typically 4096 or 8192 bytes.
-
- Security: static-safe; optionally more or less
- The "security" of malloc refers to the ability of malicious
- code to accentuate the effects of errors (for example, freeing
- space that is not currently malloc'ed or overwriting past the
- ends of chunks) in code that calls malloc. This malloc
- guarantees not to modify any memory locations below the base of
- heap, i.e., static variables, even in the presence of usage
- errors. The routines additionally detect most improper frees
- and reallocs. All this holds as long as the static bookkeeping
- for malloc itself is not corrupted by some other means. This
- is only one aspect of security -- these checks do not, and
- cannot, detect all possible programming errors.
-
- If FOOTERS is defined nonzero, then each allocated chunk
- carries an additional check word to verify that it was malloced
- from its space. These check words are the same within each
- execution of a program using malloc, but differ across
- executions, so externally crafted fake chunks cannot be
- freed. This improves security by rejecting frees/reallocs that
- could corrupt heap memory, in addition to the checks preventing
- writes to statics that are always on. This may further improve
- security at the expense of time and space overhead. (Note that
- FOOTERS may also be worth using with MSPACES.)
-
- By default detected errors cause the program to abort (calling
- "abort()"). You can override this to instead proceed past
- errors by defining PROCEED_ON_ERROR. In this case, a bad free
- has no effect, and a malloc that encounters a bad address
- caused by user overwrites will ignore the bad address by
- dropping pointers and indices to all known memory. This may
- be appropriate for programs that should continue if at all
- possible in the face of programming errors, although they may
- run out of memory because dropped memory is never reclaimed.
-
- If you don't like either of these options, you can define
- CORRUPTION_ERROR_ACTION and USAGE_ERROR_ACTION to do anything
- else. And if if you are sure that your program using malloc has
- no errors or vulnerabilities, you can define INSECURE to 1,
- which might (or might not) provide a small performance improvement.
-
- Thread-safety: NOT thread-safe unless USE_LOCKS defined
- When USE_LOCKS is defined, each public call to malloc, free,
- etc is surrounded with either a pthread mutex or a win32
- spinlock (depending on WIN32). This is not especially fast, and
- can be a major bottleneck. It is designed only to provide
- minimal protection in concurrent environments, and to provide a
- basis for extensions. If you are using malloc in a concurrent
- program, consider instead using ptmalloc, which is derived from
- a version of this malloc. (See http://www.malloc.de).
-
- System requirements: Any combination of MORECORE and/or MMAP/MUNMAP
- This malloc can use unix sbrk or any emulation (invoked using
- the CALL_MORECORE macro) and/or mmap/munmap or any emulation
- (invoked using CALL_MMAP/CALL_MUNMAP) to get and release system
- memory. On most unix systems, it tends to work best if both
- MORECORE and MMAP are enabled. On Win32, it uses emulations
- based on VirtualAlloc. It also uses common C library functions
- like memset.
-
- Compliance: I believe it is compliant with the Single Unix Specification
- (See http://www.unix.org). Also SVID/XPG, ANSI C, and probably
- others as well.
-
-* Overview of algorithms
-
- This is not the fastest, most space-conserving, most portable, or
- most tunable malloc ever written. However it is among the fastest
- while also being among the most space-conserving, portable and
- tunable. Consistent balance across these factors results in a good
- general-purpose allocator for malloc-intensive programs.
-
- In most ways, this malloc is a best-fit allocator. Generally, it
- chooses the best-fitting existing chunk for a request, with ties
- broken in approximately least-recently-used order. (This strategy
- normally maintains low fragmentation.) However, for requests less
- than 256bytes, it deviates from best-fit when there is not an
- exactly fitting available chunk by preferring to use space adjacent
- to that used for the previous small request, as well as by breaking
- ties in approximately most-recently-used order. (These enhance
- locality of series of small allocations.) And for very large requests
- (>= 256Kb by default), it relies on system memory mapping
- facilities, if supported. (This helps avoid carrying around and
- possibly fragmenting memory used only for large chunks.)
-
- All operations (except malloc_stats and mallinfo) have execution
- times that are bounded by a constant factor of the number of bits in
- a size_t, not counting any clearing in calloc or copying in realloc,
- or actions surrounding MORECORE and MMAP that have times
- proportional to the number of non-contiguous regions returned by
- system allocation routines, which is often just 1.
-
- The implementation is not very modular and seriously overuses
- macros. Perhaps someday all C compilers will do as good a job
- inlining modular code as can now be done by brute-force expansion,
- but now, enough of them seem not to.
-
- Some compilers issue a lot of warnings about code that is
- dead/unreachable only on some platforms, and also about intentional
- uses of negation on unsigned types. All known cases of each can be
- ignored.
-
- For a longer but out of date high-level description, see
- http://gee.cs.oswego.edu/dl/html/malloc.html
-
-* MSPACES
- If MSPACES is defined, then in addition to malloc, free, etc.,
- this file also defines mspace_malloc, mspace_free, etc. These
- are versions of malloc routines that take an "mspace" argument
- obtained using create_mspace, to control all internal bookkeeping.
- If ONLY_MSPACES is defined, only these versions are compiled.
- So if you would like to use this allocator for only some allocations,
- and your system malloc for others, you can compile with
- ONLY_MSPACES and then do something like...
- static mspace mymspace = create_mspace(0,0); // for example
- #define mymalloc(bytes) mspace_malloc(mymspace, bytes)
-
- (Note: If you only need one instance of an mspace, you can instead
- use "USE_DL_PREFIX" to relabel the global malloc.)
-
- You can similarly create thread-local allocators by storing
- mspaces as thread-locals. For example:
- static __thread mspace tlms = 0;
- void* tlmalloc(size_t bytes) {
- if (tlms == 0) tlms = create_mspace(0, 0);
- return mspace_malloc(tlms, bytes);
- }
- void tlfree(void* mem) { mspace_free(tlms, mem); }
-
- Unless FOOTERS is defined, each mspace is completely independent.
- You cannot allocate from one and free to another (although
- conformance is only weakly checked, so usage errors are not always
- caught). If FOOTERS is defined, then each chunk carries around a tag
- indicating its originating mspace, and frees are directed to their
- originating spaces.
-
- ------------------------- Compile-time options ---------------------------
-
-Be careful in setting #define values for numerical constants of type
-size_t. On some systems, literal values are not automatically extended
-to size_t precision unless they are explicitly casted.
-
-WIN32 default: defined if _WIN32 defined
- Defining WIN32 sets up defaults for MS environment and compilers.
- Otherwise defaults are for unix.
-
-MALLOC_ALIGNMENT default: (size_t)8
- Controls the minimum alignment for malloc'ed chunks. It must be a
- power of two and at least 8, even on machines for which smaller
- alignments would suffice. It may be defined as larger than this
- though. Note however that code and data structures are optimized for
- the case of 8-byte alignment.
-
-MSPACES default: 0 (false)
- If true, compile in support for independent allocation spaces.
- This is only supported if HAVE_MMAP is true.
-
-ONLY_MSPACES default: 0 (false)
- If true, only compile in mspace versions, not regular versions.
-
-USE_LOCKS default: 0 (false)
- Causes each call to each public routine to be surrounded with
- pthread or WIN32 mutex lock/unlock. (If set true, this can be
- overridden on a per-mspace basis for mspace versions.)
-
-FOOTERS default: 0
- If true, provide extra checking and dispatching by placing
- information in the footers of allocated chunks. This adds
- space and time overhead.
-
-INSECURE default: 0
- If true, omit checks for usage errors and heap space overwrites.
-
-USE_DL_PREFIX default: NOT defined
- Causes compiler to prefix all public routines with the string 'dl'.
- This can be useful when you only want to use this malloc in one part
- of a program, using your regular system malloc elsewhere.
-
-ABORT default: defined as abort()
- Defines how to abort on failed checks. On most systems, a failed
- check cannot die with an "assert" or even print an informative
- message, because the underlying print routines in turn call malloc,
- which will fail again. Generally, the best policy is to simply call
- abort(). It's not very useful to do more than this because many
- errors due to overwriting will show up as address faults (null, odd
- addresses etc) rather than malloc-triggered checks, so will also
- abort. Also, most compilers know that abort() does not return, so
- can better optimize code conditionally calling it.
-
-PROCEED_ON_ERROR default: defined as 0 (false)
- Controls whether detected bad addresses cause them to bypassed
- rather than aborting. If set, detected bad arguments to free and
- realloc are ignored. And all bookkeeping information is zeroed out
- upon a detected overwrite of freed heap space, thus losing the
- ability to ever return it from malloc again, but enabling the
- application to proceed. If PROCEED_ON_ERROR is defined, the
- static variable malloc_corruption_error_count is compiled in
- and can be examined to see if errors have occurred. This option
- generates slower code than the default abort policy.
-
-DEBUG default: NOT defined
- The DEBUG setting is mainly intended for people trying to modify
- this code or diagnose problems when porting to new platforms.
- However, it may also be able to better isolate user errors than just
- using runtime checks. The assertions in the check routines spell
- out in more detail the assumptions and invariants underlying the
- algorithms. The checking is fairly extensive, and will slow down
- execution noticeably. Calling malloc_stats or mallinfo with DEBUG
- set will attempt to check every non-mmapped allocated and free chunk
- in the course of computing the summaries.
-
-ABORT_ON_ASSERT_FAILURE default: defined as 1 (true)
- Debugging assertion failures can be nearly impossible if your
- version of the assert macro causes malloc to be called, which will
- lead to a cascade of further failures, blowing the runtime stack.
- ABORT_ON_ASSERT_FAILURE cause assertions failures to call abort(),
- which will usually make debugging easier.
-
-MALLOC_FAILURE_ACTION default: sets errno to ENOMEM, or no-op on win32
- The action to take before "return 0" when malloc fails to be able to
- return memory because there is none available.
-
-HAVE_MORECORE default: 1 (true) unless win32 or ONLY_MSPACES
- True if this system supports sbrk or an emulation of it.
-
-MORECORE default: sbrk
- The name of the sbrk-style system routine to call to obtain more
- memory. See below for guidance on writing custom MORECORE
- functions. The type of the argument to sbrk/MORECORE varies across
- systems. It cannot be size_t, because it supports negative
- arguments, so it is normally the signed type of the same width as
- size_t (sometimes declared as "intptr_t"). It doesn't much matter
- though. Internally, we only call it with arguments less than half
- the max value of a size_t, which should work across all reasonable
- possibilities, although sometimes generating compiler warnings. See
- near the end of this file for guidelines for creating a custom
- version of MORECORE.
-
-MORECORE_CONTIGUOUS default: 1 (true)
- If true, take advantage of fact that consecutive calls to MORECORE
- with positive arguments always return contiguous increasing
- addresses. This is true of unix sbrk. It does not hurt too much to
- set it true anyway, since malloc copes with non-contiguities.
- Setting it false when definitely non-contiguous saves time
- and possibly wasted space it would take to discover this though.
-
-MORECORE_CANNOT_TRIM default: NOT defined
- True if MORECORE cannot release space back to the system when given
- negative arguments. This is generally necessary only if you are
- using a hand-crafted MORECORE function that cannot handle negative
- arguments.
-
-HAVE_MMAP default: 1 (true)
- True if this system supports mmap or an emulation of it. If so, and
- HAVE_MORECORE is not true, MMAP is used for all system
- allocation. If set and HAVE_MORECORE is true as well, MMAP is
- primarily used to directly allocate very large blocks. It is also
- used as a backup strategy in cases where MORECORE fails to provide
- space from system. Note: A single call to MUNMAP is assumed to be
- able to unmap memory that may have be allocated using multiple calls
- to MMAP, so long as they are adjacent.
-
-HAVE_MREMAP default: 1 on linux, else 0
- If true realloc() uses mremap() to re-allocate large blocks and
- extend or shrink allocation spaces.
-
-MMAP_CLEARS default: 1 on unix
- True if mmap clears memory so calloc doesn't need to. This is true
- for standard unix mmap using /dev/zero.
-
-USE_BUILTIN_FFS default: 0 (i.e., not used)
- Causes malloc to use the builtin ffs() function to compute indices.
- Some compilers may recognize and intrinsify ffs to be faster than the
- supplied C version. Also, the case of x86 using gcc is special-cased
- to an asm instruction, so is already as fast as it can be, and so
- this setting has no effect. (On most x86s, the asm version is only
- slightly faster than the C version.)
-
-malloc_getpagesize default: derive from system includes, or 4096.
- The system page size. To the extent possible, this malloc manages
- memory from the system in page-size units. This may be (and
- usually is) a function rather than a constant. This is ignored
- if WIN32, where page size is determined using getSystemInfo during
- initialization.
-
-USE_DEV_RANDOM default: 0 (i.e., not used)
- Causes malloc to use /dev/random to initialize secure magic seed for
- stamping footers. Otherwise, the current time is used.
-
-NO_MALLINFO default: 0
- If defined, don't compile "mallinfo". This can be a simple way
- of dealing with mismatches between system declarations and
- those in this file.
-
-MALLINFO_FIELD_TYPE default: size_t
- The type of the fields in the mallinfo struct. This was originally
- defined as "int" in SVID etc, but is more usefully defined as
- size_t. The value is used only if HAVE_USR_INCLUDE_MALLOC_H is not set
-
-REALLOC_ZERO_BYTES_FREES default: not defined
- This should be set if a call to realloc with zero bytes should
- be the same as a call to free. Some people think it should. Otherwise,
- since this malloc returns a unique pointer for malloc(0), so does
- realloc(p, 0).
-
-LACKS_UNISTD_H, LACKS_FCNTL_H, LACKS_SYS_PARAM_H, LACKS_SYS_MMAN_H
-LACKS_STRINGS_H, LACKS_STRING_H, LACKS_SYS_TYPES_H, LACKS_ERRNO_H
-LACKS_STDLIB_H default: NOT defined unless on WIN32
- Define these if your system does not have these header files.
- You might need to manually insert some of the declarations they provide.
-
-DEFAULT_GRANULARITY default: page size if MORECORE_CONTIGUOUS,
- system_info.dwAllocationGranularity in WIN32,
- otherwise 64K.
- Also settable using mallopt(M_GRANULARITY, x)
- The unit for allocating and deallocating memory from the system. On
- most systems with contiguous MORECORE, there is no reason to
- make this more than a page. However, systems with MMAP tend to
- either require or encourage larger granularities. You can increase
- this value to prevent system allocation functions to be called so
- often, especially if they are slow. The value must be at least one
- page and must be a power of two. Setting to 0 causes initialization
- to either page size or win32 region size. (Note: In previous
- versions of malloc, the equivalent of this option was called
- "TOP_PAD")
-
-DEFAULT_TRIM_THRESHOLD default: 2MB
- Also settable using mallopt(M_TRIM_THRESHOLD, x)
- The maximum amount of unused top-most memory to keep before
- releasing via malloc_trim in free(). Automatic trimming is mainly
- useful in long-lived programs using contiguous MORECORE. Because
- trimming via sbrk can be slow on some systems, and can sometimes be
- wasteful (in cases where programs immediately afterward allocate
- more large chunks) the value should be high enough so that your
- overall system performance would improve by releasing this much
- memory. As a rough guide, you might set to a value close to the
- average size of a process (program) running on your system.
- Releasing this much memory would allow such a process to run in
- memory. Generally, it is worth tuning trim thresholds when a
- program undergoes phases where several large chunks are allocated
- and released in ways that can reuse each other's storage, perhaps
- mixed with phases where there are no such chunks at all. The trim
- value must be greater than page size to have any useful effect. To
- disable trimming completely, you can set to MAX_SIZE_T. Note that the trick
- some people use of mallocing a huge space and then freeing it at
- program startup, in an attempt to reserve system memory, doesn't
- have the intended effect under automatic trimming, since that memory
- will immediately be returned to the system.
-
-DEFAULT_MMAP_THRESHOLD default: 256K
- Also settable using mallopt(M_MMAP_THRESHOLD, x)
- The request size threshold for using MMAP to directly service a
- request. Requests of at least this size that cannot be allocated
- using already-existing space will be serviced via mmap. (If enough
- normal freed space already exists it is used instead.) Using mmap
- segregates relatively large chunks of memory so that they can be
- individually obtained and released from the host system. A request
- serviced through mmap is never reused by any other request (at least
- not directly; the system may just so happen to remap successive
- requests to the same locations). Segregating space in this way has
- the benefits that: Mmapped space can always be individually released
- back to the system, which helps keep the system level memory demands
- of a long-lived program low. Also, mapped memory doesn't become
- `locked' between other chunks, as can happen with normally allocated
- chunks, which means that even trimming via malloc_trim would not
- release them. However, it has the disadvantage that the space
- cannot be reclaimed, consolidated, and then used to service later
- requests, as happens with normal chunks. The advantages of mmap
- nearly always outweigh disadvantages for "large" chunks, but the
- value of "large" may vary across systems. The default is an
- empirically derived value that works well in most systems. You can
- disable mmap by setting to MAX_SIZE_T.
-
-*/
-
-#ifndef WIN32
-#ifdef _WIN32
-#define WIN32 1
-#endif /* _WIN32 */
-#endif /* WIN32 */
-#ifdef WIN32
-#define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
-#include <windows.h>
-#define HAVE_MMAP 1
-#define HAVE_MORECORE 0
-#define LACKS_UNISTD_H
-#define LACKS_SYS_PARAM_H
-#define LACKS_SYS_MMAN_H
-#define LACKS_STRING_H
-#define LACKS_STRINGS_H
-#define LACKS_SYS_TYPES_H
-#define LACKS_ERRNO_H
-#define MALLOC_FAILURE_ACTION
-#define MMAP_CLEARS 0 /* WINCE and some others apparently don't clear */
-#endif /* WIN32 */
-
-#ifdef __OS2__
-#define INCL_DOS
-#include <os2.h>
-#define HAVE_MMAP 1
-#define HAVE_MORECORE 0
-#define LACKS_SYS_MMAN_H
-#endif /* __OS2__ */
-
-#if defined(DARWIN) || defined(_DARWIN)
-/* Mac OSX docs advise not to use sbrk; it seems better to use mmap */
-#ifndef HAVE_MORECORE
-#define HAVE_MORECORE 0
-#define HAVE_MMAP 1
-#endif /* HAVE_MORECORE */
-#endif /* DARWIN */
-
-#ifndef LACKS_SYS_TYPES_H
-#include <sys/types.h> /* For size_t */
-#endif /* LACKS_SYS_TYPES_H */
-
-/* The maximum possible size_t value has all bits set */
-#define MAX_SIZE_T (~(size_t)0)
-
-#ifndef ONLY_MSPACES
-#define ONLY_MSPACES 0
-#endif /* ONLY_MSPACES */
-#ifndef MSPACES
-#if ONLY_MSPACES
-#define MSPACES 1
-#else /* ONLY_MSPACES */
-#define MSPACES 0
-#endif /* ONLY_MSPACES */
-#endif /* MSPACES */
-#ifndef MALLOC_ALIGNMENT
-#define MALLOC_ALIGNMENT ((size_t)8U)
-#endif /* MALLOC_ALIGNMENT */
-#ifndef FOOTERS
-#define FOOTERS 0
-#endif /* FOOTERS */
-#ifndef ABORT
-#define ABORT abort()
-#endif /* ABORT */
-#ifndef ABORT_ON_ASSERT_FAILURE
-#define ABORT_ON_ASSERT_FAILURE 1
-#endif /* ABORT_ON_ASSERT_FAILURE */
-#ifndef PROCEED_ON_ERROR
-#define PROCEED_ON_ERROR 0
-#endif /* PROCEED_ON_ERROR */
-#ifndef USE_LOCKS
-#define USE_LOCKS 0
-#endif /* USE_LOCKS */
-#ifndef INSECURE
-#define INSECURE 0
-#endif /* INSECURE */
-#ifndef HAVE_MMAP
-#define HAVE_MMAP 1
-#endif /* HAVE_MMAP */
-#ifndef MMAP_CLEARS
-#define MMAP_CLEARS 1
-#endif /* MMAP_CLEARS */
-#ifndef HAVE_MREMAP
-#ifdef linux
-#define HAVE_MREMAP 1
-#else /* linux */
-#define HAVE_MREMAP 0
-#endif /* linux */
-#endif /* HAVE_MREMAP */
-#ifndef MALLOC_FAILURE_ACTION
-#define MALLOC_FAILURE_ACTION errno = ENOMEM;
-#endif /* MALLOC_FAILURE_ACTION */
-#ifndef HAVE_MORECORE
-#if ONLY_MSPACES
-#define HAVE_MORECORE 0
-#else /* ONLY_MSPACES */
-#define HAVE_MORECORE 1
-#endif /* ONLY_MSPACES */
-#endif /* HAVE_MORECORE */
-#if !HAVE_MORECORE
-#define MORECORE_CONTIGUOUS 0
-#else /* !HAVE_MORECORE */
-#ifndef MORECORE
-#define MORECORE sbrk
-#endif /* MORECORE */
-#ifndef MORECORE_CONTIGUOUS
-#define MORECORE_CONTIGUOUS 1
-#endif /* MORECORE_CONTIGUOUS */
-#endif /* HAVE_MORECORE */
-#ifndef DEFAULT_GRANULARITY
-#if MORECORE_CONTIGUOUS
-#define DEFAULT_GRANULARITY (0) /* 0 means to compute in init_mparams */
-#else /* MORECORE_CONTIGUOUS */
-#define DEFAULT_GRANULARITY ((size_t)64U * (size_t)1024U)
-#endif /* MORECORE_CONTIGUOUS */
-#endif /* DEFAULT_GRANULARITY */
-#ifndef DEFAULT_TRIM_THRESHOLD
-#ifndef MORECORE_CANNOT_TRIM
-#define DEFAULT_TRIM_THRESHOLD ((size_t)2U * (size_t)1024U * (size_t)1024U)
-#else /* MORECORE_CANNOT_TRIM */
-#define DEFAULT_TRIM_THRESHOLD MAX_SIZE_T
-#endif /* MORECORE_CANNOT_TRIM */
-#endif /* DEFAULT_TRIM_THRESHOLD */
-#ifndef DEFAULT_MMAP_THRESHOLD
-#if HAVE_MMAP
-#define DEFAULT_MMAP_THRESHOLD ((size_t)256U * (size_t)1024U)
-#else /* HAVE_MMAP */
-#define DEFAULT_MMAP_THRESHOLD MAX_SIZE_T
-#endif /* HAVE_MMAP */
-#endif /* DEFAULT_MMAP_THRESHOLD */
-#ifndef USE_BUILTIN_FFS
-#define USE_BUILTIN_FFS 0
-#endif /* USE_BUILTIN_FFS */
-#ifndef USE_DEV_RANDOM
-#define USE_DEV_RANDOM 0
-#endif /* USE_DEV_RANDOM */
-#ifndef NO_MALLINFO
-#define NO_MALLINFO 0
-#endif /* NO_MALLINFO */
-#ifndef MALLINFO_FIELD_TYPE
-#define MALLINFO_FIELD_TYPE size_t
-#endif /* MALLINFO_FIELD_TYPE */
-
-/*
- mallopt tuning options. SVID/XPG defines four standard parameter
- numbers for mallopt, normally defined in malloc.h. None of these
- are used in this malloc, so setting them has no effect. But this
- malloc does support the following options.
-*/
-
-#define M_TRIM_THRESHOLD (-1)
-#define M_GRANULARITY (-2)
-#define M_MMAP_THRESHOLD (-3)
-
-/* ------------------------ Mallinfo declarations ------------------------ */
-
-#if !NO_MALLINFO
-/*
- This version of malloc supports the standard SVID/XPG mallinfo
- routine that returns a struct containing usage properties and
- statistics. It should work on any system that has a
- /usr/include/malloc.h defining struct mallinfo. The main
- declaration needed is the mallinfo struct that is returned (by-copy)
- by mallinfo(). The malloinfo struct contains a bunch of fields that
- are not even meaningful in this version of malloc. These fields are
- are instead filled by mallinfo() with other numbers that might be of
- interest.
-
- HAVE_USR_INCLUDE_MALLOC_H should be set if you have a
- /usr/include/malloc.h file that includes a declaration of struct
- mallinfo. If so, it is included; else a compliant version is
- declared below. These must be precisely the same for mallinfo() to
- work. The original SVID version of this struct, defined on most
- systems with mallinfo, declares all fields as ints. But some others
- define as unsigned long. If your system defines the fields using a
- type of different width than listed here, you MUST #include your
- system version and #define HAVE_USR_INCLUDE_MALLOC_H.
-*/
-
-/* #define HAVE_USR_INCLUDE_MALLOC_H */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_USR_INCLUDE_MALLOC_H
-#include "/usr/include/malloc.h"
-#else /* HAVE_USR_INCLUDE_MALLOC_H */
-
-/* HP-UX's stdlib.h redefines mallinfo unless _STRUCT_MALLINFO is defined */
-#define _STRUCT_MALLINFO
-
-struct mallinfo {
- MALLINFO_FIELD_TYPE arena; /* non-mmapped space allocated from system */
- MALLINFO_FIELD_TYPE ordblks; /* number of free chunks */
- MALLINFO_FIELD_TYPE smblks; /* always 0 */
- MALLINFO_FIELD_TYPE hblks; /* always 0 */
- MALLINFO_FIELD_TYPE hblkhd; /* space in mmapped regions */
- MALLINFO_FIELD_TYPE usmblks; /* maximum total allocated space */
- MALLINFO_FIELD_TYPE fsmblks; /* always 0 */
- MALLINFO_FIELD_TYPE uordblks; /* total allocated space */
- MALLINFO_FIELD_TYPE fordblks; /* total free space */
- MALLINFO_FIELD_TYPE keepcost; /* releasable (via malloc_trim) space */
-};
-
-#endif /* HAVE_USR_INCLUDE_MALLOC_H */
-#endif /* NO_MALLINFO */
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-extern "C" {
-#endif /* __cplusplus */
-
-#if !ONLY_MSPACES
-
-/* ------------------- Declarations of public routines ------------------- */
-
-#ifndef USE_DL_PREFIX
-#define dlcalloc calloc
-#define dlfree free
-#define dlmalloc malloc
-#define dlmemalign memalign
-#define dlrealloc realloc
-#define dlvalloc valloc
-#define dlpvalloc pvalloc
-#define dlmallinfo mallinfo
-#define dlmallopt mallopt
-#define dlmalloc_trim malloc_trim
-#define dlmalloc_stats malloc_stats
-#define dlmalloc_usable_size malloc_usable_size
-#define dlmalloc_footprint malloc_footprint
-#define dlmalloc_max_footprint malloc_max_footprint
-#define dlindependent_calloc independent_calloc
-#define dlindependent_comalloc independent_comalloc
-#endif /* USE_DL_PREFIX */
-
-
-/*
- malloc(size_t n)
- Returns a pointer to a newly allocated chunk of at least n bytes, or
- null if no space is available, in which case errno is set to ENOMEM
- on ANSI C systems.
-
- If n is zero, malloc returns a minimum-sized chunk. (The minimum
- size is 16 bytes on most 32bit systems, and 32 bytes on 64bit
- systems.) Note that size_t is an unsigned type, so calls with
- arguments that would be negative if signed are interpreted as
- requests for huge amounts of space, which will often fail. The
- maximum supported value of n differs across systems, but is in all
- cases less than the maximum representable value of a size_t.
-*/
-void* dlmalloc(size_t);
-
-/*
- free(void* p)
- Releases the chunk of memory pointed to by p, that had been previously
- allocated using malloc or a related routine such as realloc.
- It has no effect if p is null. If p was not malloced or already
- freed, free(p) will by default cause the current program to abort.
-*/
-void dlfree(void*);
-
-/*
- calloc(size_t n_elements, size_t element_size);
- Returns a pointer to n_elements * element_size bytes, with all locations
- set to zero.
-*/
-void* dlcalloc(size_t, size_t);
-
-/*
- realloc(void* p, size_t n)
- Returns a pointer to a chunk of size n that contains the same data
- as does chunk p up to the minimum of (n, p's size) bytes, or null
- if no space is available.
-
- The returned pointer may or may not be the same as p. The algorithm
- prefers extending p in most cases when possible, otherwise it
- employs the equivalent of a malloc-copy-free sequence.
-
- If p is null, realloc is equivalent to malloc.
-
- If space is not available, realloc returns null, errno is set (if on
- ANSI) and p is NOT freed.
-
- if n is for fewer bytes than already held by p, the newly unused
- space is lopped off and freed if possible. realloc with a size
- argument of zero (re)allocates a minimum-sized chunk.
-
- The old unix realloc convention of allowing the last-free'd chunk
- to be used as an argument to realloc is not supported.
-*/
-
-void* dlrealloc(void*, size_t);
-
-/*
- memalign(size_t alignment, size_t n);
- Returns a pointer to a newly allocated chunk of n bytes, aligned
- in accord with the alignment argument.
-
- The alignment argument should be a power of two. If the argument is
- not a power of two, the nearest greater power is used.
- 8-byte alignment is guaranteed by normal malloc calls, so don't
- bother calling memalign with an argument of 8 or less.
-
- Overreliance on memalign is a sure way to fragment space.
-*/
-void* dlmemalign(size_t, size_t);
-
-/*
- valloc(size_t n);
- Equivalent to memalign(pagesize, n), where pagesize is the page
- size of the system. If the pagesize is unknown, 4096 is used.
-*/
-void* dlvalloc(size_t);
-
-/*
- mallopt(int parameter_number, int parameter_value)
- Sets tunable parameters The format is to provide a
- (parameter-number, parameter-value) pair. mallopt then sets the
- corresponding parameter to the argument value if it can (i.e., so
- long as the value is meaningful), and returns 1 if successful else
- 0. SVID/XPG/ANSI defines four standard param numbers for mallopt,
- normally defined in malloc.h. None of these are use in this malloc,
- so setting them has no effect. But this malloc also supports other
- options in mallopt. See below for details. Briefly, supported
- parameters are as follows (listed defaults are for "typical"
- configurations).
-
- Symbol param # default allowed param values
- M_TRIM_THRESHOLD -1 2*1024*1024 any (MAX_SIZE_T disables)
- M_GRANULARITY -2 page size any power of 2 >= page size
- M_MMAP_THRESHOLD -3 256*1024 any (or 0 if no MMAP support)
-*/
-int dlmallopt(int, int);
-
-/*
- malloc_footprint();
- Returns the number of bytes obtained from the system. The total
- number of bytes allocated by malloc, realloc etc., is less than this
- value. Unlike mallinfo, this function returns only a precomputed
- result, so can be called frequently to monitor memory consumption.
- Even if locks are otherwise defined, this function does not use them,
- so results might not be up to date.
-*/
-size_t dlmalloc_footprint(void);
-
-/*
- malloc_max_footprint();
- Returns the maximum number of bytes obtained from the system. This
- value will be greater than current footprint if deallocated space
- has been reclaimed by the system. The peak number of bytes allocated
- by malloc, realloc etc., is less than this value. Unlike mallinfo,
- this function returns only a precomputed result, so can be called
- frequently to monitor memory consumption. Even if locks are
- otherwise defined, this function does not use them, so results might
- not be up to date.
-*/
-size_t dlmalloc_max_footprint(void);
-
-#if !NO_MALLINFO
-/*
- mallinfo()
- Returns (by copy) a struct containing various summary statistics:
-
- arena: current total non-mmapped bytes allocated from system
- ordblks: the number of free chunks
- smblks: always zero.
- hblks: current number of mmapped regions
- hblkhd: total bytes held in mmapped regions
- usmblks: the maximum total allocated space. This will be greater
- than current total if trimming has occurred.
- fsmblks: always zero
- uordblks: current total allocated space (normal or mmapped)
- fordblks: total free space
- keepcost: the maximum number of bytes that could ideally be released
- back to system via malloc_trim. ("ideally" means that
- it ignores page restrictions etc.)
-
- Because these fields are ints, but internal bookkeeping may
- be kept as longs, the reported values may wrap around zero and
- thus be inaccurate.
-*/
-struct mallinfo dlmallinfo(void);
-#endif /* NO_MALLINFO */
-
-/*
- independent_calloc(size_t n_elements, size_t element_size, void* chunks[]);
-
- independent_calloc is similar to calloc, but instead of returning a
- single cleared space, it returns an array of pointers to n_elements
- independent elements that can hold contents of size elem_size, each
- of which starts out cleared, and can be independently freed,
- realloc'ed etc. The elements are guaranteed to be adjacently
- allocated (this is not guaranteed to occur with multiple callocs or
- mallocs), which may also improve cache locality in some
- applications.
-
- The "chunks" argument is optional (i.e., may be null, which is
- probably the most typical usage). If it is null, the returned array
- is itself dynamically allocated and should also be freed when it is
- no longer needed. Otherwise, the chunks array must be of at least
- n_elements in length. It is filled in with the pointers to the
- chunks.
-
- In either case, independent_calloc returns this pointer array, or
- null if the allocation failed. If n_elements is zero and "chunks"
- is null, it returns a chunk representing an array with zero elements
- (which should be freed if not wanted).
-
- Each element must be individually freed when it is no longer
- needed. If you'd like to instead be able to free all at once, you
- should instead use regular calloc and assign pointers into this
- space to represent elements. (In this case though, you cannot
- independently free elements.)
-
- independent_calloc simplifies and speeds up implementations of many
- kinds of pools. It may also be useful when constructing large data
- structures that initially have a fixed number of fixed-sized nodes,
- but the number is not known at compile time, and some of the nodes
- may later need to be freed. For example:
-
- struct Node { int item; struct Node* next; };
-
- struct Node* build_list() {
- struct Node** pool;
- int n = read_number_of_nodes_needed();
- if (n <= 0) return 0;
- pool = (struct Node**)(independent_calloc(n, sizeof(struct Node), 0);
- if (pool == 0) die();
- // organize into a linked list...
- struct Node* first = pool[0];
- for (i = 0; i < n-1; ++i)
- pool[i]->next = pool[i+1];
- free(pool); // Can now free the array (or not, if it is needed later)
- return first;
- }
-*/
-void** dlindependent_calloc(size_t, size_t, void**);
-
-/*
- independent_comalloc(size_t n_elements, size_t sizes[], void* chunks[]);
-
- independent_comalloc allocates, all at once, a set of n_elements
- chunks with sizes indicated in the "sizes" array. It returns
- an array of pointers to these elements, each of which can be
- independently freed, realloc'ed etc. The elements are guaranteed to
- be adjacently allocated (this is not guaranteed to occur with
- multiple callocs or mallocs), which may also improve cache locality
- in some applications.
-
- The "chunks" argument is optional (i.e., may be null). If it is null
- the returned array is itself dynamically allocated and should also
- be freed when it is no longer needed. Otherwise, the chunks array
- must be of at least n_elements in length. It is filled in with the
- pointers to the chunks.
-
- In either case, independent_comalloc returns this pointer array, or
- null if the allocation failed. If n_elements is zero and chunks is
- null, it returns a chunk representing an array with zero elements
- (which should be freed if not wanted).
-
- Each element must be individually freed when it is no longer
- needed. If you'd like to instead be able to free all at once, you
- should instead use a single regular malloc, and assign pointers at
- particular offsets in the aggregate space. (In this case though, you
- cannot independently free elements.)
-
- independent_comallac differs from independent_calloc in that each
- element may have a different size, and also that it does not
- automatically clear elements.
-
- independent_comalloc can be used to speed up allocation in cases
- where several structs or objects must always be allocated at the
- same time. For example:
-
- struct Head { ... }
- struct Foot { ... }
-
- void send_message(char* msg) {
- int msglen = strlen(msg);
- size_t sizes[3] = { sizeof(struct Head), msglen, sizeof(struct Foot) };
- void* chunks[3];
- if (independent_comalloc(3, sizes, chunks) == 0)
- die();
- struct Head* head = (struct Head*)(chunks[0]);
- char* body = (char*)(chunks[1]);
- struct Foot* foot = (struct Foot*)(chunks[2]);
- // ...
- }
-
- In general though, independent_comalloc is worth using only for
- larger values of n_elements. For small values, you probably won't
- detect enough difference from series of malloc calls to bother.
-
- Overuse of independent_comalloc can increase overall memory usage,
- since it cannot reuse existing noncontiguous small chunks that
- might be available for some of the elements.
-*/
-void** dlindependent_comalloc(size_t, size_t*, void**);
-
-
-/*
- pvalloc(size_t n);
- Equivalent to valloc(minimum-page-that-holds(n)), that is,
- round up n to nearest pagesize.
- */
-void* dlpvalloc(size_t);
-
-/*
- malloc_trim(size_t pad);
-
- If possible, gives memory back to the system (via negative arguments
- to sbrk) if there is unused memory at the `high' end of the malloc
- pool or in unused MMAP segments. You can call this after freeing
- large blocks of memory to potentially reduce the system-level memory
- requirements of a program. However, it cannot guarantee to reduce
- memory. Under some allocation patterns, some large free blocks of
- memory will be locked between two used chunks, so they cannot be
- given back to the system.
-
- The `pad' argument to malloc_trim represents the amount of free
- trailing space to leave untrimmed. If this argument is zero, only
- the minimum amount of memory to maintain internal data structures
- will be left. Non-zero arguments can be supplied to maintain enough
- trailing space to service future expected allocations without having
- to re-obtain memory from the system.
-
- Malloc_trim returns 1 if it actually released any memory, else 0.
-*/
-int dlmalloc_trim(size_t);
-
-/*
- malloc_usable_size(void* p);
-
- Returns the number of bytes you can actually use in
- an allocated chunk, which may be more than you requested (although
- often not) due to alignment and minimum size constraints.
- You can use this many bytes without worrying about
- overwriting other allocated objects. This is not a particularly great
- programming practice. malloc_usable_size can be more useful in
- debugging and assertions, for example:
-
- p = malloc(n);
- assert(malloc_usable_size(p) >= 256);
-*/
-size_t dlmalloc_usable_size(void*);
-
-/*
- malloc_stats();
- Prints on stderr the amount of space obtained from the system (both
- via sbrk and mmap), the maximum amount (which may be more than
- current if malloc_trim and/or munmap got called), and the current
- number of bytes allocated via malloc (or realloc, etc) but not yet
- freed. Note that this is the number of bytes allocated, not the
- number requested. It will be larger than the number requested
- because of alignment and bookkeeping overhead. Because it includes
- alignment wastage as being in use, this figure may be greater than
- zero even when no user-level chunks are allocated.
-
- The reported current and maximum system memory can be inaccurate if
- a program makes other calls to system memory allocation functions
- (normally sbrk) outside of malloc.
-
- malloc_stats prints only the most commonly interesting statistics.
- More information can be obtained by calling mallinfo.
-*/
-void dlmalloc_stats(void);
-
-#endif /* ONLY_MSPACES */
-
-#if MSPACES
-
-/*
- mspace is an opaque type representing an independent
- region of space that supports mspace_malloc, etc.
-*/
-typedef void* mspace;
-
-/*
- create_mspace creates and returns a new independent space with the
- given initial capacity, or, if 0, the default granularity size. It
- returns null if there is no system memory available to create the
- space. If argument locked is non-zero, the space uses a separate
- lock to control access. The capacity of the space will grow
- dynamically as needed to service mspace_malloc requests. You can
- control the sizes of incremental increases of this space by
- compiling with a different DEFAULT_GRANULARITY or dynamically
- setting with mallopt(M_GRANULARITY, value).
-*/
-mspace create_mspace(size_t capacity, int locked);
-
-/*
- destroy_mspace destroys the given space, and attempts to return all
- of its memory back to the system, returning the total number of
- bytes freed. After destruction, the results of access to all memory
- used by the space become undefined.
-*/
-size_t destroy_mspace(mspace msp);
-
-/*
- create_mspace_with_base uses the memory supplied as the initial base
- of a new mspace. Part (less than 128*sizeof(size_t) bytes) of this
- space is used for bookkeeping, so the capacity must be at least this
- large. (Otherwise 0 is returned.) When this initial space is
- exhausted, additional memory will be obtained from the system.
- Destroying this space will deallocate all additionally allocated
- space (if possible) but not the initial base.
-*/
-mspace create_mspace_with_base(void* base, size_t capacity, int locked);
-
-/*
- mspace_malloc behaves as malloc, but operates within
- the given space.
-*/
-void* mspace_malloc(mspace msp, size_t bytes);
-
-/*
- mspace_free behaves as free, but operates within
- the given space.
-
- If compiled with FOOTERS==1, mspace_free is not actually needed.
- free may be called instead of mspace_free because freed chunks from
- any space are handled by their originating spaces.
-*/
-void mspace_free(mspace msp, void* mem);
-
-/*
- mspace_realloc behaves as realloc, but operates within
- the given space.
-
- If compiled with FOOTERS==1, mspace_realloc is not actually
- needed. realloc may be called instead of mspace_realloc because
- realloced chunks from any space are handled by their originating
- spaces.
-*/
-void* mspace_realloc(mspace msp, void* mem, size_t newsize);
-
-/*
- mspace_calloc behaves as calloc, but operates within
- the given space.
-*/
-void* mspace_calloc(mspace msp, size_t n_elements, size_t elem_size);
-
-/*
- mspace_memalign behaves as memalign, but operates within
- the given space.
-*/
-void* mspace_memalign(mspace msp, size_t alignment, size_t bytes);
-
-/*
- mspace_independent_calloc behaves as independent_calloc, but
- operates within the given space.
-*/
-void** mspace_independent_calloc(mspace msp, size_t n_elements,
- size_t elem_size, void* chunks[]);
-
-/*
- mspace_independent_comalloc behaves as independent_comalloc, but
- operates within the given space.
-*/
-void** mspace_independent_comalloc(mspace msp, size_t n_elements,
- size_t sizes[], void* chunks[]);
-
-/*
- mspace_footprint() returns the number of bytes obtained from the
- system for this space.
-*/
-size_t mspace_footprint(mspace msp);
-
-/*
- mspace_max_footprint() returns the peak number of bytes obtained from the
- system for this space.
-*/
-size_t mspace_max_footprint(mspace msp);
-
-
-#if !NO_MALLINFO
-/*
- mspace_mallinfo behaves as mallinfo, but reports properties of
- the given space.
-*/
-struct mallinfo mspace_mallinfo(mspace msp);
-#endif /* NO_MALLINFO */
-
-/*
- mspace_malloc_stats behaves as malloc_stats, but reports
- properties of the given space.
-*/
-void mspace_malloc_stats(mspace msp);
-
-/*
- mspace_trim behaves as malloc_trim, but
- operates within the given space.
-*/
-int mspace_trim(mspace msp, size_t pad);
-
-/*
- An alias for mallopt.
-*/
-int mspace_mallopt(int, int);
-
-#endif /* MSPACES */
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-}; /* end of extern "C" */
-#endif /* __cplusplus */
-
-/*
- ========================================================================
- To make a fully customizable malloc.h header file, cut everything
- above this line, put into file malloc.h, edit to suit, and #include it
- on the next line, as well as in programs that use this malloc.
- ========================================================================
-*/
-
-/* #include "malloc.h" */
-
-/*------------------------------ internal #includes ---------------------- */
-
-#ifdef _MSC_VER
-#pragma warning( disable : 4146 ) /* no "unsigned" warnings */
-#endif /* _MSC_VER */
-
-#include <stdio.h> /* for printing in malloc_stats */
-
-#ifndef LACKS_ERRNO_H
-#include <errno.h> /* for MALLOC_FAILURE_ACTION */
-#endif /* LACKS_ERRNO_H */
-#if FOOTERS
-#include <time.h> /* for magic initialization */
-#endif /* FOOTERS */
-#ifndef LACKS_STDLIB_H
-#include <stdlib.h> /* for abort() */
-#endif /* LACKS_STDLIB_H */
-#ifdef DEBUG
-#if ABORT_ON_ASSERT_FAILURE
-#define assert(x) if(!(x)) ABORT
-#else /* ABORT_ON_ASSERT_FAILURE */
-#include <assert.h>
-#endif /* ABORT_ON_ASSERT_FAILURE */
-#else /* DEBUG */
-#define assert(x)
-#endif /* DEBUG */
-#ifndef LACKS_STRING_H
-#include <string.h> /* for memset etc */
-#endif /* LACKS_STRING_H */
-#if USE_BUILTIN_FFS
-#ifndef LACKS_STRINGS_H
-#include <strings.h> /* for ffs */
-#endif /* LACKS_STRINGS_H */
-#endif /* USE_BUILTIN_FFS */
-#if HAVE_MMAP
-#ifndef LACKS_SYS_MMAN_H
-#include <sys/mman.h> /* for mmap */
-#endif /* LACKS_SYS_MMAN_H */
-#ifndef LACKS_FCNTL_H
-#include <fcntl.h>
-#endif /* LACKS_FCNTL_H */
-#endif /* HAVE_MMAP */
-#if HAVE_MORECORE
-#ifndef LACKS_UNISTD_H
-#include <unistd.h> /* for sbrk */
-#else /* LACKS_UNISTD_H */
-#if !defined(__FreeBSD__) && !defined(__OpenBSD__) && !defined(__NetBSD__)
-extern void* sbrk(ptrdiff_t);
-#endif /* FreeBSD etc */
-#endif /* LACKS_UNISTD_H */
-#endif /* HAVE_MMAP */
-
-#ifndef WIN32
-#ifndef malloc_getpagesize
-# ifdef _SC_PAGESIZE /* some SVR4 systems omit an underscore */
-# ifndef _SC_PAGE_SIZE
-# define _SC_PAGE_SIZE _SC_PAGESIZE
-# endif
-# endif
-# ifdef _SC_PAGE_SIZE
-# define malloc_getpagesize sysconf(_SC_PAGE_SIZE)
-# else
-# if defined(BSD) || defined(DGUX) || defined(HAVE_GETPAGESIZE)
- extern size_t getpagesize();
-# define malloc_getpagesize getpagesize()
-# else
-# ifdef WIN32 /* use supplied emulation of getpagesize */
-# define malloc_getpagesize getpagesize()
-# else
-# ifndef LACKS_SYS_PARAM_H
-# include <sys/param.h>
-# endif
-# ifdef EXEC_PAGESIZE
-# define malloc_getpagesize EXEC_PAGESIZE
-# else
-# ifdef NBPG
-# ifndef CLSIZE
-# define malloc_getpagesize NBPG
-# else
-# define malloc_getpagesize (NBPG * CLSIZE)
-# endif
-# else
-# ifdef NBPC
-# define malloc_getpagesize NBPC
-# else
-# ifdef PAGESIZE
-# define malloc_getpagesize PAGESIZE
-# else /* just guess */
-# define malloc_getpagesize ((size_t)4096U)
-# endif
-# endif
-# endif
-# endif
-# endif
-# endif
-# endif
-#endif
-#endif
-
-/* ------------------- size_t and alignment properties -------------------- */
-
-/* The byte and bit size of a size_t */
-#define SIZE_T_SIZE (sizeof(size_t))
-#define SIZE_T_BITSIZE (sizeof(size_t) << 3)
-
-/* Some constants coerced to size_t */
-/* Annoying but necessary to avoid errors on some plaftorms */
-#define SIZE_T_ZERO ((size_t)0)
-#define SIZE_T_ONE ((size_t)1)
-#define SIZE_T_TWO ((size_t)2)
-#define TWO_SIZE_T_SIZES (SIZE_T_SIZE<<1)
-#define FOUR_SIZE_T_SIZES (SIZE_T_SIZE<<2)
-#define SIX_SIZE_T_SIZES (FOUR_SIZE_T_SIZES+TWO_SIZE_T_SIZES)
-#define HALF_MAX_SIZE_T (MAX_SIZE_T / 2U)
-
-/* The bit mask value corresponding to MALLOC_ALIGNMENT */
-#define CHUNK_ALIGN_MASK (MALLOC_ALIGNMENT - SIZE_T_ONE)
-
-/* True if address a has acceptable alignment */
-#define is_aligned(A) (((size_t)((A)) & (CHUNK_ALIGN_MASK)) == 0)
-
-/* the number of bytes to offset an address to align it */
-#define align_offset(A)\
- ((((size_t)(A) & CHUNK_ALIGN_MASK) == 0)? 0 :\
- ((MALLOC_ALIGNMENT - ((size_t)(A) & CHUNK_ALIGN_MASK)) & CHUNK_ALIGN_MASK))
-
-/* -------------------------- MMAP preliminaries ------------------------- */
-
-/*
- If HAVE_MORECORE or HAVE_MMAP are false, we just define calls and
- checks to fail so compiler optimizer can delete code rather than
- using so many "#if"s.
-*/
-
-
-/* MORECORE and MMAP must return MFAIL on failure */
-#define MFAIL ((void*)(MAX_SIZE_T))
-#define CMFAIL ((char*)(MFAIL)) /* defined for convenience */
-
-#if !HAVE_MMAP
-#define IS_MMAPPED_BIT (SIZE_T_ZERO)
-#define USE_MMAP_BIT (SIZE_T_ZERO)
-#define CALL_MMAP(s) MFAIL
-#define CALL_MUNMAP(a, s) (-1)
-#define DIRECT_MMAP(s) MFAIL
-
-#else /* HAVE_MMAP */
-#define IS_MMAPPED_BIT (SIZE_T_ONE)
-#define USE_MMAP_BIT (SIZE_T_ONE)
-
-#if !defined(WIN32) && !defined (__OS2__)
-#define CALL_MUNMAP(a, s) munmap((a), (s))
-#define MMAP_PROT (PROT_READ|PROT_WRITE)
-#if !defined(MAP_ANONYMOUS) && defined(MAP_ANON)
-#define MAP_ANONYMOUS MAP_ANON
-#endif /* MAP_ANON */
-#ifdef MAP_ANONYMOUS
-#define MMAP_FLAGS (MAP_PRIVATE|MAP_ANONYMOUS)
-#define CALL_MMAP(s) mmap(0, (s), MMAP_PROT, MMAP_FLAGS, -1, 0)
-#else /* MAP_ANONYMOUS */
-/*
- Nearly all versions of mmap support MAP_ANONYMOUS, so the following
- is unlikely to be needed, but is supplied just in case.
-*/
-#define MMAP_FLAGS (MAP_PRIVATE)
-static int dev_zero_fd = -1; /* Cached file descriptor for /dev/zero. */
-#define CALL_MMAP(s) ((dev_zero_fd < 0) ? \
- (dev_zero_fd = open("/dev/zero", O_RDWR), \
- mmap(0, (s), MMAP_PROT, MMAP_FLAGS, dev_zero_fd, 0)) : \
- mmap(0, (s), MMAP_PROT, MMAP_FLAGS, dev_zero_fd, 0))
-#endif /* MAP_ANONYMOUS */
-
-#define DIRECT_MMAP(s) CALL_MMAP(s)
-
-#elif defined(__OS2__)
-
-/* OS/2 MMAP via DosAllocMem */
-static void* os2mmap(size_t size) {
- void* ptr;
- if (DosAllocMem(&ptr, size, OBJ_ANY|PAG_COMMIT|PAG_READ|PAG_WRITE) &&
- DosAllocMem(&ptr, size, PAG_COMMIT|PAG_READ|PAG_WRITE))
- return MFAIL;
- return ptr;
-}
-
-#define os2direct_mmap(n) os2mmap(n)
-
-/* This function supports releasing coalesed segments */
-static int os2munmap(void* ptr, size_t size) {
- while (size) {
- ULONG ulSize = size;
- ULONG ulFlags = 0;
- if (DosQueryMem(ptr, &ulSize, &ulFlags) != 0)
- return -1;
- if ((ulFlags & PAG_BASE) == 0 ||(ulFlags & PAG_COMMIT) == 0 ||
- ulSize > size)
- return -1;
- if (DosFreeMem(ptr) != 0)
- return -1;
- ptr = ( void * ) ( ( char * ) ptr + ulSize );
- size -= ulSize;
- }
- return 0;
-}
-
-#define CALL_MMAP(s) os2mmap(s)
-#define CALL_MUNMAP(a, s) os2munmap((a), (s))
-#define DIRECT_MMAP(s) os2direct_mmap(s)
-
-#else /* WIN32 */
-
-/* Win32 MMAP via VirtualAlloc */
-static void* win32mmap(size_t size) {
- void* ptr = VirtualAlloc(0, size, MEM_RESERVE|MEM_COMMIT, PAGE_EXECUTE_READWRITE);
- return (ptr != 0)? ptr: MFAIL;
-}
-
-/* For direct MMAP, use MEM_TOP_DOWN to minimize interference */
-static void* win32direct_mmap(size_t size) {
- void* ptr = VirtualAlloc(0, size, MEM_RESERVE|MEM_COMMIT|MEM_TOP_DOWN,
- PAGE_EXECUTE_READWRITE);
- return (ptr != 0)? ptr: MFAIL;
-}
-
-/* This function supports releasing coalesed segments */
-static int win32munmap(void* ptr, size_t size) {
- MEMORY_BASIC_INFORMATION minfo;
- char* cptr = ptr;
- while (size) {
- if (VirtualQuery(cptr, &minfo, sizeof(minfo)) == 0)
- return -1;
- if (minfo.BaseAddress != cptr || minfo.AllocationBase != cptr ||
- minfo.State != MEM_COMMIT || minfo.RegionSize > size)
- return -1;
- if (VirtualFree(cptr, 0, MEM_RELEASE) == 0)
- return -1;
- cptr += minfo.RegionSize;
- size -= minfo.RegionSize;
- }
- return 0;
-}
-
-#define CALL_MMAP(s) win32mmap(s)
-#define CALL_MUNMAP(a, s) win32munmap((a), (s))
-#define DIRECT_MMAP(s) win32direct_mmap(s)
-#endif /* WIN32 */
-#endif /* HAVE_MMAP */
-
-#if HAVE_MMAP && HAVE_MREMAP
-#define CALL_MREMAP(addr, osz, nsz, mv) mremap((addr), (osz), (nsz), (mv))
-#else /* HAVE_MMAP && HAVE_MREMAP */
-#define CALL_MREMAP(addr, osz, nsz, mv) MFAIL
-#endif /* HAVE_MMAP && HAVE_MREMAP */
-
-#if HAVE_MORECORE
-#define CALL_MORECORE(S) MORECORE(S)
-#else /* HAVE_MORECORE */
-#define CALL_MORECORE(S) MFAIL
-#endif /* HAVE_MORECORE */
-
-/* mstate bit set if continguous morecore disabled or failed */
-#define USE_NONCONTIGUOUS_BIT (4U)
-
-/* segment bit set in create_mspace_with_base */
-#define EXTERN_BIT (8U)
-
-
-/* --------------------------- Lock preliminaries ------------------------ */
-
-#if USE_LOCKS
-
-/*
- When locks are defined, there are up to two global locks:
-
- * If HAVE_MORECORE, morecore_mutex protects sequences of calls to
- MORECORE. In many cases sys_alloc requires two calls, that should
- not be interleaved with calls by other threads. This does not
- protect against direct calls to MORECORE by other threads not
- using this lock, so there is still code to cope the best we can on
- interference.
-
- * magic_init_mutex ensures that mparams.magic and other
- unique mparams values are initialized only once.
-*/
-
-#if !defined(WIN32) && !defined(__OS2__)
-/* By default use posix locks */
-#include <pthread.h>
-#define MLOCK_T pthread_mutex_t
-#define INITIAL_LOCK(l) pthread_mutex_init(l, NULL)
-#define ACQUIRE_LOCK(l) pthread_mutex_lock(l)
-#define RELEASE_LOCK(l) pthread_mutex_unlock(l)
-
-#if HAVE_MORECORE
-static MLOCK_T morecore_mutex = PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER;
-#endif /* HAVE_MORECORE */
-
-static MLOCK_T magic_init_mutex = PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER;
-
-#elif defined(__OS2__)
-#define MLOCK_T HMTX
-#define INITIAL_LOCK(l) DosCreateMutexSem(0, l, 0, FALSE)
-#define ACQUIRE_LOCK(l) DosRequestMutexSem(*l, SEM_INDEFINITE_WAIT)
-#define RELEASE_LOCK(l) DosReleaseMutexSem(*l)
-#if HAVE_MORECORE
-static MLOCK_T morecore_mutex;
-#endif /* HAVE_MORECORE */
-static MLOCK_T magic_init_mutex;
-
-#else /* WIN32 */
-/*
- Because lock-protected regions have bounded times, and there
- are no recursive lock calls, we can use simple spinlocks.
-*/
-
-#define MLOCK_T long
-static int win32_acquire_lock (MLOCK_T *sl) {
- for (;;) {
-#ifdef InterlockedCompareExchangePointer
- if (!InterlockedCompareExchange(sl, 1, 0))
- return 0;
-#else /* Use older void* version */
- if (!InterlockedCompareExchange((void**)sl, (void*)1, (void*)0))
- return 0;
-#endif /* InterlockedCompareExchangePointer */
- Sleep (0);
- }
-}
-
-static void win32_release_lock (MLOCK_T *sl) {
- InterlockedExchange (sl, 0);
-}
-
-#define INITIAL_LOCK(l) *(l)=0
-#define ACQUIRE_LOCK(l) win32_acquire_lock(l)
-#define RELEASE_LOCK(l) win32_release_lock(l)
-#if HAVE_MORECORE
-static MLOCK_T morecore_mutex;
-#endif /* HAVE_MORECORE */
-static MLOCK_T magic_init_mutex;
-#endif /* WIN32 */
-
-#define USE_LOCK_BIT (2U)
-#else /* USE_LOCKS */
-#define USE_LOCK_BIT (0U)
-#define INITIAL_LOCK(l)
-#endif /* USE_LOCKS */
-
-#if USE_LOCKS && HAVE_MORECORE
-#define ACQUIRE_MORECORE_LOCK() ACQUIRE_LOCK(&morecore_mutex);
-#define RELEASE_MORECORE_LOCK() RELEASE_LOCK(&morecore_mutex);
-#else /* USE_LOCKS && HAVE_MORECORE */
-#define ACQUIRE_MORECORE_LOCK()
-#define RELEASE_MORECORE_LOCK()
-#endif /* USE_LOCKS && HAVE_MORECORE */
-
-#if USE_LOCKS
-#define ACQUIRE_MAGIC_INIT_LOCK() ACQUIRE_LOCK(&magic_init_mutex);
-#define RELEASE_MAGIC_INIT_LOCK() RELEASE_LOCK(&magic_init_mutex);
-#else /* USE_LOCKS */
-#define ACQUIRE_MAGIC_INIT_LOCK()
-#define RELEASE_MAGIC_INIT_LOCK()
-#endif /* USE_LOCKS */
-
-
-/* ----------------------- Chunk representations ------------------------ */
-
-/*
- (The following includes lightly edited explanations by Colin Plumb.)
-
- The malloc_chunk declaration below is misleading (but accurate and
- necessary). It declares a "view" into memory allowing access to
- necessary fields at known offsets from a given base.
-
- Chunks of memory are maintained using a `boundary tag' method as
- originally described by Knuth. (See the paper by Paul Wilson
- ftp://ftp.cs.utexas.edu/pub/garbage/allocsrv.ps for a survey of such
- techniques.) Sizes of free chunks are stored both in the front of
- each chunk and at the end. This makes consolidating fragmented
- chunks into bigger chunks fast. The head fields also hold bits
- representing whether chunks are free or in use.
-
- Here are some pictures to make it clearer. They are "exploded" to
- show that the state of a chunk can be thought of as extending from
- the high 31 bits of the head field of its header through the
- prev_foot and PINUSE_BIT bit of the following chunk header.
-
- A chunk that's in use looks like:
-
- chunk-> +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
- | Size of previous chunk (if P = 1) |
- +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
- +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+ |P|
- | Size of this chunk 1| +-+
- mem-> +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
- | |
- +- -+
- | |
- +- -+
- | :
- +- size - sizeof(size_t) available payload bytes -+
- : |
- chunk-> +- -+
- | |
- +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
- +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+ |1|
- | Size of next chunk (may or may not be in use) | +-+
- mem-> +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
-
- And if it's free, it looks like this:
-
- chunk-> +- -+
- | User payload (must be in use, or we would have merged!) |
- +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
- +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+ |P|
- | Size of this chunk 0| +-+
- mem-> +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
- | Next pointer |
- +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
- | Prev pointer |
- +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
- | :
- +- size - sizeof(struct chunk) unused bytes -+
- : |
- chunk-> +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
- | Size of this chunk |
- +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
- +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+ |0|
- | Size of next chunk (must be in use, or we would have merged)| +-+
- mem-> +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
- | :
- +- User payload -+
- : |
- +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
- |0|
- +-+
- Note that since we always merge adjacent free chunks, the chunks
- adjacent to a free chunk must be in use.
-
- Given a pointer to a chunk (which can be derived trivially from the
- payload pointer) we can, in O(1) time, find out whether the adjacent
- chunks are free, and if so, unlink them from the lists that they
- are on and merge them with the current chunk.
-
- Chunks always begin on even word boundaries, so the mem portion
- (which is returned to the user) is also on an even word boundary, and
- thus at least double-word aligned.
-
- The P (PINUSE_BIT) bit, stored in the unused low-order bit of the
- chunk size (which is always a multiple of two words), is an in-use
- bit for the *previous* chunk. If that bit is *clear*, then the
- word before the current chunk size contains the previous chunk
- size, and can be used to find the front of the previous chunk.
- The very first chunk allocated always has this bit set, preventing
- access to non-existent (or non-owned) memory. If pinuse is set for
- any given chunk, then you CANNOT determine the size of the
- previous chunk, and might even get a memory addressing fault when
- trying to do so.
-
- The C (CINUSE_BIT) bit, stored in the unused second-lowest bit of
- the chunk size redundantly records whether the current chunk is
- inuse. This redundancy enables usage checks within free and realloc,
- and reduces indirection when freeing and consolidating chunks.
-
- Each freshly allocated chunk must have both cinuse and pinuse set.
- That is, each allocated chunk borders either a previously allocated
- and still in-use chunk, or the base of its memory arena. This is
- ensured by making all allocations from the the `lowest' part of any
- found chunk. Further, no free chunk physically borders another one,
- so each free chunk is known to be preceded and followed by either
- inuse chunks or the ends of memory.
-
- Note that the `foot' of the current chunk is actually represented
- as the prev_foot of the NEXT chunk. This makes it easier to
- deal with alignments etc but can be very confusing when trying
- to extend or adapt this code.
-
- The exceptions to all this are
-
- 1. The special chunk `top' is the top-most available chunk (i.e.,
- the one bordering the end of available memory). It is treated
- specially. Top is never included in any bin, is used only if
- no other chunk is available, and is released back to the
- system if it is very large (see M_TRIM_THRESHOLD). In effect,
- the top chunk is treated as larger (and thus less well
- fitting) than any other available chunk. The top chunk
- doesn't update its trailing size field since there is no next
- contiguous chunk that would have to index off it. However,
- space is still allocated for it (TOP_FOOT_SIZE) to enable
- separation or merging when space is extended.
-
- 3. Chunks allocated via mmap, which have the lowest-order bit
- (IS_MMAPPED_BIT) set in their prev_foot fields, and do not set
- PINUSE_BIT in their head fields. Because they are allocated
- one-by-one, each must carry its own prev_foot field, which is
- also used to hold the offset this chunk has within its mmapped
- region, which is needed to preserve alignment. Each mmapped
- chunk is trailed by the first two fields of a fake next-chunk
- for sake of usage checks.
-
-*/
-
-struct malloc_chunk {
- size_t prev_foot; /* Size of previous chunk (if free). */
- size_t head; /* Size and inuse bits. */
- struct malloc_chunk* fd; /* double links -- used only if free. */
- struct malloc_chunk* bk;
-};
-
-typedef struct malloc_chunk mchunk;
-typedef struct malloc_chunk* mchunkptr;
-typedef struct malloc_chunk* sbinptr; /* The type of bins of chunks */
-typedef unsigned int bindex_t; /* Described below */
-typedef unsigned int binmap_t; /* Described below */
-typedef unsigned int flag_t; /* The type of various bit flag sets */
-
-/* ------------------- Chunks sizes and alignments ----------------------- */
-
-#define MCHUNK_SIZE (sizeof(mchunk))
-
-#if FOOTERS
-#define CHUNK_OVERHEAD (TWO_SIZE_T_SIZES)
-#else /* FOOTERS */
-#define CHUNK_OVERHEAD (SIZE_T_SIZE)
-#endif /* FOOTERS */
-
-/* MMapped chunks need a second word of overhead ... */
-#define MMAP_CHUNK_OVERHEAD (TWO_SIZE_T_SIZES)
-/* ... and additional padding for fake next-chunk at foot */
-#define MMAP_FOOT_PAD (FOUR_SIZE_T_SIZES)
-
-/* The smallest size we can malloc is an aligned minimal chunk */
-#define MIN_CHUNK_SIZE\
- ((MCHUNK_SIZE + CHUNK_ALIGN_MASK) & ~CHUNK_ALIGN_MASK)
-
-/* conversion from malloc headers to user pointers, and back */
-#define chunk2mem(p) ((void*)((char*)(p) + TWO_SIZE_T_SIZES))
-#define mem2chunk(mem) ((mchunkptr)((char*)(mem) - TWO_SIZE_T_SIZES))
-/* chunk associated with aligned address A */
-#define align_as_chunk(A) (mchunkptr)((A) + align_offset(chunk2mem(A)))
-
-/* Bounds on request (not chunk) sizes. */
-#define MAX_REQUEST ((-MIN_CHUNK_SIZE) << 2)
-#define MIN_REQUEST (MIN_CHUNK_SIZE - CHUNK_OVERHEAD - SIZE_T_ONE)
-
-/* pad request bytes into a usable size */
-#define pad_request(req) \
- (((req) + CHUNK_OVERHEAD + CHUNK_ALIGN_MASK) & ~CHUNK_ALIGN_MASK)
-
-/* pad request, checking for minimum (but not maximum) */
-#define request2size(req) \
- (((req) < MIN_REQUEST)? MIN_CHUNK_SIZE : pad_request(req))
-
-
-/* ------------------ Operations on head and foot fields ----------------- */
-
-/*
- The head field of a chunk is or'ed with PINUSE_BIT when previous
- adjacent chunk in use, and or'ed with CINUSE_BIT if this chunk is in
- use. If the chunk was obtained with mmap, the prev_foot field has
- IS_MMAPPED_BIT set, otherwise holding the offset of the base of the
- mmapped region to the base of the chunk.
-*/
-
-#define PINUSE_BIT (SIZE_T_ONE)
-#define CINUSE_BIT (SIZE_T_TWO)
-#define INUSE_BITS (PINUSE_BIT|CINUSE_BIT)
-
-/* Head value for fenceposts */
-#define FENCEPOST_HEAD (INUSE_BITS|SIZE_T_SIZE)
-
-/* extraction of fields from head words */
-#define cinuse(p) ((p)->head & CINUSE_BIT)
-#define pinuse(p) ((p)->head & PINUSE_BIT)
-#define chunksize(p) ((p)->head & ~(INUSE_BITS))
-
-#define clear_pinuse(p) ((p)->head &= ~PINUSE_BIT)
-#define clear_cinuse(p) ((p)->head &= ~CINUSE_BIT)
-
-/* Treat space at ptr +/- offset as a chunk */
-#define chunk_plus_offset(p, s) ((mchunkptr)(((char*)(p)) + (s)))
-#define chunk_minus_offset(p, s) ((mchunkptr)(((char*)(p)) - (s)))
-
-/* Ptr to next or previous physical malloc_chunk. */
-#define next_chunk(p) ((mchunkptr)( ((char*)(p)) + ((p)->head & ~INUSE_BITS)))
-#define prev_chunk(p) ((mchunkptr)( ((char*)(p)) - ((p)->prev_foot) ))
-
-/* extract next chunk's pinuse bit */
-#define next_pinuse(p) ((next_chunk(p)->head) & PINUSE_BIT)
-
-/* Get/set size at footer */
-#define get_foot(p, s) (((mchunkptr)((char*)(p) + (s)))->prev_foot)
-#define set_foot(p, s) (((mchunkptr)((char*)(p) + (s)))->prev_foot = (s))
-
-/* Set size, pinuse bit, and foot */
-#define set_size_and_pinuse_of_free_chunk(p, s)\
- ((p)->head = (s|PINUSE_BIT), set_foot(p, s))
-
-/* Set size, pinuse bit, foot, and clear next pinuse */
-#define set_free_with_pinuse(p, s, n)\
- (clear_pinuse(n), set_size_and_pinuse_of_free_chunk(p, s))
-
-#define is_mmapped(p)\
- (!((p)->head & PINUSE_BIT) && ((p)->prev_foot & IS_MMAPPED_BIT))
-
-/* Get the internal overhead associated with chunk p */
-#define overhead_for(p)\
- (is_mmapped(p)? MMAP_CHUNK_OVERHEAD : CHUNK_OVERHEAD)
-
-/* Return true if malloced space is not necessarily cleared */
-#if MMAP_CLEARS
-#define calloc_must_clear(p) (!is_mmapped(p))
-#else /* MMAP_CLEARS */
-#define calloc_must_clear(p) (1)
-#endif /* MMAP_CLEARS */
-
-/* ---------------------- Overlaid data structures ----------------------- */
-
-/*
- When chunks are not in use, they are treated as nodes of either
- lists or trees.
-
- "Small" chunks are stored in circular doubly-linked lists, and look
- like this:
-
- chunk-> +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
- | Size of previous chunk |
- +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
- `head:' | Size of chunk, in bytes |P|
- mem-> +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
- | Forward pointer to next chunk in list |
- +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
- | Back pointer to previous chunk in list |
- +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
- | Unused space (may be 0 bytes long) .
- . .
- . |
-nextchunk-> +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
- `foot:' | Size of chunk, in bytes |
- +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
-
- Larger chunks are kept in a form of bitwise digital trees (aka
- tries) keyed on chunksizes. Because malloc_tree_chunks are only for
- free chunks greater than 256 bytes, their size doesn't impose any
- constraints on user chunk sizes. Each node looks like:
-
- chunk-> +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
- | Size of previous chunk |
- +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
- `head:' | Size of chunk, in bytes |P|
- mem-> +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
- | Forward pointer to next chunk of same size |
- +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
- | Back pointer to previous chunk of same size |
- +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
- | Pointer to left child (child[0]) |
- +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
- | Pointer to right child (child[1]) |
- +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
- | Pointer to parent |
- +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
- | bin index of this chunk |
- +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
- | Unused space .
- . |
-nextchunk-> +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
- `foot:' | Size of chunk, in bytes |
- +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
-
- Each tree holding treenodes is a tree of unique chunk sizes. Chunks
- of the same size are arranged in a circularly-linked list, with only
- the oldest chunk (the next to be used, in our FIFO ordering)
- actually in the tree. (Tree members are distinguished by a non-null
- parent pointer.) If a chunk with the same size an an existing node
- is inserted, it is linked off the existing node using pointers that
- work in the same way as fd/bk pointers of small chunks.
-
- Each tree contains a power of 2 sized range of chunk sizes (the
- smallest is 0x100 <= x < 0x180), which is is divided in half at each
- tree level, with the chunks in the smaller half of the range (0x100
- <= x < 0x140 for the top nose) in the left subtree and the larger
- half (0x140 <= x < 0x180) in the right subtree. This is, of course,
- done by inspecting individual bits.
-
- Using these rules, each node's left subtree contains all smaller
- sizes than its right subtree. However, the node at the root of each
- subtree has no particular ordering relationship to either. (The
- dividing line between the subtree sizes is based on trie relation.)
- If we remove the last chunk of a given size from the interior of the
- tree, we need to replace it with a leaf node. The tree ordering
- rules permit a node to be replaced by any leaf below it.
-
- The smallest chunk in a tree (a common operation in a best-fit
- allocator) can be found by walking a path to the leftmost leaf in
- the tree. Unlike a usual binary tree, where we follow left child
- pointers until we reach a null, here we follow the right child
- pointer any time the left one is null, until we reach a leaf with
- both child pointers null. The smallest chunk in the tree will be
- somewhere along that path.
-
- The worst case number of steps to add, find, or remove a node is
- bounded by the number of bits differentiating chunks within
- bins. Under current bin calculations, this ranges from 6 up to 21
- (for 32 bit sizes) or up to 53 (for 64 bit sizes). The typical case
- is of course much better.
-*/
-
-struct malloc_tree_chunk {
- /* The first four fields must be compatible with malloc_chunk */
- size_t prev_foot;
- size_t head;
- struct malloc_tree_chunk* fd;
- struct malloc_tree_chunk* bk;
-
- struct malloc_tree_chunk* child[2];
- struct malloc_tree_chunk* parent;
- bindex_t index;
-};
-
-typedef struct malloc_tree_chunk tchunk;
-typedef struct malloc_tree_chunk* tchunkptr;
-typedef struct malloc_tree_chunk* tbinptr; /* The type of bins of trees */
-
-/* A little helper macro for trees */
-#define leftmost_child(t) ((t)->child[0] != 0? (t)->child[0] : (t)->child[1])
-
-/* ----------------------------- Segments -------------------------------- */
-
-/*
- Each malloc space may include non-contiguous segments, held in a
- list headed by an embedded malloc_segment record representing the
- top-most space. Segments also include flags holding properties of
- the space. Large chunks that are directly allocated by mmap are not
- included in this list. They are instead independently created and
- destroyed without otherwise keeping track of them.
-
- Segment management mainly comes into play for spaces allocated by
- MMAP. Any call to MMAP might or might not return memory that is
- adjacent to an existing segment. MORECORE normally contiguously
- extends the current space, so this space is almost always adjacent,
- which is simpler and faster to deal with. (This is why MORECORE is
- used preferentially to MMAP when both are available -- see
- sys_alloc.) When allocating using MMAP, we don't use any of the
- hinting mechanisms (inconsistently) supported in various
- implementations of unix mmap, or distinguish reserving from
- committing memory. Instead, we just ask for space, and exploit
- contiguity when we get it. It is probably possible to do
- better than this on some systems, but no general scheme seems
- to be significantly better.
-
- Management entails a simpler variant of the consolidation scheme
- used for chunks to reduce fragmentation -- new adjacent memory is
- normally prepended or appended to an existing segment. However,
- there are limitations compared to chunk consolidation that mostly
- reflect the fact that segment processing is relatively infrequent
- (occurring only when getting memory from system) and that we
- don't expect to have huge numbers of segments:
-
- * Segments are not indexed, so traversal requires linear scans. (It
- would be possible to index these, but is not worth the extra
- overhead and complexity for most programs on most platforms.)
- * New segments are only appended to old ones when holding top-most
- memory; if they cannot be prepended to others, they are held in
- different segments.
-
- Except for the top-most segment of an mstate, each segment record
- is kept at the tail of its segment. Segments are added by pushing
- segment records onto the list headed by &mstate.seg for the
- containing mstate.
-
- Segment flags control allocation/merge/deallocation policies:
- * If EXTERN_BIT set, then we did not allocate this segment,
- and so should not try to deallocate or merge with others.
- (This currently holds only for the initial segment passed
- into create_mspace_with_base.)
- * If IS_MMAPPED_BIT set, the segment may be merged with
- other surrounding mmapped segments and trimmed/de-allocated
- using munmap.
- * If neither bit is set, then the segment was obtained using
- MORECORE so can be merged with surrounding MORECORE'd segments
- and deallocated/trimmed using MORECORE with negative arguments.
-*/
-
-struct malloc_segment {
- char* base; /* base address */
- size_t size; /* allocated size */
- struct malloc_segment* next; /* ptr to next segment */
-#if FFI_MMAP_EXEC_WRIT
- /* The mmap magic is supposed to store the address of the executable
- segment at the very end of the requested block. */
-
-# define mmap_exec_offset(b,s) (*(ptrdiff_t*)((b)+(s)-sizeof(ptrdiff_t)))
-
- /* We can only merge segments if their corresponding executable
- segments are at identical offsets. */
-# define check_segment_merge(S,b,s) \
- (mmap_exec_offset((b),(s)) == (S)->exec_offset)
-
-# define add_segment_exec_offset(p,S) ((char*)(p) + (S)->exec_offset)
-# define sub_segment_exec_offset(p,S) ((char*)(p) - (S)->exec_offset)
-
- /* The removal of sflags only works with HAVE_MORECORE == 0. */
-
-# define get_segment_flags(S) (IS_MMAPPED_BIT)
-# define set_segment_flags(S,v) \
- (((v) != IS_MMAPPED_BIT) ? (ABORT, (v)) : \
- (((S)->exec_offset = \
- mmap_exec_offset((S)->base, (S)->size)), \
- (mmap_exec_offset((S)->base + (S)->exec_offset, (S)->size) != \
- (S)->exec_offset) ? (ABORT, (v)) : \
- (mmap_exec_offset((S)->base, (S)->size) = 0), (v)))
-
- /* We use an offset here, instead of a pointer, because then, when
- base changes, we don't have to modify this. On architectures
- with segmented addresses, this might not work. */
- ptrdiff_t exec_offset;
-#else
-
-# define get_segment_flags(S) ((S)->sflags)
-# define set_segment_flags(S,v) ((S)->sflags = (v))
-# define check_segment_merge(S,b,s) (1)
-
- flag_t sflags; /* mmap and extern flag */
-#endif
-};
-
-#define is_mmapped_segment(S) (get_segment_flags(S) & IS_MMAPPED_BIT)
-#define is_extern_segment(S) (get_segment_flags(S) & EXTERN_BIT)
-
-typedef struct malloc_segment msegment;
-typedef struct malloc_segment* msegmentptr;
-
-/* ---------------------------- malloc_state ----------------------------- */
-
-/*
- A malloc_state holds all of the bookkeeping for a space.
- The main fields are:
-
- Top
- The topmost chunk of the currently active segment. Its size is
- cached in topsize. The actual size of topmost space is
- topsize+TOP_FOOT_SIZE, which includes space reserved for adding
- fenceposts and segment records if necessary when getting more
- space from the system. The size at which to autotrim top is
- cached from mparams in trim_check, except that it is disabled if
- an autotrim fails.
-
- Designated victim (dv)
- This is the preferred chunk for servicing small requests that
- don't have exact fits. It is normally the chunk split off most
- recently to service another small request. Its size is cached in
- dvsize. The link fields of this chunk are not maintained since it
- is not kept in a bin.
-
- SmallBins
- An array of bin headers for free chunks. These bins hold chunks
- with sizes less than MIN_LARGE_SIZE bytes. Each bin contains
- chunks of all the same size, spaced 8 bytes apart. To simplify
- use in double-linked lists, each bin header acts as a malloc_chunk
- pointing to the real first node, if it exists (else pointing to
- itself). This avoids special-casing for headers. But to avoid
- waste, we allocate only the fd/bk pointers of bins, and then use
- repositioning tricks to treat these as the fields of a chunk.
-
- TreeBins
- Treebins are pointers to the roots of trees holding a range of
- sizes. There are 2 equally spaced treebins for each power of two
- from TREE_SHIFT to TREE_SHIFT+16. The last bin holds anything
- larger.
-
- Bin maps
- There is one bit map for small bins ("smallmap") and one for
- treebins ("treemap). Each bin sets its bit when non-empty, and
- clears the bit when empty. Bit operations are then used to avoid
- bin-by-bin searching -- nearly all "search" is done without ever
- looking at bins that won't be selected. The bit maps
- conservatively use 32 bits per map word, even if on 64bit system.
- For a good description of some of the bit-based techniques used
- here, see Henry S. Warren Jr's book "Hacker's Delight" (and
- supplement at http://hackersdelight.org/). Many of these are
- intended to reduce the branchiness of paths through malloc etc, as
- well as to reduce the number of memory locations read or written.
-
- Segments
- A list of segments headed by an embedded malloc_segment record
- representing the initial space.
-
- Address check support
- The least_addr field is the least address ever obtained from
- MORECORE or MMAP. Attempted frees and reallocs of any address less
- than this are trapped (unless INSECURE is defined).
-
- Magic tag
- A cross-check field that should always hold same value as mparams.magic.
-
- Flags
- Bits recording whether to use MMAP, locks, or contiguous MORECORE
-
- Statistics
- Each space keeps track of current and maximum system memory
- obtained via MORECORE or MMAP.
-
- Locking
- If USE_LOCKS is defined, the "mutex" lock is acquired and released
- around every public call using this mspace.
-*/
-
-/* Bin types, widths and sizes */
-#define NSMALLBINS (32U)
-#define NTREEBINS (32U)
-#define SMALLBIN_SHIFT (3U)
-#define SMALLBIN_WIDTH (SIZE_T_ONE << SMALLBIN_SHIFT)
-#define TREEBIN_SHIFT (8U)
-#define MIN_LARGE_SIZE (SIZE_T_ONE << TREEBIN_SHIFT)
-#define MAX_SMALL_SIZE (MIN_LARGE_SIZE - SIZE_T_ONE)
-#define MAX_SMALL_REQUEST (MAX_SMALL_SIZE - CHUNK_ALIGN_MASK - CHUNK_OVERHEAD)
-
-struct malloc_state {
- binmap_t smallmap;
- binmap_t treemap;
- size_t dvsize;
- size_t topsize;
- char* least_addr;
- mchunkptr dv;
- mchunkptr top;
- size_t trim_check;
- size_t magic;
- mchunkptr smallbins[(NSMALLBINS+1)*2];
- tbinptr treebins[NTREEBINS];
- size_t footprint;
- size_t max_footprint;
- flag_t mflags;
-#if USE_LOCKS
- MLOCK_T mutex; /* locate lock among fields that rarely change */
-#endif /* USE_LOCKS */
- msegment seg;
-};
-
-typedef struct malloc_state* mstate;
-
-/* ------------- Global malloc_state and malloc_params ------------------- */
-
-/*
- malloc_params holds global properties, including those that can be
- dynamically set using mallopt. There is a single instance, mparams,
- initialized in init_mparams.
-*/
-
-struct malloc_params {
- size_t magic;
- size_t page_size;
- size_t granularity;
- size_t mmap_threshold;
- size_t trim_threshold;
- flag_t default_mflags;
-};
-
-static struct malloc_params mparams;
-
-/* The global malloc_state used for all non-"mspace" calls */
-static struct malloc_state _gm_;
-#define gm (&_gm_)
-#define is_global(M) ((M) == &_gm_)
-#define is_initialized(M) ((M)->top != 0)
-
-/* -------------------------- system alloc setup ------------------------- */
-
-/* Operations on mflags */
-
-#define use_lock(M) ((M)->mflags & USE_LOCK_BIT)
-#define enable_lock(M) ((M)->mflags |= USE_LOCK_BIT)
-#define disable_lock(M) ((M)->mflags &= ~USE_LOCK_BIT)
-
-#define use_mmap(M) ((M)->mflags & USE_MMAP_BIT)
-#define enable_mmap(M) ((M)->mflags |= USE_MMAP_BIT)
-#define disable_mmap(M) ((M)->mflags &= ~USE_MMAP_BIT)
-
-#define use_noncontiguous(M) ((M)->mflags & USE_NONCONTIGUOUS_BIT)
-#define disable_contiguous(M) ((M)->mflags |= USE_NONCONTIGUOUS_BIT)
-
-#define set_lock(M,L)\
- ((M)->mflags = (L)?\
- ((M)->mflags | USE_LOCK_BIT) :\
- ((M)->mflags & ~USE_LOCK_BIT))
-
-/* page-align a size */
-#define page_align(S)\
- (((S) + (mparams.page_size)) & ~(mparams.page_size - SIZE_T_ONE))
-
-/* granularity-align a size */
-#define granularity_align(S)\
- (((S) + (mparams.granularity)) & ~(mparams.granularity - SIZE_T_ONE))
-
-#define is_page_aligned(S)\
- (((size_t)(S) & (mparams.page_size - SIZE_T_ONE)) == 0)
-#define is_granularity_aligned(S)\
- (((size_t)(S) & (mparams.granularity - SIZE_T_ONE)) == 0)
-
-/* True if segment S holds address A */
-#define segment_holds(S, A)\
- ((char*)(A) >= S->base && (char*)(A) < S->base + S->size)
-
-/* Return segment holding given address */
-static msegmentptr segment_holding(mstate m, char* addr) {
- msegmentptr sp = &m->seg;
- for (;;) {
- if (addr >= sp->base && addr < sp->base + sp->size)
- return sp;
- if ((sp = sp->next) == 0)
- return 0;
- }
-}
-
-/* Return true if segment contains a segment link */
-static int has_segment_link(mstate m, msegmentptr ss) {
- msegmentptr sp = &m->seg;
- for (;;) {
- if ((char*)sp >= ss->base && (char*)sp < ss->base + ss->size)
- return 1;
- if ((sp = sp->next) == 0)
- return 0;
- }
-}
-
-#ifndef MORECORE_CANNOT_TRIM
-#define should_trim(M,s) ((s) > (M)->trim_check)
-#else /* MORECORE_CANNOT_TRIM */
-#define should_trim(M,s) (0)
-#endif /* MORECORE_CANNOT_TRIM */
-
-/*
- TOP_FOOT_SIZE is padding at the end of a segment, including space
- that may be needed to place segment records and fenceposts when new
- noncontiguous segments are added.
-*/
-#define TOP_FOOT_SIZE\
- (align_offset(chunk2mem(0))+pad_request(sizeof(struct malloc_segment))+MIN_CHUNK_SIZE)
-
-
-/* ------------------------------- Hooks -------------------------------- */
-
-/*
- PREACTION should be defined to return 0 on success, and nonzero on
- failure. If you are not using locking, you can redefine these to do
- anything you like.
-*/
-
-#if USE_LOCKS
-
-/* Ensure locks are initialized */
-#define GLOBALLY_INITIALIZE() (mparams.page_size == 0 && init_mparams())
-
-#define PREACTION(M) ((GLOBALLY_INITIALIZE() || use_lock(M))? ACQUIRE_LOCK(&(M)->mutex) : 0)
-#define POSTACTION(M) { if (use_lock(M)) RELEASE_LOCK(&(M)->mutex); }
-#else /* USE_LOCKS */
-
-#ifndef PREACTION
-#define PREACTION(M) (0)
-#endif /* PREACTION */
-
-#ifndef POSTACTION
-#define POSTACTION(M)
-#endif /* POSTACTION */
-
-#endif /* USE_LOCKS */
-
-/*
- CORRUPTION_ERROR_ACTION is triggered upon detected bad addresses.
- USAGE_ERROR_ACTION is triggered on detected bad frees and
- reallocs. The argument p is an address that might have triggered the
- fault. It is ignored by the two predefined actions, but might be
- useful in custom actions that try to help diagnose errors.
-*/
-
-#if PROCEED_ON_ERROR
-
-/* A count of the number of corruption errors causing resets */
-int malloc_corruption_error_count;
-
-/* default corruption action */
-static void reset_on_error(mstate m);
-
-#define CORRUPTION_ERROR_ACTION(m) reset_on_error(m)
-#define USAGE_ERROR_ACTION(m, p)
-
-#else /* PROCEED_ON_ERROR */
-
-#ifndef CORRUPTION_ERROR_ACTION
-#define CORRUPTION_ERROR_ACTION(m) ABORT
-#endif /* CORRUPTION_ERROR_ACTION */
-
-#ifndef USAGE_ERROR_ACTION
-#define USAGE_ERROR_ACTION(m,p) ABORT
-#endif /* USAGE_ERROR_ACTION */
-
-#endif /* PROCEED_ON_ERROR */
-
-/* -------------------------- Debugging setup ---------------------------- */
-
-#if ! DEBUG
-
-#define check_free_chunk(M,P)
-#define check_inuse_chunk(M,P)
-#define check_malloced_chunk(M,P,N)
-#define check_mmapped_chunk(M,P)
-#define check_malloc_state(M)
-#define check_top_chunk(M,P)
-
-#else /* DEBUG */
-#define check_free_chunk(M,P) do_check_free_chunk(M,P)
-#define check_inuse_chunk(M,P) do_check_inuse_chunk(M,P)
-#define check_top_chunk(M,P) do_check_top_chunk(M,P)
-#define check_malloced_chunk(M,P,N) do_check_malloced_chunk(M,P,N)
-#define check_mmapped_chunk(M,P) do_check_mmapped_chunk(M,P)
-#define check_malloc_state(M) do_check_malloc_state(M)
-
-static void do_check_any_chunk(mstate m, mchunkptr p);
-static void do_check_top_chunk(mstate m, mchunkptr p);
-static void do_check_mmapped_chunk(mstate m, mchunkptr p);
-static void do_check_inuse_chunk(mstate m, mchunkptr p);
-static void do_check_free_chunk(mstate m, mchunkptr p);
-static void do_check_malloced_chunk(mstate m, void* mem, size_t s);
-static void do_check_tree(mstate m, tchunkptr t);
-static void do_check_treebin(mstate m, bindex_t i);
-static void do_check_smallbin(mstate m, bindex_t i);
-static void do_check_malloc_state(mstate m);
-static int bin_find(mstate m, mchunkptr x);
-static size_t traverse_and_check(mstate m);
-#endif /* DEBUG */
-
-/* ---------------------------- Indexing Bins ---------------------------- */
-
-#define is_small(s) (((s) >> SMALLBIN_SHIFT) < NSMALLBINS)
-#define small_index(s) ((s) >> SMALLBIN_SHIFT)
-#define small_index2size(i) ((i) << SMALLBIN_SHIFT)
-#define MIN_SMALL_INDEX (small_index(MIN_CHUNK_SIZE))
-
-/* addressing by index. See above about smallbin repositioning */
-#define smallbin_at(M, i) ((sbinptr)((char*)&((M)->smallbins[(i)<<1])))
-#define treebin_at(M,i) (&((M)->treebins[i]))
-
-/* assign tree index for size S to variable I */
-#if defined(__GNUC__) && defined(i386)
-#define compute_tree_index(S, I)\
-{\
- size_t X = S >> TREEBIN_SHIFT;\
- if (X == 0)\
- I = 0;\
- else if (X > 0xFFFF)\
- I = NTREEBINS-1;\
- else {\
- unsigned int K;\
- __asm__("bsrl %1,%0\n\t" : "=r" (K) : "rm" (X));\
- I = (bindex_t)((K << 1) + ((S >> (K + (TREEBIN_SHIFT-1)) & 1)));\
- }\
-}
-#else /* GNUC */
-#define compute_tree_index(S, I)\
-{\
- size_t X = S >> TREEBIN_SHIFT;\
- if (X == 0)\
- I = 0;\
- else if (X > 0xFFFF)\
- I = NTREEBINS-1;\
- else {\
- unsigned int Y = (unsigned int)X;\
- unsigned int N = ((Y - 0x100) >> 16) & 8;\
- unsigned int K = (((Y <<= N) - 0x1000) >> 16) & 4;\
- N += K;\
- N += K = (((Y <<= K) - 0x4000) >> 16) & 2;\
- K = 14 - N + ((Y <<= K) >> 15);\
- I = (K << 1) + ((S >> (K + (TREEBIN_SHIFT-1)) & 1));\
- }\
-}
-#endif /* GNUC */
-
-/* Bit representing maximum resolved size in a treebin at i */
-#define bit_for_tree_index(i) \
- (i == NTREEBINS-1)? (SIZE_T_BITSIZE-1) : (((i) >> 1) + TREEBIN_SHIFT - 2)
-
-/* Shift placing maximum resolved bit in a treebin at i as sign bit */
-#define leftshift_for_tree_index(i) \
- ((i == NTREEBINS-1)? 0 : \
- ((SIZE_T_BITSIZE-SIZE_T_ONE) - (((i) >> 1) + TREEBIN_SHIFT - 2)))
-
-/* The size of the smallest chunk held in bin with index i */
-#define minsize_for_tree_index(i) \
- ((SIZE_T_ONE << (((i) >> 1) + TREEBIN_SHIFT)) | \
- (((size_t)((i) & SIZE_T_ONE)) << (((i) >> 1) + TREEBIN_SHIFT - 1)))
-
-
-/* ------------------------ Operations on bin maps ----------------------- */
-
-/* bit corresponding to given index */
-#define idx2bit(i) ((binmap_t)(1) << (i))
-
-/* Mark/Clear bits with given index */
-#define mark_smallmap(M,i) ((M)->smallmap |= idx2bit(i))
-#define clear_smallmap(M,i) ((M)->smallmap &= ~idx2bit(i))
-#define smallmap_is_marked(M,i) ((M)->smallmap & idx2bit(i))
-
-#define mark_treemap(M,i) ((M)->treemap |= idx2bit(i))
-#define clear_treemap(M,i) ((M)->treemap &= ~idx2bit(i))
-#define treemap_is_marked(M,i) ((M)->treemap & idx2bit(i))
-
-/* index corresponding to given bit */
-
-#if defined(__GNUC__) && defined(i386)
-#define compute_bit2idx(X, I)\
-{\
- unsigned int J;\
- __asm__("bsfl %1,%0\n\t" : "=r" (J) : "rm" (X));\
- I = (bindex_t)J;\
-}
-
-#else /* GNUC */
-#if USE_BUILTIN_FFS
-#define compute_bit2idx(X, I) I = ffs(X)-1
-
-#else /* USE_BUILTIN_FFS */
-#define compute_bit2idx(X, I)\
-{\
- unsigned int Y = X - 1;\
- unsigned int K = Y >> (16-4) & 16;\
- unsigned int N = K; Y >>= K;\
- N += K = Y >> (8-3) & 8; Y >>= K;\
- N += K = Y >> (4-2) & 4; Y >>= K;\
- N += K = Y >> (2-1) & 2; Y >>= K;\
- N += K = Y >> (1-0) & 1; Y >>= K;\
- I = (bindex_t)(N + Y);\
-}
-#endif /* USE_BUILTIN_FFS */
-#endif /* GNUC */
-
-/* isolate the least set bit of a bitmap */
-#define least_bit(x) ((x) & -(x))
-
-/* mask with all bits to left of least bit of x on */
-#define left_bits(x) ((x<<1) | -(x<<1))
-
-/* mask with all bits to left of or equal to least bit of x on */
-#define same_or_left_bits(x) ((x) | -(x))
-
-
-/* ----------------------- Runtime Check Support ------------------------- */
-
-/*
- For security, the main invariant is that malloc/free/etc never
- writes to a static address other than malloc_state, unless static
- malloc_state itself has been corrupted, which cannot occur via
- malloc (because of these checks). In essence this means that we
- believe all pointers, sizes, maps etc held in malloc_state, but
- check all of those linked or offsetted from other embedded data
- structures. These checks are interspersed with main code in a way
- that tends to minimize their run-time cost.
-
- When FOOTERS is defined, in addition to range checking, we also
- verify footer fields of inuse chunks, which can be used guarantee
- that the mstate controlling malloc/free is intact. This is a
- streamlined version of the approach described by William Robertson
- et al in "Run-time Detection of Heap-based Overflows" LISA'03
- http://www.usenix.org/events/lisa03/tech/robertson.html The footer
- of an inuse chunk holds the xor of its mstate and a random seed,
- that is checked upon calls to free() and realloc(). This is
- (probablistically) unguessable from outside the program, but can be
- computed by any code successfully malloc'ing any chunk, so does not
- itself provide protection against code that has already broken
- security through some other means. Unlike Robertson et al, we
- always dynamically check addresses of all offset chunks (previous,
- next, etc). This turns out to be cheaper than relying on hashes.
-*/
-
-#if !INSECURE
-/* Check if address a is at least as high as any from MORECORE or MMAP */
-#define ok_address(M, a) ((char*)(a) >= (M)->least_addr)
-/* Check if address of next chunk n is higher than base chunk p */
-#define ok_next(p, n) ((char*)(p) < (char*)(n))
-/* Check if p has its cinuse bit on */
-#define ok_cinuse(p) cinuse(p)
-/* Check if p has its pinuse bit on */
-#define ok_pinuse(p) pinuse(p)
-
-#else /* !INSECURE */
-#define ok_address(M, a) (1)
-#define ok_next(b, n) (1)
-#define ok_cinuse(p) (1)
-#define ok_pinuse(p) (1)
-#endif /* !INSECURE */
-
-#if (FOOTERS && !INSECURE)
-/* Check if (alleged) mstate m has expected magic field */
-#define ok_magic(M) ((M)->magic == mparams.magic)
-#else /* (FOOTERS && !INSECURE) */
-#define ok_magic(M) (1)
-#endif /* (FOOTERS && !INSECURE) */
-
-
-/* In gcc, use __builtin_expect to minimize impact of checks */
-#if !INSECURE
-#if defined(__GNUC__) && __GNUC__ >= 3
-#define RTCHECK(e) __builtin_expect(e, 1)
-#else /* GNUC */
-#define RTCHECK(e) (e)
-#endif /* GNUC */
-#else /* !INSECURE */
-#define RTCHECK(e) (1)
-#endif /* !INSECURE */
-
-/* macros to set up inuse chunks with or without footers */
-
-#if !FOOTERS
-
-#define mark_inuse_foot(M,p,s)
-
-/* Set cinuse bit and pinuse bit of next chunk */
-#define set_inuse(M,p,s)\
- ((p)->head = (((p)->head & PINUSE_BIT)|s|CINUSE_BIT),\
- ((mchunkptr)(((char*)(p)) + (s)))->head |= PINUSE_BIT)
-
-/* Set cinuse and pinuse of this chunk and pinuse of next chunk */
-#define set_inuse_and_pinuse(M,p,s)\
- ((p)->head = (s|PINUSE_BIT|CINUSE_BIT),\
- ((mchunkptr)(((char*)(p)) + (s)))->head |= PINUSE_BIT)
-
-/* Set size, cinuse and pinuse bit of this chunk */
-#define set_size_and_pinuse_of_inuse_chunk(M, p, s)\
- ((p)->head = (s|PINUSE_BIT|CINUSE_BIT))
-
-#else /* FOOTERS */
-
-/* Set foot of inuse chunk to be xor of mstate and seed */
-#define mark_inuse_foot(M,p,s)\
- (((mchunkptr)((char*)(p) + (s)))->prev_foot = ((size_t)(M) ^ mparams.magic))
-
-#define get_mstate_for(p)\
- ((mstate)(((mchunkptr)((char*)(p) +\
- (chunksize(p))))->prev_foot ^ mparams.magic))
-
-#define set_inuse(M,p,s)\
- ((p)->head = (((p)->head & PINUSE_BIT)|s|CINUSE_BIT),\
- (((mchunkptr)(((char*)(p)) + (s)))->head |= PINUSE_BIT), \
- mark_inuse_foot(M,p,s))
-
-#define set_inuse_and_pinuse(M,p,s)\
- ((p)->head = (s|PINUSE_BIT|CINUSE_BIT),\
- (((mchunkptr)(((char*)(p)) + (s)))->head |= PINUSE_BIT),\
- mark_inuse_foot(M,p,s))
-
-#define set_size_and_pinuse_of_inuse_chunk(M, p, s)\
- ((p)->head = (s|PINUSE_BIT|CINUSE_BIT),\
- mark_inuse_foot(M, p, s))
-
-#endif /* !FOOTERS */
-
-/* ---------------------------- setting mparams -------------------------- */
-
-/* Initialize mparams */
-static int init_mparams(void) {
- if (mparams.page_size == 0) {
- size_t s;
-
- mparams.mmap_threshold = DEFAULT_MMAP_THRESHOLD;
- mparams.trim_threshold = DEFAULT_TRIM_THRESHOLD;
-#if MORECORE_CONTIGUOUS
- mparams.default_mflags = USE_LOCK_BIT|USE_MMAP_BIT;
-#else /* MORECORE_CONTIGUOUS */
- mparams.default_mflags = USE_LOCK_BIT|USE_MMAP_BIT|USE_NONCONTIGUOUS_BIT;
-#endif /* MORECORE_CONTIGUOUS */
-
-#if (FOOTERS && !INSECURE)
- {
-#if USE_DEV_RANDOM
- int fd;
- unsigned char buf[sizeof(size_t)];
- /* Try to use /dev/urandom, else fall back on using time */
- if ((fd = open("/dev/urandom", O_RDONLY)) >= 0 &&
- read(fd, buf, sizeof(buf)) == sizeof(buf)) {
- s = *((size_t *) buf);
- close(fd);
- }
- else
-#endif /* USE_DEV_RANDOM */
- s = (size_t)(time(0) ^ (size_t)0x55555555U);
-
- s |= (size_t)8U; /* ensure nonzero */
- s &= ~(size_t)7U; /* improve chances of fault for bad values */
-
- }
-#else /* (FOOTERS && !INSECURE) */
- s = (size_t)0x58585858U;
-#endif /* (FOOTERS && !INSECURE) */
- ACQUIRE_MAGIC_INIT_LOCK();
- if (mparams.magic == 0) {
- mparams.magic = s;
- /* Set up lock for main malloc area */
- INITIAL_LOCK(&gm->mutex);
- gm->mflags = mparams.default_mflags;
- }
- RELEASE_MAGIC_INIT_LOCK();
-
-#if !defined(WIN32) && !defined(__OS2__)
- mparams.page_size = malloc_getpagesize;
- mparams.granularity = ((DEFAULT_GRANULARITY != 0)?
- DEFAULT_GRANULARITY : mparams.page_size);
-#elif defined (__OS2__)
- /* if low-memory is used, os2munmap() would break
- if it were anything other than 64k */
- mparams.page_size = 4096u;
- mparams.granularity = 65536u;
-#else /* WIN32 */
- {
- SYSTEM_INFO system_info;
- GetSystemInfo(&system_info);
- mparams.page_size = system_info.dwPageSize;
- mparams.granularity = system_info.dwAllocationGranularity;
- }
-#endif /* WIN32 */
-
- /* Sanity-check configuration:
- size_t must be unsigned and as wide as pointer type.
- ints must be at least 4 bytes.
- alignment must be at least 8.
- Alignment, min chunk size, and page size must all be powers of 2.
- */
- if ((sizeof(size_t) != sizeof(char*)) ||
- (MAX_SIZE_T < MIN_CHUNK_SIZE) ||
- (sizeof(int) < 4) ||
- (MALLOC_ALIGNMENT < (size_t)8U) ||
- ((MALLOC_ALIGNMENT & (MALLOC_ALIGNMENT-SIZE_T_ONE)) != 0) ||
- ((MCHUNK_SIZE & (MCHUNK_SIZE-SIZE_T_ONE)) != 0) ||
- ((mparams.granularity & (mparams.granularity-SIZE_T_ONE)) != 0) ||
- ((mparams.page_size & (mparams.page_size-SIZE_T_ONE)) != 0))
- ABORT;
- }
- return 0;
-}
-
-/* support for mallopt */
-static int change_mparam(int param_number, int value) {
- size_t val = (size_t)value;
- init_mparams();
- switch(param_number) {
- case M_TRIM_THRESHOLD:
- mparams.trim_threshold = val;
- return 1;
- case M_GRANULARITY:
- if (val >= mparams.page_size && ((val & (val-1)) == 0)) {
- mparams.granularity = val;
- return 1;
- }
- else
- return 0;
- case M_MMAP_THRESHOLD:
- mparams.mmap_threshold = val;
- return 1;
- default:
- return 0;
- }
-}
-
-#if DEBUG
-/* ------------------------- Debugging Support --------------------------- */
-
-/* Check properties of any chunk, whether free, inuse, mmapped etc */
-static void do_check_any_chunk(mstate m, mchunkptr p) {
- assert((is_aligned(chunk2mem(p))) || (p->head == FENCEPOST_HEAD));
- assert(ok_address(m, p));
-}
-
-/* Check properties of top chunk */
-static void do_check_top_chunk(mstate m, mchunkptr p) {
- msegmentptr sp = segment_holding(m, (char*)p);
- size_t sz = chunksize(p);
- assert(sp != 0);
- assert((is_aligned(chunk2mem(p))) || (p->head == FENCEPOST_HEAD));
- assert(ok_address(m, p));
- assert(sz == m->topsize);
- assert(sz > 0);
- assert(sz == ((sp->base + sp->size) - (char*)p) - TOP_FOOT_SIZE);
- assert(pinuse(p));
- assert(!next_pinuse(p));
-}
-
-/* Check properties of (inuse) mmapped chunks */
-static void do_check_mmapped_chunk(mstate m, mchunkptr p) {
- size_t sz = chunksize(p);
- size_t len = (sz + (p->prev_foot & ~IS_MMAPPED_BIT) + MMAP_FOOT_PAD);
- assert(is_mmapped(p));
- assert(use_mmap(m));
- assert((is_aligned(chunk2mem(p))) || (p->head == FENCEPOST_HEAD));
- assert(ok_address(m, p));
- assert(!is_small(sz));
- assert((len & (mparams.page_size-SIZE_T_ONE)) == 0);
- assert(chunk_plus_offset(p, sz)->head == FENCEPOST_HEAD);
- assert(chunk_plus_offset(p, sz+SIZE_T_SIZE)->head == 0);
-}
-
-/* Check properties of inuse chunks */
-static void do_check_inuse_chunk(mstate m, mchunkptr p) {
- do_check_any_chunk(m, p);
- assert(cinuse(p));
- assert(next_pinuse(p));
- /* If not pinuse and not mmapped, previous chunk has OK offset */
- assert(is_mmapped(p) || pinuse(p) || next_chunk(prev_chunk(p)) == p);
- if (is_mmapped(p))
- do_check_mmapped_chunk(m, p);
-}
-
-/* Check properties of free chunks */
-static void do_check_free_chunk(mstate m, mchunkptr p) {
- size_t sz = p->head & ~(PINUSE_BIT|CINUSE_BIT);
- mchunkptr next = chunk_plus_offset(p, sz);
- do_check_any_chunk(m, p);
- assert(!cinuse(p));
- assert(!next_pinuse(p));
- assert (!is_mmapped(p));
- if (p != m->dv && p != m->top) {
- if (sz >= MIN_CHUNK_SIZE) {
- assert((sz & CHUNK_ALIGN_MASK) == 0);
- assert(is_aligned(chunk2mem(p)));
- assert(next->prev_foot == sz);
- assert(pinuse(p));
- assert (next == m->top || cinuse(next));
- assert(p->fd->bk == p);
- assert(p->bk->fd == p);
- }
- else /* markers are always of size SIZE_T_SIZE */
- assert(sz == SIZE_T_SIZE);
- }
-}
-
-/* Check properties of malloced chunks at the point they are malloced */
-static void do_check_malloced_chunk(mstate m, void* mem, size_t s) {
- if (mem != 0) {
- mchunkptr p = mem2chunk(mem);
- size_t sz = p->head & ~(PINUSE_BIT|CINUSE_BIT);
- do_check_inuse_chunk(m, p);
- assert((sz & CHUNK_ALIGN_MASK) == 0);
- assert(sz >= MIN_CHUNK_SIZE);
- assert(sz >= s);
- /* unless mmapped, size is less than MIN_CHUNK_SIZE more than request */
- assert(is_mmapped(p) || sz < (s + MIN_CHUNK_SIZE));
- }
-}
-
-/* Check a tree and its subtrees. */
-static void do_check_tree(mstate m, tchunkptr t) {
- tchunkptr head = 0;
- tchunkptr u = t;
- bindex_t tindex = t->index;
- size_t tsize = chunksize(t);
- bindex_t idx;
- compute_tree_index(tsize, idx);
- assert(tindex == idx);
- assert(tsize >= MIN_LARGE_SIZE);
- assert(tsize >= minsize_for_tree_index(idx));
- assert((idx == NTREEBINS-1) || (tsize < minsize_for_tree_index((idx+1))));
-
- do { /* traverse through chain of same-sized nodes */
- do_check_any_chunk(m, ((mchunkptr)u));
- assert(u->index == tindex);
- assert(chunksize(u) == tsize);
- assert(!cinuse(u));
- assert(!next_pinuse(u));
- assert(u->fd->bk == u);
- assert(u->bk->fd == u);
- if (u->parent == 0) {
- assert(u->child[0] == 0);
- assert(u->child[1] == 0);
- }
- else {
- assert(head == 0); /* only one node on chain has parent */
- head = u;
- assert(u->parent != u);
- assert (u->parent->child[0] == u ||
- u->parent->child[1] == u ||
- *((tbinptr*)(u->parent)) == u);
- if (u->child[0] != 0) {
- assert(u->child[0]->parent == u);
- assert(u->child[0] != u);
- do_check_tree(m, u->child[0]);
- }
- if (u->child[1] != 0) {
- assert(u->child[1]->parent == u);
- assert(u->child[1] != u);
- do_check_tree(m, u->child[1]);
- }
- if (u->child[0] != 0 && u->child[1] != 0) {
- assert(chunksize(u->child[0]) < chunksize(u->child[1]));
- }
- }
- u = u->fd;
- } while (u != t);
- assert(head != 0);
-}
-
-/* Check all the chunks in a treebin. */
-static void do_check_treebin(mstate m, bindex_t i) {
- tbinptr* tb = treebin_at(m, i);
- tchunkptr t = *tb;
- int empty = (m->treemap & (1U << i)) == 0;
- if (t == 0)
- assert(empty);
- if (!empty)
- do_check_tree(m, t);
-}
-
-/* Check all the chunks in a smallbin. */
-static void do_check_smallbin(mstate m, bindex_t i) {
- sbinptr b = smallbin_at(m, i);
- mchunkptr p = b->bk;
- unsigned int empty = (m->smallmap & (1U << i)) == 0;
- if (p == b)
- assert(empty);
- if (!empty) {
- for (; p != b; p = p->bk) {
- size_t size = chunksize(p);
- mchunkptr q;
- /* each chunk claims to be free */
- do_check_free_chunk(m, p);
- /* chunk belongs in bin */
- assert(small_index(size) == i);
- assert(p->bk == b || chunksize(p->bk) == chunksize(p));
- /* chunk is followed by an inuse chunk */
- q = next_chunk(p);
- if (q->head != FENCEPOST_HEAD)
- do_check_inuse_chunk(m, q);
- }
- }
-}
-
-/* Find x in a bin. Used in other check functions. */
-static int bin_find(mstate m, mchunkptr x) {
- size_t size = chunksize(x);
- if (is_small(size)) {
- bindex_t sidx = small_index(size);
- sbinptr b = smallbin_at(m, sidx);
- if (smallmap_is_marked(m, sidx)) {
- mchunkptr p = b;
- do {
- if (p == x)
- return 1;
- } while ((p = p->fd) != b);
- }
- }
- else {
- bindex_t tidx;
- compute_tree_index(size, tidx);
- if (treemap_is_marked(m, tidx)) {
- tchunkptr t = *treebin_at(m, tidx);
- size_t sizebits = size << leftshift_for_tree_index(tidx);
- while (t != 0 && chunksize(t) != size) {
- t = t->child[(sizebits >> (SIZE_T_BITSIZE-SIZE_T_ONE)) & 1];
- sizebits <<= 1;
- }
- if (t != 0) {
- tchunkptr u = t;
- do {
- if (u == (tchunkptr)x)
- return 1;
- } while ((u = u->fd) != t);
- }
- }
- }
- return 0;
-}
-
-/* Traverse each chunk and check it; return total */
-static size_t traverse_and_check(mstate m) {
- size_t sum = 0;
- if (is_initialized(m)) {
- msegmentptr s = &m->seg;
- sum += m->topsize + TOP_FOOT_SIZE;
- while (s != 0) {
- mchunkptr q = align_as_chunk(s->base);
- mchunkptr lastq = 0;
- assert(pinuse(q));
- while (segment_holds(s, q) &&
- q != m->top && q->head != FENCEPOST_HEAD) {
- sum += chunksize(q);
- if (cinuse(q)) {
- assert(!bin_find(m, q));
- do_check_inuse_chunk(m, q);
- }
- else {
- assert(q == m->dv || bin_find(m, q));
- assert(lastq == 0 || cinuse(lastq)); /* Not 2 consecutive free */
- do_check_free_chunk(m, q);
- }
- lastq = q;
- q = next_chunk(q);
- }
- s = s->next;
- }
- }
- return sum;
-}
-
-/* Check all properties of malloc_state. */
-static void do_check_malloc_state(mstate m) {
- bindex_t i;
- size_t total;
- /* check bins */
- for (i = 0; i < NSMALLBINS; ++i)
- do_check_smallbin(m, i);
- for (i = 0; i < NTREEBINS; ++i)
- do_check_treebin(m, i);
-
- if (m->dvsize != 0) { /* check dv chunk */
- do_check_any_chunk(m, m->dv);
- assert(m->dvsize == chunksize(m->dv));
- assert(m->dvsize >= MIN_CHUNK_SIZE);
- assert(bin_find(m, m->dv) == 0);
- }
-
- if (m->top != 0) { /* check top chunk */
- do_check_top_chunk(m, m->top);
- assert(m->topsize == chunksize(m->top));
- assert(m->topsize > 0);
- assert(bin_find(m, m->top) == 0);
- }
-
- total = traverse_and_check(m);
- assert(total <= m->footprint);
- assert(m->footprint <= m->max_footprint);
-}
-#endif /* DEBUG */
-
-/* ----------------------------- statistics ------------------------------ */
-
-#if !NO_MALLINFO
-static struct mallinfo internal_mallinfo(mstate m) {
- struct mallinfo nm = { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 };
- if (!PREACTION(m)) {
- check_malloc_state(m);
- if (is_initialized(m)) {
- size_t nfree = SIZE_T_ONE; /* top always free */
- size_t mfree = m->topsize + TOP_FOOT_SIZE;
- size_t sum = mfree;
- msegmentptr s = &m->seg;
- while (s != 0) {
- mchunkptr q = align_as_chunk(s->base);
- while (segment_holds(s, q) &&
- q != m->top && q->head != FENCEPOST_HEAD) {
- size_t sz = chunksize(q);
- sum += sz;
- if (!cinuse(q)) {
- mfree += sz;
- ++nfree;
- }
- q = next_chunk(q);
- }
- s = s->next;
- }
-
- nm.arena = sum;
- nm.ordblks = nfree;
- nm.hblkhd = m->footprint - sum;
- nm.usmblks = m->max_footprint;
- nm.uordblks = m->footprint - mfree;
- nm.fordblks = mfree;
- nm.keepcost = m->topsize;
- }
-
- POSTACTION(m);
- }
- return nm;
-}
-#endif /* !NO_MALLINFO */
-
-static void internal_malloc_stats(mstate m) {
- if (!PREACTION(m)) {
- size_t maxfp = 0;
- size_t fp = 0;
- size_t used = 0;
- check_malloc_state(m);
- if (is_initialized(m)) {
- msegmentptr s = &m->seg;
- maxfp = m->max_footprint;
- fp = m->footprint;
- used = fp - (m->topsize + TOP_FOOT_SIZE);
-
- while (s != 0) {
- mchunkptr q = align_as_chunk(s->base);
- while (segment_holds(s, q) &&
- q != m->top && q->head != FENCEPOST_HEAD) {
- if (!cinuse(q))
- used -= chunksize(q);
- q = next_chunk(q);
- }
- s = s->next;
- }
- }
-
- fprintf(stderr, "max system bytes = %10lu\n", (unsigned long)(maxfp));
- fprintf(stderr, "system bytes = %10lu\n", (unsigned long)(fp));
- fprintf(stderr, "in use bytes = %10lu\n", (unsigned long)(used));
-
- POSTACTION(m);
- }
-}
-
-/* ----------------------- Operations on smallbins ----------------------- */
-
-/*
- Various forms of linking and unlinking are defined as macros. Even
- the ones for trees, which are very long but have very short typical
- paths. This is ugly but reduces reliance on inlining support of
- compilers.
-*/
-
-/* Link a free chunk into a smallbin */
-#define insert_small_chunk(M, P, S) {\
- bindex_t I = small_index(S);\
- mchunkptr B = smallbin_at(M, I);\
- mchunkptr F = B;\
- assert(S >= MIN_CHUNK_SIZE);\
- if (!smallmap_is_marked(M, I))\
- mark_smallmap(M, I);\
- else if (RTCHECK(ok_address(M, B->fd)))\
- F = B->fd;\
- else {\
- CORRUPTION_ERROR_ACTION(M);\
- }\
- B->fd = P;\
- F->bk = P;\
- P->fd = F;\
- P->bk = B;\
-}
-
-/* Unlink a chunk from a smallbin */
-#define unlink_small_chunk(M, P, S) {\
- mchunkptr F = P->fd;\
- mchunkptr B = P->bk;\
- bindex_t I = small_index(S);\
- assert(P != B);\
- assert(P != F);\
- assert(chunksize(P) == small_index2size(I));\
- if (F == B)\
- clear_smallmap(M, I);\
- else if (RTCHECK((F == smallbin_at(M,I) || ok_address(M, F)) &&\
- (B == smallbin_at(M,I) || ok_address(M, B)))) {\
- F->bk = B;\
- B->fd = F;\
- }\
- else {\
- CORRUPTION_ERROR_ACTION(M);\
- }\
-}
-
-/* Unlink the first chunk from a smallbin */
-#define unlink_first_small_chunk(M, B, P, I) {\
- mchunkptr F = P->fd;\
- assert(P != B);\
- assert(P != F);\
- assert(chunksize(P) == small_index2size(I));\
- if (B == F)\
- clear_smallmap(M, I);\
- else if (RTCHECK(ok_address(M, F))) {\
- B->fd = F;\
- F->bk = B;\
- }\
- else {\
- CORRUPTION_ERROR_ACTION(M);\
- }\
-}
-
-/* Replace dv node, binning the old one */
-/* Used only when dvsize known to be small */
-#define replace_dv(M, P, S) {\
- size_t DVS = M->dvsize;\
- if (DVS != 0) {\
- mchunkptr DV = M->dv;\
- assert(is_small(DVS));\
- insert_small_chunk(M, DV, DVS);\
- }\
- M->dvsize = S;\
- M->dv = P;\
-}
-
-/* ------------------------- Operations on trees ------------------------- */
-
-/* Insert chunk into tree */
-#define insert_large_chunk(M, X, S) {\
- tbinptr* H;\
- bindex_t I;\
- compute_tree_index(S, I);\
- H = treebin_at(M, I);\
- X->index = I;\
- X->child[0] = X->child[1] = 0;\
- if (!treemap_is_marked(M, I)) {\
- mark_treemap(M, I);\
- *H = X;\
- X->parent = (tchunkptr)H;\
- X->fd = X->bk = X;\
- }\
- else {\
- tchunkptr T = *H;\
- size_t K = S << leftshift_for_tree_index(I);\
- for (;;) {\
- if (chunksize(T) != S) {\
- tchunkptr* C = &(T->child[(K >> (SIZE_T_BITSIZE-SIZE_T_ONE)) & 1]);\
- K <<= 1;\
- if (*C != 0)\
- T = *C;\
- else if (RTCHECK(ok_address(M, C))) {\
- *C = X;\
- X->parent = T;\
- X->fd = X->bk = X;\
- break;\
- }\
- else {\
- CORRUPTION_ERROR_ACTION(M);\
- break;\
- }\
- }\
- else {\
- tchunkptr F = T->fd;\
- if (RTCHECK(ok_address(M, T) && ok_address(M, F))) {\
- T->fd = F->bk = X;\
- X->fd = F;\
- X->bk = T;\
- X->parent = 0;\
- break;\
- }\
- else {\
- CORRUPTION_ERROR_ACTION(M);\
- break;\
- }\
- }\
- }\
- }\
-}
-
-/*
- Unlink steps:
-
- 1. If x is a chained node, unlink it from its same-sized fd/bk links
- and choose its bk node as its replacement.
- 2. If x was the last node of its size, but not a leaf node, it must
- be replaced with a leaf node (not merely one with an open left or
- right), to make sure that lefts and rights of descendents
- correspond properly to bit masks. We use the rightmost descendent
- of x. We could use any other leaf, but this is easy to locate and
- tends to counteract removal of leftmosts elsewhere, and so keeps
- paths shorter than minimally guaranteed. This doesn't loop much
- because on average a node in a tree is near the bottom.
- 3. If x is the base of a chain (i.e., has parent links) relink
- x's parent and children to x's replacement (or null if none).
-*/
-
-#define unlink_large_chunk(M, X) {\
- tchunkptr XP = X->parent;\
- tchunkptr R;\
- if (X->bk != X) {\
- tchunkptr F = X->fd;\
- R = X->bk;\
- if (RTCHECK(ok_address(M, F))) {\
- F->bk = R;\
- R->fd = F;\
- }\
- else {\
- CORRUPTION_ERROR_ACTION(M);\
- }\
- }\
- else {\
- tchunkptr* RP;\
- if (((R = *(RP = &(X->child[1]))) != 0) ||\
- ((R = *(RP = &(X->child[0]))) != 0)) {\
- tchunkptr* CP;\
- while ((*(CP = &(R->child[1])) != 0) ||\
- (*(CP = &(R->child[0])) != 0)) {\
- R = *(RP = CP);\
- }\
- if (RTCHECK(ok_address(M, RP)))\
- *RP = 0;\
- else {\
- CORRUPTION_ERROR_ACTION(M);\
- }\
- }\
- }\
- if (XP != 0) {\
- tbinptr* H = treebin_at(M, X->index);\
- if (X == *H) {\
- if ((*H = R) == 0) \
- clear_treemap(M, X->index);\
- }\
- else if (RTCHECK(ok_address(M, XP))) {\
- if (XP->child[0] == X) \
- XP->child[0] = R;\
- else \
- XP->child[1] = R;\
- }\
- else\
- CORRUPTION_ERROR_ACTION(M);\
- if (R != 0) {\
- if (RTCHECK(ok_address(M, R))) {\
- tchunkptr C0, C1;\
- R->parent = XP;\
- if ((C0 = X->child[0]) != 0) {\
- if (RTCHECK(ok_address(M, C0))) {\
- R->child[0] = C0;\
- C0->parent = R;\
- }\
- else\
- CORRUPTION_ERROR_ACTION(M);\
- }\
- if ((C1 = X->child[1]) != 0) {\
- if (RTCHECK(ok_address(M, C1))) {\
- R->child[1] = C1;\
- C1->parent = R;\
- }\
- else\
- CORRUPTION_ERROR_ACTION(M);\
- }\
- }\
- else\
- CORRUPTION_ERROR_ACTION(M);\
- }\
- }\
-}
-
-/* Relays to large vs small bin operations */
-
-#define insert_chunk(M, P, S)\
- if (is_small(S)) insert_small_chunk(M, P, S)\
- else { tchunkptr TP = (tchunkptr)(P); insert_large_chunk(M, TP, S); }
-
-#define unlink_chunk(M, P, S)\
- if (is_small(S)) unlink_small_chunk(M, P, S)\
- else { tchunkptr TP = (tchunkptr)(P); unlink_large_chunk(M, TP); }
-
-
-/* Relays to internal calls to malloc/free from realloc, memalign etc */
-
-#if ONLY_MSPACES
-#define internal_malloc(m, b) mspace_malloc(m, b)
-#define internal_free(m, mem) mspace_free(m,mem);
-#else /* ONLY_MSPACES */
-#if MSPACES
-#define internal_malloc(m, b)\
- (m == gm)? dlmalloc(b) : mspace_malloc(m, b)
-#define internal_free(m, mem)\
- if (m == gm) dlfree(mem); else mspace_free(m,mem);
-#else /* MSPACES */
-#define internal_malloc(m, b) dlmalloc(b)
-#define internal_free(m, mem) dlfree(mem)
-#endif /* MSPACES */
-#endif /* ONLY_MSPACES */
-
-/* ----------------------- Direct-mmapping chunks ----------------------- */
-
-/*
- Directly mmapped chunks are set up with an offset to the start of
- the mmapped region stored in the prev_foot field of the chunk. This
- allows reconstruction of the required argument to MUNMAP when freed,
- and also allows adjustment of the returned chunk to meet alignment
- requirements (especially in memalign). There is also enough space
- allocated to hold a fake next chunk of size SIZE_T_SIZE to maintain
- the PINUSE bit so frees can be checked.
-*/
-
-/* Malloc using mmap */
-static void* mmap_alloc(mstate m, size_t nb) {
- size_t mmsize = granularity_align(nb + SIX_SIZE_T_SIZES + CHUNK_ALIGN_MASK);
- if (mmsize > nb) { /* Check for wrap around 0 */
- char* mm = (char*)(DIRECT_MMAP(mmsize));
- if (mm != CMFAIL) {
- size_t offset = align_offset(chunk2mem(mm));
- size_t psize = mmsize - offset - MMAP_FOOT_PAD;
- mchunkptr p = (mchunkptr)(mm + offset);
- p->prev_foot = offset | IS_MMAPPED_BIT;
- (p)->head = (psize|CINUSE_BIT);
- mark_inuse_foot(m, p, psize);
- chunk_plus_offset(p, psize)->head = FENCEPOST_HEAD;
- chunk_plus_offset(p, psize+SIZE_T_SIZE)->head = 0;
-
- if (mm < m->least_addr)
- m->least_addr = mm;
- if ((m->footprint += mmsize) > m->max_footprint)
- m->max_footprint = m->footprint;
- assert(is_aligned(chunk2mem(p)));
- check_mmapped_chunk(m, p);
- return chunk2mem(p);
- }
- }
- return 0;
-}
-
-/* Realloc using mmap */
-static mchunkptr mmap_resize(mstate m, mchunkptr oldp, size_t nb) {
- size_t oldsize = chunksize(oldp);
- if (is_small(nb)) /* Can't shrink mmap regions below small size */
- return 0;
- /* Keep old chunk if big enough but not too big */
- if (oldsize >= nb + SIZE_T_SIZE &&
- (oldsize - nb) <= (mparams.granularity << 1))
- return oldp;
- else {
- size_t offset = oldp->prev_foot & ~IS_MMAPPED_BIT;
- size_t oldmmsize = oldsize + offset + MMAP_FOOT_PAD;
- size_t newmmsize = granularity_align(nb + SIX_SIZE_T_SIZES +
- CHUNK_ALIGN_MASK);
- char* cp = (char*)CALL_MREMAP((char*)oldp - offset,
- oldmmsize, newmmsize, 1);
- if (cp != CMFAIL) {
- mchunkptr newp = (mchunkptr)(cp + offset);
- size_t psize = newmmsize - offset - MMAP_FOOT_PAD;
- newp->head = (psize|CINUSE_BIT);
- mark_inuse_foot(m, newp, psize);
- chunk_plus_offset(newp, psize)->head = FENCEPOST_HEAD;
- chunk_plus_offset(newp, psize+SIZE_T_SIZE)->head = 0;
-
- if (cp < m->least_addr)
- m->least_addr = cp;
- if ((m->footprint += newmmsize - oldmmsize) > m->max_footprint)
- m->max_footprint = m->footprint;
- check_mmapped_chunk(m, newp);
- return newp;
- }
- }
- return 0;
-}
-
-/* -------------------------- mspace management -------------------------- */
-
-/* Initialize top chunk and its size */
-static void init_top(mstate m, mchunkptr p, size_t psize) {
- /* Ensure alignment */
- size_t offset = align_offset(chunk2mem(p));
- p = (mchunkptr)((char*)p + offset);
- psize -= offset;
-
- m->top = p;
- m->topsize = psize;
- p->head = psize | PINUSE_BIT;
- /* set size of fake trailing chunk holding overhead space only once */
- chunk_plus_offset(p, psize)->head = TOP_FOOT_SIZE;
- m->trim_check = mparams.trim_threshold; /* reset on each update */
-}
-
-/* Initialize bins for a new mstate that is otherwise zeroed out */
-static void init_bins(mstate m) {
- /* Establish circular links for smallbins */
- bindex_t i;
- for (i = 0; i < NSMALLBINS; ++i) {
- sbinptr bin = smallbin_at(m,i);
- bin->fd = bin->bk = bin;
- }
-}
-
-#if PROCEED_ON_ERROR
-
-/* default corruption action */
-static void reset_on_error(mstate m) {
- int i;
- ++malloc_corruption_error_count;
- /* Reinitialize fields to forget about all memory */
- m->smallbins = m->treebins = 0;
- m->dvsize = m->topsize = 0;
- m->seg.base = 0;
- m->seg.size = 0;
- m->seg.next = 0;
- m->top = m->dv = 0;
- for (i = 0; i < NTREEBINS; ++i)
- *treebin_at(m, i) = 0;
- init_bins(m);
-}
-#endif /* PROCEED_ON_ERROR */
-
-/* Allocate chunk and prepend remainder with chunk in successor base. */
-static void* prepend_alloc(mstate m, char* newbase, char* oldbase,
- size_t nb) {
- mchunkptr p = align_as_chunk(newbase);
- mchunkptr oldfirst = align_as_chunk(oldbase);
- size_t psize = (char*)oldfirst - (char*)p;
- mchunkptr q = chunk_plus_offset(p, nb);
- size_t qsize = psize - nb;
- set_size_and_pinuse_of_inuse_chunk(m, p, nb);
-
- assert((char*)oldfirst > (char*)q);
- assert(pinuse(oldfirst));
- assert(qsize >= MIN_CHUNK_SIZE);
-
- /* consolidate remainder with first chunk of old base */
- if (oldfirst == m->top) {
- size_t tsize = m->topsize += qsize;
- m->top = q;
- q->head = tsize | PINUSE_BIT;
- check_top_chunk(m, q);
- }
- else if (oldfirst == m->dv) {
- size_t dsize = m->dvsize += qsize;
- m->dv = q;
- set_size_and_pinuse_of_free_chunk(q, dsize);
- }
- else {
- if (!cinuse(oldfirst)) {
- size_t nsize = chunksize(oldfirst);
- unlink_chunk(m, oldfirst, nsize);
- oldfirst = chunk_plus_offset(oldfirst, nsize);
- qsize += nsize;
- }
- set_free_with_pinuse(q, qsize, oldfirst);
- insert_chunk(m, q, qsize);
- check_free_chunk(m, q);
- }
-
- check_malloced_chunk(m, chunk2mem(p), nb);
- return chunk2mem(p);
-}
-
-
-/* Add a segment to hold a new noncontiguous region */
-static void add_segment(mstate m, char* tbase, size_t tsize, flag_t mmapped) {
- /* Determine locations and sizes of segment, fenceposts, old top */
- char* old_top = (char*)m->top;
- msegmentptr oldsp = segment_holding(m, old_top);
- char* old_end = oldsp->base + oldsp->size;
- size_t ssize = pad_request(sizeof(struct malloc_segment));
- char* rawsp = old_end - (ssize + FOUR_SIZE_T_SIZES + CHUNK_ALIGN_MASK);
- size_t offset = align_offset(chunk2mem(rawsp));
- char* asp = rawsp + offset;
- char* csp = (asp < (old_top + MIN_CHUNK_SIZE))? old_top : asp;
- mchunkptr sp = (mchunkptr)csp;
- msegmentptr ss = (msegmentptr)(chunk2mem(sp));
- mchunkptr tnext = chunk_plus_offset(sp, ssize);
- mchunkptr p = tnext;
- int nfences = 0;
-
- /* reset top to new space */
- init_top(m, (mchunkptr)tbase, tsize - TOP_FOOT_SIZE);
-
- /* Set up segment record */
- assert(is_aligned(ss));
- set_size_and_pinuse_of_inuse_chunk(m, sp, ssize);
- *ss = m->seg; /* Push current record */
- m->seg.base = tbase;
- m->seg.size = tsize;
- set_segment_flags(&m->seg, mmapped);
- m->seg.next = ss;
-
- /* Insert trailing fenceposts */
- for (;;) {
- mchunkptr nextp = chunk_plus_offset(p, SIZE_T_SIZE);
- p->head = FENCEPOST_HEAD;
- ++nfences;
- if ((char*)(&(nextp->head)) < old_end)
- p = nextp;
- else
- break;
- }
- assert(nfences >= 2);
-
- /* Insert the rest of old top into a bin as an ordinary free chunk */
- if (csp != old_top) {
- mchunkptr q = (mchunkptr)old_top;
- size_t psize = csp - old_top;
- mchunkptr tn = chunk_plus_offset(q, psize);
- set_free_with_pinuse(q, psize, tn);
- insert_chunk(m, q, psize);
- }
-
- check_top_chunk(m, m->top);
-}
-
-/* -------------------------- System allocation -------------------------- */
-
-/* Get memory from system using MORECORE or MMAP */
-static void* sys_alloc(mstate m, size_t nb) {
- char* tbase = CMFAIL;
- size_t tsize = 0;
- flag_t mmap_flag = 0;
-
- init_mparams();
-
- /* Directly map large chunks */
- if (use_mmap(m) && nb >= mparams.mmap_threshold) {
- void* mem = mmap_alloc(m, nb);
- if (mem != 0)
- return mem;
- }
-
- /*
- Try getting memory in any of three ways (in most-preferred to
- least-preferred order):
- 1. A call to MORECORE that can normally contiguously extend memory.
- (disabled if not MORECORE_CONTIGUOUS or not HAVE_MORECORE or
- or main space is mmapped or a previous contiguous call failed)
- 2. A call to MMAP new space (disabled if not HAVE_MMAP).
- Note that under the default settings, if MORECORE is unable to
- fulfill a request, and HAVE_MMAP is true, then mmap is
- used as a noncontiguous system allocator. This is a useful backup
- strategy for systems with holes in address spaces -- in this case
- sbrk cannot contiguously expand the heap, but mmap may be able to
- find space.
- 3. A call to MORECORE that cannot usually contiguously extend memory.
- (disabled if not HAVE_MORECORE)
- */
-
- if (MORECORE_CONTIGUOUS && !use_noncontiguous(m)) {
- char* br = CMFAIL;
- msegmentptr ss = (m->top == 0)? 0 : segment_holding(m, (char*)m->top);
- size_t asize = 0;
- ACQUIRE_MORECORE_LOCK();
-
- if (ss == 0) { /* First time through or recovery */
- char* base = (char*)CALL_MORECORE(0);
- if (base != CMFAIL) {
- asize = granularity_align(nb + TOP_FOOT_SIZE + SIZE_T_ONE);
- /* Adjust to end on a page boundary */
- if (!is_page_aligned(base))
- asize += (page_align((size_t)base) - (size_t)base);
- /* Can't call MORECORE if size is negative when treated as signed */
- if (asize < HALF_MAX_SIZE_T &&
- (br = (char*)(CALL_MORECORE(asize))) == base) {
- tbase = base;
- tsize = asize;
- }
- }
- }
- else {
- /* Subtract out existing available top space from MORECORE request. */
- asize = granularity_align(nb - m->topsize + TOP_FOOT_SIZE + SIZE_T_ONE);
- /* Use mem here only if it did continuously extend old space */
- if (asize < HALF_MAX_SIZE_T &&
- (br = (char*)(CALL_MORECORE(asize))) == ss->base+ss->size) {
- tbase = br;
- tsize = asize;
- }
- }
-
- if (tbase == CMFAIL) { /* Cope with partial failure */
- if (br != CMFAIL) { /* Try to use/extend the space we did get */
- if (asize < HALF_MAX_SIZE_T &&
- asize < nb + TOP_FOOT_SIZE + SIZE_T_ONE) {
- size_t esize = granularity_align(nb + TOP_FOOT_SIZE + SIZE_T_ONE - asize);
- if (esize < HALF_MAX_SIZE_T) {
- char* end = (char*)CALL_MORECORE(esize);
- if (end != CMFAIL)
- asize += esize;
- else { /* Can't use; try to release */
- (void)CALL_MORECORE(-asize);
- br = CMFAIL;
- }
- }
- }
- }
- if (br != CMFAIL) { /* Use the space we did get */
- tbase = br;
- tsize = asize;
- }
- else
- disable_contiguous(m); /* Don't try contiguous path in the future */
- }
-
- RELEASE_MORECORE_LOCK();
- }
-
- if (HAVE_MMAP && tbase == CMFAIL) { /* Try MMAP */
- size_t req = nb + TOP_FOOT_SIZE + SIZE_T_ONE;
- size_t rsize = granularity_align(req);
- if (rsize > nb) { /* Fail if wraps around zero */
- char* mp = (char*)(CALL_MMAP(rsize));
- if (mp != CMFAIL) {
- tbase = mp;
- tsize = rsize;
- mmap_flag = IS_MMAPPED_BIT;
- }
- }
- }
-
- if (HAVE_MORECORE && tbase == CMFAIL) { /* Try noncontiguous MORECORE */
- size_t asize = granularity_align(nb + TOP_FOOT_SIZE + SIZE_T_ONE);
- if (asize < HALF_MAX_SIZE_T) {
- char* br = CMFAIL;
- char* end = CMFAIL;
- ACQUIRE_MORECORE_LOCK();
- br = (char*)(CALL_MORECORE(asize));
- end = (char*)(CALL_MORECORE(0));
- RELEASE_MORECORE_LOCK();
- if (br != CMFAIL && end != CMFAIL && br < end) {
- size_t ssize = end - br;
- if (ssize > nb + TOP_FOOT_SIZE) {
- tbase = br;
- tsize = ssize;
- }
- }
- }
- }
-
- if (tbase != CMFAIL) {
-
- if ((m->footprint += tsize) > m->max_footprint)
- m->max_footprint = m->footprint;
-
- if (!is_initialized(m)) { /* first-time initialization */
- m->seg.base = m->least_addr = tbase;
- m->seg.size = tsize;
- set_segment_flags(&m->seg, mmap_flag);
- m->magic = mparams.magic;
- init_bins(m);
- if (is_global(m))
- init_top(m, (mchunkptr)tbase, tsize - TOP_FOOT_SIZE);
- else {
- /* Offset top by embedded malloc_state */
- mchunkptr mn = next_chunk(mem2chunk(m));
- init_top(m, mn, (size_t)((tbase + tsize) - (char*)mn) -TOP_FOOT_SIZE);
- }
- }
-
- else {
- /* Try to merge with an existing segment */
- msegmentptr sp = &m->seg;
- while (sp != 0 && tbase != sp->base + sp->size)
- sp = sp->next;
- if (sp != 0 &&
- !is_extern_segment(sp) &&
- check_segment_merge(sp, tbase, tsize) &&
- (get_segment_flags(sp) & IS_MMAPPED_BIT) == mmap_flag &&
- segment_holds(sp, m->top)) { /* append */
- sp->size += tsize;
- init_top(m, m->top, m->topsize + tsize);
- }
- else {
- if (tbase < m->least_addr)
- m->least_addr = tbase;
- sp = &m->seg;
- while (sp != 0 && sp->base != tbase + tsize)
- sp = sp->next;
- if (sp != 0 &&
- !is_extern_segment(sp) &&
- check_segment_merge(sp, tbase, tsize) &&
- (get_segment_flags(sp) & IS_MMAPPED_BIT) == mmap_flag) {
- char* oldbase = sp->base;
- sp->base = tbase;
- sp->size += tsize;
- return prepend_alloc(m, tbase, oldbase, nb);
- }
- else
- add_segment(m, tbase, tsize, mmap_flag);
- }
- }
-
- if (nb < m->topsize) { /* Allocate from new or extended top space */
- size_t rsize = m->topsize -= nb;
- mchunkptr p = m->top;
- mchunkptr r = m->top = chunk_plus_offset(p, nb);
- r->head = rsize | PINUSE_BIT;
- set_size_and_pinuse_of_inuse_chunk(m, p, nb);
- check_top_chunk(m, m->top);
- check_malloced_chunk(m, chunk2mem(p), nb);
- return chunk2mem(p);
- }
- }
-
- MALLOC_FAILURE_ACTION;
- return 0;
-}
-
-/* ----------------------- system deallocation -------------------------- */
-
-/* Unmap and unlink any mmapped segments that don't contain used chunks */
-static size_t release_unused_segments(mstate m) {
- size_t released = 0;
- msegmentptr pred = &m->seg;
- msegmentptr sp = pred->next;
- while (sp != 0) {
- char* base = sp->base;
- size_t size = sp->size;
- msegmentptr next = sp->next;
- if (is_mmapped_segment(sp) && !is_extern_segment(sp)) {
- mchunkptr p = align_as_chunk(base);
- size_t psize = chunksize(p);
- /* Can unmap if first chunk holds entire segment and not pinned */
- if (!cinuse(p) && (char*)p + psize >= base + size - TOP_FOOT_SIZE) {
- tchunkptr tp = (tchunkptr)p;
- assert(segment_holds(sp, (char*)sp));
- if (p == m->dv) {
- m->dv = 0;
- m->dvsize = 0;
- }
- else {
- unlink_large_chunk(m, tp);
- }
- if (CALL_MUNMAP(base, size) == 0) {
- released += size;
- m->footprint -= size;
- /* unlink obsoleted record */
- sp = pred;
- sp->next = next;
- }
- else { /* back out if cannot unmap */
- insert_large_chunk(m, tp, psize);
- }
- }
- }
- pred = sp;
- sp = next;
- }
- return released;
-}
-
-static int sys_trim(mstate m, size_t pad) {
- size_t released = 0;
- if (pad < MAX_REQUEST && is_initialized(m)) {
- pad += TOP_FOOT_SIZE; /* ensure enough room for segment overhead */
-
- if (m->topsize > pad) {
- /* Shrink top space in granularity-size units, keeping at least one */
- size_t unit = mparams.granularity;
- size_t extra = ((m->topsize - pad + (unit - SIZE_T_ONE)) / unit -
- SIZE_T_ONE) * unit;
- msegmentptr sp = segment_holding(m, (char*)m->top);
-
- if (!is_extern_segment(sp)) {
- if (is_mmapped_segment(sp)) {
- if (HAVE_MMAP &&
- sp->size >= extra &&
- !has_segment_link(m, sp)) { /* can't shrink if pinned */
- size_t newsize = sp->size - extra;
- /* Prefer mremap, fall back to munmap */
- if ((CALL_MREMAP(sp->base, sp->size, newsize, 0) != MFAIL) ||
- (CALL_MUNMAP(sp->base + newsize, extra) == 0)) {
- released = extra;
- }
- }
- }
- else if (HAVE_MORECORE) {
- if (extra >= HALF_MAX_SIZE_T) /* Avoid wrapping negative */
- extra = (HALF_MAX_SIZE_T) + SIZE_T_ONE - unit;
- ACQUIRE_MORECORE_LOCK();
- {
- /* Make sure end of memory is where we last set it. */
- char* old_br = (char*)(CALL_MORECORE(0));
- if (old_br == sp->base + sp->size) {
- char* rel_br = (char*)(CALL_MORECORE(-extra));
- char* new_br = (char*)(CALL_MORECORE(0));
- if (rel_br != CMFAIL && new_br < old_br)
- released = old_br - new_br;
- }
- }
- RELEASE_MORECORE_LOCK();
- }
- }
-
- if (released != 0) {
- sp->size -= released;
- m->footprint -= released;
- init_top(m, m->top, m->topsize - released);
- check_top_chunk(m, m->top);
- }
- }
-
- /* Unmap any unused mmapped segments */
- if (HAVE_MMAP)
- released += release_unused_segments(m);
-
- /* On failure, disable autotrim to avoid repeated failed future calls */
- if (released == 0)
- m->trim_check = MAX_SIZE_T;
- }
-
- return (released != 0)? 1 : 0;
-}
-
-/* ---------------------------- malloc support --------------------------- */
-
-/* allocate a large request from the best fitting chunk in a treebin */
-static void* tmalloc_large(mstate m, size_t nb) {
- tchunkptr v = 0;
- size_t rsize = -nb; /* Unsigned negation */
- tchunkptr t;
- bindex_t idx;
- compute_tree_index(nb, idx);
-
- if ((t = *treebin_at(m, idx)) != 0) {
- /* Traverse tree for this bin looking for node with size == nb */
- size_t sizebits = nb << leftshift_for_tree_index(idx);
- tchunkptr rst = 0; /* The deepest untaken right subtree */
- for (;;) {
- tchunkptr rt;
- size_t trem = chunksize(t) - nb;
- if (trem < rsize) {
- v = t;
- if ((rsize = trem) == 0)
- break;
- }
- rt = t->child[1];
- t = t->child[(sizebits >> (SIZE_T_BITSIZE-SIZE_T_ONE)) & 1];
- if (rt != 0 && rt != t)
- rst = rt;
- if (t == 0) {
- t = rst; /* set t to least subtree holding sizes > nb */
- break;
- }
- sizebits <<= 1;
- }
- }
-
- if (t == 0 && v == 0) { /* set t to root of next non-empty treebin */
- binmap_t leftbits = left_bits(idx2bit(idx)) & m->treemap;
- if (leftbits != 0) {
- bindex_t i;
- binmap_t leastbit = least_bit(leftbits);
- compute_bit2idx(leastbit, i);
- t = *treebin_at(m, i);
- }
- }
-
- while (t != 0) { /* find smallest of tree or subtree */
- size_t trem = chunksize(t) - nb;
- if (trem < rsize) {
- rsize = trem;
- v = t;
- }
- t = leftmost_child(t);
- }
-
- /* If dv is a better fit, return 0 so malloc will use it */
- if (v != 0 && rsize < (size_t)(m->dvsize - nb)) {
- if (RTCHECK(ok_address(m, v))) { /* split */
- mchunkptr r = chunk_plus_offset(v, nb);
- assert(chunksize(v) == rsize + nb);
- if (RTCHECK(ok_next(v, r))) {
- unlink_large_chunk(m, v);
- if (rsize < MIN_CHUNK_SIZE)
- set_inuse_and_pinuse(m, v, (rsize + nb));
- else {
- set_size_and_pinuse_of_inuse_chunk(m, v, nb);
- set_size_and_pinuse_of_free_chunk(r, rsize);
- insert_chunk(m, r, rsize);
- }
- return chunk2mem(v);
- }
- }
- CORRUPTION_ERROR_ACTION(m);
- }
- return 0;
-}
-
-/* allocate a small request from the best fitting chunk in a treebin */
-static void* tmalloc_small(mstate m, size_t nb) {
- tchunkptr t, v;
- size_t rsize;
- bindex_t i;
- binmap_t leastbit = least_bit(m->treemap);
- compute_bit2idx(leastbit, i);
-
- v = t = *treebin_at(m, i);
- rsize = chunksize(t) - nb;
-
- while ((t = leftmost_child(t)) != 0) {
- size_t trem = chunksize(t) - nb;
- if (trem < rsize) {
- rsize = trem;
- v = t;
- }
- }
-
- if (RTCHECK(ok_address(m, v))) {
- mchunkptr r = chunk_plus_offset(v, nb);
- assert(chunksize(v) == rsize + nb);
- if (RTCHECK(ok_next(v, r))) {
- unlink_large_chunk(m, v);
- if (rsize < MIN_CHUNK_SIZE)
- set_inuse_and_pinuse(m, v, (rsize + nb));
- else {
- set_size_and_pinuse_of_inuse_chunk(m, v, nb);
- set_size_and_pinuse_of_free_chunk(r, rsize);
- replace_dv(m, r, rsize);
- }
- return chunk2mem(v);
- }
- }
-
- CORRUPTION_ERROR_ACTION(m);
- return 0;
-}
-
-/* --------------------------- realloc support --------------------------- */
-
-static void* internal_realloc(mstate m, void* oldmem, size_t bytes) {
- if (bytes >= MAX_REQUEST) {
- MALLOC_FAILURE_ACTION;
- return 0;
- }
- if (!PREACTION(m)) {
- mchunkptr oldp = mem2chunk(oldmem);
- size_t oldsize = chunksize(oldp);
- mchunkptr next = chunk_plus_offset(oldp, oldsize);
- mchunkptr newp = 0;
- void* extra = 0;
-
- /* Try to either shrink or extend into top. Else malloc-copy-free */
-
- if (RTCHECK(ok_address(m, oldp) && ok_cinuse(oldp) &&
- ok_next(oldp, next) && ok_pinuse(next))) {
- size_t nb = request2size(bytes);
- if (is_mmapped(oldp))
- newp = mmap_resize(m, oldp, nb);
- else if (oldsize >= nb) { /* already big enough */
- size_t rsize = oldsize - nb;
- newp = oldp;
- if (rsize >= MIN_CHUNK_SIZE) {
- mchunkptr remainder = chunk_plus_offset(newp, nb);
- set_inuse(m, newp, nb);
- set_inuse(m, remainder, rsize);
- extra = chunk2mem(remainder);
- }
- }
- else if (next == m->top && oldsize + m->topsize > nb) {
- /* Expand into top */
- size_t newsize = oldsize + m->topsize;
- size_t newtopsize = newsize - nb;
- mchunkptr newtop = chunk_plus_offset(oldp, nb);
- set_inuse(m, oldp, nb);
- newtop->head = newtopsize |PINUSE_BIT;
- m->top = newtop;
- m->topsize = newtopsize;
- newp = oldp;
- }
- }
- else {
- USAGE_ERROR_ACTION(m, oldmem);
- POSTACTION(m);
- return 0;
- }
-
- POSTACTION(m);
-
- if (newp != 0) {
- if (extra != 0) {
- internal_free(m, extra);
- }
- check_inuse_chunk(m, newp);
- return chunk2mem(newp);
- }
- else {
- void* newmem = internal_malloc(m, bytes);
- if (newmem != 0) {
- size_t oc = oldsize - overhead_for(oldp);
- memcpy(newmem, oldmem, (oc < bytes)? oc : bytes);
- internal_free(m, oldmem);
- }
- return newmem;
- }
- }
- return 0;
-}
-
-/* --------------------------- memalign support -------------------------- */
-
-static void* internal_memalign(mstate m, size_t alignment, size_t bytes) {
- if (alignment <= MALLOC_ALIGNMENT) /* Can just use malloc */
- return internal_malloc(m, bytes);
- if (alignment < MIN_CHUNK_SIZE) /* must be at least a minimum chunk size */
- alignment = MIN_CHUNK_SIZE;
- if ((alignment & (alignment-SIZE_T_ONE)) != 0) {/* Ensure a power of 2 */
- size_t a = MALLOC_ALIGNMENT << 1;
- while (a < alignment) a <<= 1;
- alignment = a;
- }
-
- if (bytes >= MAX_REQUEST - alignment) {
- if (m != 0) { /* Test isn't needed but avoids compiler warning */
- MALLOC_FAILURE_ACTION;
- }
- }
- else {
- size_t nb = request2size(bytes);
- size_t req = nb + alignment + MIN_CHUNK_SIZE - CHUNK_OVERHEAD;
- char* mem = (char*)internal_malloc(m, req);
- if (mem != 0) {
- void* leader = 0;
- void* trailer = 0;
- mchunkptr p = mem2chunk(mem);
-
- if (PREACTION(m)) return 0;
- if ((((size_t)(mem)) % alignment) != 0) { /* misaligned */
- /*
- Find an aligned spot inside chunk. Since we need to give
- back leading space in a chunk of at least MIN_CHUNK_SIZE, if
- the first calculation places us at a spot with less than
- MIN_CHUNK_SIZE leader, we can move to the next aligned spot.
- We've allocated enough total room so that this is always
- possible.
- */
- char* br = (char*)mem2chunk((size_t)(((size_t)(mem +
- alignment -
- SIZE_T_ONE)) &
- -alignment));
- char* pos = ((size_t)(br - (char*)(p)) >= MIN_CHUNK_SIZE)?
- br : br+alignment;
- mchunkptr newp = (mchunkptr)pos;
- size_t leadsize = pos - (char*)(p);
- size_t newsize = chunksize(p) - leadsize;
-
- if (is_mmapped(p)) { /* For mmapped chunks, just adjust offset */
- newp->prev_foot = p->prev_foot + leadsize;
- newp->head = (newsize|CINUSE_BIT);
- }
- else { /* Otherwise, give back leader, use the rest */
- set_inuse(m, newp, newsize);
- set_inuse(m, p, leadsize);
- leader = chunk2mem(p);
- }
- p = newp;
- }
-
- /* Give back spare room at the end */
- if (!is_mmapped(p)) {
- size_t size = chunksize(p);
- if (size > nb + MIN_CHUNK_SIZE) {
- size_t remainder_size = size - nb;
- mchunkptr remainder = chunk_plus_offset(p, nb);
- set_inuse(m, p, nb);
- set_inuse(m, remainder, remainder_size);
- trailer = chunk2mem(remainder);
- }
- }
-
- assert (chunksize(p) >= nb);
- assert((((size_t)(chunk2mem(p))) % alignment) == 0);
- check_inuse_chunk(m, p);
- POSTACTION(m);
- if (leader != 0) {
- internal_free(m, leader);
- }
- if (trailer != 0) {
- internal_free(m, trailer);
- }
- return chunk2mem(p);
- }
- }
- return 0;
-}
-
-/* ------------------------ comalloc/coalloc support --------------------- */
-
-static void** ialloc(mstate m,
- size_t n_elements,
- size_t* sizes,
- int opts,
- void* chunks[]) {
- /*
- This provides common support for independent_X routines, handling
- all of the combinations that can result.
-
- The opts arg has:
- bit 0 set if all elements are same size (using sizes[0])
- bit 1 set if elements should be zeroed
- */
-
- size_t element_size; /* chunksize of each element, if all same */
- size_t contents_size; /* total size of elements */
- size_t array_size; /* request size of pointer array */
- void* mem; /* malloced aggregate space */
- mchunkptr p; /* corresponding chunk */
- size_t remainder_size; /* remaining bytes while splitting */
- void** marray; /* either "chunks" or malloced ptr array */
- mchunkptr array_chunk; /* chunk for malloced ptr array */
- flag_t was_enabled; /* to disable mmap */
- size_t size;
- size_t i;
-
- /* compute array length, if needed */
- if (chunks != 0) {
- if (n_elements == 0)
- return chunks; /* nothing to do */
- marray = chunks;
- array_size = 0;
- }
- else {
- /* if empty req, must still return chunk representing empty array */
- if (n_elements == 0)
- return (void**)internal_malloc(m, 0);
- marray = 0;
- array_size = request2size(n_elements * (sizeof(void*)));
- }
-
- /* compute total element size */
- if (opts & 0x1) { /* all-same-size */
- element_size = request2size(*sizes);
- contents_size = n_elements * element_size;
- }
- else { /* add up all the sizes */
- element_size = 0;
- contents_size = 0;
- for (i = 0; i != n_elements; ++i)
- contents_size += request2size(sizes[i]);
- }
-
- size = contents_size + array_size;
-
- /*
- Allocate the aggregate chunk. First disable direct-mmapping so
- malloc won't use it, since we would not be able to later
- free/realloc space internal to a segregated mmap region.
- */
- was_enabled = use_mmap(m);
- disable_mmap(m);
- mem = internal_malloc(m, size - CHUNK_OVERHEAD);
- if (was_enabled)
- enable_mmap(m);
- if (mem == 0)
- return 0;
-
- if (PREACTION(m)) return 0;
- p = mem2chunk(mem);
- remainder_size = chunksize(p);
-
- assert(!is_mmapped(p));
-
- if (opts & 0x2) { /* optionally clear the elements */
- memset((size_t*)mem, 0, remainder_size - SIZE_T_SIZE - array_size);
- }
-
- /* If not provided, allocate the pointer array as final part of chunk */
- if (marray == 0) {
- size_t array_chunk_size;
- array_chunk = chunk_plus_offset(p, contents_size);
- array_chunk_size = remainder_size - contents_size;
- marray = (void**) (chunk2mem(array_chunk));
- set_size_and_pinuse_of_inuse_chunk(m, array_chunk, array_chunk_size);
- remainder_size = contents_size;
- }
-
- /* split out elements */
- for (i = 0; ; ++i) {
- marray[i] = chunk2mem(p);
- if (i != n_elements-1) {
- if (element_size != 0)
- size = element_size;
- else
- size = request2size(sizes[i]);
- remainder_size -= size;
- set_size_and_pinuse_of_inuse_chunk(m, p, size);
- p = chunk_plus_offset(p, size);
- }
- else { /* the final element absorbs any overallocation slop */
- set_size_and_pinuse_of_inuse_chunk(m, p, remainder_size);
- break;
- }
- }
-
-#if DEBUG
- if (marray != chunks) {
- /* final element must have exactly exhausted chunk */
- if (element_size != 0) {
- assert(remainder_size == element_size);
- }
- else {
- assert(remainder_size == request2size(sizes[i]));
- }
- check_inuse_chunk(m, mem2chunk(marray));
- }
- for (i = 0; i != n_elements; ++i)
- check_inuse_chunk(m, mem2chunk(marray[i]));
-
-#endif /* DEBUG */
-
- POSTACTION(m);
- return marray;
-}
-
-
-/* -------------------------- public routines ---------------------------- */
-
-#if !ONLY_MSPACES
-
-void* dlmalloc(size_t bytes) {
- /*
- Basic algorithm:
- If a small request (< 256 bytes minus per-chunk overhead):
- 1. If one exists, use a remainderless chunk in associated smallbin.
- (Remainderless means that there are too few excess bytes to
- represent as a chunk.)
- 2. If it is big enough, use the dv chunk, which is normally the
- chunk adjacent to the one used for the most recent small request.
- 3. If one exists, split the smallest available chunk in a bin,
- saving remainder in dv.
- 4. If it is big enough, use the top chunk.
- 5. If available, get memory from system and use it
- Otherwise, for a large request:
- 1. Find the smallest available binned chunk that fits, and use it
- if it is better fitting than dv chunk, splitting if necessary.
- 2. If better fitting than any binned chunk, use the dv chunk.
- 3. If it is big enough, use the top chunk.
- 4. If request size >= mmap threshold, try to directly mmap this chunk.
- 5. If available, get memory from system and use it
-
- The ugly goto's here ensure that postaction occurs along all paths.
- */
-
- if (!PREACTION(gm)) {
- void* mem;
- size_t nb;
- if (bytes <= MAX_SMALL_REQUEST) {
- bindex_t idx;
- binmap_t smallbits;
- nb = (bytes < MIN_REQUEST)? MIN_CHUNK_SIZE : pad_request(bytes);
- idx = small_index(nb);
- smallbits = gm->smallmap >> idx;
-
- if ((smallbits & 0x3U) != 0) { /* Remainderless fit to a smallbin. */
- mchunkptr b, p;
- idx += ~smallbits & 1; /* Uses next bin if idx empty */
- b = smallbin_at(gm, idx);
- p = b->fd;
- assert(chunksize(p) == small_index2size(idx));
- unlink_first_small_chunk(gm, b, p, idx);
- set_inuse_and_pinuse(gm, p, small_index2size(idx));
- mem = chunk2mem(p);
- check_malloced_chunk(gm, mem, nb);
- goto postaction;
- }
-
- else if (nb > gm->dvsize) {
- if (smallbits != 0) { /* Use chunk in next nonempty smallbin */
- mchunkptr b, p, r;
- size_t rsize;
- bindex_t i;
- binmap_t leftbits = (smallbits << idx) & left_bits(idx2bit(idx));
- binmap_t leastbit = least_bit(leftbits);
- compute_bit2idx(leastbit, i);
- b = smallbin_at(gm, i);
- p = b->fd;
- assert(chunksize(p) == small_index2size(i));
- unlink_first_small_chunk(gm, b, p, i);
- rsize = small_index2size(i) - nb;
- /* Fit here cannot be remainderless if 4byte sizes */
- if (SIZE_T_SIZE != 4 && rsize < MIN_CHUNK_SIZE)
- set_inuse_and_pinuse(gm, p, small_index2size(i));
- else {
- set_size_and_pinuse_of_inuse_chunk(gm, p, nb);
- r = chunk_plus_offset(p, nb);
- set_size_and_pinuse_of_free_chunk(r, rsize);
- replace_dv(gm, r, rsize);
- }
- mem = chunk2mem(p);
- check_malloced_chunk(gm, mem, nb);
- goto postaction;
- }
-
- else if (gm->treemap != 0 && (mem = tmalloc_small(gm, nb)) != 0) {
- check_malloced_chunk(gm, mem, nb);
- goto postaction;
- }
- }
- }
- else if (bytes >= MAX_REQUEST)
- nb = MAX_SIZE_T; /* Too big to allocate. Force failure (in sys alloc) */
- else {
- nb = pad_request(bytes);
- if (gm->treemap != 0 && (mem = tmalloc_large(gm, nb)) != 0) {
- check_malloced_chunk(gm, mem, nb);
- goto postaction;
- }
- }
-
- if (nb <= gm->dvsize) {
- size_t rsize = gm->dvsize - nb;
- mchunkptr p = gm->dv;
- if (rsize >= MIN_CHUNK_SIZE) { /* split dv */
- mchunkptr r = gm->dv = chunk_plus_offset(p, nb);
- gm->dvsize = rsize;
- set_size_and_pinuse_of_free_chunk(r, rsize);
- set_size_and_pinuse_of_inuse_chunk(gm, p, nb);
- }
- else { /* exhaust dv */
- size_t dvs = gm->dvsize;
- gm->dvsize = 0;
- gm->dv = 0;
- set_inuse_and_pinuse(gm, p, dvs);
- }
- mem = chunk2mem(p);
- check_malloced_chunk(gm, mem, nb);
- goto postaction;
- }
-
- else if (nb < gm->topsize) { /* Split top */
- size_t rsize = gm->topsize -= nb;
- mchunkptr p = gm->top;
- mchunkptr r = gm->top = chunk_plus_offset(p, nb);
- r->head = rsize | PINUSE_BIT;
- set_size_and_pinuse_of_inuse_chunk(gm, p, nb);
- mem = chunk2mem(p);
- check_top_chunk(gm, gm->top);
- check_malloced_chunk(gm, mem, nb);
- goto postaction;
- }
-
- mem = sys_alloc(gm, nb);
-
- postaction:
- POSTACTION(gm);
- return mem;
- }
-
- return 0;
-}
-
-void dlfree(void* mem) {
- /*
- Consolidate freed chunks with preceding or succeeding bordering
- free chunks, if they exist, and then place in a bin. Intermixed
- with special cases for top, dv, mmapped chunks, and usage errors.
- */
-
- if (mem != 0) {
- mchunkptr p = mem2chunk(mem);
-#if FOOTERS
- mstate fm = get_mstate_for(p);
- if (!ok_magic(fm)) {
- USAGE_ERROR_ACTION(fm, p);
- return;
- }
-#else /* FOOTERS */
-#define fm gm
-#endif /* FOOTERS */
- if (!PREACTION(fm)) {
- check_inuse_chunk(fm, p);
- if (RTCHECK(ok_address(fm, p) && ok_cinuse(p))) {
- size_t psize = chunksize(p);
- mchunkptr next = chunk_plus_offset(p, psize);
- if (!pinuse(p)) {
- size_t prevsize = p->prev_foot;
- if ((prevsize & IS_MMAPPED_BIT) != 0) {
- prevsize &= ~IS_MMAPPED_BIT;
- psize += prevsize + MMAP_FOOT_PAD;
- if (CALL_MUNMAP((char*)p - prevsize, psize) == 0)
- fm->footprint -= psize;
- goto postaction;
- }
- else {
- mchunkptr prev = chunk_minus_offset(p, prevsize);
- psize += prevsize;
- p = prev;
- if (RTCHECK(ok_address(fm, prev))) { /* consolidate backward */
- if (p != fm->dv) {
- unlink_chunk(fm, p, prevsize);
- }
- else if ((next->head & INUSE_BITS) == INUSE_BITS) {
- fm->dvsize = psize;
- set_free_with_pinuse(p, psize, next);
- goto postaction;
- }
- }
- else
- goto erroraction;
- }
- }
-
- if (RTCHECK(ok_next(p, next) && ok_pinuse(next))) {
- if (!cinuse(next)) { /* consolidate forward */
- if (next == fm->top) {
- size_t tsize = fm->topsize += psize;
- fm->top = p;
- p->head = tsize | PINUSE_BIT;
- if (p == fm->dv) {
- fm->dv = 0;
- fm->dvsize = 0;
- }
- if (should_trim(fm, tsize))
- sys_trim(fm, 0);
- goto postaction;
- }
- else if (next == fm->dv) {
- size_t dsize = fm->dvsize += psize;
- fm->dv = p;
- set_size_and_pinuse_of_free_chunk(p, dsize);
- goto postaction;
- }
- else {
- size_t nsize = chunksize(next);
- psize += nsize;
- unlink_chunk(fm, next, nsize);
- set_size_and_pinuse_of_free_chunk(p, psize);
- if (p == fm->dv) {
- fm->dvsize = psize;
- goto postaction;
- }
- }
- }
- else
- set_free_with_pinuse(p, psize, next);
- insert_chunk(fm, p, psize);
- check_free_chunk(fm, p);
- goto postaction;
- }
- }
- erroraction:
- USAGE_ERROR_ACTION(fm, p);
- postaction:
- POSTACTION(fm);
- }
- }
-#if !FOOTERS
-#undef fm
-#endif /* FOOTERS */
-}
-
-void* dlcalloc(size_t n_elements, size_t elem_size) {
- void* mem;
- size_t req = 0;
- if (n_elements != 0) {
- req = n_elements * elem_size;
- if (((n_elements | elem_size) & ~(size_t)0xffff) &&
- (req / n_elements != elem_size))
- req = MAX_SIZE_T; /* force downstream failure on overflow */
- }
- mem = dlmalloc(req);
- if (mem != 0 && calloc_must_clear(mem2chunk(mem)))
- memset(mem, 0, req);
- return mem;
-}
-
-void* dlrealloc(void* oldmem, size_t bytes) {
- if (oldmem == 0)
- return dlmalloc(bytes);
-#ifdef REALLOC_ZERO_BYTES_FREES
- if (bytes == 0) {
- dlfree(oldmem);
- return 0;
- }
-#endif /* REALLOC_ZERO_BYTES_FREES */
- else {
-#if ! FOOTERS
- mstate m = gm;
-#else /* FOOTERS */
- mstate m = get_mstate_for(mem2chunk(oldmem));
- if (!ok_magic(m)) {
- USAGE_ERROR_ACTION(m, oldmem);
- return 0;
- }
-#endif /* FOOTERS */
- return internal_realloc(m, oldmem, bytes);
- }
-}
-
-void* dlmemalign(size_t alignment, size_t bytes) {
- return internal_memalign(gm, alignment, bytes);
-}
-
-void** dlindependent_calloc(size_t n_elements, size_t elem_size,
- void* chunks[]) {
- size_t sz = elem_size; /* serves as 1-element array */
- return ialloc(gm, n_elements, &sz, 3, chunks);
-}
-
-void** dlindependent_comalloc(size_t n_elements, size_t sizes[],
- void* chunks[]) {
- return ialloc(gm, n_elements, sizes, 0, chunks);
-}
-
-void* dlvalloc(size_t bytes) {
- size_t pagesz;
- init_mparams();
- pagesz = mparams.page_size;
- return dlmemalign(pagesz, bytes);
-}
-
-void* dlpvalloc(size_t bytes) {
- size_t pagesz;
- init_mparams();
- pagesz = mparams.page_size;
- return dlmemalign(pagesz, (bytes + pagesz - SIZE_T_ONE) & ~(pagesz - SIZE_T_ONE));
-}
-
-int dlmalloc_trim(size_t pad) {
- int result = 0;
- if (!PREACTION(gm)) {
- result = sys_trim(gm, pad);
- POSTACTION(gm);
- }
- return result;
-}
-
-size_t dlmalloc_footprint(void) {
- return gm->footprint;
-}
-
-size_t dlmalloc_max_footprint(void) {
- return gm->max_footprint;
-}
-
-#if !NO_MALLINFO
-struct mallinfo dlmallinfo(void) {
- return internal_mallinfo(gm);
-}
-#endif /* NO_MALLINFO */
-
-void dlmalloc_stats() {
- internal_malloc_stats(gm);
-}
-
-size_t dlmalloc_usable_size(void* mem) {
- if (mem != 0) {
- mchunkptr p = mem2chunk(mem);
- if (cinuse(p))
- return chunksize(p) - overhead_for(p);
- }
- return 0;
-}
-
-int dlmallopt(int param_number, int value) {
- return change_mparam(param_number, value);
-}
-
-#endif /* !ONLY_MSPACES */
-
-/* ----------------------------- user mspaces ---------------------------- */
-
-#if MSPACES
-
-static mstate init_user_mstate(char* tbase, size_t tsize) {
- size_t msize = pad_request(sizeof(struct malloc_state));
- mchunkptr mn;
- mchunkptr msp = align_as_chunk(tbase);
- mstate m = (mstate)(chunk2mem(msp));
- memset(m, 0, msize);
- INITIAL_LOCK(&m->mutex);
- msp->head = (msize|PINUSE_BIT|CINUSE_BIT);
- m->seg.base = m->least_addr = tbase;
- m->seg.size = m->footprint = m->max_footprint = tsize;
- m->magic = mparams.magic;
- m->mflags = mparams.default_mflags;
- disable_contiguous(m);
- init_bins(m);
- mn = next_chunk(mem2chunk(m));
- init_top(m, mn, (size_t)((tbase + tsize) - (char*)mn) - TOP_FOOT_SIZE);
- check_top_chunk(m, m->top);
- return m;
-}
-
-mspace create_mspace(size_t capacity, int locked) {
- mstate m = 0;
- size_t msize = pad_request(sizeof(struct malloc_state));
- init_mparams(); /* Ensure pagesize etc initialized */
-
- if (capacity < (size_t) -(msize + TOP_FOOT_SIZE + mparams.page_size)) {
- size_t rs = ((capacity == 0)? mparams.granularity :
- (capacity + TOP_FOOT_SIZE + msize));
- size_t tsize = granularity_align(rs);
- char* tbase = (char*)(CALL_MMAP(tsize));
- if (tbase != CMFAIL) {
- m = init_user_mstate(tbase, tsize);
- set_segment_flags(&m->seg, IS_MMAPPED_BIT);
- set_lock(m, locked);
- }
- }
- return (mspace)m;
-}
-
-mspace create_mspace_with_base(void* base, size_t capacity, int locked) {
- mstate m = 0;
- size_t msize = pad_request(sizeof(struct malloc_state));
- init_mparams(); /* Ensure pagesize etc initialized */
-
- if (capacity > msize + TOP_FOOT_SIZE &&
- capacity < (size_t) -(msize + TOP_FOOT_SIZE + mparams.page_size)) {
- m = init_user_mstate((char*)base, capacity);
- set_segment_flags(&m->seg, EXTERN_BIT);
- set_lock(m, locked);
- }
- return (mspace)m;
-}
-
-size_t destroy_mspace(mspace msp) {
- size_t freed = 0;
- mstate ms = (mstate)msp;
- if (ok_magic(ms)) {
- msegmentptr sp = &ms->seg;
- while (sp != 0) {
- char* base = sp->base;
- size_t size = sp->size;
- flag_t flag = get_segment_flags(sp);
- sp = sp->next;
- if ((flag & IS_MMAPPED_BIT) && !(flag & EXTERN_BIT) &&
- CALL_MUNMAP(base, size) == 0)
- freed += size;
- }
- }
- else {
- USAGE_ERROR_ACTION(ms,ms);
- }
- return freed;
-}
-
-/*
- mspace versions of routines are near-clones of the global
- versions. This is not so nice but better than the alternatives.
-*/
-
-
-void* mspace_malloc(mspace msp, size_t bytes) {
- mstate ms = (mstate)msp;
- if (!ok_magic(ms)) {
- USAGE_ERROR_ACTION(ms,ms);
- return 0;
- }
- if (!PREACTION(ms)) {
- void* mem;
- size_t nb;
- if (bytes <= MAX_SMALL_REQUEST) {
- bindex_t idx;
- binmap_t smallbits;
- nb = (bytes < MIN_REQUEST)? MIN_CHUNK_SIZE : pad_request(bytes);
- idx = small_index(nb);
- smallbits = ms->smallmap >> idx;
-
- if ((smallbits & 0x3U) != 0) { /* Remainderless fit to a smallbin. */
- mchunkptr b, p;
- idx += ~smallbits & 1; /* Uses next bin if idx empty */
- b = smallbin_at(ms, idx);
- p = b->fd;
- assert(chunksize(p) == small_index2size(idx));
- unlink_first_small_chunk(ms, b, p, idx);
- set_inuse_and_pinuse(ms, p, small_index2size(idx));
- mem = chunk2mem(p);
- check_malloced_chunk(ms, mem, nb);
- goto postaction;
- }
-
- else if (nb > ms->dvsize) {
- if (smallbits != 0) { /* Use chunk in next nonempty smallbin */
- mchunkptr b, p, r;
- size_t rsize;
- bindex_t i;
- binmap_t leftbits = (smallbits << idx) & left_bits(idx2bit(idx));
- binmap_t leastbit = least_bit(leftbits);
- compute_bit2idx(leastbit, i);
- b = smallbin_at(ms, i);
- p = b->fd;
- assert(chunksize(p) == small_index2size(i));
- unlink_first_small_chunk(ms, b, p, i);
- rsize = small_index2size(i) - nb;
- /* Fit here cannot be remainderless if 4byte sizes */
- if (SIZE_T_SIZE != 4 && rsize < MIN_CHUNK_SIZE)
- set_inuse_and_pinuse(ms, p, small_index2size(i));
- else {
- set_size_and_pinuse_of_inuse_chunk(ms, p, nb);
- r = chunk_plus_offset(p, nb);
- set_size_and_pinuse_of_free_chunk(r, rsize);
- replace_dv(ms, r, rsize);
- }
- mem = chunk2mem(p);
- check_malloced_chunk(ms, mem, nb);
- goto postaction;
- }
-
- else if (ms->treemap != 0 && (mem = tmalloc_small(ms, nb)) != 0) {
- check_malloced_chunk(ms, mem, nb);
- goto postaction;
- }
- }
- }
- else if (bytes >= MAX_REQUEST)
- nb = MAX_SIZE_T; /* Too big to allocate. Force failure (in sys alloc) */
- else {
- nb = pad_request(bytes);
- if (ms->treemap != 0 && (mem = tmalloc_large(ms, nb)) != 0) {
- check_malloced_chunk(ms, mem, nb);
- goto postaction;
- }
- }
-
- if (nb <= ms->dvsize) {
- size_t rsize = ms->dvsize - nb;
- mchunkptr p = ms->dv;
- if (rsize >= MIN_CHUNK_SIZE) { /* split dv */
- mchunkptr r = ms->dv = chunk_plus_offset(p, nb);
- ms->dvsize = rsize;
- set_size_and_pinuse_of_free_chunk(r, rsize);
- set_size_and_pinuse_of_inuse_chunk(ms, p, nb);
- }
- else { /* exhaust dv */
- size_t dvs = ms->dvsize;
- ms->dvsize = 0;
- ms->dv = 0;
- set_inuse_and_pinuse(ms, p, dvs);
- }
- mem = chunk2mem(p);
- check_malloced_chunk(ms, mem, nb);
- goto postaction;
- }
-
- else if (nb < ms->topsize) { /* Split top */
- size_t rsize = ms->topsize -= nb;
- mchunkptr p = ms->top;
- mchunkptr r = ms->top = chunk_plus_offset(p, nb);
- r->head = rsize | PINUSE_BIT;
- set_size_and_pinuse_of_inuse_chunk(ms, p, nb);
- mem = chunk2mem(p);
- check_top_chunk(ms, ms->top);
- check_malloced_chunk(ms, mem, nb);
- goto postaction;
- }
-
- mem = sys_alloc(ms, nb);
-
- postaction:
- POSTACTION(ms);
- return mem;
- }
-
- return 0;
-}
-
-void mspace_free(mspace msp, void* mem) {
- if (mem != 0) {
- mchunkptr p = mem2chunk(mem);
-#if FOOTERS
- mstate fm = get_mstate_for(p);
-#else /* FOOTERS */
- mstate fm = (mstate)msp;
-#endif /* FOOTERS */
- if (!ok_magic(fm)) {
- USAGE_ERROR_ACTION(fm, p);
- return;
- }
- if (!PREACTION(fm)) {
- check_inuse_chunk(fm, p);
- if (RTCHECK(ok_address(fm, p) && ok_cinuse(p))) {
- size_t psize = chunksize(p);
- mchunkptr next = chunk_plus_offset(p, psize);
- if (!pinuse(p)) {
- size_t prevsize = p->prev_foot;
- if ((prevsize & IS_MMAPPED_BIT) != 0) {
- prevsize &= ~IS_MMAPPED_BIT;
- psize += prevsize + MMAP_FOOT_PAD;
- if (CALL_MUNMAP((char*)p - prevsize, psize) == 0)
- fm->footprint -= psize;
- goto postaction;
- }
- else {
- mchunkptr prev = chunk_minus_offset(p, prevsize);
- psize += prevsize;
- p = prev;
- if (RTCHECK(ok_address(fm, prev))) { /* consolidate backward */
- if (p != fm->dv) {
- unlink_chunk(fm, p, prevsize);
- }
- else if ((next->head & INUSE_BITS) == INUSE_BITS) {
- fm->dvsize = psize;
- set_free_with_pinuse(p, psize, next);
- goto postaction;
- }
- }
- else
- goto erroraction;
- }
- }
-
- if (RTCHECK(ok_next(p, next) && ok_pinuse(next))) {
- if (!cinuse(next)) { /* consolidate forward */
- if (next == fm->top) {
- size_t tsize = fm->topsize += psize;
- fm->top = p;
- p->head = tsize | PINUSE_BIT;
- if (p == fm->dv) {
- fm->dv = 0;
- fm->dvsize = 0;
- }
- if (should_trim(fm, tsize))
- sys_trim(fm, 0);
- goto postaction;
- }
- else if (next == fm->dv) {
- size_t dsize = fm->dvsize += psize;
- fm->dv = p;
- set_size_and_pinuse_of_free_chunk(p, dsize);
- goto postaction;
- }
- else {
- size_t nsize = chunksize(next);
- psize += nsize;
- unlink_chunk(fm, next, nsize);
- set_size_and_pinuse_of_free_chunk(p, psize);
- if (p == fm->dv) {
- fm->dvsize = psize;
- goto postaction;
- }
- }
- }
- else
- set_free_with_pinuse(p, psize, next);
- insert_chunk(fm, p, psize);
- check_free_chunk(fm, p);
- goto postaction;
- }
- }
- erroraction:
- USAGE_ERROR_ACTION(fm, p);
- postaction:
- POSTACTION(fm);
- }
- }
-}
-
-void* mspace_calloc(mspace msp, size_t n_elements, size_t elem_size) {
- void* mem;
- size_t req = 0;
- mstate ms = (mstate)msp;
- if (!ok_magic(ms)) {
- USAGE_ERROR_ACTION(ms,ms);
- return 0;
- }
- if (n_elements != 0) {
- req = n_elements * elem_size;
- if (((n_elements | elem_size) & ~(size_t)0xffff) &&
- (req / n_elements != elem_size))
- req = MAX_SIZE_T; /* force downstream failure on overflow */
- }
- mem = internal_malloc(ms, req);
- if (mem != 0 && calloc_must_clear(mem2chunk(mem)))
- memset(mem, 0, req);
- return mem;
-}
-
-void* mspace_realloc(mspace msp, void* oldmem, size_t bytes) {
- if (oldmem == 0)
- return mspace_malloc(msp, bytes);
-#ifdef REALLOC_ZERO_BYTES_FREES
- if (bytes == 0) {
- mspace_free(msp, oldmem);
- return 0;
- }
-#endif /* REALLOC_ZERO_BYTES_FREES */
- else {
-#if FOOTERS
- mchunkptr p = mem2chunk(oldmem);
- mstate ms = get_mstate_for(p);
-#else /* FOOTERS */
- mstate ms = (mstate)msp;
-#endif /* FOOTERS */
- if (!ok_magic(ms)) {
- USAGE_ERROR_ACTION(ms,ms);
- return 0;
- }
- return internal_realloc(ms, oldmem, bytes);
- }
-}
-
-void* mspace_memalign(mspace msp, size_t alignment, size_t bytes) {
- mstate ms = (mstate)msp;
- if (!ok_magic(ms)) {
- USAGE_ERROR_ACTION(ms,ms);
- return 0;
- }
- return internal_memalign(ms, alignment, bytes);
-}
-
-void** mspace_independent_calloc(mspace msp, size_t n_elements,
- size_t elem_size, void* chunks[]) {
- size_t sz = elem_size; /* serves as 1-element array */
- mstate ms = (mstate)msp;
- if (!ok_magic(ms)) {
- USAGE_ERROR_ACTION(ms,ms);
- return 0;
- }
- return ialloc(ms, n_elements, &sz, 3, chunks);
-}
-
-void** mspace_independent_comalloc(mspace msp, size_t n_elements,
- size_t sizes[], void* chunks[]) {
- mstate ms = (mstate)msp;
- if (!ok_magic(ms)) {
- USAGE_ERROR_ACTION(ms,ms);
- return 0;
- }
- return ialloc(ms, n_elements, sizes, 0, chunks);
-}
-
-int mspace_trim(mspace msp, size_t pad) {
- int result = 0;
- mstate ms = (mstate)msp;
- if (ok_magic(ms)) {
- if (!PREACTION(ms)) {
- result = sys_trim(ms, pad);
- POSTACTION(ms);
- }
- }
- else {
- USAGE_ERROR_ACTION(ms,ms);
- }
- return result;
-}
-
-void mspace_malloc_stats(mspace msp) {
- mstate ms = (mstate)msp;
- if (ok_magic(ms)) {
- internal_malloc_stats(ms);
- }
- else {
- USAGE_ERROR_ACTION(ms,ms);
- }
-}
-
-size_t mspace_footprint(mspace msp) {
- size_t result;
- mstate ms = (mstate)msp;
- if (ok_magic(ms)) {
- result = ms->footprint;
- }
- USAGE_ERROR_ACTION(ms,ms);
- return result;
-}
-
-
-size_t mspace_max_footprint(mspace msp) {
- size_t result;
- mstate ms = (mstate)msp;
- if (ok_magic(ms)) {
- result = ms->max_footprint;
- }
- USAGE_ERROR_ACTION(ms,ms);
- return result;
-}
-
-
-#if !NO_MALLINFO
-struct mallinfo mspace_mallinfo(mspace msp) {
- mstate ms = (mstate)msp;
- if (!ok_magic(ms)) {
- USAGE_ERROR_ACTION(ms,ms);
- }
- return internal_mallinfo(ms);
-}
-#endif /* NO_MALLINFO */
-
-int mspace_mallopt(int param_number, int value) {
- return change_mparam(param_number, value);
-}
-
-#endif /* MSPACES */
-
-/* -------------------- Alternative MORECORE functions ------------------- */
-
-/*
- Guidelines for creating a custom version of MORECORE:
-
- * For best performance, MORECORE should allocate in multiples of pagesize.
- * MORECORE may allocate more memory than requested. (Or even less,
- but this will usually result in a malloc failure.)
- * MORECORE must not allocate memory when given argument zero, but
- instead return one past the end address of memory from previous
- nonzero call.
- * For best performance, consecutive calls to MORECORE with positive
- arguments should return increasing addresses, indicating that
- space has been contiguously extended.
- * Even though consecutive calls to MORECORE need not return contiguous
- addresses, it must be OK for malloc'ed chunks to span multiple
- regions in those cases where they do happen to be contiguous.
- * MORECORE need not handle negative arguments -- it may instead
- just return MFAIL when given negative arguments.
- Negative arguments are always multiples of pagesize. MORECORE
- must not misinterpret negative args as large positive unsigned
- args. You can suppress all such calls from even occurring by defining
- MORECORE_CANNOT_TRIM,
-
- As an example alternative MORECORE, here is a custom allocator
- kindly contributed for pre-OSX macOS. It uses virtually but not
- necessarily physically contiguous non-paged memory (locked in,
- present and won't get swapped out). You can use it by uncommenting
- this section, adding some #includes, and setting up the appropriate
- defines above:
-
- #define MORECORE osMoreCore
-
- There is also a shutdown routine that should somehow be called for
- cleanup upon program exit.
-
- #define MAX_POOL_ENTRIES 100
- #define MINIMUM_MORECORE_SIZE (64 * 1024U)
- static int next_os_pool;
- void *our_os_pools[MAX_POOL_ENTRIES];
-
- void *osMoreCore(int size)
- {
- void *ptr = 0;
- static void *sbrk_top = 0;
-
- if (size > 0)
- {
- if (size < MINIMUM_MORECORE_SIZE)
- size = MINIMUM_MORECORE_SIZE;
- if (CurrentExecutionLevel() == kTaskLevel)
- ptr = PoolAllocateResident(size + RM_PAGE_SIZE, 0);
- if (ptr == 0)
- {
- return (void *) MFAIL;
- }
- // save ptrs so they can be freed during cleanup
- our_os_pools[next_os_pool] = ptr;
- next_os_pool++;
- ptr = (void *) ((((size_t) ptr) + RM_PAGE_MASK) & ~RM_PAGE_MASK);
- sbrk_top = (char *) ptr + size;
- return ptr;
- }
- else if (size < 0)
- {
- // we don't currently support shrink behavior
- return (void *) MFAIL;
- }
- else
- {
- return sbrk_top;
- }
- }
-
- // cleanup any allocated memory pools
- // called as last thing before shutting down driver
-
- void osCleanupMem(void)
- {
- void **ptr;
-
- for (ptr = our_os_pools; ptr < &our_os_pools[MAX_POOL_ENTRIES]; ptr++)
- if (*ptr)
- {
- PoolDeallocate(*ptr);
- *ptr = 0;
- }
- }
-
-*/
-
-
-/* -----------------------------------------------------------------------
-History:
- V2.8.3 Thu Sep 22 11:16:32 2005 Doug Lea (dl at gee)
- * Add max_footprint functions
- * Ensure all appropriate literals are size_t
- * Fix conditional compilation problem for some #define settings
- * Avoid concatenating segments with the one provided
- in create_mspace_with_base
- * Rename some variables to avoid compiler shadowing warnings
- * Use explicit lock initialization.
- * Better handling of sbrk interference.
- * Simplify and fix segment insertion, trimming and mspace_destroy
- * Reinstate REALLOC_ZERO_BYTES_FREES option from 2.7.x
- * Thanks especially to Dennis Flanagan for help on these.
-
- V2.8.2 Sun Jun 12 16:01:10 2005 Doug Lea (dl at gee)
- * Fix memalign brace error.
-
- V2.8.1 Wed Jun 8 16:11:46 2005 Doug Lea (dl at gee)
- * Fix improper #endif nesting in C++
- * Add explicit casts needed for C++
-
- V2.8.0 Mon May 30 14:09:02 2005 Doug Lea (dl at gee)
- * Use trees for large bins
- * Support mspaces
- * Use segments to unify sbrk-based and mmap-based system allocation,
- removing need for emulation on most platforms without sbrk.
- * Default safety checks
- * Optional footer checks. Thanks to William Robertson for the idea.
- * Internal code refactoring
- * Incorporate suggestions and platform-specific changes.
- Thanks to Dennis Flanagan, Colin Plumb, Niall Douglas,
- Aaron Bachmann, Emery Berger, and others.
- * Speed up non-fastbin processing enough to remove fastbins.
- * Remove useless cfree() to avoid conflicts with other apps.
- * Remove internal memcpy, memset. Compilers handle builtins better.
- * Remove some options that no one ever used and rename others.
-
- V2.7.2 Sat Aug 17 09:07:30 2002 Doug Lea (dl at gee)
- * Fix malloc_state bitmap array misdeclaration
-
- V2.7.1 Thu Jul 25 10:58:03 2002 Doug Lea (dl at gee)
- * Allow tuning of FIRST_SORTED_BIN_SIZE
- * Use PTR_UINT as type for all ptr->int casts. Thanks to John Belmonte.
- * Better detection and support for non-contiguousness of MORECORE.
- Thanks to Andreas Mueller, Conal Walsh, and Wolfram Gloger
- * Bypass most of malloc if no frees. Thanks To Emery Berger.
- * Fix freeing of old top non-contiguous chunk im sysmalloc.
- * Raised default trim and map thresholds to 256K.
- * Fix mmap-related #defines. Thanks to Lubos Lunak.
- * Fix copy macros; added LACKS_FCNTL_H. Thanks to Neal Walfield.
- * Branch-free bin calculation
- * Default trim and mmap thresholds now 256K.
-
- V2.7.0 Sun Mar 11 14:14:06 2001 Doug Lea (dl at gee)
- * Introduce independent_comalloc and independent_calloc.
- Thanks to Michael Pachos for motivation and help.
- * Make optional .h file available
- * Allow > 2GB requests on 32bit systems.
- * new WIN32 sbrk, mmap, munmap, lock code from <Walter@GeNeSys-e.de>.
- Thanks also to Andreas Mueller <a.mueller at paradatec.de>,
- and Anonymous.
- * Allow override of MALLOC_ALIGNMENT (Thanks to Ruud Waij for
- helping test this.)
- * memalign: check alignment arg
- * realloc: don't try to shift chunks backwards, since this
- leads to more fragmentation in some programs and doesn't
- seem to help in any others.
- * Collect all cases in malloc requiring system memory into sysmalloc
- * Use mmap as backup to sbrk
- * Place all internal state in malloc_state
- * Introduce fastbins (although similar to 2.5.1)
- * Many minor tunings and cosmetic improvements
- * Introduce USE_PUBLIC_MALLOC_WRAPPERS, USE_MALLOC_LOCK
- * Introduce MALLOC_FAILURE_ACTION, MORECORE_CONTIGUOUS
- Thanks to Tony E. Bennett <tbennett@nvidia.com> and others.
- * Include errno.h to support default failure action.
-
- V2.6.6 Sun Dec 5 07:42:19 1999 Doug Lea (dl at gee)
- * return null for negative arguments
- * Added Several WIN32 cleanups from Martin C. Fong <mcfong at yahoo.com>
- * Add 'LACKS_SYS_PARAM_H' for those systems without 'sys/param.h'
- (e.g. WIN32 platforms)
- * Cleanup header file inclusion for WIN32 platforms
- * Cleanup code to avoid Microsoft Visual C++ compiler complaints
- * Add 'USE_DL_PREFIX' to quickly allow co-existence with existing
- memory allocation routines
- * Set 'malloc_getpagesize' for WIN32 platforms (needs more work)
- * Use 'assert' rather than 'ASSERT' in WIN32 code to conform to
- usage of 'assert' in non-WIN32 code
- * Improve WIN32 'sbrk()' emulation's 'findRegion()' routine to
- avoid infinite loop
- * Always call 'fREe()' rather than 'free()'
-
- V2.6.5 Wed Jun 17 15:57:31 1998 Doug Lea (dl at gee)
- * Fixed ordering problem with boundary-stamping
-
- V2.6.3 Sun May 19 08:17:58 1996 Doug Lea (dl at gee)
- * Added pvalloc, as recommended by H.J. Liu
- * Added 64bit pointer support mainly from Wolfram Gloger
- * Added anonymously donated WIN32 sbrk emulation
- * Malloc, calloc, getpagesize: add optimizations from Raymond Nijssen
- * malloc_extend_top: fix mask error that caused wastage after
- foreign sbrks
- * Add linux mremap support code from HJ Liu
-
- V2.6.2 Tue Dec 5 06:52:55 1995 Doug Lea (dl at gee)
- * Integrated most documentation with the code.
- * Add support for mmap, with help from
- Wolfram Gloger (Gloger@lrz.uni-muenchen.de).
- * Use last_remainder in more cases.
- * Pack bins using idea from colin@nyx10.cs.du.edu
- * Use ordered bins instead of best-fit threshhold
- * Eliminate block-local decls to simplify tracing and debugging.
- * Support another case of realloc via move into top
- * Fix error occuring when initial sbrk_base not word-aligned.
- * Rely on page size for units instead of SBRK_UNIT to
- avoid surprises about sbrk alignment conventions.
- * Add mallinfo, mallopt. Thanks to Raymond Nijssen
- (raymond@es.ele.tue.nl) for the suggestion.
- * Add `pad' argument to malloc_trim and top_pad mallopt parameter.
- * More precautions for cases where other routines call sbrk,
- courtesy of Wolfram Gloger (Gloger@lrz.uni-muenchen.de).
- * Added macros etc., allowing use in linux libc from
- H.J. Lu (hjl@gnu.ai.mit.edu)
- * Inverted this history list
-
- V2.6.1 Sat Dec 2 14:10:57 1995 Doug Lea (dl at gee)
- * Re-tuned and fixed to behave more nicely with V2.6.0 changes.
- * Removed all preallocation code since under current scheme
- the work required to undo bad preallocations exceeds
- the work saved in good cases for most test programs.
- * No longer use return list or unconsolidated bins since
- no scheme using them consistently outperforms those that don't
- given above changes.
- * Use best fit for very large chunks to prevent some worst-cases.
- * Added some support for debugging
-
- V2.6.0 Sat Nov 4 07:05:23 1995 Doug Lea (dl at gee)
- * Removed footers when chunks are in use. Thanks to
- Paul Wilson (wilson@cs.texas.edu) for the suggestion.
-
- V2.5.4 Wed Nov 1 07:54:51 1995 Doug Lea (dl at gee)
- * Added malloc_trim, with help from Wolfram Gloger
- (wmglo@Dent.MED.Uni-Muenchen.DE).
-
- V2.5.3 Tue Apr 26 10:16:01 1994 Doug Lea (dl at g)
-
- V2.5.2 Tue Apr 5 16:20:40 1994 Doug Lea (dl at g)
- * realloc: try to expand in both directions
- * malloc: swap order of clean-bin strategy;
- * realloc: only conditionally expand backwards
- * Try not to scavenge used bins
- * Use bin counts as a guide to preallocation
- * Occasionally bin return list chunks in first scan
- * Add a few optimizations from colin@nyx10.cs.du.edu
-
- V2.5.1 Sat Aug 14 15:40:43 1993 Doug Lea (dl at g)
- * faster bin computation & slightly different binning
- * merged all consolidations to one part of malloc proper
- (eliminating old malloc_find_space & malloc_clean_bin)
- * Scan 2 returns chunks (not just 1)
- * Propagate failure in realloc if malloc returns 0
- * Add stuff to allow compilation on non-ANSI compilers
- from kpv@research.att.com
-
- V2.5 Sat Aug 7 07:41:59 1993 Doug Lea (dl at g.oswego.edu)
- * removed potential for odd address access in prev_chunk
- * removed dependency on getpagesize.h
- * misc cosmetics and a bit more internal documentation
- * anticosmetics: mangled names in macros to evade debugger strangeness
- * tested on sparc, hp-700, dec-mips, rs6000
- with gcc & native cc (hp, dec only) allowing
- Detlefs & Zorn comparison study (in SIGPLAN Notices.)
-
- Trial version Fri Aug 28 13:14:29 1992 Doug Lea (dl at g.oswego.edu)
- * Based loosely on libg++-1.2X malloc. (It retains some of the overall
- structure of old version, but most details differ.)
-
-*/
+++ /dev/null
-/* -----------------------------------------------------------------------
- java_raw_api.c - Copyright (c) 1999, 2007, 2008 Red Hat, Inc.
-
- Cloned from raw_api.c
-
- Raw_api.c author: Kresten Krab Thorup <krab@gnu.org>
- Java_raw_api.c author: Hans-J. Boehm <hboehm@hpl.hp.com>
-
- $Id $
-
- Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
- a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
- ``Software''), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
- without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
- distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
- permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
- the following conditions:
-
- The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included
- in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
-
- THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED ``AS IS'', WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
- EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
- MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
- NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT
- HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
- WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
- OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
- DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------- */
-
-/* This defines a Java- and 64-bit specific variant of the raw API. */
-/* It assumes that "raw" argument blocks look like Java stacks on a */
-/* 64-bit machine. Arguments that can be stored in a single stack */
-/* stack slots (longs, doubles) occupy 128 bits, but only the first */
-/* 64 bits are actually used. */
-
-#include <ffi.h>
-#include <ffi_common.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-
-#if !defined(NO_JAVA_RAW_API) && !defined(FFI_NO_RAW_API)
-
-size_t
-ffi_java_raw_size (ffi_cif *cif)
-{
- size_t result = 0;
- int i;
-
- ffi_type **at = cif->arg_types;
-
- for (i = cif->nargs-1; i >= 0; i--, at++)
- {
- switch((*at) -> type) {
- case FFI_TYPE_UINT64:
- case FFI_TYPE_SINT64:
- case FFI_TYPE_DOUBLE:
- result += 2 * FFI_SIZEOF_JAVA_RAW;
- break;
- case FFI_TYPE_STRUCT:
- /* No structure parameters in Java. */
- abort();
- default:
- result += FFI_SIZEOF_JAVA_RAW;
- }
- }
-
- return result;
-}
-
-
-void
-ffi_java_raw_to_ptrarray (ffi_cif *cif, ffi_java_raw *raw, void **args)
-{
- unsigned i;
- ffi_type **tp = cif->arg_types;
-
-#if WORDS_BIGENDIAN
-
- for (i = 0; i < cif->nargs; i++, tp++, args++)
- {
- switch ((*tp)->type)
- {
- case FFI_TYPE_UINT8:
- case FFI_TYPE_SINT8:
- *args = (void*) ((char*)(raw++) + 3);
- break;
-
- case FFI_TYPE_UINT16:
- case FFI_TYPE_SINT16:
- *args = (void*) ((char*)(raw++) + 2);
- break;
-
-#if FFI_SIZEOF_JAVA_RAW == 8
- case FFI_TYPE_UINT64:
- case FFI_TYPE_SINT64:
- case FFI_TYPE_DOUBLE:
- *args = (void *)raw;
- raw += 2;
- break;
-#endif
-
- case FFI_TYPE_POINTER:
- *args = (void*) &(raw++)->ptr;
- break;
-
- default:
- *args = raw;
- raw +=
- ALIGN ((*tp)->size, sizeof(ffi_java_raw)) / sizeof(ffi_java_raw);
- }
- }
-
-#else /* WORDS_BIGENDIAN */
-
-#if !PDP
-
- /* then assume little endian */
- for (i = 0; i < cif->nargs; i++, tp++, args++)
- {
-#if FFI_SIZEOF_JAVA_RAW == 8
- switch((*tp)->type) {
- case FFI_TYPE_UINT64:
- case FFI_TYPE_SINT64:
- case FFI_TYPE_DOUBLE:
- *args = (void*) raw;
- raw += 2;
- break;
- default:
- *args = (void*) raw++;
- }
-#else /* FFI_SIZEOF_JAVA_RAW != 8 */
- *args = (void*) raw;
- raw +=
- ALIGN ((*tp)->size, sizeof(ffi_java_raw)) / sizeof(ffi_java_raw);
-#endif /* FFI_SIZEOF_JAVA_RAW == 8 */
- }
-
-#else
-#error "pdp endian not supported"
-#endif /* ! PDP */
-
-#endif /* WORDS_BIGENDIAN */
-}
-
-void
-ffi_java_ptrarray_to_raw (ffi_cif *cif, void **args, ffi_java_raw *raw)
-{
- unsigned i;
- ffi_type **tp = cif->arg_types;
-
- for (i = 0; i < cif->nargs; i++, tp++, args++)
- {
- switch ((*tp)->type)
- {
- case FFI_TYPE_UINT8:
-#if WORDS_BIGENDIAN
- *(UINT32*)(raw++) = *(UINT8*) (*args);
-#else
- (raw++)->uint = *(UINT8*) (*args);
-#endif
- break;
-
- case FFI_TYPE_SINT8:
-#if WORDS_BIGENDIAN
- *(SINT32*)(raw++) = *(SINT8*) (*args);
-#else
- (raw++)->sint = *(SINT8*) (*args);
-#endif
- break;
-
- case FFI_TYPE_UINT16:
-#if WORDS_BIGENDIAN
- *(UINT32*)(raw++) = *(UINT16*) (*args);
-#else
- (raw++)->uint = *(UINT16*) (*args);
-#endif
- break;
-
- case FFI_TYPE_SINT16:
-#if WORDS_BIGENDIAN
- *(SINT32*)(raw++) = *(SINT16*) (*args);
-#else
- (raw++)->sint = *(SINT16*) (*args);
-#endif
- break;
-
- case FFI_TYPE_UINT32:
-#if WORDS_BIGENDIAN
- *(UINT32*)(raw++) = *(UINT32*) (*args);
-#else
- (raw++)->uint = *(UINT32*) (*args);
-#endif
- break;
-
- case FFI_TYPE_SINT32:
-#if WORDS_BIGENDIAN
- *(SINT32*)(raw++) = *(SINT32*) (*args);
-#else
- (raw++)->sint = *(SINT32*) (*args);
-#endif
- break;
-
- case FFI_TYPE_FLOAT:
- (raw++)->flt = *(FLOAT32*) (*args);
- break;
-
-#if FFI_SIZEOF_JAVA_RAW == 8
- case FFI_TYPE_UINT64:
- case FFI_TYPE_SINT64:
- case FFI_TYPE_DOUBLE:
- raw->uint = *(UINT64*) (*args);
- raw += 2;
- break;
-#endif
-
- case FFI_TYPE_POINTER:
- (raw++)->ptr = **(void***) args;
- break;
-
- default:
-#if FFI_SIZEOF_JAVA_RAW == 8
- FFI_ASSERT(0); /* Should have covered all cases */
-#else
- memcpy ((void*) raw->data, (void*)*args, (*tp)->size);
- raw +=
- ALIGN ((*tp)->size, sizeof(ffi_java_raw)) / sizeof(ffi_java_raw);
-#endif
- }
- }
-}
-
-#if !FFI_NATIVE_RAW_API
-
-static void
-ffi_java_rvalue_to_raw (ffi_cif *cif, void *rvalue)
-{
-#if WORDS_BIGENDIAN && FFI_SIZEOF_ARG == 8
- switch (cif->rtype->type)
- {
- case FFI_TYPE_UINT8:
- case FFI_TYPE_UINT16:
- case FFI_TYPE_UINT32:
- *(UINT64 *)rvalue <<= 32;
- break;
-
- case FFI_TYPE_SINT8:
- case FFI_TYPE_SINT16:
- case FFI_TYPE_SINT32:
- case FFI_TYPE_INT:
-#if FFI_SIZEOF_JAVA_RAW == 4
- case FFI_TYPE_POINTER:
-#endif
- *(SINT64 *)rvalue <<= 32;
- break;
-
- default:
- break;
- }
-#endif
-}
-
-static void
-ffi_java_raw_to_rvalue (ffi_cif *cif, void *rvalue)
-{
-#if WORDS_BIGENDIAN && FFI_SIZEOF_ARG == 8
- switch (cif->rtype->type)
- {
- case FFI_TYPE_UINT8:
- case FFI_TYPE_UINT16:
- case FFI_TYPE_UINT32:
- *(UINT64 *)rvalue >>= 32;
- break;
-
- case FFI_TYPE_SINT8:
- case FFI_TYPE_SINT16:
- case FFI_TYPE_SINT32:
- case FFI_TYPE_INT:
- *(SINT64 *)rvalue >>= 32;
- break;
-
- default:
- break;
- }
-#endif
-}
-
-/* This is a generic definition of ffi_raw_call, to be used if the
- * native system does not provide a machine-specific implementation.
- * Having this, allows code to be written for the raw API, without
- * the need for system-specific code to handle input in that format;
- * these following couple of functions will handle the translation forth
- * and back automatically. */
-
-void ffi_java_raw_call (ffi_cif *cif, void (*fn)(void), void *rvalue,
- ffi_java_raw *raw)
-{
- void **avalue = (void**) alloca (cif->nargs * sizeof (void*));
- ffi_java_raw_to_ptrarray (cif, raw, avalue);
- ffi_call (cif, fn, rvalue, avalue);
- ffi_java_rvalue_to_raw (cif, rvalue);
-}
-
-#if FFI_CLOSURES /* base system provides closures */
-
-static void
-ffi_java_translate_args (ffi_cif *cif, void *rvalue,
- void **avalue, void *user_data)
-{
- ffi_java_raw *raw = (ffi_java_raw*)alloca (ffi_java_raw_size (cif));
- ffi_raw_closure *cl = (ffi_raw_closure*)user_data;
-
- ffi_java_ptrarray_to_raw (cif, avalue, raw);
- (*cl->fun) (cif, rvalue, raw, cl->user_data);
- ffi_java_raw_to_rvalue (cif, rvalue);
-}
-
-ffi_status
-ffi_prep_java_raw_closure_loc (ffi_java_raw_closure* cl,
- ffi_cif *cif,
- void (*fun)(ffi_cif*,void*,ffi_java_raw*,void*),
- void *user_data,
- void *codeloc)
-{
- ffi_status status;
-
- status = ffi_prep_closure_loc ((ffi_closure*) cl,
- cif,
- &ffi_java_translate_args,
- codeloc,
- codeloc);
- if (status == FFI_OK)
- {
- cl->fun = fun;
- cl->user_data = user_data;
- }
-
- return status;
-}
-
-/* Again, here is the generic version of ffi_prep_raw_closure, which
- * will install an intermediate "hub" for translation of arguments from
- * the pointer-array format, to the raw format */
-
-ffi_status
-ffi_prep_java_raw_closure (ffi_java_raw_closure* cl,
- ffi_cif *cif,
- void (*fun)(ffi_cif*,void*,ffi_java_raw*,void*),
- void *user_data)
-{
- return ffi_prep_java_raw_closure_loc (cl, cif, fun, user_data, cl);
-}
-
-#endif /* FFI_CLOSURES */
-#endif /* !FFI_NATIVE_RAW_API */
-#endif /* !FFI_NO_RAW_API */
+++ /dev/null
-/* -----------------------------------------------------------------------
- prep_cif.c - Copyright (c) 1996, 1998, 2007 Red Hat, Inc.
-
- Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
- a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
- ``Software''), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
- without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
- distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
- permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
- the following conditions:
-
- The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included
- in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
-
- THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED ``AS IS'', WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
- EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
- MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
- NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT
- HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
- WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
- OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
- DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------- */
-
-#include <ffi.h>
-#include <ffi_common.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-
-/* Round up to FFI_SIZEOF_ARG. */
-
-#define STACK_ARG_SIZE(x) ALIGN(x, FFI_SIZEOF_ARG)
-
-/* Perform machine independent initialization of aggregate type
- specifications. */
-
-static ffi_status initialize_aggregate(ffi_type *arg)
-{
- ffi_type **ptr;
-
- FFI_ASSERT(arg != NULL);
-
- FFI_ASSERT(arg->elements != NULL);
- FFI_ASSERT(arg->size == 0);
- FFI_ASSERT(arg->alignment == 0);
-
- ptr = &(arg->elements[0]);
-
- while ((*ptr) != NULL)
- {
- if (((*ptr)->size == 0) && (initialize_aggregate((*ptr)) != FFI_OK))
- return FFI_BAD_TYPEDEF;
-
- /* Perform a sanity check on the argument type */
- FFI_ASSERT_VALID_TYPE(*ptr);
-
- arg->size = ALIGN(arg->size, (*ptr)->alignment);
- arg->size += (*ptr)->size;
-
- arg->alignment = (arg->alignment > (*ptr)->alignment) ?
- arg->alignment : (*ptr)->alignment;
-
- ptr++;
- }
-
- /* Structure size includes tail padding. This is important for
- structures that fit in one register on ABIs like the PowerPC64
- Linux ABI that right justify small structs in a register.
- It's also needed for nested structure layout, for example
- struct A { long a; char b; }; struct B { struct A x; char y; };
- should find y at an offset of 2*sizeof(long) and result in a
- total size of 3*sizeof(long). */
- arg->size = ALIGN (arg->size, arg->alignment);
-
- if (arg->size == 0)
- return FFI_BAD_TYPEDEF;
- else
- return FFI_OK;
-}
-
-#ifndef __CRIS__
-/* The CRIS ABI specifies structure elements to have byte
- alignment only, so it completely overrides this functions,
- which assumes "natural" alignment and padding. */
-
-/* Perform machine independent ffi_cif preparation, then call
- machine dependent routine. */
-
-ffi_status ffi_prep_cif(ffi_cif *cif, ffi_abi abi, unsigned int nargs,
- ffi_type *rtype, ffi_type **atypes)
-{
- unsigned bytes = 0;
- unsigned int i;
- ffi_type **ptr;
-
- FFI_ASSERT(cif != NULL);
- FFI_ASSERT(abi > FFI_FIRST_ABI && abi < FFI_LAST_ABI);
-
- cif->abi = abi;
- cif->arg_types = atypes;
- cif->nargs = nargs;
- cif->rtype = rtype;
-
- cif->flags = 0;
-
- /* Initialize the return type if necessary */
- if ((cif->rtype->size == 0) && (initialize_aggregate(cif->rtype) != FFI_OK))
- return FFI_BAD_TYPEDEF;
-
- /* Perform a sanity check on the return type */
- FFI_ASSERT_VALID_TYPE(cif->rtype);
-
- /* x86, x86-64 and s390 stack space allocation is handled in prep_machdep. */
-#if !defined M68K && !defined X86_ANY && !defined S390 && !defined PA
- /* Make space for the return structure pointer */
- if (cif->rtype->type == FFI_TYPE_STRUCT
-#ifdef SPARC
- && (cif->abi != FFI_V9 || cif->rtype->size > 32)
-#endif
- )
- bytes = STACK_ARG_SIZE(sizeof(void*));
-#endif
-
- for (ptr = cif->arg_types, i = cif->nargs; i > 0; i--, ptr++)
- {
-
- /* Initialize any uninitialized aggregate type definitions */
- if (((*ptr)->size == 0) && (initialize_aggregate((*ptr)) != FFI_OK))
- return FFI_BAD_TYPEDEF;
-
- /* Perform a sanity check on the argument type, do this
- check after the initialization. */
- FFI_ASSERT_VALID_TYPE(*ptr);
-
-#if !defined X86_ANY && !defined S390 && !defined PA
-#ifdef SPARC
- if (((*ptr)->type == FFI_TYPE_STRUCT
- && ((*ptr)->size > 16 || cif->abi != FFI_V9))
- || ((*ptr)->type == FFI_TYPE_LONGDOUBLE
- && cif->abi != FFI_V9))
- bytes += sizeof(void*);
- else
-#endif
- {
- /* Add any padding if necessary */
- if (((*ptr)->alignment - 1) & bytes)
- bytes = ALIGN(bytes, (*ptr)->alignment);
-
- bytes += STACK_ARG_SIZE((*ptr)->size);
- }
-#endif
- }
-
- cif->bytes = bytes;
-
- /* Perform machine dependent cif processing */
- return ffi_prep_cif_machdep(cif);
-}
-#endif /* not __CRIS__ */
-
-#if FFI_CLOSURES
-
-ffi_status
-ffi_prep_closure (ffi_closure* closure,
- ffi_cif* cif,
- void (*fun)(ffi_cif*,void*,void**,void*),
- void *user_data)
-{
- return ffi_prep_closure_loc (closure, cif, fun, user_data, closure);
-}
-
-#endif
+++ /dev/null
-/* -----------------------------------------------------------------------
- raw_api.c - Copyright (c) 1999, 2008 Red Hat, Inc.
-
- Author: Kresten Krab Thorup <krab@gnu.org>
-
- Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
- a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
- ``Software''), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
- without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
- distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
- permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
- the following conditions:
-
- The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included
- in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
-
- THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED ``AS IS'', WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
- EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
- MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
- NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT
- HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
- WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
- OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
- DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------- */
-
-/* This file defines generic functions for use with the raw api. */
-
-#include <ffi.h>
-#include <ffi_common.h>
-
-#if !FFI_NO_RAW_API
-
-size_t
-ffi_raw_size (ffi_cif *cif)
-{
- size_t result = 0;
- int i;
-
- ffi_type **at = cif->arg_types;
-
- for (i = cif->nargs-1; i >= 0; i--, at++)
- {
-#if !FFI_NO_STRUCTS
- if ((*at)->type == FFI_TYPE_STRUCT)
- result += ALIGN (sizeof (void*), FFI_SIZEOF_ARG);
- else
-#endif
- result += ALIGN ((*at)->size, FFI_SIZEOF_ARG);
- }
-
- return result;
-}
-
-
-void
-ffi_raw_to_ptrarray (ffi_cif *cif, ffi_raw *raw, void **args)
-{
- unsigned i;
- ffi_type **tp = cif->arg_types;
-
-#if WORDS_BIGENDIAN
-
- for (i = 0; i < cif->nargs; i++, tp++, args++)
- {
- switch ((*tp)->type)
- {
- case FFI_TYPE_UINT8:
- case FFI_TYPE_SINT8:
- *args = (void*) ((char*)(raw++) + FFI_SIZEOF_ARG - 1);
- break;
-
- case FFI_TYPE_UINT16:
- case FFI_TYPE_SINT16:
- *args = (void*) ((char*)(raw++) + FFI_SIZEOF_ARG - 2);
- break;
-
-#if FFI_SIZEOF_ARG >= 4
- case FFI_TYPE_UINT32:
- case FFI_TYPE_SINT32:
- *args = (void*) ((char*)(raw++) + FFI_SIZEOF_ARG - 4);
- break;
-#endif
-
-#if !FFI_NO_STRUCTS
- case FFI_TYPE_STRUCT:
- *args = (raw++)->ptr;
- break;
-#endif
-
- case FFI_TYPE_POINTER:
- *args = (void*) &(raw++)->ptr;
- break;
-
- default:
- *args = raw;
- raw += ALIGN ((*tp)->size, FFI_SIZEOF_ARG) / FFI_SIZEOF_ARG;
- }
- }
-
-#else /* WORDS_BIGENDIAN */
-
-#if !PDP
-
- /* then assume little endian */
- for (i = 0; i < cif->nargs; i++, tp++, args++)
- {
-#if !FFI_NO_STRUCTS
- if ((*tp)->type == FFI_TYPE_STRUCT)
- {
- *args = (raw++)->ptr;
- }
- else
-#endif
- {
- *args = (void*) raw;
- raw += ALIGN ((*tp)->size, sizeof (void*)) / sizeof (void*);
- }
- }
-
-#else
-#error "pdp endian not supported"
-#endif /* ! PDP */
-
-#endif /* WORDS_BIGENDIAN */
-}
-
-void
-ffi_ptrarray_to_raw (ffi_cif *cif, void **args, ffi_raw *raw)
-{
- unsigned i;
- ffi_type **tp = cif->arg_types;
-
- for (i = 0; i < cif->nargs; i++, tp++, args++)
- {
- switch ((*tp)->type)
- {
- case FFI_TYPE_UINT8:
- (raw++)->uint = *(UINT8*) (*args);
- break;
-
- case FFI_TYPE_SINT8:
- (raw++)->sint = *(SINT8*) (*args);
- break;
-
- case FFI_TYPE_UINT16:
- (raw++)->uint = *(UINT16*) (*args);
- break;
-
- case FFI_TYPE_SINT16:
- (raw++)->sint = *(SINT16*) (*args);
- break;
-
-#if FFI_SIZEOF_ARG >= 4
- case FFI_TYPE_UINT32:
- (raw++)->uint = *(UINT32*) (*args);
- break;
-
- case FFI_TYPE_SINT32:
- (raw++)->sint = *(SINT32*) (*args);
- break;
-#endif
-
-#if !FFI_NO_STRUCTS
- case FFI_TYPE_STRUCT:
- (raw++)->ptr = *args;
- break;
-#endif
-
- case FFI_TYPE_POINTER:
- (raw++)->ptr = **(void***) args;
- break;
-
- default:
- memcpy ((void*) raw->data, (void*)*args, (*tp)->size);
- raw += ALIGN ((*tp)->size, FFI_SIZEOF_ARG) / FFI_SIZEOF_ARG;
- }
- }
-}
-
-#if !FFI_NATIVE_RAW_API
-
-
-/* This is a generic definition of ffi_raw_call, to be used if the
- * native system does not provide a machine-specific implementation.
- * Having this, allows code to be written for the raw API, without
- * the need for system-specific code to handle input in that format;
- * these following couple of functions will handle the translation forth
- * and back automatically. */
-
-void ffi_raw_call (ffi_cif *cif, void (*fn)(void), void *rvalue, ffi_raw *raw)
-{
- void **avalue = (void**) alloca (cif->nargs * sizeof (void*));
- ffi_raw_to_ptrarray (cif, raw, avalue);
- ffi_call (cif, fn, rvalue, avalue);
-}
-
-#if FFI_CLOSURES /* base system provides closures */
-
-static void
-ffi_translate_args (ffi_cif *cif, void *rvalue,
- void **avalue, void *user_data)
-{
- ffi_raw *raw = (ffi_raw*)alloca (ffi_raw_size (cif));
- ffi_raw_closure *cl = (ffi_raw_closure*)user_data;
-
- ffi_ptrarray_to_raw (cif, avalue, raw);
- (*cl->fun) (cif, rvalue, raw, cl->user_data);
-}
-
-ffi_status
-ffi_prep_raw_closure_loc (ffi_raw_closure* cl,
- ffi_cif *cif,
- void (*fun)(ffi_cif*,void*,ffi_raw*,void*),
- void *user_data,
- void *codeloc)
-{
- ffi_status status;
-
- status = ffi_prep_closure_loc ((ffi_closure*) cl,
- cif,
- &ffi_translate_args,
- codeloc,
- codeloc);
- if (status == FFI_OK)
- {
- cl->fun = fun;
- cl->user_data = user_data;
- }
-
- return status;
-}
-
-#endif /* FFI_CLOSURES */
-#endif /* !FFI_NATIVE_RAW_API */
-
-#if FFI_CLOSURES
-
-/* Again, here is the generic version of ffi_prep_raw_closure, which
- * will install an intermediate "hub" for translation of arguments from
- * the pointer-array format, to the raw format */
-
-ffi_status
-ffi_prep_raw_closure (ffi_raw_closure* cl,
- ffi_cif *cif,
- void (*fun)(ffi_cif*,void*,ffi_raw*,void*),
- void *user_data)
-{
- return ffi_prep_raw_closure_loc (cl, cif, fun, user_data, cl);
-}
-
-#endif /* FFI_CLOSURES */
-
-#endif /* !FFI_NO_RAW_API */
+++ /dev/null
-/* -----------------------------------------------------------------------
- types.c - Copyright (c) 1996, 1998 Red Hat, Inc.
-
- Predefined ffi_types needed by libffi.
-
- Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
- a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
- ``Software''), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
- without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
- distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
- permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
- the following conditions:
-
- The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included
- in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
-
- THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED ``AS IS'', WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
- EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
- MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
- NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT
- HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
- WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
- OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
- DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------- */
-
-/* Hide the basic type definitions from the header file, so that we
- can redefine them here as "const". */
-#define LIBFFI_HIDE_BASIC_TYPES
-
-#include <ffi.h>
-#include <ffi_common.h>
-
-/* Type definitions */
-
-#define FFI_TYPEDEF(name, type, id) \
-struct struct_align_##name { \
- char c; \
- type x; \
-}; \
-const ffi_type ffi_type_##name = { \
- sizeof(type), \
- offsetof(struct struct_align_##name, x), \
- id, NULL \
-}
-
-/* Size and alignment are fake here. They must not be 0. */
-const ffi_type ffi_type_void = {
- 1, 1, FFI_TYPE_VOID, NULL
-};
-
-FFI_TYPEDEF(uint8, UINT8, FFI_TYPE_UINT8);
-FFI_TYPEDEF(sint8, SINT8, FFI_TYPE_SINT8);
-FFI_TYPEDEF(uint16, UINT16, FFI_TYPE_UINT16);
-FFI_TYPEDEF(sint16, SINT16, FFI_TYPE_SINT16);
-FFI_TYPEDEF(uint32, UINT32, FFI_TYPE_UINT32);
-FFI_TYPEDEF(sint32, SINT32, FFI_TYPE_SINT32);
-FFI_TYPEDEF(uint64, UINT64, FFI_TYPE_UINT64);
-FFI_TYPEDEF(sint64, SINT64, FFI_TYPE_SINT64);
-
-FFI_TYPEDEF(pointer, void*, FFI_TYPE_POINTER);
-
-FFI_TYPEDEF(float, float, FFI_TYPE_FLOAT);
-FFI_TYPEDEF(double, double, FFI_TYPE_DOUBLE);
-
-#ifdef __alpha__
-/* Even if we're not configured to default to 128-bit long double,
- maintain binary compatibility, as -mlong-double-128 can be used
- at any time. */
-/* Validate the hard-coded number below. */
-# if defined(__LONG_DOUBLE_128__) && FFI_TYPE_LONGDOUBLE != 4
-# error FFI_TYPE_LONGDOUBLE out of date
-# endif
-const ffi_type ffi_type_longdouble = { 16, 16, 4, NULL };
-#elif FFI_TYPE_LONGDOUBLE != FFI_TYPE_DOUBLE
-FFI_TYPEDEF(longdouble, long double, FFI_TYPE_LONGDOUBLE);
-#endif
+++ /dev/null
-% texinfo.tex -- TeX macros to handle Texinfo files.
-%
-% Load plain if necessary, i.e., if running under initex.
-\expandafter\ifx\csname fmtname\endcsname\relax\input plain\fi
-%
-\def\texinfoversion{2005-07-05.19}
-%
-% Copyright (C) 1985, 1986, 1988, 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995,
-% 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005 Free Software
-% Foundation, Inc.
-%
-% This texinfo.tex file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-% modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
-% published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at
-% your option) any later version.
-%
-% This texinfo.tex file is distributed in the hope that it will be
-% useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty
-% of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
-% General Public License for more details.
-%
-% You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-% along with this texinfo.tex file; see the file COPYING. If not, write
-% to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
-% Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
-%
-% As a special exception, when this file is read by TeX when processing
-% a Texinfo source document, you may use the result without
-% restriction. (This has been our intent since Texinfo was invented.)
-%
-% Please try the latest version of texinfo.tex before submitting bug
-% reports; you can get the latest version from:
-% http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ (the Texinfo home page), or
-% ftp://tug.org/tex/texinfo.tex
-% (and all CTAN mirrors, see http://www.ctan.org).
-% The texinfo.tex in any given distribution could well be out
-% of date, so if that's what you're using, please check.
-%
-% Send bug reports to bug-texinfo@gnu.org. Please include including a
-% complete document in each bug report with which we can reproduce the
-% problem. Patches are, of course, greatly appreciated.
-%
-% To process a Texinfo manual with TeX, it's most reliable to use the
-% texi2dvi shell script that comes with the distribution. For a simple
-% manual foo.texi, however, you can get away with this:
-% tex foo.texi
-% texindex foo.??
-% tex foo.texi
-% tex foo.texi
-% dvips foo.dvi -o # or whatever; this makes foo.ps.
-% The extra TeX runs get the cross-reference information correct.
-% Sometimes one run after texindex suffices, and sometimes you need more
-% than two; texi2dvi does it as many times as necessary.
-%
-% It is possible to adapt texinfo.tex for other languages, to some
-% extent. You can get the existing language-specific files from the
-% full Texinfo distribution.
-%
-% The GNU Texinfo home page is http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo.
-
-
-\message{Loading texinfo [version \texinfoversion]:}
-
-% If in a .fmt file, print the version number
-% and turn on active characters that we couldn't do earlier because
-% they might have appeared in the input file name.
-\everyjob{\message{[Texinfo version \texinfoversion]}%
- \catcode`+=\active \catcode`\_=\active}
-
-\message{Basics,}
-\chardef\other=12
-
-% We never want plain's \outer definition of \+ in Texinfo.
-% For @tex, we can use \tabalign.
-\let\+ = \relax
-
-% Save some plain tex macros whose names we will redefine.
-\let\ptexb=\b
-\let\ptexbullet=\bullet
-\let\ptexc=\c
-\let\ptexcomma=\,
-\let\ptexdot=\.
-\let\ptexdots=\dots
-\let\ptexend=\end
-\let\ptexequiv=\equiv
-\let\ptexexclam=\!
-\let\ptexfootnote=\footnote
-\let\ptexgtr=>
-\let\ptexhat=^
-\let\ptexi=\i
-\let\ptexindent=\indent
-\let\ptexinsert=\insert
-\let\ptexlbrace=\{
-\let\ptexless=<
-\let\ptexnewwrite\newwrite
-\let\ptexnoindent=\noindent
-\let\ptexplus=+
-\let\ptexrbrace=\}
-\let\ptexslash=\/
-\let\ptexstar=\*
-\let\ptext=\t
-
-% If this character appears in an error message or help string, it
-% starts a new line in the output.
-\newlinechar = `^^J
-
-% Use TeX 3.0's \inputlineno to get the line number, for better error
-% messages, but if we're using an old version of TeX, don't do anything.
-%
-\ifx\inputlineno\thisisundefined
- \let\linenumber = \empty % Pre-3.0.
-\else
- \def\linenumber{l.\the\inputlineno:\space}
-\fi
-
-% Set up fixed words for English if not already set.
-\ifx\putwordAppendix\undefined \gdef\putwordAppendix{Appendix}\fi
-\ifx\putwordChapter\undefined \gdef\putwordChapter{Chapter}\fi
-\ifx\putwordfile\undefined \gdef\putwordfile{file}\fi
-\ifx\putwordin\undefined \gdef\putwordin{in}\fi
-\ifx\putwordIndexIsEmpty\undefined \gdef\putwordIndexIsEmpty{(Index is empty)}\fi
-\ifx\putwordIndexNonexistent\undefined \gdef\putwordIndexNonexistent{(Index is nonexistent)}\fi
-\ifx\putwordInfo\undefined \gdef\putwordInfo{Info}\fi
-\ifx\putwordInstanceVariableof\undefined \gdef\putwordInstanceVariableof{Instance Variable of}\fi
-\ifx\putwordMethodon\undefined \gdef\putwordMethodon{Method on}\fi
-\ifx\putwordNoTitle\undefined \gdef\putwordNoTitle{No Title}\fi
-\ifx\putwordof\undefined \gdef\putwordof{of}\fi
-\ifx\putwordon\undefined \gdef\putwordon{on}\fi
-\ifx\putwordpage\undefined \gdef\putwordpage{page}\fi
-\ifx\putwordsection\undefined \gdef\putwordsection{section}\fi
-\ifx\putwordSection\undefined \gdef\putwordSection{Section}\fi
-\ifx\putwordsee\undefined \gdef\putwordsee{see}\fi
-\ifx\putwordSee\undefined \gdef\putwordSee{See}\fi
-\ifx\putwordShortTOC\undefined \gdef\putwordShortTOC{Short Contents}\fi
-\ifx\putwordTOC\undefined \gdef\putwordTOC{Table of Contents}\fi
-%
-\ifx\putwordMJan\undefined \gdef\putwordMJan{January}\fi
-\ifx\putwordMFeb\undefined \gdef\putwordMFeb{February}\fi
-\ifx\putwordMMar\undefined \gdef\putwordMMar{March}\fi
-\ifx\putwordMApr\undefined \gdef\putwordMApr{April}\fi
-\ifx\putwordMMay\undefined \gdef\putwordMMay{May}\fi
-\ifx\putwordMJun\undefined \gdef\putwordMJun{June}\fi
-\ifx\putwordMJul\undefined \gdef\putwordMJul{July}\fi
-\ifx\putwordMAug\undefined \gdef\putwordMAug{August}\fi
-\ifx\putwordMSep\undefined \gdef\putwordMSep{September}\fi
-\ifx\putwordMOct\undefined \gdef\putwordMOct{October}\fi
-\ifx\putwordMNov\undefined \gdef\putwordMNov{November}\fi
-\ifx\putwordMDec\undefined \gdef\putwordMDec{December}\fi
-%
-\ifx\putwordDefmac\undefined \gdef\putwordDefmac{Macro}\fi
-\ifx\putwordDefspec\undefined \gdef\putwordDefspec{Special Form}\fi
-\ifx\putwordDefvar\undefined \gdef\putwordDefvar{Variable}\fi
-\ifx\putwordDefopt\undefined \gdef\putwordDefopt{User Option}\fi
-\ifx\putwordDeffunc\undefined \gdef\putwordDeffunc{Function}\fi
-
-% In some macros, we cannot use the `\? notation---the left quote is
-% in some cases the escape char.
-\chardef\backChar = `\\
-\chardef\colonChar = `\:
-\chardef\commaChar = `\,
-\chardef\dotChar = `\.
-\chardef\exclamChar= `\!
-\chardef\plusChar = `\+
-\chardef\questChar = `\?
-\chardef\semiChar = `\;
-\chardef\underChar = `\_
-
-\chardef\spaceChar = `\ %
-\chardef\spacecat = 10
-\def\spaceisspace{\catcode\spaceChar=\spacecat}
-
-{% for help with debugging.
- % example usage: \expandafter\show\activebackslash
- \catcode`\! = 0 \catcode`\\ = \active
- !global!def!activebackslash{\}
-}
-
-% Ignore a token.
-%
-\def\gobble#1{}
-
-% The following is used inside several \edef's.
-\def\makecsname#1{\expandafter\noexpand\csname#1\endcsname}
-
-% Hyphenation fixes.
-\hyphenation{
- Flor-i-da Ghost-script Ghost-view Mac-OS Post-Script
- ap-pen-dix bit-map bit-maps
- data-base data-bases eshell fall-ing half-way long-est man-u-script
- man-u-scripts mini-buf-fer mini-buf-fers over-view par-a-digm
- par-a-digms rath-er rec-tan-gu-lar ro-bot-ics se-vere-ly set-up spa-ces
- spell-ing spell-ings
- stand-alone strong-est time-stamp time-stamps which-ever white-space
- wide-spread wrap-around
-}
-
-% Margin to add to right of even pages, to left of odd pages.
-\newdimen\bindingoffset
-\newdimen\normaloffset
-\newdimen\pagewidth \newdimen\pageheight
-
-% For a final copy, take out the rectangles
-% that mark overfull boxes (in case you have decided
-% that the text looks ok even though it passes the margin).
-%
-\def\finalout{\overfullrule=0pt}
-
-% @| inserts a changebar to the left of the current line. It should
-% surround any changed text. This approach does *not* work if the
-% change spans more than two lines of output. To handle that, we would
-% have adopt a much more difficult approach (putting marks into the main
-% vertical list for the beginning and end of each change).
-%
-\def\|{%
- % \vadjust can only be used in horizontal mode.
- \leavevmode
- %
- % Append this vertical mode material after the current line in the output.
- \vadjust{%
- % We want to insert a rule with the height and depth of the current
- % leading; that is exactly what \strutbox is supposed to record.
- \vskip-\baselineskip
- %
- % \vadjust-items are inserted at the left edge of the type. So
- % the \llap here moves out into the left-hand margin.
- \llap{%
- %
- % For a thicker or thinner bar, change the `1pt'.
- \vrule height\baselineskip width1pt
- %
- % This is the space between the bar and the text.
- \hskip 12pt
- }%
- }%
-}
-
-% Sometimes it is convenient to have everything in the transcript file
-% and nothing on the terminal. We don't just call \tracingall here,
-% since that produces some useless output on the terminal. We also make
-% some effort to order the tracing commands to reduce output in the log
-% file; cf. trace.sty in LaTeX.
-%
-\def\gloggingall{\begingroup \globaldefs = 1 \loggingall \endgroup}%
-\def\loggingall{%
- \tracingstats2
- \tracingpages1
- \tracinglostchars2 % 2 gives us more in etex
- \tracingparagraphs1
- \tracingoutput1
- \tracingmacros2
- \tracingrestores1
- \showboxbreadth\maxdimen \showboxdepth\maxdimen
- \ifx\eTeXversion\undefined\else % etex gives us more logging
- \tracingscantokens1
- \tracingifs1
- \tracinggroups1
- \tracingnesting2
- \tracingassigns1
- \fi
- \tracingcommands3 % 3 gives us more in etex
- \errorcontextlines16
-}%
-
-% add check for \lastpenalty to plain's definitions. If the last thing
-% we did was a \nobreak, we don't want to insert more space.
-%
-\def\smallbreak{\ifnum\lastpenalty<10000\par\ifdim\lastskip<\smallskipamount
- \removelastskip\penalty-50\smallskip\fi\fi}
-\def\medbreak{\ifnum\lastpenalty<10000\par\ifdim\lastskip<\medskipamount
- \removelastskip\penalty-100\medskip\fi\fi}
-\def\bigbreak{\ifnum\lastpenalty<10000\par\ifdim\lastskip<\bigskipamount
- \removelastskip\penalty-200\bigskip\fi\fi}
-
-% For @cropmarks command.
-% Do @cropmarks to get crop marks.
-%
-\newif\ifcropmarks
-\let\cropmarks = \cropmarkstrue
-%
-% Dimensions to add cropmarks at corners.
-% Added by P. A. MacKay, 12 Nov. 1986
-%
-\newdimen\outerhsize \newdimen\outervsize % set by the paper size routines
-\newdimen\cornerlong \cornerlong=1pc
-\newdimen\cornerthick \cornerthick=.3pt
-\newdimen\topandbottommargin \topandbottommargin=.75in
-
-% Main output routine.
-\chardef\PAGE = 255
-\output = {\onepageout{\pagecontents\PAGE}}
-
-\newbox\headlinebox
-\newbox\footlinebox
-
-% \onepageout takes a vbox as an argument. Note that \pagecontents
-% does insertions, but you have to call it yourself.
-\def\onepageout#1{%
- \ifcropmarks \hoffset=0pt \else \hoffset=\normaloffset \fi
- %
- \ifodd\pageno \advance\hoffset by \bindingoffset
- \else \advance\hoffset by -\bindingoffset\fi
- %
- % Do this outside of the \shipout so @code etc. will be expanded in
- % the headline as they should be, not taken literally (outputting ''code).
- \setbox\headlinebox = \vbox{\let\hsize=\pagewidth \makeheadline}%
- \setbox\footlinebox = \vbox{\let\hsize=\pagewidth \makefootline}%
- %
- {%
- % Have to do this stuff outside the \shipout because we want it to
- % take effect in \write's, yet the group defined by the \vbox ends
- % before the \shipout runs.
- %
- \indexdummies % don't expand commands in the output.
- \shipout\vbox{%
- % Do this early so pdf references go to the beginning of the page.
- \ifpdfmakepagedest \pdfdest name{\the\pageno} xyz\fi
- %
- \ifcropmarks \vbox to \outervsize\bgroup
- \hsize = \outerhsize
- \vskip-\topandbottommargin
- \vtop to0pt{%
- \line{\ewtop\hfil\ewtop}%
- \nointerlineskip
- \line{%
- \vbox{\moveleft\cornerthick\nstop}%
- \hfill
- \vbox{\moveright\cornerthick\nstop}%
- }%
- \vss}%
- \vskip\topandbottommargin
- \line\bgroup
- \hfil % center the page within the outer (page) hsize.
- \ifodd\pageno\hskip\bindingoffset\fi
- \vbox\bgroup
- \fi
- %
- \unvbox\headlinebox
- \pagebody{#1}%
- \ifdim\ht\footlinebox > 0pt
- % Only leave this space if the footline is nonempty.
- % (We lessened \vsize for it in \oddfootingxxx.)
- % The \baselineskip=24pt in plain's \makefootline has no effect.
- \vskip 2\baselineskip
- \unvbox\footlinebox
- \fi
- %
- \ifcropmarks
- \egroup % end of \vbox\bgroup
- \hfil\egroup % end of (centering) \line\bgroup
- \vskip\topandbottommargin plus1fill minus1fill
- \boxmaxdepth = \cornerthick
- \vbox to0pt{\vss
- \line{%
- \vbox{\moveleft\cornerthick\nsbot}%
- \hfill
- \vbox{\moveright\cornerthick\nsbot}%
- }%
- \nointerlineskip
- \line{\ewbot\hfil\ewbot}%
- }%
- \egroup % \vbox from first cropmarks clause
- \fi
- }% end of \shipout\vbox
- }% end of group with \indexdummies
- \advancepageno
- \ifnum\outputpenalty>-20000 \else\dosupereject\fi
-}
-
-\newinsert\margin \dimen\margin=\maxdimen
-
-\def\pagebody#1{\vbox to\pageheight{\boxmaxdepth=\maxdepth #1}}
-{\catcode`\@ =11
-\gdef\pagecontents#1{\ifvoid\topins\else\unvbox\topins\fi
-% marginal hacks, juha@viisa.uucp (Juha Takala)
-\ifvoid\margin\else % marginal info is present
- \rlap{\kern\hsize\vbox to\z@{\kern1pt\box\margin \vss}}\fi
-\dimen@=\dp#1 \unvbox#1
-\ifvoid\footins\else\vskip\skip\footins\footnoterule \unvbox\footins\fi
-\ifr@ggedbottom \kern-\dimen@ \vfil \fi}
-}
-
-% Here are the rules for the cropmarks. Note that they are
-% offset so that the space between them is truly \outerhsize or \outervsize
-% (P. A. MacKay, 12 November, 1986)
-%
-\def\ewtop{\vrule height\cornerthick depth0pt width\cornerlong}
-\def\nstop{\vbox
- {\hrule height\cornerthick depth\cornerlong width\cornerthick}}
-\def\ewbot{\vrule height0pt depth\cornerthick width\cornerlong}
-\def\nsbot{\vbox
- {\hrule height\cornerlong depth\cornerthick width\cornerthick}}
-
-% Parse an argument, then pass it to #1. The argument is the rest of
-% the input line (except we remove a trailing comment). #1 should be a
-% macro which expects an ordinary undelimited TeX argument.
-%
-\def\parsearg{\parseargusing{}}
-\def\parseargusing#1#2{%
- \def\next{#2}%
- \begingroup
- \obeylines
- \spaceisspace
- #1%
- \parseargline\empty% Insert the \empty token, see \finishparsearg below.
-}
-
-{\obeylines %
- \gdef\parseargline#1^^M{%
- \endgroup % End of the group started in \parsearg.
- \argremovecomment #1\comment\ArgTerm%
- }%
-}
-
-% First remove any @comment, then any @c comment.
-\def\argremovecomment#1\comment#2\ArgTerm{\argremovec #1\c\ArgTerm}
-\def\argremovec#1\c#2\ArgTerm{\argcheckspaces#1\^^M\ArgTerm}
-
-% Each occurence of `\^^M' or `<space>\^^M' is replaced by a single space.
-%
-% \argremovec might leave us with trailing space, e.g.,
-% @end itemize @c foo
-% This space token undergoes the same procedure and is eventually removed
-% by \finishparsearg.
-%
-\def\argcheckspaces#1\^^M{\argcheckspacesX#1\^^M \^^M}
-\def\argcheckspacesX#1 \^^M{\argcheckspacesY#1\^^M}
-\def\argcheckspacesY#1\^^M#2\^^M#3\ArgTerm{%
- \def\temp{#3}%
- \ifx\temp\empty
- % We cannot use \next here, as it holds the macro to run;
- % thus we reuse \temp.
- \let\temp\finishparsearg
- \else
- \let\temp\argcheckspaces
- \fi
- % Put the space token in:
- \temp#1 #3\ArgTerm
-}
-
-% If a _delimited_ argument is enclosed in braces, they get stripped; so
-% to get _exactly_ the rest of the line, we had to prevent such situation.
-% We prepended an \empty token at the very beginning and we expand it now,
-% just before passing the control to \next.
-% (Similarily, we have to think about #3 of \argcheckspacesY above: it is
-% either the null string, or it ends with \^^M---thus there is no danger
-% that a pair of braces would be stripped.
-%
-% But first, we have to remove the trailing space token.
-%
-\def\finishparsearg#1 \ArgTerm{\expandafter\next\expandafter{#1}}
-
-% \parseargdef\foo{...}
-% is roughly equivalent to
-% \def\foo{\parsearg\Xfoo}
-% \def\Xfoo#1{...}
-%
-% Actually, I use \csname\string\foo\endcsname, ie. \\foo, as it is my
-% favourite TeX trick. --kasal, 16nov03
-
-\def\parseargdef#1{%
- \expandafter \doparseargdef \csname\string#1\endcsname #1%
-}
-\def\doparseargdef#1#2{%
- \def#2{\parsearg#1}%
- \def#1##1%
-}
-
-% Several utility definitions with active space:
-{
- \obeyspaces
- \gdef\obeyedspace{ }
-
- % Make each space character in the input produce a normal interword
- % space in the output. Don't allow a line break at this space, as this
- % is used only in environments like @example, where each line of input
- % should produce a line of output anyway.
- %
- \gdef\sepspaces{\obeyspaces\let =\tie}
-
- % If an index command is used in an @example environment, any spaces
- % therein should become regular spaces in the raw index file, not the
- % expansion of \tie (\leavevmode \penalty \@M \ ).
- \gdef\unsepspaces{\let =\space}
-}
-
-
-\def\flushcr{\ifx\par\lisppar \def\next##1{}\else \let\next=\relax \fi \next}
-
-% Define the framework for environments in texinfo.tex. It's used like this:
-%
-% \envdef\foo{...}
-% \def\Efoo{...}
-%
-% It's the responsibility of \envdef to insert \begingroup before the
-% actual body; @end closes the group after calling \Efoo. \envdef also
-% defines \thisenv, so the current environment is known; @end checks
-% whether the environment name matches. The \checkenv macro can also be
-% used to check whether the current environment is the one expected.
-%
-% Non-false conditionals (@iftex, @ifset) don't fit into this, so they
-% are not treated as enviroments; they don't open a group. (The
-% implementation of @end takes care not to call \endgroup in this
-% special case.)
-
-
-% At runtime, environments start with this:
-\def\startenvironment#1{\begingroup\def\thisenv{#1}}
-% initialize
-\let\thisenv\empty
-
-% ... but they get defined via ``\envdef\foo{...}'':
-\long\def\envdef#1#2{\def#1{\startenvironment#1#2}}
-\def\envparseargdef#1#2{\parseargdef#1{\startenvironment#1#2}}
-
-% Check whether we're in the right environment:
-\def\checkenv#1{%
- \def\temp{#1}%
- \ifx\thisenv\temp
- \else
- \badenverr
- \fi
-}
-
-% Evironment mismatch, #1 expected:
-\def\badenverr{%
- \errhelp = \EMsimple
- \errmessage{This command can appear only \inenvironment\temp,
- not \inenvironment\thisenv}%
-}
-\def\inenvironment#1{%
- \ifx#1\empty
- out of any environment%
- \else
- in environment \expandafter\string#1%
- \fi
-}
-
-% @end foo executes the definition of \Efoo.
-% But first, it executes a specialized version of \checkenv
-%
-\parseargdef\end{%
- \if 1\csname iscond.#1\endcsname
- \else
- % The general wording of \badenverr may not be ideal, but... --kasal, 06nov03
- \expandafter\checkenv\csname#1\endcsname
- \csname E#1\endcsname
- \endgroup
- \fi
-}
-
-\newhelp\EMsimple{Press RETURN to continue.}
-
-
-%% Simple single-character @ commands
-
-% @@ prints an @
-% Kludge this until the fonts are right (grr).
-\def\@{{\tt\char64}}
-
-% This is turned off because it was never documented
-% and you can use @w{...} around a quote to suppress ligatures.
-%% Define @` and @' to be the same as ` and '
-%% but suppressing ligatures.
-%\def\`{{`}}
-%\def\'{{'}}
-
-% Used to generate quoted braces.
-\def\mylbrace {{\tt\char123}}
-\def\myrbrace {{\tt\char125}}
-\let\{=\mylbrace
-\let\}=\myrbrace
-\begingroup
- % Definitions to produce \{ and \} commands for indices,
- % and @{ and @} for the aux/toc files.
- \catcode`\{ = \other \catcode`\} = \other
- \catcode`\[ = 1 \catcode`\] = 2
- \catcode`\! = 0 \catcode`\\ = \other
- !gdef!lbracecmd[\{]%
- !gdef!rbracecmd[\}]%
- !gdef!lbraceatcmd[@{]%
- !gdef!rbraceatcmd[@}]%
-!endgroup
-
-% @comma{} to avoid , parsing problems.
-\let\comma = ,
-
-% Accents: @, @dotaccent @ringaccent @ubaraccent @udotaccent
-% Others are defined by plain TeX: @` @' @" @^ @~ @= @u @v @H.
-\let\, = \c
-\let\dotaccent = \.
-\def\ringaccent#1{{\accent23 #1}}
-\let\tieaccent = \t
-\let\ubaraccent = \b
-\let\udotaccent = \d
-
-% Other special characters: @questiondown @exclamdown @ordf @ordm
-% Plain TeX defines: @AA @AE @O @OE @L (plus lowercase versions) @ss.
-\def\questiondown{?`}
-\def\exclamdown{!`}
-\def\ordf{\leavevmode\raise1ex\hbox{\selectfonts\lllsize \underbar{a}}}
-\def\ordm{\leavevmode\raise1ex\hbox{\selectfonts\lllsize \underbar{o}}}
-
-% Dotless i and dotless j, used for accents.
-\def\imacro{i}
-\def\jmacro{j}
-\def\dotless#1{%
- \def\temp{#1}%
- \ifx\temp\imacro \ptexi
- \else\ifx\temp\jmacro \j
- \else \errmessage{@dotless can be used only with i or j}%
- \fi\fi
-}
-
-% The \TeX{} logo, as in plain, but resetting the spacing so that a
-% period following counts as ending a sentence. (Idea found in latex.)
-%
-\edef\TeX{\TeX \spacefactor=1000 }
-
-% @LaTeX{} logo. Not quite the same results as the definition in
-% latex.ltx, since we use a different font for the raised A; it's most
-% convenient for us to use an explicitly smaller font, rather than using
-% the \scriptstyle font (since we don't reset \scriptstyle and
-% \scriptscriptstyle).
-%
-\def\LaTeX{%
- L\kern-.36em
- {\setbox0=\hbox{T}%
- \vbox to \ht0{\hbox{\selectfonts\lllsize A}\vss}}%
- \kern-.15em
- \TeX
-}
-
-% Be sure we're in horizontal mode when doing a tie, since we make space
-% equivalent to this in @example-like environments. Otherwise, a space
-% at the beginning of a line will start with \penalty -- and
-% since \penalty is valid in vertical mode, we'd end up putting the
-% penalty on the vertical list instead of in the new paragraph.
-{\catcode`@ = 11
- % Avoid using \@M directly, because that causes trouble
- % if the definition is written into an index file.
- \global\let\tiepenalty = \@M
- \gdef\tie{\leavevmode\penalty\tiepenalty\ }
-}
-
-% @: forces normal size whitespace following.
-\def\:{\spacefactor=1000 }
-
-% @* forces a line break.
-\def\*{\hfil\break\hbox{}\ignorespaces}
-
-% @/ allows a line break.
-\let\/=\allowbreak
-
-% @. is an end-of-sentence period.
-\def\.{.\spacefactor=\endofsentencespacefactor\space}
-
-% @! is an end-of-sentence bang.
-\def\!{!\spacefactor=\endofsentencespacefactor\space}
-
-% @? is an end-of-sentence query.
-\def\?{?\spacefactor=\endofsentencespacefactor\space}
-
-% @frenchspacing on|off says whether to put extra space after punctuation.
-%
-\def\onword{on}
-\def\offword{off}
-%
-\parseargdef\frenchspacing{%
- \def\temp{#1}%
- \ifx\temp\onword \plainfrenchspacing
- \else\ifx\temp\offword \plainnonfrenchspacing
- \else
- \errhelp = \EMsimple
- \errmessage{Unknown @frenchspacing option `\temp', must be on/off}%
- \fi\fi
-}
-
-% @w prevents a word break. Without the \leavevmode, @w at the
-% beginning of a paragraph, when TeX is still in vertical mode, would
-% produce a whole line of output instead of starting the paragraph.
-\def\w#1{\leavevmode\hbox{#1}}
-
-% @group ... @end group forces ... to be all on one page, by enclosing
-% it in a TeX vbox. We use \vtop instead of \vbox to construct the box
-% to keep its height that of a normal line. According to the rules for
-% \topskip (p.114 of the TeXbook), the glue inserted is
-% max (\topskip - \ht (first item), 0). If that height is large,
-% therefore, no glue is inserted, and the space between the headline and
-% the text is small, which looks bad.
-%
-% Another complication is that the group might be very large. This can
-% cause the glue on the previous page to be unduly stretched, because it
-% does not have much material. In this case, it's better to add an
-% explicit \vfill so that the extra space is at the bottom. The
-% threshold for doing this is if the group is more than \vfilllimit
-% percent of a page (\vfilllimit can be changed inside of @tex).
-%
-\newbox\groupbox
-\def\vfilllimit{0.7}
-%
-\envdef\group{%
- \ifnum\catcode`\^^M=\active \else
- \errhelp = \groupinvalidhelp
- \errmessage{@group invalid in context where filling is enabled}%
- \fi
- \startsavinginserts
- %
- \setbox\groupbox = \vtop\bgroup
- % Do @comment since we are called inside an environment such as
- % @example, where each end-of-line in the input causes an
- % end-of-line in the output. We don't want the end-of-line after
- % the `@group' to put extra space in the output. Since @group
- % should appear on a line by itself (according to the Texinfo
- % manual), we don't worry about eating any user text.
- \comment
-}
-%
-% The \vtop produces a box with normal height and large depth; thus, TeX puts
-% \baselineskip glue before it, and (when the next line of text is done)
-% \lineskip glue after it. Thus, space below is not quite equal to space
-% above. But it's pretty close.
-\def\Egroup{%
- % To get correct interline space between the last line of the group
- % and the first line afterwards, we have to propagate \prevdepth.
- \endgraf % Not \par, as it may have been set to \lisppar.
- \global\dimen1 = \prevdepth
- \egroup % End the \vtop.
- % \dimen0 is the vertical size of the group's box.
- \dimen0 = \ht\groupbox \advance\dimen0 by \dp\groupbox
- % \dimen2 is how much space is left on the page (more or less).
- \dimen2 = \pageheight \advance\dimen2 by -\pagetotal
- % if the group doesn't fit on the current page, and it's a big big
- % group, force a page break.
- \ifdim \dimen0 > \dimen2
- \ifdim \pagetotal < \vfilllimit\pageheight
- \page
- \fi
- \fi
- \box\groupbox
- \prevdepth = \dimen1
- \checkinserts
-}
-%
-% TeX puts in an \escapechar (i.e., `@') at the beginning of the help
-% message, so this ends up printing `@group can only ...'.
-%
-\newhelp\groupinvalidhelp{%
-group can only be used in environments such as @example,^^J%
-where each line of input produces a line of output.}
-
-% @need space-in-mils
-% forces a page break if there is not space-in-mils remaining.
-
-\newdimen\mil \mil=0.001in
-
-% Old definition--didn't work.
-%\parseargdef\need{\par %
-%% This method tries to make TeX break the page naturally
-%% if the depth of the box does not fit.
-%{\baselineskip=0pt%
-%\vtop to #1\mil{\vfil}\kern -#1\mil\nobreak
-%\prevdepth=-1000pt
-%}}
-
-\parseargdef\need{%
- % Ensure vertical mode, so we don't make a big box in the middle of a
- % paragraph.
- \par
- %
- % If the @need value is less than one line space, it's useless.
- \dimen0 = #1\mil
- \dimen2 = \ht\strutbox
- \advance\dimen2 by \dp\strutbox
- \ifdim\dimen0 > \dimen2
- %
- % Do a \strut just to make the height of this box be normal, so the
- % normal leading is inserted relative to the preceding line.
- % And a page break here is fine.
- \vtop to #1\mil{\strut\vfil}%
- %
- % TeX does not even consider page breaks if a penalty added to the
- % main vertical list is 10000 or more. But in order to see if the
- % empty box we just added fits on the page, we must make it consider
- % page breaks. On the other hand, we don't want to actually break the
- % page after the empty box. So we use a penalty of 9999.
- %
- % There is an extremely small chance that TeX will actually break the
- % page at this \penalty, if there are no other feasible breakpoints in
- % sight. (If the user is using lots of big @group commands, which
- % almost-but-not-quite fill up a page, TeX will have a hard time doing
- % good page breaking, for example.) However, I could not construct an
- % example where a page broke at this \penalty; if it happens in a real
- % document, then we can reconsider our strategy.
- \penalty9999
- %
- % Back up by the size of the box, whether we did a page break or not.
- \kern -#1\mil
- %
- % Do not allow a page break right after this kern.
- \nobreak
- \fi
-}
-
-% @br forces paragraph break (and is undocumented).
-
-\let\br = \par
-
-% @page forces the start of a new page.
-%
-\def\page{\par\vfill\supereject}
-
-% @exdent text....
-% outputs text on separate line in roman font, starting at standard page margin
-
-% This records the amount of indent in the innermost environment.
-% That's how much \exdent should take out.
-\newskip\exdentamount
-
-% This defn is used inside fill environments such as @defun.
-\parseargdef\exdent{\hfil\break\hbox{\kern -\exdentamount{\rm#1}}\hfil\break}
-
-% This defn is used inside nofill environments such as @example.
-\parseargdef\nofillexdent{{\advance \leftskip by -\exdentamount
- \leftline{\hskip\leftskip{\rm#1}}}}
-
-% @inmargin{WHICH}{TEXT} puts TEXT in the WHICH margin next to the current
-% paragraph. For more general purposes, use the \margin insertion
-% class. WHICH is `l' or `r'.
-%
-\newskip\inmarginspacing \inmarginspacing=1cm
-\def\strutdepth{\dp\strutbox}
-%
-\def\doinmargin#1#2{\strut\vadjust{%
- \nobreak
- \kern-\strutdepth
- \vtop to \strutdepth{%
- \baselineskip=\strutdepth
- \vss
- % if you have multiple lines of stuff to put here, you'll need to
- % make the vbox yourself of the appropriate size.
- \ifx#1l%
- \llap{\ignorespaces #2\hskip\inmarginspacing}%
- \else
- \rlap{\hskip\hsize \hskip\inmarginspacing \ignorespaces #2}%
- \fi
- \null
- }%
-}}
-\def\inleftmargin{\doinmargin l}
-\def\inrightmargin{\doinmargin r}
-%
-% @inmargin{TEXT [, RIGHT-TEXT]}
-% (if RIGHT-TEXT is given, use TEXT for left page, RIGHT-TEXT for right;
-% else use TEXT for both).
-%
-\def\inmargin#1{\parseinmargin #1,,\finish}
-\def\parseinmargin#1,#2,#3\finish{% not perfect, but better than nothing.
- \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}%
- \ifdim\wd0 > 0pt
- \def\lefttext{#1}% have both texts
- \def\righttext{#2}%
- \else
- \def\lefttext{#1}% have only one text
- \def\righttext{#1}%
- \fi
- %
- \ifodd\pageno
- \def\temp{\inrightmargin\righttext}% odd page -> outside is right margin
- \else
- \def\temp{\inleftmargin\lefttext}%
- \fi
- \temp
-}
-
-% @include file insert text of that file as input.
-%
-\def\include{\parseargusing\filenamecatcodes\includezzz}
-\def\includezzz#1{%
- \pushthisfilestack
- \def\thisfile{#1}%
- {%
- \makevalueexpandable
- \def\temp{\input #1 }%
- \expandafter
- }\temp
- \popthisfilestack
-}
-\def\filenamecatcodes{%
- \catcode`\\=\other
- \catcode`~=\other
- \catcode`^=\other
- \catcode`_=\other
- \catcode`|=\other
- \catcode`<=\other
- \catcode`>=\other
- \catcode`+=\other
- \catcode`-=\other
-}
-
-\def\pushthisfilestack{%
- \expandafter\pushthisfilestackX\popthisfilestack\StackTerm
-}
-\def\pushthisfilestackX{%
- \expandafter\pushthisfilestackY\thisfile\StackTerm
-}
-\def\pushthisfilestackY #1\StackTerm #2\StackTerm {%
- \gdef\popthisfilestack{\gdef\thisfile{#1}\gdef\popthisfilestack{#2}}%
-}
-
-\def\popthisfilestack{\errthisfilestackempty}
-\def\errthisfilestackempty{\errmessage{Internal error:
- the stack of filenames is empty.}}
-
-\def\thisfile{}
-
-% @center line
-% outputs that line, centered.
-%
-\parseargdef\center{%
- \ifhmode
- \let\next\centerH
- \else
- \let\next\centerV
- \fi
- \next{\hfil \ignorespaces#1\unskip \hfil}%
-}
-\def\centerH#1{%
- {%
- \hfil\break
- \advance\hsize by -\leftskip
- \advance\hsize by -\rightskip
- \line{#1}%
- \break
- }%
-}
-\def\centerV#1{\line{\kern\leftskip #1\kern\rightskip}}
-
-% @sp n outputs n lines of vertical space
-
-\parseargdef\sp{\vskip #1\baselineskip}
-
-% @comment ...line which is ignored...
-% @c is the same as @comment
-% @ignore ... @end ignore is another way to write a comment
-
-\def\comment{\begingroup \catcode`\^^M=\other%
-\catcode`\@=\other \catcode`\{=\other \catcode`\}=\other%
-\commentxxx}
-{\catcode`\^^M=\other \gdef\commentxxx#1^^M{\endgroup}}
-
-\let\c=\comment
-
-% @paragraphindent NCHARS
-% We'll use ems for NCHARS, close enough.
-% NCHARS can also be the word `asis' or `none'.
-% We cannot feasibly implement @paragraphindent asis, though.
-%
-\def\asisword{asis} % no translation, these are keywords
-\def\noneword{none}
-%
-\parseargdef\paragraphindent{%
- \def\temp{#1}%
- \ifx\temp\asisword
- \else
- \ifx\temp\noneword
- \defaultparindent = 0pt
- \else
- \defaultparindent = #1em
- \fi
- \fi
- \parindent = \defaultparindent
-}
-
-% @exampleindent NCHARS
-% We'll use ems for NCHARS like @paragraphindent.
-% It seems @exampleindent asis isn't necessary, but
-% I preserve it to make it similar to @paragraphindent.
-\parseargdef\exampleindent{%
- \def\temp{#1}%
- \ifx\temp\asisword
- \else
- \ifx\temp\noneword
- \lispnarrowing = 0pt
- \else
- \lispnarrowing = #1em
- \fi
- \fi
-}
-
-% @firstparagraphindent WORD
-% If WORD is `none', then suppress indentation of the first paragraph
-% after a section heading. If WORD is `insert', then do indent at such
-% paragraphs.
-%
-% The paragraph indentation is suppressed or not by calling
-% \suppressfirstparagraphindent, which the sectioning commands do.
-% We switch the definition of this back and forth according to WORD.
-% By default, we suppress indentation.
-%
-\def\suppressfirstparagraphindent{\dosuppressfirstparagraphindent}
-\def\insertword{insert}
-%
-\parseargdef\firstparagraphindent{%
- \def\temp{#1}%
- \ifx\temp\noneword
- \let\suppressfirstparagraphindent = \dosuppressfirstparagraphindent
- \else\ifx\temp\insertword
- \let\suppressfirstparagraphindent = \relax
- \else
- \errhelp = \EMsimple
- \errmessage{Unknown @firstparagraphindent option `\temp'}%
- \fi\fi
-}
-
-% Here is how we actually suppress indentation. Redefine \everypar to
-% \kern backwards by \parindent, and then reset itself to empty.
-%
-% We also make \indent itself not actually do anything until the next
-% paragraph.
-%
-\gdef\dosuppressfirstparagraphindent{%
- \gdef\indent{%
- \restorefirstparagraphindent
- \indent
- }%
- \gdef\noindent{%
- \restorefirstparagraphindent
- \noindent
- }%
- \global\everypar = {%
- \kern -\parindent
- \restorefirstparagraphindent
- }%
-}
-
-\gdef\restorefirstparagraphindent{%
- \global \let \indent = \ptexindent
- \global \let \noindent = \ptexnoindent
- \global \everypar = {}%
-}
-
-
-% @asis just yields its argument. Used with @table, for example.
-%
-\def\asis#1{#1}
-
-% @math outputs its argument in math mode.
-%
-% One complication: _ usually means subscripts, but it could also mean
-% an actual _ character, as in @math{@var{some_variable} + 1}. So make
-% _ active, and distinguish by seeing if the current family is \slfam,
-% which is what @var uses.
-{
- \catcode\underChar = \active
- \gdef\mathunderscore{%
- \catcode\underChar=\active
- \def_{\ifnum\fam=\slfam \_\else\sb\fi}%
- }
-}
-% Another complication: we want \\ (and @\) to output a \ character.
-% FYI, plain.tex uses \\ as a temporary control sequence (why?), but
-% this is not advertised and we don't care. Texinfo does not
-% otherwise define @\.
-%
-% The \mathchar is class=0=ordinary, family=7=ttfam, position=5C=\.
-\def\mathbackslash{\ifnum\fam=\ttfam \mathchar"075C \else\backslash \fi}
-%
-\def\math{%
- \tex
- \mathunderscore
- \let\\ = \mathbackslash
- \mathactive
- $\finishmath
-}
-\def\finishmath#1{#1$\endgroup} % Close the group opened by \tex.
-
-% Some active characters (such as <) are spaced differently in math.
-% We have to reset their definitions in case the @math was an argument
-% to a command which sets the catcodes (such as @item or @section).
-%
-{
- \catcode`^ = \active
- \catcode`< = \active
- \catcode`> = \active
- \catcode`+ = \active
- \gdef\mathactive{%
- \let^ = \ptexhat
- \let< = \ptexless
- \let> = \ptexgtr
- \let+ = \ptexplus
- }
-}
-
-% @bullet and @minus need the same treatment as @math, just above.
-\def\bullet{$\ptexbullet$}
-\def\minus{$-$}
-
-% @dots{} outputs an ellipsis using the current font.
-% We do .5em per period so that it has the same spacing in a typewriter
-% font as three actual period characters.
-%
-\def\dots{%
- \leavevmode
- \hbox to 1.5em{%
- \hskip 0pt plus 0.25fil
- .\hfil.\hfil.%
- \hskip 0pt plus 0.5fil
- }%
-}
-
-% @enddots{} is an end-of-sentence ellipsis.
-%
-\def\enddots{%
- \dots
- \spacefactor=\endofsentencespacefactor
-}
-
-% @comma{} is so commas can be inserted into text without messing up
-% Texinfo's parsing.
-%
-\let\comma = ,
-
-% @refill is a no-op.
-\let\refill=\relax
-
-% If working on a large document in chapters, it is convenient to
-% be able to disable indexing, cross-referencing, and contents, for test runs.
-% This is done with @novalidate (before @setfilename).
-%
-\newif\iflinks \linkstrue % by default we want the aux files.
-\let\novalidate = \linksfalse
-
-% @setfilename is done at the beginning of every texinfo file.
-% So open here the files we need to have open while reading the input.
-% This makes it possible to make a .fmt file for texinfo.
-\def\setfilename{%
- \fixbackslash % Turn off hack to swallow `\input texinfo'.
- \iflinks
- \tryauxfile
- % Open the new aux file. TeX will close it automatically at exit.
- \immediate\openout\auxfile=\jobname.aux
- \fi % \openindices needs to do some work in any case.
- \openindices
- \let\setfilename=\comment % Ignore extra @setfilename cmds.
- %
- % If texinfo.cnf is present on the system, read it.
- % Useful for site-wide @afourpaper, etc.
- \openin 1 texinfo.cnf
- \ifeof 1 \else \input texinfo.cnf \fi
- \closein 1
- %
- \comment % Ignore the actual filename.
-}
-
-% Called from \setfilename.
-%
-\def\openindices{%
- \newindex{cp}%
- \newcodeindex{fn}%
- \newcodeindex{vr}%
- \newcodeindex{tp}%
- \newcodeindex{ky}%
- \newcodeindex{pg}%
-}
-
-% @bye.
-\outer\def\bye{\pagealignmacro\tracingstats=1\ptexend}
-
-
-\message{pdf,}
-% adobe `portable' document format
-\newcount\tempnum
-\newcount\lnkcount
-\newtoks\filename
-\newcount\filenamelength
-\newcount\pgn
-\newtoks\toksA
-\newtoks\toksB
-\newtoks\toksC
-\newtoks\toksD
-\newbox\boxA
-\newcount\countA
-\newif\ifpdf
-\newif\ifpdfmakepagedest
-
-% when pdftex is run in dvi mode, \pdfoutput is defined (so \pdfoutput=1
-% can be set). So we test for \relax and 0 as well as \undefined,
-% borrowed from ifpdf.sty.
-\ifx\pdfoutput\undefined
-\else
- \ifx\pdfoutput\relax
- \else
- \ifcase\pdfoutput
- \else
- \pdftrue
- \fi
- \fi
-\fi
-
-% PDF uses PostScript string constants for the names of xref targets, to
-% for display in the outlines, and in other places. Thus, we have to
-% double any backslashes. Otherwise, a name like "\node" will be
-% interpreted as a newline (\n), followed by o, d, e. Not good.
-% http://www.ntg.nl/pipermail/ntg-pdftex/2004-July/000654.html
-% (and related messages, the final outcome is that it is up to the TeX
-% user to double the backslashes and otherwise make the string valid, so
-% that's we do).
-
-% double active backslashes.
-%
-{\catcode`\@=0 \catcode`\\=\active
- @gdef@activebackslash{@catcode`@\=@active @otherbackslash}
- @gdef@activebackslashdouble{%
- @catcode@backChar=@active
- @let\=@doublebackslash}
-}
-
-% To handle parens, we must adopt a different approach, since parens are
-% not active characters. hyperref.dtx (which has the same problem as
-% us) handles it with this amazing macro to replace tokens. I've
-% tinkered with it a little for texinfo, but it's definitely from there.
-%
-% #1 is the tokens to replace.
-% #2 is the replacement.
-% #3 is the control sequence with the string.
-%
-\def\HyPsdSubst#1#2#3{%
- \def\HyPsdReplace##1#1##2\END{%
- ##1%
- \ifx\\##2\\%
- \else
- #2%
- \HyReturnAfterFi{%
- \HyPsdReplace##2\END
- }%
- \fi
- }%
- \xdef#3{\expandafter\HyPsdReplace#3#1\END}%
-}
-\long\def\HyReturnAfterFi#1\fi{\fi#1}
-
-% #1 is a control sequence in which to do the replacements.
-\def\backslashparens#1{%
- \xdef#1{#1}% redefine it as its expansion; the definition is simply
- % \lastnode when called from \setref -> \pdfmkdest.
- \HyPsdSubst{(}{\backslashlparen}{#1}%
- \HyPsdSubst{)}{\backslashrparen}{#1}%
-}
-
-{\catcode\exclamChar = 0 \catcode\backChar = \other
- !gdef!backslashlparen{\(}%
- !gdef!backslashrparen{\)}%
-}
-
-\ifpdf
- \input pdfcolor
- \pdfcatalog{/PageMode /UseOutlines}%
- \def\dopdfimage#1#2#3{%
- \def\imagewidth{#2}%
- \def\imageheight{#3}%
- % without \immediate, pdftex seg faults when the same image is
- % included twice. (Version 3.14159-pre-1.0-unofficial-20010704.)
- \ifnum\pdftexversion < 14
- \immediate\pdfimage
- \else
- \immediate\pdfximage
- \fi
- \ifx\empty\imagewidth\else width \imagewidth \fi
- \ifx\empty\imageheight\else height \imageheight \fi
- \ifnum\pdftexversion<13
- #1.pdf%
- \else
- {#1.pdf}%
- \fi
- \ifnum\pdftexversion < 14 \else
- \pdfrefximage \pdflastximage
- \fi}
- \def\pdfmkdest#1{{%
- % We have to set dummies so commands such as @code, and characters
- % such as \, aren't expanded when present in a section title.
- \atdummies
- \activebackslashdouble
- \def\pdfdestname{#1}%
- \backslashparens\pdfdestname
- \pdfdest name{\pdfdestname} xyz%
- }}%
- %
- % used to mark target names; must be expandable.
- \def\pdfmkpgn#1{#1}%
- %
- \let\linkcolor = \Blue % was Cyan, but that seems light?
- \def\endlink{\Black\pdfendlink}
- % Adding outlines to PDF; macros for calculating structure of outlines
- % come from Petr Olsak
- \def\expnumber#1{\expandafter\ifx\csname#1\endcsname\relax 0%
- \else \csname#1\endcsname \fi}
- \def\advancenumber#1{\tempnum=\expnumber{#1}\relax
- \advance\tempnum by 1
- \expandafter\xdef\csname#1\endcsname{\the\tempnum}}
- %
- % #1 is the section text, which is what will be displayed in the
- % outline by the pdf viewer. #2 is the pdf expression for the number
- % of subentries (or empty, for subsubsections). #3 is the node text,
- % which might be empty if this toc entry had no corresponding node.
- % #4 is the page number
- %
- \def\dopdfoutline#1#2#3#4{%
- % Generate a link to the node text if that exists; else, use the
- % page number. We could generate a destination for the section
- % text in the case where a section has no node, but it doesn't
- % seem worth the trouble, since most documents are normally structured.
- \def\pdfoutlinedest{#3}%
- \ifx\pdfoutlinedest\empty
- \def\pdfoutlinedest{#4}%
- \else
- % Doubled backslashes in the name.
- {\activebackslashdouble \xdef\pdfoutlinedest{#3}%
- \backslashparens\pdfoutlinedest}%
- \fi
- %
- % Also double the backslashes in the display string.
- {\activebackslashdouble \xdef\pdfoutlinetext{#1}%
- \backslashparens\pdfoutlinetext}%
- %
- \pdfoutline goto name{\pdfmkpgn{\pdfoutlinedest}}#2{\pdfoutlinetext}%
- }
- %
- \def\pdfmakeoutlines{%
- \begingroup
- % Thanh's hack / proper braces in bookmarks
- \edef\mylbrace{\iftrue \string{\else}\fi}\let\{=\mylbrace
- \edef\myrbrace{\iffalse{\else\string}\fi}\let\}=\myrbrace
- %
- % Read toc silently, to get counts of subentries for \pdfoutline.
- \def\numchapentry##1##2##3##4{%
- \def\thischapnum{##2}%
- \def\thissecnum{0}%
- \def\thissubsecnum{0}%
- }%
- \def\numsecentry##1##2##3##4{%
- \advancenumber{chap\thischapnum}%
- \def\thissecnum{##2}%
- \def\thissubsecnum{0}%
- }%
- \def\numsubsecentry##1##2##3##4{%
- \advancenumber{sec\thissecnum}%
- \def\thissubsecnum{##2}%
- }%
- \def\numsubsubsecentry##1##2##3##4{%
- \advancenumber{subsec\thissubsecnum}%
- }%
- \def\thischapnum{0}%
- \def\thissecnum{0}%
- \def\thissubsecnum{0}%
- %
- % use \def rather than \let here because we redefine \chapentry et
- % al. a second time, below.
- \def\appentry{\numchapentry}%
- \def\appsecentry{\numsecentry}%
- \def\appsubsecentry{\numsubsecentry}%
- \def\appsubsubsecentry{\numsubsubsecentry}%
- \def\unnchapentry{\numchapentry}%
- \def\unnsecentry{\numsecentry}%
- \def\unnsubsecentry{\numsubsecentry}%
- \def\unnsubsubsecentry{\numsubsubsecentry}%
- \readdatafile{toc}%
- %
- % Read toc second time, this time actually producing the outlines.
- % The `-' means take the \expnumber as the absolute number of
- % subentries, which we calculated on our first read of the .toc above.
- %
- % We use the node names as the destinations.
- \def\numchapentry##1##2##3##4{%
- \dopdfoutline{##1}{count-\expnumber{chap##2}}{##3}{##4}}%
- \def\numsecentry##1##2##3##4{%
- \dopdfoutline{##1}{count-\expnumber{sec##2}}{##3}{##4}}%
- \def\numsubsecentry##1##2##3##4{%
- \dopdfoutline{##1}{count-\expnumber{subsec##2}}{##3}{##4}}%
- \def\numsubsubsecentry##1##2##3##4{% count is always zero
- \dopdfoutline{##1}{}{##3}{##4}}%
- %
- % PDF outlines are displayed using system fonts, instead of
- % document fonts. Therefore we cannot use special characters,
- % since the encoding is unknown. For example, the eogonek from
- % Latin 2 (0xea) gets translated to a | character. Info from
- % Staszek Wawrykiewicz, 19 Jan 2004 04:09:24 +0100.
- %
- % xx to do this right, we have to translate 8-bit characters to
- % their "best" equivalent, based on the @documentencoding. Right
- % now, I guess we'll just let the pdf reader have its way.
- \indexnofonts
- \setupdatafile
- \activebackslash
- \input \jobname.toc
- \endgroup
- }
- %
- \def\skipspaces#1{\def\PP{#1}\def\D{|}%
- \ifx\PP\D\let\nextsp\relax
- \else\let\nextsp\skipspaces
- \ifx\p\space\else\addtokens{\filename}{\PP}%
- \advance\filenamelength by 1
- \fi
- \fi
- \nextsp}
- \def\getfilename#1{\filenamelength=0\expandafter\skipspaces#1|\relax}
- \ifnum\pdftexversion < 14
- \let \startlink \pdfannotlink
- \else
- \let \startlink \pdfstartlink
- \fi
- \def\pdfurl#1{%
- \begingroup
- \normalturnoffactive\def\@{@}%
- \makevalueexpandable
- \leavevmode\Red
- \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]}%
- user{/Subtype /Link /A << /S /URI /URI (#1) >>}%
- \endgroup}
- \def\pdfgettoks#1.{\setbox\boxA=\hbox{\toksA={#1.}\toksB={}\maketoks}}
- \def\addtokens#1#2{\edef\addtoks{\noexpand#1={\the#1#2}}\addtoks}
- \def\adn#1{\addtokens{\toksC}{#1}\global\countA=1\let\next=\maketoks}
- \def\poptoks#1#2|ENDTOKS|{\let\first=#1\toksD={#1}\toksA={#2}}
- \def\maketoks{%
- \expandafter\poptoks\the\toksA|ENDTOKS|\relax
- \ifx\first0\adn0
- \else\ifx\first1\adn1 \else\ifx\first2\adn2 \else\ifx\first3\adn3
- \else\ifx\first4\adn4 \else\ifx\first5\adn5 \else\ifx\first6\adn6
- \else\ifx\first7\adn7 \else\ifx\first8\adn8 \else\ifx\first9\adn9
- \else
- \ifnum0=\countA\else\makelink\fi
- \ifx\first.\let\next=\done\else
- \let\next=\maketoks
- \addtokens{\toksB}{\the\toksD}
- \ifx\first,\addtokens{\toksB}{\space}\fi
- \fi
- \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi
- \next}
- \def\makelink{\addtokens{\toksB}%
- {\noexpand\pdflink{\the\toksC}}\toksC={}\global\countA=0}
- \def\pdflink#1{%
- \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]} goto name{\pdfmkpgn{#1}}
- \linkcolor #1\endlink}
- \def\done{\edef\st{\global\noexpand\toksA={\the\toksB}}\st}
-\else
- \let\pdfmkdest = \gobble
- \let\pdfurl = \gobble
- \let\endlink = \relax
- \let\linkcolor = \relax
- \let\pdfmakeoutlines = \relax
-\fi % \ifx\pdfoutput
-
-
-\message{fonts,}
-
-% Change the current font style to #1, remembering it in \curfontstyle.
-% For now, we do not accumulate font styles: @b{@i{foo}} prints foo in
-% italics, not bold italics.
-%
-\def\setfontstyle#1{%
- \def\curfontstyle{#1}% not as a control sequence, because we are \edef'd.
- \csname ten#1\endcsname % change the current font
-}
-
-% Select #1 fonts with the current style.
-%
-\def\selectfonts#1{\csname #1fonts\endcsname \csname\curfontstyle\endcsname}
-
-\def\rm{\fam=0 \setfontstyle{rm}}
-\def\it{\fam=\itfam \setfontstyle{it}}
-\def\sl{\fam=\slfam \setfontstyle{sl}}
-\def\bf{\fam=\bffam \setfontstyle{bf}}\def\bfstylename{bf}
-\def\tt{\fam=\ttfam \setfontstyle{tt}}
-
-% Texinfo sort of supports the sans serif font style, which plain TeX does not.
-% So we set up a \sf.
-\newfam\sffam
-\def\sf{\fam=\sffam \setfontstyle{sf}}
-\let\li = \sf % Sometimes we call it \li, not \sf.
-
-% We don't need math for this font style.
-\def\ttsl{\setfontstyle{ttsl}}
-
-% Default leading.
-\newdimen\textleading \textleading = 13.2pt
-
-% Set the baselineskip to #1, and the lineskip and strut size
-% correspondingly. There is no deep meaning behind these magic numbers
-% used as factors; they just match (closely enough) what Knuth defined.
-%
-\def\lineskipfactor{.08333}
-\def\strutheightpercent{.70833}
-\def\strutdepthpercent {.29167}
-%
-\def\setleading#1{%
- \normalbaselineskip = #1\relax
- \normallineskip = \lineskipfactor\normalbaselineskip
- \normalbaselines
- \setbox\strutbox =\hbox{%
- \vrule width0pt height\strutheightpercent\baselineskip
- depth \strutdepthpercent \baselineskip
- }%
-}
-
-% Set the font macro #1 to the font named #2, adding on the
-% specified font prefix (normally `cm').
-% #3 is the font's design size, #4 is a scale factor
-\def\setfont#1#2#3#4{\font#1=\fontprefix#2#3 scaled #4}
-
-% Use cm as the default font prefix.
-% To specify the font prefix, you must define \fontprefix
-% before you read in texinfo.tex.
-\ifx\fontprefix\undefined
-\def\fontprefix{cm}
-\fi
-% Support font families that don't use the same naming scheme as CM.
-\def\rmshape{r}
-\def\rmbshape{bx} %where the normal face is bold
-\def\bfshape{b}
-\def\bxshape{bx}
-\def\ttshape{tt}
-\def\ttbshape{tt}
-\def\ttslshape{sltt}
-\def\itshape{ti}
-\def\itbshape{bxti}
-\def\slshape{sl}
-\def\slbshape{bxsl}
-\def\sfshape{ss}
-\def\sfbshape{ss}
-\def\scshape{csc}
-\def\scbshape{csc}
-
-% Text fonts (11.2pt, magstep1).
-\def\textnominalsize{11pt}
-\edef\mainmagstep{\magstephalf}
-\setfont\textrm\rmshape{10}{\mainmagstep}
-\setfont\texttt\ttshape{10}{\mainmagstep}
-\setfont\textbf\bfshape{10}{\mainmagstep}
-\setfont\textit\itshape{10}{\mainmagstep}
-\setfont\textsl\slshape{10}{\mainmagstep}
-\setfont\textsf\sfshape{10}{\mainmagstep}
-\setfont\textsc\scshape{10}{\mainmagstep}
-\setfont\textttsl\ttslshape{10}{\mainmagstep}
-\font\texti=cmmi10 scaled \mainmagstep
-\font\textsy=cmsy10 scaled \mainmagstep
-
-% A few fonts for @defun names and args.
-\setfont\defbf\bfshape{10}{\magstep1}
-\setfont\deftt\ttshape{10}{\magstep1}
-\setfont\defttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep1}
-\def\df{\let\tentt=\deftt \let\tenbf = \defbf \let\tenttsl=\defttsl \bf}
-
-% Fonts for indices, footnotes, small examples (9pt).
-\def\smallnominalsize{9pt}
-\setfont\smallrm\rmshape{9}{1000}
-\setfont\smalltt\ttshape{9}{1000}
-\setfont\smallbf\bfshape{10}{900}
-\setfont\smallit\itshape{9}{1000}
-\setfont\smallsl\slshape{9}{1000}
-\setfont\smallsf\sfshape{9}{1000}
-\setfont\smallsc\scshape{10}{900}
-\setfont\smallttsl\ttslshape{10}{900}
-\font\smalli=cmmi9
-\font\smallsy=cmsy9
-
-% Fonts for small examples (8pt).
-\def\smallernominalsize{8pt}
-\setfont\smallerrm\rmshape{8}{1000}
-\setfont\smallertt\ttshape{8}{1000}
-\setfont\smallerbf\bfshape{10}{800}
-\setfont\smallerit\itshape{8}{1000}
-\setfont\smallersl\slshape{8}{1000}
-\setfont\smallersf\sfshape{8}{1000}
-\setfont\smallersc\scshape{10}{800}
-\setfont\smallerttsl\ttslshape{10}{800}
-\font\smalleri=cmmi8
-\font\smallersy=cmsy8
-
-% Fonts for title page (20.4pt):
-\def\titlenominalsize{20pt}
-\setfont\titlerm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep3}
-\setfont\titleit\itbshape{10}{\magstep4}
-\setfont\titlesl\slbshape{10}{\magstep4}
-\setfont\titlett\ttbshape{12}{\magstep3}
-\setfont\titlettsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep4}
-\setfont\titlesf\sfbshape{17}{\magstep1}
-\let\titlebf=\titlerm
-\setfont\titlesc\scbshape{10}{\magstep4}
-\font\titlei=cmmi12 scaled \magstep3
-\font\titlesy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep4
-\def\authorrm{\secrm}
-\def\authortt{\sectt}
-
-% Chapter (and unnumbered) fonts (17.28pt).
-\def\chapnominalsize{17pt}
-\setfont\chaprm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep2}
-\setfont\chapit\itbshape{10}{\magstep3}
-\setfont\chapsl\slbshape{10}{\magstep3}
-\setfont\chaptt\ttbshape{12}{\magstep2}
-\setfont\chapttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep3}
-\setfont\chapsf\sfbshape{17}{1000}
-\let\chapbf=\chaprm
-\setfont\chapsc\scbshape{10}{\magstep3}
-\font\chapi=cmmi12 scaled \magstep2
-\font\chapsy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep3
-
-% Section fonts (14.4pt).
-\def\secnominalsize{14pt}
-\setfont\secrm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep1}
-\setfont\secit\itbshape{10}{\magstep2}
-\setfont\secsl\slbshape{10}{\magstep2}
-\setfont\sectt\ttbshape{12}{\magstep1}
-\setfont\secttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep2}
-\setfont\secsf\sfbshape{12}{\magstep1}
-\let\secbf\secrm
-\setfont\secsc\scbshape{10}{\magstep2}
-\font\seci=cmmi12 scaled \magstep1
-\font\secsy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep2
-
-% Subsection fonts (13.15pt).
-\def\ssecnominalsize{13pt}
-\setfont\ssecrm\rmbshape{12}{\magstephalf}
-\setfont\ssecit\itbshape{10}{1315}
-\setfont\ssecsl\slbshape{10}{1315}
-\setfont\ssectt\ttbshape{12}{\magstephalf}
-\setfont\ssecttsl\ttslshape{10}{1315}
-\setfont\ssecsf\sfbshape{12}{\magstephalf}
-\let\ssecbf\ssecrm
-\setfont\ssecsc\scbshape{10}{1315}
-\font\sseci=cmmi12 scaled \magstephalf
-\font\ssecsy=cmsy10 scaled 1315
-
-% Reduced fonts for @acro in text (10pt).
-\def\reducednominalsize{10pt}
-\setfont\reducedrm\rmshape{10}{1000}
-\setfont\reducedtt\ttshape{10}{1000}
-\setfont\reducedbf\bfshape{10}{1000}
-\setfont\reducedit\itshape{10}{1000}
-\setfont\reducedsl\slshape{10}{1000}
-\setfont\reducedsf\sfshape{10}{1000}
-\setfont\reducedsc\scshape{10}{1000}
-\setfont\reducedttsl\ttslshape{10}{1000}
-\font\reducedi=cmmi10
-\font\reducedsy=cmsy10
-
-% In order for the font changes to affect most math symbols and letters,
-% we have to define the \textfont of the standard families. Since
-% texinfo doesn't allow for producing subscripts and superscripts except
-% in the main text, we don't bother to reset \scriptfont and
-% \scriptscriptfont (which would also require loading a lot more fonts).
-%
-\def\resetmathfonts{%
- \textfont0=\tenrm \textfont1=\teni \textfont2=\tensy
- \textfont\itfam=\tenit \textfont\slfam=\tensl \textfont\bffam=\tenbf
- \textfont\ttfam=\tentt \textfont\sffam=\tensf
-}
-
-% The font-changing commands redefine the meanings of \tenSTYLE, instead
-% of just \STYLE. We do this because \STYLE needs to also set the
-% current \fam for math mode. Our \STYLE (e.g., \rm) commands hardwire
-% \tenSTYLE to set the current font.
-%
-% Each font-changing command also sets the names \lsize (one size lower)
-% and \lllsize (three sizes lower). These relative commands are used in
-% the LaTeX logo and acronyms.
-%
-% This all needs generalizing, badly.
-%
-\def\textfonts{%
- \let\tenrm=\textrm \let\tenit=\textit \let\tensl=\textsl
- \let\tenbf=\textbf \let\tentt=\texttt \let\smallcaps=\textsc
- \let\tensf=\textsf \let\teni=\texti \let\tensy=\textsy
- \let\tenttsl=\textttsl
- \def\curfontsize{text}%
- \def\lsize{reduced}\def\lllsize{smaller}%
- \resetmathfonts \setleading{\textleading}}
-\def\titlefonts{%
- \let\tenrm=\titlerm \let\tenit=\titleit \let\tensl=\titlesl
- \let\tenbf=\titlebf \let\tentt=\titlett \let\smallcaps=\titlesc
- \let\tensf=\titlesf \let\teni=\titlei \let\tensy=\titlesy
- \let\tenttsl=\titlettsl
- \def\curfontsize{title}%
- \def\lsize{chap}\def\lllsize{subsec}%
- \resetmathfonts \setleading{25pt}}
-\def\titlefont#1{{\titlefonts\rm #1}}
-\def\chapfonts{%
- \let\tenrm=\chaprm \let\tenit=\chapit \let\tensl=\chapsl
- \let\tenbf=\chapbf \let\tentt=\chaptt \let\smallcaps=\chapsc
- \let\tensf=\chapsf \let\teni=\chapi \let\tensy=\chapsy
- \let\tenttsl=\chapttsl
- \def\curfontsize{chap}%
- \def\lsize{sec}\def\lllsize{text}%
- \resetmathfonts \setleading{19pt}}
-\def\secfonts{%
- \let\tenrm=\secrm \let\tenit=\secit \let\tensl=\secsl
- \let\tenbf=\secbf \let\tentt=\sectt \let\smallcaps=\secsc
- \let\tensf=\secsf \let\teni=\seci \let\tensy=\secsy
- \let\tenttsl=\secttsl
- \def\curfontsize{sec}%
- \def\lsize{subsec}\def\lllsize{reduced}%
- \resetmathfonts \setleading{16pt}}
-\def\subsecfonts{%
- \let\tenrm=\ssecrm \let\tenit=\ssecit \let\tensl=\ssecsl
- \let\tenbf=\ssecbf \let\tentt=\ssectt \let\smallcaps=\ssecsc
- \let\tensf=\ssecsf \let\teni=\sseci \let\tensy=\ssecsy
- \let\tenttsl=\ssecttsl
- \def\curfontsize{ssec}%
- \def\lsize{text}\def\lllsize{small}%
- \resetmathfonts \setleading{15pt}}
-\let\subsubsecfonts = \subsecfonts
-\def\reducedfonts{%
- \let\tenrm=\reducedrm \let\tenit=\reducedit \let\tensl=\reducedsl
- \let\tenbf=\reducedbf \let\tentt=\reducedtt \let\reducedcaps=\reducedsc
- \let\tensf=\reducedsf \let\teni=\reducedi \let\tensy=\reducedsy
- \let\tenttsl=\reducedttsl
- \def\curfontsize{reduced}%
- \def\lsize{small}\def\lllsize{smaller}%
- \resetmathfonts \setleading{10.5pt}}
-\def\smallfonts{%
- \let\tenrm=\smallrm \let\tenit=\smallit \let\tensl=\smallsl
- \let\tenbf=\smallbf \let\tentt=\smalltt \let\smallcaps=\smallsc
- \let\tensf=\smallsf \let\teni=\smalli \let\tensy=\smallsy
- \let\tenttsl=\smallttsl
- \def\curfontsize{small}%
- \def\lsize{smaller}\def\lllsize{smaller}%
- \resetmathfonts \setleading{10.5pt}}
-\def\smallerfonts{%
- \let\tenrm=\smallerrm \let\tenit=\smallerit \let\tensl=\smallersl
- \let\tenbf=\smallerbf \let\tentt=\smallertt \let\smallcaps=\smallersc
- \let\tensf=\smallersf \let\teni=\smalleri \let\tensy=\smallersy
- \let\tenttsl=\smallerttsl
- \def\curfontsize{smaller}%
- \def\lsize{smaller}\def\lllsize{smaller}%
- \resetmathfonts \setleading{9.5pt}}
-
-% Set the fonts to use with the @small... environments.
-\let\smallexamplefonts = \smallfonts
-
-% About \smallexamplefonts. If we use \smallfonts (9pt), @smallexample
-% can fit this many characters:
-% 8.5x11=86 smallbook=72 a4=90 a5=69
-% If we use \scriptfonts (8pt), then we can fit this many characters:
-% 8.5x11=90+ smallbook=80 a4=90+ a5=77
-% For me, subjectively, the few extra characters that fit aren't worth
-% the additional smallness of 8pt. So I'm making the default 9pt.
-%
-% By the way, for comparison, here's what fits with @example (10pt):
-% 8.5x11=71 smallbook=60 a4=75 a5=58
-%
-% I wish the USA used A4 paper.
-% --karl, 24jan03.
-
-
-% Set up the default fonts, so we can use them for creating boxes.
-%
-\textfonts \rm
-
-% Define these so they can be easily changed for other fonts.
-\def\angleleft{$\langle$}
-\def\angleright{$\rangle$}
-
-% Count depth in font-changes, for error checks
-\newcount\fontdepth \fontdepth=0
-
-% Fonts for short table of contents.
-\setfont\shortcontrm\rmshape{12}{1000}
-\setfont\shortcontbf\bfshape{10}{\magstep1} % no cmb12
-\setfont\shortcontsl\slshape{12}{1000}
-\setfont\shortconttt\ttshape{12}{1000}
-
-%% Add scribe-like font environments, plus @l for inline lisp (usually sans
-%% serif) and @ii for TeX italic
-
-% \smartitalic{ARG} outputs arg in italics, followed by an italic correction
-% unless the following character is such as not to need one.
-\def\smartitalicx{\ifx\next,\else\ifx\next-\else\ifx\next.\else
- \ptexslash\fi\fi\fi}
-\def\smartslanted#1{{\ifusingtt\ttsl\sl #1}\futurelet\next\smartitalicx}
-\def\smartitalic#1{{\ifusingtt\ttsl\it #1}\futurelet\next\smartitalicx}
-
-% like \smartslanted except unconditionally uses \ttsl.
-% @var is set to this for defun arguments.
-\def\ttslanted#1{{\ttsl #1}\futurelet\next\smartitalicx}
-
-% like \smartslanted except unconditionally use \sl. We never want
-% ttsl for book titles, do we?
-\def\cite#1{{\sl #1}\futurelet\next\smartitalicx}
-
-\let\i=\smartitalic
-\let\slanted=\smartslanted
-\let\var=\smartslanted
-\let\dfn=\smartslanted
-\let\emph=\smartitalic
-
-% @b, explicit bold.
-\def\b#1{{\bf #1}}
-\let\strong=\b
-
-% @sansserif, explicit sans.
-\def\sansserif#1{{\sf #1}}
-
-% We can't just use \exhyphenpenalty, because that only has effect at
-% the end of a paragraph. Restore normal hyphenation at the end of the
-% group within which \nohyphenation is presumably called.
-%
-\def\nohyphenation{\hyphenchar\font = -1 \aftergroup\restorehyphenation}
-\def\restorehyphenation{\hyphenchar\font = `- }
-
-% Set sfcode to normal for the chars that usually have another value.
-% Can't use plain's \frenchspacing because it uses the `\x notation, and
-% sometimes \x has an active definition that messes things up.
-%
-\catcode`@=11
- \def\plainfrenchspacing{%
- \sfcode\dotChar =\@m \sfcode\questChar=\@m \sfcode\exclamChar=\@m
- \sfcode\colonChar=\@m \sfcode\semiChar =\@m \sfcode\commaChar =\@m
- \def\endofsentencespacefactor{1000}% for @. and friends
- }
- \def\plainnonfrenchspacing{%
- \sfcode`\.3000\sfcode`\?3000\sfcode`\!3000
- \sfcode`\:2000\sfcode`\;1500\sfcode`\,1250
- \def\endofsentencespacefactor{3000}% for @. and friends
- }
-\catcode`@=\other
-\def\endofsentencespacefactor{3000}% default
-
-\def\t#1{%
- {\tt \rawbackslash \plainfrenchspacing #1}%
- \null
-}
-\def\samp#1{`\tclose{#1}'\null}
-\setfont\keyrm\rmshape{8}{1000}
-\font\keysy=cmsy9
-\def\key#1{{\keyrm\textfont2=\keysy \leavevmode\hbox{%
- \raise0.4pt\hbox{\angleleft}\kern-.08em\vtop{%
- \vbox{\hrule\kern-0.4pt
- \hbox{\raise0.4pt\hbox{\vphantom{\angleleft}}#1}}%
- \kern-0.4pt\hrule}%
- \kern-.06em\raise0.4pt\hbox{\angleright}}}}
-% The old definition, with no lozenge:
-%\def\key #1{{\ttsl \nohyphenation \uppercase{#1}}\null}
-\def\ctrl #1{{\tt \rawbackslash \hat}#1}
-
-% @file, @option are the same as @samp.
-\let\file=\samp
-\let\option=\samp
-
-% @code is a modification of @t,
-% which makes spaces the same size as normal in the surrounding text.
-\def\tclose#1{%
- {%
- % Change normal interword space to be same as for the current font.
- \spaceskip = \fontdimen2\font
- %
- % Switch to typewriter.
- \tt
- %
- % But `\ ' produces the large typewriter interword space.
- \def\ {{\spaceskip = 0pt{} }}%
- %
- % Turn off hyphenation.
- \nohyphenation
- %
- \rawbackslash
- \plainfrenchspacing
- #1%
- }%
- \null
-}
-
-% We *must* turn on hyphenation at `-' and `_' in @code.
-% Otherwise, it is too hard to avoid overfull hboxes
-% in the Emacs manual, the Library manual, etc.
-
-% Unfortunately, TeX uses one parameter (\hyphenchar) to control
-% both hyphenation at - and hyphenation within words.
-% We must therefore turn them both off (\tclose does that)
-% and arrange explicitly to hyphenate at a dash.
-% -- rms.
-{
- \catcode`\-=\active
- \catcode`\_=\active
- %
- \global\def\code{\begingroup
- \catcode`\-=\active \catcode`\_=\active
- \ifallowcodebreaks
- \let-\codedash
- \let_\codeunder
- \else
- \let-\realdash
- \let_\realunder
- \fi
- \codex
- }
-}
-
-\def\realdash{-}
-\def\codedash{-\discretionary{}{}{}}
-\def\codeunder{%
- % this is all so @math{@code{var_name}+1} can work. In math mode, _
- % is "active" (mathcode"8000) and \normalunderscore (or \char95, etc.)
- % will therefore expand the active definition of _, which is us
- % (inside @code that is), therefore an endless loop.
- \ifusingtt{\ifmmode
- \mathchar"075F % class 0=ordinary, family 7=ttfam, pos 0x5F=_.
- \else\normalunderscore \fi
- \discretionary{}{}{}}%
- {\_}%
-}
-\def\codex #1{\tclose{#1}\endgroup}
-
-% An additional complication: the above will allow breaks after, e.g.,
-% each of the four underscores in __typeof__. This is undesirable in
-% some manuals, especially if they don't have long identifiers in
-% general. @allowcodebreaks provides a way to control this.
-%
-\newif\ifallowcodebreaks \allowcodebreakstrue
-
-\def\keywordtrue{true}
-\def\keywordfalse{false}
-
-\parseargdef\allowcodebreaks{%
- \def\txiarg{#1}%
- \ifx\txiarg\keywordtrue
- \allowcodebreakstrue
- \else\ifx\txiarg\keywordfalse
- \allowcodebreaksfalse
- \else
- \errhelp = \EMsimple
- \errmessage{Unknown @allowcodebreaks option `\txiarg'}%
- \fi\fi
-}
-
-% @kbd is like @code, except that if the argument is just one @key command,
-% then @kbd has no effect.
-
-% @kbdinputstyle -- arg is `distinct' (@kbd uses slanted tty font always),
-% `example' (@kbd uses ttsl only inside of @example and friends),
-% or `code' (@kbd uses normal tty font always).
-\parseargdef\kbdinputstyle{%
- \def\txiarg{#1}%
- \ifx\txiarg\worddistinct
- \gdef\kbdexamplefont{\ttsl}\gdef\kbdfont{\ttsl}%
- \else\ifx\txiarg\wordexample
- \gdef\kbdexamplefont{\ttsl}\gdef\kbdfont{\tt}%
- \else\ifx\txiarg\wordcode
- \gdef\kbdexamplefont{\tt}\gdef\kbdfont{\tt}%
- \else
- \errhelp = \EMsimple
- \errmessage{Unknown @kbdinputstyle option `\txiarg'}%
- \fi\fi\fi
-}
-\def\worddistinct{distinct}
-\def\wordexample{example}
-\def\wordcode{code}
-
-% Default is `distinct.'
-\kbdinputstyle distinct
-
-\def\xkey{\key}
-\def\kbdfoo#1#2#3\par{\def\one{#1}\def\three{#3}\def\threex{??}%
-\ifx\one\xkey\ifx\threex\three \key{#2}%
-\else{\tclose{\kbdfont\look}}\fi
-\else{\tclose{\kbdfont\look}}\fi}
-
-% For @indicateurl, @env, @command quotes seem unnecessary, so use \code.
-\let\indicateurl=\code
-\let\env=\code
-\let\command=\code
-
-% @uref (abbreviation for `urlref') takes an optional (comma-separated)
-% second argument specifying the text to display and an optional third
-% arg as text to display instead of (rather than in addition to) the url
-% itself. First (mandatory) arg is the url. Perhaps eventually put in
-% a hypertex \special here.
-%
-\def\uref#1{\douref #1,,,\finish}
-\def\douref#1,#2,#3,#4\finish{\begingroup
- \unsepspaces
- \pdfurl{#1}%
- \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #3}%
- \ifdim\wd0 > 0pt
- \unhbox0 % third arg given, show only that
- \else
- \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}%
- \ifdim\wd0 > 0pt
- \ifpdf
- \unhbox0 % PDF: 2nd arg given, show only it
- \else
- \unhbox0\ (\code{#1})% DVI: 2nd arg given, show both it and url
- \fi
- \else
- \code{#1}% only url given, so show it
- \fi
- \fi
- \endlink
-\endgroup}
-
-% @url synonym for @uref, since that's how everyone uses it.
-%
-\let\url=\uref
-
-% rms does not like angle brackets --karl, 17may97.
-% So now @email is just like @uref, unless we are pdf.
-%
-%\def\email#1{\angleleft{\tt #1}\angleright}
-\ifpdf
- \def\email#1{\doemail#1,,\finish}
- \def\doemail#1,#2,#3\finish{\begingroup
- \unsepspaces
- \pdfurl{mailto:#1}%
- \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}%
- \ifdim\wd0>0pt\unhbox0\else\code{#1}\fi
- \endlink
- \endgroup}
-\else
- \let\email=\uref
-\fi
-
-% Check if we are currently using a typewriter font. Since all the
-% Computer Modern typewriter fonts have zero interword stretch (and
-% shrink), and it is reasonable to expect all typewriter fonts to have
-% this property, we can check that font parameter.
-%
-\def\ifmonospace{\ifdim\fontdimen3\font=0pt }
-
-% Typeset a dimension, e.g., `in' or `pt'. The only reason for the
-% argument is to make the input look right: @dmn{pt} instead of @dmn{}pt.
-%
-\def\dmn#1{\thinspace #1}
-
-\def\kbd#1{\def\look{#1}\expandafter\kbdfoo\look??\par}
-
-% @l was never documented to mean ``switch to the Lisp font'',
-% and it is not used as such in any manual I can find. We need it for
-% Polish suppressed-l. --karl, 22sep96.
-%\def\l#1{{\li #1}\null}
-
-% Explicit font changes: @r, @sc, undocumented @ii.
-\def\r#1{{\rm #1}} % roman font
-\def\sc#1{{\smallcaps#1}} % smallcaps font
-\def\ii#1{{\it #1}} % italic font
-
-% @acronym for "FBI", "NATO", and the like.
-% We print this one point size smaller, since it's intended for
-% all-uppercase.
-%
-\def\acronym#1{\doacronym #1,,\finish}
-\def\doacronym#1,#2,#3\finish{%
- {\selectfonts\lsize #1}%
- \def\temp{#2}%
- \ifx\temp\empty \else
- \space ({\unsepspaces \ignorespaces \temp \unskip})%
- \fi
-}
-
-% @abbr for "Comput. J." and the like.
-% No font change, but don't do end-of-sentence spacing.
-%
-\def\abbr#1{\doabbr #1,,\finish}
-\def\doabbr#1,#2,#3\finish{%
- {\plainfrenchspacing #1}%
- \def\temp{#2}%
- \ifx\temp\empty \else
- \space ({\unsepspaces \ignorespaces \temp \unskip})%
- \fi
-}
-
-% @pounds{} is a sterling sign, which Knuth put in the CM italic font.
-%
-\def\pounds{{\it\$}}
-
-% @euro{} comes from a separate font, depending on the current style.
-% We use the free feym* fonts from the eurosym package by Henrik
-% Theiling, which support regular, slanted, bold and bold slanted (and
-% "outlined" (blackboard board, sort of) versions, which we don't need).
-% It is available from http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/eurosym.
-%
-% Although only regular is the truly official Euro symbol, we ignore
-% that. The Euro is designed to be slightly taller than the regular
-% font height.
-%
-% feymr - regular
-% feymo - slanted
-% feybr - bold
-% feybo - bold slanted
-%
-% There is no good (free) typewriter version, to my knowledge.
-% A feymr10 euro is ~7.3pt wide, while a normal cmtt10 char is ~5.25pt wide.
-% Hmm.
-%
-% Also doesn't work in math. Do we need to do math with euro symbols?
-% Hope not.
-%
-%
-\def\euro{{\eurofont e}}
-\def\eurofont{%
- % We set the font at each command, rather than predefining it in
- % \textfonts and the other font-switching commands, so that
- % installations which never need the symbol don't have to have the
- % font installed.
- %
- % There is only one designed size (nominal 10pt), so we always scale
- % that to the current nominal size.
- %
- % By the way, simply using "at 1em" works for cmr10 and the like, but
- % does not work for cmbx10 and other extended/shrunken fonts.
- %
- \def\eurosize{\csname\curfontsize nominalsize\endcsname}%
- %
- \ifx\curfontstyle\bfstylename
- % bold:
- \font\thiseurofont = \ifusingit{feybo10}{feybr10} at \eurosize
- \else
- % regular:
- \font\thiseurofont = \ifusingit{feymo10}{feymr10} at \eurosize
- \fi
- \thiseurofont
-}
-
-% @registeredsymbol - R in a circle. The font for the R should really
-% be smaller yet, but lllsize is the best we can do for now.
-% Adapted from the plain.tex definition of \copyright.
-%
-\def\registeredsymbol{%
- $^{{\ooalign{\hfil\raise.07ex\hbox{\selectfonts\lllsize R}%
- \hfil\crcr\Orb}}%
- }$%
-}
-
-% Laurent Siebenmann reports \Orb undefined with:
-% Textures 1.7.7 (preloaded format=plain 93.10.14) (68K) 16 APR 2004 02:38
-% so we'll define it if necessary.
-%
-\ifx\Orb\undefined
-\def\Orb{\mathhexbox20D}
-\fi
-
-
-\message{page headings,}
-
-\newskip\titlepagetopglue \titlepagetopglue = 1.5in
-\newskip\titlepagebottomglue \titlepagebottomglue = 2pc
-
-% First the title page. Must do @settitle before @titlepage.
-\newif\ifseenauthor
-\newif\iffinishedtitlepage
-
-% Do an implicit @contents or @shortcontents after @end titlepage if the
-% user says @setcontentsaftertitlepage or @setshortcontentsaftertitlepage.
-%
-\newif\ifsetcontentsaftertitlepage
- \let\setcontentsaftertitlepage = \setcontentsaftertitlepagetrue
-\newif\ifsetshortcontentsaftertitlepage
- \let\setshortcontentsaftertitlepage = \setshortcontentsaftertitlepagetrue
-
-\parseargdef\shorttitlepage{\begingroup\hbox{}\vskip 1.5in \chaprm \centerline{#1}%
- \endgroup\page\hbox{}\page}
-
-\envdef\titlepage{%
- % Open one extra group, as we want to close it in the middle of \Etitlepage.
- \begingroup
- \parindent=0pt \textfonts
- % Leave some space at the very top of the page.
- \vglue\titlepagetopglue
- % No rule at page bottom unless we print one at the top with @title.
- \finishedtitlepagetrue
- %
- % Most title ``pages'' are actually two pages long, with space
- % at the top of the second. We don't want the ragged left on the second.
- \let\oldpage = \page
- \def\page{%
- \iffinishedtitlepage\else
- \finishtitlepage
- \fi
- \let\page = \oldpage
- \page
- \null
- }%
-}
-
-\def\Etitlepage{%
- \iffinishedtitlepage\else
- \finishtitlepage
- \fi
- % It is important to do the page break before ending the group,
- % because the headline and footline are only empty inside the group.
- % If we use the new definition of \page, we always get a blank page
- % after the title page, which we certainly don't want.
- \oldpage
- \endgroup
- %
- % Need this before the \...aftertitlepage checks so that if they are
- % in effect the toc pages will come out with page numbers.
- \HEADINGSon
- %
- % If they want short, they certainly want long too.
- \ifsetshortcontentsaftertitlepage
- \shortcontents
- \contents
- \global\let\shortcontents = \relax
- \global\let\contents = \relax
- \fi
- %
- \ifsetcontentsaftertitlepage
- \contents
- \global\let\contents = \relax
- \global\let\shortcontents = \relax
- \fi
-}
-
-\def\finishtitlepage{%
- \vskip4pt \hrule height 2pt width \hsize
- \vskip\titlepagebottomglue
- \finishedtitlepagetrue
-}
-
-%%% Macros to be used within @titlepage:
-
-\let\subtitlerm=\tenrm
-\def\subtitlefont{\subtitlerm \normalbaselineskip = 13pt \normalbaselines}
-
-\def\authorfont{\authorrm \normalbaselineskip = 16pt \normalbaselines
- \let\tt=\authortt}
-
-\parseargdef\title{%
- \checkenv\titlepage
- \leftline{\titlefonts\rm #1}
- % print a rule at the page bottom also.
- \finishedtitlepagefalse
- \vskip4pt \hrule height 4pt width \hsize \vskip4pt
-}
-
-\parseargdef\subtitle{%
- \checkenv\titlepage
- {\subtitlefont \rightline{#1}}%
-}
-
-% @author should come last, but may come many times.
-% It can also be used inside @quotation.
-%
-\parseargdef\author{%
- \def\temp{\quotation}%
- \ifx\thisenv\temp
- \def\quotationauthor{#1}% printed in \Equotation.
- \else
- \checkenv\titlepage
- \ifseenauthor\else \vskip 0pt plus 1filll \seenauthortrue \fi
- {\authorfont \leftline{#1}}%
- \fi
-}
-
-
-%%% Set up page headings and footings.
-
-\let\thispage=\folio
-
-\newtoks\evenheadline % headline on even pages
-\newtoks\oddheadline % headline on odd pages
-\newtoks\evenfootline % footline on even pages
-\newtoks\oddfootline % footline on odd pages
-
-% Now make TeX use those variables
-\headline={{\textfonts\rm \ifodd\pageno \the\oddheadline
- \else \the\evenheadline \fi}}
-\footline={{\textfonts\rm \ifodd\pageno \the\oddfootline
- \else \the\evenfootline \fi}\HEADINGShook}
-\let\HEADINGShook=\relax
-
-% Commands to set those variables.
-% For example, this is what @headings on does
-% @evenheading @thistitle|@thispage|@thischapter
-% @oddheading @thischapter|@thispage|@thistitle
-% @evenfooting @thisfile||
-% @oddfooting ||@thisfile
-
-
-\def\evenheading{\parsearg\evenheadingxxx}
-\def\evenheadingxxx #1{\evenheadingyyy #1\|\|\|\|\finish}
-\def\evenheadingyyy #1\|#2\|#3\|#4\finish{%
-\global\evenheadline={\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}}
-
-\def\oddheading{\parsearg\oddheadingxxx}
-\def\oddheadingxxx #1{\oddheadingyyy #1\|\|\|\|\finish}
-\def\oddheadingyyy #1\|#2\|#3\|#4\finish{%
-\global\oddheadline={\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}}
-
-\parseargdef\everyheading{\oddheadingxxx{#1}\evenheadingxxx{#1}}%
-
-\def\evenfooting{\parsearg\evenfootingxxx}
-\def\evenfootingxxx #1{\evenfootingyyy #1\|\|\|\|\finish}
-\def\evenfootingyyy #1\|#2\|#3\|#4\finish{%
-\global\evenfootline={\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}}
-
-\def\oddfooting{\parsearg\oddfootingxxx}
-\def\oddfootingxxx #1{\oddfootingyyy #1\|\|\|\|\finish}
-\def\oddfootingyyy #1\|#2\|#3\|#4\finish{%
- \global\oddfootline = {\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}%
- %
- % Leave some space for the footline. Hopefully ok to assume
- % @evenfooting will not be used by itself.
- \global\advance\pageheight by -\baselineskip
- \global\advance\vsize by -\baselineskip
-}
-
-\parseargdef\everyfooting{\oddfootingxxx{#1}\evenfootingxxx{#1}}
-
-
-% @headings double turns headings on for double-sided printing.
-% @headings single turns headings on for single-sided printing.
-% @headings off turns them off.
-% @headings on same as @headings double, retained for compatibility.
-% @headings after turns on double-sided headings after this page.
-% @headings doubleafter turns on double-sided headings after this page.
-% @headings singleafter turns on single-sided headings after this page.
-% By default, they are off at the start of a document,
-% and turned `on' after @end titlepage.
-
-\def\headings #1 {\csname HEADINGS#1\endcsname}
-
-\def\HEADINGSoff{%
-\global\evenheadline={\hfil} \global\evenfootline={\hfil}
-\global\oddheadline={\hfil} \global\oddfootline={\hfil}}
-\HEADINGSoff
-% When we turn headings on, set the page number to 1.
-% For double-sided printing, put current file name in lower left corner,
-% chapter name on inside top of right hand pages, document
-% title on inside top of left hand pages, and page numbers on outside top
-% edge of all pages.
-\def\HEADINGSdouble{%
-\global\pageno=1
-\global\evenfootline={\hfil}
-\global\oddfootline={\hfil}
-\global\evenheadline={\line{\folio\hfil\thistitle}}
-\global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}}
-\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chapoddpage
-}
-\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager
-
-% For single-sided printing, chapter title goes across top left of page,
-% page number on top right.
-\def\HEADINGSsingle{%
-\global\pageno=1
-\global\evenfootline={\hfil}
-\global\oddfootline={\hfil}
-\global\evenheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}}
-\global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}}
-\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager
-}
-\def\HEADINGSon{\HEADINGSdouble}
-
-\def\HEADINGSafter{\let\HEADINGShook=\HEADINGSdoublex}
-\let\HEADINGSdoubleafter=\HEADINGSafter
-\def\HEADINGSdoublex{%
-\global\evenfootline={\hfil}
-\global\oddfootline={\hfil}
-\global\evenheadline={\line{\folio\hfil\thistitle}}
-\global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}}
-\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chapoddpage
-}
-
-\def\HEADINGSsingleafter{\let\HEADINGShook=\HEADINGSsinglex}
-\def\HEADINGSsinglex{%
-\global\evenfootline={\hfil}
-\global\oddfootline={\hfil}
-\global\evenheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}}
-\global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}}
-\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager
-}
-
-% Subroutines used in generating headings
-% This produces Day Month Year style of output.
-% Only define if not already defined, in case a txi-??.tex file has set
-% up a different format (e.g., txi-cs.tex does this).
-\ifx\today\undefined
-\def\today{%
- \number\day\space
- \ifcase\month
- \or\putwordMJan\or\putwordMFeb\or\putwordMMar\or\putwordMApr
- \or\putwordMMay\or\putwordMJun\or\putwordMJul\or\putwordMAug
- \or\putwordMSep\or\putwordMOct\or\putwordMNov\or\putwordMDec
- \fi
- \space\number\year}
-\fi
-
-% @settitle line... specifies the title of the document, for headings.
-% It generates no output of its own.
-\def\thistitle{\putwordNoTitle}
-\def\settitle{\parsearg{\gdef\thistitle}}
-
-
-\message{tables,}
-% Tables -- @table, @ftable, @vtable, @item(x).
-
-% default indentation of table text
-\newdimen\tableindent \tableindent=.8in
-% default indentation of @itemize and @enumerate text
-\newdimen\itemindent \itemindent=.3in
-% margin between end of table item and start of table text.
-\newdimen\itemmargin \itemmargin=.1in
-
-% used internally for \itemindent minus \itemmargin
-\newdimen\itemmax
-
-% Note @table, @ftable, and @vtable define @item, @itemx, etc., with
-% these defs.
-% They also define \itemindex
-% to index the item name in whatever manner is desired (perhaps none).
-
-\newif\ifitemxneedsnegativevskip
-
-\def\itemxpar{\par\ifitemxneedsnegativevskip\nobreak\vskip-\parskip\nobreak\fi}
-
-\def\internalBitem{\smallbreak \parsearg\itemzzz}
-\def\internalBitemx{\itemxpar \parsearg\itemzzz}
-
-\def\itemzzz #1{\begingroup %
- \advance\hsize by -\rightskip
- \advance\hsize by -\tableindent
- \setbox0=\hbox{\itemindicate{#1}}%
- \itemindex{#1}%
- \nobreak % This prevents a break before @itemx.
- %
- % If the item text does not fit in the space we have, put it on a line
- % by itself, and do not allow a page break either before or after that
- % line. We do not start a paragraph here because then if the next
- % command is, e.g., @kindex, the whatsit would get put into the
- % horizontal list on a line by itself, resulting in extra blank space.
- \ifdim \wd0>\itemmax
- %
- % Make this a paragraph so we get the \parskip glue and wrapping,
- % but leave it ragged-right.
- \begingroup
- \advance\leftskip by-\tableindent
- \advance\hsize by\tableindent
- \advance\rightskip by0pt plus1fil
- \leavevmode\unhbox0\par
- \endgroup
- %
- % We're going to be starting a paragraph, but we don't want the
- % \parskip glue -- logically it's part of the @item we just started.
- \nobreak \vskip-\parskip
- %
- % Stop a page break at the \parskip glue coming up. However, if
- % what follows is an environment such as @example, there will be no
- % \parskip glue; then the negative vskip we just inserted would
- % cause the example and the item to crash together. So we use this
- % bizarre value of 10001 as a signal to \aboveenvbreak to insert
- % \parskip glue after all. Section titles are handled this way also.
- %
- \penalty 10001
- \endgroup
- \itemxneedsnegativevskipfalse
- \else
- % The item text fits into the space. Start a paragraph, so that the
- % following text (if any) will end up on the same line.
- \noindent
- % Do this with kerns and \unhbox so that if there is a footnote in
- % the item text, it can migrate to the main vertical list and
- % eventually be printed.
- \nobreak\kern-\tableindent
- \dimen0 = \itemmax \advance\dimen0 by \itemmargin \advance\dimen0 by -\wd0
- \unhbox0
- \nobreak\kern\dimen0
- \endgroup
- \itemxneedsnegativevskiptrue
- \fi
-}
-
-\def\item{\errmessage{@item while not in a list environment}}
-\def\itemx{\errmessage{@itemx while not in a list environment}}
-
-% @table, @ftable, @vtable.
-\envdef\table{%
- \let\itemindex\gobble
- \tablecheck{table}%
-}
-\envdef\ftable{%
- \def\itemindex ##1{\doind {fn}{\code{##1}}}%
- \tablecheck{ftable}%
-}
-\envdef\vtable{%
- \def\itemindex ##1{\doind {vr}{\code{##1}}}%
- \tablecheck{vtable}%
-}
-\def\tablecheck#1{%
- \ifnum \the\catcode`\^^M=\active
- \endgroup
- \errmessage{This command won't work in this context; perhaps the problem is
- that we are \inenvironment\thisenv}%
- \def\next{\doignore{#1}}%
- \else
- \let\next\tablex
- \fi
- \next
-}
-\def\tablex#1{%
- \def\itemindicate{#1}%
- \parsearg\tabley
-}
-\def\tabley#1{%
- {%
- \makevalueexpandable
- \edef\temp{\noexpand\tablez #1\space\space\space}%
- \expandafter
- }\temp \endtablez
-}
-\def\tablez #1 #2 #3 #4\endtablez{%
- \aboveenvbreak
- \ifnum 0#1>0 \advance \leftskip by #1\mil \fi
- \ifnum 0#2>0 \tableindent=#2\mil \fi
- \ifnum 0#3>0 \advance \rightskip by #3\mil \fi
- \itemmax=\tableindent
- \advance \itemmax by -\itemmargin
- \advance \leftskip by \tableindent
- \exdentamount=\tableindent
- \parindent = 0pt
- \parskip = \smallskipamount
- \ifdim \parskip=0pt \parskip=2pt \fi
- \let\item = \internalBitem
- \let\itemx = \internalBitemx
-}
-\def\Etable{\endgraf\afterenvbreak}
-\let\Eftable\Etable
-\let\Evtable\Etable
-\let\Eitemize\Etable
-\let\Eenumerate\Etable
-
-% This is the counter used by @enumerate, which is really @itemize
-
-\newcount \itemno
-
-\envdef\itemize{\parsearg\doitemize}
-
-\def\doitemize#1{%
- \aboveenvbreak
- \itemmax=\itemindent
- \advance\itemmax by -\itemmargin
- \advance\leftskip by \itemindent
- \exdentamount=\itemindent
- \parindent=0pt
- \parskip=\smallskipamount
- \ifdim\parskip=0pt \parskip=2pt \fi
- \def\itemcontents{#1}%
- % @itemize with no arg is equivalent to @itemize @bullet.
- \ifx\itemcontents\empty\def\itemcontents{\bullet}\fi
- \let\item=\itemizeitem
-}
-
-% Definition of @item while inside @itemize and @enumerate.
-%
-\def\itemizeitem{%
- \advance\itemno by 1 % for enumerations
- {\let\par=\endgraf \smallbreak}% reasonable place to break
- {%
- % If the document has an @itemize directly after a section title, a
- % \nobreak will be last on the list, and \sectionheading will have
- % done a \vskip-\parskip. In that case, we don't want to zero
- % parskip, or the item text will crash with the heading. On the
- % other hand, when there is normal text preceding the item (as there
- % usually is), we do want to zero parskip, or there would be too much
- % space. In that case, we won't have a \nobreak before. At least
- % that's the theory.
- \ifnum\lastpenalty<10000 \parskip=0in \fi
- \noindent
- \hbox to 0pt{\hss \itemcontents \kern\itemmargin}%
- \vadjust{\penalty 1200}}% not good to break after first line of item.
- \flushcr
-}
-
-% \splitoff TOKENS\endmark defines \first to be the first token in
-% TOKENS, and \rest to be the remainder.
-%
-\def\splitoff#1#2\endmark{\def\first{#1}\def\rest{#2}}%
-
-% Allow an optional argument of an uppercase letter, lowercase letter,
-% or number, to specify the first label in the enumerated list. No
-% argument is the same as `1'.
-%
-\envparseargdef\enumerate{\enumeratey #1 \endenumeratey}
-\def\enumeratey #1 #2\endenumeratey{%
- % If we were given no argument, pretend we were given `1'.
- \def\thearg{#1}%
- \ifx\thearg\empty \def\thearg{1}\fi
- %
- % Detect if the argument is a single token. If so, it might be a
- % letter. Otherwise, the only valid thing it can be is a number.
- % (We will always have one token, because of the test we just made.
- % This is a good thing, since \splitoff doesn't work given nothing at
- % all -- the first parameter is undelimited.)
- \expandafter\splitoff\thearg\endmark
- \ifx\rest\empty
- % Only one token in the argument. It could still be anything.
- % A ``lowercase letter'' is one whose \lccode is nonzero.
- % An ``uppercase letter'' is one whose \lccode is both nonzero, and
- % not equal to itself.
- % Otherwise, we assume it's a number.
- %
- % We need the \relax at the end of the \ifnum lines to stop TeX from
- % continuing to look for a <number>.
- %
- \ifnum\lccode\expandafter`\thearg=0\relax
- \numericenumerate % a number (we hope)
- \else
- % It's a letter.
- \ifnum\lccode\expandafter`\thearg=\expandafter`\thearg\relax
- \lowercaseenumerate % lowercase letter
- \else
- \uppercaseenumerate % uppercase letter
- \fi
- \fi
- \else
- % Multiple tokens in the argument. We hope it's a number.
- \numericenumerate
- \fi
-}
-
-% An @enumerate whose labels are integers. The starting integer is
-% given in \thearg.
-%
-\def\numericenumerate{%
- \itemno = \thearg
- \startenumeration{\the\itemno}%
-}
-
-% The starting (lowercase) letter is in \thearg.
-\def\lowercaseenumerate{%
- \itemno = \expandafter`\thearg
- \startenumeration{%
- % Be sure we're not beyond the end of the alphabet.
- \ifnum\itemno=0
- \errmessage{No more lowercase letters in @enumerate; get a bigger
- alphabet}%
- \fi
- \char\lccode\itemno
- }%
-}
-
-% The starting (uppercase) letter is in \thearg.
-\def\uppercaseenumerate{%
- \itemno = \expandafter`\thearg
- \startenumeration{%
- % Be sure we're not beyond the end of the alphabet.
- \ifnum\itemno=0
- \errmessage{No more uppercase letters in @enumerate; get a bigger
- alphabet}
- \fi
- \char\uccode\itemno
- }%
-}
-
-% Call \doitemize, adding a period to the first argument and supplying the
-% common last two arguments. Also subtract one from the initial value in
-% \itemno, since @item increments \itemno.
-%
-\def\startenumeration#1{%
- \advance\itemno by -1
- \doitemize{#1.}\flushcr
-}
-
-% @alphaenumerate and @capsenumerate are abbreviations for giving an arg
-% to @enumerate.
-%
-\def\alphaenumerate{\enumerate{a}}
-\def\capsenumerate{\enumerate{A}}
-\def\Ealphaenumerate{\Eenumerate}
-\def\Ecapsenumerate{\Eenumerate}
-
-
-% @multitable macros
-% Amy Hendrickson, 8/18/94, 3/6/96
-%
-% @multitable ... @end multitable will make as many columns as desired.
-% Contents of each column will wrap at width given in preamble. Width
-% can be specified either with sample text given in a template line,
-% or in percent of \hsize, the current width of text on page.
-
-% Table can continue over pages but will only break between lines.
-
-% To make preamble:
-%
-% Either define widths of columns in terms of percent of \hsize:
-% @multitable @columnfractions .25 .3 .45
-% @item ...
-%
-% Numbers following @columnfractions are the percent of the total
-% current hsize to be used for each column. You may use as many
-% columns as desired.
-
-
-% Or use a template:
-% @multitable {Column 1 template} {Column 2 template} {Column 3 template}
-% @item ...
-% using the widest term desired in each column.
-
-% Each new table line starts with @item, each subsequent new column
-% starts with @tab. Empty columns may be produced by supplying @tab's
-% with nothing between them for as many times as empty columns are needed,
-% ie, @tab@tab@tab will produce two empty columns.
-
-% @item, @tab do not need to be on their own lines, but it will not hurt
-% if they are.
-
-% Sample multitable:
-
-% @multitable {Column 1 template} {Column 2 template} {Column 3 template}
-% @item first col stuff @tab second col stuff @tab third col
-% @item
-% first col stuff
-% @tab
-% second col stuff
-% @tab
-% third col
-% @item first col stuff @tab second col stuff
-% @tab Many paragraphs of text may be used in any column.
-%
-% They will wrap at the width determined by the template.
-% @item@tab@tab This will be in third column.
-% @end multitable
-
-% Default dimensions may be reset by user.
-% @multitableparskip is vertical space between paragraphs in table.
-% @multitableparindent is paragraph indent in table.
-% @multitablecolmargin is horizontal space to be left between columns.
-% @multitablelinespace is space to leave between table items, baseline
-% to baseline.
-% 0pt means it depends on current normal line spacing.
-%
-\newskip\multitableparskip
-\newskip\multitableparindent
-\newdimen\multitablecolspace
-\newskip\multitablelinespace
-\multitableparskip=0pt
-\multitableparindent=6pt
-\multitablecolspace=12pt
-\multitablelinespace=0pt
-
-% Macros used to set up halign preamble:
-%
-\let\endsetuptable\relax
-\def\xendsetuptable{\endsetuptable}
-\let\columnfractions\relax
-\def\xcolumnfractions{\columnfractions}
-\newif\ifsetpercent
-
-% #1 is the @columnfraction, usually a decimal number like .5, but might
-% be just 1. We just use it, whatever it is.
-%
-\def\pickupwholefraction#1 {%
- \global\advance\colcount by 1
- \expandafter\xdef\csname col\the\colcount\endcsname{#1\hsize}%
- \setuptable
-}
-
-\newcount\colcount
-\def\setuptable#1{%
- \def\firstarg{#1}%
- \ifx\firstarg\xendsetuptable
- \let\go = \relax
- \else
- \ifx\firstarg\xcolumnfractions
- \global\setpercenttrue
- \else
- \ifsetpercent
- \let\go\pickupwholefraction
- \else
- \global\advance\colcount by 1
- \setbox0=\hbox{#1\unskip\space}% Add a normal word space as a
- % separator; typically that is always in the input, anyway.
- \expandafter\xdef\csname col\the\colcount\endcsname{\the\wd0}%
- \fi
- \fi
- \ifx\go\pickupwholefraction
- % Put the argument back for the \pickupwholefraction call, so
- % we'll always have a period there to be parsed.
- \def\go{\pickupwholefraction#1}%
- \else
- \let\go = \setuptable
- \fi%
- \fi
- \go
-}
-
-% multitable-only commands.
-%
-% @headitem starts a heading row, which we typeset in bold.
-% Assignments have to be global since we are inside the implicit group
-% of an alignment entry. Note that \everycr resets \everytab.
-\def\headitem{\checkenv\multitable \crcr \global\everytab={\bf}\the\everytab}%
-%
-% A \tab used to include \hskip1sp. But then the space in a template
-% line is not enough. That is bad. So let's go back to just `&' until
-% we encounter the problem it was intended to solve again.
-% --karl, nathan@acm.org, 20apr99.
-\def\tab{\checkenv\multitable &\the\everytab}%
-
-% @multitable ... @end multitable definitions:
-%
-\newtoks\everytab % insert after every tab.
-%
-\envdef\multitable{%
- \vskip\parskip
- \startsavinginserts
- %
- % @item within a multitable starts a normal row.
- % We use \def instead of \let so that if one of the multitable entries
- % contains an @itemize, we don't choke on the \item (seen as \crcr aka
- % \endtemplate) expanding \doitemize.
- \def\item{\crcr}%
- %
- \tolerance=9500
- \hbadness=9500
- \setmultitablespacing
- \parskip=\multitableparskip
- \parindent=\multitableparindent
- \overfullrule=0pt
- \global\colcount=0
- %
- \everycr = {%
- \noalign{%
- \global\everytab={}%
- \global\colcount=0 % Reset the column counter.
- % Check for saved footnotes, etc.
- \checkinserts
- % Keeps underfull box messages off when table breaks over pages.
- %\filbreak
- % Maybe so, but it also creates really weird page breaks when the
- % table breaks over pages. Wouldn't \vfil be better? Wait until the
- % problem manifests itself, so it can be fixed for real --karl.
- }%
- }%
- %
- \parsearg\domultitable
-}
-\def\domultitable#1{%
- % To parse everything between @multitable and @item:
- \setuptable#1 \endsetuptable
- %
- % This preamble sets up a generic column definition, which will
- % be used as many times as user calls for columns.
- % \vtop will set a single line and will also let text wrap and
- % continue for many paragraphs if desired.
- \halign\bgroup &%
- \global\advance\colcount by 1
- \multistrut
- \vtop{%
- % Use the current \colcount to find the correct column width:
- \hsize=\expandafter\csname col\the\colcount\endcsname
- %
- % In order to keep entries from bumping into each other
- % we will add a \leftskip of \multitablecolspace to all columns after
- % the first one.
- %
- % If a template has been used, we will add \multitablecolspace
- % to the width of each template entry.
- %
- % If the user has set preamble in terms of percent of \hsize we will
- % use that dimension as the width of the column, and the \leftskip
- % will keep entries from bumping into each other. Table will start at
- % left margin and final column will justify at right margin.
- %
- % Make sure we don't inherit \rightskip from the outer environment.
- \rightskip=0pt
- \ifnum\colcount=1
- % The first column will be indented with the surrounding text.
- \advance\hsize by\leftskip
- \else
- \ifsetpercent \else
- % If user has not set preamble in terms of percent of \hsize
- % we will advance \hsize by \multitablecolspace.
- \advance\hsize by \multitablecolspace
- \fi
- % In either case we will make \leftskip=\multitablecolspace:
- \leftskip=\multitablecolspace
- \fi
- % Ignoring space at the beginning and end avoids an occasional spurious
- % blank line, when TeX decides to break the line at the space before the
- % box from the multistrut, so the strut ends up on a line by itself.
- % For example:
- % @multitable @columnfractions .11 .89
- % @item @code{#}
- % @tab Legal holiday which is valid in major parts of the whole country.
- % Is automatically provided with highlighting sequences respectively
- % marking characters.
- \noindent\ignorespaces##\unskip\multistrut
- }\cr
-}
-\def\Emultitable{%
- \crcr
- \egroup % end the \halign
- \global\setpercentfalse
-}
-
-\def\setmultitablespacing{%
- \def\multistrut{\strut}% just use the standard line spacing
- %
- % Compute \multitablelinespace (if not defined by user) for use in
- % \multitableparskip calculation. We used define \multistrut based on
- % this, but (ironically) that caused the spacing to be off.
- % See bug-texinfo report from Werner Lemberg, 31 Oct 2004 12:52:20 +0100.
-\ifdim\multitablelinespace=0pt
-\setbox0=\vbox{X}\global\multitablelinespace=\the\baselineskip
-\global\advance\multitablelinespace by-\ht0
-\fi
-%% Test to see if parskip is larger than space between lines of
-%% table. If not, do nothing.
-%% If so, set to same dimension as multitablelinespace.
-\ifdim\multitableparskip>\multitablelinespace
-\global\multitableparskip=\multitablelinespace
-\global\advance\multitableparskip-7pt %% to keep parskip somewhat smaller
- %% than skip between lines in the table.
-\fi%
-\ifdim\multitableparskip=0pt
-\global\multitableparskip=\multitablelinespace
-\global\advance\multitableparskip-7pt %% to keep parskip somewhat smaller
- %% than skip between lines in the table.
-\fi}
-
-
-\message{conditionals,}
-
-% @iftex, @ifnotdocbook, @ifnothtml, @ifnotinfo, @ifnotplaintext,
-% @ifnotxml always succeed. They currently do nothing; we don't
-% attempt to check whether the conditionals are properly nested. But we
-% have to remember that they are conditionals, so that @end doesn't
-% attempt to close an environment group.
-%
-\def\makecond#1{%
- \expandafter\let\csname #1\endcsname = \relax
- \expandafter\let\csname iscond.#1\endcsname = 1
-}
-\makecond{iftex}
-\makecond{ifnotdocbook}
-\makecond{ifnothtml}
-\makecond{ifnotinfo}
-\makecond{ifnotplaintext}
-\makecond{ifnotxml}
-
-% Ignore @ignore, @ifhtml, @ifinfo, and the like.
-%
-\def\direntry{\doignore{direntry}}
-\def\documentdescription{\doignore{documentdescription}}
-\def\docbook{\doignore{docbook}}
-\def\html{\doignore{html}}
-\def\ifdocbook{\doignore{ifdocbook}}
-\def\ifhtml{\doignore{ifhtml}}
-\def\ifinfo{\doignore{ifinfo}}
-\def\ifnottex{\doignore{ifnottex}}
-\def\ifplaintext{\doignore{ifplaintext}}
-\def\ifxml{\doignore{ifxml}}
-\def\ignore{\doignore{ignore}}
-\def\menu{\doignore{menu}}
-\def\xml{\doignore{xml}}
-
-% Ignore text until a line `@end #1', keeping track of nested conditionals.
-%
-% A count to remember the depth of nesting.
-\newcount\doignorecount
-
-\def\doignore#1{\begingroup
- % Scan in ``verbatim'' mode:
- \catcode`\@ = \other
- \catcode`\{ = \other
- \catcode`\} = \other
- %
- % Make sure that spaces turn into tokens that match what \doignoretext wants.
- \spaceisspace
- %
- % Count number of #1's that we've seen.
- \doignorecount = 0
- %
- % Swallow text until we reach the matching `@end #1'.
- \dodoignore{#1}%
-}
-
-{ \catcode`_=11 % We want to use \_STOP_ which cannot appear in texinfo source.
- \obeylines %
- %
- \gdef\dodoignore#1{%
- % #1 contains the command name as a string, e.g., `ifinfo'.
- %
- % Define a command to find the next `@end #1', which must be on a line
- % by itself.
- \long\def\doignoretext##1^^M@end #1{\doignoretextyyy##1^^M@#1\_STOP_}%
- % And this command to find another #1 command, at the beginning of a
- % line. (Otherwise, we would consider a line `@c @ifset', for
- % example, to count as an @ifset for nesting.)
- \long\def\doignoretextyyy##1^^M@#1##2\_STOP_{\doignoreyyy{##2}\_STOP_}%
- %
- % And now expand that command.
- \obeylines %
- \doignoretext ^^M%
- }%
-}
-
-\def\doignoreyyy#1{%
- \def\temp{#1}%
- \ifx\temp\empty % Nothing found.
- \let\next\doignoretextzzz
- \else % Found a nested condition, ...
- \advance\doignorecount by 1
- \let\next\doignoretextyyy % ..., look for another.
- % If we're here, #1 ends with ^^M\ifinfo (for example).
- \fi
- \next #1% the token \_STOP_ is present just after this macro.
-}
-
-% We have to swallow the remaining "\_STOP_".
-%
-\def\doignoretextzzz#1{%
- \ifnum\doignorecount = 0 % We have just found the outermost @end.
- \let\next\enddoignore
- \else % Still inside a nested condition.
- \advance\doignorecount by -1
- \let\next\doignoretext % Look for the next @end.
- \fi
- \next
-}
-
-% Finish off ignored text.
-\def\enddoignore{\endgroup\ignorespaces}
-
-
-% @set VAR sets the variable VAR to an empty value.
-% @set VAR REST-OF-LINE sets VAR to the value REST-OF-LINE.
-%
-% Since we want to separate VAR from REST-OF-LINE (which might be
-% empty), we can't just use \parsearg; we have to insert a space of our
-% own to delimit the rest of the line, and then take it out again if we
-% didn't need it.
-% We rely on the fact that \parsearg sets \catcode`\ =10.
-%
-\parseargdef\set{\setyyy#1 \endsetyyy}
-\def\setyyy#1 #2\endsetyyy{%
- {%
- \makevalueexpandable
- \def\temp{#2}%
- \edef\next{\gdef\makecsname{SET#1}}%
- \ifx\temp\empty
- \next{}%
- \else
- \setzzz#2\endsetzzz
- \fi
- }%
-}
-% Remove the trailing space \setxxx inserted.
-\def\setzzz#1 \endsetzzz{\next{#1}}
-
-% @clear VAR clears (i.e., unsets) the variable VAR.
-%
-\parseargdef\clear{%
- {%
- \makevalueexpandable
- \global\expandafter\let\csname SET#1\endcsname=\relax
- }%
-}
-
-% @value{foo} gets the text saved in variable foo.
-\def\value{\begingroup\makevalueexpandable\valuexxx}
-\def\valuexxx#1{\expandablevalue{#1}\endgroup}
-{
- \catcode`\- = \active \catcode`\_ = \active
- %
- \gdef\makevalueexpandable{%
- \let\value = \expandablevalue
- % We don't want these characters active, ...
- \catcode`\-=\other \catcode`\_=\other
- % ..., but we might end up with active ones in the argument if
- % we're called from @code, as @code{@value{foo-bar_}}, though.
- % So \let them to their normal equivalents.
- \let-\realdash \let_\normalunderscore
- }
-}
-
-% We have this subroutine so that we can handle at least some @value's
-% properly in indexes (we call \makevalueexpandable in \indexdummies).
-% The command has to be fully expandable (if the variable is set), since
-% the result winds up in the index file. This means that if the
-% variable's value contains other Texinfo commands, it's almost certain
-% it will fail (although perhaps we could fix that with sufficient work
-% to do a one-level expansion on the result, instead of complete).
-%
-\def\expandablevalue#1{%
- \expandafter\ifx\csname SET#1\endcsname\relax
- {[No value for ``#1'']}%
- \message{Variable `#1', used in @value, is not set.}%
- \else
- \csname SET#1\endcsname
- \fi
-}
-
-% @ifset VAR ... @end ifset reads the `...' iff VAR has been defined
-% with @set.
-%
-% To get special treatment of `@end ifset,' call \makeond and the redefine.
-%
-\makecond{ifset}
-\def\ifset{\parsearg{\doifset{\let\next=\ifsetfail}}}
-\def\doifset#1#2{%
- {%
- \makevalueexpandable
- \let\next=\empty
- \expandafter\ifx\csname SET#2\endcsname\relax
- #1% If not set, redefine \next.
- \fi
- \expandafter
- }\next
-}
-\def\ifsetfail{\doignore{ifset}}
-
-% @ifclear VAR ... @end ifclear reads the `...' iff VAR has never been
-% defined with @set, or has been undefined with @clear.
-%
-% The `\else' inside the `\doifset' parameter is a trick to reuse the
-% above code: if the variable is not set, do nothing, if it is set,
-% then redefine \next to \ifclearfail.
-%
-\makecond{ifclear}
-\def\ifclear{\parsearg{\doifset{\else \let\next=\ifclearfail}}}
-\def\ifclearfail{\doignore{ifclear}}
-
-% @dircategory CATEGORY -- specify a category of the dir file
-% which this file should belong to. Ignore this in TeX.
-\let\dircategory=\comment
-
-% @defininfoenclose.
-\let\definfoenclose=\comment
-
-
-\message{indexing,}
-% Index generation facilities
-
-% Define \newwrite to be identical to plain tex's \newwrite
-% except not \outer, so it can be used within macros and \if's.
-\edef\newwrite{\makecsname{ptexnewwrite}}
-
-% \newindex {foo} defines an index named foo.
-% It automatically defines \fooindex such that
-% \fooindex ...rest of line... puts an entry in the index foo.
-% It also defines \fooindfile to be the number of the output channel for
-% the file that accumulates this index. The file's extension is foo.
-% The name of an index should be no more than 2 characters long
-% for the sake of vms.
-%
-\def\newindex#1{%
- \iflinks
- \expandafter\newwrite \csname#1indfile\endcsname
- \openout \csname#1indfile\endcsname \jobname.#1 % Open the file
- \fi
- \expandafter\xdef\csname#1index\endcsname{% % Define @#1index
- \noexpand\doindex{#1}}
-}
-
-% @defindex foo == \newindex{foo}
-%
-\def\defindex{\parsearg\newindex}
-
-% Define @defcodeindex, like @defindex except put all entries in @code.
-%
-\def\defcodeindex{\parsearg\newcodeindex}
-%
-\def\newcodeindex#1{%
- \iflinks
- \expandafter\newwrite \csname#1indfile\endcsname
- \openout \csname#1indfile\endcsname \jobname.#1
- \fi
- \expandafter\xdef\csname#1index\endcsname{%
- \noexpand\docodeindex{#1}}%
-}
-
-
-% @synindex foo bar makes index foo feed into index bar.
-% Do this instead of @defindex foo if you don't want it as a separate index.
-%
-% @syncodeindex foo bar similar, but put all entries made for index foo
-% inside @code.
-%
-\def\synindex#1 #2 {\dosynindex\doindex{#1}{#2}}
-\def\syncodeindex#1 #2 {\dosynindex\docodeindex{#1}{#2}}
-
-% #1 is \doindex or \docodeindex, #2 the index getting redefined (foo),
-% #3 the target index (bar).
-\def\dosynindex#1#2#3{%
- % Only do \closeout if we haven't already done it, else we'll end up
- % closing the target index.
- \expandafter \ifx\csname donesynindex#2\endcsname \undefined
- % The \closeout helps reduce unnecessary open files; the limit on the
- % Acorn RISC OS is a mere 16 files.
- \expandafter\closeout\csname#2indfile\endcsname
- \expandafter\let\csname\donesynindex#2\endcsname = 1
- \fi
- % redefine \fooindfile:
- \expandafter\let\expandafter\temp\expandafter=\csname#3indfile\endcsname
- \expandafter\let\csname#2indfile\endcsname=\temp
- % redefine \fooindex:
- \expandafter\xdef\csname#2index\endcsname{\noexpand#1{#3}}%
-}
-
-% Define \doindex, the driver for all \fooindex macros.
-% Argument #1 is generated by the calling \fooindex macro,
-% and it is "foo", the name of the index.
-
-% \doindex just uses \parsearg; it calls \doind for the actual work.
-% This is because \doind is more useful to call from other macros.
-
-% There is also \dosubind {index}{topic}{subtopic}
-% which makes an entry in a two-level index such as the operation index.
-
-\def\doindex#1{\edef\indexname{#1}\parsearg\singleindexer}
-\def\singleindexer #1{\doind{\indexname}{#1}}
-
-% like the previous two, but they put @code around the argument.
-\def\docodeindex#1{\edef\indexname{#1}\parsearg\singlecodeindexer}
-\def\singlecodeindexer #1{\doind{\indexname}{\code{#1}}}
-
-% Take care of Texinfo commands that can appear in an index entry.
-% Since there are some commands we want to expand, and others we don't,
-% we have to laboriously prevent expansion for those that we don't.
-%
-\def\indexdummies{%
- \escapechar = `\\ % use backslash in output files.
- \def\@{@}% change to @@ when we switch to @ as escape char in index files.
- \def\ {\realbackslash\space }%
- % Need these in case \tex is in effect and \{ is a \delimiter again.
- % But can't use \lbracecmd and \rbracecmd because texindex assumes
- % braces and backslashes are used only as delimiters.
- \let\{ = \mylbrace
- \let\} = \myrbrace
- %
- % Do the redefinitions.
- \commondummies
-}
-
-% For the aux and toc files, @ is the escape character. So we want to
-% redefine everything using @ as the escape character (instead of
-% \realbackslash, still used for index files). When everything uses @,
-% this will be simpler.
-%
-\def\atdummies{%
- \def\@{@@}%
- \def\ {@ }%
- \let\{ = \lbraceatcmd
- \let\} = \rbraceatcmd
- %
- % Do the redefinitions.
- \commondummies
-}
-
-% Called from \indexdummies and \atdummies.
-%
-\def\commondummies{%
- %
- % \definedummyword defines \#1 as \string\#1\space, thus effectively
- % preventing its expansion. This is used only for control% words,
- % not control letters, because the \space would be incorrect for
- % control characters, but is needed to separate the control word
- % from whatever follows.
- %
- % For control letters, we have \definedummyletter, which omits the
- % space.
- %
- % These can be used both for control words that take an argument and
- % those that do not. If it is followed by {arg} in the input, then
- % that will dutifully get written to the index (or wherever).
- %
- \def\definedummyword ##1{\def##1{\string##1\space}}%
- \def\definedummyletter##1{\def##1{\string##1}}%
- \let\definedummyaccent\definedummyletter
- %
- \commondummiesnofonts
- %
- \definedummyletter\_%
- %
- % Non-English letters.
- \definedummyword\AA
- \definedummyword\AE
- \definedummyword\L
- \definedummyword\OE
- \definedummyword\O
- \definedummyword\aa
- \definedummyword\ae
- \definedummyword\l
- \definedummyword\oe
- \definedummyword\o
- \definedummyword\ss
- \definedummyword\exclamdown
- \definedummyword\questiondown
- \definedummyword\ordf
- \definedummyword\ordm
- %
- % Although these internal commands shouldn't show up, sometimes they do.
- \definedummyword\bf
- \definedummyword\gtr
- \definedummyword\hat
- \definedummyword\less
- \definedummyword\sf
- \definedummyword\sl
- \definedummyword\tclose
- \definedummyword\tt
- %
- \definedummyword\LaTeX
- \definedummyword\TeX
- %
- % Assorted special characters.
- \definedummyword\bullet
- \definedummyword\comma
- \definedummyword\copyright
- \definedummyword\registeredsymbol
- \definedummyword\dots
- \definedummyword\enddots
- \definedummyword\equiv
- \definedummyword\error
- \definedummyword\euro
- \definedummyword\expansion
- \definedummyword\minus
- \definedummyword\pounds
- \definedummyword\point
- \definedummyword\print
- \definedummyword\result
- %
- % We want to disable all macros so that they are not expanded by \write.
- \macrolist
- %
- \normalturnoffactive
- %
- % Handle some cases of @value -- where it does not contain any
- % (non-fully-expandable) commands.
- \makevalueexpandable
-}
-
-% \commondummiesnofonts: common to \commondummies and \indexnofonts.
-%
-% Better have this without active chars.
-{
- \catcode`\~=\other
- \gdef\commondummiesnofonts{%
- % Control letters and accents.
- \definedummyletter\!%
- \definedummyaccent\"%
- \definedummyaccent\'%
- \definedummyletter\*%
- \definedummyaccent\,%
- \definedummyletter\.%
- \definedummyletter\/%
- \definedummyletter\:%
- \definedummyaccent\=%
- \definedummyletter\?%
- \definedummyaccent\^%
- \definedummyaccent\`%
- \definedummyaccent\~%
- \definedummyword\u
- \definedummyword\v
- \definedummyword\H
- \definedummyword\dotaccent
- \definedummyword\ringaccent
- \definedummyword\tieaccent
- \definedummyword\ubaraccent
- \definedummyword\udotaccent
- \definedummyword\dotless
- %
- % Texinfo font commands.
- \definedummyword\b
- \definedummyword\i
- \definedummyword\r
- \definedummyword\sc
- \definedummyword\t
- %
- % Commands that take arguments.
- \definedummyword\acronym
- \definedummyword\cite
- \definedummyword\code
- \definedummyword\command
- \definedummyword\dfn
- \definedummyword\emph
- \definedummyword\env
- \definedummyword\file
- \definedummyword\kbd
- \definedummyword\key
- \definedummyword\math
- \definedummyword\option
- \definedummyword\samp
- \definedummyword\strong
- \definedummyword\tie
- \definedummyword\uref
- \definedummyword\url
- \definedummyword\var
- \definedummyword\verb
- \definedummyword\w
- }
-}
-
-% \indexnofonts is used when outputting the strings to sort the index
-% by, and when constructing control sequence names. It eliminates all
-% control sequences and just writes whatever the best ASCII sort string
-% would be for a given command (usually its argument).
-%
-\def\indexnofonts{%
- % Accent commands should become @asis.
- \def\definedummyaccent##1{\let##1\asis}%
- % We can just ignore other control letters.
- \def\definedummyletter##1{\let##1\empty}%
- % Hopefully, all control words can become @asis.
- \let\definedummyword\definedummyaccent
- %
- \commondummiesnofonts
- %
- % Don't no-op \tt, since it isn't a user-level command
- % and is used in the definitions of the active chars like <, >, |, etc.
- % Likewise with the other plain tex font commands.
- %\let\tt=\asis
- %
- \def\ { }%
- \def\@{@}%
- % how to handle braces?
- \def\_{\normalunderscore}%
- %
- % Non-English letters.
- \def\AA{AA}%
- \def\AE{AE}%
- \def\L{L}%
- \def\OE{OE}%
- \def\O{O}%
- \def\aa{aa}%
- \def\ae{ae}%
- \def\l{l}%
- \def\oe{oe}%
- \def\o{o}%
- \def\ss{ss}%
- \def\exclamdown{!}%
- \def\questiondown{?}%
- \def\ordf{a}%
- \def\ordm{o}%
- %
- \def\LaTeX{LaTeX}%
- \def\TeX{TeX}%
- %
- % Assorted special characters.
- % (The following {} will end up in the sort string, but that's ok.)
- \def\bullet{bullet}%
- \def\comma{,}%
- \def\copyright{copyright}%
- \def\registeredsymbol{R}%
- \def\dots{...}%
- \def\enddots{...}%
- \def\equiv{==}%
- \def\error{error}%
- \def\euro{euro}%
- \def\expansion{==>}%
- \def\minus{-}%
- \def\pounds{pounds}%
- \def\point{.}%
- \def\print{-|}%
- \def\result{=>}%
- %
- % We need to get rid of all macros, leaving only the arguments (if present).
- % Of course this is not nearly correct, but it is the best we can do for now.
- % makeinfo does not expand macros in the argument to @deffn, which ends up
- % writing an index entry, and texindex isn't prepared for an index sort entry
- % that starts with \.
- %
- % Since macro invocations are followed by braces, we can just redefine them
- % to take a single TeX argument. The case of a macro invocation that
- % goes to end-of-line is not handled.
- %
- \macrolist
-}
-
-\let\indexbackslash=0 %overridden during \printindex.
-\let\SETmarginindex=\relax % put index entries in margin (undocumented)?
-
-% Most index entries go through here, but \dosubind is the general case.
-% #1 is the index name, #2 is the entry text.
-\def\doind#1#2{\dosubind{#1}{#2}{}}
-
-% Workhorse for all \fooindexes.
-% #1 is name of index, #2 is stuff to put there, #3 is subentry --
-% empty if called from \doind, as we usually are (the main exception
-% is with most defuns, which call us directly).
-%
-\def\dosubind#1#2#3{%
- \iflinks
- {%
- % Store the main index entry text (including the third arg).
- \toks0 = {#2}%
- % If third arg is present, precede it with a space.
- \def\thirdarg{#3}%
- \ifx\thirdarg\empty \else
- \toks0 = \expandafter{\the\toks0 \space #3}%
- \fi
- %
- \edef\writeto{\csname#1indfile\endcsname}%
- %
- \ifvmode
- \dosubindsanitize
- \else
- \dosubindwrite
- \fi
- }%
- \fi
-}
-
-% Write the entry in \toks0 to the index file:
-%
-\def\dosubindwrite{%
- % Put the index entry in the margin if desired.
- \ifx\SETmarginindex\relax\else
- \insert\margin{\hbox{\vrule height8pt depth3pt width0pt \the\toks0}}%
- \fi
- %
- % Remember, we are within a group.
- \indexdummies % Must do this here, since \bf, etc expand at this stage
- \def\backslashcurfont{\indexbackslash}% \indexbackslash isn't defined now
- % so it will be output as is; and it will print as backslash.
- %
- % Process the index entry with all font commands turned off, to
- % get the string to sort by.
- {\indexnofonts
- \edef\temp{\the\toks0}% need full expansion
- \xdef\indexsorttmp{\temp}%
- }%
- %
- % Set up the complete index entry, with both the sort key and
- % the original text, including any font commands. We write
- % three arguments to \entry to the .?? file (four in the
- % subentry case), texindex reduces to two when writing the .??s
- % sorted result.
- \edef\temp{%
- \write\writeto{%
- \string\entry{\indexsorttmp}{\noexpand\folio}{\the\toks0}}%
- }%
- \temp
-}
-
-% Take care of unwanted page breaks:
-%
-% If a skip is the last thing on the list now, preserve it
-% by backing up by \lastskip, doing the \write, then inserting
-% the skip again. Otherwise, the whatsit generated by the
-% \write will make \lastskip zero. The result is that sequences
-% like this:
-% @end defun
-% @tindex whatever
-% @defun ...
-% will have extra space inserted, because the \medbreak in the
-% start of the @defun won't see the skip inserted by the @end of
-% the previous defun.
-%
-% But don't do any of this if we're not in vertical mode. We
-% don't want to do a \vskip and prematurely end a paragraph.
-%
-% Avoid page breaks due to these extra skips, too.
-%
-% But wait, there is a catch there:
-% We'll have to check whether \lastskip is zero skip. \ifdim is not
-% sufficient for this purpose, as it ignores stretch and shrink parts
-% of the skip. The only way seems to be to check the textual
-% representation of the skip.
-%
-% The following is almost like \def\zeroskipmacro{0.0pt} except that
-% the ``p'' and ``t'' characters have catcode \other, not 11 (letter).
-%
-\edef\zeroskipmacro{\expandafter\the\csname z@skip\endcsname}
-%
-% ..., ready, GO:
-%
-\def\dosubindsanitize{%
- % \lastskip and \lastpenalty cannot both be nonzero simultaneously.
- \skip0 = \lastskip
- \edef\lastskipmacro{\the\lastskip}%
- \count255 = \lastpenalty
- %
- % If \lastskip is nonzero, that means the last item was a
- % skip. And since a skip is discardable, that means this
- % -\skip0 glue we're inserting is preceded by a
- % non-discardable item, therefore it is not a potential
- % breakpoint, therefore no \nobreak needed.
- \ifx\lastskipmacro\zeroskipmacro
- \else
- \vskip-\skip0
- \fi
- %
- \dosubindwrite
- %
- \ifx\lastskipmacro\zeroskipmacro
- % If \lastskip was zero, perhaps the last item was a penalty, and
- % perhaps it was >=10000, e.g., a \nobreak. In that case, we want
- % to re-insert the same penalty (values >10000 are used for various
- % signals); since we just inserted a non-discardable item, any
- % following glue (such as a \parskip) would be a breakpoint. For example:
- %
- % @deffn deffn-whatever
- % @vindex index-whatever
- % Description.
- % would allow a break between the index-whatever whatsit
- % and the "Description." paragraph.
- \ifnum\count255>9999 \penalty\count255 \fi
- \else
- % On the other hand, if we had a nonzero \lastskip,
- % this make-up glue would be preceded by a non-discardable item
- % (the whatsit from the \write), so we must insert a \nobreak.
- \nobreak\vskip\skip0
- \fi
-}
-
-% The index entry written in the file actually looks like
-% \entry {sortstring}{page}{topic}
-% or
-% \entry {sortstring}{page}{topic}{subtopic}
-% The texindex program reads in these files and writes files
-% containing these kinds of lines:
-% \initial {c}
-% before the first topic whose initial is c
-% \entry {topic}{pagelist}
-% for a topic that is used without subtopics
-% \primary {topic}
-% for the beginning of a topic that is used with subtopics
-% \secondary {subtopic}{pagelist}
-% for each subtopic.
-
-% Define the user-accessible indexing commands
-% @findex, @vindex, @kindex, @cindex.
-
-\def\findex {\fnindex}
-\def\kindex {\kyindex}
-\def\cindex {\cpindex}
-\def\vindex {\vrindex}
-\def\tindex {\tpindex}
-\def\pindex {\pgindex}
-
-\def\cindexsub {\begingroup\obeylines\cindexsub}
-{\obeylines %
-\gdef\cindexsub "#1" #2^^M{\endgroup %
-\dosubind{cp}{#2}{#1}}}
-
-% Define the macros used in formatting output of the sorted index material.
-
-% @printindex causes a particular index (the ??s file) to get printed.
-% It does not print any chapter heading (usually an @unnumbered).
-%
-\parseargdef\printindex{\begingroup
- \dobreak \chapheadingskip{10000}%
- %
- \smallfonts \rm
- \tolerance = 9500
- \everypar = {}% don't want the \kern\-parindent from indentation suppression.
- %
- % See if the index file exists and is nonempty.
- % Change catcode of @ here so that if the index file contains
- % \initial {@}
- % as its first line, TeX doesn't complain about mismatched braces
- % (because it thinks @} is a control sequence).
- \catcode`\@ = 11
- \openin 1 \jobname.#1s
- \ifeof 1
- % \enddoublecolumns gets confused if there is no text in the index,
- % and it loses the chapter title and the aux file entries for the
- % index. The easiest way to prevent this problem is to make sure
- % there is some text.
- \putwordIndexNonexistent
- \else
- %
- % If the index file exists but is empty, then \openin leaves \ifeof
- % false. We have to make TeX try to read something from the file, so
- % it can discover if there is anything in it.
- \read 1 to \temp
- \ifeof 1
- \putwordIndexIsEmpty
- \else
- % Index files are almost Texinfo source, but we use \ as the escape
- % character. It would be better to use @, but that's too big a change
- % to make right now.
- \def\indexbackslash{\backslashcurfont}%
- \catcode`\\ = 0
- \escapechar = `\\
- \begindoublecolumns
- \input \jobname.#1s
- \enddoublecolumns
- \fi
- \fi
- \closein 1
-\endgroup}
-
-% These macros are used by the sorted index file itself.
-% Change them to control the appearance of the index.
-
-\def\initial#1{{%
- % Some minor font changes for the special characters.
- \let\tentt=\sectt \let\tt=\sectt \let\sf=\sectt
- %
- % Remove any glue we may have, we'll be inserting our own.
- \removelastskip
- %
- % We like breaks before the index initials, so insert a bonus.
- \nobreak
- \vskip 0pt plus 3\baselineskip
- \penalty 0
- \vskip 0pt plus -3\baselineskip
- %
- % Typeset the initial. Making this add up to a whole number of
- % baselineskips increases the chance of the dots lining up from column
- % to column. It still won't often be perfect, because of the stretch
- % we need before each entry, but it's better.
- %
- % No shrink because it confuses \balancecolumns.
- \vskip 1.67\baselineskip plus .5\baselineskip
- \leftline{\secbf #1}%
- % Do our best not to break after the initial.
- \nobreak
- \vskip .33\baselineskip plus .1\baselineskip
-}}
-
-% \entry typesets a paragraph consisting of the text (#1), dot leaders, and
-% then page number (#2) flushed to the right margin. It is used for index
-% and table of contents entries. The paragraph is indented by \leftskip.
-%
-% A straightforward implementation would start like this:
-% \def\entry#1#2{...
-% But this frozes the catcodes in the argument, and can cause problems to
-% @code, which sets - active. This problem was fixed by a kludge---
-% ``-'' was active throughout whole index, but this isn't really right.
-%
-% The right solution is to prevent \entry from swallowing the whole text.
-% --kasal, 21nov03
-\def\entry{%
- \begingroup
- %
- % Start a new paragraph if necessary, so our assignments below can't
- % affect previous text.
- \par
- %
- % Do not fill out the last line with white space.
- \parfillskip = 0in
- %
- % No extra space above this paragraph.
- \parskip = 0in
- %
- % Do not prefer a separate line ending with a hyphen to fewer lines.
- \finalhyphendemerits = 0
- %
- % \hangindent is only relevant when the entry text and page number
- % don't both fit on one line. In that case, bob suggests starting the
- % dots pretty far over on the line. Unfortunately, a large
- % indentation looks wrong when the entry text itself is broken across
- % lines. So we use a small indentation and put up with long leaders.
- %
- % \hangafter is reset to 1 (which is the value we want) at the start
- % of each paragraph, so we need not do anything with that.
- \hangindent = 2em
- %
- % When the entry text needs to be broken, just fill out the first line
- % with blank space.
- \rightskip = 0pt plus1fil
- %
- % A bit of stretch before each entry for the benefit of balancing
- % columns.
- \vskip 0pt plus1pt
- %
- % Swallow the left brace of the text (first parameter):
- \afterassignment\doentry
- \let\temp =
-}
-\def\doentry{%
- \bgroup % Instead of the swallowed brace.
- \noindent
- \aftergroup\finishentry
- % And now comes the text of the entry.
-}
-\def\finishentry#1{%
- % #1 is the page number.
- %
- % The following is kludged to not output a line of dots in the index if
- % there are no page numbers. The next person who breaks this will be
- % cursed by a Unix daemon.
- \def\tempa{{\rm }}%
- \def\tempb{#1}%
- \edef\tempc{\tempa}%
- \edef\tempd{\tempb}%
- \ifx\tempc\tempd
- \ %
- \else
- %
- % If we must, put the page number on a line of its own, and fill out
- % this line with blank space. (The \hfil is overwhelmed with the
- % fill leaders glue in \indexdotfill if the page number does fit.)
- \hfil\penalty50
- \null\nobreak\indexdotfill % Have leaders before the page number.
- %
- % The `\ ' here is removed by the implicit \unskip that TeX does as
- % part of (the primitive) \par. Without it, a spurious underfull
- % \hbox ensues.
- \ifpdf
- \pdfgettoks#1.%
- \ \the\toksA
- \else
- \ #1%
- \fi
- \fi
- \par
- \endgroup
-}
-
-% Like \dotfill except takes at least 1 em.
-\def\indexdotfill{\cleaders
- \hbox{$\mathsurround=0pt \mkern1.5mu ${\it .}$ \mkern1.5mu$}\hskip 1em plus 1fill}
-
-\def\primary #1{\line{#1\hfil}}
-
-\newskip\secondaryindent \secondaryindent=0.5cm
-\def\secondary#1#2{{%
- \parfillskip=0in
- \parskip=0in
- \hangindent=1in
- \hangafter=1
- \noindent\hskip\secondaryindent\hbox{#1}\indexdotfill
- \ifpdf
- \pdfgettoks#2.\ \the\toksA % The page number ends the paragraph.
- \else
- #2
- \fi
- \par
-}}
-
-% Define two-column mode, which we use to typeset indexes.
-% Adapted from the TeXbook, page 416, which is to say,
-% the manmac.tex format used to print the TeXbook itself.
-\catcode`\@=11
-
-\newbox\partialpage
-\newdimen\doublecolumnhsize
-
-\def\begindoublecolumns{\begingroup % ended by \enddoublecolumns
- % Grab any single-column material above us.
- \output = {%
- %
- % Here is a possibility not foreseen in manmac: if we accumulate a
- % whole lot of material, we might end up calling this \output
- % routine twice in a row (see the doublecol-lose test, which is
- % essentially a couple of indexes with @setchapternewpage off). In
- % that case we just ship out what is in \partialpage with the normal
- % output routine. Generally, \partialpage will be empty when this
- % runs and this will be a no-op. See the indexspread.tex test case.
- \ifvoid\partialpage \else
- \onepageout{\pagecontents\partialpage}%
- \fi
- %
- \global\setbox\partialpage = \vbox{%
- % Unvbox the main output page.
- \unvbox\PAGE
- \kern-\topskip \kern\baselineskip
- }%
- }%
- \eject % run that output routine to set \partialpage
- %
- % Use the double-column output routine for subsequent pages.
- \output = {\doublecolumnout}%
- %
- % Change the page size parameters. We could do this once outside this
- % routine, in each of @smallbook, @afourpaper, and the default 8.5x11
- % format, but then we repeat the same computation. Repeating a couple
- % of assignments once per index is clearly meaningless for the
- % execution time, so we may as well do it in one place.
- %
- % First we halve the line length, less a little for the gutter between
- % the columns. We compute the gutter based on the line length, so it
- % changes automatically with the paper format. The magic constant
- % below is chosen so that the gutter has the same value (well, +-<1pt)
- % as it did when we hard-coded it.
- %
- % We put the result in a separate register, \doublecolumhsize, so we
- % can restore it in \pagesofar, after \hsize itself has (potentially)
- % been clobbered.
- %
- \doublecolumnhsize = \hsize
- \advance\doublecolumnhsize by -.04154\hsize
- \divide\doublecolumnhsize by 2
- \hsize = \doublecolumnhsize
- %
- % Double the \vsize as well. (We don't need a separate register here,
- % since nobody clobbers \vsize.)
- \vsize = 2\vsize
-}
-
-% The double-column output routine for all double-column pages except
-% the last.
-%
-\def\doublecolumnout{%
- \splittopskip=\topskip \splitmaxdepth=\maxdepth
- % Get the available space for the double columns -- the normal
- % (undoubled) page height minus any material left over from the
- % previous page.
- \dimen@ = \vsize
- \divide\dimen@ by 2
- \advance\dimen@ by -\ht\partialpage
- %
- % box0 will be the left-hand column, box2 the right.
- \setbox0=\vsplit255 to\dimen@ \setbox2=\vsplit255 to\dimen@
- \onepageout\pagesofar
- \unvbox255
- \penalty\outputpenalty
-}
-%
-% Re-output the contents of the output page -- any previous material,
-% followed by the two boxes we just split, in box0 and box2.
-\def\pagesofar{%
- \unvbox\partialpage
- %
- \hsize = \doublecolumnhsize
- \wd0=\hsize \wd2=\hsize
- \hbox to\pagewidth{\box0\hfil\box2}%
-}
-%
-% All done with double columns.
-\def\enddoublecolumns{%
- \output = {%
- % Split the last of the double-column material. Leave it on the
- % current page, no automatic page break.
- \balancecolumns
- %
- % If we end up splitting too much material for the current page,
- % though, there will be another page break right after this \output
- % invocation ends. Having called \balancecolumns once, we do not
- % want to call it again. Therefore, reset \output to its normal
- % definition right away. (We hope \balancecolumns will never be
- % called on to balance too much material, but if it is, this makes
- % the output somewhat more palatable.)
- \global\output = {\onepageout{\pagecontents\PAGE}}%
- }%
- \eject
- \endgroup % started in \begindoublecolumns
- %
- % \pagegoal was set to the doubled \vsize above, since we restarted
- % the current page. We're now back to normal single-column
- % typesetting, so reset \pagegoal to the normal \vsize (after the
- % \endgroup where \vsize got restored).
- \pagegoal = \vsize
-}
-%
-% Called at the end of the double column material.
-\def\balancecolumns{%
- \setbox0 = \vbox{\unvbox255}% like \box255 but more efficient, see p.120.
- \dimen@ = \ht0
- \advance\dimen@ by \topskip
- \advance\dimen@ by-\baselineskip
- \divide\dimen@ by 2 % target to split to
- %debug\message{final 2-column material height=\the\ht0, target=\the\dimen@.}%
- \splittopskip = \topskip
- % Loop until we get a decent breakpoint.
- {%
- \vbadness = 10000
- \loop
- \global\setbox3 = \copy0
- \global\setbox1 = \vsplit3 to \dimen@
- \ifdim\ht3>\dimen@
- \global\advance\dimen@ by 1pt
- \repeat
- }%
- %debug\message{split to \the\dimen@, column heights: \the\ht1, \the\ht3.}%
- \setbox0=\vbox to\dimen@{\unvbox1}%
- \setbox2=\vbox to\dimen@{\unvbox3}%
- %
- \pagesofar
-}
-\catcode`\@ = \other
-
-
-\message{sectioning,}
-% Chapters, sections, etc.
-
-% \unnumberedno is an oxymoron, of course. But we count the unnumbered
-% sections so that we can refer to them unambiguously in the pdf
-% outlines by their "section number". We avoid collisions with chapter
-% numbers by starting them at 10000. (If a document ever has 10000
-% chapters, we're in trouble anyway, I'm sure.)
-\newcount\unnumberedno \unnumberedno = 10000
-\newcount\chapno
-\newcount\secno \secno=0
-\newcount\subsecno \subsecno=0
-\newcount\subsubsecno \subsubsecno=0
-
-% This counter is funny since it counts through charcodes of letters A, B, ...
-\newcount\appendixno \appendixno = `\@
-%
-% \def\appendixletter{\char\the\appendixno}
-% We do the following ugly conditional instead of the above simple
-% construct for the sake of pdftex, which needs the actual
-% letter in the expansion, not just typeset.
-%
-\def\appendixletter{%
- \ifnum\appendixno=`A A%
- \else\ifnum\appendixno=`B B%
- \else\ifnum\appendixno=`C C%
- \else\ifnum\appendixno=`D D%
- \else\ifnum\appendixno=`E E%
- \else\ifnum\appendixno=`F F%
- \else\ifnum\appendixno=`G G%
- \else\ifnum\appendixno=`H H%
- \else\ifnum\appendixno=`I I%
- \else\ifnum\appendixno=`J J%
- \else\ifnum\appendixno=`K K%
- \else\ifnum\appendixno=`L L%
- \else\ifnum\appendixno=`M M%
- \else\ifnum\appendixno=`N N%
- \else\ifnum\appendixno=`O O%
- \else\ifnum\appendixno=`P P%
- \else\ifnum\appendixno=`Q Q%
- \else\ifnum\appendixno=`R R%
- \else\ifnum\appendixno=`S S%
- \else\ifnum\appendixno=`T T%
- \else\ifnum\appendixno=`U U%
- \else\ifnum\appendixno=`V V%
- \else\ifnum\appendixno=`W W%
- \else\ifnum\appendixno=`X X%
- \else\ifnum\appendixno=`Y Y%
- \else\ifnum\appendixno=`Z Z%
- % The \the is necessary, despite appearances, because \appendixletter is
- % expanded while writing the .toc file. \char\appendixno is not
- % expandable, thus it is written literally, thus all appendixes come out
- % with the same letter (or @) in the toc without it.
- \else\char\the\appendixno
- \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi
- \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi}
-
-% Each @chapter defines this as the name of the chapter.
-% page headings and footings can use it. @section does likewise.
-% However, they are not reliable, because we don't use marks.
-\def\thischapter{}
-\def\thissection{}
-
-\newcount\absseclevel % used to calculate proper heading level
-\newcount\secbase\secbase=0 % @raisesections/@lowersections modify this count
-
-% @raisesections: treat @section as chapter, @subsection as section, etc.
-\def\raisesections{\global\advance\secbase by -1}
-\let\up=\raisesections % original BFox name
-
-% @lowersections: treat @chapter as section, @section as subsection, etc.
-\def\lowersections{\global\advance\secbase by 1}
-\let\down=\lowersections % original BFox name
-
-% we only have subsub.
-\chardef\maxseclevel = 3
-%
-% A numbered section within an unnumbered changes to unnumbered too.
-% To achive this, remember the "biggest" unnum. sec. we are currently in:
-\chardef\unmlevel = \maxseclevel
-%
-% Trace whether the current chapter is an appendix or not:
-% \chapheadtype is "N" or "A", unnumbered chapters are ignored.
-\def\chapheadtype{N}
-
-% Choose a heading macro
-% #1 is heading type
-% #2 is heading level
-% #3 is text for heading
-\def\genhead#1#2#3{%
- % Compute the abs. sec. level:
- \absseclevel=#2
- \advance\absseclevel by \secbase
- % Make sure \absseclevel doesn't fall outside the range:
- \ifnum \absseclevel < 0
- \absseclevel = 0
- \else
- \ifnum \absseclevel > 3
- \absseclevel = 3
- \fi
- \fi
- % The heading type:
- \def\headtype{#1}%
- \if \headtype U%
- \ifnum \absseclevel < \unmlevel
- \chardef\unmlevel = \absseclevel
- \fi
- \else
- % Check for appendix sections:
- \ifnum \absseclevel = 0
- \edef\chapheadtype{\headtype}%
- \else
- \if \headtype A\if \chapheadtype N%
- \errmessage{@appendix... within a non-appendix chapter}%
- \fi\fi
- \fi
- % Check for numbered within unnumbered:
- \ifnum \absseclevel > \unmlevel
- \def\headtype{U}%
- \else
- \chardef\unmlevel = 3
- \fi
- \fi
- % Now print the heading:
- \if \headtype U%
- \ifcase\absseclevel
- \unnumberedzzz{#3}%
- \or \unnumberedseczzz{#3}%
- \or \unnumberedsubseczzz{#3}%
- \or \unnumberedsubsubseczzz{#3}%
- \fi
- \else
- \if \headtype A%
- \ifcase\absseclevel
- \appendixzzz{#3}%
- \or \appendixsectionzzz{#3}%
- \or \appendixsubseczzz{#3}%
- \or \appendixsubsubseczzz{#3}%
- \fi
- \else
- \ifcase\absseclevel
- \chapterzzz{#3}%
- \or \seczzz{#3}%
- \or \numberedsubseczzz{#3}%
- \or \numberedsubsubseczzz{#3}%
- \fi
- \fi
- \fi
- \suppressfirstparagraphindent
-}
-
-% an interface:
-\def\numhead{\genhead N}
-\def\apphead{\genhead A}
-\def\unnmhead{\genhead U}
-
-% @chapter, @appendix, @unnumbered. Increment top-level counter, reset
-% all lower-level sectioning counters to zero.
-%
-% Also set \chaplevelprefix, which we prepend to @float sequence numbers
-% (e.g., figures), q.v. By default (before any chapter), that is empty.
-\let\chaplevelprefix = \empty
-%
-\outer\parseargdef\chapter{\numhead0{#1}} % normally numhead0 calls chapterzzz
-\def\chapterzzz#1{%
- % section resetting is \global in case the chapter is in a group, such
- % as an @include file.
- \global\secno=0 \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0
- \global\advance\chapno by 1
- %
- % Used for \float.
- \gdef\chaplevelprefix{\the\chapno.}%
- \resetallfloatnos
- %
- \message{\putwordChapter\space \the\chapno}%
- %
- % Write the actual heading.
- \chapmacro{#1}{Ynumbered}{\the\chapno}%
- %
- % So @section and the like are numbered underneath this chapter.
- \global\let\section = \numberedsec
- \global\let\subsection = \numberedsubsec
- \global\let\subsubsection = \numberedsubsubsec
-}
-
-\outer\parseargdef\appendix{\apphead0{#1}} % normally apphead0 calls appendixzzz
-\def\appendixzzz#1{%
- \global\secno=0 \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0
- \global\advance\appendixno by 1
- \gdef\chaplevelprefix{\appendixletter.}%
- \resetallfloatnos
- %
- \def\appendixnum{\putwordAppendix\space \appendixletter}%
- \message{\appendixnum}%
- %
- \chapmacro{#1}{Yappendix}{\appendixletter}%
- %
- \global\let\section = \appendixsec
- \global\let\subsection = \appendixsubsec
- \global\let\subsubsection = \appendixsubsubsec
-}
-
-\outer\parseargdef\unnumbered{\unnmhead0{#1}} % normally unnmhead0 calls unnumberedzzz
-\def\unnumberedzzz#1{%
- \global\secno=0 \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0
- \global\advance\unnumberedno by 1
- %
- % Since an unnumbered has no number, no prefix for figures.
- \global\let\chaplevelprefix = \empty
- \resetallfloatnos
- %
- % This used to be simply \message{#1}, but TeX fully expands the
- % argument to \message. Therefore, if #1 contained @-commands, TeX
- % expanded them. For example, in `@unnumbered The @cite{Book}', TeX
- % expanded @cite (which turns out to cause errors because \cite is meant
- % to be executed, not expanded).
- %
- % Anyway, we don't want the fully-expanded definition of @cite to appear
- % as a result of the \message, we just want `@cite' itself. We use
- % \the<toks register> to achieve this: TeX expands \the<toks> only once,
- % simply yielding the contents of <toks register>. (We also do this for
- % the toc entries.)
- \toks0 = {#1}%
- \message{(\the\toks0)}%
- %
- \chapmacro{#1}{Ynothing}{\the\unnumberedno}%
- %
- \global\let\section = \unnumberedsec
- \global\let\subsection = \unnumberedsubsec
- \global\let\subsubsection = \unnumberedsubsubsec
-}
-
-% @centerchap is like @unnumbered, but the heading is centered.
-\outer\parseargdef\centerchap{%
- % Well, we could do the following in a group, but that would break
- % an assumption that \chapmacro is called at the outermost level.
- % Thus we are safer this way: --kasal, 24feb04
- \let\centerparametersmaybe = \centerparameters
- \unnmhead0{#1}%
- \let\centerparametersmaybe = \relax
-}
-
-% @top is like @unnumbered.
-\let\top\unnumbered
-
-% Sections.
-\outer\parseargdef\numberedsec{\numhead1{#1}} % normally calls seczzz
-\def\seczzz#1{%
- \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\secno by 1
- \sectionheading{#1}{sec}{Ynumbered}{\the\chapno.\the\secno}%
-}
-
-\outer\parseargdef\appendixsection{\apphead1{#1}} % normally calls appendixsectionzzz
-\def\appendixsectionzzz#1{%
- \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\secno by 1
- \sectionheading{#1}{sec}{Yappendix}{\appendixletter.\the\secno}%
-}
-\let\appendixsec\appendixsection
-
-\outer\parseargdef\unnumberedsec{\unnmhead1{#1}} % normally calls unnumberedseczzz
-\def\unnumberedseczzz#1{%
- \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\secno by 1
- \sectionheading{#1}{sec}{Ynothing}{\the\unnumberedno.\the\secno}%
-}
-
-% Subsections.
-\outer\parseargdef\numberedsubsec{\numhead2{#1}} % normally calls numberedsubseczzz
-\def\numberedsubseczzz#1{%
- \global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\subsecno by 1
- \sectionheading{#1}{subsec}{Ynumbered}{\the\chapno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno}%
-}
-
-\outer\parseargdef\appendixsubsec{\apphead2{#1}} % normally calls appendixsubseczzz
-\def\appendixsubseczzz#1{%
- \global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\subsecno by 1
- \sectionheading{#1}{subsec}{Yappendix}%
- {\appendixletter.\the\secno.\the\subsecno}%
-}
-
-\outer\parseargdef\unnumberedsubsec{\unnmhead2{#1}} %normally calls unnumberedsubseczzz
-\def\unnumberedsubseczzz#1{%
- \global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\subsecno by 1
- \sectionheading{#1}{subsec}{Ynothing}%
- {\the\unnumberedno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno}%
-}
-
-% Subsubsections.
-\outer\parseargdef\numberedsubsubsec{\numhead3{#1}} % normally numberedsubsubseczzz
-\def\numberedsubsubseczzz#1{%
- \global\advance\subsubsecno by 1
- \sectionheading{#1}{subsubsec}{Ynumbered}%
- {\the\chapno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno}%
-}
-
-\outer\parseargdef\appendixsubsubsec{\apphead3{#1}} % normally appendixsubsubseczzz
-\def\appendixsubsubseczzz#1{%
- \global\advance\subsubsecno by 1
- \sectionheading{#1}{subsubsec}{Yappendix}%
- {\appendixletter.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno}%
-}
-
-\outer\parseargdef\unnumberedsubsubsec{\unnmhead3{#1}} %normally unnumberedsubsubseczzz
-\def\unnumberedsubsubseczzz#1{%
- \global\advance\subsubsecno by 1
- \sectionheading{#1}{subsubsec}{Ynothing}%
- {\the\unnumberedno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno}%
-}
-
-% These macros control what the section commands do, according
-% to what kind of chapter we are in (ordinary, appendix, or unnumbered).
-% Define them by default for a numbered chapter.
-\let\section = \numberedsec
-\let\subsection = \numberedsubsec
-\let\subsubsection = \numberedsubsubsec
-
-% Define @majorheading, @heading and @subheading
-
-% NOTE on use of \vbox for chapter headings, section headings, and such:
-% 1) We use \vbox rather than the earlier \line to permit
-% overlong headings to fold.
-% 2) \hyphenpenalty is set to 10000 because hyphenation in a
-% heading is obnoxious; this forbids it.
-% 3) Likewise, headings look best if no \parindent is used, and
-% if justification is not attempted. Hence \raggedright.
-
-
-\def\majorheading{%
- {\advance\chapheadingskip by 10pt \chapbreak }%
- \parsearg\chapheadingzzz
-}
-
-\def\chapheading{\chapbreak \parsearg\chapheadingzzz}
-\def\chapheadingzzz#1{%
- {\chapfonts \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000\tolerance=5000
- \parindent=0pt\raggedright
- \rm #1\hfill}}%
- \bigskip \par\penalty 200\relax
- \suppressfirstparagraphindent
-}
-
-% @heading, @subheading, @subsubheading.
-\parseargdef\heading{\sectionheading{#1}{sec}{Yomitfromtoc}{}
- \suppressfirstparagraphindent}
-\parseargdef\subheading{\sectionheading{#1}{subsec}{Yomitfromtoc}{}
- \suppressfirstparagraphindent}
-\parseargdef\subsubheading{\sectionheading{#1}{subsubsec}{Yomitfromtoc}{}
- \suppressfirstparagraphindent}
-
-% These macros generate a chapter, section, etc. heading only
-% (including whitespace, linebreaking, etc. around it),
-% given all the information in convenient, parsed form.
-
-%%% Args are the skip and penalty (usually negative)
-\def\dobreak#1#2{\par\ifdim\lastskip<#1\removelastskip\penalty#2\vskip#1\fi}
-
-%%% Define plain chapter starts, and page on/off switching for it
-% Parameter controlling skip before chapter headings (if needed)
-
-\newskip\chapheadingskip
-
-\def\chapbreak{\dobreak \chapheadingskip {-4000}}
-\def\chappager{\par\vfill\supereject}
-\def\chapoddpage{\chappager \ifodd\pageno \else \hbox to 0pt{} \chappager\fi}
-
-\def\setchapternewpage #1 {\csname CHAPPAG#1\endcsname}
-
-\def\CHAPPAGoff{%
-\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager
-\global\let\pchapsepmacro=\chapbreak
-\global\let\pagealignmacro=\chappager}
-
-\def\CHAPPAGon{%
-\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager
-\global\let\pchapsepmacro=\chappager
-\global\let\pagealignmacro=\chappager
-\global\def\HEADINGSon{\HEADINGSsingle}}
-
-\def\CHAPPAGodd{%
-\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chapoddpage
-\global\let\pchapsepmacro=\chapoddpage
-\global\let\pagealignmacro=\chapoddpage
-\global\def\HEADINGSon{\HEADINGSdouble}}
-
-\CHAPPAGon
-
-% Chapter opening.
-%
-% #1 is the text, #2 is the section type (Ynumbered, Ynothing,
-% Yappendix, Yomitfromtoc), #3 the chapter number.
-%
-% To test against our argument.
-\def\Ynothingkeyword{Ynothing}
-\def\Yomitfromtockeyword{Yomitfromtoc}
-\def\Yappendixkeyword{Yappendix}
-%
-\def\chapmacro#1#2#3{%
- \pchapsepmacro
- {%
- \chapfonts \rm
- %
- % Have to define \thissection before calling \donoderef, because the
- % xref code eventually uses it. On the other hand, it has to be called
- % after \pchapsepmacro, or the headline will change too soon.
- \gdef\thissection{#1}%
- \gdef\thischaptername{#1}%
- %
- % Only insert the separating space if we have a chapter/appendix
- % number, and don't print the unnumbered ``number''.
- \def\temptype{#2}%
- \ifx\temptype\Ynothingkeyword
- \setbox0 = \hbox{}%
- \def\toctype{unnchap}%
- \gdef\thischapter{#1}%
- \else\ifx\temptype\Yomitfromtockeyword
- \setbox0 = \hbox{}% contents like unnumbered, but no toc entry
- \def\toctype{omit}%
- \gdef\thischapter{}%
- \else\ifx\temptype\Yappendixkeyword
- \setbox0 = \hbox{\putwordAppendix{} #3\enspace}%
- \def\toctype{app}%
- % We don't substitute the actual chapter name into \thischapter
- % because we don't want its macros evaluated now. And we don't
- % use \thissection because that changes with each section.
- %
- \xdef\thischapter{\putwordAppendix{} \appendixletter:
- \noexpand\thischaptername}%
- \else
- \setbox0 = \hbox{#3\enspace}%
- \def\toctype{numchap}%
- \xdef\thischapter{\putwordChapter{} \the\chapno:
- \noexpand\thischaptername}%
- \fi\fi\fi
- %
- % Write the toc entry for this chapter. Must come before the
- % \donoderef, because we include the current node name in the toc
- % entry, and \donoderef resets it to empty.
- \writetocentry{\toctype}{#1}{#3}%
- %
- % For pdftex, we have to write out the node definition (aka, make
- % the pdfdest) after any page break, but before the actual text has
- % been typeset. If the destination for the pdf outline is after the
- % text, then jumping from the outline may wind up with the text not
- % being visible, for instance under high magnification.
- \donoderef{#2}%
- %
- % Typeset the actual heading.
- \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000 \tolerance=5000 \parindent=0pt \raggedright
- \hangindent=\wd0 \centerparametersmaybe
- \unhbox0 #1\par}%
- }%
- \nobreak\bigskip % no page break after a chapter title
- \nobreak
-}
-
-% @centerchap -- centered and unnumbered.
-\let\centerparametersmaybe = \relax
-\def\centerparameters{%
- \advance\rightskip by 3\rightskip
- \leftskip = \rightskip
- \parfillskip = 0pt
-}
-
-
-% I don't think this chapter style is supported any more, so I'm not
-% updating it with the new noderef stuff. We'll see. --karl, 11aug03.
-%
-\def\setchapterstyle #1 {\csname CHAPF#1\endcsname}
-%
-\def\unnchfopen #1{%
-\chapoddpage {\chapfonts \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000\tolerance=5000
- \parindent=0pt\raggedright
- \rm #1\hfill}}\bigskip \par\nobreak
-}
-\def\chfopen #1#2{\chapoddpage {\chapfonts
-\vbox to 3in{\vfil \hbox to\hsize{\hfil #2} \hbox to\hsize{\hfil #1} \vfil}}%
-\par\penalty 5000 %
-}
-\def\centerchfopen #1{%
-\chapoddpage {\chapfonts \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000\tolerance=5000
- \parindent=0pt
- \hfill {\rm #1}\hfill}}\bigskip \par\nobreak
-}
-\def\CHAPFopen{%
- \global\let\chapmacro=\chfopen
- \global\let\centerchapmacro=\centerchfopen}
-
-
-% Section titles. These macros combine the section number parts and
-% call the generic \sectionheading to do the printing.
-%
-\newskip\secheadingskip
-\def\secheadingbreak{\dobreak \secheadingskip{-1000}}
-
-% Subsection titles.
-\newskip\subsecheadingskip
-\def\subsecheadingbreak{\dobreak \subsecheadingskip{-500}}
-
-% Subsubsection titles.
-\def\subsubsecheadingskip{\subsecheadingskip}
-\def\subsubsecheadingbreak{\subsecheadingbreak}
-
-
-% Print any size, any type, section title.
-%
-% #1 is the text, #2 is the section level (sec/subsec/subsubsec), #3 is
-% the section type for xrefs (Ynumbered, Ynothing, Yappendix), #4 is the
-% section number.
-%
-\def\sectionheading#1#2#3#4{%
- {%
- % Switch to the right set of fonts.
- \csname #2fonts\endcsname \rm
- %
- % Insert space above the heading.
- \csname #2headingbreak\endcsname
- %
- % Only insert the space after the number if we have a section number.
- \def\sectionlevel{#2}%
- \def\temptype{#3}%
- %
- \ifx\temptype\Ynothingkeyword
- \setbox0 = \hbox{}%
- \def\toctype{unn}%
- \gdef\thissection{#1}%
- \else\ifx\temptype\Yomitfromtockeyword
- % for @headings -- no section number, don't include in toc,
- % and don't redefine \thissection.
- \setbox0 = \hbox{}%
- \def\toctype{omit}%
- \let\sectionlevel=\empty
- \else\ifx\temptype\Yappendixkeyword
- \setbox0 = \hbox{#4\enspace}%
- \def\toctype{app}%
- \gdef\thissection{#1}%
- \else
- \setbox0 = \hbox{#4\enspace}%
- \def\toctype{num}%
- \gdef\thissection{#1}%
- \fi\fi\fi
- %
- % Write the toc entry (before \donoderef). See comments in \chfplain.
- \writetocentry{\toctype\sectionlevel}{#1}{#4}%
- %
- % Write the node reference (= pdf destination for pdftex).
- % Again, see comments in \chfplain.
- \donoderef{#3}%
- %
- % Output the actual section heading.
- \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000 \tolerance=5000 \parindent=0pt \raggedright
- \hangindent=\wd0 % zero if no section number
- \unhbox0 #1}%
- }%
- % Add extra space after the heading -- half of whatever came above it.
- % Don't allow stretch, though.
- \kern .5 \csname #2headingskip\endcsname
- %
- % Do not let the kern be a potential breakpoint, as it would be if it
- % was followed by glue.
- \nobreak
- %
- % We'll almost certainly start a paragraph next, so don't let that
- % glue accumulate. (Not a breakpoint because it's preceded by a
- % discardable item.)
- \vskip-\parskip
- %
- % This is purely so the last item on the list is a known \penalty >
- % 10000. This is so \startdefun can avoid allowing breakpoints after
- % section headings. Otherwise, it would insert a valid breakpoint between:
- %
- % @section sec-whatever
- % @deffn def-whatever
- \penalty 10001
-}
-
-
-\message{toc,}
-% Table of contents.
-\newwrite\tocfile
-
-% Write an entry to the toc file, opening it if necessary.
-% Called from @chapter, etc.
-%
-% Example usage: \writetocentry{sec}{Section Name}{\the\chapno.\the\secno}
-% We append the current node name (if any) and page number as additional
-% arguments for the \{chap,sec,...}entry macros which will eventually
-% read this. The node name is used in the pdf outlines as the
-% destination to jump to.
-%
-% We open the .toc file for writing here instead of at @setfilename (or
-% any other fixed time) so that @contents can be anywhere in the document.
-% But if #1 is `omit', then we don't do anything. This is used for the
-% table of contents chapter openings themselves.
-%
-\newif\iftocfileopened
-\def\omitkeyword{omit}%
-%
-\def\writetocentry#1#2#3{%
- \edef\writetoctype{#1}%
- \ifx\writetoctype\omitkeyword \else
- \iftocfileopened\else
- \immediate\openout\tocfile = \jobname.toc
- \global\tocfileopenedtrue
- \fi
- %
- \iflinks
- {\atdummies
- \edef\temp{%
- \write\tocfile{@#1entry{#2}{#3}{\lastnode}{\noexpand\folio}}}%
- \temp
- }
- \fi
- \fi
- %
- % Tell \shipout to create a pdf destination on each page, if we're
- % writing pdf. These are used in the table of contents. We can't
- % just write one on every page because the title pages are numbered
- % 1 and 2 (the page numbers aren't printed), and so are the first
- % two pages of the document. Thus, we'd have two destinations named
- % `1', and two named `2'.
- \ifpdf \global\pdfmakepagedesttrue \fi
-}
-
-
-% These characters do not print properly in the Computer Modern roman
-% fonts, so we must take special care. This is more or less redundant
-% with the Texinfo input format setup at the end of this file.
-%
-\def\activecatcodes{%
- \catcode`\"=\active
- \catcode`\$=\active
- \catcode`\<=\active
- \catcode`\>=\active
- \catcode`\\=\active
- \catcode`\^=\active
- \catcode`\_=\active
- \catcode`\|=\active
- \catcode`\~=\active
-}
-
-
-% Read the toc file, which is essentially Texinfo input.
-\def\readtocfile{%
- \setupdatafile
- \activecatcodes
- \input \jobname.toc
-}
-
-\newskip\contentsrightmargin \contentsrightmargin=1in
-\newcount\savepageno
-\newcount\lastnegativepageno \lastnegativepageno = -1
-
-% Prepare to read what we've written to \tocfile.
-%
-\def\startcontents#1{%
- % If @setchapternewpage on, and @headings double, the contents should
- % start on an odd page, unlike chapters. Thus, we maintain
- % \contentsalignmacro in parallel with \pagealignmacro.
- % From: Torbjorn Granlund <tege@matematik.su.se>
- \contentsalignmacro
- \immediate\closeout\tocfile
- %
- % Don't need to put `Contents' or `Short Contents' in the headline.
- % It is abundantly clear what they are.
- \def\thischapter{}%
- \chapmacro{#1}{Yomitfromtoc}{}%
- %
- \savepageno = \pageno
- \begingroup % Set up to handle contents files properly.
- \raggedbottom % Worry more about breakpoints than the bottom.
- \advance\hsize by -\contentsrightmargin % Don't use the full line length.
- %
- % Roman numerals for page numbers.
- \ifnum \pageno>0 \global\pageno = \lastnegativepageno \fi
-}
-
-
-% Normal (long) toc.
-\def\contents{%
- \startcontents{\putwordTOC}%
- \openin 1 \jobname.toc
- \ifeof 1 \else
- \readtocfile
- \fi
- \vfill \eject
- \contentsalignmacro % in case @setchapternewpage odd is in effect
- \ifeof 1 \else
- \pdfmakeoutlines
- \fi
- \closein 1
- \endgroup
- \lastnegativepageno = \pageno
- \global\pageno = \savepageno
-}
-
-% And just the chapters.
-\def\summarycontents{%
- \startcontents{\putwordShortTOC}%
- %
- \let\numchapentry = \shortchapentry
- \let\appentry = \shortchapentry
- \let\unnchapentry = \shortunnchapentry
- % We want a true roman here for the page numbers.
- \secfonts
- \let\rm=\shortcontrm \let\bf=\shortcontbf
- \let\sl=\shortcontsl \let\tt=\shortconttt
- \rm
- \hyphenpenalty = 10000
- \advance\baselineskip by 1pt % Open it up a little.
- \def\numsecentry##1##2##3##4{}
- \let\appsecentry = \numsecentry
- \let\unnsecentry = \numsecentry
- \let\numsubsecentry = \numsecentry
- \let\appsubsecentry = \numsecentry
- \let\unnsubsecentry = \numsecentry
- \let\numsubsubsecentry = \numsecentry
- \let\appsubsubsecentry = \numsecentry
- \let\unnsubsubsecentry = \numsecentry
- \openin 1 \jobname.toc
- \ifeof 1 \else
- \readtocfile
- \fi
- \closein 1
- \vfill \eject
- \contentsalignmacro % in case @setchapternewpage odd is in effect
- \endgroup
- \lastnegativepageno = \pageno
- \global\pageno = \savepageno
-}
-\let\shortcontents = \summarycontents
-
-% Typeset the label for a chapter or appendix for the short contents.
-% The arg is, e.g., `A' for an appendix, or `3' for a chapter.
-%
-\def\shortchaplabel#1{%
- % This space should be enough, since a single number is .5em, and the
- % widest letter (M) is 1em, at least in the Computer Modern fonts.
- % But use \hss just in case.
- % (This space doesn't include the extra space that gets added after
- % the label; that gets put in by \shortchapentry above.)
- %
- % We'd like to right-justify chapter numbers, but that looks strange
- % with appendix letters. And right-justifying numbers and
- % left-justifying letters looks strange when there is less than 10
- % chapters. Have to read the whole toc once to know how many chapters
- % there are before deciding ...
- \hbox to 1em{#1\hss}%
-}
-
-% These macros generate individual entries in the table of contents.
-% The first argument is the chapter or section name.
-% The last argument is the page number.
-% The arguments in between are the chapter number, section number, ...
-
-% Chapters, in the main contents.
-\def\numchapentry#1#2#3#4{\dochapentry{#2\labelspace#1}{#4}}
-%
-% Chapters, in the short toc.
-% See comments in \dochapentry re vbox and related settings.
-\def\shortchapentry#1#2#3#4{%
- \tocentry{\shortchaplabel{#2}\labelspace #1}{\doshortpageno\bgroup#4\egroup}%
-}
-
-% Appendices, in the main contents.
-% Need the word Appendix, and a fixed-size box.
-%
-\def\appendixbox#1{%
- % We use M since it's probably the widest letter.
- \setbox0 = \hbox{\putwordAppendix{} M}%
- \hbox to \wd0{\putwordAppendix{} #1\hss}}
-%
-\def\appentry#1#2#3#4{\dochapentry{\appendixbox{#2}\labelspace#1}{#4}}
-
-% Unnumbered chapters.
-\def\unnchapentry#1#2#3#4{\dochapentry{#1}{#4}}
-\def\shortunnchapentry#1#2#3#4{\tocentry{#1}{\doshortpageno\bgroup#4\egroup}}
-
-% Sections.
-\def\numsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosecentry{#2\labelspace#1}{#4}}
-\let\appsecentry=\numsecentry
-\def\unnsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosecentry{#1}{#4}}
-
-% Subsections.
-\def\numsubsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosubsecentry{#2\labelspace#1}{#4}}
-\let\appsubsecentry=\numsubsecentry
-\def\unnsubsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosubsecentry{#1}{#4}}
-
-% And subsubsections.
-\def\numsubsubsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosubsubsecentry{#2\labelspace#1}{#4}}
-\let\appsubsubsecentry=\numsubsubsecentry
-\def\unnsubsubsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosubsubsecentry{#1}{#4}}
-
-% This parameter controls the indentation of the various levels.
-% Same as \defaultparindent.
-\newdimen\tocindent \tocindent = 15pt
-
-% Now for the actual typesetting. In all these, #1 is the text and #2 is the
-% page number.
-%
-% If the toc has to be broken over pages, we want it to be at chapters
-% if at all possible; hence the \penalty.
-\def\dochapentry#1#2{%
- \penalty-300 \vskip1\baselineskip plus.33\baselineskip minus.25\baselineskip
- \begingroup
- \chapentryfonts
- \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno\bgroup#2\egroup}%
- \endgroup
- \nobreak\vskip .25\baselineskip plus.1\baselineskip
-}
-
-\def\dosecentry#1#2{\begingroup
- \secentryfonts \leftskip=\tocindent
- \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno\bgroup#2\egroup}%
-\endgroup}
-
-\def\dosubsecentry#1#2{\begingroup
- \subsecentryfonts \leftskip=2\tocindent
- \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno\bgroup#2\egroup}%
-\endgroup}
-
-\def\dosubsubsecentry#1#2{\begingroup
- \subsubsecentryfonts \leftskip=3\tocindent
- \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno\bgroup#2\egroup}%
-\endgroup}
-
-% We use the same \entry macro as for the index entries.
-\let\tocentry = \entry
-
-% Space between chapter (or whatever) number and the title.
-\def\labelspace{\hskip1em \relax}
-
-\def\dopageno#1{{\rm #1}}
-\def\doshortpageno#1{{\rm #1}}
-
-\def\chapentryfonts{\secfonts \rm}
-\def\secentryfonts{\textfonts}
-\def\subsecentryfonts{\textfonts}
-\def\subsubsecentryfonts{\textfonts}
-
-
-\message{environments,}
-% @foo ... @end foo.
-
-% @point{}, @result{}, @expansion{}, @print{}, @equiv{}.
-%
-% Since these characters are used in examples, it should be an even number of
-% \tt widths. Each \tt character is 1en, so two makes it 1em.
-%
-\def\point{$\star$}
-\def\result{\leavevmode\raise.15ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\Rightarrow$\hfil}}
-\def\expansion{\leavevmode\raise.1ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\mapsto$\hfil}}
-\def\print{\leavevmode\lower.1ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\dashv$\hfil}}
-\def\equiv{\leavevmode\lower.1ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\ptexequiv$\hfil}}
-
-% The @error{} command.
-% Adapted from the TeXbook's \boxit.
-%
-\newbox\errorbox
-%
-{\tentt \global\dimen0 = 3em}% Width of the box.
-\dimen2 = .55pt % Thickness of rules
-% The text. (`r' is open on the right, `e' somewhat less so on the left.)
-\setbox0 = \hbox{\kern-.75pt \tensf error\kern-1.5pt}
-%
-\setbox\errorbox=\hbox to \dimen0{\hfil
- \hsize = \dimen0 \advance\hsize by -5.8pt % Space to left+right.
- \advance\hsize by -2\dimen2 % Rules.
- \vbox{%
- \hrule height\dimen2
- \hbox{\vrule width\dimen2 \kern3pt % Space to left of text.
- \vtop{\kern2.4pt \box0 \kern2.4pt}% Space above/below.
- \kern3pt\vrule width\dimen2}% Space to right.
- \hrule height\dimen2}
- \hfil}
-%
-\def\error{\leavevmode\lower.7ex\copy\errorbox}
-
-% @tex ... @end tex escapes into raw Tex temporarily.
-% One exception: @ is still an escape character, so that @end tex works.
-% But \@ or @@ will get a plain tex @ character.
-
-\envdef\tex{%
- \catcode `\\=0 \catcode `\{=1 \catcode `\}=2
- \catcode `\$=3 \catcode `\&=4 \catcode `\#=6
- \catcode `\^=7 \catcode `\_=8 \catcode `\~=\active \let~=\tie
- \catcode `\%=14
- \catcode `\+=\other
- \catcode `\"=\other
- \catcode `\|=\other
- \catcode `\<=\other
- \catcode `\>=\other
- \escapechar=`\\
- %
- \let\b=\ptexb
- \let\bullet=\ptexbullet
- \let\c=\ptexc
- \let\,=\ptexcomma
- \let\.=\ptexdot
- \let\dots=\ptexdots
- \let\equiv=\ptexequiv
- \let\!=\ptexexclam
- \let\i=\ptexi
- \let\indent=\ptexindent
- \let\noindent=\ptexnoindent
- \let\{=\ptexlbrace
- \let\+=\tabalign
- \let\}=\ptexrbrace
- \let\/=\ptexslash
- \let\*=\ptexstar
- \let\t=\ptext
- \let\frenchspacing=\plainfrenchspacing
- %
- \def\endldots{\mathinner{\ldots\ldots\ldots\ldots}}%
- \def\enddots{\relax\ifmmode\endldots\else$\mathsurround=0pt \endldots\,$\fi}%
- \def\@{@}%
-}
-% There is no need to define \Etex.
-
-% Define @lisp ... @end lisp.
-% @lisp environment forms a group so it can rebind things,
-% including the definition of @end lisp (which normally is erroneous).
-
-% Amount to narrow the margins by for @lisp.
-\newskip\lispnarrowing \lispnarrowing=0.4in
-
-% This is the definition that ^^M gets inside @lisp, @example, and other
-% such environments. \null is better than a space, since it doesn't
-% have any width.
-\def\lisppar{\null\endgraf}
-
-% This space is always present above and below environments.
-\newskip\envskipamount \envskipamount = 0pt
-
-% Make spacing and below environment symmetrical. We use \parskip here
-% to help in doing that, since in @example-like environments \parskip
-% is reset to zero; thus the \afterenvbreak inserts no space -- but the
-% start of the next paragraph will insert \parskip.
-%
-\def\aboveenvbreak{{%
- % =10000 instead of <10000 because of a special case in \itemzzz and
- % \sectionheading, q.v.
- \ifnum \lastpenalty=10000 \else
- \advance\envskipamount by \parskip
- \endgraf
- \ifdim\lastskip<\envskipamount
- \removelastskip
- % it's not a good place to break if the last penalty was \nobreak
- % or better ...
- \ifnum\lastpenalty<10000 \penalty-50 \fi
- \vskip\envskipamount
- \fi
- \fi
-}}
-
-\let\afterenvbreak = \aboveenvbreak
-
-% \nonarrowing is a flag. If "set", @lisp etc don't narrow margins; it will
-% also clear it, so that its embedded environments do the narrowing again.
-\let\nonarrowing=\relax
-
-% @cartouche ... @end cartouche: draw rectangle w/rounded corners around
-% environment contents.
-\font\circle=lcircle10
-\newdimen\circthick
-\newdimen\cartouter\newdimen\cartinner
-\newskip\normbskip\newskip\normpskip\newskip\normlskip
-\circthick=\fontdimen8\circle
-%
-\def\ctl{{\circle\char'013\hskip -6pt}}% 6pt from pl file: 1/2charwidth
-\def\ctr{{\hskip 6pt\circle\char'010}}
-\def\cbl{{\circle\char'012\hskip -6pt}}
-\def\cbr{{\hskip 6pt\circle\char'011}}
-\def\carttop{\hbox to \cartouter{\hskip\lskip
- \ctl\leaders\hrule height\circthick\hfil\ctr
- \hskip\rskip}}
-\def\cartbot{\hbox to \cartouter{\hskip\lskip
- \cbl\leaders\hrule height\circthick\hfil\cbr
- \hskip\rskip}}
-%
-\newskip\lskip\newskip\rskip
-
-\envdef\cartouche{%
- \ifhmode\par\fi % can't be in the midst of a paragraph.
- \startsavinginserts
- \lskip=\leftskip \rskip=\rightskip
- \leftskip=0pt\rightskip=0pt % we want these *outside*.
- \cartinner=\hsize \advance\cartinner by-\lskip
- \advance\cartinner by-\rskip
- \cartouter=\hsize
- \advance\cartouter by 18.4pt % allow for 3pt kerns on either
- % side, and for 6pt waste from
- % each corner char, and rule thickness
- \normbskip=\baselineskip \normpskip=\parskip \normlskip=\lineskip
- % Flag to tell @lisp, etc., not to narrow margin.
- \let\nonarrowing = t%
- \vbox\bgroup
- \baselineskip=0pt\parskip=0pt\lineskip=0pt
- \carttop
- \hbox\bgroup
- \hskip\lskip
- \vrule\kern3pt
- \vbox\bgroup
- \kern3pt
- \hsize=\cartinner
- \baselineskip=\normbskip
- \lineskip=\normlskip
- \parskip=\normpskip
- \vskip -\parskip
- \comment % For explanation, see the end of \def\group.
-}
-\def\Ecartouche{%
- \ifhmode\par\fi
- \kern3pt
- \egroup
- \kern3pt\vrule
- \hskip\rskip
- \egroup
- \cartbot
- \egroup
- \checkinserts
-}
-
-
-% This macro is called at the beginning of all the @example variants,
-% inside a group.
-\def\nonfillstart{%
- \aboveenvbreak
- \hfuzz = 12pt % Don't be fussy
- \sepspaces % Make spaces be word-separators rather than space tokens.
- \let\par = \lisppar % don't ignore blank lines
- \obeylines % each line of input is a line of output
- \parskip = 0pt
- \parindent = 0pt
- \emergencystretch = 0pt % don't try to avoid overfull boxes
- \ifx\nonarrowing\relax
- \advance \leftskip by \lispnarrowing
- \exdentamount=\lispnarrowing
- \else
- \let\nonarrowing = \relax
- \fi
- \let\exdent=\nofillexdent
-}
-
-% If you want all examples etc. small: @set dispenvsize small.
-% If you want even small examples the full size: @set dispenvsize nosmall.
-% This affects the following displayed environments:
-% @example, @display, @format, @lisp
-%
-\def\smallword{small}
-\def\nosmallword{nosmall}
-\let\SETdispenvsize\relax
-\def\setnormaldispenv{%
- \ifx\SETdispenvsize\smallword
- \smallexamplefonts \rm
- \fi
-}
-\def\setsmalldispenv{%
- \ifx\SETdispenvsize\nosmallword
- \else
- \smallexamplefonts \rm
- \fi
-}
-
-% We often define two environments, @foo and @smallfoo.
-% Let's do it by one command:
-\def\makedispenv #1#2{
- \expandafter\envdef\csname#1\endcsname {\setnormaldispenv #2}
- \expandafter\envdef\csname small#1\endcsname {\setsmalldispenv #2}
- \expandafter\let\csname E#1\endcsname \afterenvbreak
- \expandafter\let\csname Esmall#1\endcsname \afterenvbreak
-}
-
-% Define two synonyms:
-\def\maketwodispenvs #1#2#3{
- \makedispenv{#1}{#3}
- \makedispenv{#2}{#3}
-}
-
-% @lisp: indented, narrowed, typewriter font; @example: same as @lisp.
-%
-% @smallexample and @smalllisp: use smaller fonts.
-% Originally contributed by Pavel@xerox.
-%
-\maketwodispenvs {lisp}{example}{%
- \nonfillstart
- \tt
- \let\kbdfont = \kbdexamplefont % Allow @kbd to do something special.
- \gobble % eat return
-}
-
-% @display/@smalldisplay: same as @lisp except keep current font.
-%
-\makedispenv {display}{%
- \nonfillstart
- \gobble
-}
-
-% @format/@smallformat: same as @display except don't narrow margins.
-%
-\makedispenv{format}{%
- \let\nonarrowing = t%
- \nonfillstart
- \gobble
-}
-
-% @flushleft: same as @format, but doesn't obey \SETdispenvsize.
-\envdef\flushleft{%
- \let\nonarrowing = t%
- \nonfillstart
- \gobble
-}
-\let\Eflushleft = \afterenvbreak
-
-% @flushright.
-%
-\envdef\flushright{%
- \let\nonarrowing = t%
- \nonfillstart
- \advance\leftskip by 0pt plus 1fill
- \gobble
-}
-\let\Eflushright = \afterenvbreak
-
-
-% @quotation does normal linebreaking (hence we can't use \nonfillstart)
-% and narrows the margins. We keep \parskip nonzero in general, since
-% we're doing normal filling. So, when using \aboveenvbreak and
-% \afterenvbreak, temporarily make \parskip 0.
-%
-\envdef\quotation{%
- {\parskip=0pt \aboveenvbreak}% because \aboveenvbreak inserts \parskip
- \parindent=0pt
- %
- % @cartouche defines \nonarrowing to inhibit narrowing at next level down.
- \ifx\nonarrowing\relax
- \advance\leftskip by \lispnarrowing
- \advance\rightskip by \lispnarrowing
- \exdentamount = \lispnarrowing
- \else
- \let\nonarrowing = \relax
- \fi
- \parsearg\quotationlabel
-}
-
-% We have retained a nonzero parskip for the environment, since we're
-% doing normal filling.
-%
-\def\Equotation{%
- \par
- \ifx\quotationauthor\undefined\else
- % indent a bit.
- \leftline{\kern 2\leftskip \sl ---\quotationauthor}%
- \fi
- {\parskip=0pt \afterenvbreak}%
-}
-
-% If we're given an argument, typeset it in bold with a colon after.
-\def\quotationlabel#1{%
- \def\temp{#1}%
- \ifx\temp\empty \else
- {\bf #1: }%
- \fi
-}
-
-
-% LaTeX-like @verbatim...@end verbatim and @verb{<char>...<char>}
-% If we want to allow any <char> as delimiter,
-% we need the curly braces so that makeinfo sees the @verb command, eg:
-% `@verbx...x' would look like the '@verbx' command. --janneke@gnu.org
-%
-% [Knuth]: Donald Ervin Knuth, 1996. The TeXbook.
-%
-% [Knuth] p.344; only we need to do the other characters Texinfo sets
-% active too. Otherwise, they get lost as the first character on a
-% verbatim line.
-\def\dospecials{%
- \do\ \do\\\do\{\do\}\do\$\do\&%
- \do\#\do\^\do\^^K\do\_\do\^^A\do\%\do\~%
- \do\<\do\>\do\|\do\@\do+\do\"%
-}
-%
-% [Knuth] p. 380
-\def\uncatcodespecials{%
- \def\do##1{\catcode`##1=\other}\dospecials}
-%
-% [Knuth] pp. 380,381,391
-% Disable Spanish ligatures ?` and !` of \tt font
-\begingroup
- \catcode`\`=\active\gdef`{\relax\lq}
-\endgroup
-%
-% Setup for the @verb command.
-%
-% Eight spaces for a tab
-\begingroup
- \catcode`\^^I=\active
- \gdef\tabeightspaces{\catcode`\^^I=\active\def^^I{\ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ }}
-\endgroup
-%
-\def\setupverb{%
- \tt % easiest (and conventionally used) font for verbatim
- \def\par{\leavevmode\endgraf}%
- \catcode`\`=\active
- \tabeightspaces
- % Respect line breaks,
- % print special symbols as themselves, and
- % make each space count
- % must do in this order:
- \obeylines \uncatcodespecials \sepspaces
-}
-
-% Setup for the @verbatim environment
-%
-% Real tab expansion
-\newdimen\tabw \setbox0=\hbox{\tt\space} \tabw=8\wd0 % tab amount
-%
-\def\starttabbox{\setbox0=\hbox\bgroup}
-\begingroup
- \catcode`\^^I=\active
- \gdef\tabexpand{%
- \catcode`\^^I=\active
- \def^^I{\leavevmode\egroup
- \dimen0=\wd0 % the width so far, or since the previous tab
- \divide\dimen0 by\tabw
- \multiply\dimen0 by\tabw % compute previous multiple of \tabw
- \advance\dimen0 by\tabw % advance to next multiple of \tabw
- \wd0=\dimen0 \box0 \starttabbox
- }%
- }
-\endgroup
-\def\setupverbatim{%
- \let\nonarrowing = t%
- \nonfillstart
- % Easiest (and conventionally used) font for verbatim
- \tt
- \def\par{\leavevmode\egroup\box0\endgraf}%
- \catcode`\`=\active
- \tabexpand
- % Respect line breaks,
- % print special symbols as themselves, and
- % make each space count
- % must do in this order:
- \obeylines \uncatcodespecials \sepspaces
- \everypar{\starttabbox}%
-}
-
-% Do the @verb magic: verbatim text is quoted by unique
-% delimiter characters. Before first delimiter expect a
-% right brace, after last delimiter expect closing brace:
-%
-% \def\doverb'{'<char>#1<char>'}'{#1}
-%
-% [Knuth] p. 382; only eat outer {}
-\begingroup
- \catcode`[=1\catcode`]=2\catcode`\{=\other\catcode`\}=\other
- \gdef\doverb{#1[\def\next##1#1}[##1\endgroup]\next]
-\endgroup
-%
-\def\verb{\begingroup\setupverb\doverb}
-%
-%
-% Do the @verbatim magic: define the macro \doverbatim so that
-% the (first) argument ends when '@end verbatim' is reached, ie:
-%
-% \def\doverbatim#1@end verbatim{#1}
-%
-% For Texinfo it's a lot easier than for LaTeX,
-% because texinfo's \verbatim doesn't stop at '\end{verbatim}':
-% we need not redefine '\', '{' and '}'.
-%
-% Inspired by LaTeX's verbatim command set [latex.ltx]
-%
-\begingroup
- \catcode`\ =\active
- \obeylines %
- % ignore everything up to the first ^^M, that's the newline at the end
- % of the @verbatim input line itself. Otherwise we get an extra blank
- % line in the output.
- \xdef\doverbatim#1^^M#2@end verbatim{#2\noexpand\end\gobble verbatim}%
- % We really want {...\end verbatim} in the body of the macro, but
- % without the active space; thus we have to use \xdef and \gobble.
-\endgroup
-%
-\envdef\verbatim{%
- \setupverbatim\doverbatim
-}
-\let\Everbatim = \afterenvbreak
-
-
-% @verbatiminclude FILE - insert text of file in verbatim environment.
-%
-\def\verbatiminclude{\parseargusing\filenamecatcodes\doverbatiminclude}
-%
-\def\doverbatiminclude#1{%
- {%
- \makevalueexpandable
- \setupverbatim
- \input #1
- \afterenvbreak
- }%
-}
-
-% @copying ... @end copying.
-% Save the text away for @insertcopying later.
-%
-% We save the uninterpreted tokens, rather than creating a box.
-% Saving the text in a box would be much easier, but then all the
-% typesetting commands (@smallbook, font changes, etc.) have to be done
-% beforehand -- and a) we want @copying to be done first in the source
-% file; b) letting users define the frontmatter in as flexible order as
-% possible is very desirable.
-%
-\def\copying{\checkenv{}\begingroup\scanargctxt\docopying}
-\def\docopying#1@end copying{\endgroup\def\copyingtext{#1}}
-%
-\def\insertcopying{%
- \begingroup
- \parindent = 0pt % paragraph indentation looks wrong on title page
- \scanexp\copyingtext
- \endgroup
-}
-
-\message{defuns,}
-% @defun etc.
-
-\newskip\defbodyindent \defbodyindent=.4in
-\newskip\defargsindent \defargsindent=50pt
-\newskip\deflastargmargin \deflastargmargin=18pt
-
-% Start the processing of @deffn:
-\def\startdefun{%
- \ifnum\lastpenalty<10000
- \medbreak
- \else
- % If there are two @def commands in a row, we'll have a \nobreak,
- % which is there to keep the function description together with its
- % header. But if there's nothing but headers, we need to allow a
- % break somewhere. Check specifically for penalty 10002, inserted
- % by \defargscommonending, instead of 10000, since the sectioning
- % commands also insert a nobreak penalty, and we don't want to allow
- % a break between a section heading and a defun.
- %
- \ifnum\lastpenalty=10002 \penalty2000 \fi
- %
- % Similarly, after a section heading, do not allow a break.
- % But do insert the glue.
- \medskip % preceded by discardable penalty, so not a breakpoint
- \fi
- %
- \parindent=0in
- \advance\leftskip by \defbodyindent
- \exdentamount=\defbodyindent
-}
-
-\def\dodefunx#1{%
- % First, check whether we are in the right environment:
- \checkenv#1%
- %
- % As above, allow line break if we have multiple x headers in a row.
- % It's not a great place, though.
- \ifnum\lastpenalty=10002 \penalty3000 \fi
- %
- % And now, it's time to reuse the body of the original defun:
- \expandafter\gobbledefun#1%
-}
-\def\gobbledefun#1\startdefun{}
-
-% \printdefunline \deffnheader{text}
-%
-\def\printdefunline#1#2{%
- \begingroup
- % call \deffnheader:
- #1#2 \endheader
- % common ending:
- \interlinepenalty = 10000
- \advance\rightskip by 0pt plus 1fil
- \endgraf
- \nobreak\vskip -\parskip
- \penalty 10002 % signal to \startdefun and \dodefunx
- % Some of the @defun-type tags do not enable magic parentheses,
- % rendering the following check redundant. But we don't optimize.
- \checkparencounts
- \endgroup
-}
-
-\def\Edefun{\endgraf\medbreak}
-
-% \makedefun{deffn} creates \deffn, \deffnx and \Edeffn;
-% the only thing remainnig is to define \deffnheader.
-%
-\def\makedefun#1{%
- \expandafter\let\csname E#1\endcsname = \Edefun
- \edef\temp{\noexpand\domakedefun
- \makecsname{#1}\makecsname{#1x}\makecsname{#1header}}%
- \temp
-}
-
-% \domakedefun \deffn \deffnx \deffnheader
-%
-% Define \deffn and \deffnx, without parameters.
-% \deffnheader has to be defined explicitly.
-%
-\def\domakedefun#1#2#3{%
- \envdef#1{%
- \startdefun
- \parseargusing\activeparens{\printdefunline#3}%
- }%
- \def#2{\dodefunx#1}%
- \def#3%
-}
-
-%%% Untyped functions:
-
-% @deffn category name args
-\makedefun{deffn}{\deffngeneral{}}
-
-% @deffn category class name args
-\makedefun{defop}#1 {\defopon{#1\ \putwordon}}
-
-% \defopon {category on}class name args
-\def\defopon#1#2 {\deffngeneral{\putwordon\ \code{#2}}{#1\ \code{#2}} }
-
-% \deffngeneral {subind}category name args
-%
-\def\deffngeneral#1#2 #3 #4\endheader{%
- % Remember that \dosubind{fn}{foo}{} is equivalent to \doind{fn}{foo}.
- \dosubind{fn}{\code{#3}}{#1}%
- \defname{#2}{}{#3}\magicamp\defunargs{#4\unskip}%
-}
-
-%%% Typed functions:
-
-% @deftypefn category type name args
-\makedefun{deftypefn}{\deftypefngeneral{}}
-
-% @deftypeop category class type name args
-\makedefun{deftypeop}#1 {\deftypeopon{#1\ \putwordon}}
-
-% \deftypeopon {category on}class type name args
-\def\deftypeopon#1#2 {\deftypefngeneral{\putwordon\ \code{#2}}{#1\ \code{#2}} }
-
-% \deftypefngeneral {subind}category type name args
-%
-\def\deftypefngeneral#1#2 #3 #4 #5\endheader{%
- \dosubind{fn}{\code{#4}}{#1}%
- \defname{#2}{#3}{#4}\defunargs{#5\unskip}%
-}
-
-%%% Typed variables:
-
-% @deftypevr category type var args
-\makedefun{deftypevr}{\deftypecvgeneral{}}
-
-% @deftypecv category class type var args
-\makedefun{deftypecv}#1 {\deftypecvof{#1\ \putwordof}}
-
-% \deftypecvof {category of}class type var args
-\def\deftypecvof#1#2 {\deftypecvgeneral{\putwordof\ \code{#2}}{#1\ \code{#2}} }
-
-% \deftypecvgeneral {subind}category type var args
-%
-\def\deftypecvgeneral#1#2 #3 #4 #5\endheader{%
- \dosubind{vr}{\code{#4}}{#1}%
- \defname{#2}{#3}{#4}\defunargs{#5\unskip}%
-}
-
-%%% Untyped variables:
-
-% @defvr category var args
-\makedefun{defvr}#1 {\deftypevrheader{#1} {} }
-
-% @defcv category class var args
-\makedefun{defcv}#1 {\defcvof{#1\ \putwordof}}
-
-% \defcvof {category of}class var args
-\def\defcvof#1#2 {\deftypecvof{#1}#2 {} }
-
-%%% Type:
-% @deftp category name args
-\makedefun{deftp}#1 #2 #3\endheader{%
- \doind{tp}{\code{#2}}%
- \defname{#1}{}{#2}\defunargs{#3\unskip}%
-}
-
-% Remaining @defun-like shortcuts:
-\makedefun{defun}{\deffnheader{\putwordDeffunc} }
-\makedefun{defmac}{\deffnheader{\putwordDefmac} }
-\makedefun{defspec}{\deffnheader{\putwordDefspec} }
-\makedefun{deftypefun}{\deftypefnheader{\putwordDeffunc} }
-\makedefun{defvar}{\defvrheader{\putwordDefvar} }
-\makedefun{defopt}{\defvrheader{\putwordDefopt} }
-\makedefun{deftypevar}{\deftypevrheader{\putwordDefvar} }
-\makedefun{defmethod}{\defopon\putwordMethodon}
-\makedefun{deftypemethod}{\deftypeopon\putwordMethodon}
-\makedefun{defivar}{\defcvof\putwordInstanceVariableof}
-\makedefun{deftypeivar}{\deftypecvof\putwordInstanceVariableof}
-
-% \defname, which formats the name of the @def (not the args).
-% #1 is the category, such as "Function".
-% #2 is the return type, if any.
-% #3 is the function name.
-%
-% We are followed by (but not passed) the arguments, if any.
-%
-\def\defname#1#2#3{%
- % Get the values of \leftskip and \rightskip as they were outside the @def...
- \advance\leftskip by -\defbodyindent
- %
- % How we'll format the type name. Putting it in brackets helps
- % distinguish it from the body text that may end up on the next line
- % just below it.
- \def\temp{#1}%
- \setbox0=\hbox{\kern\deflastargmargin \ifx\temp\empty\else [\rm\temp]\fi}
- %
- % Figure out line sizes for the paragraph shape.
- % The first line needs space for \box0; but if \rightskip is nonzero,
- % we need only space for the part of \box0 which exceeds it:
- \dimen0=\hsize \advance\dimen0 by -\wd0 \advance\dimen0 by \rightskip
- % The continuations:
- \dimen2=\hsize \advance\dimen2 by -\defargsindent
- % (plain.tex says that \dimen1 should be used only as global.)
- \parshape 2 0in \dimen0 \defargsindent \dimen2
- %
- % Put the type name to the right margin.
- \noindent
- \hbox to 0pt{%
- \hfil\box0 \kern-\hsize
- % \hsize has to be shortened this way:
- \kern\leftskip
- % Intentionally do not respect \rightskip, since we need the space.
- }%
- %
- % Allow all lines to be underfull without complaint:
- \tolerance=10000 \hbadness=10000
- \exdentamount=\defbodyindent
- {%
- % defun fonts. We use typewriter by default (used to be bold) because:
- % . we're printing identifiers, they should be in tt in principle.
- % . in languages with many accents, such as Czech or French, it's
- % common to leave accents off identifiers. The result looks ok in
- % tt, but exceedingly strange in rm.
- % . we don't want -- and --- to be treated as ligatures.
- % . this still does not fix the ?` and !` ligatures, but so far no
- % one has made identifiers using them :).
- \df \tt
- \def\temp{#2}% return value type
- \ifx\temp\empty\else \tclose{\temp} \fi
- #3% output function name
- }%
- {\rm\enskip}% hskip 0.5 em of \tenrm
- %
- \boldbrax
- % arguments will be output next, if any.
-}
-
-% Print arguments in slanted roman (not ttsl), inconsistently with using
-% tt for the name. This is because literal text is sometimes needed in
-% the argument list (groff manual), and ttsl and tt are not very
-% distinguishable. Prevent hyphenation at `-' chars.
-%
-\def\defunargs#1{%
- % use sl by default (not ttsl),
- % tt for the names.
- \df \sl \hyphenchar\font=0
- %
- % On the other hand, if an argument has two dashes (for instance), we
- % want a way to get ttsl. Let's try @var for that.
- \let\var=\ttslanted
- #1%
- \sl\hyphenchar\font=45
-}
-
-% We want ()&[] to print specially on the defun line.
-%
-\def\activeparens{%
- \catcode`\(=\active \catcode`\)=\active
- \catcode`\[=\active \catcode`\]=\active
- \catcode`\&=\active
-}
-
-% Make control sequences which act like normal parenthesis chars.
-\let\lparen = ( \let\rparen = )
-
-% Be sure that we always have a definition for `(', etc. For example,
-% if the fn name has parens in it, \boldbrax will not be in effect yet,
-% so TeX would otherwise complain about undefined control sequence.
-{
- \activeparens
- \global\let(=\lparen \global\let)=\rparen
- \global\let[=\lbrack \global\let]=\rbrack
- \global\let& = \&
-
- \gdef\boldbrax{\let(=\opnr\let)=\clnr\let[=\lbrb\let]=\rbrb}
- \gdef\magicamp{\let&=\amprm}
-}
-
-\newcount\parencount
-
-% If we encounter &foo, then turn on ()-hacking afterwards
-\newif\ifampseen
-\def\amprm#1 {\ampseentrue{\bf\ }}
-
-\def\parenfont{%
- \ifampseen
- % At the first level, print parens in roman,
- % otherwise use the default font.
- \ifnum \parencount=1 \rm \fi
- \else
- % The \sf parens (in \boldbrax) actually are a little bolder than
- % the contained text. This is especially needed for [ and ] .
- \sf
- \fi
-}
-\def\infirstlevel#1{%
- \ifampseen
- \ifnum\parencount=1
- #1%
- \fi
- \fi
-}
-\def\bfafterword#1 {#1 \bf}
-
-\def\opnr{%
- \global\advance\parencount by 1
- {\parenfont(}%
- \infirstlevel \bfafterword
-}
-\def\clnr{%
- {\parenfont)}%
- \infirstlevel \sl
- \global\advance\parencount by -1
-}
-
-\newcount\brackcount
-\def\lbrb{%
- \global\advance\brackcount by 1
- {\bf[}%
-}
-\def\rbrb{%
- {\bf]}%
- \global\advance\brackcount by -1
-}
-
-\def\checkparencounts{%
- \ifnum\parencount=0 \else \badparencount \fi
- \ifnum\brackcount=0 \else \badbrackcount \fi
-}
-\def\badparencount{%
- \errmessage{Unbalanced parentheses in @def}%
- \global\parencount=0
-}
-\def\badbrackcount{%
- \errmessage{Unbalanced square braces in @def}%
- \global\brackcount=0
-}
-
-
-\message{macros,}
-% @macro.
-
-% To do this right we need a feature of e-TeX, \scantokens,
-% which we arrange to emulate with a temporary file in ordinary TeX.
-\ifx\eTeXversion\undefined
- \newwrite\macscribble
- \def\scantokens#1{%
- \toks0={#1}%
- \immediate\openout\macscribble=\jobname.tmp
- \immediate\write\macscribble{\the\toks0}%
- \immediate\closeout\macscribble
- \input \jobname.tmp
- }
-\fi
-
-\def\scanmacro#1{%
- \begingroup
- \newlinechar`\^^M
- \let\xeatspaces\eatspaces
- % Undo catcode changes of \startcontents and \doprintindex
- % When called from @insertcopying or (short)caption, we need active
- % backslash to get it printed correctly. Previously, we had
- % \catcode`\\=\other instead. We'll see whether a problem appears
- % with macro expansion. --kasal, 19aug04
- \catcode`\@=0 \catcode`\\=\active \escapechar=`\@
- % ... and \example
- \spaceisspace
- %
- % Append \endinput to make sure that TeX does not see the ending newline.
- %
- % I've verified that it is necessary both for e-TeX and for ordinary TeX
- % --kasal, 29nov03
- \scantokens{#1\endinput}%
- \endgroup
-}
-
-\def\scanexp#1{%
- \edef\temp{\noexpand\scanmacro{#1}}%
- \temp
-}
-
-\newcount\paramno % Count of parameters
-\newtoks\macname % Macro name
-\newif\ifrecursive % Is it recursive?
-
-% List of all defined macros in the form
-% \definedummyword\macro1\definedummyword\macro2...
-% Currently is also contains all @aliases; the list can be split
-% if there is a need.
-\def\macrolist{}
-
-% Add the macro to \macrolist
-\def\addtomacrolist#1{\expandafter \addtomacrolistxxx \csname#1\endcsname}
-\def\addtomacrolistxxx#1{%
- \toks0 = \expandafter{\macrolist\definedummyword#1}%
- \xdef\macrolist{\the\toks0}%
-}
-
-% Utility routines.
-% This does \let #1 = #2, with \csnames; that is,
-% \let \csname#1\endcsname = \csname#2\endcsname
-% (except of course we have to play expansion games).
-%
-\def\cslet#1#2{%
- \expandafter\let
- \csname#1\expandafter\endcsname
- \csname#2\endcsname
-}
-
-% Trim leading and trailing spaces off a string.
-% Concepts from aro-bend problem 15 (see CTAN).
-{\catcode`\@=11
-\gdef\eatspaces #1{\expandafter\trim@\expandafter{#1 }}
-\gdef\trim@ #1{\trim@@ @#1 @ #1 @ @@}
-\gdef\trim@@ #1@ #2@ #3@@{\trim@@@\empty #2 @}
-\def\unbrace#1{#1}
-\unbrace{\gdef\trim@@@ #1 } #2@{#1}
-}
-
-% Trim a single trailing ^^M off a string.
-{\catcode`\^^M=\other \catcode`\Q=3%
-\gdef\eatcr #1{\eatcra #1Q^^MQ}%
-\gdef\eatcra#1^^MQ{\eatcrb#1Q}%
-\gdef\eatcrb#1Q#2Q{#1}%
-}
-
-% Macro bodies are absorbed as an argument in a context where
-% all characters are catcode 10, 11 or 12, except \ which is active
-% (as in normal texinfo). It is necessary to change the definition of \.
-
-% It's necessary to have hard CRs when the macro is executed. This is
-% done by making ^^M (\endlinechar) catcode 12 when reading the macro
-% body, and then making it the \newlinechar in \scanmacro.
-
-\def\scanctxt{%
- \catcode`\"=\other
- \catcode`\+=\other
- \catcode`\<=\other
- \catcode`\>=\other
- \catcode`\@=\other
- \catcode`\^=\other
- \catcode`\_=\other
- \catcode`\|=\other
- \catcode`\~=\other
-}
-
-\def\scanargctxt{%
- \scanctxt
- \catcode`\\=\other
- \catcode`\^^M=\other
-}
-
-\def\macrobodyctxt{%
- \scanctxt
- \catcode`\{=\other
- \catcode`\}=\other
- \catcode`\^^M=\other
- \usembodybackslash
-}
-
-\def\macroargctxt{%
- \scanctxt
- \catcode`\\=\other
-}
-
-% \mbodybackslash is the definition of \ in @macro bodies.
-% It maps \foo\ => \csname macarg.foo\endcsname => #N
-% where N is the macro parameter number.
-% We define \csname macarg.\endcsname to be \realbackslash, so
-% \\ in macro replacement text gets you a backslash.
-
-{\catcode`@=0 @catcode`@\=@active
- @gdef@usembodybackslash{@let\=@mbodybackslash}
- @gdef@mbodybackslash#1\{@csname macarg.#1@endcsname}
-}
-\expandafter\def\csname macarg.\endcsname{\realbackslash}
-
-\def\macro{\recursivefalse\parsearg\macroxxx}
-\def\rmacro{\recursivetrue\parsearg\macroxxx}
-
-\def\macroxxx#1{%
- \getargs{#1}% now \macname is the macname and \argl the arglist
- \ifx\argl\empty % no arguments
- \paramno=0%
- \else
- \expandafter\parsemargdef \argl;%
- \fi
- \if1\csname ismacro.\the\macname\endcsname
- \message{Warning: redefining \the\macname}%
- \else
- \expandafter\ifx\csname \the\macname\endcsname \relax
- \else \errmessage{Macro name \the\macname\space already defined}\fi
- \global\cslet{macsave.\the\macname}{\the\macname}%
- \global\expandafter\let\csname ismacro.\the\macname\endcsname=1%
- \addtomacrolist{\the\macname}%
- \fi
- \begingroup \macrobodyctxt
- \ifrecursive \expandafter\parsermacbody
- \else \expandafter\parsemacbody
- \fi}
-
-\parseargdef\unmacro{%
- \if1\csname ismacro.#1\endcsname
- \global\cslet{#1}{macsave.#1}%
- \global\expandafter\let \csname ismacro.#1\endcsname=0%
- % Remove the macro name from \macrolist:
- \begingroup
- \expandafter\let\csname#1\endcsname \relax
- \let\definedummyword\unmacrodo
- \xdef\macrolist{\macrolist}%
- \endgroup
- \else
- \errmessage{Macro #1 not defined}%
- \fi
-}
-
-% Called by \do from \dounmacro on each macro. The idea is to omit any
-% macro definitions that have been changed to \relax.
-%
-\def\unmacrodo#1{%
- \ifx #1\relax
- % remove this
- \else
- \noexpand\definedummyword \noexpand#1%
- \fi
-}
-
-% This makes use of the obscure feature that if the last token of a
-% <parameter list> is #, then the preceding argument is delimited by
-% an opening brace, and that opening brace is not consumed.
-\def\getargs#1{\getargsxxx#1{}}
-\def\getargsxxx#1#{\getmacname #1 \relax\getmacargs}
-\def\getmacname #1 #2\relax{\macname={#1}}
-\def\getmacargs#1{\def\argl{#1}}
-
-% Parse the optional {params} list. Set up \paramno and \paramlist
-% so \defmacro knows what to do. Define \macarg.blah for each blah
-% in the params list, to be ##N where N is the position in that list.
-% That gets used by \mbodybackslash (above).
-
-% We need to get `macro parameter char #' into several definitions.
-% The technique used is stolen from LaTeX: let \hash be something
-% unexpandable, insert that wherever you need a #, and then redefine
-% it to # just before using the token list produced.
-%
-% The same technique is used to protect \eatspaces till just before
-% the macro is used.
-
-\def\parsemargdef#1;{\paramno=0\def\paramlist{}%
- \let\hash\relax\let\xeatspaces\relax\parsemargdefxxx#1,;,}
-\def\parsemargdefxxx#1,{%
- \if#1;\let\next=\relax
- \else \let\next=\parsemargdefxxx
- \advance\paramno by 1%
- \expandafter\edef\csname macarg.\eatspaces{#1}\endcsname
- {\xeatspaces{\hash\the\paramno}}%
- \edef\paramlist{\paramlist\hash\the\paramno,}%
- \fi\next}
-
-% These two commands read recursive and nonrecursive macro bodies.
-% (They're different since rec and nonrec macros end differently.)
-
-\long\def\parsemacbody#1@end macro%
-{\xdef\temp{\eatcr{#1}}\endgroup\defmacro}%
-\long\def\parsermacbody#1@end rmacro%
-{\xdef\temp{\eatcr{#1}}\endgroup\defmacro}%
-
-% This defines the macro itself. There are six cases: recursive and
-% nonrecursive macros of zero, one, and many arguments.
-% Much magic with \expandafter here.
-% \xdef is used so that macro definitions will survive the file
-% they're defined in; @include reads the file inside a group.
-\def\defmacro{%
- \let\hash=##% convert placeholders to macro parameter chars
- \ifrecursive
- \ifcase\paramno
- % 0
- \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{%
- \noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}}%
- \or % 1
- \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{%
- \bgroup\noexpand\macroargctxt
- \noexpand\braceorline
- \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname}%
- \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname##1{%
- \egroup\noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}}%
- \else % many
- \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{%
- \bgroup\noexpand\macroargctxt
- \noexpand\csname\the\macname xx\endcsname}%
- \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname xx\endcsname##1{%
- \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname ##1,}%
- \expandafter\expandafter
- \expandafter\xdef
- \expandafter\expandafter
- \csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname
- \paramlist{\egroup\noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}}%
- \fi
- \else
- \ifcase\paramno
- % 0
- \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{%
- \noexpand\norecurse{\the\macname}%
- \noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}\egroup}%
- \or % 1
- \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{%
- \bgroup\noexpand\macroargctxt
- \noexpand\braceorline
- \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname}%
- \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname##1{%
- \egroup
- \noexpand\norecurse{\the\macname}%
- \noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}\egroup}%
- \else % many
- \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{%
- \bgroup\noexpand\macroargctxt
- \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xx\endcsname}%
- \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname xx\endcsname##1{%
- \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname ##1,}%
- \expandafter\expandafter
- \expandafter\xdef
- \expandafter\expandafter
- \csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname
- \paramlist{%
- \egroup
- \noexpand\norecurse{\the\macname}%
- \noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}\egroup}%
- \fi
- \fi}
-
-\def\norecurse#1{\bgroup\cslet{#1}{macsave.#1}}
-
-% \braceorline decides whether the next nonwhitespace character is a
-% {. If so it reads up to the closing }, if not, it reads the whole
-% line. Whatever was read is then fed to the next control sequence
-% as an argument (by \parsebrace or \parsearg)
-\def\braceorline#1{\let\next=#1\futurelet\nchar\braceorlinexxx}
-\def\braceorlinexxx{%
- \ifx\nchar\bgroup\else
- \expandafter\parsearg
- \fi \next}
-
-
-% @alias.
-% We need some trickery to remove the optional spaces around the equal
-% sign. Just make them active and then expand them all to nothing.
-\def\alias{\parseargusing\obeyspaces\aliasxxx}
-\def\aliasxxx #1{\aliasyyy#1\relax}
-\def\aliasyyy #1=#2\relax{%
- {%
- \expandafter\let\obeyedspace=\empty
- \addtomacrolist{#1}%
- \xdef\next{\global\let\makecsname{#1}=\makecsname{#2}}%
- }%
- \next
-}
-
-
-\message{cross references,}
-
-\newwrite\auxfile
-
-\newif\ifhavexrefs % True if xref values are known.
-\newif\ifwarnedxrefs % True if we warned once that they aren't known.
-
-% @inforef is relatively simple.
-\def\inforef #1{\inforefzzz #1,,,,**}
-\def\inforefzzz #1,#2,#3,#4**{\putwordSee{} \putwordInfo{} \putwordfile{} \file{\ignorespaces #3{}},
- node \samp{\ignorespaces#1{}}}
-
-% @node's only job in TeX is to define \lastnode, which is used in
-% cross-references. The @node line might or might not have commas, and
-% might or might not have spaces before the first comma, like:
-% @node foo , bar , ...
-% We don't want such trailing spaces in the node name.
-%
-\parseargdef\node{\checkenv{}\donode #1 ,\finishnodeparse}
-%
-% also remove a trailing comma, in case of something like this:
-% @node Help-Cross, , , Cross-refs
-\def\donode#1 ,#2\finishnodeparse{\dodonode #1,\finishnodeparse}
-\def\dodonode#1,#2\finishnodeparse{\gdef\lastnode{#1}}
-
-\let\nwnode=\node
-\let\lastnode=\empty
-
-% Write a cross-reference definition for the current node. #1 is the
-% type (Ynumbered, Yappendix, Ynothing).
-%
-\def\donoderef#1{%
- \ifx\lastnode\empty\else
- \setref{\lastnode}{#1}%
- \global\let\lastnode=\empty
- \fi
-}
-
-% @anchor{NAME} -- define xref target at arbitrary point.
-%
-\newcount\savesfregister
-%
-\def\savesf{\relax \ifhmode \savesfregister=\spacefactor \fi}
-\def\restoresf{\relax \ifhmode \spacefactor=\savesfregister \fi}
-\def\anchor#1{\savesf \setref{#1}{Ynothing}\restoresf \ignorespaces}
-
-% \setref{NAME}{SNT} defines a cross-reference point NAME (a node or an
-% anchor), which consists of three parts:
-% 1) NAME-title - the current sectioning name taken from \thissection,
-% or the anchor name.
-% 2) NAME-snt - section number and type, passed as the SNT arg, or
-% empty for anchors.
-% 3) NAME-pg - the page number.
-%
-% This is called from \donoderef, \anchor, and \dofloat. In the case of
-% floats, there is an additional part, which is not written here:
-% 4) NAME-lof - the text as it should appear in a @listoffloats.
-%
-\def\setref#1#2{%
- \pdfmkdest{#1}%
- \iflinks
- {%
- \atdummies % preserve commands, but don't expand them
- \edef\writexrdef##1##2{%
- \write\auxfile{@xrdef{#1-% #1 of \setref, expanded by the \edef
- ##1}{##2}}% these are parameters of \writexrdef
- }%
- \toks0 = \expandafter{\thissection}%
- \immediate \writexrdef{title}{\the\toks0 }%
- \immediate \writexrdef{snt}{\csname #2\endcsname}% \Ynumbered etc.
- \writexrdef{pg}{\folio}% will be written later, during \shipout
- }%
- \fi
-}
-
-% @xref, @pxref, and @ref generate cross-references. For \xrefX, #1 is
-% the node name, #2 the name of the Info cross-reference, #3 the printed
-% node name, #4 the name of the Info file, #5 the name of the printed
-% manual. All but the node name can be omitted.
-%
-\def\pxref#1{\putwordsee{} \xrefX[#1,,,,,,,]}
-\def\xref#1{\putwordSee{} \xrefX[#1,,,,,,,]}
-\def\ref#1{\xrefX[#1,,,,,,,]}
-\def\xrefX[#1,#2,#3,#4,#5,#6]{\begingroup
- \unsepspaces
- \def\printedmanual{\ignorespaces #5}%
- \def\printedrefname{\ignorespaces #3}%
- \setbox1=\hbox{\printedmanual\unskip}%
- \setbox0=\hbox{\printedrefname\unskip}%
- \ifdim \wd0 = 0pt
- % No printed node name was explicitly given.
- \expandafter\ifx\csname SETxref-automatic-section-title\endcsname\relax
- % Use the node name inside the square brackets.
- \def\printedrefname{\ignorespaces #1}%
- \else
- % Use the actual chapter/section title appear inside
- % the square brackets. Use the real section title if we have it.
- \ifdim \wd1 > 0pt
- % It is in another manual, so we don't have it.
- \def\printedrefname{\ignorespaces #1}%
- \else
- \ifhavexrefs
- % We know the real title if we have the xref values.
- \def\printedrefname{\refx{#1-title}{}}%
- \else
- % Otherwise just copy the Info node name.
- \def\printedrefname{\ignorespaces #1}%
- \fi%
- \fi
- \fi
- \fi
- %
- % Make link in pdf output.
- \ifpdf
- \leavevmode
- \getfilename{#4}%
- {\turnoffactive
- % See comments at \activebackslashdouble.
- {\activebackslashdouble \xdef\pdfxrefdest{#1}%
- \backslashparens\pdfxrefdest}%
- %
- \ifnum\filenamelength>0
- \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]}%
- goto file{\the\filename.pdf} name{\pdfxrefdest}%
- \else
- \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]}%
- goto name{\pdfmkpgn{\pdfxrefdest}}%
- \fi
- }%
- \linkcolor
- \fi
- %
- % Float references are printed completely differently: "Figure 1.2"
- % instead of "[somenode], p.3". We distinguish them by the
- % LABEL-title being set to a magic string.
- {%
- % Have to otherify everything special to allow the \csname to
- % include an _ in the xref name, etc.
- \indexnofonts
- \turnoffactive
- \expandafter\global\expandafter\let\expandafter\Xthisreftitle
- \csname XR#1-title\endcsname
- }%
- \iffloat\Xthisreftitle
- % If the user specified the print name (third arg) to the ref,
- % print it instead of our usual "Figure 1.2".
- \ifdim\wd0 = 0pt
- \refx{#1-snt}%
- \else
- \printedrefname
- \fi
- %
- % if the user also gave the printed manual name (fifth arg), append
- % "in MANUALNAME".
- \ifdim \wd1 > 0pt
- \space \putwordin{} \cite{\printedmanual}%
- \fi
- \else
- % node/anchor (non-float) references.
- %
- % If we use \unhbox0 and \unhbox1 to print the node names, TeX does not
- % insert empty discretionaries after hyphens, which means that it will
- % not find a line break at a hyphen in a node names. Since some manuals
- % are best written with fairly long node names, containing hyphens, this
- % is a loss. Therefore, we give the text of the node name again, so it
- % is as if TeX is seeing it for the first time.
- \ifdim \wd1 > 0pt
- \putwordsection{} ``\printedrefname'' \putwordin{} \cite{\printedmanual}%
- \else
- % _ (for example) has to be the character _ for the purposes of the
- % control sequence corresponding to the node, but it has to expand
- % into the usual \leavevmode...\vrule stuff for purposes of
- % printing. So we \turnoffactive for the \refx-snt, back on for the
- % printing, back off for the \refx-pg.
- {\turnoffactive
- % Only output a following space if the -snt ref is nonempty; for
- % @unnumbered and @anchor, it won't be.
- \setbox2 = \hbox{\ignorespaces \refx{#1-snt}{}}%
- \ifdim \wd2 > 0pt \refx{#1-snt}\space\fi
- }%
- % output the `[mynode]' via a macro so it can be overridden.
- \xrefprintnodename\printedrefname
- %
- % But we always want a comma and a space:
- ,\space
- %
- % output the `page 3'.
- \turnoffactive \putwordpage\tie\refx{#1-pg}{}%
- \fi
- \fi
- \endlink
-\endgroup}
-
-% This macro is called from \xrefX for the `[nodename]' part of xref
-% output. It's a separate macro only so it can be changed more easily,
-% since square brackets don't work well in some documents. Particularly
-% one that Bob is working on :).
-%
-\def\xrefprintnodename#1{[#1]}
-
-% Things referred to by \setref.
-%
-\def\Ynothing{}
-\def\Yomitfromtoc{}
-\def\Ynumbered{%
- \ifnum\secno=0
- \putwordChapter@tie \the\chapno
- \else \ifnum\subsecno=0
- \putwordSection@tie \the\chapno.\the\secno
- \else \ifnum\subsubsecno=0
- \putwordSection@tie \the\chapno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno
- \else
- \putwordSection@tie \the\chapno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno
- \fi\fi\fi
-}
-\def\Yappendix{%
- \ifnum\secno=0
- \putwordAppendix@tie @char\the\appendixno{}%
- \else \ifnum\subsecno=0
- \putwordSection@tie @char\the\appendixno.\the\secno
- \else \ifnum\subsubsecno=0
- \putwordSection@tie @char\the\appendixno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno
- \else
- \putwordSection@tie
- @char\the\appendixno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno
- \fi\fi\fi
-}
-
-% Define \refx{NAME}{SUFFIX} to reference a cross-reference string named NAME.
-% If its value is nonempty, SUFFIX is output afterward.
-%
-\def\refx#1#2{%
- {%
- \indexnofonts
- \otherbackslash
- \expandafter\global\expandafter\let\expandafter\thisrefX
- \csname XR#1\endcsname
- }%
- \ifx\thisrefX\relax
- % If not defined, say something at least.
- \angleleft un\-de\-fined\angleright
- \iflinks
- \ifhavexrefs
- \message{\linenumber Undefined cross reference `#1'.}%
- \else
- \ifwarnedxrefs\else
- \global\warnedxrefstrue
- \message{Cross reference values unknown; you must run TeX again.}%
- \fi
- \fi
- \fi
- \else
- % It's defined, so just use it.
- \thisrefX
- \fi
- #2% Output the suffix in any case.
-}
-
-% This is the macro invoked by entries in the aux file. Usually it's
-% just a \def (we prepend XR to the control sequence name to avoid
-% collisions). But if this is a float type, we have more work to do.
-%
-\def\xrdef#1#2{%
- \expandafter\gdef\csname XR#1\endcsname{#2}% remember this xref value.
- %
- % Was that xref control sequence that we just defined for a float?
- \expandafter\iffloat\csname XR#1\endcsname
- % it was a float, and we have the (safe) float type in \iffloattype.
- \expandafter\let\expandafter\floatlist
- \csname floatlist\iffloattype\endcsname
- %
- % Is this the first time we've seen this float type?
- \expandafter\ifx\floatlist\relax
- \toks0 = {\do}% yes, so just \do
- \else
- % had it before, so preserve previous elements in list.
- \toks0 = \expandafter{\floatlist\do}%
- \fi
- %
- % Remember this xref in the control sequence \floatlistFLOATTYPE,
- % for later use in \listoffloats.
- \expandafter\xdef\csname floatlist\iffloattype\endcsname{\the\toks0{#1}}%
- \fi
-}
-
-% Read the last existing aux file, if any. No error if none exists.
-%
-\def\tryauxfile{%
- \openin 1 \jobname.aux
- \ifeof 1 \else
- \readdatafile{aux}%
- \global\havexrefstrue
- \fi
- \closein 1
-}
-
-\def\setupdatafile{%
- \catcode`\^^@=\other
- \catcode`\^^A=\other
- \catcode`\^^B=\other
- \catcode`\^^C=\other
- \catcode`\^^D=\other
- \catcode`\^^E=\other
- \catcode`\^^F=\other
- \catcode`\^^G=\other
- \catcode`\^^H=\other
- \catcode`\^^K=\other
- \catcode`\^^L=\other
- \catcode`\^^N=\other
- \catcode`\^^P=\other
- \catcode`\^^Q=\other
- \catcode`\^^R=\other
- \catcode`\^^S=\other
- \catcode`\^^T=\other
- \catcode`\^^U=\other
- \catcode`\^^V=\other
- \catcode`\^^W=\other
- \catcode`\^^X=\other
- \catcode`\^^Z=\other
- \catcode`\^^[=\other
- \catcode`\^^\=\other
- \catcode`\^^]=\other
- \catcode`\^^^=\other
- \catcode`\^^_=\other
- % It was suggested to set the catcode of ^ to 7, which would allow ^^e4 etc.
- % in xref tags, i.e., node names. But since ^^e4 notation isn't
- % supported in the main text, it doesn't seem desirable. Furthermore,
- % that is not enough: for node names that actually contain a ^
- % character, we would end up writing a line like this: 'xrdef {'hat
- % b-title}{'hat b} and \xrdef does a \csname...\endcsname on the first
- % argument, and \hat is not an expandable control sequence. It could
- % all be worked out, but why? Either we support ^^ or we don't.
- %
- % The other change necessary for this was to define \auxhat:
- % \def\auxhat{\def^{'hat }}% extra space so ok if followed by letter
- % and then to call \auxhat in \setq.
- %
- \catcode`\^=\other
- %
- % Special characters. Should be turned off anyway, but...
- \catcode`\~=\other
- \catcode`\[=\other
- \catcode`\]=\other
- \catcode`\"=\other
- \catcode`\_=\other
- \catcode`\|=\other
- \catcode`\<=\other
- \catcode`\>=\other
- \catcode`\$=\other
- \catcode`\#=\other
- \catcode`\&=\other
- \catcode`\%=\other
- \catcode`+=\other % avoid \+ for paranoia even though we've turned it off
- %
- % This is to support \ in node names and titles, since the \
- % characters end up in a \csname. It's easier than
- % leaving it active and making its active definition an actual \
- % character. What I don't understand is why it works in the *value*
- % of the xrdef. Seems like it should be a catcode12 \, and that
- % should not typeset properly. But it works, so I'm moving on for
- % now. --karl, 15jan04.
- \catcode`\\=\other
- %
- % Make the characters 128-255 be printing characters.
- {%
- \count1=128
- \def\loop{%
- \catcode\count1=\other
- \advance\count1 by 1
- \ifnum \count1<256 \loop \fi
- }%
- }%
- %
- % @ is our escape character in .aux files, and we need braces.
- \catcode`\{=1
- \catcode`\}=2
- \catcode`\@=0
-}
-
-\def\readdatafile#1{%
-\begingroup
- \setupdatafile
- \input\jobname.#1
-\endgroup}
-
-\message{insertions,}
-% including footnotes.
-
-\newcount \footnoteno
-
-% The trailing space in the following definition for supereject is
-% vital for proper filling; pages come out unaligned when you do a
-% pagealignmacro call if that space before the closing brace is
-% removed. (Generally, numeric constants should always be followed by a
-% space to prevent strange expansion errors.)
-\def\supereject{\par\penalty -20000\footnoteno =0 }
-
-% @footnotestyle is meaningful for info output only.
-\let\footnotestyle=\comment
-
-{\catcode `\@=11
-%
-% Auto-number footnotes. Otherwise like plain.
-\gdef\footnote{%
- \let\indent=\ptexindent
- \let\noindent=\ptexnoindent
- \global\advance\footnoteno by \@ne
- \edef\thisfootno{$^{\the\footnoteno}$}%
- %
- % In case the footnote comes at the end of a sentence, preserve the
- % extra spacing after we do the footnote number.
- \let\@sf\empty
- \ifhmode\edef\@sf{\spacefactor\the\spacefactor}\ptexslash\fi
- %
- % Remove inadvertent blank space before typesetting the footnote number.
- \unskip
- \thisfootno\@sf
- \dofootnote
-}%
-
-% Don't bother with the trickery in plain.tex to not require the
-% footnote text as a parameter. Our footnotes don't need to be so general.
-%
-% Oh yes, they do; otherwise, @ifset (and anything else that uses
-% \parseargline) fails inside footnotes because the tokens are fixed when
-% the footnote is read. --karl, 16nov96.
-%
-\gdef\dofootnote{%
- \insert\footins\bgroup
- % We want to typeset this text as a normal paragraph, even if the
- % footnote reference occurs in (for example) a display environment.
- % So reset some parameters.
- \hsize=\pagewidth
- \interlinepenalty\interfootnotelinepenalty
- \splittopskip\ht\strutbox % top baseline for broken footnotes
- \splitmaxdepth\dp\strutbox
- \floatingpenalty\@MM
- \leftskip\z@skip
- \rightskip\z@skip
- \spaceskip\z@skip
- \xspaceskip\z@skip
- \parindent\defaultparindent
- %
- \smallfonts \rm
- %
- % Because we use hanging indentation in footnotes, a @noindent appears
- % to exdent this text, so make it be a no-op. makeinfo does not use
- % hanging indentation so @noindent can still be needed within footnote
- % text after an @example or the like (not that this is good style).
- \let\noindent = \relax
- %
- % Hang the footnote text off the number. Use \everypar in case the
- % footnote extends for more than one paragraph.
- \everypar = {\hang}%
- \textindent{\thisfootno}%
- %
- % Don't crash into the line above the footnote text. Since this
- % expands into a box, it must come within the paragraph, lest it
- % provide a place where TeX can split the footnote.
- \footstrut
- \futurelet\next\fo@t
-}
-}%end \catcode `\@=11
-
-% In case a @footnote appears in a vbox, save the footnote text and create
-% the real \insert just after the vbox finished. Otherwise, the insertion
-% would be lost.
-% Similarily, if a @footnote appears inside an alignment, save the footnote
-% text to a box and make the \insert when a row of the table is finished.
-% And the same can be done for other insert classes. --kasal, 16nov03.
-
-% Replace the \insert primitive by a cheating macro.
-% Deeper inside, just make sure that the saved insertions are not spilled
-% out prematurely.
-%
-\def\startsavinginserts{%
- \ifx \insert\ptexinsert
- \let\insert\saveinsert
- \else
- \let\checkinserts\relax
- \fi
-}
-
-% This \insert replacement works for both \insert\footins{foo} and
-% \insert\footins\bgroup foo\egroup, but it doesn't work for \insert27{foo}.
-%
-\def\saveinsert#1{%
- \edef\next{\noexpand\savetobox \makeSAVEname#1}%
- \afterassignment\next
- % swallow the left brace
- \let\temp =
-}
-\def\makeSAVEname#1{\makecsname{SAVE\expandafter\gobble\string#1}}
-\def\savetobox#1{\global\setbox#1 = \vbox\bgroup \unvbox#1}
-
-\def\checksaveins#1{\ifvoid#1\else \placesaveins#1\fi}
-
-\def\placesaveins#1{%
- \ptexinsert \csname\expandafter\gobblesave\string#1\endcsname
- {\box#1}%
-}
-
-% eat @SAVE -- beware, all of them have catcode \other:
-{
- \def\dospecials{\do S\do A\do V\do E} \uncatcodespecials % ;-)
- \gdef\gobblesave @SAVE{}
-}
-
-% initialization:
-\def\newsaveins #1{%
- \edef\next{\noexpand\newsaveinsX \makeSAVEname#1}%
- \next
-}
-\def\newsaveinsX #1{%
- \csname newbox\endcsname #1%
- \expandafter\def\expandafter\checkinserts\expandafter{\checkinserts
- \checksaveins #1}%
-}
-
-% initialize:
-\let\checkinserts\empty
-\newsaveins\footins
-\newsaveins\margin
-
-
-% @image. We use the macros from epsf.tex to support this.
-% If epsf.tex is not installed and @image is used, we complain.
-%
-% Check for and read epsf.tex up front. If we read it only at @image
-% time, we might be inside a group, and then its definitions would get
-% undone and the next image would fail.
-\openin 1 = epsf.tex
-\ifeof 1 \else
- % Do not bother showing banner with epsf.tex v2.7k (available in
- % doc/epsf.tex and on ctan).
- \def\epsfannounce{\toks0 = }%
- \input epsf.tex
-\fi
-\closein 1
-%
-% We will only complain once about lack of epsf.tex.
-\newif\ifwarnednoepsf
-\newhelp\noepsfhelp{epsf.tex must be installed for images to
- work. It is also included in the Texinfo distribution, or you can get
- it from ftp://tug.org/tex/epsf.tex.}
-%
-\def\image#1{%
- \ifx\epsfbox\undefined
- \ifwarnednoepsf \else
- \errhelp = \noepsfhelp
- \errmessage{epsf.tex not found, images will be ignored}%
- \global\warnednoepsftrue
- \fi
- \else
- \imagexxx #1,,,,,\finish
- \fi
-}
-%
-% Arguments to @image:
-% #1 is (mandatory) image filename; we tack on .eps extension.
-% #2 is (optional) width, #3 is (optional) height.
-% #4 is (ignored optional) html alt text.
-% #5 is (ignored optional) extension.
-% #6 is just the usual extra ignored arg for parsing this stuff.
-\newif\ifimagevmode
-\def\imagexxx#1,#2,#3,#4,#5,#6\finish{\begingroup
- \catcode`\^^M = 5 % in case we're inside an example
- \normalturnoffactive % allow _ et al. in names
- % If the image is by itself, center it.
- \ifvmode
- \imagevmodetrue
- \nobreak\bigskip
- % Usually we'll have text after the image which will insert
- % \parskip glue, so insert it here too to equalize the space
- % above and below.
- \nobreak\vskip\parskip
- \nobreak
- \line\bgroup\hss
- \fi
- %
- % Output the image.
- \ifpdf
- \dopdfimage{#1}{#2}{#3}%
- \else
- % \epsfbox itself resets \epsf?size at each figure.
- \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}\ifdim\wd0 > 0pt \epsfxsize=#2\relax \fi
- \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #3}\ifdim\wd0 > 0pt \epsfysize=#3\relax \fi
- \epsfbox{#1.eps}%
- \fi
- %
- \ifimagevmode \hss \egroup \bigbreak \fi % space after the image
-\endgroup}
-
-
-% @float FLOATTYPE,LABEL,LOC ... @end float for displayed figures, tables,
-% etc. We don't actually implement floating yet, we always include the
-% float "here". But it seemed the best name for the future.
-%
-\envparseargdef\float{\eatcommaspace\eatcommaspace\dofloat#1, , ,\finish}
-
-% There may be a space before second and/or third parameter; delete it.
-\def\eatcommaspace#1, {#1,}
-
-% #1 is the optional FLOATTYPE, the text label for this float, typically
-% "Figure", "Table", "Example", etc. Can't contain commas. If omitted,
-% this float will not be numbered and cannot be referred to.
-%
-% #2 is the optional xref label. Also must be present for the float to
-% be referable.
-%
-% #3 is the optional positioning argument; for now, it is ignored. It
-% will somehow specify the positions allowed to float to (here, top, bottom).
-%
-% We keep a separate counter for each FLOATTYPE, which we reset at each
-% chapter-level command.
-\let\resetallfloatnos=\empty
-%
-\def\dofloat#1,#2,#3,#4\finish{%
- \let\thiscaption=\empty
- \let\thisshortcaption=\empty
- %
- % don't lose footnotes inside @float.
- %
- % BEWARE: when the floats start float, we have to issue warning whenever an
- % insert appears inside a float which could possibly float. --kasal, 26may04
- %
- \startsavinginserts
- %
- % We can't be used inside a paragraph.
- \par
- %
- \vtop\bgroup
- \def\floattype{#1}%
- \def\floatlabel{#2}%
- \def\floatloc{#3}% we do nothing with this yet.
- %
- \ifx\floattype\empty
- \let\safefloattype=\empty
- \else
- {%
- % the floattype might have accents or other special characters,
- % but we need to use it in a control sequence name.
- \indexnofonts
- \turnoffactive
- \xdef\safefloattype{\floattype}%
- }%
- \fi
- %
- % If label is given but no type, we handle that as the empty type.
- \ifx\floatlabel\empty \else
- % We want each FLOATTYPE to be numbered separately (Figure 1,
- % Table 1, Figure 2, ...). (And if no label, no number.)
- %
- \expandafter\getfloatno\csname\safefloattype floatno\endcsname
- \global\advance\floatno by 1
- %
- {%
- % This magic value for \thissection is output by \setref as the
- % XREFLABEL-title value. \xrefX uses it to distinguish float
- % labels (which have a completely different output format) from
- % node and anchor labels. And \xrdef uses it to construct the
- % lists of floats.
- %
- \edef\thissection{\floatmagic=\safefloattype}%
- \setref{\floatlabel}{Yfloat}%
- }%
- \fi
- %
- % start with \parskip glue, I guess.
- \vskip\parskip
- %
- % Don't suppress indentation if a float happens to start a section.
- \restorefirstparagraphindent
-}
-
-% we have these possibilities:
-% @float Foo,lbl & @caption{Cap}: Foo 1.1: Cap
-% @float Foo,lbl & no caption: Foo 1.1
-% @float Foo & @caption{Cap}: Foo: Cap
-% @float Foo & no caption: Foo
-% @float ,lbl & Caption{Cap}: 1.1: Cap
-% @float ,lbl & no caption: 1.1
-% @float & @caption{Cap}: Cap
-% @float & no caption:
-%
-\def\Efloat{%
- \let\floatident = \empty
- %
- % In all cases, if we have a float type, it comes first.
- \ifx\floattype\empty \else \def\floatident{\floattype}\fi
- %
- % If we have an xref label, the number comes next.
- \ifx\floatlabel\empty \else
- \ifx\floattype\empty \else % if also had float type, need tie first.
- \appendtomacro\floatident{\tie}%
- \fi
- % the number.
- \appendtomacro\floatident{\chaplevelprefix\the\floatno}%
- \fi
- %
- % Start the printed caption with what we've constructed in
- % \floatident, but keep it separate; we need \floatident again.
- \let\captionline = \floatident
- %
- \ifx\thiscaption\empty \else
- \ifx\floatident\empty \else
- \appendtomacro\captionline{: }% had ident, so need a colon between
- \fi
- %
- % caption text.
- \appendtomacro\captionline{\scanexp\thiscaption}%
- \fi
- %
- % If we have anything to print, print it, with space before.
- % Eventually this needs to become an \insert.
- \ifx\captionline\empty \else
- \vskip.5\parskip
- \captionline
- %
- % Space below caption.
- \vskip\parskip
- \fi
- %
- % If have an xref label, write the list of floats info. Do this
- % after the caption, to avoid chance of it being a breakpoint.
- \ifx\floatlabel\empty \else
- % Write the text that goes in the lof to the aux file as
- % \floatlabel-lof. Besides \floatident, we include the short
- % caption if specified, else the full caption if specified, else nothing.
- {%
- \atdummies
- % since we read the caption text in the macro world, where ^^M
- % is turned into a normal character, we have to scan it back, so
- % we don't write the literal three characters "^^M" into the aux file.
- \scanexp{%
- \xdef\noexpand\gtemp{%
- \ifx\thisshortcaption\empty
- \thiscaption
- \else
- \thisshortcaption
- \fi
- }%
- }%
- \immediate\write\auxfile{@xrdef{\floatlabel-lof}{\floatident
- \ifx\gtemp\empty \else : \gtemp \fi}}%
- }%
- \fi
- \egroup % end of \vtop
- %
- % place the captured inserts
- %
- % BEWARE: when the floats start float, we have to issue warning whenever an
- % insert appears inside a float which could possibly float. --kasal, 26may04
- %
- \checkinserts
-}
-
-% Append the tokens #2 to the definition of macro #1, not expanding either.
-%
-\def\appendtomacro#1#2{%
- \expandafter\def\expandafter#1\expandafter{#1#2}%
-}
-
-% @caption, @shortcaption
-%
-\def\caption{\docaption\thiscaption}
-\def\shortcaption{\docaption\thisshortcaption}
-\def\docaption{\checkenv\float \bgroup\scanargctxt\defcaption}
-\def\defcaption#1#2{\egroup \def#1{#2}}
-
-% The parameter is the control sequence identifying the counter we are
-% going to use. Create it if it doesn't exist and assign it to \floatno.
-\def\getfloatno#1{%
- \ifx#1\relax
- % Haven't seen this figure type before.
- \csname newcount\endcsname #1%
- %
- % Remember to reset this floatno at the next chap.
- \expandafter\gdef\expandafter\resetallfloatnos
- \expandafter{\resetallfloatnos #1=0 }%
- \fi
- \let\floatno#1%
-}
-
-% \setref calls this to get the XREFLABEL-snt value. We want an @xref
-% to the FLOATLABEL to expand to "Figure 3.1". We call \setref when we
-% first read the @float command.
-%
-\def\Yfloat{\floattype@tie \chaplevelprefix\the\floatno}%
-
-% Magic string used for the XREFLABEL-title value, so \xrefX can
-% distinguish floats from other xref types.
-\def\floatmagic{!!float!!}
-
-% #1 is the control sequence we are passed; we expand into a conditional
-% which is true if #1 represents a float ref. That is, the magic
-% \thissection value which we \setref above.
-%
-\def\iffloat#1{\expandafter\doiffloat#1==\finish}
-%
-% #1 is (maybe) the \floatmagic string. If so, #2 will be the
-% (safe) float type for this float. We set \iffloattype to #2.
-%
-\def\doiffloat#1=#2=#3\finish{%
- \def\temp{#1}%
- \def\iffloattype{#2}%
- \ifx\temp\floatmagic
-}
-
-% @listoffloats FLOATTYPE - print a list of floats like a table of contents.
-%
-\parseargdef\listoffloats{%
- \def\floattype{#1}% floattype
- {%
- % the floattype might have accents or other special characters,
- % but we need to use it in a control sequence name.
- \indexnofonts
- \turnoffactive
- \xdef\safefloattype{\floattype}%
- }%
- %
- % \xrdef saves the floats as a \do-list in \floatlistSAFEFLOATTYPE.
- \expandafter\ifx\csname floatlist\safefloattype\endcsname \relax
- \ifhavexrefs
- % if the user said @listoffloats foo but never @float foo.
- \message{\linenumber No `\safefloattype' floats to list.}%
- \fi
- \else
- \begingroup
- \leftskip=\tocindent % indent these entries like a toc
- \let\do=\listoffloatsdo
- \csname floatlist\safefloattype\endcsname
- \endgroup
- \fi
-}
-
-% This is called on each entry in a list of floats. We're passed the
-% xref label, in the form LABEL-title, which is how we save it in the
-% aux file. We strip off the -title and look up \XRLABEL-lof, which
-% has the text we're supposed to typeset here.
-%
-% Figures without xref labels will not be included in the list (since
-% they won't appear in the aux file).
-%
-\def\listoffloatsdo#1{\listoffloatsdoentry#1\finish}
-\def\listoffloatsdoentry#1-title\finish{{%
- % Can't fully expand XR#1-lof because it can contain anything. Just
- % pass the control sequence. On the other hand, XR#1-pg is just the
- % page number, and we want to fully expand that so we can get a link
- % in pdf output.
- \toksA = \expandafter{\csname XR#1-lof\endcsname}%
- %
- % use the same \entry macro we use to generate the TOC and index.
- \edef\writeentry{\noexpand\entry{\the\toksA}{\csname XR#1-pg\endcsname}}%
- \writeentry
-}}
-
-\message{localization,}
-% and i18n.
-
-% @documentlanguage is usually given very early, just after
-% @setfilename. If done too late, it may not override everything
-% properly. Single argument is the language abbreviation.
-% It would be nice if we could set up a hyphenation file here.
-%
-\parseargdef\documentlanguage{%
- \tex % read txi-??.tex file in plain TeX.
- % Read the file if it exists.
- \openin 1 txi-#1.tex
- \ifeof 1
- \errhelp = \nolanghelp
- \errmessage{Cannot read language file txi-#1.tex}%
- \else
- \input txi-#1.tex
- \fi
- \closein 1
- \endgroup
-}
-\newhelp\nolanghelp{The given language definition file cannot be found or
-is empty. Maybe you need to install it? In the current directory
-should work if nowhere else does.}
-
-
-% @documentencoding should change something in TeX eventually, most
-% likely, but for now just recognize it.
-\let\documentencoding = \comment
-
-
-% Page size parameters.
-%
-\newdimen\defaultparindent \defaultparindent = 15pt
-
-\chapheadingskip = 15pt plus 4pt minus 2pt
-\secheadingskip = 12pt plus 3pt minus 2pt
-\subsecheadingskip = 9pt plus 2pt minus 2pt
-
-% Prevent underfull vbox error messages.
-\vbadness = 10000
-
-% Don't be so finicky about underfull hboxes, either.
-\hbadness = 2000
-
-% Following George Bush, just get rid of widows and orphans.
-\widowpenalty=10000
-\clubpenalty=10000
-
-% Use TeX 3.0's \emergencystretch to help line breaking, but if we're
-% using an old version of TeX, don't do anything. We want the amount of
-% stretch added to depend on the line length, hence the dependence on
-% \hsize. We call this whenever the paper size is set.
-%
-\def\setemergencystretch{%
- \ifx\emergencystretch\thisisundefined
- % Allow us to assign to \emergencystretch anyway.
- \def\emergencystretch{\dimen0}%
- \else
- \emergencystretch = .15\hsize
- \fi
-}
-
-% Parameters in order: 1) textheight; 2) textwidth;
-% 3) voffset; 4) hoffset; 5) binding offset; 6) topskip;
-% 7) physical page height; 8) physical page width.
-%
-% We also call \setleading{\textleading}, so the caller should define
-% \textleading. The caller should also set \parskip.
-%
-\def\internalpagesizes#1#2#3#4#5#6#7#8{%
- \voffset = #3\relax
- \topskip = #6\relax
- \splittopskip = \topskip
- %
- \vsize = #1\relax
- \advance\vsize by \topskip
- \outervsize = \vsize
- \advance\outervsize by 2\topandbottommargin
- \pageheight = \vsize
- %
- \hsize = #2\relax
- \outerhsize = \hsize
- \advance\outerhsize by 0.5in
- \pagewidth = \hsize
- %
- \normaloffset = #4\relax
- \bindingoffset = #5\relax
- %
- \ifpdf
- \pdfpageheight #7\relax
- \pdfpagewidth #8\relax
- \fi
- %
- \setleading{\textleading}
- %
- \parindent = \defaultparindent
- \setemergencystretch
-}
-
-% @letterpaper (the default).
-\def\letterpaper{{\globaldefs = 1
- \parskip = 3pt plus 2pt minus 1pt
- \textleading = 13.2pt
- %
- % If page is nothing but text, make it come out even.
- \internalpagesizes{46\baselineskip}{6in}%
- {\voffset}{.25in}%
- {\bindingoffset}{36pt}%
- {11in}{8.5in}%
-}}
-
-% Use @smallbook to reset parameters for 7x9.25 trim size.
-\def\smallbook{{\globaldefs = 1
- \parskip = 2pt plus 1pt
- \textleading = 12pt
- %
- \internalpagesizes{7.5in}{5in}%
- {\voffset}{.25in}%
- {\bindingoffset}{16pt}%
- {9.25in}{7in}%
- %
- \lispnarrowing = 0.3in
- \tolerance = 700
- \hfuzz = 1pt
- \contentsrightmargin = 0pt
- \defbodyindent = .5cm
-}}
-
-% Use @smallerbook to reset parameters for 6x9 trim size.
-% (Just testing, parameters still in flux.)
-\def\smallerbook{{\globaldefs = 1
- \parskip = 1.5pt plus 1pt
- \textleading = 12pt
- %
- \internalpagesizes{7.4in}{4.8in}%
- {-.2in}{-.4in}%
- {0pt}{14pt}%
- {9in}{6in}%
- %
- \lispnarrowing = 0.25in
- \tolerance = 700
- \hfuzz = 1pt
- \contentsrightmargin = 0pt
- \defbodyindent = .4cm
-}}
-
-% Use @afourpaper to print on European A4 paper.
-\def\afourpaper{{\globaldefs = 1
- \parskip = 3pt plus 2pt minus 1pt
- \textleading = 13.2pt
- %
- % Double-side printing via postscript on Laserjet 4050
- % prints double-sided nicely when \bindingoffset=10mm and \hoffset=-6mm.
- % To change the settings for a different printer or situation, adjust
- % \normaloffset until the front-side and back-side texts align. Then
- % do the same for \bindingoffset. You can set these for testing in
- % your texinfo source file like this:
- % @tex
- % \global\normaloffset = -6mm
- % \global\bindingoffset = 10mm
- % @end tex
- \internalpagesizes{51\baselineskip}{160mm}
- {\voffset}{\hoffset}%
- {\bindingoffset}{44pt}%
- {297mm}{210mm}%
- %
- \tolerance = 700
- \hfuzz = 1pt
- \contentsrightmargin = 0pt
- \defbodyindent = 5mm
-}}
-
-% Use @afivepaper to print on European A5 paper.
-% From romildo@urano.iceb.ufop.br, 2 July 2000.
-% He also recommends making @example and @lisp be small.
-\def\afivepaper{{\globaldefs = 1
- \parskip = 2pt plus 1pt minus 0.1pt
- \textleading = 12.5pt
- %
- \internalpagesizes{160mm}{120mm}%
- {\voffset}{\hoffset}%
- {\bindingoffset}{8pt}%
- {210mm}{148mm}%
- %
- \lispnarrowing = 0.2in
- \tolerance = 800
- \hfuzz = 1.2pt
- \contentsrightmargin = 0pt
- \defbodyindent = 2mm
- \tableindent = 12mm
-}}
-
-% A specific text layout, 24x15cm overall, intended for A4 paper.
-\def\afourlatex{{\globaldefs = 1
- \afourpaper
- \internalpagesizes{237mm}{150mm}%
- {\voffset}{4.6mm}%
- {\bindingoffset}{7mm}%
- {297mm}{210mm}%
- %
- % Must explicitly reset to 0 because we call \afourpaper.
- \globaldefs = 0
-}}
-
-% Use @afourwide to print on A4 paper in landscape format.
-\def\afourwide{{\globaldefs = 1
- \afourpaper
- \internalpagesizes{241mm}{165mm}%
- {\voffset}{-2.95mm}%
- {\bindingoffset}{7mm}%
- {297mm}{210mm}%
- \globaldefs = 0
-}}
-
-% @pagesizes TEXTHEIGHT[,TEXTWIDTH]
-% Perhaps we should allow setting the margins, \topskip, \parskip,
-% and/or leading, also. Or perhaps we should compute them somehow.
-%
-\parseargdef\pagesizes{\pagesizesyyy #1,,\finish}
-\def\pagesizesyyy#1,#2,#3\finish{{%
- \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}\ifdim\wd0 > 0pt \hsize=#2\relax \fi
- \globaldefs = 1
- %
- \parskip = 3pt plus 2pt minus 1pt
- \setleading{\textleading}%
- %
- \dimen0 = #1
- \advance\dimen0 by \voffset
- %
- \dimen2 = \hsize
- \advance\dimen2 by \normaloffset
- %
- \internalpagesizes{#1}{\hsize}%
- {\voffset}{\normaloffset}%
- {\bindingoffset}{44pt}%
- {\dimen0}{\dimen2}%
-}}
-
-% Set default to letter.
-%
-\letterpaper
-
-
-\message{and turning on texinfo input format.}
-
-% Define macros to output various characters with catcode for normal text.
-\catcode`\"=\other
-\catcode`\~=\other
-\catcode`\^=\other
-\catcode`\_=\other
-\catcode`\|=\other
-\catcode`\<=\other
-\catcode`\>=\other
-\catcode`\+=\other
-\catcode`\$=\other
-\def\normaldoublequote{"}
-\def\normaltilde{~}
-\def\normalcaret{^}
-\def\normalunderscore{_}
-\def\normalverticalbar{|}
-\def\normalless{<}
-\def\normalgreater{>}
-\def\normalplus{+}
-\def\normaldollar{$}%$ font-lock fix
-
-% This macro is used to make a character print one way in \tt
-% (where it can probably be output as-is), and another way in other fonts,
-% where something hairier probably needs to be done.
-%
-% #1 is what to print if we are indeed using \tt; #2 is what to print
-% otherwise. Since all the Computer Modern typewriter fonts have zero
-% interword stretch (and shrink), and it is reasonable to expect all
-% typewriter fonts to have this, we can check that font parameter.
-%
-\def\ifusingtt#1#2{\ifdim \fontdimen3\font=0pt #1\else #2\fi}
-
-% Same as above, but check for italic font. Actually this also catches
-% non-italic slanted fonts since it is impossible to distinguish them from
-% italic fonts. But since this is only used by $ and it uses \sl anyway
-% this is not a problem.
-\def\ifusingit#1#2{\ifdim \fontdimen1\font>0pt #1\else #2\fi}
-
-% Turn off all special characters except @
-% (and those which the user can use as if they were ordinary).
-% Most of these we simply print from the \tt font, but for some, we can
-% use math or other variants that look better in normal text.
-
-\catcode`\"=\active
-\def\activedoublequote{{\tt\char34}}
-\let"=\activedoublequote
-\catcode`\~=\active
-\def~{{\tt\char126}}
-\chardef\hat=`\^
-\catcode`\^=\active
-\def^{{\tt \hat}}
-
-\catcode`\_=\active
-\def_{\ifusingtt\normalunderscore\_}
-\let\realunder=_
-% Subroutine for the previous macro.
-\def\_{\leavevmode \kern.07em \vbox{\hrule width.3em height.1ex}\kern .07em }
-
-\catcode`\|=\active
-\def|{{\tt\char124}}
-\chardef \less=`\<
-\catcode`\<=\active
-\def<{{\tt \less}}
-\chardef \gtr=`\>
-\catcode`\>=\active
-\def>{{\tt \gtr}}
-\catcode`\+=\active
-\def+{{\tt \char 43}}
-\catcode`\$=\active
-\def${\ifusingit{{\sl\$}}\normaldollar}%$ font-lock fix
-
-% If a .fmt file is being used, characters that might appear in a file
-% name cannot be active until we have parsed the command line.
-% So turn them off again, and have \everyjob (or @setfilename) turn them on.
-% \otherifyactive is called near the end of this file.
-\def\otherifyactive{\catcode`+=\other \catcode`\_=\other}
-
-\catcode`\@=0
-
-% \backslashcurfont outputs one backslash character in current font,
-% as in \char`\\.
-\global\chardef\backslashcurfont=`\\
-\global\let\rawbackslashxx=\backslashcurfont % let existing .??s files work
-
-% \rawbackslash defines an active \ to do \backslashcurfont.
-% \otherbackslash defines an active \ to be a literal `\' character with
-% catcode other.
-{\catcode`\\=\active
- @gdef@rawbackslash{@let\=@backslashcurfont}
- @gdef@otherbackslash{@let\=@realbackslash}
-}
-
-% \realbackslash is an actual character `\' with catcode other, and
-% \doublebackslash is two of them (for the pdf outlines).
-{\catcode`\\=\other @gdef@realbackslash{\} @gdef@doublebackslash{\\}}
-
-% \normalbackslash outputs one backslash in fixed width font.
-\def\normalbackslash{{\tt\backslashcurfont}}
-
-\catcode`\\=\active
-
-% Used sometimes to turn off (effectively) the active characters
-% even after parsing them.
-@def@turnoffactive{%
- @let"=@normaldoublequote
- @let\=@realbackslash
- @let~=@normaltilde
- @let^=@normalcaret
- @let_=@normalunderscore
- @let|=@normalverticalbar
- @let<=@normalless
- @let>=@normalgreater
- @let+=@normalplus
- @let$=@normaldollar %$ font-lock fix
- @unsepspaces
-}
-
-% Same as @turnoffactive except outputs \ as {\tt\char`\\} instead of
-% the literal character `\'. (Thus, \ is not expandable when this is in
-% effect.)
-%
-@def@normalturnoffactive{@turnoffactive @let\=@normalbackslash}
-
-% Make _ and + \other characters, temporarily.
-% This is canceled by @fixbackslash.
-@otherifyactive
-
-% If a .fmt file is being used, we don't want the `\input texinfo' to show up.
-% That is what \eatinput is for; after that, the `\' should revert to printing
-% a backslash.
-%
-@gdef@eatinput input texinfo{@fixbackslash}
-@global@let\ = @eatinput
-
-% On the other hand, perhaps the file did not have a `\input texinfo'. Then
-% the first `\{ in the file would cause an error. This macro tries to fix
-% that, assuming it is called before the first `\' could plausibly occur.
-% Also turn back on active characters that might appear in the input
-% file name, in case not using a pre-dumped format.
-%
-@gdef@fixbackslash{%
- @ifx\@eatinput @let\ = @normalbackslash @fi
- @catcode`+=@active
- @catcode`@_=@active
-}
-
-% Say @foo, not \foo, in error messages.
-@escapechar = `@@
-
-% These look ok in all fonts, so just make them not special.
-@catcode`@& = @other
-@catcode`@# = @other
-@catcode`@% = @other
-
-
-@c Local variables:
-@c eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
-@c page-delimiter: "^\\\\message"
-@c time-stamp-start: "def\\\\texinfoversion{"
-@c time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H"
-@c time-stamp-end: "}"
-@c End:
-
-@c vim:sw=2:
-
-@ignore
- arch-tag: e1b36e32-c96e-4135-a41a-0b2efa2ea115
-@end ignore
+++ /dev/null
-# Copyright (C) 2003, 2005, 2008, 2009, 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-# the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
-# (at your option) any later version.
-#
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
-# GNU General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program; see the file COPYING3. If not see
-# <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-
-proc load_gcc_lib { filename } {
- global srcdir
- load_file $srcdir/../../gcc/testsuite/lib/$filename
-}
-
-load_lib dg.exp
-load_lib libgloss.exp
-load_gcc_lib target-libpath.exp
-load_gcc_lib wrapper.exp
-
-
-# Define libffi callbacks for dg.exp.
-
-proc libffi-dg-test-1 { target_compile prog do_what extra_tool_flags } {
-
- # To get all \n in dg-output test strings to match printf output
- # in a system that outputs it as \015\012 (i.e. not just \012), we
- # need to change all \n into \r?\n. As there is no dejagnu flag
- # or hook to do that, we simply change the text being tested.
- # Unfortunately, we have to know that the variable is called
- # dg-output-text and lives in the caller of libffi-dg-test, which
- # is two calls up. Overriding proc dg-output would be longer and
- # would necessarily have the same assumption.
- upvar 2 dg-output-text output_match
-
- if { [llength $output_match] > 1 } {
- regsub -all "\n" [lindex $output_match 1] "\r?\n" x
- set output_match [lreplace $output_match 1 1 $x]
- }
-
- # Set up the compiler flags, based on what we're going to do.
-
- set options [list]
- switch $do_what {
- "compile" {
- set compile_type "assembly"
- set output_file "[file rootname [file tail $prog]].s"
- }
- "link" {
- set compile_type "executable"
- set output_file "[file rootname [file tail $prog]].exe"
- # The following line is needed for targets like the i960 where
- # the default output file is b.out. Sigh.
- }
- "run" {
- set compile_type "executable"
- # FIXME: "./" is to cope with "." not being in $PATH.
- # Should this be handled elsewhere?
- # YES.
- set output_file "./[file rootname [file tail $prog]].exe"
- # This is the only place where we care if an executable was
- # created or not. If it was, dg.exp will try to run it.
- remote_file build delete $output_file;
- }
- default {
- perror "$do_what: not a valid dg-do keyword"
- return ""
- }
- }
-
- if { $extra_tool_flags != "" } {
- lappend options "additional_flags=$extra_tool_flags"
- }
-
- set comp_output [libffi_target_compile "$prog" "$output_file" "$compile_type" $options];
-
-
- return [list $comp_output $output_file]
-}
-
-
-proc libffi-dg-test { prog do_what extra_tool_flags } {
- return [libffi-dg-test-1 target_compile $prog $do_what $extra_tool_flags]
-}
-
-proc libffi-init { args } {
- global gluefile wrap_flags;
- global srcdir
- global blddirffi
- global objdir
- global blddircxx
- global TOOL_OPTIONS
- global tool
- global libffi_include
- global libffi_link_flags
- global tool_root_dir
- global ld_library_path
-
- set blddirffi [lookfor_file [get_multilibs] libffi]
- verbose "libffi $blddirffi"
- set blddircxx [lookfor_file [get_multilibs] libstdc++-v3]
- verbose "libstdc++ $blddircxx"
-
- set gccdir [lookfor_file $tool_root_dir gcc/libgcc.a]
- if {$gccdir != ""} {
- set gccdir [file dirname $gccdir]
- }
- verbose "gccdir $gccdir"
-
- set ld_library_path "."
- append ld_library_path ":${gccdir}"
-
- set compiler "${gccdir}/xgcc"
- if { [is_remote host] == 0 && [which $compiler] != 0 } {
- foreach i "[exec $compiler --print-multi-lib]" {
- set mldir ""
- regexp -- "\[a-z0-9=_/\.-\]*;" $i mldir
- set mldir [string trimright $mldir "\;@"]
- if { "$mldir" == "." } {
- continue
- }
- if { [llength [glob -nocomplain ${gccdir}/${mldir}/libgcc_s*.so.*]] >= 1 } {
- append ld_library_path ":${gccdir}/${mldir}"
- }
- }
- }
- # add the library path for libffi.
- append ld_library_path ":${blddirffi}/.libs"
- # add the library path for libstdc++ as well.
- append ld_library_path ":${blddircxx}/src/.libs"
-
- verbose "ld_library_path: $ld_library_path"
-
- # Point to the Libffi headers in libffi.
- set libffi_include "${blddirffi}/include"
- verbose "libffi_include $libffi_include"
-
- set libffi_dir "${blddirffi}/.libs"
- verbose "libffi_dir $libffi_dir"
- if { $libffi_dir != "" } {
- set libffi_dir [file dirname ${libffi_dir}]
- set libffi_link_flags "-L${libffi_dir}/.libs"
- lappend libffi_link_flags "-L${blddircxx}/src/.libs"
- }
-
- set_ld_library_path_env_vars
- libffi_maybe_build_wrapper "${objdir}/testglue.o"
-}
-
-proc libffi_exit { } {
- global gluefile;
-
- if [info exists gluefile] {
- file_on_build delete $gluefile;
- unset gluefile;
- }
-}
-
-proc libffi_target_compile { source dest type options } {
- global gluefile wrap_flags;
- global srcdir
- global blddirffi
- global TOOL_OPTIONS
- global libffi_link_flags
- global libffi_include
- global target_triplet
-
-
- if { [target_info needs_status_wrapper]!="" && [info exists gluefile] } {
- lappend options "libs=${gluefile}"
- lappend options "ldflags=$wrap_flags"
- }
-
- # TOOL_OPTIONS must come first, so that it doesn't override testcase
- # specific options.
- if [info exists TOOL_OPTIONS] {
- lappend options [concat "additional_flags=$TOOL_OPTIONS" $options];
- }
-
- # search for ffi_mips.h in srcdir, too
- lappend options "additional_flags=-I${libffi_include} -I${srcdir}/../include -I${libffi_include}/.."
- lappend options "additional_flags=${libffi_link_flags}"
-
- # Darwin needs a stack execution allowed flag.
-
- if { [istarget "*-*-darwin9*"] || [istarget "*-*-darwin1*"]
- || [istarget "*-*-darwin2*"] } {
- lappend options "additional_flags=-Wl,-allow_stack_execute"
- }
-
- # If you're building the compiler with --prefix set to a place
- # where it's not yet installed, then the linker won't be able to
- # find the libgcc used by libffi.dylib. We could pass the
- # -dylib_file option, but that's complicated, and it's much easier
- # to just make the linker find libgcc using -L options.
- if { [string match "*-*-darwin*" $target_triplet] } {
- lappend options "libs= -shared-libgcc"
- }
-
- if { [string match "*-*-openbsd*" $target_triplet] } {
- lappend options "libs= -lpthread"
- }
-
- lappend options "libs= -lffi"
-
- verbose "options: $options"
- return [target_compile $source $dest $type $options]
-}
-
-# Utility routines.
-
-#
-# search_for -- looks for a string match in a file
-#
-proc search_for { file pattern } {
- set fd [open $file r]
- while { [gets $fd cur_line]>=0 } {
- if [string match "*$pattern*" $cur_line] then {
- close $fd
- return 1
- }
- }
- close $fd
- return 0
-}
-
-# Modified dg-runtest that can cycle through a list of optimization options
-# as c-torture does.
-proc libffi-dg-runtest { testcases default-extra-flags } {
- global runtests
-
- foreach test $testcases {
- # If we're only testing specific files and this isn't one of
- # them, skip it.
- if ![runtest_file_p $runtests $test] {
- continue
- }
-
- # Look for a loop within the source code - if we don't find one,
- # don't pass -funroll[-all]-loops.
- global torture_with_loops torture_without_loops
- if [expr [search_for $test "for*("]+[search_for $test "while*("]] {
- set option_list $torture_with_loops
- } else {
- set option_list $torture_without_loops
- }
-
- set nshort [file tail [file dirname $test]]/[file tail $test]
-
- foreach flags $option_list {
- verbose "Testing $nshort, $flags" 1
- dg-test $test $flags ${default-extra-flags}
- }
- }
-}
-
-
-# Like check_conditional_xfail, but callable from a dg test.
-
-proc dg-xfail-if { args } {
- set args [lreplace $args 0 0]
- set selector "target [join [lindex $args 1]]"
- if { [dg-process-target $selector] == "S" } {
- global compiler_conditional_xfail_data
- set compiler_conditional_xfail_data $args
- }
-}
-
-
-# We need to make sure that additional_files and additional_sources
-# are both cleared out after every test. It is not enough to clear
-# them out *before* the next test run because gcc-target-compile gets
-# run directly from some .exp files (outside of any test). (Those
-# uses should eventually be eliminated.)
-
-# Because the DG framework doesn't provide a hook that is run at the
-# end of a test, we must replace dg-test with a wrapper.
-
-if { [info procs saved-dg-test] == [list] } {
- rename dg-test saved-dg-test
-
- proc dg-test { args } {
- global additional_files
- global additional_sources
- global errorInfo
-
- if { [ catch { eval saved-dg-test $args } errmsg ] } {
- set saved_info $errorInfo
- set additional_files ""
- set additional_sources ""
- error $errmsg $saved_info
- }
- set additional_files ""
- set additional_sources ""
- }
-}
-
-# Local Variables:
-# tcl-indent-level:4
-# End:
__declspec(align(8))
#endif
typedef struct {
-#if @FFI_EXEC_TRAMPOLINE_TABLE@
- void *trampoline_table;
- void *trampoline_table_entry;
-#else
char tramp[FFI_TRAMPOLINE_SIZE];
-#endif
ffi_cif *cif;
void (*fun)(ffi_cif*,void*,void**,void*);
void *user_data;
void*codeloc);
typedef struct {
-#if FFI_EXEC_TRAMPOLINE_TABLE
- void *trampoline_table;
- void *trampoline_table_entry;
-#else
char tramp[FFI_TRAMPOLINE_SIZE];
-#endif
ffi_cif *cif;
} ffi_raw_closure;
typedef struct {
-#if FFI_EXEC_TRAMPOLINE_TABLE
- void *trampoline_table;
- void *trampoline_table_entry;
-#else
char tramp[FFI_TRAMPOLINE_SIZE];
-#endif
ffi_cif *cif;
+@ignore
+ arch-tag: e1b36e32-c96e-4135-a41a-0b2efa2ea115
+@end ignore
-Index: libffi/testsuite/lib/libffi-dg.exp
-===================================================================
---- libffi.orig/testsuite/lib/libffi-dg.exp
-+++ libffi/testsuite/lib/libffi-dg.exp
-@@ -11,12 +11,12 @@
- # GNU General Public License for more details.
- #
- # You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
--# along with this program; see the file COPYING3. If not see
--# <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
-
- proc load_gcc_lib { filename } {
- global srcdir
-- load_file $srcdir/../../gcc/testsuite/lib/$filename
-+ load_file $srcdir/lib/$filename
- }
-
- load_lib dg.exp
-@@ -94,7 +94,6 @@ proc libffi-init { args } {
- global srcdir
- global blddirffi
- global objdir
-- global blddircxx
- global TOOL_OPTIONS
- global tool
- global libffi_include
-@@ -102,10 +101,8 @@ proc libffi-init { args } {
- global tool_root_dir
- global ld_library_path
-
-- set blddirffi [lookfor_file [get_multilibs] libffi]
-+ set blddirffi [pwd]/..
- verbose "libffi $blddirffi"
-- set blddircxx [lookfor_file [get_multilibs] libstdc++-v3]
-- verbose "libstdc++ $blddircxx"
-
- set gccdir [lookfor_file $tool_root_dir gcc/libgcc.a]
- if {$gccdir != ""} {
-@@ -132,8 +129,6 @@ proc libffi-init { args } {
- }
- # add the library path for libffi.
- append ld_library_path ":${blddirffi}/.libs"
-- # add the library path for libstdc++ as well.
-- append ld_library_path ":${blddircxx}/src/.libs"
-
- verbose "ld_library_path: $ld_library_path"
-
-@@ -146,7 +141,6 @@ proc libffi-init { args } {
- if { $libffi_dir != "" } {
- set libffi_dir [file dirname ${libffi_dir}]
- set libffi_link_flags "-L${libffi_dir}/.libs"
-- lappend libffi_link_flags "-L${blddircxx}/src/.libs"
- }
-
- set_ld_library_path_env_vars
Index: libffi/testsuite/lib/target-libpath.exp
===================================================================
--- /dev/null
+++ libffi/testsuite/lib/libffi.exp
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-# Copyright (C) 2003, 2005, 2008, 2009, 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-+# Copyright (C) 2003, 2005, 2008-2011 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
++# Copyright (C) 2003, 2005, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
global ld_library_path
- set blddirffi [lookfor_file [get_multilibs] libffi]
-+ set blddirffi [pwd]/..
++ set blddirffi [pwd]/..
verbose "libffi $blddirffi"
- set blddircxx [lookfor_file [get_multilibs] libstdc++-v3]
- verbose "libstdc++ $blddircxx"
+++ /dev/null
-# Copyright (C) 2003, 2005, 2008, 2009, 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-# the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
-# (at your option) any later version.
-#
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
-# GNU General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
-
-proc load_gcc_lib { filename } {
- global srcdir
- load_file $srcdir/lib/$filename
-}
-
-load_lib dg.exp
-load_lib libgloss.exp
-load_gcc_lib target-libpath.exp
-load_gcc_lib wrapper.exp
-
-
-# Define libffi callbacks for dg.exp.
-
-proc libffi-dg-test-1 { target_compile prog do_what extra_tool_flags } {
-
- # To get all \n in dg-output test strings to match printf output
- # in a system that outputs it as \015\012 (i.e. not just \012), we
- # need to change all \n into \r?\n. As there is no dejagnu flag
- # or hook to do that, we simply change the text being tested.
- # Unfortunately, we have to know that the variable is called
- # dg-output-text and lives in the caller of libffi-dg-test, which
- # is two calls up. Overriding proc dg-output would be longer and
- # would necessarily have the same assumption.
- upvar 2 dg-output-text output_match
-
- if { [llength $output_match] > 1 } {
- regsub -all "\n" [lindex $output_match 1] "\r?\n" x
- set output_match [lreplace $output_match 1 1 $x]
- }
-
- # Set up the compiler flags, based on what we're going to do.
-
- set options [list]
- switch $do_what {
- "compile" {
- set compile_type "assembly"
- set output_file "[file rootname [file tail $prog]].s"
- }
- "link" {
- set compile_type "executable"
- set output_file "[file rootname [file tail $prog]].exe"
- # The following line is needed for targets like the i960 where
- # the default output file is b.out. Sigh.
- }
- "run" {
- set compile_type "executable"
- # FIXME: "./" is to cope with "." not being in $PATH.
- # Should this be handled elsewhere?
- # YES.
- set output_file "./[file rootname [file tail $prog]].exe"
- # This is the only place where we care if an executable was
- # created or not. If it was, dg.exp will try to run it.
- remote_file build delete $output_file;
- }
- default {
- perror "$do_what: not a valid dg-do keyword"
- return ""
- }
- }
-
- if { $extra_tool_flags != "" } {
- lappend options "additional_flags=$extra_tool_flags"
- }
-
- set comp_output [libffi_target_compile "$prog" "$output_file" "$compile_type" $options];
-
-
- return [list $comp_output $output_file]
-}
-
-
-proc libffi-dg-test { prog do_what extra_tool_flags } {
- return [libffi-dg-test-1 target_compile $prog $do_what $extra_tool_flags]
-}
-
-proc libffi-init { args } {
- global gluefile wrap_flags;
- global srcdir
- global blddirffi
- global objdir
- global TOOL_OPTIONS
- global tool
- global libffi_include
- global libffi_link_flags
- global tool_root_dir
- global ld_library_path
-
- set blddirffi [pwd]/..
- verbose "libffi $blddirffi"
-
- set gccdir [lookfor_file $tool_root_dir gcc/libgcc.a]
- if {$gccdir != ""} {
- set gccdir [file dirname $gccdir]
- }
- verbose "gccdir $gccdir"
-
- set ld_library_path "."
- append ld_library_path ":${gccdir}"
-
- set compiler "${gccdir}/xgcc"
- if { [is_remote host] == 0 && [which $compiler] != 0 } {
- foreach i "[exec $compiler --print-multi-lib]" {
- set mldir ""
- regexp -- "\[a-z0-9=_/\.-\]*;" $i mldir
- set mldir [string trimright $mldir "\;@"]
- if { "$mldir" == "." } {
- continue
- }
- if { [llength [glob -nocomplain ${gccdir}/${mldir}/libgcc_s*.so.*]] >= 1 } {
- append ld_library_path ":${gccdir}/${mldir}"
- }
- }
- }
- # add the library path for libffi.
- append ld_library_path ":${blddirffi}/.libs"
-
- verbose "ld_library_path: $ld_library_path"
-
- # Point to the Libffi headers in libffi.
- set libffi_include "${blddirffi}/include"
- verbose "libffi_include $libffi_include"
-
- set libffi_dir "${blddirffi}/.libs"
- verbose "libffi_dir $libffi_dir"
- if { $libffi_dir != "" } {
- set libffi_dir [file dirname ${libffi_dir}]
- set libffi_link_flags "-L${libffi_dir}/.libs"
- }
-
- set_ld_library_path_env_vars
- libffi_maybe_build_wrapper "${objdir}/testglue.o"
-}
-
-proc libffi_exit { } {
- global gluefile;
-
- if [info exists gluefile] {
- file_on_build delete $gluefile;
- unset gluefile;
- }
-}
-
-proc libffi_target_compile { source dest type options } {
- global gluefile wrap_flags;
- global srcdir
- global blddirffi
- global TOOL_OPTIONS
- global libffi_link_flags
- global libffi_include
- global target_triplet
-
-
- if { [target_info needs_status_wrapper]!="" && [info exists gluefile] } {
- lappend options "libs=${gluefile}"
- lappend options "ldflags=$wrap_flags"
- }
-
- # TOOL_OPTIONS must come first, so that it doesn't override testcase
- # specific options.
- if [info exists TOOL_OPTIONS] {
- lappend options [concat "additional_flags=$TOOL_OPTIONS" $options];
- }
-
- # search for ffi_mips.h in srcdir, too
- lappend options "additional_flags=-I${libffi_include} -I${srcdir}/../include -I${libffi_include}/.."
- lappend options "additional_flags=${libffi_link_flags}"
-
- # Darwin needs a stack execution allowed flag.
-
- if { [istarget "*-*-darwin9*"] || [istarget "*-*-darwin1*"]
- || [istarget "*-*-darwin2*"] } {
- lappend options "additional_flags=-Wl,-allow_stack_execute"
- }
-
- # If you're building the compiler with --prefix set to a place
- # where it's not yet installed, then the linker won't be able to
- # find the libgcc used by libffi.dylib. We could pass the
- # -dylib_file option, but that's complicated, and it's much easier
- # to just make the linker find libgcc using -L options.
- if { [string match "*-*-darwin*" $target_triplet] } {
- lappend options "libs= -shared-libgcc"
- }
-
- if { [string match "*-*-openbsd*" $target_triplet] } {
- lappend options "libs= -lpthread"
- }
-
- lappend options "libs= -lffi"
-
- verbose "options: $options"
- return [target_compile $source $dest $type $options]
-}
-
-# Utility routines.
-
-#
-# search_for -- looks for a string match in a file
-#
-proc search_for { file pattern } {
- set fd [open $file r]
- while { [gets $fd cur_line]>=0 } {
- if [string match "*$pattern*" $cur_line] then {
- close $fd
- return 1
- }
- }
- close $fd
- return 0
-}
-
-# Modified dg-runtest that can cycle through a list of optimization options
-# as c-torture does.
-proc libffi-dg-runtest { testcases default-extra-flags } {
- global runtests
-
- foreach test $testcases {
- # If we're only testing specific files and this isn't one of
- # them, skip it.
- if ![runtest_file_p $runtests $test] {
- continue
- }
-
- # Look for a loop within the source code - if we don't find one,
- # don't pass -funroll[-all]-loops.
- global torture_with_loops torture_without_loops
- if [expr [search_for $test "for*("]+[search_for $test "while*("]] {
- set option_list $torture_with_loops
- } else {
- set option_list $torture_without_loops
- }
-
- set nshort [file tail [file dirname $test]]/[file tail $test]
-
- foreach flags $option_list {
- verbose "Testing $nshort, $flags" 1
- dg-test $test $flags ${default-extra-flags}
- }
- }
-}
-
-
-# Like check_conditional_xfail, but callable from a dg test.
-
-proc dg-xfail-if { args } {
- set args [lreplace $args 0 0]
- set selector "target [join [lindex $args 1]]"
- if { [dg-process-target $selector] == "S" } {
- global compiler_conditional_xfail_data
- set compiler_conditional_xfail_data $args
- }
-}
-
-
-# We need to make sure that additional_files and additional_sources
-# are both cleared out after every test. It is not enough to clear
-# them out *before* the next test run because gcc-target-compile gets
-# run directly from some .exp files (outside of any test). (Those
-# uses should eventually be eliminated.)
-
-# Because the DG framework doesn't provide a hook that is run at the
-# end of a test, we must replace dg-test with a wrapper.
-
-if { [info procs saved-dg-test] == [list] } {
- rename dg-test saved-dg-test
-
- proc dg-test { args } {
- global additional_files
- global additional_sources
- global errorInfo
-
- if { [ catch { eval saved-dg-test $args } errmsg ] } {
- set saved_info $errorInfo
- set additional_files ""
- set additional_sources ""
- error $errmsg $saved_info
- }
- set additional_files ""
- set additional_sources ""
- }
-}
-
-# Local Variables:
-# tcl-indent-level:4
-# End:
-# Copyright (C) 2003, 2005, 2008-2011 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# Copyright (C) 2003, 2005, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
global tool_root_dir
global ld_library_path
- set blddirffi [pwd]/..
+ set blddirffi [pwd]/..
verbose "libffi $blddirffi"
set gccdir [lookfor_file $tool_root_dir gcc/libgcc.a]
projects / platform / upstream / libffi.git / commitdiff